MASTER NEGATIVE NO. 95-82349-1 COPYRIGHT STATEMENT The copyright law of the United States (Title 17, United States Code) governs the making of photocopies or other reproductions of copyrighted materiats including foreign works under certain conditions. In addition, the United States Extends protection to foreign works by means of various international conventions, bilateral agreements, and proclamations. Under certain conditions specified in the law, libraries and archives are authorized to furnish a photocopy or other reproduction. One of these specified conditions is that the photocopy or reproduction is not to be "used for any pmpose other than private study, scholarship, or research." If a user makes a request for, or later uses, a photocopy or reproduction for purposes in excess of "fair use," that user may be liable for copyright The Columbia University Libraries reserve the right to refuse to accept a copying order if, in its judgement, fulfillment of the order would involve violation of the copyright law. McCabe, James Dabrrey The household Philadelphia Date: [ 1 883] MASTER NEGATIVE # COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES PRESERVATION DIVISION BIBLIOGRAPHIC MICROFORM TARGET ORIQINAL AS - EXISTINQ BIBLIOGRAFHIC RECORD 247 "Hi 9 HoCabe, Janes Dabney^ 1842-X883« The household encyolopaedia of business and sooial forms, enibraoing the laws of etiquette and good sooie-t^,.. being a praotioal guide to the preparation of business and legal documents *••• foming a oomplete and oomprehensive book of reference. • . by James D. McCabe. Philadelphia, National publishing company iclSSS, 1 p. 1., 5-872 p. illus., plates* 26g«» P. 623-624, 627-638 missing* RESTRICTIONS ON USE: TECHNICAL MICROFORM DATA 35 mm DATE FILMED TRACKING # : REDUCTION RATIO: /"/x IMAGE PLACEMENT: lA ® IB IIB I '^1 1 TI^VL^^ ■ FILMED BY PRESERVATION RESOURCES. BETHLEHEM. PA. BIBLIOGRAPHIC IRREGULARITIES MAIN ENTRY: McCabe. James Dabney The household enc yclopaedia of business- Bibliographic Irregulariti es in the Original Document: Ust all volumes and pages affected; include name of institution if filming borrowed text. .Page(s) missing/hot available: yolume(s) missing/not available:. Illegible and/or damaged page(s): X Page(s) or volume(s) misnumbered:. paoe 819 is misnumber ed as 19 .Bound out of sequence:. _Page(s) or volume(s) filmed from copy borrowed from:. Other: Brown University TRACKING#: MSHQ4060 FILMED IN WHOLE OR PART FROM A COPY BORROWED FROM: BROWN O 13 3 '•a Bx o O 3 ODISJ 1^ '„, ^^^^^ 3 I? i o Is OOM 'CJI 3 OD o m OQ 3: III o III V 8 i i Oi 1^ |g |n 00 ii:: In iio I ||oo |o |k> I III AaCDCFQHMaMrMWQNSTUVWtVZ 2.0 mm ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz 1234567890 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghljklmnqpqrstijwwxyz 1234567B90 Z.0 mm ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefgh i j k I m nopgrstuvwxyz 1234567890 5 o o Ti m Tj MB 9^ o m ■ C w lllllllllllRJ ^ 7s O 00 %i CO 5 ill 3D ^^^^ #^ 1^* 3 31 •Bo — c> 3 X p M 3 2:3 ■■■V MHillt I 'ID JO (/) XI -< OOM 6^ ai 3 3 n o m ^ ° O oor a 30 N X IM #. . ' ' i ., _ ..•^••i I li: I ■ "Mill,," ■» ii. itl" ' -oiimibja lTi)i\-ejr THE Household ENcycL0Pj5DiA ■or Business and Social Forms, BMBKACING THl LAWS OF ETIQUETTE and GOOD SOCIETY. AND OQNTAINING jj rtMMAMD Smrui Instructions in tkh a.. a ^^^^Bffl Well and Tastefully; with Rm\^-«^ •»*«-<>oc*«o« SMownw How TO Witmt * u kulhs for Cooktship. Mami.^. A CowiKT AND Elegant Manner wrm lL^.Z^'^ Written THoucwi, O^r^y. WKmKc PoirrKv. iT^^i^ PKIMO A AMB Pltf IT KNRICHID WITH -->'**a.m# WITH "'h'^'^"^ Tables of Referwce FORMING ■ ^ to meet the emy-day wiiits of the People. «"TIFUtLy ILLUSTRATED W,7H 8TEa-PUTE ENGMVWBL BY JAMES D. McCABE. PHILADELPHIA, PA • ' NATIONAL PUBLISHING COMPANY «39. 241 & 243 Levant Street. i|MhiiM 5*" Preface. HERE is warody any person who does not often feel the need of advice as to the best manner of performing the various duties of hfe. Young men and women upon first -vy entering society are made to feel keenly their ignorance of the many forms and customs to which aU are Expected J^.r?„"„= > ^° ^•".^Pf^ n«de for the inexperience of wung persons, and any socia^ blunder, or awkwardne^ is sharply crit- icised Even those who are well informed in this resj^Tre sometimes at a loss to know just what to do under cmS circumstances To all such a book embodying the ndes thl tT'^ • f any time, and will show what manners. "'"ntry. regards as good has^&tLTJH^T^"?' conversation or debate ^^d SoVmphici to historical events. statisti,S ana geographical facts etc To obtain these it is eeneraUv necessary to search through many large volumes persons will appreciate the assistance of a condse and arranged compendium, giving the informatior^tcSTl dearest and simplest manner. ^""non wanted m the The citizens of nearly every village and town fr«„,entl„ assemble m public meetings to'give expression to tS viS^ upon matters in wh ch they are interp "7 \ Table showinir the Pri« , *3» Worid,''u«fr SS,„''T'r °' ' W„,M"f ^_ ^.vision, of Numbcrof Rails "stak "J quired for ea«i. d : ,rK:l7^^ of Fence the WnrU i *^ i^ivisioi MeaninTof 1^*1^^-'^^^ Size ,3^ Common Use.. '^-mscs in Meaning of French Word^ «n*d Fbr^^ ' ' *^ *^™nn>on Use.... ™«esm •-•tter Wrifiiiii. General Principles .. 7^ 222 Facts About Weeds ^^3 N««berofLoadsofM;„;;;;;---— Proper Mode of Addrel«»* Letter Paper and Envelopes.' Form of the Letter .... * * * * Letteis. berof Heaps to Each LoaH p ■ Dis- ^«»« of R=co,n.;«;i^--— 23» 241 It' 250 223 Forms. J-****" of Introduction, fetter, Asking Favois. Letters of Excuse. Letters of Advice. Letters Accom tances Apoit Nmnber of Rails and PmteR*eq'ui;ed V ' EachTenRodsof Postand iST?etf . Foreign Gold and Silver Coins ' Highest Mountains of the W^iM " ' How to Make a Barometer Z7 "" Glass «««>meteror Weather- ^roft"''''*^^^^ TI I f"'"''>'*°*»^^*Letters « Viaue of Foreign Money. . ^^6 Invitations, Notes of fCl Velodfy of Sound and L,b; ^ Letted ^7"^ ^• Weight of Gmin 226 Wedding Cank t . ^*"*»»» Ficts About the fliWe. .V; ' ' etc. '^lin of Hants 227 227 25 5 Various Forms. 256 Lett«,«rr^ P^^y'ng Presents. erf Congratulation. Various fr^tte^ of Sympathy. Wedding Annlverwuiii The Wooden Weddi^. 260 261 26c 2fi6 269 271 274 286 291 301 3^ CONTENTS, The Till Wedding ^ The Crystal Wedding . .* 306 Tic Chiim Wtdding. ^ The Silver Wflddiiig. , j^j The Golden Wedding jog The Diamond Wedding jo8 LfMiM aid 0«Miif MfiM. Foia of Comtitiition for Lyctuia or' De- Society How to Organize a Society. 309 Preamble ^^^^ Ctniiiliilioii. Mams j:iO' Ol^ects , 310 Manwiuup „ . . 3,Q 310 Duties of Officers 310 Bkctioii of Officers 3„ Committee. ^ ■ .a.*.. ••••..•■»«»,»,,,,,.. 312 Removals from Office. 3,2 Amendments 3,, By-Laws 3,3 Meetings 3U ^J""**™* 312 MembenMp. , . . ; 312 Initiation Fee.... 3,3 Inaaguration of Officen. 313 Initiation of Members 313 313 ■•••*■• 3"* ^^""^ 314 Appeals 31^ lleiignatioa 31^ Snspensioii awl Bxpnlaioii. * ." " 3,5 *..... 313 Committees 316 ®f*^8« 316 Library Rules of Order Z 316 Order of Dcbaie. . ' * 3,3 Rules of Debate 3,^ Order of Business , ^ •Of Fraternal Courtesy 320 Constitution for an Agricultural Society. . 330 Nww to Condiiot a Publio MMiiif . Call for the Meeting ^ Organization of the Meeting 32* Form of Procedure 323 Concerning Conventions 325 Parliamentary Law. Rules of Honse of Representatives of the United States ^ Touching the Duty of the Speaker. . . 1 ' . Jjfi Of the Clerk and Other Officers 31S Of the Members 331 Of Calls of the House 332 On Motions, Their Precedence, etc 332 Order of Business of the Day 335 Of Decorum and Debate 337 Of Committees 333 To Consist of Five Members Each 345 Of Committees of the Whole 347 Of Bills , 3^ Local or Private Business 35, Of Bills on Leave and Resolutions 351 Of Petitions and Memorials 352 Of the Previoos Question 352 Of Admissioii to the Floor 353 Of Reporters 33^ Unfinished Business of the Session 354 Miscellaneous Form flir Conducting the Daliliariioiit of a Sooiotf. Method of Procedure 334 Queitiona for Oieomalon by SooltttaiL One Hundred and Eight Subjects, with lists of Books giving Information upon each Subject ., 3^ Forme far Roaoliitloiia, Petitions, etc. Resolutions, Various Forms 376 Petitions, Various Forms 37^ CONTENTS. II Pliftlio Calebrilioiia. Aientral Arrangements -o- 1 Committees thiblic Dinners....... " The Lawe of Etiquette. Introductory „ The Toilet-The Care of the* Peison.' 386 The Lady's Dressing Room 38- TJe Gentleman's Dressing Case . [ j J^^^"' 389 Treatment of the Skin ,Z 3I: ^'^'^ 39. J^as eyes The Nose and £ai8 -The Hair. 393 Th. Teeth... f^J The Hands.... : »« How to Dress Well. TheGentieman's Dress!.' .*.** f!! The Lady's Dress Colon. in Dress... *"••••••»•«« AHA Colors that Harmonize. ' Dress for Children. . . . . . . . * The Etiquette of Introdactkms Salutations "^"^ Etiquette of the Street The Ride and the Drive Cou^ersationand Corxespondenc;:: ] [l] ] ^1 | Visitmg-The Use of Cards, etc. til New Year's Calls Etiquette of the TaWeV.V.V "^^f The Invitations ^ Dinner Dress , . . . Table Arrangements. Additional Hints '♦^i Etiquette of tiiePiJt^*,;;^^^"^ 437 Ladies' Ball Room Toilettes '.[""^l Gentleman's Dress ^ Etiquette of tiie BaU Room French Terms Used in Danciilii Etiquette of Public Phwes.... Etiquette in Church ' Etiquette of Fairs ...,..*.*.'*" £tiqaette of Picnics . . ' * " * ^ ■ 449 I Efiquette of Shopping Etiquette of the Theatre, Opera and Cto*. cert Etiquette of Travelling. ...*]*.'** J?^ Etiquette of Courtship and Mairia^! " .'.*' 456 _ . * • AIM Disengaged Proposing * Asking Papa..... ■.■;;.'.*.*.*.*;■.' .*.'.*;.* ^ Engaged ^ Proposal Rejected ***'" ^ Breaking Off an Engagement!. . . . , , . . , . Jjt I Marriage "** Proper Seasons foiweddiiJ^V.V.".! !!.'.*' Ill t The Trousseau * Presents... Bouquets.. .. * ^ . Bridesmaids ^ll Bridegroamsmen . '.* .1^ The Bride. Ine Bndeeroom. The Marriage Ceremony .-x The English Style TJ, After Church The Wedding TW^'*." e „ " 480 I Sendmg Cards ^ Etiquette of the Household. . ." !»? Duties of the Wife Duties of the Husband ^g' i Etiquette of the Pnneial l^l Miscellaneous Laws of Etiquette.. ...'.* .* ' 487 Benjamm Franklin's Maxims jZ Maxims of George Washington* " " !!, Etiquette of Washington Official Sodrty; Z$ ^ ■^"»"T5^soiitiiiioiit of m rue Flower Language TTJ Modiications of the Flower Language aL The Art of WtmB§ PMVf . General Principles Versification '.' Accent and Feet. . ?!! •*"•••••••• J TO 12 COMTENTS, 8|MciBMit«ff lit' Vaii>. » •>•... k Dielioiiarf 9i iHfiiitt. Directions for Finding Rkymes 517 Li« of Rhymes 517-540 Honit AmuMmtnta. OWTDOOk AmUSIMBMIS 541 • •••••••••».•,«».««»«,,,,.,,., 5^1 AnsHgpof tlie Ground 541 Implements Used in tjhe Gaine. 542 Definitions ^42 The Laws of Croquet 543 Hicotf of liie 'Game 547 Sufftitloiii to Hayos. . , , , 547 hkwm Tmm» , ' . . . j How to Arrange a Lawn Teuia Qmit 551 BAmmfTON 551 Wvwm,,.,, FfciKimi'i Baib , 5^3 Crickr , jj4 The Laws off Cricket.. . . , , 554. Tile I^aJI jj^jnllji HtBat 554 He StMip. , 554 Tlie Bawiigt'Cinait. , 554 The Poppimg-Ckait................ 554 The Wickets , . * 554 The Bowler 555 The Striker is Out 555 Tht Lawa of Double Wicket 558 Obaenratioiis on Rules 3, 4, and 5 558 tlie Laws of Single Wicket 561 General Equipment 563 Fielding 562 Bowiiif 564 Sailing. . «•».••«••••....••*«....,.. . 564 Crick IT. Forward Play 5^5 Bwrk Iky 566 Hitting. •••••••••.•••..,»,,,, '566' ^^'P •*••••••••••••••••.••..,, 5^ Cut 567 Square Leg .... 5^^ Draw. 567» Leg Hit ., 567 Basb Ball 568> The Materials of the Gam.. 568 The Game 55^. Pitching 570 Battiiig Dapaitaent 571 The Umpire and his Duties 575. The Umpire's Jazisdiclion and floiitit. $yf Football. 578 The Laws of Football 578 DdWtiomif Tenw 57^ How to Begin 579. Floating on the Back 580 Swimming on the Back 581 Swimming on the Cheat 583 A Co ai m o n Fault 584. ITie Side Stroke 586 Treading Water , . Swimming Like a Dog 587 Diving 588 Indoor Aimsiiiiifn... 589. Cmii. 589 Order of the Men on the Boafd 591 The Pieces: Their Povcii and Mod* of Action 5pi» Abbreviauori 5^2 TediiiiealTenni Used in the Game... 593. Law. of the Game 595. Comparative Value of the Pieces. • , . 595? Hints for Commencing the G«ni& 598 Draughts 600 Preliminary Instructions 600 Method of Moving 'fioi Lawsof the Gtme Hints for Beginners. . 603 The Losing Game 605 Polish Draughts 605 Go^BAiio* .« ....*'•.•*•«. ....^...a. ... ^0^' CONTENTS, 13 PACK ItoiciNos. 607 Introductory 607 How to Commence the Game foy General Maxims (Jog All Fives, ..••...••••...».,,,,,.,.,, 610 The Drawing Game 611 The Matadore €Uune 613 BACKOAMlfOK 614 Hoyle's Instructions.. 615 j Technical Terms 615 Laws of the Game 616 Hoyle's Observations, Hints and Cau- • 6i6 I -Hoyle's Diiectioas for a Learner to Bear His Me 6,y The Genteel Lady Always Gsntbil. 617 [ Dumb Crambo 5,8 j The Wild Beast Show 618 Shadows. I The Giantess ' gjj^ The Great Oratok ^\ A Blind Judgment gjo | This and That ....]..,*.. 620 ConiiiidnuM. List of Conundrums I * ••* oai ' Answers to Connndraras 635 F«rliiiit.T«ll|ii«, A Pleasant Game g^g Answers to Fortune-Teller gjo The Oraculum, or Book of Fate. .'. , . [ 6« How to Work the Oracolnm. . fi, t To Obtam the Answer. . . Gmcalum.. 6«2 QafflM, ForftHi, tte. the Tidy Mor Maids Botanical QuestiiMis ^ o 11- A J 639 Selling Adonis ^, . . . • 020 The Anxious Mother Poor Puss . fif* Uagic Music MUcPWdoAi and Her B«,dng Bear. 640 I . The Musical Duck Miss Ann and Jane Smith's Tabby Cats. . 640 The Horrid Man 640 The Rebuff ^ Pat-a-Cake The Tipsy RiUau.... _ Confidences I The Divination of the Elements. . . .' 64a The Quiet Little Deais 643 The Man who is too Happy.. 643 The Quakers' Meeting ^ To Tell any Number Thongfat of. 644 The Ugly Mug ^ The Hutchinson Family 645 The Messenger.. 6^ How to make a Scrap Soeen 1147 Feather Screens Collecting and Preserving Plants. 619 Preserved Flowers 552 To Make an iGolian Harp 5^3 Bmnentsry GymimliM. Rules for Healthful Exercises . .654 Free Movements Exercise with Fiiniitui«. ! . . 660 Balancing On the Parallel Bars. Climbing * * ^ The Giant Stride ^ On the Horizontal Bar The Wooden Horse , ifiy Leaping and Vaulting fifig Vaulting ^ Household Roooi^ aear Calf's Foot JeUy ^ Apple Marmalade. ,. .* ^ Apple Cream Lemon Lozenges gy, Gooseberry Jam g^, GoosebenyJeUy gy, Partridge with Cabbage (ly , Rabbit Chopped up.. ^, Almond Tart Another Kind of Almond Tait. tfys Ill 1^ Almond JunMes 6fz Another Way to Make Aliii«Mid Jambla. 672 Almond Prawlins 672 Almond CwtwA. .AImoimI Jt% ., 6ya AwchModeof Ckniitf KMOm... 673 Broiled Herrings Oil for Watches and Delicate Machinery. 673 To Ctean Decanters and Water Bottles. . 673 To Repilr Tortnte SUl when Broken. . 674 Ink for Writing on Hue G«fd«n IjAki. . 674 Remedy for ChiliWns #74 Red Manifold Paper for dHainiiig Cofiet of Embroidery 674 T© Purify Ne«t*»-Foot Oil 674 Oyner Otfsnp for Fkvorinf Dishes when 'Oysters an oiit:m Elderhetrics. 677 To Preserve Bread for Long Periods. .... 677 Removing Ink Stains 677 To Cure the Sting of a Wasp or Bee. ... 677 Genan. Method of Keeping Cucmheis ftw 'Whater Use 678 To Prevent Broth finom Turning Sonr.. .. 678 To Soften the Skin and Improve the Com- plexion 67 g What to do with Stale Bread 678 «©w Iti .Ptaervc Butler. . . 678 Apple Batter 679 To Remove Stains from WooUea Dresses 679 To Remove Ink Stains 679 Ink on linen, Calico, or White Muslin. . 679 T© Ini|»ive' Skndy Soils. 679 A Itendi. Method of Ptreserving E^S.. .. 679 To Make Blackberry ' "me 679 How to Preserve Milk , , 680 To Destroy Crickets or Beetles. ......... fi8o To Destroy Flies. «»» When to Buy Candles 680 Discolored Wax Candles 680 Lighting Candles 53^ A Scratched or Defaced Table 680 Ocaniitg Bottles. 680 Oeaning Knives. ^ A Cheap Snhititnle for Soap. 680 Pomade ^ A Hint on Baking 680 Preservation of Eggs 681 Modes of Preservation lor Longer Times. 68t Modes of Preservation for Shorter Times. 681; Gooseberry Champagne. 682 Raisin Wine 682 Rice Dressed in the Italian Manner 683 Another Way of Preparing the Same 684 Rice Dressed in the Turkish Manner 684 To Remove Grease from Silk 684 To Remove Port Wine Stains. 684 To Gean Ladies' Boots 684 Cleaning Copper. fig^ Brine for Pickling Meat or Msh. 685 A Flench FTepwation for Removing Grease Stains ggj A Liquid Preparation for the same Purpose 685 Pickled Lemons ggg' Yellow Hckle 686 Indian Fickle ggg Indian Chutnee , §^ Tomato Sauce 687 " Household Guide " Sauce 687 To Remove White Stains on Crape 687 Liehig Sandwiches,. 6^ To Get a Tight Mmg off the Finger,. ... 688 Queen's Biscuit 688 Nuns' Biscuit 688 Sherry Biscuit 688 Lemon- Peel Biscuits 688 Aniseed Bis«iiit% . ♦ ... . . , 68f ^ Savoy Biscuits 689 Lisbon Biscuits , , , , , , . . 689 Chocolate Biscuits 689 Jasmine Biscuits 689 Cracknels , 689. 1 Biscuit Drop Mo To Prepare Featheis tfp Cherry ^randjt. .^f , , , #^ SONTENTS, 15 PAGE SpMkling Grape Wine 690 Sweet Gnpe Wine... 691 Sperklmg Green Gooiebeny Wine 691 Still Goosebeny Wine 691 OimmtWine 691 Strawberry or Rasberry Wine 691 Damson Wine 691 Cherry Wme 692 Sloe Wine 69a Rhubarb Wine 692 Apple Wine ^ 692 Ginger Wine 692 Orange Wine 692 To Wash Silk 692 When an Egg Craclra 1 693 To Clean Colored Fabrics, 693 To CI«an Black Silk... 694 To Qean Woollen GoiJiLd Clothes. .. 695 To Renovate Cn^ 696 Rice with Onions ^ Tomato Catsup , 696 Sally Lunn Cakes , . , 696 Muffins Crumpets Raised Buckwheat Cakes 697 Fried Bread Cakes ^ Johnny Cake The French Country Way of Salting Pork 697 Washing Qothes 698 To Keep Moths from Fur and Woollen Clothes Washing Chintzes .....*.'*".' 698 To Clean Paint.. ... ^lo _ _ . ~r 698 Cofiee as in France g-g Wash-Leather Gloves. 600 To Mend China Damp Walls ..*'**.."].*]' 699 A Pleasant Strengthening Drink' \ . 600 To Restore Plated Ware . . , , . 700 Potato Bread., .1...].'." !^ PWatoCake... To Clean Furniture. . . . ' !^ ••••«....., ....... 100 To Clean Dirty or Stained Furniture. .... 701 To Render New Mahogany Like Old. ... 701 To Qean Lacquered Bnos-Work of Fur- To Mai^ :k)lored Drawings ResemUe Oil Pf angs >jq^ Aqphalte tor Walks, etc joi To Sharpen and Temper Saws and Tools. 7©I To Repair Broken WaUs 702 To Clean Looking-Glasses 702 To Clean Stone-Steps and Stairs 702 To Loosen Glass Stoppers 702 Liquid Glue and Cement 703 Perpetual Paste ^ 703. Polishing Paste yoj Cement for Mending Broken Vessels .... yof To Mend China 704 Waterproof Boots 704 ^^'^^ • 7^ Receipt for Com Bread 704 To Erase Stains of Ink, Grease, etc.. . . .. 70^ Shoes Candied Horehound 705 Peppermint Drops. -705 Gmger Drops 705 Lemon Drops. ". . . . . 705 Damson Drops Raspberry Drops 706 Red Ink Violet Ink.. , 706. Black Ink. yog. Paste for Moulding.... Polish for Marble Polish for Furniture 70& Gr^ry's Powder 707 India-Rnbber Varnish for Boots. 707^ Opodeldoc..... y^yr Eau-de-Cologne ygy- To Clean and Renovate Velvet 708 To Remove Grease Spots from Furniture. 708- OlMiiot 8«itelioiit fNiiii tli« BmI AuUioii^ Elegy Written in a Country Churchyard. 7091 Roll-Call. 712, The Lost Steamship 713. The Eternal City ...,,«..,.,...,.,,. yi6 We Parted in Silence... .. ... . 716. Changes 717 Fear No More the Hc^at o' the Son 7if l6 -Rocltll«tojeilM|ft 718 'Msvd Kuilcf •••••»•••••••».»«»»,,,,, jf 90' A Legend «,,.,,, ,,,, jjj Which ShallltBc?.... p3 In a Cathedral Taken oiiTkial 727 Tlie Bttrial of Motes 729 The Bivouac of tlw Dad. 731 I The Batae of Fontenof 733 0»tr the River. , 73^ 1«rH! iHt New YearCoMie To-N%ht ?* * 736 TheMwamllheGrof 737 739 I The Drunkard's Dream 7^ I The BatUe of Iviy. 742 famer Clay's Fhotosnpli '.l '. '. ] , '. 7.3 | TheCoMtiii».. ,J Dand Gray's Estate . . TheFar Awa' Lan' 7^ The ExecuUon of Montrose 747 The Corner's Dying ChUd 749 •Solomon -.^ My Wife and Chid .*." * . . 751 The Dying Hilww... . , -A SodaMe «.,.,,, 754 lIerv«Riel Father John y^g The ■Three Horsemen 76© TheBtttkof ••Bothirelllt%»»..T....! 761 Art Thou Living Yet... 763 Jhfson Kelly ^ ^ Ji*n and Tibbie Davidson's Dispute 765 Lute*! Belief Thtit^a .Dangiar im. 'Hit Tom Irish Astronomy 770 The Martyrs of Sandomir wyj ■Only Waiting ; *** '1 My Heart and I _ ' Aux Italiens ^ Monk Felix. llz •«..•..•••.,. joM A Long Journey ^gg The King of Denmark's Ride. 789 Skipper Ikeson's Ride yp, I The Portrait Lady Qara Vere de Vere y^ A Doubting Heart 7^7 The Long Ago The Red Kper of Hamelin , . . . . . 799 The Poet's Song ^ The Watch on the Rhine ggy The Dcath-Bed goS To-Morrow g^g Somebody's Darling The Last Time that I Met Lady Ruth. . . . 811 The Sailing of King Olaf 812 Over the Hill to the FtMr-Honie 813 The Lost Hymn g|y The Revenge of the Rain In the Face. . . 8i8 Jim BIndto ■ 831 RobaDiRoma... 1,3 The Wandering Jew gg^ Little Ned b-a •«........ oaO' The Leap of Roushan Beg 827 The Vision of the Monk Gabriel.. ... . . . 829 Utile Golden-Hair . gj. The Chaige of the Light-Brigade. 833 Our Travelled Pareon. «35 Grass- Widowhood gjy The Tale of a Tramp 838 Thc Roafyof My Yean ...[ 840 Hymn of the Dunkers ^ ^ the mosi durable pen. A good gold pen, property used, should last for years. For gen- eral use, and especially for ornamental writing, a good steel pen is by fer the best. It enables you to make a finer and sharper line than can possibly be made with the gold or quill pen. , , , . - ^ The paper should be of the best quality and texture, clearly ruled, and not too rough in surface. It is most common now to use copy-books, regularly prepared and ruled. These may be obtained from any stationer, those of the Spencerian System, and of Payson, Dunton and Scribner being the best. It is a good plan, after you have completed a copy-book, to go over the same set of copies again. This may be done by taking half a dozen sheets of foolscap and cutting them in half. Place the half sheets within each other, and stitch them together, protecting the whole with a cover of stiff paper. Then use the copies of the book you have just finished, wiiting on the new book you have thus made. This saves the expense of a new copy- book. A slip of blotting-paper should be provided for every copy-book. Ill writing rest the hand upon this, espe- cially in warm weather. The per- spiration thrown off by the hand is greasy in its nature, and soils the paper upon which the hand rests, and renders it unit to receive the ink. PEOPER POSITION OF A LADY IN WRITING. Never use poor ink. Black ink should always be used in learning to write, and in ordkary correspondence. Blue and red inks are designed for special purposes, and not for ordinary use. An ink that flows freely and is nearly black when first used is best. Do not use a shallow or light inkstand. The first wiU not allow you to fill your pen properly ; the latter will be easily turned over. The inkstand should be heavy and fiat, and of such a form that you can at once see the amount of ink in it, and thus know how deep to dip your pen. Dip your pen lightly into the ink, and see that it does not take up too much. The surplus ink should be thrown back into the inkstand, and not upon the floor. By Slopping the mouth of the bottle when you have finished using it, you will prevent the ink from evaporating too fast, and also from becoming too thick. A pen-wiper should always be provided. This should be of some substanoti that will not leave a fibre in the slit of the pen. A linen rag or a piece of chamois 01 buckskin will answer. 10 TffE MMT QM WMiTmc WELL -ir.'s-^sr^.ti:- r^j Siwiiiiiwi ul»i>ii.» i^n.! . hand is verv attrartivp hnt i> T^T!- "^""'"« "epNe- An ornamental rr ^^"7 ^'"active, but it may be this and yet not easily read Thin i. »„ 6il ID the first requisite of good writing ' '° «1^ tSt°L7:' ' T*™"' ""•"y them. IX. 1^« or l^r th" "T"' ' T"' '°P'*P"e«P»«i»Iy and neatly. A good hand is also an invaluable aid to a vnnncr rvot, .^^i • A ^ employing clerics and ^fes^n Xlw^ Z^It oflfer il better lefaence than the appearance of his letter <^hr!.Z I ^ bcoMoe a book-keeper or acconnt^Tg^ L^^^^^^^^^ is a nel^r^ * feagood penman or not, it is necessary that he should know bow to make use of his abili^w tn, w,.,*- • l 7 snouid 1. • !~ , «w oi nis aoiiity to write, ', preceded by a consonant, change y into its in the third person singular of the present tense, and into ied in the past tense and past participle : as, fly, flies ; I apply, he applies ; 'we reply, we replied, or hme replied. If the y be preceded by a vowel, this rule is not applicable : as, key, keys ; I play, he plays; we liave enjoyed ourselves. Compound words whose primitives end in y change y into i: as, beauty beautiful; Imefy, loveliness. It is an excellent plan to keep a small dictionary at hand, in order that yoii may refer at once to the word if you are in doubt as to its orthography. The standard recognized in the United States is either Worcester or Webster. John- son's is good, or Walker's, and for students' use, Stommoth's is available and handy. 9S. ifOUr TO PVNCTVATS COXMECTLY. make too profile a display o",hem t^H^^"^ " * '""°<^'=^' »«d to y«>u«elf ignorant of one of thfwL" -^^^ P'odaim i«d. Ther::x'sLtdasio«::!^~**''^p^^ ITic first word of every book, chapter, lettw. Mote «r ^i. . •nting ilMjdd begin with a capital letter ^ P^*** ^ . ^S^"" "'^ -^^-^ *^ -«« -w.,. bi^ with ^ !^ " "^'"^ f^g'" a capita tote ine fint wad after every interroeatinn . i -Ptol letter; mae„ . exclamation, AooM h,p„ .iu, , •"•"thtr, '!;ti*-,.,.* f Ipcnfi? "Clears. QoWr) or) li^S fir)ciei3f iiSljarf, j Ay I sift a x)eW' ■^■-.1^' - agi *e. i^-ithm, fcarest. lift thine eres, Fo: „,inearethy guiding ^tar To light thee wliere heaven lies Behind on fiery bar. There la«ghingand clapping Of hands. Bright angek with Bhining feet Riui ov er the golden mnd iireet thee, and meet thee, my sweet Sleep! Sleep! When thoti tkmt for thy home, Weary for thy rest, Call love, and he sliall come, And Iiear thee to hia breast So it is Ijest ^Urv RoBINSOJf MOW TO PUNCTUATE CORRECTLY. 2$ Wliiilit i l' fr discovered that the difference arose from the comma following, instead of preceding the word each. The parties agreed to annul the contract, and a new one is now ordered." A Mr. Sharpe once engraved a portrait of a certain Richard Brothers, and gave the following certificate to that effect. The document was designed as a. simple statement of fact. The misplacing of a comma, however, converted it into a piece of gross profanity. It read as follows: "Believing Richaid Broth- ers to be a prophet sent, by God I have engraved his portrait." Had the comma been placed after the name of the Deity, the effect would have been verr different. - Punctuation is the art of dividing a written composition into sentences, or parts of sentences J and is principally used to mark the grammatical divisions a sentence. The marks employed in punctuation are sometimes used to note »ie different pauses and tones of voice, which the sense and accurate pronun- iation require. The characters or marks used in punctuation are the following : The Comma, , The Ellipsis, ♦ * ♦ * The Semicolon, 5 The Hyphen, The Colon, : The Breve, ^ III TbeiPeriod, • The Apostrophe, ' Tlie QuoUtion Marks, " ** \ The Diaeresis, •• ) The Crotchets, ( ) The Acute Accent, ' The Brackets, [ ] The Grave Accent, ^ The Exclamation, f The Circumflex Accent, The Interrogation, | The Caret, A The Dash, The Cedilla, 5 In addition to these the following marks of reference are used : The Asterisk, * The Section, § The Obelisk, f The Parallels, || The Index, * The Paragraph, % The Double Obelisk, | {From Parker's **Aids to English Composition.") When two or more words are connected without the connecting word being expressed, the comma supplies the place of that word ; as, "Alfred was a brave, pious, patriotic prince." Those parts of a sentence which contain the relative pronoun, the case abso- lute, the nominative case independent, any parenthetical clause, and simple members of sentences, connected by words expressing a comparison, must be sqKurated by commas j as, "The elephant, which you saw in the menagerie,. 96 . l^t.; .ftace, o Virtoc, peace is Jl Ze oJ^^^Z ^I'f ihe foUowing wends and phrases, and othere ,im,i,r ,„ .. hence, besides, perhaps. finaUv in . . ' however, ondlv thirHlv wi ^' ** '*»»'' moreover, again, first ««• «ords al^tul ex;^:::^'^^,'^' asaqnoution, and in construction?^. sep3b^^ " "^'j"'.' <="«'3' '"-"-t^i *o-. Dan to B^rshebT ^ t^f 'TuTbi^. • ^ '■Tbayh d«p, j,« ele„. When the abH»ce of a word is indicated in readine or ,r^,k;n, k «. place nmy be snppUed bya comna: as " ^omC^ ^ byap^se. "ojrity. inquiry; ^ kno^I. " "^""y- Nouns in ^)position, accompanied by eiDkn»tor„ -arated by commas; but if ^JZajL^'Z^TfL^^""' P«n.i:r^l.:^^J^ a dis^nct sik: nam newn out her seven pillars • K«fk ir:ti^ i> t. nouse, Kl^herwine; she hath also furnrh;dter^Si^ ' The colon is used to divide a «M»ntAT./>.» the sense be complete each "tl^r".""".*^' "^^^^^ l» indrility to eLicate he^lVTnr^iT^"**'^*' "Nature felt «»eab the plan of Divine jlt^suZ ltd the Gospel «.^11^i:^;::ra:''ll'.^''"°'"'°^ o>aspeechisin.,„dnc«i; God is lol^"*^ '^'^ «I««.tation of the Deity in tha^ "One clear and ^ t ' i "f; ' ^T' '^.f" God." ••Haw diiiritir n » pomted out to man." "Peai ton... t":r<^."".:^" .^^"/""^^^^e washing In a general view, the neriod »o«ety. semicolon divide,. ;4„S^tX;^'';^ P"agraph into sente««; ^ lects into clause, .he JZcd ^J^^T ' "^'^ iPWL£.S OF PUNCTUATION. 27 The note of interrogation, or the question, as it is sometimes called, is placed «ft«r every sentence which contains a question ; as, "Who is this?" "What have you in your hand?" "The Cyprians said to me. Why do you weep?" The exclamation point is used to express any sudden or violent emotion ; such as surprise, joy, grief, love, hatred, anger, pity, anxiety, ardent wish, etc. It is also used to mark an exalted idea of the Deity; and is generally placed after the nominative case independent ; and after the noun or pronoun which follows an interjection ; as, " How mischievous are the effects of war 1 " "O blissful days ! Ah me ! how soon we pass ! " The exclamation point is also used after sentences containing a question when no answer is expected ; as, "What is more amiable than virtue ! " Several exclamation points are sometimes used together, either in a parenthe- sis or by themselves, for the purpose of expressing ridicule or a great degree of surprise. A parenthesis is a sentence, or a part of a sentence, inserted within another sentence, but which may be omitted without injuring the sense or construction, and is enclosed between two curved lines like these : ( ). The curved lines between which a parenthesis is enclosed are called crotchets. Sometimes a sentence is enclosed between marks like these, [ ], which are called brackets. The following difference is to be noticed in the use of crotchets and brackets: Crotchets are used to enclose a sentence, or part of a sentence, which is inserted between the parts of another sentence : Brackets are generaUy used to separate two subjects, or to enclose an explanatory note or observation standing by itself. When a parenthesis occurs within another . parenthesis, brackets enclose the former, and crotchets the latter ; as in the following sentence from Sterne: "I know the banker I deal with, or the physician I usually call in [there is no need, cried Dr. Slop (waking), to call in any physician in this case], to be neither of them men of mtich religion." It may be here remarked that a parenthesis is frequently placed between commas, instead of crotchets, etc. ; but the best writers avoid the use of paieu'* theses as much as is possible. The hyphen is a small mark placed between the parts of a compound word ; as, sea-water, semi-circle. The hyphen is also used to denote the long sound of a vowel ; as, Epicure-an, decQ-rum, balco-ny. The hyphen must always be put at the end of the line when part of a word is in one line a4I capitals; as,, " I honor him." Three lines indicate laige capitals; as» " Help, help, I 'Gty.** {From Fmrit$^s **jtMt to Qmpmmm:') Although the details of Grammar and grammatical rule are not embraced in the plan of this work, we may with propriety present some observations with regard to those principles which are most frequently forgotten or disrqpuded by careless writers. These are here presented in the Harm of directions. DnocTioif ist. In determining the number of a verb, regard must be had to the idea which is embraced in the subject or nominative. Whenever the idea of plurality is conveyed, whether it be expressed by one word or one hundred, and however connected, and in whatever nmnber the subject may be, whether singular or plural, all verbs relating to it must be made to agree, not witb the n amber of the mmrd or mmk, but with the number of the iAa. conveyed by the words. Direction 2d. In the use of pronouns the same remark applies: namely, that the number of the pronoun must coincide with the idea contained in the word, or words, to which the pronoun relates. If it imply unity, the pronoun must be singular; if it convey plurality, the pronoun must be pluial. T km directions will be better understood by an example. Thus, in the sentence, " Each of them, in their tarn, receive the benefits to which ikey are entitled," the verbs and pronouns are in the wrong number. The word em'h^ although it includes all, implies but one at a time. The idea, therelbre, is the idea of mmty, and the verb and pronoun should be singular; thus, " Each of them in Ms turn reeeims the benefit to which he is entitled." The same lemark may be made with regard to the following sentences : " Ever> person, whatever be tkeir (his) station, is bound by the duties of morality." " The wheel killed another nun, who is the sixth that kam (has) lost their (his) imet (Ufe) by these means." I do not think that any one should incur cen- sure Ibr being tender of fkeir (his) leputatiiHi* ' *' OimcTioirjd. In the use of verbs and words which express time,caremust be taken that the proper tense be employed to express the time that is intended. Iterhaps: there is no rufc' more ficquently liolated tbn this, even by good wfitorsi GMNBRAL FRINCIFLES OF GRAMMAR. 31 Imt young writeis are very prone to the error. Thus, the author of the Waverk} Novels has the following sentence : « * Description,' he said, * was (is) to the authcT of a romance exactly what drawing and tinting were (are) to a painter; words were (are) his colors, and. If properly employed, they emld (can) not fail to place the scene which he mshed (wishes) to conjure up as effectually before the mind's eye as the tablet or canvas presents it to the bodily organ. The same rules,' he continued, ' applied Ippply) to both, and an exuberance of dialogue in the former case was (is) a ferbose and laborious mode of composition, which went (goes) to confound the proper art of the drama, a widely different species of composition, of which dialogue was (is) the very essence ; because all, excepting the language to be made use of, was (is) presented to the eye by the dresses, and persons, and actions of the performers upon the stage.* " v The author was misled throughout in the tenses of the verbs in this extract by the tense of the verb said, with which he introduces it. Direction 4th. Whenever several verbs belonging to one common subject occur in a sentence, the subject or nominative must be repeated whenever there is a change in the mood, tense, or form of the verb. Direction 5th. In the use of the comparative and superlative degrees of the adjective it is to be remarked, that when two things or persons only are com- pared, the comparative degree, and not the superlative, should be used. Thus, in the sentence, " Catharine and Mary are both well attired ; but, in their appear- ance, Catharine is the neatest, Mary the most showy," the superlative degree of the adjective is improperly applied. As there are but two persons spd^en of, the adjectives should be in the comparative degree : namely, meatermA more showy. DnMcnoN 6th. Neuter and intransitive verbs should never be used in the passive form. Such expressions as wasg&m, isgrmm, is fallen, is come^ me^be reUedoH, etc., although used by some good writers, ^ Direction 7th. In the use of irregular verbs, a proper disfiicfion should bo made in the use of the imperfect tense and the perfect participle. He done (did) it at my request ; he run (ran) a great risk ; he has mistook (mistaken) his true interest ; the cloth was wove (woven) of the finest wool ; he writes as the best authors would have -wrote (written) had they writ (written) upon the subject ; the bell has been rang (rung) ; I have spoke (spoken) to him upon the subject. These sentences are instances where the proper distinction between the preterite and participle has not been preserved. DmiCTiON 8th. The negative adverb must be followed by the negative con- junction; as, "The work is not capable of pleasing the understanding, fsm (not «r) the imagination." The sentence would be improved by using the conjunctions in pairs, substitutmg neOher for m^. In the following sentences, the conjunction kti is improperly used : " I can* mot deny ha that I was in fimlt." ** I cannot be doubted M that this « itale of positive gratification." GMmMAL FXIJVCIFZMS OF GXdMMAM otecurity. Thus, when we speak of " the laws of God and nju" 1^ TTT " <=~1«=^ of laws are meant ; but, i„ U« SKm. the law, of God and the laws of man," the obscuri v va^isheT 7^ dmi^ in i. „^ by the « » emission of the S ..A and red house " meua house; but "A white and a red house " ^ Aw houses. In the eq»ession, "She has « little modesty," the meaninTi, P«hre; but bromitring the article. "She has little modLty," the Tell^ be»«e. »egati^ m poritfca of the article, abo, frequent"; nu^es a "la? the sense, a,wiUbe««.inthe following exLp les^deU^ a little thing; ""As a ddicateUttk thing." ^ Asdehcate Direction loth. The adverb dmdd alwan ht niami « . the wnrH wh.vh i. ■ J • , "iwBjs oe piaoea as near bs possible to tte word which it is des«ned to qualify. It, proper positioa is «nerall« before adjectives, after verbs and ft«»entlr betweei thTaSTai^d fhe ^ AdI rai PriLml k» daUy cu«ons, at a c«tai„ hour, to visit that the nro Jr n!; , and neuter v^b^ caie must be taken i^bm^tTaL^Thelh^'"*- T"^** »f «»««^ « say.^^ the^ve^erh « ~«««i~-«f »"» pmi*t ^ Tkm. witTL^v^Terl :r^l ^''^<"f*'«'»'im mercy" « tehim); and better to .hTll- ^'- J ' «bing which was oflfewd. ft i, ^t^^i^ry with a pi^per -Smr^' ^ """-odnce such confusion of language, aTm^ oeca. ftom a change in the pc«i,ive, fixed and ^i^i^^S^ »Mds, or from a UKiei, violation of grammatical propriety In nccoriuK* with thb direction (see, also. Direction fiih) ^fe was jirefailed on. He was spoken to, She was listened to. They were looked «t. It is approved of. He was spoken of, Jt is contended for, It was thought of, He was called on by his friend, These examples are commented upon with much humor. He was referred to as an oracle, Direction lath. All the jparts of He was pciniaded. He was addiresied. She was heard. They wcie seen, or viewed. It is lil^d, &r commended. He was named, mentioned. It is maintained, ^contested. It was lenenbered, m- concdwd. He was visited by his friend. These ezaa|ilcs an ridiailed with much humor. He waS' 'Consulted aa^ m mole. a sentence should be constmcted in such a CSMSMAL FJilNCIJ^LES OF GMAMMAK. 33 tKiaiiner that mare shall appear to lie no want of agieement or connection among them. Thiis, the following sentence, " He was moie beloved, but not eo much admired as Cynthio/* is inaccurate, because when it is analyzed, it will be, " He was more beloved m Cynthio," etc. The adverb m&re requires the conjunction than after it ; and the sentence should be, " He was more beloved than Cynthio, but not so much admired." Again, in the sentence, " If a man hme a hundred sheep, and one of them 'f^oes astray," etc., the subjunctive word, home, is used after the conjunction ^ in the first part of the sentence, and the indicative gm^ in the second. Both 3f these verbs should be in the indicative, or both in the subjunctive mood. No definite rule can be given which will enable the learner to make the parts of a sentence agree in themselves, and with one another. They should be diligently compared, and a similarity of construction be carefiiUy maintained ; while the learner will recollect that no sentence can be considered grammati- cally correct, which cannot be analyzed or parsed by the authorized rules of Syntax. In the construction of sentences care should be taken to choose the simplest words, and those which most directly and strikingly convey the meaning you wish to express. Three things are necessary in a correct sentence— ^mVrf p^efriety, and precision. Purity consists in using such words and expressions as belong to the idiom of the English language, in place of words or phrases drawn from foreign or dead languages, or that are either ungrammatical, obsolete, newly-coined or not sanc- tioned by usage. The use of words that are not English is a violation of this rule, and is termed a barbarism. The rule is also violated by the use of words or phrases aot constructed in the English idiom. This fault is termed a sole- mm. By using words or phrases to convey a meaning different from that assigned to them by custom, you also violate the rule. This is termed an w^^^^rteiy. Propriety in writing consists in the use of words sanctioned by the usage of the best writers to convey your meaning, and in the avoidance of low, vulgar of less elegant and significant words. In order to remain faithfiil to this principle^ i writer should bear in mind the following rales : Avoid low or slang expressions. Supply words that are wanting. | Do not use the same word in different senses. Wherever it is possible, avoid the use of technical terms ; by which is meant terms or expressions used in siime art, occupation or profession. Do not use ambiguous or equivocal words. Avoid unintelligible and inconsistent words or phrases When words or phrases are not adapted to the ideas you intend to communi cate, avoid the use of them. J GMMMXAL FXINCIPLES OF GFAMM4X. Precision means to make your writing a clear and coecise statement ©f jma thoughts, so clear that no one reading it am fail to comprehend your eiacf meaning. You may use words that convey a meaning different from that foo intend ; or they may not entirely convey your meaning; or they may convey more than you intend. Precision is designed to express neither more nor lets than your exact thought. Do not make your sentences very long ; neither make them very short. When a sentence is too long, the attention of the reader is drawn off from the first part while considering the last, and he finds it difficult to perceive the connection lietwwn them. Short sentences generally weaken the thought. Sentences of HMMlcialc length, deaarly and strikingly expressed, are the best. jPiiiti* "Style," ttys Dr. Blair, " is the peculiar manner in which a writer expresses liii thoughts by woids. " Various terms are applied to style to express its character, as a hareh style, a dry style, a timiid or Iwnliaitic style, a loose style, a tene style, a laconic or a Wfbwe style, a flowing style, a lolly style, an elepat style, an epistolary style a formal style, a Ikmiliar style, etc The divisions of style, as given by Dr. Blair, am as follows: The diffuse and the concise, the nervous and the feeMe, the dry, the plain, the neat, the elegant, the florid, the simple, the affected, and the vehement. These terms «ie alto- gether arbitrary, and are not uniformly adopted in every treatise on rhetoric. Some writers use the terms barren and luxuriant, fordble and vehement, devited and dignified, idiomatic, easy and animated,etc, in connection with the terms, or some of the terms employed by Dr. Blair. The character of the style, and the term by which it is designated, depends partly on the clearness, the fulness, and the force with which the idea is e» pressed ; partly on the degree of ornament or of figurative language employed; while the character of the thoughts or ideas themselves is expressed by the «>« ynft •f simple or natural, affected and vehement. A concise writer compresses his ideas into the fewest words, and these the most expressive. A diffuse writer unfolds ius uica fiiUy, by placing it in a variety of lights. A nervous writer gives us a strong idea of his meaning— his words are always expressivi>— every phrase and every figure renders the picture which he would set before us more striking and complete. A ieeUe writer has an indistinct view of his subject ; unmeaning words and loose epithets escape him ; his expressions are vague and general, his arrange- ments indistinct, and our conception of his meaning will be faint and confused. A dry writer uses no ornament of any kind, and, content with being under- stood, aims not to please the lancy or the ear. A plain writer employs very little ornament; he olisefvci perspicuity, pr.- O'ENMMAL FMINUFLMS OF GRAMMAR, JS ryriety, purity, and pieciston in his language, but attempts none of the graces of ^position. A dry writer is incapable of omament-a plain writer goes not in pursuit of it. A neat writer is careful in the choice of his words, and the graceful colloca- ttmi of them. His sentences are free from the encumbrances of superfluous words, and his figures are short and accurate, rather than bold and glowing. An el^ant writer possesses all the graces of ornament — ^polished periods, X figurative language, harmonious expressions, and a great degree of purity in the choice of his words, all characterized by perspicuity and propriety. He is one, in short, who delights the £mcy and the ear, while he informs the understanding. A florid or flowery writer is characterized by excess of ornament ; and seems to be more intent on beauty of language than solidity of thought. A simple or natural writer is distinguished by simplicity of plan ; he makes his thoughts appear to rise naturally from his subject ; he has no marks of art in his expressions, and although he may be characterized by great richness both of language and imagination, he appears to write in that way not because he had studied it, but because it is the mode of expression most natural to him. An affected writer is the very reverse of a simple one. He uses words in uncommon meanings — employs pompous expressions — and his whole manner is characterized by singularity rather than by beauty. A vehement writer uses strong expressions— is characterized by considerable warmth of manner — and presents his ideas clearly and fully before us. The following directions are given by Dr. Blair for attaining a good style : The first dpection is, study clear ideas of the subject on which you are to write or speak. What we conceive clearly and feel strongly, we naturally express with clearness and strength. Secondly, to the acquisition of a good style, fiiequency of composing is indis- pensably necessary. But it is not every kind of composition that will improve style. By a careless and hasty habit of writing, a bad style will be acquired. In the beginning, therefore, we ought to write slowly, and with much cave. Facility and speed are the fruit of experience. Thirdly, acquaintance with the style of the best authors is peculiarly requisite. Hence a just taste will be formed, and a copious fund of words supplied on every subject. No exercise, perhaps, will be found more useful for acquiring a proper style than translating some passage from an eminent author in our own words, and then comparing what we have written with the style of the author. Such an exercise will show us our defects, will teach us to correct them, and, firom the variety of expression which it will exhibit, will conduct us to that which is most beautiful. Fourthly, caution must be used against servile imitation of any author what- ever. Desire of imitating hampers genius, and generally produces stiffness of tapesiion. They who copy an author closely, commonly copy his faults m 3^ TME ENGLISH LANGUAGE, mn as his beauties. It is much better to have aomeCfaing of our own, though of moderate beauty, than to shine in borrowed orntMmti, which will at hsi betray the poverty of our genius. • of ^"""^^ri^^ ^^^^ ^ rmmj iix in our minds a clear idea of the end aimed at | keep this steadily in inew, and adapt our style to it. ^ Lastly, let no attention to style engross us so much as to prevent a higher degree of attention to the thoughts. He is a contemptible writer who looks not htfmd the dress of language ; who lays not the chief stress upon his matter, and employs not such ornaments of style as are manly, not foppish. "It is a mcful admonition to young writers," says Archbishop Whately that they should always attempt to recast a sentence that does not please altering the arrangement and entire structtiie of it, instead of merely seeking to d»geoiie word for imother. This will give a great advantage in point of co^ousneas also ; for there may be, suppo«! a smhianUpe (or noun) which, either wscause it does not folly express our meaning, or for some other reason, we wish to remove, but can find no other to supply its place. But the obfect may be easily accomplished by means of a verb, adverb, or other part of speech, the iubstitution of which implies an alteration in the conitmction. It is an enfcise accordingly, which may be commended as highly conducive to improvement of iiyle to practise casting a sentence into a variety of diffeient Ibrms." Tilt English language consists of about thirty-eight thousand wordo Thk inchides of course, not only radical words, but Ix derivativT™^^^ terits and participles of verbs ; to which must be added some f w 'rr^ whkh ethTa^lf aXs^ twenty-three thousand, or nearly five~ eigntns, are of Anglo-Saxon origin. The majority of the rest, in what Dronor t»n we cannot say, are I^in ««, Greek; iJk, however, has the larger hare The names of the greater part of the object, of sense^in oJher wo d^ fhe erms which occur most fr^uently in discourse, or which recaU the most vivid con! ceptions^are Anglo-Saxon. Thus, for example, the names of the most striking which pass over it, are Anglo-Saxon. This language has given names to L TME ENGLISH LANGUAGE. heavenly bodies, the sun, moon, and stars ; to three out of the four elements, ear ai, ire, and water ; three out of the four seasons, spring, summer, and winter ; and, indeed, to all the natural divisions of time, except one ; as, day, night, morning, evening, twilight, noon, midday, midnight, sunrise, sunset ; some of which are amongst the mosi poetical terms we have. To the same language we are indebted for the names of light, heat, cold, frost, rain, snow, hail, sleet, thunder, lightning, as well as almost all those objects which form the component parts of the beautiful in external scenery, as sea and land, hill and dale, wood and stream, etc. It is from this language we derive the words which are expres- sive of the earliest and dearest connections, and the strongest and most powerful feelings of nature ; and which are, consequently, invested with our oldest and most complicated associations. It is this language which has given us names for father, mother, husband, wife, brother, sister, son, daughter, child, home, kindred, friends. It is this which has furnished us with the greater part of those metonymies, and other figurative expressions, by which we represent to the imag- ination, and that in a single word, the reciprocal duties and enjoyments of hospitality, friendship, or love. Such are hearth, roof, fireside. The chief emotions, too, of which we are susceptible, are expressed in the same language, as love, hope, fear, sorrow, shame ; and what is of more consequence to the omtor and the poet, as well as in common life, the outward signs by which emo- tion is indicated are almost all Anglo-Saxon \ such are tear, smile, blush, to laugh, to weep, to sigh, to groan. Most of those objects, about which the prac- tical reason of man is employed in common life, receive their names from the Anglo-Saxon. It is the language, for the most part, of business ; of the count- ing-house, the shop, the market, the street, the farm ; and, however miserable the man who is fond of philosophy or abstract science might be, if he had no other vocabulary but this, we must recollect that language was made not for the few, but the many, and that portion of it which enables the bulk of a nation to eipnss their wants and transact their affairs, must be considered of at least as much importance to general happiness, as that which serves the purpose of philo- sophical science. Nearly all our national proverbs, in which, it is truly said, so much of the practical wisdom of a nation resides, and which constitute the manual and vadc mecwm of "hobnailed" philosophy, are almost wholly Anglo- Saxon. A very large proportion (and that always the strongest) of the language of invective, humor, satire, colloquial pleasantry, is Anglo-Saxon. Almost all the terms and phrases by which we most energetically express anger, contempt, and indignation, are of Anglo-Saxon origin. The Latin contributes most largely to the language of polite life, as well as to that of polite literature. Again, it IS often necessary to convey ideas, which, though not truly and properly offen- sive in themselves, would, if clothed in the rough Saxon, appear so to the sensi- tive modesty of & highly refined state of society; dressed in Latin, these very wae ideas shall seem decent enough. There is a large number of words, which , worn the frequency with which they are used, and from their being so constantly K ft COMMOM MMMOMS IM WMITING AND SFEAKmc, ia the mouths of the vulgar, would not be endured in polished soci«* ffc«..-.i. -ep^i^ „»es of Latin o.gin, or so.e orranng ex«*iy the same thing, shall pass unquestioned Tte. may "* °«|^8 di^o°est, nothing really vulgar about the old Saxon TOd. yet It mwU be thought as uncouth in a drawing-room as the nl^.^TZT lowho«™d,»eiti,.b«Kloned. Tl,us, theword "stZ7'' T.l^Z^^ Z.r^Kf^""'^'-^'- dUu.^ into fouft^^T ««mber of viUNa. become, a inoffensive thing in the shape J^ZZ .-.hon." To "squint" i, .rftenrf into obliquity of vision I ote "dru^^^" ;n».i»n.b.y sai^ "^^^^ ^.T.L'^'d^rn^itT ^Tu,l ^^ y and pohte cmnmihwttMn. which, if eq«wed in the bare ^.tw X almo« be as n«»eoai .. his dUght, v^etjlf"' gain innnensdy by nZ noXan^ behveen thoughts and words « as intimate as that between body uid spirit weU nnderstands. There are tbonehts in them«<-li»K. twt. j , ' ■ .u L I '""ugiub in inemseives tnte and commonplace, when oqiressed m the hackneyed terms of common life which if ^nrSTu gracefal or feUcitons novcltv of exDr«sinn .hin . ^^""^ ^- . , i-uvcjij oi expression, snail assiime an nnwnntiavl aiV ^# ^mmm ebhobs *^ (N WftlTISG I SPEAKIG, ftelXoTr"^ ^^l"" ^ «P«*i»« om language It mav De well to notice some of them here **»"isuagc. it may Jfany persons say. "What be««iftl 1««,1" I. be, "What nice COMMON MMMOMS IN WRiTlNG AND SPEAKING, 39 Instead of, "A new pair of shoes," say, "A pair of new shoes." Do not say, "Restore it back to me," but, "Restore it to me." Instead of, "I seldom or ever meet her," say, "I seldom meet her." Instead of, "If I am not mistaken," say, "If I mistake not." Do not say, "Not no such thing," but, "Not any such thing." Instead of, "I had rather walk," say, "I would rather walk." Instead of, "Let you and I," say, "Let you and me." Instead of, "Rather warmish," say, "Rather warm." Instead of, ''The weather is hot," say, "The weather is very warm." Instead of, "What a nice view," say, "What a beautiful view." - Do not say, "Bred and bom." It should be, "Bom and bred." Instead of, "Says I," say, "I said." "I ain't," or "I arn't," are vulgarisms. The proper expression is, "I am not." Instead of, "If I waa Wm," say, "If I were he." Do not say, "I have less friends than you." It should be, "I have fewer friends than you." In reply to the question, "Who is there?" or, "Who is it?" say, "I," or, "It is I;" and not "Me," or, "It is me." "Whether I be present or no," is wrong. It should be, "Whether I b present or not." Instead of, "I had better go," say, "It were better that I should go." "A quantity of people," is wrong. It should be, "A number of people." - "Six weeks back," is a barbarism. It should be, " Six weeks ago." "A new pair of gloves," is incorrect. It should be, "A pair of new gloves. " Instead of saying, "He was in eminent danger," say, "He was in imminent danger." "Tkinksltomyself," "Thinks I," "Says I," "Says he," are vulgarism* and should avoided. Instead of, "I only want ten cents," say, "I want only ten cents." Instead of, "Direct your letter to me," say, "Address your letter to me." "Because why?" is a barbarism. It should be simply, "Why?" "The best of the two," is wrong. Say, "The better of ihe two." "There's fifty," is incorrect. It should be, " There are fifty." "He need not do it," is wrong. Say, "He needs not do it." Instead of, "It was spoke in my presence," say, "It was spoken in my presence." "She said, said she," is vulgar, as weU as incorrect. It should be, "She said." Instead of, "I don't think so," say, "I think not." Instead of saying, "My clothes have grown too small for me," say, "I ^^own too stout for my clothes." The change is in you, not in your 40 COMMOM MMMOMS IM WMITIMG Aim SFEAJ^IMG. rf^T^/'"^ ^* ^ J,'L*~^I°" """f/^^" P^'*"'" ^ i'^*:*''"^^- ft should be, "I nistook W^!f "H^f IT^!" You should say, '^s Mr. Jones within J!!^ r ?r "^y^ "His health has been shaken." Instead of, "Hat there man/' say, "That man " !l' L'wT^f T "Somehow or other." Instead of, "Well, I don't know," say, «I don't know " Instead of, " Will I do this for you ? " say, « Shall I do this for vou ? " Insteadof, "What Willi do?" say, "What shall I do?" Instead of, " Following up a pdnciple," say. " Guided by a principle. " JZu:^^:s:^ ^^^^ "^'^ - ^ - ^ --^ Instead of, "I enjoy bad health," say, " My health is not good." ^Instead of saying, Because I don't choose to," say, " Because I wyM rather ^Inrtead of saying, " She was remarkable pretty," say, " She was remaitaMy Instead of, "We think on you," say, "We think of you " Instead of, "We called at William's," say, - We called on William." instead of, "By this means," say, " By these means." J"^**^ O*"' WW wanting," say, "All that was wanted " Instead of. "He is a bad statesman," say, " He is not a statesman." J^«d of saying, "He ««endcd up the mountain," say, " He ascended the of, "A bentiid house and ««iens," say, "A beantifid houre and its Instend of, " Mine is so good as yours," say, '« Ifiiu! is as good as yours." Instead of, "Adequate for," say, "Adequate to*" The phrase, " Pure and unadultemted," ia a repetition iif terms. If a thing m pure. It IS necessarily unadulterated. * aJ^nf^K""! "^^'"^'^ *»^«»«* »ri ''They we not what nature designed them to be." Instead of, - How do you do ? " say, " How are you ? " Instead of, " To be given away gratis," say, " To be given mm." ImtmA of, " I acquit you from," say, " I acquit you of." Instead of, " He is coming here," say. " He is coning hither." AMONC; THE LILIES. INTEimONAL^ SECOND EXPOSURE 4 ■ ■" 4P coJOfOAT sjtJtons m writing and speaking. J^J^C^'^'^'*'^*^^" It 4o»M fce, «d, dd, iMtciMi Of, "Sometow or another," say, -Somehow or other " IiiteJld of, "Well, I don't imow," say, "I don't know '* Iwrtend of, "What will I do?" ay, "What shall I do ?" Inttea^Df, ♦'Followiiig iip a principle," say. "Guided by a principle " Instead of, "I enjoy bad health." «y. " My health Is not good." T Z^T ' w iwlpf and wrong. ititoiMbe, "feetterthan that " Jnstead of «iy,ng. " Becanse I doe't chooic to."«y, "Because I w^ldmi« ^In^cad of saying. " She wa. mmmbm petty," say, " She w«i icmarkaWy Instead of, - We think on you," say, " We think of you." w!!^ of 1' rr"'^ William's," say, " We calW on WilianL" instead of, By this means," say, " By these means." .Instead of, -All that was wanting," say, "AH that was wanted " Instead of, - He is a bad statesman," say, " He is not a statesman." J^oi saymg. "I am going over the bridge," say. "I ^ g^ing ^ ^^^^^l^r^ " ' ^ ^ - X behind of saying, "He asceniW mountain." say. " He laceiidad the of. "A beitttilil hoose and gaidens." say. "A beautiful house and it. Iii«todo^"l^^ Instead of. "Adequate fijr," lay. "Adequate to," He phmse, " Bne nd nnadnlte«ted," ira lepetition of terms. H a thinn i pme. It IS necessarily unadulterated. * I««^«f saying. « They are not what natuie designed them," my, - They •re not what nature designed them to be." ^ Instead of, " How do you do?" say, « How aie yon ? " Instead of, " To be given away gratis," say, "To be given away " Instead of. " I acquit you from," say. " I acquit you of." Instead of, " He ia comii^g heie," lay, " He li €mm^ mm." 1 AMOHG THE LIUES. liLu W "iis A ,1 J Ani- ail. If-u-t f-t^Alx, skjJit. eL^- — - 1 May KewdauL J:>.v. ..a^fK. 5unJov^,,ai,d t,.-^(,t:UU. Our sblWts so rfce toast for satmr, 4 ''ni us Sv/eja^ j^aslr ani W'llW. ^Alkjo^ to Set Ifee eoy mooiT jasejjin^ COMMON ERRORS IN WRITING AND SPEAKING. 41 Instead of, "I live opposite the park," say, I live opposite to the park." Instead of, *' The want of wisdom, truth and honor are more visible," say» "The want of wisdom, truth and honor is more visible." Instead of, "A surplus over and above," say, "A surplus." Instead of, "A winter's morning," say, "A winter, or wintry, morning." Instead of, "I will send it conformable to your orders," say, "I will send it conformably to your orders. " Instead of, " This ten days or more," say, " These ten days or more." Instead of, "I confide on yon," say, " I confide in you.' Instead of, "As soon as ever," say, "As soon as." Instead of, ** I difler with yon," say, " I differ from you." Instead of, " I am averse from that," say, " I am averae to that." Instead of, "The very best," or, "The very worst," say, "The best," or, ••The worst." Instead of, "Abraham Lincoln was killed by a bullet," say, "Abiaham On- coin was killed with a bullet." Instead of, " No one hasn't called," say, " No one has called." Two negatives make an affirmative. Thus, to say, " Don't give that child no more sugar," is equivalent to saying, "Give that child some more sugar." Instead of saying, " I won't never do it again," say, " I will never do it laain." Instead of, ** I am conversant about it," say, " I am conversant with it." Instead of, " He died by consumption," say, " He died of consumption.'* Instead of, "The effort I am making for arranging this matter," say, " The effort I am making to arrange this matter." Instead of saying, "Your obedient humble servant," say, "Your ofoedienf •ervant." Instead of, " You will some day be convinced," say, " You will one day be convinced," Instead of saying, " I am going on a journey," say, " I am about (or goinir> to make a journey." Instead of, •* You are taller than me," say, You are taller than I." Instead of, " You are mistaken,'^ say, " You mistake." Instead ol", " I suspect the veracity of his story," say, " I doubt the truth of ois story." Instead of, " He was too young to have suffered much," say, " He was too young to suffer much." tiolhing ofl; '' ^ ^"^ "^ ^^"'"^ nothing on it," say, "I hope jm^M tWk ApFolTd^byVll "'' approved of by all,'» say, "His opinions are Instead of, Handsome is as handsome does," say, "Handaomt li toandsome does." m Instead of, "In case I succeed," say, "If I succeed." IIITENTIONAL SECOND EXPOSURE / ^Cv^.v- . wal-e. mating (5-'^ paw.uo slej.t^ccure ffam rfalfi,^ . -n^ f Sundov^-, .M.ci t,;£l,rs sfod. Ou.- sbiWts so rfee bast forsahW; .feouW p„*^ |r«^ e/e^^ 3n|.o|.,a^-s).e|. Was fast enf.He„ . vjj^ntii us sWe|3h j^aslr Kped and w/."lloW. Ifov/e for' our gulc^e, .^nd jwdea GUI' jailUi,^, '^t base. 0.^/ souls' to v:j,|^^ <- he f ttrui^*3 U^ess {a-tLr Kouf 1 / peed (Tafl.jJe, pome sun^eome sU^.^ /./ COMMON ERRORS IN iVRITING AND SPEAKING. ' 41 Instead of, I live opposite the park," say, "I live opposite to the park." Instead of, •* The want of wisdom, truth and honor are more visible," say, "The want of wisdom, truth and honor is more visible." Instead of, "A surplus over and above," say, "A surplus." Instead of, "A winter's morning," say, "A winter, or wintry, morning." Instead of, "I will send it conformable to your orders," say, "I will send it conformaMy to your orders." Instead of, " This ten days or more," say, " These ten days or more." Instead of, " I confide on you," say, " I confide in you.' Instead of, "As soon as ever," say, "As soon as." Instead of, " I differ with you," say, " I differ from you." Instead of, " I am averse from that," say, " I am averee to that." Instead of, "The very best," or, "The very worst," say, "The best," or ••The worst." Instead of, "Abraham Lincoln was killed by a bullet," say, "Abraham Lin- coln was killed with a bullet." Instep of, " No one hasn't called," say, " No one has called." Two negatives make an affirmative. Thus, to say, " Don't give that child no more sugar," is equivalent to saying, "Give that child some more sugar." Instead of saying, " I won't never do it again," say, " I will never do it again.'* Instead of, " I am conversant about it," say, " I am conversant with it." Instead of, "He died by consumption," say, " He died of consumption. " Instead of, "The effort I am making for arranging this matter," say, " The tffort I am making to arrange this matter." Instead of saying, "Your obedient humble servant," say, "Your obedient lervant." Instead of, "You will some day be convinced," say, " You will one day be convmced." Instead of saying, " I am going on a journey," say, "I am about (or going) to make a journey." ** Instead of, " You are taller than me," say, " You are taller than L" Instead of, " You are mistaken," say, " You mistake." iJstory**''***' " ^ '"'^^"^ ^""^^^^ ^ " ^ ^''''^^ ^^^^ Instead of, " He was too young to have suffered much," say, " He was too young to suffer much." r.oIhirg'oft ^ "^^^"'"^ °° '^y' ^ y^'^ ApJ^ored^by all "'' ^ m^y^ of by all," say, "His opinions are Instead of, Handsome is as handsome does," say, "Haadioiiif is wim uandsome does." ^ Instead of, "In case I succeed," say, "If I succeed." I ^iti^ of, "Hejr Imtd one another," say, " They loved each oth«. Imtoid of, « The cake is al eat up," say, " The cake is eaten " Imtead of, " The liirer ii aH froie up," say, « The river is frozen " Instead of. "A laige enough house," say, "A house large enough*" Instead of, « We aie tiaveiling alow," say, « We are travelling slowlv " Instead of, "It is raining haid," say, "It Is raining i^t." Instead of, " It is bad at the best," say, « It is veiy bad " ^^nstead of saying, "The box m on the ioor," say, "W boi fell to the Instead of " Universally beloved," or, " Univenally admired." sar "G«n erallybeloved," or, "Generally adminsd." ^' Jnstead of saying, "He is noways to blame," say, "He is nowi« m ^XnT.i:''' ^ ^' • "He is m In I-tead:^, '^e^«o7; e^^^^^^^^^ platform." Piatiorm, say. He jumped from the Instead of, **A man of eiVhtv vt^^rc »» H-^r:^ '.iir^r - ^ co- Instead of, " He has got money," say, " He has money " Instead of, " Have you saw ?" say, " Have you seen ? " Instead of, " I seen Mm do it," say, " I saw him do It." Instead of, " No other but," say, " No other than." instead of, " He rose up from his chair," say, " He lose from his chair " yi^X histd.i„gr-- --e." -r. "I k«. It ^of, ;;it is equally ofthe same value," say. "It i, of *e .» -I couM scarcely beUev. but wh«...-y. eould «^ iMtead of, "It puns me to hear that." say, " I am T>ain«1 1„ I a . .. faiml of <ay Book, sometimes called the Saks Mmk, tlx JmrtMi, and the Zedger. The use of the Journal is gradually being abandoned, as it only imposes upon the book-keeper additional kbor without any compensating advantages. Many bouses dispense with it altogether, and the time is at hand when it will disap- imr firom every well-regulated counting-room. In the following pages, there- fan, we shall make no further reference to it, confining onnelves only to what is of practical value to the student of book-keeping, and avoiding everything that may serve to encmnber Mm with useless details. The name of this book indicates the nse to which it is pot. It is used cxck- sively for entries of money received and money paid oat, and is thus the record of the daily cash transactions of the merchant. Each page of the Cfesb Book is ruled with two dollar and cent columns. The left-hand page is used for " Cash Debtor," that is, far cash received ; and BOOK-KEEPING, 57 the right-hand page is for " Cash Creditor," or for cash paid out. All sums of money received are written on the left-hand page with the date of the receipt, the name of the person or source ftom which the money is received, and the amounts are entered on a line with the names in the first column of the page. All sums paid out are entered on the right-hand page with the date of the pay- ment, and the name of the person or purpose by whom or for which the money is paid, and the amounts are entered in the^j/ cokmm of the page on the line with the names to which they belong. In effect, in keeping accounts, Cash " is treated precisely as if it were a person. It is debUtd^ ijr charged, with all money paid in, and credited with all money paid out. For example, let us suppose that John Smith pays the mer- chant $200. This sum must be placed to the credit of John Smith, because he has paid it in. " Cash " has received it, and therefore Cash " must be charged with it. It is entered on the debit side of the Cash Book " as a charge against "Cash." The entry is made in the name of John Smith, and shows that he has paid that sum to " Cash.'* Thus this entry is at the same time a debit to "Cash" and 2i credit to John Smith, as it shows that "Cash" has had that much money from John Smith, and that John Smith is the creditor of " Cash " to thai amount. Again, we will suppose that Thomas Brown, David Lee, and Asa Hart have each paid the merchant |aoo, making |6oo in all. These amounts are received by "Cash," and are entered on the deBU or left-hand page, in three separate entries, each with the name of the person paying the money, and the date of the payment. At the end of the month, when the "Cash Book" is posted, these amounts are carried to the Ledger to the credit of the parties, that is $200 IS credited to each. The aggregate |6oo is then posted to the deMf of " Cash " in the Ledger; and thus the debit of |6oo to "Cash" balances the three credits of $200 each to Thomas Brown, David Lee, and Asa Hart. The same principle applies to payments made by the merchant. Let us sup- pose he pays to Martin, Frazier & Co. II500; to Holmes Bros. $600; and to jenkms & Son $300. Here we have $1400 paid out. Each of these amounts is entered with the date of payment on the right hand or creM side of the u u " " credited with these sums because h!^" rll^,!^''' ^u^"" " ^""^ " P"^^ P^^i« In posting the 'Cash Book " at the end of the month, these entries are carried to the debit iMZr^T ^'^i^^^.P^^P^'- P^'-sons in the Ledger. Martin, Frazier & Co. are d^Med or charged with $500 ; Holmes Bros, with ^6oo ; and Jenkins & Son Zlflf!; ^J^"^ ^^""^ ^bove sums, and are therefore en^ on the Udger to the credit of " Cash," because " Cash " has paid th;m, ^^:Lm ^*«^*-*^->-g-«fi-nst the persons to whom 5^ MOOX'KEEPING. But suppose the merchant receives from Henry Holt the sum of |aoo j fmm Richard Jones and from Edward White $300, making |8oo received These sums aps eMcred on the Cash Book" as debits against " Cash • " the entries being at the same time credits to the parties making the payment. The merchant pays out the following sums: to Walter Hyde ^loo; to Peter Wright lias ; and to Lyle & Co. |ioo, making in all $325 paid out', which is less than the amount he received. These payments are entered on the " Cash Book " to the ir^ of " Cash," and are at the same time separate debits or charges against the persons to whom the money is paid. In order to ascertain how much money is on hand after making these payments, the " Cash Book " must be kmlancid. To do this, add the amounts in the first column of the debit «de, and write down the amount, |8oo, in the x/riw^ column on a line with the last entry, and also at the bottom of that column. Then add the amounts in thc/ri/ column on the credit page, and write the amount, in the second x)lumn of that page on a line with the last entry on that page. Then subtract Ae $325 paid out from the |8oo received, doing this on a separate slip of giper. This leaves a remainder of |475. which is the balance of cash in hand. Now write with red ink on the credit page, below the last entry on that page, ,X r''"''.! '"'"^ preceded by the woid Balance. This " balance " added to the amount of payments wjU give |8oo, the amount received and entered on the diMt page. This amount must be wntten at the bottom of the second column on the credit page, and on a line with the bottom figures on the debU page. The " Cash Book" is now said to oe bammed. The "Cash Book" should be balanced every day in order to ascertain the amount of money on hand at the close of the day's transactions. The " Cash Book " should posted once a month. That is, the entries in it should be transferred to the Ledger, and entered there each in its proper aaount. As these transfers are made, the>//^ i^or number of the page) of the Ledger to which the entry is posted, should be written in the " Cash Book " in the column ruled for that purpose, which is immediately on the left of the dollais and cents columns. This insures accuracy in referring from the - Cash Book to the Ledger. The " Cash Book " is now said to be closed, that is, all the entries for the month have been transferred to their proper places in the Ledger ; and the book-keeper is ready to commence the record of the transac- tions of the next month. In the example given above, the merchant had a balance of |47S of cash in hand at the end of the month. The reader will naturally ask, " What must be done with this l>alance ? " It must be borne in mind that the book-keeper must « r ' K p t^^"-^^ctions of each month as a separate account When the cash Book is closed for January, he must begin a mw cash account for Fcl>. Z'L'n T ')rt " new debtor page and opens • lew account on the first of the month. In the case under consideration. \m BOOKKEEPING. 59 carries forward the balance of ^475, and enters it in red ink in the second column of the debit page, preceding it with the date (the first of the month) in its proper column, and the word " Balance " in its proper place. This shows that Cash " has begun the new month with $475 in hand. " Cash " is, therefore, properly charged with it. Now suppose the merchant receives from various persons during the month money to the amount of ^525, and pays out to sundry parties money to the amount of I350. The receipts are all entered, each with its proper date and the name of the person making the payment, on the debit page of the " Cash Book," the amounts being written in the first dollars and cents column ; the sums paid out are entered in the same way on the credit side of the " Cash Book," the amounts being written in the first dollars and cents column of that page. In closing the "Cash Book" at the end of the second month, the book-keeper must add the amount of the debits^ which as we have seen is 1^525, and write this aggregate in the second column on a line with the last entry in the first column. This will place it under the *' balance " of $475 remaining from the first month, which, as we have seen, was written at the top of the second dollars and cents column of the debit page. These two amounts are then added, and give a total of $1000, which must be written at the bottom of the second column. This shows the total amount of the debits or charges against "Cash" during the month. The book-keeper now turns to the credit page, and adds the amounts of the money paid out. The total as we have seen is $350. He writes this amount in the second column of the credit page on a line with the last entry of money paid out. He then subtracts the amount of the credits from the amount of the debits, and finds a remainder of ^650, which is the amount left to the debit of " Cash," or the balance of Cash in hand at the end of fhe month. He writes with red ink the amount, ^650, preceded by the word "Balance" in the secmd column of the credit page under the total of the credits. These two sums are then added and give a total of |tiooo, and this amount is written at the bottom of the second cohmm of the credit page, and balances the |iooo at the bottom of the debit page. The amounts are then transferred to their respective accounts in the Ledger, and the "Cash Book" is closed for the second month. The balance, of $650, is then carried as before to the top of a new debit page, and the " Cash Book" is in readiness for the recoid of the transactions of the third month. These explanations will show the reader the uses of and the manner of keepmg the * ' Cash Book. ' ' We would earnestly recommend him to commence practong a system of book-keeping, beginning with the "Cash Book." He Should obtain a blank book, and rule it himself in order to become familiar with the form of the pages. Each page should be ruled as follows : on the left-hand «ile rule a column for dates, and on the right-hand side rule a column for the numbcre of the Ledger folios to which the entries are to be posted, and on the nght of this rule two sets of columns for dollars and cents. The wide space in ii 9^* Anil* • 1 tSSl. ftniutn f I Joliii Brown, Ifdie. 6 500 00 i< 4 Dwrid Lee, l« 14 aa5 00 i« 5 Smitli, Ycmiig k Co., ic S5 650 J5 i« 6 Thomas Lane, on % «« 18 416 18 t< 8 Spencer & Co., «t ( a SO 00 • •« 10 Walker Ac White, on % i« 34 39 00 te," "NaM of Uimm Jktxmm " mad "L«W F^i« « — mmmi fat th« piidnw of tlw tmim, Thtj m,^ a m f, , ,^,|. ^^ . tb hh 1hi li i am 61 Ledger Folio. 1881. January I Expense, i Month's Rent. 4 90 00 «i 3 Real Estate, Taies. 10 . 75 00 «t 8 John WtUlami & Co., Hdse. 13 100 00 Iff II Frank Harris, " 25 SO 00 «i 15 Thomas Lewis, 18 25 00 19 Judkins, Wright & Co., on %, " 16 150 00 32 Dexter & Son, " 19 30 00 «( as Expense, Clerk's Salary, i Month. 4 7S 00 iC 27 Expense, i Stove. 4 10 CO « 28 • Lewis Rogersi Mdse. 32 100 00 «< Gross & Co. <* 39 75 00 31 Expense, Sundry Petty Expenses. 4 25 CO 51870 3675 "«suiaanceoi oierewkr. Thfy are not u««i in •cturf account books. Us MOOK-KERFING, the middle of the page is used for the names of the persons making paymenti or to whom payments are made. The specimen pages which are given here will show how the columns should be ruled. Now let the reader make the entries in the manner explained in the preceding pages, and he will have a "Cash Book" in proper shape, and will thus familiarize himself with this im- portant branch of book-keeping. The specimen on pages 60 and 61 'will show a Cash Book" properly bal- anced and doted, r tr- i Ito 0AjGtli innL It is the custom of most bookkeepers to use what is called a Bstty Cash Book. Any blank book ruled with dollar and cents columns wiU answer. The Petty Cash Book is used for expenditma only, and its use saves the book-keeper a great deal of time and labor which would be required were all the minor ex- penses of an establishment entered in the Cash Book and transferred separately to their proper accounts in the Ledger. The book-keeper enters all the small sums paid out day by day in the Petty Cash Book, such as "Sundry Expenses," "Freights," "Interest," money paid to employ^ who have no Iked pay-day, " Telegrams," " Porterage," etc. At the end of the week, or month, as his cus- tom may be, he adds these expenditures in the Petty Cash Book, and enters the aggregate amount on the credit page of the regular Cash Book, from whici it is posted to the Ledger, in the ordinary way. Bear in mind that the Petty Cask Mm* u used for entenng minor expmdiiures only, and never for entering money He Day Book is used for recording the transactions of each day, except tliose which are made for cash, and which are entered in the Cash Book. It is faqientlf called the Sales Book, as all the sales are entered in it. It is also lied to record all purchases of goods made by the merchant, and thus takes the place of a separate book, wMdi was formerly used, and which was known as the Birchase Book. The Day Book is ruled differently from either the Cash Book or the Ledger. On the left of the page is a single column, and on the right are three sets of dollars and cents columns. The date is written, day by day, at the top of the page; the column on the left is for the number of the articles sold; the wide space in the middle is for the names of the purchasers and a description of the goods sold to them ; the first set of dollars and cents columns is for the entry of the amounts of the sales; and the third set is for the entry of the aggregate amount of the sales to each person. The second, or middle set of dollais and cents columns, is known as the Cash Column, and in it are entered the aggie- sates of all bills for which cash is paid when the purchase is made. The use of it greatly simplifies the labor of the book-keeper, and avoids confusion in kee^ MOOIt-ltABPiNG, mg the accounts. Where this column is used, all bills that are paid before the end of the month are entered in the Cash Column; all bills that are not p^d before the end of the month, or at the time of the purchase, are entered, as has been said, in the third column. When the sale is reported to the book-keeper, he must be informed as to the manner of payment, in order that he may know in which column to enter the amount. It is the custom where goods are paid for at the time of the purchase, to make a "check " in red ink in the ma/gin after the amount, and also in the margin before the name. This shows that the book-keeper is not to post these entries in the same manner that the sales on credit are to be posted. For example, let us suppose John Smith, of Camden, N. J., buys a bill of goods from the merchant to the amount of $100. This sale is entered in the Day Book under its proper date, with the articles and the number of them. The price of each article is written in the first set of dollars and cents columns. If the sale is for cash, the aggregate or total amount of the bill is written in ihc second set of dollars and cents columns, and a "check" in red ink is placed opposite the name of John Smith and another one opposite the aggregate amount. This shows that the sale is for cash. If the sale is on credit — say sixty days time — the aggregate is written in the third set of dollars ana cents columns, and the account is posted in the ledger in the usual way at the end of the month. The entries in the Day Book should be posted to the Ledger at the end of every month. The various entries of sales on credit are carried to the Ledger and each written there in its proper account, and the number of the Ledger folio or page to which the account is carried is written in red ink in the left- hand margin of the page of the Day Book, in order that the book-keeper may refer to it promptly. These entries are carried to the debit of the accounts in the Ledger, as they are charges against the persons to whom the sales are made. The book-keeper now takes the Cash Sales entered in the Day Book. Of course, when cash is paid on the spot for goods, the transaction is complete, and there is no necessity for opening an account with the purchaser in the Ledger To do so would be simply to crowd the Ledger with useless accounts. The book-keeper, therefore, adds the amounts in the second or cash column of the Day Book, and writes the total in the third set of dollars and cents columns. The third column is then added, and the total written at the bottom. This total •represents both the cash and the credit sales, and of course shows the totai amount of business done during the month. The various entries having beeP posted as described to their proper accounts in the Ledger, the total of the third column is entered in the credit side of the Merchandise Account of the hoi^ in the Ledger. "Merchandise" is here treated, like "Cash," as > person. It has supplied the goods sold, and is therefore credited ^N'\\\l them. H MmMT-MMMFIMG, This entiy is also a igriiist the purchasers for the goods taken out of the wmm iliiriiif the month. laMnd of posting the total of the " Qyih Column " as a deNi from the Day Book to the Le%er, the book-keeper enters it on the deMi page of the Cash Mmk m follows : " Sundry Sales, Day Book Folio — and makes a check in red ink in the maifin on the let of the entry. Cash having been paid into the concern for these sales, « Cash " is properly demd for them in the Cash Book. This total is included in the footing of the MH page of the Cash Book, and is posted from it to the Ledger to the deMi of " Cash." Thus the Mti to « Cash " balanca the imMi to " Meichandiae *' in the .Ledger. lit Ipiiilaiiii ^^mimL Merchandise, as wt laire said, is treated as a/wiw. It is dtHMm tkm^^ with all goods rgtiwedhf the house, and tredHtdwith all goods sold. It is the custom to devote, every month, one or more pages of the Day Book, as necessity may require, to a " double entry " headed as follows : " Merchan- dise Debtor to Sundries "—that is, "Merchandise Debtor to the Following." The book-keeper enters under this heading all bills of goods which the house has purchased during the month, and all other items with which it is necessary todem or charge "Merchandise" and credit other accounts. Each amount mist be written separately in the name of its proper account, and the various entries must be placed one under the other down the page, with the dates written in the margin on the left-hand side of the page. The amounts of the varioos entries are written in the /ri/set of dollars and cents columns, and the total is written immnMaUfy hhm. In no case must the entry or entries be ex- tsnded into the second or third sets of dollars and cents columns. Every trans, action is complete, and mmt be oonincd to the portions of the page indicated. Tlie amoonts of the varioM entries aie then posted to the ertMi of their proper aceounts in the Ledger, and the JWH/ of all of them is posted to the deMt of Merchandise " in the Ledger. The reader is earnestly monmeiided to ink several pages of a bknk book in the manner described, and to practise keeping a Day Book accoiding to the instructions herein contained. By this it is not meant that he should simply copy or confine himself to the forms given in these pages. He should, beginning with the Cash and Day Books, open a complete set of books, and keep them as though he were actually engaged in business, extending them as fitr as powible, and posting them as directed in these instructions. This will give him an amount of practice which will be found very useful, and wUl enable him to become thoroughly femUiar with aU the various tiaasactions and leqniiencntf of Book-keeping. The following specimen pages of a Day Book will illustiite the instractkma contained in the preceding pages. MmK'KEEFING, New Yark,/mmmy tsi, 1881. O5 Amos Long & Son, Cdiimbos, Ohio. 2 5 s Bbls. Flour, No. I. @ ^7-25 Bbls. Brown Sugar, 600 lbs. 8 c. Bap Coffee, 800 lbs. jo c 48 160 50 00 00 SO John Peteison, Newailc, K. J. ✓ 10 2 Bbls. Brown Sugar, 1,200 lbs. 8 c. Boxes Brown Soap, 200 lbs. 6 c. 96 12 00 00 I 00 Samad Ottle & Co., Biookljn, N. Y. 00 25 20 in 10 Bags Salt, 250 lbs. 3 c. Boxes Brown Soap, 2,000 lbs. 6 c. oOlS. f lOur, MO* 1. 7*^5 Bags 0>flec, 1,600 lbs. 20 c 7 120 72 320 50 00 50 00 590 m Davis & White. Albany, N. Y. m "" 1 SO / J 20 50 Bbls. Com Meal, 3.50 nDis. riour, «o. i. 7.50 Bags Coflee, 3,200 lbs. 20 c. Boxes Brown Soap, 5,000 lbs. 6 c. 175 562 640 300 00 50 00 00 1677 5» Abner Lee & Son, Camden, N. J. ✓ ✓ 10 Bap Coffiee, 1,600 lbs. jo c. 320 00 320 00 Henderson & Co., Richmond, Va. 50 50 K) 10 Boxes Brown Soap, 5,000 lbs. 6 c, Bags Salt, 500 lbs. 3 c. Bags Coffee, 3,200 lbs. ao c! SS!*- 5"*1,^"?*'' *»4«> Ibfc 8 c. Bbls. Com Meal, 3.50 300 640 192 105 88 8 8 8 1252 00 Hance Bros., Norwalk, Conn. [O 5 [O Bbls. Flour, No. 1. m -q BWs. Corn Meal, '^.^ Bbls. Brown Siigar, tjtoa lbs. 8 c. 75 17 96 00 50 00 V 188 50 616 50 616 «288 50 50 l*df«r. The amount, |6i6 50 Te ^ if^l I '1 MenAandise Account of tho " Su.dnr Sales. Day Book I " if i. ^L^V^,!'^?^ tl« dd,lt » of d« C«A Book. « BOOK-KEEPiNG, Merchandis© Dr. to Sundries. Jamary, 1881. £€d.E^' Jwison, Cmw & Co., New York. 1 10 BWn. Hour, ^ ^.00 3 Bbls. Sngtf , 300 lla. 8 c. 80 S4 104 00 00 00 Holloway & Co., Flii]«id]]lik. ao Bbls. Rye Flour, I3.00 50 Bbls. Corn Meal 3.00 Soo Bw. Com, 50 c. 60 150 250 460 8 8 8 8 Lane Bkm., Baltinoie, If d. 640 600 JO Bags Coffee, 3,300 Ibi. jo c. 10 Boxes Tea, 600 lbs. i.cx» 00 00 IJ40 00 The book-keeper in posting the above page would enter the above amounts in tie Ledgier to the credti of the respective parties from whom the purchases weie made, and deM " Merchandise " with the whole amount of $1804. ' Ski ^ttftf, the Ledger is the book to which all the transactions in the Day Book and Cash Book are transferred, in a clear and simple form, and distributed into certain heads or accounts which tell their own history; and if unbalanced must •how a difference in favor of the merchant as an "Asset," or against him as a "Liahilitj." A properly kept Ledger will exhibit at a glance the exact state nf every account contained in it, and thus show the condition of the merchant's businesi Iftm month to month. It contains accounts with all persons to whom goods are sold. All sales recorded in the Day Book must be posted to or written m the left-hand or deMt side of the Ledger, and the amounts written on the left-hand page of the Cash Book must be posted to the credtf of these accounts in the Ledger. It must also contain accounts with all persons from whom the merchant purchases his goods. The sums he pays them for such goods must be posted in the Ledger to the deiH of these accounts, and the bills rendered for said goods must be posted to the ^redH of said accounts The Ledger also contains the Stock or the Merchant's Account, Merchandise, Cash, Expense, and Interest Acconnts, and such other accounts as the neces- BOOKKEEPING. sities of the business may require, including an account with the bank in which the deposits of the merchant are kept. The Ledger is ruled differently from either the Cash Book or the Day Book. Each i)age is divided into two equal parts from top to bottom. Each division is ruled as follows : Two columns on the left-hand side, the first for the name of the month, and the second for the day of the month. On the right- hand side is the dollars and cents column, to the left of which is a column for entering the numbers of the pages of the Day Book from which the entries are made. The wide space in the middle of the page is for the description of the entry. We shall now proceed to glance at the various accounts which are usually con- tained in the Ledger of a merchant or firm engaged in active business. The first account opened in the Ledger on commencing business is the " Stock Account. " This is the merchant's own account with the business. It sliows the amount of capital, whether in money or merchandise, with which he began the business. This amount is posted in the Ledger to the credit of the merchant in the Stock Account, and shows that the business is a debtor to him for so much money furnished it. At the same time all the liabilities of the mer- chant for which the business is answerable on its commencement, must be posted to the debit of the merchant in the Stock Account. Sfte perdtandiij^i %tmxA. The Merchandise Account is usually the second one opened in the Ledger. In posting the books at the end of the month, the Merchandise Account in the Ledger must be deMfed with all goods purchased during the month, and crediud with all sales for the same period, whether for cash or credit. The next account opened in the Ledger is the " Cash Account." All money received is posted in the Ledger to the debit of this account, and all money paid mt m ereditgd to it. ♦kII?*^ represents the expenses of the business for which ^" ^""P^"'^ ^^"^ "^"st be posted in the Z^^^^r to Iffi'*!''^'''','- ""^^^^^^ ^ of store, furniture and fixtures, clerk hire, and the like. Tto account represents the dealings of the merchant with the bank in which tit fimds of his business are deposited. It is the reverse of the account kept / ^ Mmr-JOMF/MG, tiff the bank willi him. All none j defiostted hy Mm is posted in the Ledget to the deM of this account, and all money diawn out of the btnk by him ii posted in the liMlger to t^ ftf firtmrt ^(mvt. This account represents the interest due on all notes of accommodation given by the merchant or accepted by him in the transactions of his business. The rate of interest varies in the different States, and is given on page 283 of this work, to which the reader is referred. All interest due by the merchant to other persons, w/ien paid, is posted in the Ledger to the debit of the Interest Account, and all interest due by his customers to the merchant, whenpaidt is posted in the Ledger to the credit of the Interest Account, This account iCpMKBll the notes given to the merchant for value received by his customeis. It is in the Ledger with such notes when they are given, iiid trwdMmik the amoimts of the notes when they are paid. llu. .ccoimt .MsTL^^ |Z!ILh^ value received from them. It is inMid with inch notes when given, and Seated with them when paid. Some of the pages of the Ledger are ruled for one accomit only, some Ibr two, three, and even four accounts. The book-keeper must use his judgment to decide how much space an account will probably occupy before opening it The following specimen pages of the Ledger will iUastrate the principles we have stated herein : Dp. STOCK. Cr. Jaa. ToJphnKni m M'lMw. ..... 1000 6jn 00 00 1880. Jan. j I I By Cash Imtsttd 31 I*filfitHMl I 3 I9«f a» Dr. MBmHANDISE. Cp. Jan. To Sundries, Ptaitand ClBlMUMl]MrIl 'an. 'clk> By StindfiM'. tf $4 M ft Ob hand ptr Sooo 4000 3000 4SOO 16300 00 I Dp. BOOKKEEPING. CASH. Cp. 69 1880. Jan. Feb. Mar. May To Sundries f< « «« «t To Balance 5000 00 4000 00 6575 00 00 19855 00 10859 00 1880. Jan. '31 By Sundries. Feb. 28 " . Mar. 31 Apr. 30 " Balance. 3 2240 00 5 i 3000 00 7 1980 00 9 1776 00 10859 00 19855 00 4. Dr. EXPENSE. Cp. >88o. Jan. Feb. Mar. ■Id Cash. « f< •« .1 75 »75 350 500 00 00 00 1880. Mar. 500 OS oo Dp. FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF NEW YORK. 1880. Jan, Mar eb. 15 s at May To'IXipocit , tt u To 5000 Soo 800 600 6900 4375 00 00 00 00 00 00 1880. Jan. Feb. Mar. •Apr. Cp. 6^ Cash u n tt tt ....... ...a*... Balance. • .......... 3 S 900 •0 7 9SO •0 9 m 4*75 00 6900 e. Dp. INTEREST. Cp. 1880. Jan. Feb. To Cash. To Cash. as 1880. Jan. 3 Feb. 18 28 « By H. W. Davis By Geoige White. " Froit aiiil' Of It 1. Dp. BILLS RECEIVABLE. Cp. 1880. To Geolie White's Note. . . , oo ^880. 31 By Cash < •so 10' BOOKJCEEFmC. m^mu Sif II nf f f i|ir. slfc. ToCaili. oo I880'. I Jan. I By Note toHuill«s * C<»..~. ■ jjjjlOO Wm Dr. DAVIS, JOHNSTON & CO.. BALTIMORE, MD.* Cr. lam. ti To Cash. FMi. i ** «* Mtut. '** '** 9 I aaj a t 500 6 00 00 00 i38o. Jan. a ao Feb. I t95 500 87s «35o 00 00 00 10. 1 1 HOLLOWAY BROS., MERIDEN, CONN.f Ci*« M M M m 84s 627 3*9 00 00 00 tflot m 1880. Jan. |4S 0* 3ap on 1801 00 11. Dr. ABMIL NEWTON A SONS, COLUMBUS, OHIO. Cr. i8li^ Til Mdiw.. 3 ** ** « » 3SO 2i ««3 00 00 00 1880. Jan. By Cash " Bills Ramitabkl M93 00 00 00 19. Dr. THOMAS JACKSON ft CO.. NASHVILLE, TENN. Cr. 3Wk ao 3^ 453 510 1198 oo 00 00 00 00 1880. Jan. 10' By Cash.. asl " .. aSj " " .. 31 Balanoc*.. 399 00 000 00 loo 00 269 00 oo 1298 aSS'*.^-^'^ merchant's account with a firm from which he hai rfMtriiMMiirf' f Hm ivaainjag accounts an with the cusiamtrs •{ the merclianu BOOKKEEPIMG. 71 Having now described the "Cash Book," "Day Book," and "Ledger," And explained the uses to which they are put, we will suppose the reader about to open a set of books as book-keeper to some business house. The first step is to enter the amount of money paid in by the merchant as •* Capital " on the debit page of the Cash Book. The merchant now purchases his stock of goods, and these being received are entered by the book-keeper in the Day Book, as explained under the heading " Mdse. Debtor to Sundries," the entry being made in the names of the various persons from whom the goods were purchased. These entries have placed the merchant (as far as his books are concerned) im « condition to commence business. " Cash " has been deMed with the capital paid in, and the merchant has received credit for this amount. Merchandise has been deMiid with the goods purchased by the merchant, and the persons ftom whom Aey were purchased have been properly with the good, supplied by them. The next step is to enter the sales made and the money received and paid out in the course of business. These must be entered in the proper books and under the proper headings as explained, the book-keeper being careful to see that each entry is correctly made in the right place. The Ledger is then prepared for the various accounts it is to contain, the first portion of it being given to the accounts we have described as common to every business. New accounts will have to be opened with individuals and firms as the business progresses, and the book-keeper must use discretion in the arrangement of these. " Posting " is the process of transferring the various entries in the Cash Book and Day Book to their proper accounts in the Ledger. It is the custom of the best book-keepers to post their books once a week, and thus avoid an accumula- tion of work at the end of the month; but in no case should the posting be delayed longer than once a month, as it is necessary to close the Cash Book ani Day Book on the last day of each month as has been already exfdained. The book-keeper must be careful to post each entry on the proper side of the account m the Ledger, and to write the figures correctly, as the slightest error will throw the books out of balance. As each entry is posted, it must be • ^r^^^ J"" "^^^g'" tlie left of the entry in the book from which it IS taken, and tlie number of the Ledger page to which it is carried must bt wnttcn m the same margin with the check. ^ It is best to begin the work of posting with the Cash Book, as it frequently n^pens that payments in full are made for goods purchased from the merchant ^J^r^^l^^^^ ^"^^ P^y"^^"^ P^^Perly posted Will enable the book-keeper to close an account before entering the new puiw ^3 JIOOjK*JEZiKjP!iyVlr cliascs. All accoinits shimid be closed as soon as practicable, as this coarse avoids tbe necessity of making out a Mil of many and sometimes confusing entries. The Day Book is then posted as has been explained. n» WttiA iatmut. The entries in the Cash Book and Day Book having been posted to their proper accounts in the Ledger, the irst two books are ci^ed for the month, and the Ledger is in condition to allow the book-keeper to take what is called a '< T^ Balance." This should be taken every month, as it will lighten the • work of the book-keeper in making the final Balance Sheet, and enable him to be certain from month to month that his books are conect. The test of correct book-keeping is the perfect balancing of the books con- cerned. If every debit has been given to its credit, the books are properly kept, and the trial balance will show this. If errors have been committed in the entries during the month, the trial balance will make them apparent, and enable the book-keeper to seek them out. In taking the "Trial Balance," the book-keeper adds the items in the dedii and endif sides of each account in the Ledger, and writes the total under each side in pencil. He then finds the difference or "balance" in each account, and writes it in pencil on the proper side of its account. His next step is to make a list on a separate piece of paper called the " Trial Balance Sheet," of all the accounts in the Ledger, writing opposite each its proper balance, placing the balances in one column and the credit balances in another. The two columns are then added, and if their totals agree the books are in balance, and the book-keeper's work has been correctly done. If they do not agrees he must at once proceed to find the error. In doing so his first step is natuially to make a new addition of the columns of the " Trial Balance Sheet,** as the error may consist in a wrong addition of them. If, however, the addi- tion of these colimns hat been correct, he must turn to the Ledger and compare the balances set down in the accounts in that book, with the balances written on the " Trial Balance Sheet." If the tnailcr is coirectly made he must go over each account in the Ledger to ascertain if the balances written there in pencil are correct. If these are correct, he must reler to the Cash and Day Books to see if his postings to the Ledger have been correctly made, as it sometimes happens that an entry has been posted to the dedit side of an account when it should have been posted to the credt'/ side, and vicr versa. A carefiil examina- tion will show the source of the error, and thus enable the book-keeper to get his books in proper shape. When the error is discovered, correct it wherever made, and make the change in the ** Trial Balance Sheet." This will now be correct, and the book-keeper can go on with the work of the new month, feeling sure that his books are correct. MThen he has verified his ** Trial Balance Sheet," the book-keeper should •ubmit it to his employer for examination ; after which it should be filed away for fiiture reference. BOOK-KEEPING, 73 It IS the custom of many book-keepers to keep a book especially for "Trial Balance Sheets." This is a custom to be commended, as. it preserves the sheets in a convenient form, and prevents them from getting mislaid or lost. It is the custom with merchants to close their books once in six months, on the last day of June and the last day of December, and to make out a "Bal- ance Sheet," in order to ascertain the gains or losses of the business during the preceding six months. In order to do this the books must be posted for the months of June and December, care being taken to make all the entries in theii proper places, and to include every transaction for the months named above. When the books have been posted as directed, the book-keeper must take off a Trial Balance Sheet for June or December, as the case may be, and see that his books are in balance for that month. This done, he is ready to close the books and take off the " Balance Sheet. ' ' His firat step is to make a " Double Entry" in the Day Book, under the heading, "Profit and Loss Dr. to Sundries." Under this he writes all the expense accounts, and the amounts standing to the debit of each of them. He then posts these items to the Ledger to the credit of their proper accounts, and finds the total of them, which he posts to the debit of the Profit And Loss Account in the Ledger. He next turns to the Merchandise Account in the Ledger, and on the credit side of that account makes an entry of the stock of goods " On Hand for Inven- tory," this amount having been previously ascertained by the merchant by an actual inventory taken at current market prices, and furnished by him to the book-keeper. The book-keeper now adds the debit and credit sides of the Merchandise Account, and having ascertained the "balance" or difference, writes it on the proper side, which will be the credit side, unless the business has sustained very unwual losses. This " balance " will represent the total or gross profits that have arisen from the sales during the past six months. The book-keeper then turns to the Day Book, and opens a " Double Entry," under this heading, " Sundries Dr. to Profit and Loss," and under this writes the words " Merchandise Account," with the amount he has just found to its credit in the Ledger. Here also he enters all the other accounts from which profits may have been derived, such as " Interest," " Commissions," etc., setting down opposite each the balance found to its credit. He then posts these amounts to the debit of their proper accounts in the Ledger, and finds the total of them, and posts it to the credit of Profit and Loss in the Ledger. The Profit and Loss Account in the Ledger has now been debited with all the ex- penses of the business, and credited with the gains. The balance or difference between the two columns is written in its proper place. If the debits exceed the credits^ the balance shows the net loss of the business for the j?ast sis /4 BOOK-KBEPING. idoiiths ; but if the credits exceed the debits, as is apt to be the case, the balance represents the actual or net gain of the business for that period. The Fniit and Loss Account is thus closed. The book-keeper now turns to the Merchandise Account in the Ledger. It will be remembered that he entered on the credit side of this account the •mount of goods " on hand per Inventory." This amount he now brings down to tbe side of the account, dating his entry the first of the next month (July or December, as the case may be). This shows that the business for the next six months is begiia witli this amount of goods on hand, which is properly debited or charged to Mcrchaiidiie for tliat period. The Merchandise Account now closed. " In the above explanation we dMml the Merchandise Account with the goods iMWf bt, and emmtd it with the goods sold. In balancing the account we added to the credit, or goods sold side, the amount of goods on hand per Inventory, and so found a balance in favor of the creM side of the account, which lepre- •ented the ^mi gain of the business. This, however, docs not represent the actual gain of the business, for no allowance has been made for the merchant's current expenses. To find the nd gain of the business, therelbre, we add the gains from merchandise and all other sources, and then find the total of all the expenses of the business. If the total of the gains exceeds the total of the ex- penses, the difference represents the net or actual gain of the biisinessi if, on the other hand, the expenses exceed the gains, the difference represents the md or actual loss. It may happen, especially in seasons of depression, that the goods on hand have fallen in price below what the merchant paid for them at the time of their purchase. Their actual value can be ascertained only by a careful inventory taken at current market prices. This is called Taking Stock. The amount thus ascertained is added to the amount of sales. Should it happen that the total of the sales and the goods on hand is less than the amount paid for the goods (or the amount to the tkk^ of Merchandise) there is a loss, and the book-keeper mist open a " Double Entry " in the Day Book under the heading Profit and Ijm Dr. to Sundries," and enter the amount of the loss to the deifit of Profit and Loss. Tlie boob are now closed, every transaction of the business for the past six ■Mntbs having been recorded, and the book-keeper is now ready to take off the Sheet." The '* Balance Sheet *' is a concise and comprehensive statement of the condition of the business at the end of each six months of the year. It shows the amount of goods purchased, including, in tbe case of all balance ■beets after the first, the "amount on hand per Inventory;" the stock on kind] the amount of .<$ales; the gross profits or losses from sales; the faioa BOOK-KEEPING. 75 torn all other sources j the expenses of all kinds ; tbe net profits or losses ; the assets of the merchant, by which is meant cash in hand, notes, and accounts due by customers ; the liabilities of the merchant, or the capital paid in, and the notes and accounts due toother parties; and the difference between the assets and the liabilities. The following specimen page shows a *' Balance Sheet " properly made out, and will serve to illustrate the principles we have laid down. Balance Sheet. Merchandise Credit,* Stock on hand per Inventoif, Merchandise Ddiits,f Gross Gains from Sales, Amount to debit of Profit and Loss^ « « •* " Expense, M tf •( (< Insurance, m m u ••Intewsl, Net Gains, Cash in hand. Stock on hand. Store fixtures, John Brown & Qx, Watson & Son, Tluimas Harding, LMiHtm. Bills payable, Wilson Hunt & Co., Net Assets, Debits. 200 650 60 7 00 00 00 00 00 250 00 CO Credits, 8500 3500 I300O 6800 5900 917 4283 2500 3500 500 1500 125 8400 1000 7400 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 *Salet. On the first of every month the book-keeper should make out statements of m accounts of all the custopteis dealing with the merchant These statemea:a 70 BOOKKEEPING, show the condition of these accounts for the past month, and it is best not to make them out until the Trial Balance has been taken off and verified. The statements should be sent promptly to the persons having accounts with the merchant, as they serve to keep them in mind of their exact indebtedness, and also act as gentle hints to make speedy payments. iiOl imnlli mA iiUi He crtotli . As we have already stated, " Bills Payable " are promissory notes and bills of exchange given by the merchant to other parties ; and Bills Receivable" lie fromisHMj notes and bills of exchange given to and accepted by the merchMit by Ms aistomcrs in settlement of tl\eir indebtedness to him. A separate lecofd of all these is kept in a book prepared for that purpose, and it will be well to examine this portion of onr subject again, as it is a very important one. Let US' suppose the merchant owes Davis, Brown & Co. a bill of five hundred dollars, and they consent to accept his note at three months in settlement of it. The note is made out for the amount and delivered. The meichint's book- keeper now turns to tiw Day Book, and m^es a double entry, as follows: "Davis, Brown & Co. Dr. to Bills Payable, I500." This is posted to the Ledger to the debit of Davis, Brown & Co. When the note is paid it is entered on the credit side of the Cash Book, and is tbcice posted to the Ledger to the credit of cash. If the merchant is to pay intvicst on the note, the book-keeper calculates the amount of the interest, and makes out the note for the full amount, including the interest; the book-keeper now makes a double entry in the Day Book as before of the full amount of the note, including the interest. He also makes a iecond double entry in the Day Book, as follows: "Interest Account Dr. to Davis, Brown & Co.," writing down the amount of the interest. This entry " carries the interest to the dedit of the Interest Account, and to the credit of Davis, Brown & Co. When the note is paid enter the amount, including the interest, on the cretm page of the Cash Book, from which it is posted to the ireM of the Cash Account in the Ledger. Let us suppose ugain, that Henry Lee owes the merchant two hundred dollars, ami the latter consents to accept a note at three months in payment of the •lebt. The book-keeper makes a double entry in the Day Book, as follows: ** Bill* Receivable Dr. to Henry Lee, |joo. " The entry is posted to the Ledger to the credit of Henry Lee's account. When the note is paid, the amount is entered on the page of the Cash Book, from which it is posted to the debit fii the Cash Account in the Ledger. If Henry Lee is to pay interest on his note, the interest is included in the note he gives the merchant. The book-keeper then makes a double entry in the ' Day Book, as follows : " Bills Receivable Dr. to Henry Lee," writing after it the full amount of the note, including the interest. This entry is posted to the I^ger to the credit of Heniy'Lee's account. The bodk-lEecper ■mm BOOK-KEEPING. 71 another double entry in the Day Book, as follows : " Henry Lee Dr. to Interest Account," writing after it the amount of the interest on the note; this entry n posted in the Ledger to the debit of Henry Lee's account and to the credit of the Interest Account. When the note is paid this last entry is posted in the Ledger to the debit of the Interest Account. Wh^n the note is paid, the entire amount is entered on the debit page of the Cash Book, from which it is posted to the debit of the Cash Account in the Ledger. A blank book especially prepared for recording Bills Payable and Receivable can be procured at any stationer's store. The following specimen pages will show how it is kept: fyiritttitt l»f II iA prr^tatfit'i §in %u\. Bills Payable— November, 1880. I When < Due. 1 In whose fovor. For what glren. When Made. Amount. Jones & McCready. . . May I l78o.a3 1 4 19 CooptrWoodfuff. .. .. Boildcn* BilL........ May 9 540.78 to Oufselv9S. ..*........ For Discount......... August «7 ZpSOO-OO «l liTftltep JoiMS. . •...*.« Mcichiniiiiic. ........ June 18 j8i.4a 13 Oucsdves* ...«*...*.. Meichaiulise ......... October 19 sao.8y •3 *4 Gray, Wilson & Co. . . Oufsdves. Sept. az ai 875.00 For Discount ■6 B. H. Rice & Co. .... MercfauMllsc. ......... August aj 7ao.ao 38 Manhattan Ins. Co... Nov. July October as a6 ay x,ooo.oo 1,843.38 a,soo.ao 30 ^^tiTs^lvea ...*.....•.. For Discount Remarks. With coOatends atatyBaak. Payment slopped Ibr fruud. Endorsed, I. W. Tappan&Co.. at Paik Bank. Payable at Merchants' Bank. Boston. Endorsed by Cbtk ft Co. t» renew. Bills Receivable— November, 1880. When Due. 4 7 8 10 II " la If ao «4 •6 30 Makeis. Philips & Co George Jones Braderick ft Smith ... Brown ft Gray Phdps ft Kdsey G»y ft Co James Stevenson Oatman ft Williams.. Reavy ft Crowe Jenkins, Brown ft Co. Percy ft Co Smith ft Mayflower.. Moisui ft Co. ....... . Endonexs. WiUiam Wilson. Walter Hicks Hickman ft Co... Oatman ft Williams. . Smith Brothers J. B. Barry P. Ackerman. ....... A. H. Beanft Co .... When Dated. Amount. May I 1275.2a June 4 I.34S-73 August 5 1,742.29 Jan. 7 1,625.37 May 8 740.19 July 9 350-20 March 12 179.30 Sept. 17 450.00 May ai 325.73 Jan. 93 «93-54 May a4 1,325.18 April a6 483.91 May ay 956.62 Where Payable, and Renusks. Philadelphia, forwarded for col. lection. In Park Bank for collection. Discounted at City Bank. Collateral in City Bank on note due 20th. Discount at Park Bank. Boston, Mass. In bank far collection. Newark, N. J., forwarded for cdiection. Collateral in City Bank. Baltimore, forwarded for col-| lection. i To be renewed at lo per cent.j off for six months. i Proceeds to be credited to P. A. | Discounted at Park Bank. I 7* MOOK-JCMMFIMG, •xUf fktttrtef tmr mm » i^^t^ to to im The following table will be found very niefiil to book-Iiee|icf» in Gfi]cii]|itlii| Uie number of days a note has to run : 1 3 * To % f 1 *n 2 ^ 31 March , June IS • • * • August .... September. m October. ., November. « 1' JaB'Muy 365 59 90 151 181 312 343 373 304 273 334 334 365 28 59 89 I20 150 181 212 242 303 1 lUlAirCll'* mm • *• 306 337 365 31 61 92 132 153 184 214 245 275. 27s 306 Jr Jrr 365 30 61 91 132 »S3 183 244. WW lUltt'ir 276 304 335 365 31 365 61 92 123 »53 184 214 214 245 273 304 334 30 61 92 122 153 183 184 215 243 274 365 31 62 92 123 m --^^ 153 184 212 243 273 304 334 365 3> 61 92 122 92 »S3 181 212 242 272 303 334" 365 30 61 91 123 151 182 212 243 273 304 335 365 31 61 HovMber 61 93 120 151 181 212 373 334 365 30 31 63 90 121 182 212 243 374 304 335 365 The above table gives the number of days intervening between any day in any month to a similar date in any other month. To ascertain these intervening diys, ran the eye along the line designated by title of the month on the left liand, until it reaches its intersection by the column headed at the top, by the mootii in which the note matures, and the figures at the angle denote the mmibcr of d*ys from the int of the respective months. To this, add the day i|xa which the note matures, and firom the sum subtract the date of the month htm wMcli it is reckoned. EUAMFLi.— A note Mling dm June M, h lOkttA hr diieonat on llafcii loHis wantad, tli* awalMr of daft interfiling before aatnrity. The fonres at the angle give of Ada date of note's maturity a6 118 Btdncl date of diacount 10 Days to run igg By carefully studying and practising the principles laid down in the foregoing pages, the reader will be able to master the art of Book-keeping, and thus b« ittcd to earn a competent living in one of the most honorable pursuits in life. MimNESS FOMMS. 79 Embraemg the Gemertd Frinciples &f Businsss^ and Gwing Forms for Use in TransmMoms of Every J^attire. A KNOWLEDGE of the various forms used in the transaction of business is of importance to every one. A person may not be engaged in active business, yet the necessity may arise for him to know exactly what certain forms mean, what they bind him to, what rights or privileges they secure to him, and how they should be prepared. We propose, therefore, to give here a brief account ' of the forms most commonly used. Before proceeding to describe the forms used in business transactions, an explanation of certain mercantile terms must be given. Dollars. The currency of the United States, whether coin or paper, conaisli cf dollars, cents, and mills. In writing, dollars are expressed by the sign |; cents by the abbreviation cts. Mills are used only in the most complicated accounts. An account in dollars, cent% and mills would be written thns- ^595-56, 2. Acceptance By this is meant the act by which a person upon whom a bill of t^e^f? 17J ^""^^ ^^"'^^ He does this by writii^ the word «..^/,^ on the face of the bill-usually across it~and siting hZ TTltw r u"'',.*'' P"""^ "P"" "'""^ ^ ^'^^ ^^^o aLpI It, the holder of it should at once place it m the hands of a notary, whose 6m d e«dftor sccomtt. beari^g i^-^t n^^Ctvf merctn'rr""' P'"^"^' '^''^ '"^ the .ale of good, Witt the cotts and chaiges incurred in making such ,ale i-:^i^2:ie^foL:':r:! ^ t " t"^-' good, lodged » hi. ^Afr*. Nodoe to a person that the writer has drawn unm, h!m f~ . - • v^.^:^ '"-'^ - "^'^ Which Asmmmt. See Iismuice. ^ymy. A pmm appoiited by mother to act in his stead. ifc^ZZf ' tiJt i» writing, authorizing a penon to act m 2M«e and on behdf of mother. Snch powen are eith^X^ Id ^^•i^o?:?L^!-i:^^'^^ ^™.a^:ri.' °° "'"^ t^-bicct. the u«, of thei,!:::; • low .«e =JTJ^ P?"^/ ™ecified smn at a designated time, both of which are stated in the body of the note. A note is made negotiable by making it payable to a person, or his oider, or to ms assies, or to bearer, or to the cashier of a bank or incorporated company. IT^T ^'T".""^^ ^ negotiated, or used in payment to another person by Z fl ' T u "^"^^ °" °«>^ I« the event of ^lure of the drawer of the note to pay it, the holder looks to the penon m persons who mdorsed it for payment. v^^»^ w ^"^^IT^ '"""^ '^^^ ^^y' These three oS^^ .f tr''- ^^"^ ^ f'^^ '"o^th dated January rsl, ^ lU*! be paid until February 4th, the last day of grace. Notes pa^c Z dtimind t« not eetitlccl to any fiace. Slioiild the last day of pace fall upoi Sunday or upon a legal holiday, it must be paid on the day pieviom. Thus 3 note die Jannary ist, mist be paid on the jiit of December. A note made payable at a bank and held there for payment nntil the mm} horn for dosing, need not be presented to the drawer in penon to bind the indorser. It may be protested immediately npon the close of iMnk-hoan. Riyment must be immediately demanded of the indorser if lie resides in the same place; if he is a non-resident he must be notified at once by letter. The following forms are: generally used for promissory notcs^: S J» New IiMrk, October 1st, 188a fym fir Sitiiiliiaic BiiMelflil% fitoptomlier 1st, 1880. MUSINESS FORMS, |j § §§§^®^ New York, November Ist, 1880. $i»m0.^ Kewark, N. X, Beeember 1st, 1880. $imm Beading, Pa., Septomber 1st, 1880. ./9 MmmESS FOXMSi «llid|piifiil iMi.'*"Ciiiiiii0ii Fwwk NtW York, yanmary irf, i|l8l. I100.OO. Three months after date, I promise to pay Joshua Hinds, or Older, one hundred doHat^ with interest at the rate of seven per cent, per annum, from maturity until paid, without defalca- tion. And I do hereby confess judgment for the above sum, with interest and coits of suit, • «l«Kofai mmm, and waiver of all rightt to inqniailioii and appeal, and to lli fteefit of aH I— ■wpti^ wal or pmiiiMd ■pope H f Iwy and lalt. HniiT Jordan. JWfHiilf' Mi, wiCft Waimr and Bmer qf Attorney, Thtm niontlis after dele, I promiae to pay to the order of Heniy Lewis five hundred dollai% at fie Natioaal Mc Bank, for value meivedt wiHi imefctt at aeven per cent per annum, bam matartty «iiti paid. HoaB Jackson. ^Now ALL Men by thisi pRBsnmi That I, the undersigned, am justly indebted to Heniy Lewis, upon a certain promi««,ry iiote, of even date herewith, for five hundred dollars, value received, with interest at the rate •r seven per cent per anmni, from maturity until paid, and maturing August ist and 4th. Now, therefore, in consideration of the pitniiiei, I do heieby make, eonilitate^ and appoint John Lee. or any attorney of any court of record, to be my true and lawful attorney. irrevocaMf fur and m my name, place, and stead, to appear in any court of record, in term time or in vaca. tion. m any Sute or Territoiy of the United States, at any time after said note becomes due, to waive the aervice of ptoceis, and confess judgment in favor of the said Henry Lewis, or his as- mgm, upon said note, lar the amount thereof and inteteM thereon, together with costs and ten dollars attorney's fees; and also to file a cognovit lor the amount thereof, with an agreement therem, that no proceeding m error or appeal shall be prosecuted, or bill of equity filed to inter- lere in any manner with the operation of said judgment, and also to release all errors that may intervene in the entering up of said judgment or issuing execution thereon ; to waive all benefits which I may be entitled to by virtue of any homestead, exemption, appraisement or valuation law, now or hereafter in force, wherever such judgment may be entered or enfoiced, hereby rati- tying and confirming all that my said attorney shall or nay do, hy viclne hereof! Wiiness my hand this ist day of May, 1879. MUGU jAODHk. Mok for Indiam* /loaoo. Richmond, Iwa, yune is/, 1881. iWlan, With mteiest; payable without any relief whaleve, from valuaUon or apprai.em. nt. BUSINESS FORMS Form qf Maie for Jfisswri. puoum St. Louis, Mo., 3^ 1881. Thiee OMinlit ate date, I promise to pay Thomas Jenkins two hnndred dolkn, for valae leeeivedf :iMgolMilt and pafahle withont defalcation or disooaat GSOEGK HOLMIS. Note Payable in Merchandise. $500.00. ViNCENNES, IND., ^futU 1st, 1881. Three months after date, we promise to pay Hughes. Jackson & Co., or order, five hundred dollars, in good, merchantable family flour, at our mill in this city, at the maiket value, on the malnritr of this note. MllUR, WKKiHT & Ca Married Woman's Note, in New York, $iooM. New York, isr, 1881. Thref months after date. I promise to paj David Lane, or oider. one hundred dollars, with Intemt And I herebgr duuge my individnal properQr and estate with the payment of this note. Sakah Johnson. THE following compilation of business law. contains the essence of a large imount of legal verbiage : If a note is lost or stolen, it does not release the maker ; he must pay it, if the consideration for which it was given and the amount can be proven. Notes bear interest only when so stated. Principals are responsible for the acts of their agents. Each individual in a partnership is responsible for the whole amount of the debts of the firm, except in cases of specM pm-imr^p. Ignorance of the law excuses no one. The law compels no one to do impossibilities. An agreement without consideration is void. A note made on Sunday is void. Contracts made on Sunday cannot be enforced. A note by a minor is voidable. A contract made with a minor is void. A contract made witli a lunatic is void. A note obtained by fraud, or from a person in a state of intoxication, cannoC collected. It is a fraud to conceal a fraud. Signatures made with a lead-pencil are good in law. A receipt for money is not always conclusive. He acts of one partner bind all the rest. •nWie fcceived " is usually written in a note, and should be, but is not mmmty. If not written, it is presumed by law, or may be supplied by proof He maker of an ''accooiiiiMiaticn " bill or note (one for which he has ro. ceived no consideration, hairing lent his name or credit for the accommodation 1™ ^ ? accommodated, but is bomid to aiJ utier parties, precisely as if there was a good consideration No considemtion is sniicient in law if it be iMeguI in its nature "^^^ ^"^L^ Wtsmt^ for payment without unreasonable delay. Lhecks or diaHs should be presented during business houis ; but in this country e«cepc m the case of b«ks, the time eitendi through the day and evening. J ^, J °' "^"^ ^ ^ '^"^^^ l^oldcr must use due or reasonable diligence to find him. hJ!. wir^"-^ w'k '^'f ^'f* oAerwisc, trinsfeis it to another, he S fZwiS "^'"^ "^'^ "^"^^ abk rdc^vtr^, ''"^ ^ written) is transfer- delivery, the same as if made payable to bearer. K time of payment of a note is not named, it is payable on demand, ihe time of payment of a note must not depend upon a omtiiigency. m promise must be absolute. •^swy. Ant A bill may be written upon any kind of paper, either with ink or pencil wh^TiTtl^ed'Tt.^ "^'^ °' '^'•^^ -^^^ If the letter containing a protest of non-payment be put into the DostK)ffice The hddef of a note may give notice of protest either to all the previous in- dorser, or only to one of tliem ; in case of the latter he must select he lis ilidorser, and the last mist giw notice to the last before him, and so on Each lorTr^'/rr^ """^ ^ Neither Sund V norany legal holiday is counted in reckoning time in which notice is to be given! llie loss of a note is not sufficient excuse for not giving notice of protL n J.iTo Z "^ZrT^^^ ^ « * or bill, due notice to one of them is sufficient. d«it ^LTh?'" ^ transferred as security, or a« as payment of a pte-existHif debt, the debt revives if the note or bill be dishonored. i"'^™"*! An indorsement may be written on the face or back. F- i^u. I ne law prefers written to oral evidence, becne of Its jnedsiiiii. BUSINESS FOMMS, gg No evidence can be introduced to contradict or vary a written contract ; but it nay be received in order to explain it, when such explanation is needed. Written instruments are to be construed and interpreted by the law according 10 the simple, customary and natural meaning of the words used. The finder of negotiable paper, as of all other property, must make reasonable efforts to find the owner, before he is entitled to appropriate it for his own pur- poses. If the finder conceal it, be is liable to the charge of larceny or theft. Joint payees of a bill or note, who are not partners, must all join in an in- dorsement. One may make a note payable to his own order and indorse it in blank. He must write his name across its back or face, the same as any other indorser. After the death of a holder of a biU or note, his executor or administrator miy transfer it by his indorsement. The husband who acquires a right to a bill or note which was given to the wife, either before or after marriage, may indorse it. "Acceptance " applies to bills and not to notes. It is an engagement on the part of the person on whom the bill is drawn to pay it according to Its tenor. The usual way is to write across the face of the bill the word "accept^." A Simple Ruk for Qm^aimg Interest, To find the interest on any amount at 6 per cent, for any number of days : Mtittpif, tht amount by the number of days and divide by sixty. , auMim— Find the interest on 1354.50 at 6 per cent, for 30 days. 1354.50 30 6,0)106350,0 |i. 77. 25 Interest for 30 days. Ocm ^Z^t ^ITT "^"^ ^^'^'^ ^^y'^ ^"^-h^^f «f per \Z J^T; ^^^"^P^^ i^lf' ^or [he Mwcrest is just one-half of one per cent, of the principal. l^'^A^l a\ ""r?^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^^ily found by this role. AHer finding the interest at 6 per cent., / u oy cms For 7 per cent, add one-sixth. " 8 " « one-third. " 9 " " one-half. I " 10 " " two-thirds. "le mterest upon a given smn without the trouble of making the calcnlation , kit BUSIN£SS FO^MX r mrmsr table-six per cemt. TIME. $1 I Day. a Days. J ({ 4 f( 5 « 7 (( 8 (( 9 (( lO II II *t 13 it 13 it 14 it »5 it ifi €t 17 It 18 tt «l If If II II f« If If ""f« ft fC 19 so I SI 22 I 23 ' 14 «5 26 27 28 29 1 Mo. • Jil fm,- 3 4 5 $ 7 8 9 10 II I Year. f< ft f< ff It II <« ff ff o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o I I 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 o o o o o o o o o o o o o I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 I $3 o o o o o o o o o I I I X I I I I I X I I X I I X I I I I 2 3 5 6 8 9 II 12 14 15 17 18 $4 o o o o o o X I I I I I X I I X I I X I 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 a 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 o o o o o X I I 1 I I X X X I I I 2 2 2 |6 o o o o X X I I X I I I I I 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 57 |8 o o o o I I I I I I I X 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 > 2' a 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IX 10 12 14 13 15 18 15 18 21 18 21 20' 24 28 23 27 32 25 30 35 28 33 39 o o o I I I I X I I X 2 . 3 2 a 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 ^ 4 4 4 30 36 42 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 $9 o o I X I I I I 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 $10 o o I X X I I I 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 llioo liooo 9 14 18 23 27 32 36 41 45 50 54 5 5 5 xo 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 8 10 12 13 15 17 x8 20 33 23 25 27 28 30 32 33 35 37 38 40 42 43 45 47 48 50 00 17 33 50 67 «3 00 17 33 SO 67 83 00 17 33 50 67 83 00 17 33 50 67 3 83 4 00 4 17 4 33 4 50 4 67 4 8- 5 00 10 00 I I X I I I 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 5© 15 00 00 20 00 50 25 CO 00 '30 00 503s 00 00 40 00 5045 00 00 50 00 50 00 55 00 60 00 BUS/MESS FORMS. 9J INTEREST TABLE-SEVEN PER CENT. 'THIB. I Day. 3 Days. 3 4 I o 7 S 9 XO II 13 13 14 15 16 « 17 " x8 " If II 11 II If ff If 11 fi ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff 19 20 31 33 I 23 I *4 I 25 26 37 " 38 «« 29 " I Mo. t Mos. 3 " 4 5 6 " 7 " 8 *« 9 " xo II I Year. 11 it II f I $1 o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o I I I I I I 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 |2 o o o o o o o o o o o o I I I X I X I I I I X I I X I X I I 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 II X2 13 14 l3 o o o o o o o o I I I I I I X X I I I X I I I X I 2 2 2 2 2 4 5 7 9 XX 12 14 16 x8 19 21 o o o o o o I I I I I I I I I I I I I 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 5 7 9 X2 14 16 19 2X 23 26 28 15 1^ $7 |txo ^5io< 3 itxooo ! 19 ^ 39 X I i » 58 1 I ^ I I 1 78 ! I I I I IC ' 97 1 I I I X I 12 I 17 i X I I X I 14 " i .13^! I I I I 2 16 I 56 I I I ^ 2 2 18 I 75 X I X 2 2 2 19 I 94 I X I 3 3 2 21 2 14 X I 2 3 2 2 23 2 33 i I 2 2 3 2 3 25 2 53 i X 2 2 2 2 3 27 2 72 ! I 2 2 3 3 3 29 2 92 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 31 3 II j a m >> A 3 3 3 33 3 31 2 2 2 3 3 4 35 3 50 I 2 2 CI 3 3 4 37 3 69 1 3 2 3 3 4 4 39 3 89 2 3 3 3 4 4 41 4 08 2 3 3 3 4 4 43 4 28 2 3 3 4 4 4 45 4 47 1 2 3 3 4 4 5 47 4 67 1 2 3 3 4 4 5 49 4 86 \ 3 3 4 4 5 5 SI 5 06 1 3 3 4 4 5 5 53 5 25 1 3 3 4 4 \ 5 54 5 44 J 3 3 4 5 6 56 5 64 3 4 4 5 5 6 58 5 83 1 6 7 8 9 XI 12 I 17 II 67 i 9 II 12 14 16 18 I 75 17 50 1 12 14 16 19 21 23 2 33 23 33 ! 15 18 18 20 23 26 29 2 92 29 17 21 25 28 32 35 . 3 50 35 00 20 25 29 33 37 41 ' \ 08 40 S3 23 26 23 33 37 42 47 ^ ^6 67 32 37 42 47 5| ^ ) 25 i )2 50 29 35 41 47 53 58 t ) S3: 5S 33 32 39 45 51 58 64 e > 42 i >4 17 35 42 49 i 1 56 63 70 ; r 00 J ro 00 ■III lllll \ . Ill, ' INTEREST TABLE-EIGHT PEk CEHT. nifs* l3 $iu |ioo|ioo». I s II 4 ff ' 5 17! ?i 67 1 20 .il 40 50 60 70 80 90 $to M 5 per cent., take haJf of above amounla. / CM. £UT/Jlf£SS FOJtMS. Iirimst Urns if dl Hm Sktes and Territories in the United States. ' ■Mm Mam nMmomM. Aiiioiia. ArkamM, , , California. Coloffada Connecticut , Dakota Delaware District of Colmnbb.' Flonda woifia... ......... Idalio. Illino it .... J****"*"*- ........... Iowa llaiiic Mldiigaii . . . , Minnesota. ?5J****'*{'P' Missonn , Montana. Nebraska TUT m weroiia. New Hampdiire .... New Jeracf. New Mexico New York North Carolina. Olib Oregon \\\\ Pennsylvania... .'*.'.* Rhode Island. South Caraluia. TeoneiMe.. ...... tllali • ••••• Vemoiit. Virginia Washington Ter West Viiuinia. Wisconsin. WypimlmTeiritory., Loss of Inteiest. i\u Penalty. - *< M " U M ■* «• M ' * * Forfeitme of Contract M ti « off an Intewt* No Penalty ........ Forfeiture of Excess. . * * * * * *• of Interest and Costs . V. . . ' " of Excess « « over ijj^c^i." of all Interest " of Interest.... No Penalty Forfeiture of Excess. . . ] . * I * * " No Penalty— 6 per cemt on Jn SeaUd and iVMcv. fit. .. - _ J WUtmstd /mtru»iti$i 1 jr wFw* P%0rf . Vmrs. I 3 6 20 10 I 3 e 10 1 o 1 ^ 4 5 s I . I 2 2 3 I a 6 6 1 17 20 I 1 ^ 6 ao I ' 3 12 12 a e ao 20 I i 7 20 a J, 5 I I lO ao a ao ao 2 lO 10 I 3 r r 15 I 5 5 IS iC I 1 3 5 iO 20 2 6 ao ao JO 3 3 3 12 la a 6 20 ao a 6 6 IO iO 6 6 IO ao I 3 6 7 7 I 4 5 S 10 a 3 4 5 4 a 6 ao ao W' a, 6 6 ao ao ao I lO 10 2 6 6 20 I 1 lO IO t IS IS I 1 lO 10 10 I a 6 '1 30 15 ao a I 6 lO 20 I 1 6 6 ao 20 I 1 5 6 30 ao 30 20 2 6 6 20 ao I 1 6 6 20 I i a 4 to 10 I 1 a 4 a 1 6 ■4 i ! 5 10 ao a 1 3 \ 9 5 1 6 10 10 a 6 ao ao I 1 6 IS 10 at TMMMiTORiMS. m Alabama Arkansas California Colorado Connecticttt. Dakota. Delaware District of Columbia. Florida Georgia « Idaho. Illinois Tniliafia , ^ ^ Iowa Kama.s .. ... Kentuciiiy Louisiana ^4[&iric« Maryland Massachusetts Michigan Minnesota Mississi|ipi Missonn Montana Nebraska .* * Nevada. ] New Hampshire ] ] New Jersey New Mexico .*'* New York .*; North Carolina Ontario (Upper Canada) • Pennsylvania Quebec (Lower Camuia).. Rhode island South Carolina. Tennessee Ttaas vemont:::::::: ▼irgima ^••m Wisconsin M'WMESS FOMMS. Jims tA ^tmms m malbmOs. Am agreement or cwitnci is an amngenent entered into two or mora pewms, by which CKh Mnds Mmaelf to perform certain specified acts within a designated time. Agreements may be verbal, but it is better in all cases, and absoktdy essential in matters of importance, to express them in writing. Great care should be taken, in drawing an agreement, to state explicitly and m the plainest language the various acts to be performed, and the time of socll performance. Nothing should be left to doubt or uncertlinty. The law requires that all the parties to an agreement shall undeistand its provisions in the same sense, and does not recognize the existence of a contiact in which this is not the case. Thus, a person sent an order to a merchant for * particular quantity of goods on certain terms of credit. The merchant sent a less quantity of goods, and at a shorter credit. The goods were lost on the way, and the merchant sued the party who ordered them for their value. He fcifcd to win his case, as the court held that in consequence of the failure of the merdiant to send the quantity of goods ordered and to grant the credit asked, IlieR was no common understanding between the parties, and consequently no contnct* * A contiact must show that it is made for a valuable consideration. A failure to do this renders it void in law. Rwd annuls all contracts and obligations, and the party so wronged ia relieved of his obligation by law. If both the parties to an agreement act fraudulently, neither can take advantage of the fraud of the other; nor can on* who acts fraudulently set his own fraud aside for his benefit. Agreements written in pencil are binding in law, but it is best to write them with ink, as pencil-marks are easily erased. Agreements should be prepared and signed in duplicate, triplicate, etc., accordmg to the number of persons concerned in them. Each party should have a copy, and should carefully preserve it. Generally speaking, all written instruments are construed and interpreted by the law according to the simple, customary, and natural meaning of the words used. When a contract is so obscure or uncertain that it must be set wholly aside' BUSINESS FORMS. 97 antf regarded as no contract whatever, it can have no force or effect upon the rights or obligations of the parties, but all of these are the same as if they had not made the contract. No custom, however universal, or old, or known (unless it has actually become a law), has any force whatever, if the parties see fit to exclude and refuse it by words of their contract, or provide that the thing which the custom affects shall be done in a way different from the custom. For a custom can never be set up against either the express agreement or the clear intention of the parties. Punctuation is not regarded in the construction or interpretation of a written instrument, or in written law. Spelling, though bad, will not avoid a contract where the intention of the parties is clear. All contracts made in violation of a valid statute are absolutely void and of no effect. Where a proposition is made by letter, the mailing of a letter containing acceptance of the proposition completes the contract. It is the presumption of the law that a person in making % contract intends to bind not only himself but his legal representatives. Such representatives may therefore sue on a contract, although not named in it. General Form of Agreement. This Agreement, made this twenty-fifth day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one, between John Hoyrard, of Townsontown, county of Baltimore, State of Maryland, party of the fost part, and Hugh Jenkins, of the same place, party of the second part, WrrNESSETH, Thit the said John Howard, party of the first part, hereby covenants and agrees, that he will deliver 10 the said Hugh Jenkins, party of the second part, during the month of September, one hundred cords of hickory wood, at the woodyard of the said Hugh Jenkins, ■a follows: twenty cords to be delivered on or before the loth of September; twenty cottJa more to be delivered on or before the 15th of September; twenty cords more on or before the aoth of September; twenty cords more on or before the 25th of September, and the renutiniDjg twenty cords on or before the 30th of September; the entire quantity of one hundred cords to be delivered by the 30th of September. And the said Hugh Jenkins, party of the second part, in consideration of the prompt fulfil- mmk of this igreement by the said John Howard, party of the first part, agrees and binds him- >elf to pay to the said Hugh Jenkins the sum of three dollars for each and every cord ofhickoiy . wood delivered to him by the said John Howard or his agents, and to pay for each cord dT wood as soon as it is delivered at his w|>odyard. In case of the failure of either party to this contract to make good his promises, it is hereby stipulated and agreed that the party so failing shall forfeit to the other party the sum of one hundred doUars in cash as fixed and settled damages. In Witness Whereof, The parties to these presents have hereunto set their hands and seals, 'he day and year first above written. Q. , John Howard, [seal.] ^»gn«a, sealed and delivered in presence of Hugh Jenkins, [seal.] James HoaKAT, ) Thomas Wist. | •8 MUSJJV£§S FOUMS, Gmtmi Fwm nf CMnwl fitr Meehame^ Work. CowmftCT made this first day of Jmmty, jl a f ill. % md lietwceii Gtmgt Saiti. of dty of FhiMelplik, State of Pennsylirania. party of &m fini put, mi Mamy Udiaiii^ of ibo city and State aforesaid, party of the second part, WiTMlSSITH. That the party of the first part, for the consideration hereinafter mentioned, emmaaiM and asreet willi tlw pitjr of tlie aecond part to perform in a faithful and workmanlike nMMwr tiie follovriiif specified mxli, mz. : To build one brick stable, acoordinf to the pfaas ■ad •pccifications attached to this agreement, without varying in any way whatsoever from said fia» and ipecifications. And in addition to the above to become responsible for all materials daliiMnd and wceipted for, the woric to be commenced on or before April ist, 1879, *nd to be «Mi|ileliAiHi «!ci«cied free tarn all mechanic or other liens on or before the first day of July. 1%9. And tte faity of iie scMid pit oofanants and agm witii the party of the first part, in coMideMtion of the £aithfid pefiotnmct of til* above specified woric. to pay to the party of *• fim part the sum of two thousand dollars, as follows : five hundred doUan upon the com- piatieii of the foundation walls ; five hundred dollars upon the covering of said stable with the roof; and cm tlMMimid dollais upon the first day of July. 1879. pronded said stable be deUvered w agreed npM: above, on or belbre' that day. AAd it is inrtlicr iMnally apenl by and between both paitics. that in case of disagreement in •elBrence to the performance of sm^gfg/k, all questions of disagreemtiit ilall be lefeirod In Thomas Lee and John Yamall, maJ8?""15iiilders, of the city of Philadelphia, and the awaid of Mid referees, or a majority of them, shall be binding and final on all parties. 'tm Wlimss WliBkBOV. We hereunto set our hands and seals the day and year first aboM GioKGi Smith. [seal.] ^— W **^ in presence «f Uakvit ElCHAMlif," fUAI..] Thomas Luo^ ) Ikflft WUGHT. I Aftncw or AdBstMiirr. made this iist day of |annary, in the year of our Lord one Amuand eigiit hundred and cightgNine. between WUliani Miller, of the dty of Indianapoii% Slate of Indiana, party of the fiat port, and Joiliw Wayne, of tlie ci^ and State aforesaid, panf ■f Utt second part, WitllWOT, That said party of the first part hereby covenants and agrees, that if the party •f the second part shall first make the payment and perform the covenants hereinafter mentioned on his part to be m^ie and performed, the sali pilf of the fiitt part will convey and assure to the party of theseoond part, in fee simple, dear of all incnmbmnces whatever, by a cood and sufficient warranty deed, the following lot. piece, or parcel of ground, yit.: The lot located at themtersection of Walnut and Willow streets, in the city of Indianapolis, extending fifty (SO) feet westward from Wahiut street, and one hux^red (100) feet northward from Willow street, lying on the north side of WiUow street and on the west side of Walnut street, known m- lot mmte twenlf ^ (39) in faiodfe nnmbef sixteen ( 16), and recorded at Indianaodis, llaiioft cewn^g Indiana. Aa4 the said party of the second part hereby covenants and agrees to pay to the said party of iMm^m^^^'mm id thousand dollars, in the manner following: One thousand dol paid, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, and the balance in two amwal paynienl% as follows^ vii.i Que thoonmd dollan on the 1st of January igSo and th# remaining one thousand dollars on IIm 1st of Jamiaiy. ifgi. with interest at the rate of ten pet cent, per annnm. payable 00 the dates MfmSm ilwWi, annnally, on .flie' wiote anm lenmlnhi • BUSINESS FORMS. 99 fram time to time unpaid, and to pay all taxes, assessments, or impositions that may be legally levied or imposed upon said land, subsequent to the year 1879. And in case of the failure of the said party of the second part to make either of the payments, or perform any of the cove Bants on his part hereby made and entered into, this contract shall, at the option of the party of the first part, be forfeited and determined, and the party of the second part shall forfeit all pay- ments nmde hy him on this contract, and such payments shall be retained by the said party of iw first part in full satisfaction and in liquidation of all damages by him sustained, and he shall Iiuvr the right to re-enter and take possession of the premises aforesaid. It is mutually agreed that all the covenants and agreements herein contained shall exten fouMMm FlANCIS WHim I Agrmamt to Cultivate Land on Shares. rwm AenBamNT, made thw tenth day of August, 1880. by and between John Ilolman. party «r the int pwt, and Andrew Jacluon. party of the second part, both of the town of Media, mnty of Chester, State of Pennsylvania, WITNESSETH, That said John Holman will, on or before the tenth day of September, break, pn^rly fix, and sow with wheat, all that twenty acres of field belonging to and lying imme diateiy north of the dwelling-house and garden of said Andrew Jackson, in the town of iltf ^liiii^iijiiiiii T!i«l one-half of the seed wheat shall be Ibond by said Andrew Jadoon. That when" said crop shall he in £t condition, he will ait, hamt, and aalUy iKMie it in iht bam of said Andrew Jackson. That he will properly thresh and dean the same. That the atimw shall be equally divided between the parties. That he will deivcr one-half of said wheat, being the produce thereof, to laid Andrew pAmn, •t the granary near his dwelling .house, on or iMlbre the 15th day of July, i88a That said John Holman shfi jieifociB aU tht work and labor neceraoiy in the pmniset, or cause the same to he done. Witness our hands and seals. Signed, sealed and deliveted in pretence of John Holman. [seal.] RlCHAEO WniTB, I AWDSIW JACKSOK. [SIAL.] l*Kfllt BBX.. I Agreement for Building a House. Tun Agieemint, made this twentieth day of March, in the year of our Lord one thousanif. eight hundred and eighty^me. by and between Samuel W, Parker, of the city of Baltimore State of Maryland, poxty of the itst part, and Hugh B. Jackson, of the same city and State part^ of the second part, * WITNESSETH. That said party of the first part, for the consideration hereinafter mentioned, covenants and agrees to make, erect, build, and finish, in a good, substantial, and workmanlike manner, and in conformity with the plans, drafts, specifications, and explanations thereof which is hereunto annexed and made a part hereof, a brick dwelling-house, on lot number thirty, on Maryland avenue, in the city of Baltimore, to be begun on or before the first day of April, 1879, and completed on or before the first day of September, 1879. That the said building shall be made, erected, built, and finished out of good and substantial materials, as stated in the specifications accompanying and made a part of this agreement. That as soon as the roof thereof is put on and covered, said party of the first part shaU effect fill insurance on said building, in the sum of Ibnr thousand dollars, the policy to be fin tli name ind for the benefit of said party of the second part, his heirs, executors, adninistntora, or assigns, payable, in case of loss, to whom it may concern. That each party to this agreement shall pay one-half the cost of said insurance. In consideration of which, said party of the second part does hereby covenant, promise and agree, to pay. or cause to be paid, nnto said party of the first port, or his legal representatives, BUSINESS FORMS. lOI Ibe sum of five thousand dollars (^5,000), in the manner following, to wit : One thousand dollars at the beginning of said work; one thousand dollars on the first day of May next; one thousand dollars on the first day of July next ; and the remainmg two thousand doUare when the work shall he fully completed and the keys delvered to said party of the second part, or to his legal repre- sentatives. And it is rUKTKBR AGftBBD BY AND BBTWESN THE PARTIES TO THIS AGKBSMBMT AS FOLLOWS : Alterations. That no charge of any kind shall be made by said party of the fimt part against said party of the second part beyond or in excess of the sum of five thousand dollars for the full performance of this agreemoit, unless said party of the second part shall alter the nforesaid plan% drafts, specifications, and explanations, in which case the value of such alterations shall be added to the amount to be paid under this contract, or deducted therefrom, as the case may require : it being expressly understood that said party of the second part may, from time to time, make any alterations of, to, and in the said plans, drafb, specifications, and explanations, upon the terms aibresaid. ASBITRATIOK. That the parties of the first part, and of the second part,seTeiaIly,Tespectivelf, and mutually, agree to submit each, all, and every demand between them hereinafter arising, if any, concerning the manner of performing or completing the work, or the time or amount of any payment to be made under this agreement, or the quantity or quality of labor or materials, or both, to be done, furnished, or provided under this agreement, or any other cause or matter touching the work, materials, or the damages contemplated, set forth, or referred to, in or by thi# agreement, to the determination of Thomas W. Wright, John Hughes, and Robert Greene, master Imilders, of the city of Baltimore, the award of whom, or any two of whom, being made in writing, and delivered to said parties to this agreement, or either of them, within ten days of the tiiae hereinbefore fixed for the final completion of this agreement, shall be final. Damage sustained by persons or property. That said party of the first part shall be solely responsible for any injury or damage sustained by any and all person and persons, on property, during or subsequent to the progress and completion of the works hereby agreed upon, from or by any act or default of said party of the first part, and shall be responsible over the party of tha second part for all costs and damages which said party of the second part may legally incur by reason of such injury or damage: and that said party of the first part shall give all usual reqmsite •md suitable notices to all parties whose estates or premises may or shall be in any way interested tn or affected by the performance of said works. IXTRA WORK. That no extra work of any kind shall be performed, or extra materials ftr^ mshed, by said party of the first part, unless first authori*cd by the said party of the second put tn wnting; and That said party of the first part, or his representatives, shall not be delayed in the constan. progress of the work under this agreement, or any of the extra work under the same or connected therewith, by said parly of the second part : and for each andevery day said party of the first part shall be so delayed, three additional days shall be allowed to complete the work aforesaid, from ^^.7^1^^^^ hereinbefore appointed for its entire completion, unless upon the contingency provided for below m the next clause of this agreement. That for each and every day»s delay in the performance and completion of m agreement, or lor any extra work under it, after the time hereinbefore fixed for the final completion of this ^cement, there shall be allowed, and paid by said party of the second put to said party of the lrrr'f°', ■'•^P'^^entatives, damages for such delay, if the same shall arise from any act or default on the part of said party of the second part. Foreman. That said party of the first part shall engage and provide at his own expense during Ln:ir» ; ^""^^ T^* ^ ^ «^P*«** «f ^ agreement, a thoroughly «ompetem loreman." wka» duty it is to attend to the general supervision of all matters hereby €03 BUSmESS FORMS. tt-deruken hf wmA party of the first part, and also the correct and exact marking. vmmxmL " P*»te™*. moulds, models, and measurements, in, to, for and upoTZ "^^^^^^ W «»d k conformity with «ud plans, drafts, specifications, and Forfeiture of Contract. That irg|MK time durinir the moimm of — ^i. 2^ second part shall find that said "fl not ca"rri:5 fl'TT/slllt"^^^^ sub-contactors, or workmenXfoJ^S by «dp«ty «f the l«t p«rt, maddlkd. incompetent, and insufficient for the completforr «.d woric wuhm the ti«c «id WMmm Mip«kl«i i» the pkm, dmfts. specifications, and explana. slhT. ' ; "^u"^"" ^ imuflide^cy .«i defect. i» progre«i, mater.alsf fore- man, ub-contractors. or workmen, to said party of the fiist part j «.d if within ten day, the^eatte, and cany on and compkle th. fay » da/t work." or otherwise, as said party may elect ^ v^mg and subsututing p«,par and sufficient ».t«ab «,d workmen ; and the expeL th JLf shall be chargeable to sa.d party of the first part, and be deducted fiom any sum which L J" * ' settlement ; all question, arising out of this eighth article of this aeicoLnt dmU be .ub,ect to the final decision of the arbitratoi. hereinbefore mentioned ^^^^ Uws. That m case any Ken or liens for labor or materials shall exist upon the prouertv or «tate of said party of the second p«. « the tim. or time, when by the tenTand pr^SoT ^ yeement a payment k to be made hy «ud party of the second part to «ud p4 JtLTfi^ p«^. such payment, or such part thereof as shall be equal to not less than douMeTlonnt fo^ notwithstandmg anything to the contraiy in this agreement contained : and that said mrH, rt.^^ «Hl -f be wdl a^ed ti« iTch liens do. or cL J^h " Ci mmm lie sfiall be liable to make cither of laid Wo«K, WHETHE, DESCKIBED 0« HOT. TO .U th. W«to 4«oibri «r «fa«d to h th, «n««l sp«tfct.o„s and txpIanaSon, to b. «,««ted by said p«ty rftk. fa^ « «. -Id w«fa are iUi^oatcd by U» .fom«d plans or drafts ; aT^h^ ^d wrT^T^ •r referred to in said apcdfications or explanations. .m¥ AMD Y«AE fiisT Mamw. wiiriiii, DATm H. ijuB. r The HWdlkatioiit Aoold be cuefolly written out. passed upon separately by •oas .MBoied .gwmmt. «,d wtached to the agreement as a part of Li T?" "v""* specifications in the body of t ^'^^^■r.^ a,reen.ent. be inserted i^e. MfmrnsS F0MMS. I0| A Bill of Sale is a written agreement by which a peiion transfers to another person, Ibr 'a valimble consideration, his entire right, title, and interest in per- sonal property. As a general rule, in order to establish ownership in law, the purchaser must take actual possession of the property purchased ; but in some States, if the sale was not made fraudulently, for the purpose of evading the payment of just debts, the bill of sale is pnnm facie evidence of the sale, and will hold good against the creditors of the seller. Such questions must be decided by juries, who have power to set aside the sale in cases where fraud is proved. Bill of Sale — General Form, with Warranty. Know All Men by These Presents, That in consideration of five hundred dollars, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, I do hereby grant, sell, transfer, and deliver unto Thomas Wright, Us heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, the following goods and chattels, viz. : One set of parlor furniture, upholstered in purple velvet, - - - I5300.00 One set of blade walnut chamber furniture, . . : . • 200.00 $500.00 To have and to hold all and singular the said goods and chattek forever. And the said grantor hereby covenants with said grantee that he is the lawful owner of said goods and chat- tels; that they are free fiom all incnmbrances ; that he has good right to sell the same, as afoce- said; and that he will wairant and defend the same against the lawful daims and demands of all persons whomsoever. In Witness Whereof, the said grutor has heicaiito set his hand this tenth day of Maidi, Witnesses: Gbo»GE H. Fletchuu Joswi Swn. Know All Men by These Phesbnts. That in consideration of one hundred and ii% doOan. M me paid by Henry Clayton, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, I, Andrew Lewis, bf these presents do bargain, sell, and convey to the said Henry Qayton, his heirs, executom. admittis- , tialois, and assigns, one bay horse, of the male sex, bay color, fifteen hands high, with a white d Kded by . Bngfe petson to pay to another person a certain sm> of money ,t . Z^n^t^A ^ nude in writing a se.. i. no. aUl. bTCj^mpfe The bond must be for some 3ona fide considemtjon gi^is'S r :C ' "^'^ ibe P«o„ U. Whom it » wmld answer that purpose, but as a promise to pay money in case certain art! «'»«,^°»«- specified in .he Ld, and a .he of Ae bond The fiUthfal performance of these acts within l^ Z^^ fied rendeis the bond nnU and void. The amomit of money n«ned in the bond is caUed the I. is usuallv ^ffiaen, to cover the debt it is intended to secure, whh inferes. and^os^ actual debt. " The meuung «id eflect of this is, that if the obligor fails in «.r respect, U, do what the condition recites, th;n he is boundTo S .he 1 1^^^"^''- " '^'^ «° B"' law whTcT Z I T! «W. cont™:t. And whatever be the sum by the'ctrtrm^r^" ""t''." bou^i to pay. he is held y^"^ ^ ^ «»>«>«ItoCDinthesnmoften D Thfs and rr that E F has be.: t™, by^ F »,> 1 . ^ ^ guarantees the good conduct of E F; and if B l^^n m'^T%:r' ^^-""^"^'hen the bond is void.. i«l otH^ A B ^Z"on ^e t^d : C "DilTrL" " him """"^ th«. ti» ten thousand dollars, Id he "^T^T* only «, much of this as will LZ\Zi To C D a, '.^^7".^ tained by E Fs miacandurr .7,1, ki- ' "'^ '"^ he h«8 «bs- MU1.CU uy £, r s misconduct. As the obligee can recover from the ohH«>, fte^ -»» the bood large e„o^gh to cover aU the lo« tha,^ 105 A Simple Form of Bond, Without Condition. Know All Men by These Presents, That I, William Jackson, of the city of Richmond, State of Virginia, am held and firmly bound unto Franklin Steams, of the city and State afore- said, in the sum of two hundred dollars, lawful money of the United States of America, to be paid to the said Franklin Steams, or his certain attorney, Henry Cannon, or his assigns ; to which payment, well and truly to be made on or before the first day of Januaiy. 1879, 1 bind myself, my heirs, executors, and administrators firmly by these presents. Scaled with my seal, dated the first day of March, in the year of our Lord one thoiisacd eight hundred and seventy-eight. In Testimony Whx&eof, I, WiUiam Jackson, have set my hand and seal to this instrument, on the first day of March, in the year of omr Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighly- , , , Whxiam Jackson, [seal.] Executed and dehvered in presence of WtUJAM H. MYSilS,1 SAmmL W. Stokes. J General Form qf Bond, WUh CondiUtm. Know All Men by These Presents. That I, Francis Gibbons, of the city df Covington, State of Kentucky, am held and firmly bound unto Robert Breckenridge, of the city and State aforesaid, m the sum of one thousand dollars, to be paid to the said Robert Breckenridge, his executors, administrators, or assigns, for which payment, well and truly to be made, I bind my- self, my heirs, executors, and administrators, firmly by these presents. Sealed with my seal, dated the twentieth day of March, 1881. The condition of the above obligation is such, that if the above-boundcn Francis Gibbons, his heirs, executors, and administrators, or any of them, shall weU and My pay, or cause to be paid, unto the above-named Robert Breckenridge, his executors, administrators, or assigns, the just and full sum of five hundred dollars, on the tenth day of March, 1879, with inter<5, at six per cent per annum, payable half-yearly fmm the date hereof, without fraud or other delay, then the above obligation to be void ; otherwise, to remain in faU force. And it is hereby expressly agreed, that, should any default be made in the payment of the said IndT*!' ulr^ °" ^"^ ^^""""^ '^'^ "^^^^ P^y**!*' ^ »bo^ expressed, V"Pf in arrear for the space of thirty days, then and from aenceforth-4hat « to say, after the lapse of the said thirty days-the aforesaid principal sum Of hundml dollars, with all arrearages of interest thereon, shall at the option of the said Kobert Breckenridge. or his executors, adminishrators. or assign*, become and be due «id payable ^mediately thereafter, although the period first above limited for the payment thereof thenhave expired, anything hereinbefore contained to the contrary thereof in anywise notwith- IbnL^ .-a A V J . Francis Gibbons, [seal.] wmtod and delivered in presence of Thomas Preston. 1 Robert Steele, j Form of Bond, with Power qf Attomeu to Coi^m Judgami. .f vfrl^if '^\^i7 "JJ"^^ P»hsents, That Robert White, of the dty of Richmond. Statt wm 1 n""'^ ^""^ ^''^"^ J^"*^^' '^"^ state aforesaid, in the %^Z,ZirT "°"^>' United States of America, to be paid, on the ««y 01 March, 1881. to the said Richard Jones, or his certain attorney, executors. aMminis- io6 ft-ators, or assigns: to which payment well and tralj to be MMie, Mi ImH amlaii,aiid idministnitors, are firmly boiuid to tbi»^ presents. SmM with his seal, dated #'111' day of Januaiy, iSSa llw ciMiditifiii of this obligatioit is : That If the above-bouniicii Robert White, his heiis, executon, adiuiiiistratoni, or any of than, shall and do well and truly pay, or cause to be paid, unto the above-named Richard Jones, or his attorney, executors, administrators, or assigns, the just sum of five hondred dollars, without any fraud or further delay, then the above obligation to be void, or else to be and lemaim in full - , . . , , , . RoB«»T Whits, [seal.] Sealed ami delivcved in. the frateace of 1-4 Thomas Wilson, Hugh Blair. To George Howard, Esq., attorney of the Circuit Court, at Richmond, in the county of Hennco, m the State of Virginia, or to any other attorney of the said court, or of any other mnt, there or elsewhere. Whereas, Robert White, in and by a cotain obligation bearing even date herewith, does stand bound unto Richard Jones, in the iun of one thousand dolkrs, kwful money of the United States of America, conditioned §m the payment of a certain piomissofy note, dated Januaiy ist. These are to desire and authorize you, or any of you, to appear for said Robert WTiite, his lein, executors, or adainistratocs, in the said court or elsewhere, in an action of debt, there or elsewhere brought, or to be brought, against me, or my heirs, executors, or adminiitrators, at the suit of the said Richard Jones, his executors, adminiatratois, or assigns, on the said obligation, m of any term or time past, present, or any other subsequent term or time there or elsewhere to be li^ and confess judgment thereupon against me, or my heirs, executors, or administratois. torthesomof five hundred doUars, debt, besides costs of suit, in such manner as to you shaU ■ecm meet ; and for your, or any of your so doing, this shall be your sufficient warrant And I do hereby for myself, and for my heirs, executois. and administratois, lemise, ielc»e. and forever quit claim unto the said Richard Jones, or his attorney, executois, admitdstnton, and assigns, all and all manner of error and errors, misprisions, misentries, defects and imner. fections whatever, m the entering of the said judgment, or any process or proceedings thereon m thereto, or anywise touchinf or concerning the same. In witness whcrcoCf I have hereunto icC my hand and seal the fost day of January, a. d. 1880 SMied md. delivered in presence of RoniaT Wasm [ssAi.] ALf-REo Pleasants, RoBSRT Johnston. MUSimSS FORMS, 107 A Mortgage is a deed conveying real estate to a creditor, as secuiitf Ibri debt. It conveys the property to him as fully and absolutely as though it wow iold outright, with this difference that the debtor retains by the terms of tiw deed the right to pay the debt and redeem the property within a specified time. The person giving a mortgage is called the mmigagors the peison leceiving one, the mortgagee. A note is generally given by the debtor, and the mortgage is designed to lecure it. In some of the States, a bond is given in place of the note. The words of the mortgage should state clearly which is given. The mortgagee has a valid title to the property conveyed, and all the mort- gagor owns in relation to it is the right to pay the debt and redeem the property. Hence, unless the deed expressly stipulates that the mortgagor may remain in possession of the property until the time for the payment of the debt arrives, the mortgagee has a perfect right to enter upon the property and take possession of it. It is, therefore, customary to include in mortgages a clause giving the mortgagor the right of possession; In former years a mortgagor lost his right to redeem his property when tlur mortgage was unpaid on the day it biecame due. Now, however, the \m secores to him three years after the expiration of the mortgage, in which he mi^ pay the debt, with interest and costs, and redeem his property. This is caiisii his equity of redemption. The mortgagor may sell his equity of redemption, « he may mortgage it by making a second or other subsequent mortgage of tlit property, and it may be attached by creditors, and would go to assignees at part of his property if he became insolvent. As many persons object to lending money upon mortgages in which thie equity of redemption is reserved, it lias become common of late years, to include in the mortgage a clause stipulating that if the money is not paid when it if due, the mortgagee may, in a certain number of days thereafter, sell the prop- erty (providmg also such precautions to secure a fair price as may be agreed upon), and, reserving enough to pay his debt and charges, pay over the balance Wthe mortgagor. This is called a power of sale mortgage, and is an arrange- Wianctmned by the law. It must be remembered, however, that the equity «pSr^'***'' '"^ ^ "mortgages which do not contain the above express to8 MUSIJmSS FOUMS. The three years of redemption begin on the day on which the mortgagee fOMi cliM the mortgage, or, in other words, takes lawful possession of the property. « toe mortgagee aUows a dozen years to pass without foreclosing, he must lecton the three yean of redemption from the day of foreclosure. In foreclosing, he must make entry upon the property in a peaceable manner m the presence of witneises, or by an action at law. The mode of procedur^ is nwemed by the laws of the sevenl States. When a mortgagor wishes to redeem his property, he must make a formal tender of the debt due, together with interest and aU the lawful charges of the mortgagee. He is entitled to such rents or proits as the mortgagee has actit* ^yrecoired, or would have iweived had he used due diligence in collecting It is usual for the mortgage to contain an agreement that the mortgagor shall keep the pemises insured in a certain «ni for the beneit of the mortgagee. vVhere mm^ stipulation is made, and the mortgagee insures the premises, he cannot recover the cost of the insurance Irom the mortgagor. Should a mortgagor erect buildings upon mortgaged hind, the mortgagee, on taking possession, becomes the owner o| tlHglpildings also. If, however, the mortgagee erects buildings upon lands on ^^RgThe holds a mortgage, the mwt- owner of such buildings without paying the mortgagee for them. Such matters nay, and should always, hi regulated by an agreement between the parties. In some of the States it is usual to release a mortgage by a quit-claim deed flwn the holder of the mortgage to the holder of the property or of the equity ofredemption. Another common practice is for the Register or Recorder of Deeds to write an acknowledgment of satisfaction, release, or discharge, on the mmm of the record of the mortgage, which must be signed by the mortgagee or holder of the mortgage. Any instrtraicnt, or writing which plainly states tiitt the sum or sums due upon such mortgage have been faithfully paid will i»nstit«te a valid release of the mortgage. Such instrument must be 'duly ■jgned, sealed, and recorded. A release of a mortgage takes effect from the time It is placed in the hands of the Recorder of Deeds, whose duty it is to Sil'Tlk^tj^ that pun« H proper releases or discharges, or Form of Mortgage in General Uie, Tim IHBBITOIUI, Made Ihe fi«t day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eigh l«d«i «id t^^ h^ Hairy A. Steele, n^erchant, of the city of Richmond. Stat« « T ^ ^ hctrfi-lltr oOled the mortgagor, and Alfred H*w»ni,i»iik«r, «f iHeeilyaiii! State tiiiaaid, iMdiwller calM life mortgagfc, of the other part. Whhuas. The said mortgagor «i«ed of, or well entitled to. the inheritance in fee-sinple. of Mdiii the lands and premises hereinafter described and released; and having occasion to bor- mm. ami take ap at hitetest. tke anm of tai thoiMaii dolkrs. has applied to and requested the 111 MUS/MBSS FOJfMS. log •aid mortgagee to lend and advance to him the same, which he, the said mortgagee, has agreed So do, on having the re-payment thereof secured to him by a mortgage of the said lands, tene* meats, and heieditaments. in manner hereinafter mentioned. Now THIS iNnBNTuaB WiTNKSSETH, That in puemmcc of the said agreement, and in con- sideration of the sum of ten thousand dollars to the said mortgagor in hand paid by the saii mortgagee at or immediately before the sealing and delivery of these presents, the receipt whereof the said mortgagor does hereby acknowledge, and of and from the same, and every part thereof, does aoqait. release, and dischaige the said mortgagee, his heirs, executors, administra- tors, and assigns, and emy of them, forever, by these presents, he, the said mortgagor, has granted, aliened, released, and confirmed, and by these presents does grant, alien, release, and confirm (and the said Mary Steele, wife of the said Robert Steele, doth hereby release all hes right of dower) unto the said mortgagee, Alfred Howard, his heirs and assigns, all that tracts piece, and parcel of land, hereditaments and premises, situate, lying, and being— {Mire msert a mrtfid and acmraie deser^^im of the pra^erty.l Together, with all houses, buildings, rights, members, and i^nrtenances thetennlo belong, ing, or in anywise appertaining; and all the estate, right, title, claim, and demand of the amd mortgagor in, to, or upon the said lands and hereditaments, or any part thereof. To HAVE AND TO HOLD the said lands, tenements, hereditaments, and premises hereby le- leased, or blended so to be. with their appurtenances, unto the said mortgagee, his heirs and assigns, to the only proper use of the said mortgagee, his hein and assigns, forever. Subject, nevertheless, to the proviso for redemption hereinafter contained; that is to s^ provided that if the said mortgagor, his heirs, executors, administrators, or assigns, shall naf unto the said mortgagee, Alfred Howard, his executors, administrators, or assigns, the fuU sum of ten llioiisand dollam of lawful money of the United States, without any abatement whatever. then these presents shaU cease, and he void to all intents and purposes whatever. Andthesai4 mortgagor, his heirs, executors, and administratots, covemmt with the said mortgagee, his exec utors and admmistrators. that he. the said mortgagor, his heirs, executors, or admmistretois. shall aad W.11 pay, or cause to be paid unto the said mortgagee, his executors, adminUtrators or assfens. the«id pnnapal sum of ten thousand dollars and interest, at the times and in the mannerW mWore appomted for payment thereof, without any deduction or abatement whatever, according to the true mt»t «Ad meaning of these presents. And also shaU and will, during so long ^ me said sum of ten thousand dollars, or any part thereof, shaU remain due on security of iese kSl liTth' °' '° '° '^^^ mortgagee, his executors, administrators or assigns. bto«*for the said sum of ten thousand dollar., or for so much thereof as for the time beTng ^ J the first day of Januar| LTZnlTn; ^''i'^^.^*^^^^^^r,nowhM in him a good right to g;ant, rZ ^^s" n manni If '"f ""^"^ ^ mortgagee, his Ls and ^ tli^ ™ P*^*"^ °^ ^^'^ ^""^ '^^^'--^ -d interest, or^; part ^ i^pecuvely. contrai^r to the proviso hereinbefore contained, peaceably to enter upon the wl"^:: Tnd' ^ in;^ptionf claim, o^^^^^^^^^^ eveth „. anv esZ'""; and aU per;^. whatso- 'isS^ZZT^ "^""Tf "^'^ "^^^^^^ hi« «ecutors, administrators, and ™tatthe costs and char^ of the saidmortoaom- ki« * ^ j • • make and execute anrl w--^ n T 7 T ™™™8agw, his heus, executors and admmistiators, for theTrtir !. further conveyances and assurances in the law whatsoev^ -at^e^TLtSr^^ "-^^^^ herebyrele^:: use ot tne said mortgagee, h,s hens and assigns ; subject to iie said proviso. acooKfin^ ItO' Bl/S/JVESS FOUMS. •o the true intent and meaning of these presents, as by the said mortgagee, his hem and assign, law, shall be reasonably desired or advised and required, an. •towtwl to be made and executed. ^ » lifebj fiirtlier FrOTided, agreed and declared, by and between the said panics to these presents, that if default* shall be made in payment of the said sum of ten thousand dolian, or the interest thereof, or any part thereof respectively, at the times hereinbefore appointed for payment of the same respectively, then and in any of such cases, and when and so often as any •ach default shall be made, the whole amount of the said principal money shall, notwithstanding mjFti»visaM iiro«»MitiMor this mortgage to the contrary, immediately fall due and become |»|«N«, and it shall be lawful for the said mortgagee, his executors, administrators, or assigns, •t any time or times after such default shall have been so made, without any further consent on »e part of the said mortgagor, his heirs and assigns (without prejudice, however, to the right or tlM! said mortgagee, his heirs and assigns, to foreclose the equity of redemption, or to m^intaiii mif action under tlie covenants heniiiberore contained), to make sale and dispose of the said Msraages, land, and odicr hercdilaiiients and pacmises hereinbefore granted and released oi expressed or intended so to be, ot any part or pwti thereof, either together or in parcels. Ld either by pubhc auction or private contract, with full power vpoa any such sale or sales to make •ay stipulations as to title or otherwise, which he or the purchaser shall deem necessary- and ate with full power to buy in the said hereditaments ard premises, or any part or parts thereof *^ ^ ^'"^ti^n. o-- to rescind any contract or contracts for the sale of the •MM hercditaiMnts and premises, or any part or parts thereof, and to re^ the same heredita- ments and premises which shaU have been so bought in. or as to which any contract or contracts for sale shall have been rescinded as aforesaid, without being responsible for any loss wMch mm be occMioned thereby. And. for the purposes aforesaid, or any of them, it shall be lawful foi me Mud mortgagee, his executors, administrators, or assigns, to make and execute, or cause to be »Mie affid executed, al inch agreenents, deeds, conveyances, and assurances as he or his exec- •ton, administiatoii. or assigns, shall think a And it is hereby also agrwwl and deitod thai any salcor sales which shaU be sad* nnder the power oT sale heieiiibelbfe containcid by the executora or administrators of the said mortgagee or by any other person or persons iriio may not he seised of the legal estate in the hereditaments and premises to be sold, the heirs of the laid Bor^agee. or any other person or persons in whom the legal estate of the same heredi^a- •ants and praiiises. or any pait timeof. shall be vested, shall malic anch conveyances and assur ances of the same, for the pmrpose of carrying the salt tteeof into efcct, as the person or pemmc by whom the same shall be made shall direct. i*™* ^*!!!!"° ^ ^^'^^^ that the said mortgagee, his executors, •dittmiitwton. or assigns. shaU not execute the power of sale hereinbefore contained (if the sale or ialo thefeimder be by pnUie auction) unless and until he or they shall have first given four *™ "f*** ■™* •^•t bf puMirfiing meh notice at least oooe in every week for four sacces. •ITC weeks, m some newspaper published in the dty of Richmond. Virginia. PtOTiDED Ai^o. and it is hereby further agreed and declared, i»l upon any sale purporting to he made in pursuance of the aforesaid power in that behalf, the pnxchaser or purchaser thereof . r! rj*^ to see or inquire whether either of Uie cases mentioned in the clause or fnvita laitfy h^ OQUlaliied has happened, or whether any money remains due on the seointy of these presents, or otherwise, as to the propriety or regularity of such sale; and ■otwpthstan^g any impropriety or irregularity whatsoever in any sndt sale, the same shaB. as • the safety and protection of the purchaser or purchasers thereat, be deemed *^ ^ aforesaid power in that behalf, and to be valid Ind effectual •cwi*^, and the icaedy of the said mortgagor, his hdrs or assigns, in respect of ant mm A of til t da t Of p roviiioii l^tly hereiiiheforc contained, thall be in damages only. Aw «. ia iMialir alw ^pMi. and dMfaiid. tbal,, opoii aqr rack sale as afoniaid, m raec^H Ml/Sm£SS FOMMS* lit receipts in writing of the said mortgagee, his executors, administrators, or assigns, for the pui- chase-money of the hereditaments and premises to be sold, shall be an effectual discharge o. effectual discharges to the purchaser or purchasers for the money therein respectively expressed to be received, and that such purchaser or purchasers, after payment of all or a part of toa purchase-money, shall not be concerned to see to the application of such money, or be answer- able for any loss, misapplication, or non-application thereof. And it is hereby further agreed and declared that the said mortgagee, his executors, administrators, and assigns, shall hold all and singular the moneys which shall arise from any sale which shall be made in pursuance of the aforesaid power in that behalf, upon the trusts following; that is to say, upon trust in the first place by, with, and out of the same moneys, to reimburse himself or themselves and to pay or discharge all the costs and expenses attending such sale or sales, or otherwise to be incurred m or about the exercise of the said power of sale or in anywise relating thereto • and, m the next place, upon trust to apply such moneys ia or towards satisfaction of all and si^irukr the moneys which for the time being shall be due on the security of these presents, and then upon trust to pay the surplus [if any] of the said moneys unto the said mortgagor, his heirs or assigns, for his and their proper use and benefit. And it is hereby also agreed and declared that the aforesaid power of sale shaU and may be exercised by any person or persons who for the time being shall be entitled to recdve and give a discharge for the moneys which for the time being shall be due on the security of these presents. Provided always, and it is hereby agreed and'declared, that the said mortgagee, his exec- S!:!^r^rrT'^ ""'^''^r" ^ "^^ -countable r^rSvolanlary losses which may happen m or about the exercise or execution of the aforesaid power or t^L ■or any of them. and affixed IheT seak to two cop, es ,h W, interctanpably « Richmond. Vustak, „ day of Januao', m the year of our Lord «» thoamd cjgltt kuDdred and eigh^ST m presence of „ l^^-l Lawrence White. 1 Alfred HowAm [seai.^ Thomas Lacey. J 1 10,000. •^^Cu^JVil^l of the Within written ITitness. TkoHas A. Steele, (seal.] Lawrence White. ) Thomas Lacey. j contents thereof. ^ e«cuted by her, and thatabe was aware of the nattie of th« I>^«d this firfet day of Jaauaiy. a. b. 1881. ALFRED Lane, m^M^w mm . |. P. for Henrico County. pose of^;::^^ "^Zif ^^^^^^ ^^^^^y ^( the promJ l^ZT\lTTl' "^^e^Sor remained in possession property. ,t was i!o«btfiil whetlier the mortgagee held a valid security. • 112 Now, however, in most of the Stites, the mortgagor May lettin the property •nd the mortgagee is fully secured by recording the mortgage, according to the provisions of the statutes of the State in which it is made. All chattel mortgages should contain a clause providing for the equity of redemption. The average period allowed for redemption is sixty days. Thii nght jnay be waived by including in the mortgage a power of sale clause. The mortgagee may transfer the mortgage to another party for a valuabl* consideration, but property thus mortgaged cannot be seiied or sold until Che feriod for which the mortgage was given has expired Kmm Atx Mm nr Tmsi FliSBm, Tlmt I. Jolm F. Thmnti. of the dty of Wil- aiington, State of Belsirare. in omsidmtioii of §m hiindmi dolkrt to me paid Iw Heair A. Davis, of the city and State aforesaid, the receipt of which U hereby acknowledged, do iereby grant, bargain, and sell unto the said Heniy A. Davis, and his assigns, foreverrOie fd- •wing goods and chattels, to wit— [JSi^ insert mm acemrate list ofthe artktei mortgaged, giving a full description o/eachA To HAVi AMD •» Hold, AU and singular the said goods and chattels unto the mortgagee letein and his assigns, to their sole use and behoof forever. And the mortgagor herein, for ftimtelf and for his heirs, executors, and administrators, docs hereby covenant to and with tic ■aid mortgagee and his assigns, the said mortgagor is lawfully possessed of the said goods and ^latlela, as of his own property; that the same are free from all incumbrances, and that he will w-iMil nd defend the samrtohi«i,lhesMd mortgagee and his assigns, against the lawful eimiM and demands of all persons. Provided Nevertheless, that if the said mortgagor shall pay to the mortgagee, on flie •old, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Aro FjioWBED Ftmraia. That until default be made by the said mortgagor in the perform- imee of the condition aforesaid, it shall and may be lawful for him to retain the possession of the said goods and chattels, and to use and enjoylhe same ; but if the same or any part thereof shall be attached or claimed by any other person or persons at any time before payment, or the said mortgagor, or any person or persons whatever, upon any pretence, shall attempt to carry off. meal, make way with. sell, or in any manner dispose of the same or any part thereof, without -Sm a«lk»ty and permission of the said mortgagee or his executors, administrators, or assigns, m wntmg expressed, then it shall and may be kwfy lor the said mortgagee, with or without assistance, or h.s agent or attorney, or his executors, administrators, or assigns, to take possession m county or State, or elsewhere, to and for the use of said mortgagee or his assigns. And W&m moni^ hereby secured, or the matters to be done or performed, as above specified, are not dnly paid, done or performed at the time and according to the condition, aboye set forth, said mortgagee, or his attorney or agent, or his eicecutors. administratoii, or assigns, may byvirtue hereof, and without any suit or process, mmediately enter and take possfl«te of satis^int the amount due. and all expenses, the suiplus. if any remain, shall be paid over to said "'Trf!L"' T*™* «diibition of this mortgage shaU be sufficient proof that any per- son ^Mnlng to act for the mortgagee is duly made, constituted, and appointed agent and attc- ney to do whatever is .above anthoriaed. BUSINESS FORMS. "3 In Wrwiss Whereof, The said mortgagor has hereunto set his hand and seal this ti with daf )f May« in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty- JoHN F. Thomas. rsBAL.1 Scaled and delivered m presence of t- ^ WILUAMWIS-, I Haeeison Wool, j fiTATE OF Delaware, *) r SS Sussex County. ) This mortgage was acknowledged before me by J. F. Thomas, this tenth day of May, a.d. i88o Andrew Whiter J. P. Iw former times, any writing signed and sealed was termed a deed. Now the law confines the meaning to instruments for the sale of lands. In this country, no lands can be transferred excepting by a deed, which must be properly signed, sealed, witnessed, acknowledged, delivered, and recorded. In some of the States, seals are not necessary to the validity of a deed. A deed should be written or printed on parchment, as paper is moic pe^bit m character. TTie person making the deed is called the the penon in whose fam tne deed is made is called the grantee, • ^^"^"^ ^ ''^"^ ^^""^^^ ^^^^ '^tten clearlt in mk of the best quality. A person accepting a deed signed with a lead-pencfl ^ht'n^k ^ ^ ^ g>»ntee should be written clearly, with good ink. in thA proper place in the deed. ^ ' ^ In the Stat^whlch require a seal great care must be given to see that only !!rjr^ ^ ^"^^^ s^ng, a seal is a piece of paper ^Tt T' ^'l ^""^r °^ ^"g"'^ P««d on the paper. In the New Eng. 1 ^1 acknowledge any other kind. It ^^^ ^"^r^^"^'"^ ^^"^ - ^-awl around «, placed after the signature, constitutes a legal seal. foL'^T^ ^ ^^^"""^"^ '° ^'^^^ "^^^ Th««5 no special it^ToH^Z^^ constitute a proper delivery. If the deed comes intrihe vtt V ^Z "" "^'^ knowledge and consent of the giantof. hiwr. I^U , h!L ! " possession of, it Is a valid delivery. If a man ^« a de^ and fails to deliver it, and dies with it in his potsessiiiii, ihe ileed If ^ II© eibrt whatever. A deed to a mairied woman imy be delifc^^ to lier or to her husband. Some of the States require that deeds shall be attested by two witnesses Ne v York requires but one. Other States do not require any witnesses ; but in ali mm * deed ought to be witnessed by at least two persons, whether the law fuires It or not It is best to have adult witnesses ; but minors may act in the cap«:i|y if they be of sound mind. The witness must have no interest in the mtd. For this leasoa a wife cannot witness her husband's signature. parties even when not acknowl. !^!!^*^ best to have them acknowledged, however, as an unacknowL edged deed cannot be recorded. The acknowledgment must be made before a perwn authorized by law to receive it. In some places a deed may be acknowL edged by either of the grantois, but the old custom of an acknowledgment by -I// the grantors is the safest as well as the most generol. Where a wife joins with her husband in conveying away her land, or does so separately, a particular fcrm and niode of acknowledgment is gmially required to show that she acted Without undue influence from him, and of her own free wiH. It is the duty of the justice taking the acknowledgment to state in his certlfi- cate exactfy how it was made before him. A deed must be recorded to be valid. That is, the grantee must deliver it to the Recorder of Deeds, or other official appointed by law for that purpose who m««causc it to be copied in full in a book kept in his office for that puAxise Adeed it regarded as recorded from the moment it is placed in the hands of thit officer, and he generally writes upon it the year, month, day, hour, and minute, ijen he received it Deeds should be presented for record at the earliest pos- sible moment Sometimes the ownership to the land conveyed may depend upon the eiact minute at which the deed was delivered for record. This system iif iwoidlnf deeds enables a person to trace the title to a property with absolute certamty* AU erasures or additions to a deed should be noted at the end of it, and prop, edy^witnessed. Any sudi change without being thus provided for renders the deed null and void. In Older to make a valid deed, the gnntor must be the true and lawful ownet of the property; must be of legal age; and must be of sound mind. A deed takes effect, as between the parties, torn the moment of its delivery. » tefces effect as agaliist the cicditois of the grantor from the moment of itt idivery for record. The land conveyed in the deed should be •cciiately described, no pains being ipiied m this respect In this country it is the usual custom to refer to the 0mmm deeds by which the grantor obtained his title. This is done by de- •T!T^ Iw'.'^'^L^'f'' ««^- A deed ttodcscnbed m a deed becomes, finr most ji«i{>oies ia law, a p«| of the dee«f. BUSmMSS FORMS. j j 5 A deed should convey land to the grantee and his heirs. Deeds conveying land to the grantee only, limit his title to his life, and he cannot leave lands thus acquired to his heirs ; nor can he dispose of it during his life. Qmt-Claim Deed — Sim^ F&rm. This Indenture, Made the first day January, in tJw year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one. between John Hughes, merchant, of the town of Westchester, State of Pennsylvania, of the first part, and Albert Nicholas, farmer, of the town and State aforesaid, of the second part, witnesseth, that the said party of the first part, for and in consideration of the' sum of five thousand dollars, kwful money of the United States of America, to him in hand paid by the said party of the second part, at or before the ensealing and deUveiy of these presents, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, has remised, released, and quitclaimed, and by these presents does remise, release, and quitclaim, unto the said party of the second part, and to his heirs and assigns, forever, all — llfere insert a mimuie and acmraie deseripion of the lands or property granted ] Tocarrma with all and singular the tenements, hereditaments, and appurtenances thereto belonging or m anywise appertaining, and the reversion and revmions, remainder and re- mamders, rents, issues, and profits thereof. And also all the estate, right, title, inteiest, piopertv. possession, claim, and demand whatsoever, as well in law as in equity, of the said pai^ of the first part, of, m, or to the above-described premises, and every part and parcel thereof, with the appurtenances. To have and to hold all and singular the above-mentioned and described prem- ises, together with the appurtenances, unto the said party of the second part, and his heiii and assigns forever. *^ FREDiaicK WArra. J State or Pennsylvania, \ County of Chester, j" m«^!il^' of January, in the year one thousand eight hundred and Who e^cuted the foregoing mstrmnent, and acknowledged that he executed the same. Thomas W. Jackson, J. P. [seal.] Deed, with Warranty. m, the Iw^fall^' """I '° ^ of the «co„d onto the sai soy acknowledged, do by these presents grant, bargain, and sell parcel of land^uate t-T***^ P«t. and his hei«i «,d assigns, the following described tract or ~'. --^^^^"Z^ thereto h. ywise appertaimng.and the reversion and reversions, remainder and remainder. BC/SINESS FOXMS. ^ ; rl ' title, interest, property, pcmesdon. ^ «d whMi^vcr. as well in kw as in equity, of the said parties of [heTtp^ ol, m. or to tlie aboire-ckscfibed premises, and e^ciy part and parcel thereof, with the appurte! TT* 1^** *** ^ tbove-meiitloiwl and described premises tof«her with the .{.pmrtennces. nto the sdd pimy of the second part and his hein md assigns' And the said Thonias Jonathan Jackson and Maty Jackson, the said parties of the first part hereby espcesdj wmire. idease. »d relinquish unto the said party of the second part .nd hh ban execntoti, td«iiii«tratoni, and assigns, all right, tide, claim, interest, and benefit whatever irL fll and each and every p«t thereof, which is given by o; fttults from all laws of this State pertaining to the exemption of homesteads. «ow, do herely covenant, promise, and agree to and with the said party of the second part heirs .Bd mAwm. tit the said piemises against the ^aim of all persTns, claiming or to cSm by. through or Mder them only, they wiEforeirerw«wit«iddefe^^ f The said i>«ti« of tie fat part h«w he««iinto tel thdr hwids «id seals the day farst above written. ~~»»» ■«« 0.1-^ AM II , Thomas Jonathan jAcacsoK. [seal.I Sealed and delimed in presence of Mary Jackson. fsra, i Walter HiCKi. ^ ^^^^ Alted Holuhay. Sr Aim or W«sT Vimnia, Cowmr or Omix her^by^rrtffvlt^^ T !T' «~ty, in the Slate aforesaid, do hereby certify that Thomas Jonathan Jackson. peisonaUy known to me as the aune mon who» iiame .s subscnbed to the annexed deed, appeared before me this day in penon. IJZs^ «■! act. fof tie uses and purposes therein set forth. And the said Mary Jackson, wife of tie said Thomas Jonathan Jackson, having been bv me shl . H -"ting having been by me fnlly m«ie hmwn «kI eiq*dned tote •ctoowl«%ed that she had freely and voluntarily executed the same, and relinquished her d^ 2 ttiri r^r^. all ber rights and advantag^ un ' id ? f I, 1^"? "'i^ **~P«««» «f homesteads, without compul^^ of her said husband, and that sie does not wish to retract tit samfc compulsion Given under my hand and olBcial Mai tils iat day of Jaauaiy. a. d. 1I81. Thomas Momu, J, ,p. [a«Ai« J iM # CC^, wmmi Wwrmiif, This iNBiimn^ M-le^ti. irst day of March, fa tie year of our Lord one thousand eight iTMa^Jd oftVT' '**!!^«~y^^«~*»«^t.o^ tie totd : ^ ''-^ ^ ^ ^ aaTZZTi^ r '^j*K^'°'^ " ^"^ ^--deration of the love BUSINESS FOMMS. 117 these presents does give, grant, alien, enfeoff, release, convey, and confirm unto the said partf of the second part and his heirs and assigns forever, all — yiere imert a minute and eare/ully prepared description of the property granted, and re/ef iy mhmi and page to the deed of the property to the grantor, under which he holds it.} Together with all and singular the tenements, hereditaments, and appurtenances thereunto belonging or in anywise appertaining, and the reversion and reversions, remainder and re- mainders, rents, issues and profits thereof. And also, all the estate, right, title, interest, property, possession, claim, and demand whatsoever, of the said party of the first part, of, in, and to the same, and every part and parcel thereof, with their and every of their appurtenances. To have and to hold lie said hereby granted and described premises, and every part and parcel thereof with the appurtenances, unto the said party of the second part, and his heiis and assigns, to hia and their only proper use, benefit, and behoof forever. la Witness Whereof, The said party of the first part has hereunto set his hand and seat the day and year first above written. <• « J J J 1- J • , Henry A. Wilson. fsEAL-l Sealed and dekveied m presence of l J Robert Richardson, "1 QwEN C. Owens. j A LANDLORD is the Owner of real estate who hires or lets his property to an- person who occupies rented property IS called the tenant. The agreement between the landlord and the tenant stating the terms upon which the latter occupies the property is called son to whom the lease is made is known as the lessee. Leases should be written. No particular form of words is essential, but the ^ should state in the clearest manner the terms and conditions of the agree- n«nt, so that nothing may be left to dispute between the landlord and tenant mmt r. r "^^^ ^^''^ 1?^^^ as binding. Therefore the lease must state explicitly all the covenants between the parties. obliir"!" ^""V^ condition of a house, the landlord is under no legal sbn r r necessary repairs unless he sees it to do so. The lease snouid therefore contain a clause providing for the necessary repairs. mmf^^V^'' "^"^ ^^"^^ **** ^ destroyed by fire the tenant •ii>I^\HrT ^^"^ ^ the prin. -mg leased, and the house as merely secondary. So also, if the tenant agrees to "reten md iwielivw tlie hamt at tht end of the term, in good ordcf and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted," lie Is bound by this agree- ment to rebuild the house should it be destroyed by fire. At present all welK drawn leases proidde that the rent shaU cease in case the house shall be de- stroyed or rendered uninhabitable by fire or any other unavoidable calamity A similar clause is also inserted with regard to the return of the house. Such a clause in a lease relieves the tenant of the obligation to rebuild the house, ciren though it should be burned through his own carelessness or that of his servants. Where the landlord desires to prevent his tenant from subletting a port or the whole of the premises, he must provide for it in the lease. A person Iioldmg a lease which does not contain this prohibition can sublet at his pleasure. ^ The lease should definitely state the period for which it is given. If no time m specified, the tenant can hold the property for one year, but no longer. A lenant-at-win cannot vacate the property without giving notice of his intention, nor can he be put out without being given notice of the landlord's desire to regain possession of the property. The laws in the various States are quite uni- imn as to the time of notice required. If the rent be payable quarterly three inonths' notice must be gira. If It be payable at more frequent periods', then the notice must equal in length the period of the payment. If the rent is pay- able monthly, a month's notice Is sufficient ; If weekly, a week's notice will answer. A leine given Ibr a specified time, as one year, expires at the end of that time and the tenant may leave without giving notice, or the kndloid may put him out without notice. A lease should be recorded, whether the law requires It or not. Such recoid binds a subsequent purchaser of the property to assnne all the obligations of the former landlord as expressed in the lease. A lease should be drawn in duplicate, and each party to It should retain a copy. Where a tenant is induced through the wilful misrepresentations of a landloid to lease property, and thereby suffers loss or inconvenience, he can deduct the amount of his damages from the rent, and the landlord is bound to bear the lOBB. A landlord, in accepting a new tenant in place of the original holder of the lease, cancels by this act the original lease. A tenant Is not bound to make repairs unless he agrees to do so The land- lord can, however, require him to keep the roof and the windows in good order, so as to protect the house from Injury by rain. X tenant Is not bound to pay the taxes on the property he occupies unlesi he expressly agrees to do sa In case a lease contains a clause forbidding the tenant to sublet the property, MUSmESS 9fOXMS. *nd the tenant, in spite of this, does sublet it, the landlord may either hold the tenant for the rent and for such damages as he may sustain by such sub. letting, or he may enter upon the property and take possession of it, and termi- nate the lease. He may avail himself of either remedy, but not of both. When the rent Is In arrear, a brief notice to quit may be given. The average period In the several States is fourteen days. It must specify the day on which the tenant must leave. A tenant of a form is bound to cultivate the land in the ordinary way required by good and carefiil husbandry and the custom of the neighborhood in which the larm is located. Any departure torn such customs should be ittpukted for in the lease. If the lease of a farm is terminated by any event which the tenant could not foresee or control, he is entitled to the annual crop which he sowed while !^ lease was running. Should the tenant purchase the property before the expiration of the lease, such purchase terminates the lease, as it vests him with all the former owner's rights. A tenant is responsible for any injury a stranger may sustain by reason of his failure to keep the premises in good condition j as, by not keeping the coveis of his vaults sufficiently closed, so that a person walking In the street fidls Arough or is injured thereby. If he repairs or improves the buikiing, he must make such provision as will ensure the safety of the passers-by, or he Is responsible for such injuries as they may suffer in consequence of his neglect Should a pei^n lease a house and use it for immoral purposes, he forfeits ^ mat by such act. Ail improvements of a permanent character made by the tenant upon Fopeity leased by him become the property of the landlord, and cannot be removed. Fences, out-houses, etc., are regarded as belonging to the land no leajter who puts them there. There are things, however, that a tenant can a. hereby ^samhadforUmt p„^e; and a. U>. expiration of .he said tem,, shall yield „p and«.r. ^ "PP-rt'-^nces. unto the said lessor, his heir, or ^ T "* « the «me now .re, reasonable wear and leL ^f. and accdents by 6r.«.d oU« c-«W« .^^^ rii^iTrriitrs'TnTT^ryiftn'^ « hTrX^ol^ "^"^ "-"^ "i'^ rig"' i? the benefit of any laws now mad" L Inhl ?^ »~°^ •"<> «i' "rears of rent noUce ,„ ° Tha?^ ""^."^ " • ■»™' -M. *e «-» re».«ii.. a. ^1.^ ZTeT sLltl^lflT *™ •!-«. ta iano«J. ™"^'P~^''"''»<'"fro»yc«rtoye«»maiijiaw*iceii^fc, then hand. Mid seals Ilia tniaidi,rfArta,AmoDoi.WiJgI. «raiiiio.el RomtWhitwoith,^ •» fwiii 0/ (7enera% Used in the Western States. m^^T!T^' ''^y' "^'^^^^ Flint, of the city of Rich. of p«rty of the Ikst part, and Alexander Holmes, J tl« cit, Ld ZL f ' "^1. P«y tl« fat « ««y«tio« of tlic covenants of tHe or the second part the follow ng described Drooertv to wit . »K» k-j^i, -i n- T . *^ cdof knd situated an tK* c 1 , ^ " ^ , ' ' °"<^'' <*weUing and certain par- w « MHO. situated on the south side of Church street, between Ninth and Tenth itm«i. d taM»ira as No. 9m CkmA street. • «i««ts, aad To Have and to Hold the same to the said notw of the me*mA ,u c . ^ lay. 18S1. to the first day of May 1882 ATtwIu JZ.^. ^^^X °^ •ion of the leasing the premL^^IlTr^et forth ^ '^J^ *^ Ite part to pay the said Z^Z^rt^^ . ' r^*" with the party of the Zl^l^ri '^•^ P^"' ^ f^"" same, the sum of six hundred dol- at Oe residence or place of business of the said party of the first part The S.M p.^ of the fotfc^ ^ ^^/^ ^^^^^ be g.ire«to«ud parorof the tet pit, i. good i«idlii« i, tl., «. ««dwZ BUSmESS FOUMS. 121 Inevitable accidents, an*d loss by fire excepted; and that upon the non-payment of the whole or any portion of the said rent at the tiine when the same is above promised to be paid, the said |iwiy of the firrt part may, at his election, either distrain for said rent due, or declare this lease at an end, and recover possession as if the same was held by forcible detainer ; the said party of the second part hereby waiving any notice of such election, or any demand for the possession of said premises. The oovenants herein shall extend to and be binding upon the heirs, executors, and admini*. tratorr of the parties to this lease. Witness the hands and seals of the parties afiitcsaid. David FLINT. rs«AL.l Sealed and delivered in presence of AusxANDEa Houies. IrnxJi James Thomas, 1 «. 4 William Miller, j Form of Lease of a Farm and BuUdrngs, This AGREEMENT. Made this first day of January, i88i. between Roger Sherman, of Chestet Z:'':^^^^::^^,''' pan, and Truman Dodson. of thecoimt^and WITNESSETH. That the said Roger Sherman lets, and the said Truman Dodson agrees to take and hold of h.m as tenant all that parcel of land, with the bnildings and imp«,y^ apper- tainmg and belonging to it, situate— «r IMtre insert an accurate and careful description of the property.'] Frkb the first day of Febmaiy next ensuing, upon the terms following, that is to sav • Said tenant shall be deemed a tenant from yearto year; ^ ^* That said tenant enter and take possession of said premises on the ^ day of February next, ex^Uon of "7 '"""'^^ ^ "^^'^'^ ^" three monthsl^ |hc expiiaUon of any year from the first day of Februa,y next preceding • . md tenant sh^l go out of possession at the expiration or det;rmination of his term : Th« the rent #said pmnises shall be five hundred dollars per annum, payable in half-yearly payments on. etc.. and on. etc.. without deduction on acconnt of any tai^asslment nowt ~ or hereafter to be imposed, except, etc., wMch is ^ ^^^Z^'Zl ^Z^J^LZT'T: t "P^'" ^° bemade,vi..,Ci56r.^.4. r^trj i^rml upm,} and to keep the bnUdings in tenantable repair ; til^C'Ll^.:^ ^ in good repir. said tenant finding rough bJn L'^'^ ''Tl °'' ' the estate, except such at have nsmdlv tenan^^dTf hTh^J "^'i^ " ^^'^^ ^^^^ ^ 7^ of is broken up .ndlt^Z ? r ^""^ ^^^^^ ''''' 'or eveiy acre so "■cn up, and after that rate for any part of an acre • 7 *-«r';;S;:^:;L':Z''''""f m«chVearasfollow.,vi..= o.e«,«l thW p« yeaW^"*"^ *^ or barley twice, in «.y period of three tenant shdl « ..^ eo«»e „ tt. ^ ^ ^ ^ 'ta .dd .«.„. d«a nse and spre«l dung and »„,.,. .AU^ or -«le « .h. fi«. in aniier » tliat oreiy am iii tillage of the farm aforesaid may be well manured once in eren «BW |» of lli. tcnaiicjr. EseepC tiiat all kmy and wheat straw on the farm unconsumed at the tqiinlion of the tenancy nay be purchiiM all dang and manure arising or made on the farm, and Own « maining unconsumed ; ^' That said tenant shall keep clean, by weU hoting, twfc. at the least, and »e«itng aH the knd whilst cropped with beans, peas, clover, etc. ; TTbat iaid tenant shaU endeavor to prevent any injury by persons, cattle, or sheep, to any of the hedges, or trees, or fences, and to preserve the same, and not to do any injury to any timber •c other trees, m taking such lopptnp, as before allowed to him. That said tenant shall not crop or sow any of the land witk rape. iax. hemp, etc. That said tenant shall not underlet or assign the premises or any part thereof, except, etc That said tenant on quitting the farm shall receive such pecuniary compensation for impioTe. •ents m fencmg, etc., as two arbitrators (one of which arbitrators shall be nominated breach party, and if either neglect to nominate his arbitrator, the other party may nominate both arbi tiMofs) shall award, which arbitiaton shai aliale according to the benefit derived by the tenant irom such repairs, improvements, and additions, and take Into considetntlon how far at the expiration of the tenancy, they may be beneficial to the estate. ' ^^y^"^^ Whereof. The said parties have hereunto set their hands and seals the dav and year int above written. ^^^^ Sherman r l S-W ««iddi««li.p.««e.of TEUMAN Dobson: [s^ HiEAM A. G«aoi. 1 1. J Fmm T. SwmiY, j* Limdlori*s Certificate, Tmm IS TO QmTlFY. That I have this irst day of March. iMi. let ana rented unto Frederick Ttompson, my house aiid lot known as Number 529, in East Twentieth street, in the dty of Wheeling, West Virginia, with the appurtenances, and sole and niatermpted use theraof.lbf one year to commence on the first day of April next, at the yearly rent of three hundred ddlais. psyahle in equal sums of iwcnty-tive dollars on the first day of each and every month. Timmf f Cmi^fieaii, ^^^^ ^' This is to CiaTiFY. That I. Frederick Thompson, have hired and taken uom John P Hoi- combe his house and lot, known as Kamber 539, in East Twentieth street, in the dty of Wheel- 11^ West Virginia, with the appurtenances thereof, for the term of one year, to commence on Ibe first day of April next, at the yearly rent of three hundred doUais, payable in equal sums 00 fie fint of each and every month. And I do hereby piomlis to make punctual payment of the rent in manner aforesaid, except in» ease the premises become imtenantaMe Irom £re or any other cause, when the rent is to cease • And I do further promise to quit and surrender the premises at the expinitios of the tenn'ia as good state and condition as reasonable use and wear thereof will permit, damaees by th- elements excepted. • ' Given under my hand 'this first day of March, 1881. In presence of Fliomtiac Thompsc . GlDEGE QUARRIER, > THOMAS. Mtohis. J if BUSINESS FORMS, 123 Lemdkrd'i Certifieceh-'FuUer Form. This is to Cirtift. That I. the undersigned, have, this first day of March, let and rented to Fiedenck Thompson the following premises, situated in Wheeling, in Ohio county, and State of West Virginia, to wit : that certain brick dwelling and lot of ground known as Number 53% in East Twentieth street, in the city of Wheeling, together with the appurtenances, and the aob and uninterrupted use and occupation thereof : For a term of one year, from the first day of April next, at the annual rent of three hundred dolhurs, payable in equal sums of bmriy-five dollars on the first day of eveiy month. And said tenant has agreed to make punctual paymtot of the rent in the manner afixcaaid. except in case the premises become untenantable, firom fire or any other cause, when the rent is to cease ; to quit and surrender the premises at the expiration of said term, in as good a condi- tion as reasonable use and wear thereof will permit, damages by the elements excepted. And not use or occupy said premises in any business deemed extra-hazardous on account of fire or otberwise. nor let or underlet the same, except with the consent of smd landlord, in writing, under penalty of Intfetture and damages. And has mortgaged and pledged aH the peisonal property of what kind soever which he shall at any time have on said premises, whether exempt bjr law from distress for rent, or sale under execution, or not, waiving the benefits of and fnnn the exemption, valuation and appraisement laws of said State to secure the payment thereof. In Witness Whi&eof, He has hereunto set his hand and seal this first day of March, a. i». John P. Holgombb. [seal.] led and delivered in presence of George Quarrier, ] Thomas Hitches. ) Temmfs Certjfieate^FuOer Fmn. This is to Certify, That I, the undersigned, have hired and taken from John P. Holcomb* the following premises, situated in Wheeling, Ohio county, State of West Virginia, to wit : that certain brick dwelling and lot of ground known as Number 529. in East Twentieth street, in the city of Wheeling, For a term of one year, firom the first day of April. A. d. 1881, at the rate of diree hun- dred doUara. payable in equal sums of twenty-five dollars on the first day of and eveif month. And I do hereby agree to make punctual payment of the rent in the manner aforesaid, except in case the premises become untenantable, from fire or any other cause, when the rent is to cease ; to quit and surrender the premises at the expiration of said term, in as good a condition as reasonable use and wear thereof will permit, damages by the elements excepted. And not use or occupy said premises in any business deemed extra-hazardous on account of fire or otherwise. nor let or underlet the same, except with the consent of said landlord, in writing, under penally of forfeiture and damages. And do mortgage and pledge all the personal property of what kind ■oever which he shall at any time have on said premises, whether exempt by law from distress for rent, or sale under execution, or not, waiving the benefits of and from the exemption, vahia- tion and appraisement laws of said State to secure the payment thereof. In Within Whikeop. He has heremto set his hand and seal this first day of March, a. d 1881. Mid delivered in presence of George Quaeubk. ) Thomas Hmnim | Frsdsricj^ TuoMrsoN. [seal.] 124 MUSIMMSS FORMS, Imdiord's MoOm U Qmt fat Mmft^^mi <|f Mmt. State or West Virginia, ' City of Wheeung. To Frederick Thompsoii: S^filmitr ist, iSSa You bdng in possession of the following detcliM pra«,i«i. wWch you occupy m my tmmt ^' ^"^ °f ^^^^^^ ^^own ^ Number 52* in Eist TWtkth ^til r ^ .T''"^' °' ^^^'^^ Virginia,lresaid. are he^ ii«tofed to qmt Md deliver up to me tlie premises aforesaid, in fourteen days from this datT ijcoord.Bg to kw. ,o«r reot being dm md wpud. Hcwof M »ot. or I diall take a due course off lav to qcct you iram tiie tame* WitMSSt ' Jrtnership may bind one or more partners to bear the losses, and exempt ano her piurtncr, or other partners, fi-om such losses. This agreement Is per- ^^^""^'^ partners, but it is not good against creditor unless ^uch creditors in dealing with the fiprm wns mmm of tliii ^grtemeiit, and based ^^^ir transactions upon it. 126 MifSIMMSS mMMS, lie act of one partner buids all tlie others. Thus, if one partner gives a ■cgotiable note for the use of the irai, and signs it with his individual name, «Kfa signature binds all the other partnen. lack partner is absolutely responsible to every creditor of the inn for t^*. whole amount of the debt. If his agreement with tiem limits the amount of His responsibility he may proceed against them to recover his loss. A person lending his name to a firm, or causing, or allowing it to be pnb- lished as one of the partners in a concern, or allowing it to be used as a partner after he has withdrawn from the concern, is in the meaning of the law a part- ner as regards the claims of creditors. A person who contributes his money to the capital of a firm and shares its profits, without allowing his name to be used, is termed a secret or silent part- ner. A person contributing to the capital and sharing the profits of the concern, but taking no active part in its management, is termed a sleeping or dormant partner. Both of these are liable to creditors for the debts of the concern, even though they did not know them to be members of the nrm. The test of partnership is the participation in the profits of the business. In forming partnerships it is generally the rule to form them for a stated period, which must be expressed in the agreement. This is termed a limited partnership, and expires "by limitation" at the end of the period named. The partnera are then free to renew their agreement or not, as they may see fit. Where an agreenent does not specify such a period, the law presumes that a fmemi partnership is intended. This may be dissolved or ended at the pleasure of either'" party. A sleeping or dormant partner is not liable for the debts of the inn contracted after his retirement, even though he may give no notice of his retirement, as Mch debts are not contracted upon the strength of his credit; and as he has no further participation in the pidlts of the inn, he cannot be called on to share its liabilities. When a general partnership is dissolved by the wanton or arbitrary with- drawal of either partner, such partner renders himself liable to the others for the loss or damage they may suffer by his action. It is usual to state in the agreement how a general partnership may be terminated, and this stipulation is binding upon all the partners. A partnership may be dissolved by the unanimous consent of all the partners, or a court of equity may, for sufficient cause, decree the dissolution of such partnership. Dissipation on the part of a partner, dissolute or reckless habits, calculated to endanger the credit or safety of the firm, are sufficient grounds for the other partners to invoke the action of the courts, where a mutual agreement cannot be had. The death of a partner diwolfei the irm, and its a&irs must be adjusted a* mm m possible thereafter. BUSINESS FOJSMS. The Interest of a partner in a business may be attached by his creditors foi iiis private debts. Such attachment operates as a dissolution of the firm. When a partnership is dissolved, notice of such dissolution should be promptly published in the principal newspapers of the place in which the business wai conducted. Notice should also be sent to the correspondents of the firm. I» ihe absence of .=uch precautions each partner continues liable for the acts of the others to all persons who have no knowledge of the dissolution. The property of a partnership is bound for the debts of the firm. The creditor of one of the partners cannot attach such property until the debts of the partnership are paid. If, after such payment, a surplus remain, then such creditor may attach his debtor's interest in the partnership funds in payment of his private debt. The statutes of some of the States recognize another kind of partnership, known as special partnership. A special partner is one who contributes a stated Mm of money to the business of the concern, for a designated period. He shares in the profits of the busmess according to his agreement with thfc general part- ners; but his liability is limited to the amount of money contributed by him to the capital of the firm. In order to render a special partnership valid, the partners must publish ii» ane or more newspapers, published in the town in which they do business, an advertisement setting forth the nature and limitation of their partnership, giving the names of the general partners, the name of the special partner, and the exact amount contributed by him to the capital of the concern. This statement must be verified by the signatures of all the parties, and sworn to before a magis- trate, and this attestation must form a part of the advertisement. Care must De taken to see that the advertisement states the exact amount contributed by ^ the special partner. An error in this respect, even though it be the lault of the printer, if allowed to remain uncorrected, destroys the effect of the agreement, and raiders the special partner a general partner. In such a case he iiecomei mik for the whole debt of the firm. Articles of AcasEiiBNT, Made thk fin* day of Janiiaiy, one dionsaad eight hundred and r L ; V '^^^ of the city and State of New York, aad Hcnir L. v-imton, of the city and State aforesaid, ' d^^T^^f The said parties above named have agreed to become copartners in the business HnSlTL ""^ ^'"^ P'"'""*' •S'" *° ^°P"*"«» together ZmZ toQmM bnaiiuaai belonging, their eopartneiship to corn- ZL^T? " "^^^ '"^^ ^ ^'"P^^yed common be- •ZltT^ "wn-gement of the said business, to their mutual benefit and Oie con««« "!i!r f**^ ^ hiltm the paitiea to these presents, that at all times during ^ contumane, of their oofMH^pUp, thif and of Ihcm. will giw theif aUeiidance. mi do Sm/MMSS mMMSi. mmmd mA^^^ M ImH intern, md to tli« nteott «rf th«ir .kffl md power exert then, for their joUit interest, profit, benefit. «>d iulv«»ta«e. md truly employ, bay. sell, and ^ l^"^ n ^\ 'T copartnership bear. pay. and disdj^ •qinUy betw«, tfie« «U ««ts and other expenses that may be required for the support an^ r^Zl 1 ri «^°«' Fofit. and increase that shall com^ g.ow >ran«fio«ior ^ means of their mid bmine«.. diall be divided between them, in muI proportions and all loss that shall happen to their pm by iU eoJI^T, JCbU, or otherwise, shaU be borne and paid between them. mm ' And it is i^gieed by md between the said parties, that there shall be had and kept at all times dnnng the conto«««. of th«r eop«tne«hip. perfect, just, and true books of account, wher"^ -d. of the «d copartner dnOI mm md «t down, m wdl idl «».y by them or eithe If thL «ce,.ed. paid, laid out. and expended in and abont the M hmkZ, « a^ «E ^ J;^ commodiaes and merchandise, by them or either of them. bon,|,t or Jd by ««« ^m'J^ ^r""^ things whatsoever to the Taid hnsin... ^TS ^^r^^ m Miywije belonging, which said books shall be used in common between Bm^ «pjrt.ei.. so that oKher of them may ha^e access thereto, without any interruJrn^ !^^r fXT' • tflr *^ once in each Ll e,«y yi. TotnTr ^ !f If '-"-^ by them, or either of them. made, and of7los«» ZT^ .^^T^l P*3^*=°^^' ^^'^"P^'' disbu,.ements. and all otheTthiZ ^tta injide, t«»i,«d, diabnned. acted, done, or suffered in this said copartnership and busi. !ZZ r^rr^^rrl"! ^ win dm,,^m^ pay. and deUver. Lh to the lJ^«™i^ir ^"^^ "^^^ «nd agree to «»d with each other, that, dnring 7^ copartnership, neither of them shall nor will indorse any note Jr TT^Tm^!!^^ whomsoever, without the consent of the other 2e^Tl^I!!TlJ^ T ^! ^ * determination of their copartnership, fte s«d «ip«tn«. «»di to «!• other. dnOI and will midc a tme, just, and fimil account of ^ things rehtog to the.r said business, andin «U thing, tmly adjust the same; «,d dl and «^ the stock and stocks, as well as the gains and increase thereof. wWch shall appear tot J-«nmg. either m money, goods, wares, fixtures, debts, or otherwi^, OmU be divliwLwe- . Jte Wmmm,. Tim M pMi. hm hmmm «t thdr hand, the day and year i«l . TttoMis W. Hmrrm. - — . - I Hw«YL.Cfciimiii. BUSINESS FORMS. mj^'^j^^ mmmm^^ A Will is the legal declaration of what a person desires to have done with his property after his death. There is nothing more difficult than to make a proper will ; nothing in which legal advice of the most trustworthy character is needed. Every man should regard it as his solemn duty to make a will, whether he have much or Uttle to leave behind him ; but no one should venture to do so unaided, where the prop- erty to be disposed of is of importance, or where it is liable to become a subject of dispute among his heirs. Any one may make a will who is of legal age and sound mind. A married woman cannot, however, make a will unless the law of the State in which her property is situated vests her with the separate ownership of it. The legal age for making a will devising real estate is twenty-one years. In most of the States a male, aged eighteen years, or a female, aged sixteen years, may bequeath personal property by will. The person making a will, if a male, is called the testator ; if a female, the testatrix. A will is of no effect during the life of the maker, and may be set aside, al- tered or replaced by a new will, at any time previous to the death of the maker. The last will made annuls all previous wills. It is, therefore, the duty of the testator to state distinctly in the first part that this is his last will. If he has made other wills, he should state that by this instrument he revokes all other The will should close with a formal statement that it is the deliberate act of the testator, and that it is properly signed and sealed by him. AH wills must be witnessed. This is a very important part of making a will, *nd should be performed in strict accordance with the laws of the State in which it is made. Some of the States require two, and some three credible witnesses. It is a good plan for the testator to have the will witnessed by ^ee persons, in all cases, whether the law requires it or not. The witnesses to a will should tu the testator sign it. He should perform the act in their presence. If the testator cannot write, or is too feeble by reason of old age or sickness to do so, he may make his mark in the presence of the witnesses. A person who cannot write may witness a will by making his maik. The word " bequeath ' * applies to personal property alone ; the word "devise •* to real estate alone. Care should be taken to use these words properly. Tin 9 'S* BVS/lfBSS mjtJIfs. •e*«tor shook] say in the commencement, "I eive beaneafh ,nH j«ri„ "tMe and pnmerty as follows that k ,„ '• H I '^J'^f af _ fc, hi. Jl3 • J • '° He should then Mate his wisia, "to his property m their proper order. Wtoe ~ praviBoo U nade in . will for the children of the testator, the law P~i ttat«Kh ommum WM«. oversight, and allows such child an taZ a^t.^'e^f^- *^»'««'<»''«ignstoexcl„deachadr a Share m his estate, he must state it explicitly in the will. The execiitofs oiight always to be named in the will thmmK o« d<« noe inv^ U« -n"ad^^°::L^ ZZTZ t ippomted by the court of probate. the*^ 1 'JClL*'°^'? T" ' ^ - "ch witness amno. inherit hoTO^ Thu doe. not interiew with the wlidity of the will. Where a wAl Js made and the testator subsequently disposes of any or dl the S^^heTro^^ty" » inyrfidated to the at»t of the aBew! AVhere a man makes a will, and subsequently marries and ha. childran. the- ^ ZfitL! T «««"«•'«».«*« a new wiu contirming the original one. A person cannot be an executor to a will if at the time of the mobtte at the •in he IS a minor, a drunkard, a convict, or of unsound mind. ^ Ae testrtor declares to them that the document is hi. win. and to see Um Win. are irf^two kind., written and verbal or nuncupative A codicil is m addition to a wiU designed to modify or add new provision; Si^'^vli'.r "VT^^r^- "^""S" ^ be but onewiU. there may be any number of codicils. .uA!^!' • » by her subsequent marriage. By d» terms of her marriage settlement d« may. however, provide for The right to dispose of her jwopetty. ' A wife ei» of her dower or not. at her ptasmc. If the will ^ .1? H . K »»«"«"«*~"shei. entitled to such oequest and to her dower also. In the Dominion of Canada the laws with reference to wills are genemlly the wniten m the handwritmg of the testator and signed by Mm is valid without wiinesses. BUSIMMSS FOMMS. 131 After the death of the testator his property is liable for his debts. These must be paid before the provisions of the will can take effect. The laws of the various States give precedence to the various claims updn the estate, in the following order: 1. Funeral expenses, charges of the last sickness, and probate charges, 2. Debts due to the United States. 3. Debts due to the State in which the deceased had his home. 4. Any liens attaching to the property by law. 5. Debts due creditors genemlly. GmBfral Form qf WiU, I, Thomas Henry Howard, of the city of Baltimore, State of Maryland, declare this to be my list will and testament 1. I give and bequeath to my wife, Catharine Howard, all the fixtures, prints, books, paint> ings, linen, china, household goods, furniture, chattels, and effects, other than money or securi- ties for money which sball, at my death, be in or about my house, No. 458 Park avenue, in the said city of Baltimore. 2. I give and devise to my said wife, her heirs and assigns, the dwelling-house and lot of ground, known as Number 458 (four hundred and fifty-eight) in Park avenue, in the said city of Baltinoce, together with all the appurtenances thereunto belonging ; to have and to hold the same unto the said Catharine Howard, her heirs and assigns, forever. 3. I give and bequeath unto my said wife, the sum of two thousand dollars, to be paid to her within one month after my death, without interest. 4. I also give and bequeath unto my said wife, the sum of fifty thousand dollars in the pre- fened stock of the Baltimore & Ohio Railroad Company, now held by me. 5. I give and devise to my son, Geoige Frederick Howard, his heirs and asngns, forever, aU that certain brick dwelling and lot of ground, krfow as Number 529, in St. Paul street, in the said city of Baltimore, together with all the hereditaments and appurtenances thereunto belong- ing, or in anywise appertaining ; to have and to hold the premises above described to the said Geoige Frederick Howard, his heirs and assigns, forever. 6. I give and bequeath to my said son, Geoige Frederick Howard, the sum of one hundred thousand dollars, in the bonds of the United States of America, known as the fivenamed Henry Hubert White, as his last wUl «id testament, in presence of us, who, at his request, have signed as witnesses of the same. Richard Jones, Thomas W. Ti7GKBR, Peter W. ZoLucorriR. A Short Form. I, John Andrews, of the city and State of New York, do make this my last will and teitainent: 1%*.' It ia ay will that my just debts and all. chafct be paid Mt of my estate. BUSIJ^SSS jrOJSMS. 133 Item. 1 give and devise all the residue of my estate to Susan Andrews, my wife, to be to hei md her heirs lorever. Item. I a|)point and make the said Susan Andrews executrix of this my kit will and testament. Signed and scaled the first day of January, a. d. 1881. John HA.jN[X)*\£w^&i |^sxaIj»J| Signed and sealed in presence of Andrew Lewis, Thomas Slack, John Jinkins. VIS, "J :k, V 5. j Form of Nuneupative Witt. Nuncupative will of Arthur H. Pleasants, deceased : On the twelfth day of March, a. d. 1881, Arthur H. Pleasants, heing in the extremity m his last sickness, in his habitation or dwelling, situated in Vine street, in Cincinnati, Ohio, where he had resided for more than ten days next before the making of his will, in the presence of the subscribers, did declare his last will and testament in the following words, or to that efiect, viz. : He mentioned that he was the owner of the house occupied by him, and had the sum of three thousand dollars in the five-twenty bonds of the United States in his safe in the said house, and the sum of two hundred dollars, more or less, deposited to his credit in the Fust National Bank, of Cincinnati. Ohio. He then said : " I want my wife, Mary Helen Pleasants, to have the house in which we live, the ground on which it stands, all the fiumiture *and personal property contained in the said house, the bonds I have mentioned, and the money lying to my credit in bank. I wish her to hold undisputed possession of all these, and to use them for her own benefit, as she may see fit, first paying my just debts and funeral expenses." At the time the said Arthur H. Pleasants pronounced the foregoing will he was of sound and disposing mind, memory, and understanding, and did bid us who were present to bear witness that such was his wilL * Reduced to wiithag this fourteenth day of March, a. d. i88i« Walter W. WHiTiifG, Noah H. Portbr. Affidavit of Witnesses. STATE of Ohio, ) > ss. roN, J County op Hamilton, Personally appeared before me, Thomas Harding, Clerk of the Court of Probate for Mid tounty, the undersigned, Walter W. Whiting and Noah H. Porter, who, being duly sworn ac- cording to law, did depose and say, that they were present, on the twelfth day of March, A. Dw •881, at the habitation or dwelling of Arthnr H. Pleasants, in Vine street, in the city of Cindn- Rati, Ohio, in the time of his last illness, and did then and there hear the said Arthur H. Plea, sants utter what is contained in the above writing; that he did bid them bear witness that it was his last will ; and at the time of so doing he was of sound mind, memory, and nndeistanduag, to the best of their knowledge and belief. Also that he had resided for more than ten days next before the making of his will at the •hove residence. Walter W. Whiting. Noah H.Foster. Sworn and subscribed before me this fifteenth day of March, a. d. 1881, Thomas Harding. CM. 1 One who is legally incompetent to act on his own acconnf „,„ v. for a per«,„ who is competent. Thus, «, ali^ ^ ^ M an agent. mwriea woman may act •iU. Uw*U J^rZT.jZl'Z^t^"'' «o bdie« him .0 be v^ted ^r^'S^w^r^r^'ir^^ :::LSi?re ? *^ of ^ general ag^„Mhe prtacil ^ •wmd ^ h«, «*s, even thoogh he exceed his authority provided thTrn*^ ^ «*. he doe, not go beyond the genenU scope of his business f T I««>n with whom the agent de^ does «, with the kZleL h , T"* B «ceeding hi. powers, he then*y ndeases the prLi^ * Authority may be given to an ,gent either verbally or in writin. rr wnnng .t may be either under or without seal If given by awrmen' ins J ment, this instrument is termed a Awr Attorn^ .cknowlL"^' »^»« Ih. p«««s , and to Jail due Te^T "tl«i«r i- ««i e ail aue means. cM^\Z Z J ' and of recoveries and receipt, theieot — ™ «ij nMe lo aue, seal, and execute due acquittance and rfkrhar,,- . ^^a e . •o .ppc«r. and the person of «e the cowtitiicnt to renl^nr ^ ' P"*"""" officers and minist« of the Uw^^2illl7ZT '^"y f J^^ges, justices. my behalf, to answer, def^d a",^^ » «y court or courts of judicature, and there, on relaUng to the pren. ses a1 "o ^^Z IT^'J'T' "^"^ «l iJL to Jake and subs Utl 1 or ZrTT " ^ "^f** ^^'^•i^- with to aU ,ntents and purposes, m I the md constituent, if present, ought or mi2L f 1!!^ ^though the matter should requi« mm special authority than is iJ^L clX-fr^d conrtituent rat.fymg. allowing, and holding firm and valid, all and Z^sJ^nrii^ In Witness WHttw. I haw hetennto set «y h«,d and seal, this fint day of Tanuarv ir tke year of our oi. tkmrnH «%Mi«dW Ld cighty^e. '"^"^^^ °^ ^^""3" fi%»€d, itd«l. and delivered in presence of us. Whjjam H. Jomisioii. [mAl.} THOMAS DUDLIY. I JOHJI V. Hiix. I teJ^lTTad^^ ' » ^he purpose of labor. Thus a parent or guardian may bind t son or ward. In the case The contract of apprenticeship should oiid the nuter to teach the appiitntioi BUSINESS FOMMS: ys trade or business; to supply him with all the necessaries of life, and at the cad of his term to give him money or clothes. Should the apprentice fall sick, the master must supply him with the proper medical attendance and medicines. A master cannot transfer or assign his responsibilities for, or his rights overt his apprentice! Neither can a master require of an apprentice the performance of menial services not connected with the trade or business in which he is engaged. Should a master neglect his apprentice, or fail in the performance of his cov- enants, he forfeits his authority over the apprentice. Should an apprentice prove unable to learn a trade, through no fault of his owK, such inability does not release the master from his obligation, because he assumed this risk in taking the apprentice. A master cannot discharge an apprentice except for a serious failure to per- form his duty. Should an apprentice desert his master's service and contract another obliga- tion which would render him unable to return lawfully to his master, the latter is not bound to receive him should he offer to return. A person who induces an apprentice to leave his master, or one who em^ptoys- him, although not knowing his relation to his master, is liable to the master tor the services of the apprentice. Form of Articles AgprentkesJup, This Indbntukb, Made the first day of January, a. d. i88i, by and between Andrew Jack' SOB, of the city of Boston. State of Massachusetts, and Edward Jackson, his son, of the age of sixteen years, of the one part, and John Adams, of the city and State aforesaid, of the other part, WITNESSETH, That the said Edward Jackson, by and with the consent of the said Andrew Jackson (testified by his agning and sealing these presents), hath bound out himself as an apprentice to John Adams, of the city of Boston, State of Massachusetts, to be taught in the trade, science or occupation of a carpenter and builder, which the said John Adams now uses, and to live with, continue, and serve him as an apprentice from the day of the date hereof unto the full end and term of seven years from thence next ensuing and fully to be complete and ended. During all which said term of seven years, the said Andrew Jackson doth covenant and promise to and with the said John Adams that he, the said Edward Jackson, shall and will well and faithfully serve and demean himself, and be just and true to hira the said John Adams as his master, and keep his secrets, and everywhere willingly obey all his lawful commands ; that he •hall do no hurt or damage to his said master in his goods, estate, or otherwise, nor willingly wffisr any to be* done by others, and whether prevented or not, shall forthwith give notice thereof to his said master; that he shall not embezzle or waste the goods of his said master, nor lend them without his consent to any person or persons whatsoever; that he shall not traffic, or buy »nd sell, with his own goods, or the goods of others, during the said term, without his master's leave; that he shall not play at cards, dice, or any other unlawful games, whereby his said master ■My sustain any loss or damage, without his consent ; that he shall not haunt or frequent play- houses, taverns or ale-houses, txcept it be about his master's business diere to bt done ; and thai h» shall not at arv time, by day or night, depart or absent himself fnnn the service of his saii 138 ^BUSIMESS FORMS. -M «4 beh.n! to ha iMd mauct. u>d >11 his, during the said tern,. And for and TJ^^^J *: T/ °" ""^ dolhr., 10 him in Ld paid, the receipt of wh"J •ie said John Ad«» doth herebjr acknowlrfg.. the wd Job. Ad«». deft co™««t Jmi^ -^agree .„ teach and instruct his said .^.icc. 0. ^ t^^^^ ta^ht and .nstructed in the said trade of a carpenter and builder after 4. ha. Ite h. c«. , «Hi diaU and ,iU also lind and allow unto his said apprentice^ardf ap^. bn* li„„ and woollen, and all other nece^est sTcS;^ expmtion of the sa,d term, shaU «rf wiU give to h» -id fp,^ {a^^^ u. ftZ I« Wmnw WHttwr, The «ad parties ha« interchangeably Kt their hand, and D-ea da, .C i. ^ of „„ i^''^^ JJ.„Tefgb.'"hlSS Andrew Jackson, [ssal.] irHi.«„ Edward Jackson, [seal.] TiMOTHirP.aocEiMc.1 John ADAMS. ts*AL.] JoHif Mam oodL J^^'T'^''^ instrument by which a person timAm a debt, obliga- bond, or wages, or any actual interest, to another. An aisignment may be written on the back of the instrumoit it is intended to convey, or it may be written on a separate paper. Fmrm tf Assigummi qf a Phimkmry Note, { n &e writm m fiadk of tie ruHe.) GlOKOB Wmhihistok. General Form of Assignment, With Pmer if AUm^. Know All Men by These Presents. That I. Edward Livingston, for value wcdftd, have «»M, and by these presents do grant, assign, and convey unto Robttt Mmtit-. IMerw mttrim dtseriptum of the thing or things assigned^ J""^^^ «ito th. ««d Robert Morris, his executors, administrators. ? ^ Mom., hereby constituting and ap- !r ' ^" V^"' '""'"^ i«m«ibk i. «,y ««„e, ^ „d Me«i; for the •^""""'J^^'^' ^evy. recover, and dl such «m and sn». of money which now are. or may hereafter become due. owing and payable foror on accouat of all or any of the accounts dues debt^ anri A^r^.J u P»yaD'« tor or on mmd .1. ^^'^^^^f ''"es, debts, and demands above assigned to him, giving ^ST* ^ do and perform all and every r,.!!?^ H - **» purposes, as I might L W '/ ^'"^^'If !; ^T"' ^•''^ °^ »«»>.tit«tion and revocJalion. hereby radfy- BUSINESS FORMS* ij^ In Witness Whereof. I have liofciiiilo act ny liaiid «td teal tbe fint day nf May, one Ite «ind eight hundred and eightyc..f J>«»HB.How«n. Hi»hWhit.,1 A«««i>T.a«Kn» JbBH W. G«AT. J JMnsfriptioni!. jrated engagement. It is the act by which a person contracts, in writinr ^fen«h . «n. of nK»ey for a particular purposeras. a subscn^ JS; i»»ble uutitittion, a subscription for a book, and the like r " " • When KvenU promise to contribute to a common object, desired bv all th. I«»u.e of «ch may be a good consideration for the promise o7other t ^n«>l, «hsmp.i,»son certain conditions in favor of the party subscribing ^.^»bSii» ^•J^l^n':'^°::::?of z ■ contribotion « snbsuntj; tir'no"^' '^^^ btdt7unlesTtme' t^ng ,s pa.d for th«n, or .mlea, «Mne party for «ha« benefit they are made- •nd h.s party may be one or more of the «.l»cribeB-.t the lequat, express or .mp''«l of the pr^nisor, «h1 on the fiuth of the .ub«rip,lS. in^^TJ Sn°Jx^'";r" ™«d contract, with od« p«ie, which will i^ut them^"l r ""'..^ ^ '° P""^ " ^ about them, comes from the want of consideration, it may be cmed by a se.1 o°f eact " ^ " " instrument to be U« «ii A person subscribing for a book is bound to take it when p,«en,ed by the at the time he gave his subscription. The agent or the publisher may recover ^e^pn«of the bookat law should the subscriber refine to Lei, when Gmeral Form qf Subsenption Paper. ^^Z^'X *e *- .PO. Why.. .Wua Epi^^ SUBSCRIBERS. I SUBSCRIBERS. Walter Wise, #100.00 35.00 Theodore WMlc^ Alfred Hiclo* 175.00 5ft0O' 141 THE C0UECTI014 OFOCBTS. » - » ' 'H - » w It often happens that great difficulty is experienced in the effort to collect 4ebts justly due. Where they can be collected without resorting to legal meas- ures, it is best to exhaust all means of securing them, even though a moderate delay should result. Should it become necessary to seek the aid of the law, however, it is well to know the exact steps that should be taken. In seeking to recover debts by legal process, the creditor should first ascertain whether the debtor has enough property, real or personal, or both, over and above the amount exempted by law, to make it worth his while to sue him. Suits for small amounts must be brought before justices Of the peace. The jurisdiction of the justice is limited as follows in the various States * To fve hundred dollars in the State of Tennessee. To three hundred dollars in the States of Arkansas, California, Colorado, Kansas, Massachusetts, Michigan, Missouri, Nevada, Ohio and Wisconsin, and in Utah Territory. To two hundred and fifty dollars in the State of Oregon. To two hundred dollars in the States of Illinois, Indiana, New York^ North Carolina, Tfcxas and Vermont. To one hundred and fifty dollars in the State of Mississippi. To one hundred dollars in the States of Alabama, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Iowa (with the consent of parties, to three hundred dol- lars), Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Minnesota, Nebraska, New Hampshire, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina and West Virginia ; and in the Territories of Dakota, Idaho, New Mexico, Washington and Wyoming. To fifty dollars in the State of Virginia. To iweniy doUars in the State of Maine. Should the amount be within the jurisdiction of the justice of the pe^, the ««w«n»«r -ri^.- ■ v t »nd spH til*. ™; seventy days in which to levy upon tnd sell the piopcrty. Should the plaintiff fed satisfied that his claim will be endangered unless the goods are seized at onn* K- T 7^ 1 md the ii,«;tiVp win ««»y Make oath to that eflect, S^coLtabt^^^^^ Asageneralrule, mT^ ^^T^l ^ ^« time of sei^re. wnen a levy is made upon hii property, the delendant may claim all the BUSINESS FOMMS. 143 exemptions. This may be determined by two appraisers, one appointed by the defendant, and one by the constable, or the constable himself may act in this capacity. When an execution is placed in the hands of the constable, he will proceed ta the place where the property is located, and take possession of it. He wili advertise the property for sale at least ten days before the date of the sale, by causing written or printed notices of the sale to be posted up in three prominent places in the town or neighborhood. At the appointed time, the constable wiD sell the property at auction to the highest bidder. In some of the States, when an attachment has been issued and placed in the hands of the constable, and he returns that he cannot find any property belong- ing to the defendant, and the plaintiff has reason to thjpk that the defendant is concealing, or assigning or removing his property with a view to avoid pay- ment, it is the practice to issue a Capias for the arrest of the debtor. This is a very delicate proceeding, and is only resorted to in extreme cases. Before issuing the capias the justice will require of the plaintiff or his attorney a bond with good security, binding the plaintiff and his indorser to pay all damages and costs, if any, which may be wrongfully occasioned by a capias in this case. The capias is then placed in the hands of the constable, who proceeds to arrest the defendant, and take him before the magistrate issuing the capias. T|e defendant may avoid arrest by offering as " bail " one or more responsible persons, who, by an indorsement written on the back of the capias and signed by them, bind themselves to produce the defendant at the place and time appointed for the trial, the defendant at the same time pledging himself to pay the amount of the claim with costs if a judgment shall be rendered against him, or to surrender himself to his creditor. In case he fails to appear at the trial, or to make payment, the persons who signed the bail must pay the claim and costs, and will be compelled by the court to do so. In more complicated cases, where the creditor finds his debtor about to leave the State, or where he is a non-resident, it is best to secure the services of £• competent attorney-at-law, who will be prepared to take the proper steps fo» securing the claim, and to advise the creditor in all emergencies. As a creditor renders himself liable for damages for any improper interference with the rights or property of his debtor, it is better to seek legal advice in matters of any importance. Where a debt is due by a resident of one State to a resident of another, and it becomes necessary to resort to legal measures to collect it, it will be best to place the claim in the hands of a collection agency. One of the best Rouses of this kind is the Umied States Reporting and Collecting Assodaiim, the general offices of which are at 107 and 109 Dearborn street, Chicago, Illinois. This Association is represented by branch offices in the principal cities of the Union. Its action is prompt, and its rates are reasonable. Its correspondents «i» attorneys of good standing in every city and town of the United States. 1 f ' mLLMCTJOM jtMD MJtMMPT/OM Zji9m HE SARIOOS ItATES OF THE gmON, • • Aim THi Wlowing abstiact of tlie kws of the various States of the Union and ol Hie ftovinces of Canada wUl sluiir the amount and character of propcrtv ex empted Iram attadimciit or levy and sale on execution. It is quoted from 7->4. Attmi/s Directory of the United States; issued by the United States Keportim mid aUeHit^ Aimeiaimi. This company has offices in the principal cities of llic coniitij, and may be reied upon for the fulfilment of its promises. ALABAMA. -l!!T3r" ' horu^t^, not exceeding ,60 acres, nor $2,000 in 1^ !!rrf '^■f- I^A«OM or ACTIONS : Open or unliquidated accounts. S tri^pass to property, red m pmmd ; ^fMM mamm or p««»iJes in writing J Z^s^ulr^l^rT:"""" "^rT"* -«> ye.™; lor «c™y of red property, or oajodg- ■lents of courts of record, 20 years. Rkvivor : Partial payment or an uncoiiiiMoMl Dnmkek .r*""^*^" = ^ -der execuuTdecree in chan^!^^,^ t^^lJ!^ J«««l'« JimiSDlCTlON: 1,00. WiTNKSS: Party in interesf Ly be. m^'l^ffZ C^fT2:T^ t .ay ti«t by fte wife. 1« «q«ite etui. ■iidiiotliabieforli«rli«rf»d'sdtlito^^ Ihttot, i p« c«t. IJlimY forfeiti iaSoT^ ARISSOMAa M^nr?*"' «S.ooo. Limitation OF actions: Op«iMc<«.t«cootmtiat •W«of amy court. 5 yew. Ito«MFriON of land sold on execution or foreclosureTmonths. pnncis' Jurisdiction: Ijoo. Marrud Womkn . ^- , ' lsr-»« » . . «AKKiH» WOMEN : Real and personal property acquired al any wife s separate «rtile and m| raljeet to liiited*s delils. WlTNiss Party in intend ■iiiaylifc.IifTram:Wli«iio.^ip«««tiit,iO'p«retiit Usury: lf©kw. AB.KANSAa •«fiiifapp«el; homestead m country. 160 acres. not«xceedi«tli,soo k or 8o«a«of ZtelL'! SL'ZIT '""^'"^ *^'50o in value, or ^ a«e of any rlnM. LwiTAIlOB •■^ 'upan accomti, 3, years; prowaiory aotts and writtMi iMtcMMlsiMt min wml I COLLBVTiON AND EXEMPTION lAWS. 1% 5 years ; writings under seal, bonds, judgments and decrees, to years ; for recovery of real estate; 7 years. REVIVOR : Part payment or new promise in writing. Redemption of lands sold undet execution, 1 year; for taxes. 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction. $300. Witness : Fifty in in- lerest maybe. Stay of ExEcirrioN : May be for 3 months. Married Women : Property.ieal and personal, of a feme covert, acquired at any time, remains her separate estate, and not subject «o husband's debts. Interest : Legal. 6 per cent. ; 10 per cent, allowed by contract. UsURY «oids contract, both as to principal and interest CALIFORNIA. Exemptions : OfBce furniture, #aoo ; necessary hoinelKild furniture, implements, teams, and (live-stock of fanner or head of family ; cabin of miner, mining tools, teams and machinery used •in mining, |3equest, devise, or descent, is wife's separate property, and controlled as if feme sole. All prop- trty acquired after marriage by husband or wife, except as above, shall be common property. Interest: Legal rate, 7 percent; by contract, any rate, simple or compound. Usury: N« ■law of. COLORADO. Exemptions : Unmarried person : tools and animals used in trade; head of family : household effects, $100, tools, etc., $200; library and implements of professional men, I300; homestead, I2.000. Limitation of Actions : On contracts, express or implied, if accruing within tha State, 6 years ; if accruing without tie Slate. 2 years ; sealed instruments, judgments and decrees accruing out of the State, 3 years. Revivor : Part payment or promise by all the obligors, part payment or promise by one not snfiicient Redemption of land sold on execntion or foreclosure, . 6 months by heir, and 9 months by judgment creditor ; for taxes, 3 years. Justices' Jurisdic- tion, $300. Witness : Governed by rules of common law. Married Women : Real or per- sonal property acquired at any time wife's separate estate, and controlled as if soU. Interest, 10 per cent Usury : No law. CONNBCTICOT. Exemptions: Ftersona! property, selected, laoo; no homestead exemption; library of any person, |soa Limitation of Actions : Open accounts and contracts not under seal, 6 years ; instruments under seal and promissory notes not negotiable, 17 years; negotiable demand notes, overdue and dishonored, after 4 months. Redemption: Under foreclosure, at the discre- tion of the court ; tax sales, 12 months. Justices' Jurisdiction, #100. Witness : Party in interest and person convicted of crime may be. Stay of Execution : At discretion of court Married WoMnt : Property of wife, if married since April ao, 1877, separate estate, and con* trolled as If feme sek, IMTBEBST i rate. 6 per cent; by contract, any rate. Usi»yi Jo law. DAKOTA. Exemptions : Personal property, 1^1,500; homestead, 160 acres in country, or lot of i acre, in city. Limitation of Actions : On contract or obligation. 6 years ; on sealed instruments, jvdgment or decree of any court, and real actions, ao years. Revivor 1 Part payment or ■dtnowledgment in writing. Redemption : I^nd sold on execution or foreclosure, I year; for taxes, 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction. $100. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay Of tXKCimoN : No law. Married Women : Real and personal property acquired at any tim% 10 COLZMCTWM AND MXMMPTIOM ZAWS. •ife's wnsMUt flMittt. and controlled as if uimiuiiMl} acitlicr hmlMiMl nor wife }m gmf meetm In the property of the other. Interest : Legal rate, 7 per cent. ; by cootnct, la tmm ilsuEY : If taken or contracted for above 12 per cent., interest forfeited. DBLAWARB. Exemptions : Took and implciiiaitB iar tnde or bnaincts, I75 ; in addition thmto, tohemi # family, I200; no homestead. Limitation of Actions: Open accounts and contracts not in writing, 3 years; contracts in writing, 6 years; sealed instruments, judgments, decrees and real actlDns, 20 years. RsvivoE : Direct acknowledgment or distinct admission of the debt. Re. ■MiTlowi None on ^nfmlymM on execilifiii or mortgage; for taxes, 2 years. Justice^ Jijkisdiction : f 100. WiTiiMst iaimt ddndcs. Stay m l3cicirrioN : In jmti CT >i cour^ on filing security 9 months ; in court of record, 6 months. Markiko WoMSN : Real and peisonal property acquired from any person other than hasband, sqiarate estate. IirrauST« 6 per cent Usury forfeits snni equal to money loaned. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. Exemptions : For head of family : household furniture, I300, mediaiikt' tooli mi ments, #200, also stock, I200; library and implements of professional man, I300; for farmer: ■icewaiy stock and implements, family pictures and library, ; no homestead. Limitation m ACTWlil ; Open accoiiiltB awi siiniile contracts. 3 yews; bills, bonds, judgments or other spc- •ialtta, la years. RwrivoE : No statute. Rrdemtion : bad add under execution, foreclosure, « for taxes, no provision for. JusTiCB* jTOiSBicnoN: |ioa Wrraws : Party in feteiesl maef be. Stay of Execution : On fiUng bond, time at discretion of court. Married Women : Real or personal property acquired at any time other than from husband, wife's separate Male. liiTRRlST ; 6 per cent. ; by contract in writing, 10 per cent. Usury forfeits interest if Aww 6 per cent, on wbal, or above 10 per cent, on written c«Nilncts. FLORIDA. Exemptions: For head of family: personal property, |i,ooo, also additional |i,ooo from debts inomed prior to May, 186$ ; 160 acies of land in countiy. or % acre in city. Limitatioh or Actmws I Open aceomtt and verbal contracts. 3 years; contracta in writing not under seal. S ym ; judgments or decrees of any court, and instruments under seal, m yean. Revivor : Only by new promise in writing. Redemption: Under execution or forediMiiv, no statute; for taxes, 1 year. Justices' Jurisdiction : $100. Witness : Party in interest maybe. STAY m ExacimoN: No statute. Married Women : All property of wife, acquired at any time, •eparate estate. Iinrnmr: In absence of contract, 8 per cent.; under contract, no limit UmirY : No statute. GEORGIA. IXEMpnoNS: To head of family or guardian of minor children : pasonalty, |l,ooo; home* stead, |2,ooo. Limitation of Actions : Open accounts and contracts not in 'writing 4 yeare ; cnntradi in writing not under seal, 6 years; bonds and instruments under seal, 20 years ; foreign jndgnients, 5 years. Revivor : New promise in writing, or payment on note indorsed by debtor. Redemftion: Only when sold for taxes, then 1 year. Justices' Juris wcnoifil 100. Wnwissi Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution : In justice's court, less than #30^ 40 days ; over fjMo days; superior court. 60 days. Married Women: All property of wife acquired before m after marriage, her separate estate. Interest : 7 per cent. ; under written contract, M pe* irint. UilMYi Above 13 per cent forlUts the interest and excess charged. IDA 0« ExiMmoNS: Office fumitnre and library, fioo; necessary household furniture, professiomi* llisaiy, bomestcMl. $Sfim. Lhhyayion or Acinmi : Contracts not in writing, 4 yean 5 Ii> COLLECTION AND EXEMPTION LAWS. I47 lomnents m writing, 5 years ; judgments and decrees, 6 years. Revivor : Only by ui writing, part payment does not. Redemption : Land sold on execution or foreclosure, 6 months; 60 days additional for. each subsequent redemption. Justices' Jurisdiction: fioo. Stay of Exicution : Only on i^ipeal, with surety. Married Women: All property, real or personal, acquired before marriage, and acquired after marriage by gift, bequest, devise or de> went, wife's separate property; all other property acquired after marriage, common property; wife must record inventory of separate property. Interest : 10 per cent. ; by contract in writing, 2 per cent, per month. Usury forfeits 3 times amount paid, and penalty, I300 fine or 6 months* imprisonment, or both. ILLINOIS. ExxMPnoNS : Personal property of evety person, |i0Q, and in addition Ibr head of family teiiding with the same, I300 ; but property so exempt does not include money or wages due the debtor ; no exemption allowed when the debt is for the wages of laborer or servant ; homestead farm or lot and buildings thereon. jSi.ooo. LIMITATION OF Actions : On unwritten contracts, 5 years ; bonds, notes, and judgments recovered in foreign states, 10 years ; real actions and judgments recovered in this State, 20 years. Revivor : Fart payment or new (nomise. Rx* oaiimoN: Lands sold on execution or foreclosure, l year, for defendant; and by judgment creditor after 12 and within 15 months ; no redemption uqder foreclosure by advertisement, under power of sale in mortgage or trust deed ; for taxes, i year. Justices' Jurisdiction : f 200. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution : No law. Married Women i Hold and control perscmal and real property, obtained by descent, gift, or purchase, as if unmar- ried. Intirist: Legal rate, 6 per cent.; by contract in writing, 10. UstiRY forfeits eatirs interest; corporations cannot inteipose this defence. INDIANA. CxBMmoNS ! To resident householder, real or personal property, $300 ; no homestead. Lim» iTATioN OF Actions : Open accounts and contracts not in writing, 6 years; actions not limited by statute, 15 years; written contracts, judgments of courts of record and real actions, ao years. Revivor : Part payment or new promise in writing. Redemption : Of lands sold on execution. I year; ftw taxes, 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction: $200. Witness: Party in interest may be, and aM:Ii party may compel the other to testify. Stay of Execution : On |6 to over |ioc3i, 30 to 180 days, on' iling freehold securities. Married Women hold their real and personal property absolutely as their separate estate. Interest: Legal rate, 6 per cent; by ngree-. ment in writing, 8. Usury forfeits the excess above 8 per cent. IOWA. Exemptions : Tools, instruments, libraries, necessary team, etc., of mechanic, farmer, teacher, or professional man; homestead to head of family, 40 acres in country and ^ acre in city, in> duding boildings, without limit as to value. Limitation of Actions : Unwritten con- tracts, 5 ytara ; written instruments and real actions, 10 years ; on judgments of any court of ncord, ao years. Revivor : Admission that the debt is unpaid, or new promise to pay in writing. Redemption of lands sold on execution or foreclosure, i year, except where there has been a stay of execution or an appeal ; for taxes, 3 years. Justices' Jurisdiction : $100 ; by consent of parties, I300. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution : With freehold sureties, |ioo, 3 months ; over |ioo, 6 months ; no stay after an appeal, and no aj^al ^er a stay. Marrisd Women may own real or personal property acquired by descent, gift or purchase, and control the same as if feme sole. INTEREST : Legal rate, 6 per cent. ; by agree- went in writing, la USUHT: Contract for above 10 per cent, forfeits 10 per cent on amount •I contract. KANSA& l»t«mo« . To n«««,W peraon : tools and stock. Hop, or Hbraiy and i«ple.«t. «. ^ X, COLLECTION AMD EXEMPTION LAm. fcwional man; to hemd of family: household furniture. ^500, also team, wagon, etc.; farmint ■tan]s.|3g»; «tOCk Md tools of mechanic. I40OJ libraries, etc., of professional men; home^tea^ 160 acm farm land, or i acre in city, with improvements, without limit as to value. Limitation or Actions : Contract not in writing, 3 years ; oontmct or promise in writing. 5 years; to recovei land sold for taxes, 2 years after recording deed ; on execution, 5 years ; In other caM, 15 years. Revivor: Part payment or written promise or acknowledgment RxDCiipriON: No redemp. t»n eicept of lands sold for taxes, then 3 years. Justices' Jurisdiction: $300. WiTNEsf Ftoy in interest or convict may be. Stay of Exicution : In justices' courts, on ^20 to over #10% 30 to lao days. Marubd Woion : Real or personal property acquired at any time (except from husband) remains sole and separate property of wife, and controlled as if nmnar- ned. Interest : Legal rate, 7 per cent. ; by agreement in writing, is per cnt Vwmt Am payment above 12 per cent, shall be considered as principal. KENTUCKY. ExiMFriONS; The usual schedule of personal effects, furniture, implements and stock, and pwfeision«llibfarie»,etc..#5oo; homestead, 1 1,000. Limitation of Actions : Open accounts, promissory notes and contracts not in writing, 5 years ; contracts in writing and judgments or de «« of any court. 15 years; real actions, 30 ycais. Rivivoa s New promise. RmiiMPriON • Rod estate sold under execution for less than two-thirds its appraised value, i year; for taxes 2 rm%. Justices' Jurisdiction : I50 ; Jefferson county. |ioo. Witness : Ptoty in interest toe. Stay of Execution: On filing bond, 3 months. Married Women: Wife's separate estate is not liable for husband's debts, but is subject to court in its control. Interest I egal ra^ per cent ; % agieemeiil in writing, 6 per cent Usury : Above 6 per cent, forfeits whole interest. LOUISIANA. Exemptions : To head of family : 160 acres of land and improvements, if owned ana occupied as residence, together with certain furniture, stock, implements, provisions, etc., the property not to exceed and no exemption if wife has separate property wortii over ^ 1,000 and enjoyed. Limitation of AcnoM : Open acconnts. 3 ye«n ; i«es, lulls, etc.. 5 years ; judgments, foreien InZr' '° ^^'^ •* iKAnowledgment m.d p««i« to pTy. RiDEMFTiON : None for property sold under esecMte or mortgage; tax sales, a years. Jut Ticis Jurisdiction: lioo. Witness: Party in interest may be. Stay of Exeojtion • Dis- «tion of conn Married Women : Separate property of wife controlled by her ; revenues of all •eparale property and all property acquired by either husband or wife after marriage held ia commumty-* marriage partnership. ImmMm : r«e. 5 per cent ; « per omtby written con ract ; a *»'gh- rate jf embod.ed m face of obligation. Usimv: Stipulation for d « pet •ent. after maturity forfeits entire interest. MAINE. steM^^to householder regiM^^ claim, I500. Limitation of Actions: Debt Contracts an< f Pf««orm,ph«d,not miderseal, 6 yeais, all other actions, 20 year^. Revivor: IZnrZ T'P-y--*; to«Mni«i: Land sold onexecution. i year ; under rcSTu^B— w^"" "l** ^ tax Mies a ^r.: JUS- TICES Jurisdiction: I20. Witness: Party civil or criminal maybe. Stay or Bmcution : Discfetmi of court m extreme cases. Married Women : May own. manage, and convey ^eal i^egal, f» ptr cnt | by contract in writing, any rate. Usuky : No law. MARYLAND. t.!^'**'TI!l^r*? -echanic.' tool, and other property to die value of •IflOi no imnieM. UaiiTAnMff of Amoiis : Open accounts and simple contncts, 3 years COLLECTION AND EXEMPTION LAWS. jtled instruments mid judgments, 12 years. Revivor : No statute. RuDBMrr ion : Tax sales, i year. Justices* Jurisdiction : f 100. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Ex* ■CUTION : When under 530, 6 months ; when over $30, 1 year. Married Women : Property of wife, real or personal, acquired at any time, separate estate, and not subject to debts of husband. Interest : Legal. 6 per cent. Usury forfeits all interest. MASSACHUSETTS. Exemptions : Household furniture, $300; library, $50; tools and implements. $100; stock, $100; boat and fishing tackle, (100; certain live-stock, etc. ; homestead to householder, if re- corded as such. |8oo. Limitation of Actions : Contracts or liabilities not under seal, express or implied. 6 years; real actions upon an attested note, and personal actions on contracts ncC otherwise limited, ao years. Revivor : Part payment (as to party making it) or new promise in writii^. Redemption : Real estate set oif on execution by the debtor, i year ; none under foreclosure ; tax sales. 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction : $300, Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution : No special stay. Married Women : Real and personal prop- erty of wife, acquired at any time, subject solely to her liabilities and control. Interest : Lesal. 6 per cent ; any rate by contract in writing. UscntY : No law. MICHIGAN. E.XEMPTIONS : Various personal property and library, $150 ; certain live-stock, household goods and furniture, $250 ; tools, implements, stock and team, etc.. to carry on trade or profession, I250; homestead. 40 acres of land, or lot in city and house thereou. |i,500. Limitation of Actions : Contracts or liabilities not under seal, 6 years ; on judgments or decrees of any court, and actions on contract not otherwise limited, 10 years. Revivor : Part payment or promise in writing to pay. Redemption: Real estate sold under execution and foreclosure at law, i year; none under foredosure in chancery ; tax sales, i year. Justices' Jurisdiction : $300. Wit- ness : Fhrty not excluded by reason of interest or crime. Stay of Execution : In justice's court. I50 four months; over 150 six months. Married Women : Real and personal property wf wife acquired from any source, at any time, held and controlled by her as if unmarried. In- f BREST : Legal, 7 per cent ; by conbracl in writing, la Usury forfeits excess over 7 per cent MINNESOTA. Exemptions: Personal property, household effects, etc., I500; implements and stock of iarmer, $300; tools, stock, etc., of mechanic or miner, $400; library and implements of profes- sional man ; presses and material of printer or publisher. $2.ooo, together with stock, 5400 ; fcemestead, 80 acres in country, J^ acre in village less than 5,000 inhabitants, or i lot in dty over 5,000 inhabitants, and dwelling on each. Limitation of Actions : On contracts, exp^jess «r implied. 6 years ; on judgments or to foreclose mortgage. 10 years ; real actions, 20 years. Revivor : Part payment or new promise in writing. Redemption : Real estate =oId under ex- ecution and foreclosure, i year ; for taxes, 3 years. Justices' Jurisdiction : Any amount under lioo. Witness: Party not excluded by reason of interest or crime. Stay of Execution: Judgment of district court. 6 months ; justices' courts, $10 to over JI75, i to 6 months. Married Women : All property acquired Iiy wife, before or after marriage remains her separate estate, neither controlled by nf professional man, $250; household furniture, 1 100; homestead. 80 acres, or lesidenoe in ^'ty, value, I2.000. Limitation of Actions : Open accounts, 3 years; conbracts not und"* seal, express or implied, 6 years; bonds, notes, and contracts under seal. 7 years; judgments ami ISO COLLECTION Aim EXEMPTION LAWS. decrees rendered in another State against resident of this, 3 years ; rendered in this, 7 yeam^ real actions, 10 years. Revivor : An acknowledgment of the debt or new promise in writinjjt! RlUMfTiON : No kw of. Justices' Jurisdiction : I150. Witness : Party in interest may m. Stay or EjOKinrMW: Juitice's court, 60 day«. Married Women: Pr<^rty of wife • «Mpii«d m any manner and at any tine, licr scpmle property. Interest : .Legal, 6 per ^ent. j 'if eonlnct. in. wfitlif, la Uiw»T : .Stipiihtkii. iir inofe Umh 10 per cent focfetts excess. MISSOURI ExEMfTiONS : To hcails of famiies i Pteioiial property, various artides and stock named, of *«. if cimen by debtor, in value I3110; iMmiesleMl i i€o acres in cmmtiy, or 30 square rods in city of less than 40,000 inhabitants, either in value $1,500; in cities over 40.000 inKah i^nt t ^ ig square rods, value l3,ooa Limitation of Actions: Open accounts and all promises not in anting. 5 years; contracts and instruments in writing, 10 years; judgments and decrees of courts of recocii, ao years. Revivor : New promise in writing. Redemption : Lands sold since May, iS77,uiiiler trait deed, without foreclosure, i year. JusTicis' JurisIictioni On contracts, debts or balance due, exclusive of interest, I90; on bonds and notes, exclusive of interest, f 150 * in counties over 50,000 inhabitants, the above limits are enlarged respectively, as follows : I90 to laoo and I150 to $300. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution : Neither Hay nor attachment known in this State. Married Women : Wife holds her real and personal property free from ber husband and Us debts, but through the intervention of a trustee. Inter- tm I Legal. 6 per cent. ; by contract in writing, 10. Usury : It is unlawful to take or stipulatt lor more than 10 per cent. ; if done, lender forfdta all interest, but bomww pays 10 per cent., vhich goes to school fiind. MONTANA. IXEMFTIONS: Usual personal schedule, and to farmer, implements, stock, seeds, etc.. |8oof took, teams and libcniet of meciianicSk bntines* and professional men ; dwelling of miner, 1500^ his tools and machinery, lsoo^ also team ; homestead, 80 acres in country. X acre in city, value each 12,500. Limitation of Actions : Upon contract or account not in writing, j |caia ; con- tracts, obligations or instruments in writing, judgments and decrees of any court, 6 years. Re- invOR : Part payment, acknowledgment or promise in writing. Redemption : Lands sold undei •laaition. 6 months. JusTwas* Jurisdiction : |ioo. Witness: Party in interest may be. tTAY Of EicicwrwN! Oisoetion of court. Married Women i Wife's property, acquired al »ny time her separate estate, provided it is specilied in a list and recorded as sack Iktbrbst i Any rat* by stipulation when no contract, 10 per cent. Usury : Mo law. NBBRASKA* itaMmow: The usual «dMHi«Ie of furniture, tools, stock, etc.; homestead. 160 acres ir ^Tr^^T^ '"f " ^ ' ^ ^ ^ ~ ^^^^ ^hen 1500 in personal pro,. T"" Upon verbal contmcts, eiip«. „r implied. 4 ye««s specialty or promise in wntmg or foreign judgments, 5 years; real actions, 10 yean. Revivor: Pai« ^m?' ^ny promise to pay in writing. Redemption : None undef emeoiton or mortgage, except before confirmation of sale; after confirmation title is absolute, even if judgment is subsequently reversed ; tax sales, 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction • ^ 100. Witness : Parjr in interest may be. Stay or ExicirriON : I50. 3 months ; |ioo, 6 months ; all .Tr ^TT . r'"*^ ^'"P""^ "^"^ «y ^ &«« m source except from her husband her sole property and controlled as if uranarried. iNTtttST: l^gal, 7 per cent. ; by contract in writing, 7. Usury forfeits all interest. NEVADA. EMMFTioiis : Office fcmiture, fioo^; household, ternitnie, forming utensils, etc.. |aoo; team COLLECTION- AND EXEMPTION LAWS. 151 toob of mechanic, libraries, etc, of professional men, dwelling of miner, #500^ also took macMneiy, lsoo; homestead to head of family, #5.000. Limitation of Actions : Open ir Slcre account and contract not in writing, 2 years ; upon contract or instrument of wntiog, % years ; recovery of mining claims, 2 years ; real actions, or judgment or decree of any court, 5 years. The above applies to contracts before March 2d, 1877 ; to contracts since that date (the ■hove periods), 2 years extended to 4. and 4 and 5 respectively to 6 years. Revivor : Acknowl- edgment or new promise in writing. Redemption: Of lands sold on execution, 6 months ; eicept for taxes, then none. Justices' Jurisdiction : I300, exclusive of interest. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution : In discretion of court. Married Women : All property of the wife, owned by her before marriage, and that acquired afterwards by gift, bequest, devise or descent, her separate property j all <^er property acquired during coverture by husband or wife, common property, but controlled by husband. Interest: Legal, 7 per Mttt.; mi rate bf agveament. Usury : No law. NBW HAMPSHIRB. Exemptions: Moosehold furniture, lioo; tools of mechanic, lioo; library, I200. together Vilh the usual live-stock, teams, etc. ; homestead or interest themn to wife, widow and children during life or minority, $500. Limitation op Actions : Contacts not under seal, 6 years; real actions, judgments, notes secured by mortgage and contracts under seal, 20 years. Revivor : New promise, verbal or written. Redemption : Lands sold under execution, foreclosure or for tees, I year. JtOTidES' Jurisdiction: 1 13.33. Witness: Party in interest may be. Stay or Execution : Discretion of court. Married Women may hold and ctmtrol their separate property, real and personal, and earnings, as if sole. INTEREST: Legal, 6 per cent. Usury: A person receiving above 6 per cent, forfeits three times the excess. NEW JERSEY. Exemptions: Pbrsonalty, |2oo; homestead under statutory notice, kit and building occupied 9s residence, $1,000. LIMITATION OF ACTIONS : Debt not founded on specialty and all actions of account, 6 years ; upon sealed instruments, 16 years; judgments and real actions, 20 years. Revivor : Part payment or written acknowledgment. Redemption : None except for taxes, then time governed by special laws. Justices' Jurisdiction : |ioo. Witness : Party in interest •ay be. Stay of Execution : Justices' court, not over #15, i month; over I15 and under |6o, 3 months; over |6o, 6 months. Married Women: Wife holds and controls her property, acquired at any time, as if she was single. Interest i Lepd, 6 per cent Usury forfeits aU interest NEW MEXICO. Exemptions : Real estate to head of family residing on the same, provided it is claimed as utempt, 11,000; also small amount of personal property, including toob, etc. Limitation op Actions : No statute affecting tfie collection of moneys ; adverse possession, 10 years. Revivor ^ No statute. Redemption: Lands sold under execntion or for taxes, i year. Justices' Juris- DICTION: Any amount less than fioo. WITNESS: Rules of common law govern exclusively. i»TAY of Execution : No statute, except by appeal. Married Women : Wife is the sole owner of her separate property, but it is subject to the control of her husband, and the proceeds become l*>eir joint property. iNTEStEST : Legal, 6 per cent., bat m$ mmxk liy agreement. Usury : MoIawoC NEW YORK. ^HMmoNS: Necessary fimiilme. tools, team, library, etc.. not to exceed |aso; ho«e.le«i ot and building, owned and occupied as residence, and recorded as homestead, 1 1,000. LlMI- ^TlON op Actions : Contracts, express or implied, except those under seal, 6 years; recovery astate upon judgments of courts of record and sealed instruments, 20 years. Revivok I >52 COLLECTION AND EXEMPTION MsMWS. NORTH CAROLINA. 'a«>wnoiB: IWalljr.tsoo, hoowaBMl, ».^. Limitation op A^m„= ^ _ of n,or,g,g.. R.V.VOR: V^ r.^'^^^i^^'^l^^ ™„ or .or.g.g., t„ . j„3„^. ^ »M«. ■wiMiuw, #50 10 f 100, 4 montlis : above iioo 6 mnntkc Ma.».^J. nr j «* j OHIO. ExiMPTiONi I Tilt usimI fimituie. tools. niMmniMit. in^.. i. h«n«ead. .„ hcd of «^ ^^^^P^' C^^dT.' ' TfON OF Actions • Uoon contrart. :^ P™P«"y • nomestead, ^i,ooo. Limita- fiialliit. Stay of Execution • Onlv in ;„..:!l/_. I I "^r cnme dis """^"f" per €«l..ori,pA«^,«,e„l^ OREGON. ExEMPTioMs . The usual .to „«,e^ implements Ub«« t«un nf ««de or profession. I400 ; and further to household, if k^* ^^.^^ uT^iwf I300, no homestead. Limitation of Actions- On ccJri^ T' 7^ , pli.^ i on judgments or decrees of ^1 court .nd .! ?. for taxes. 2 years. Justices' JotiSD«SirLm w ^1 ^"^^ '^^d-'"P'>«" J OF Execution : No stataT Tia^Zd ^ZJ^T ^ -^tH except that it must be t^ste^ed r^I^^^^ ^ - PENNSYLVANIA. ftcwfTioiS: Ktlierfedorperaonal proDcnv «-oo„o k » ^ , Ar-rtAwc r««#— * . . propcnv, gjOO ; no homestead law. LiMiTATirMc nr- ACTTONs . Contncls. note. ^ in*n,me«l» not under seal. 6 years • iudaZn.c ? ! mstruments. 20 ye«. R^won: AeIcnowled«« c^r^ei wtf ' "^^^^^^^ mise may be implied. ,f acknowledgment is biZ^I^T 7'^ P''"'""*^ ^° P'X ^ P" lion. ItoiMPTiON: None except So tax«!' T^^T^"^ "'^^ *"P^'*=*- c^Mtiei. Ijoa Wmmm, IW in merest Lv Z kI: Merc wi W»m. ••Hfc iM to over HWt , »« « .V *5«>. I year. Justices' judj; 9m to o«r Kk^ 3 ,0 ^^^^ ^ ^J^^^ ^^J^. -1 "1 FLAGS OF ALL NATIONS. COLLECTION AND EXEMPTION LAWS. fctfoit or after mm^mie^ held md cnjoywi as her separate estate, but may be charged for necessaries contracted by her for her famUy. Inteeibt : Legal, 6 per cent. ; usunous interest- cannot be collected. RHODE ISUiND. Exemptions : Necessary working tools, #200 ; also, if householder, furniture, etc., #300, be- sides certain stock; no homestead law. Limitation of Actions: AU actions of account., except between merchuits; and any contract without specialty, 6 years , other actions of debt «nd covenance, 20 years. Revivor : No statutory provision— as at common law. Redemption : None of sale on execution ; under mortgage, 3 years; for taxes, i year. Justices' Jurisdic- tion: |ioo. Witness: Neither interest nor crime disqualifies. Stay of ExiKunoif; Dis- action of court. Married Wombn : Property of wife, acquired before or after mairiage, lemaitts her separate estate. Intieist: Legal, 6 per cent., but any lale may be taken by ^ SOUTH CAROLINA. Exemptions : To head of family : furniture, library, tools, farming implements, catUe, work animals, etc., $500 ; homestead, |i,ooa LIMITATION OF ACTIONS : Upon contracts not under - seal, sealed notes or peisonal bonds, 6 yeais ; judgments or decrees of any court, and upon sealed instruments (oxcept as above), ao years; to recover real property, 10 years. Revivor : No statute, as at common law. Redemption: No law except of sales for taxes, then 2 years. Justices' Judgment : $100. Witness: Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution: No^ law of ; court may grant order for. Married Womkn : All property of a woman held at time of marriage, or acquired aftentards (except that gift or grant of husband shall not be detrimental, lo his ciedilon) held as her separate property, and controlled as if unmarried. Iirm»KST: Lfgal, 7 per cent.; same by contract in writing. Ustmy laws abolished. ExBMPnoNS: To head of family, miions articles, food, etc., together with furniture, cattle, team, tools, etc., to value of $165 ; homestead in possession of head of family, $1,000. Limita- tion of Actions : Upon bonds, notes, accounts and contracts generally, 6 years ; judgments or decrees of courts of record, and other cases not expressly provided for, lO years. REVIVOR : Acknowledgment, expressed willingness to pay or promise ; part payment not in itself soflkient.. REDEMITlOlt : Of lands sold for cash under execution or mortgage (with power of sale), 2 years for taxes, I year. Justices' Jurisdiction : Against makers of notes, acceptors of bills and upon hquidated accounts signed by party to be charged, $1,000; against indorsers of notes and bills^ and on open or unliquidated accounts, $500. Witness: Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution; On justice's judgment, 8 months. Married Women: Wife's separate property not sutgeft to debt or disposition of husband, except authorised by instrument under which she- acquired it. IMTSREST X Legal, 6 per cent, prior to March ao^ 1877 ; by contract, 10 per cent. ; tinoe that date, excess of 6 per cent, usury. ExsMpnoNS : All furniture, implements of husbandry, tools, apparatus or library belonging to- trade or profession ; teams, stock, etc ; homestead, 200 acres in one or more parcels, with im- provements ; in city or village, lot or lots, $5,000 at time of designation, without reference to present value of improvements. Limitation of Actions : Open accounts, except between mer- ebants, 2 yean; contracts in writing, 4 years ; to recover land against one in pouessioit imdei title, 3 yeais ; in possession without title, 10 years ; judgments, courts of record, 10 years. Rk- TWW I Acknowledgment of justice of claim in writing. Redemption : None for lands sold except for taxes, then 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction : $200. Witness : Party in interest may he. Stay of Execution : 3 months on justice's judgments only. Married Women : All property of wife at marriage, and all acquired thereafter by gift, devise or descent, remaaai he» t54 COLLECTION AND EXEMPTION LAWS. •eparate property, but subject to the husband's nMmgemeiit Intbeist : Legal. 8 per cent \ |y contract, 12. Usury forfeits all interest. UTAH. II imoNs: Office furniture, #ioo ; household furniture, fanning Implements, certain cattl^ etc. , also seed, grain, etc., |ioo; tools, instruments and libraries of professional men; htinie, tools, etc., of miner, I400; horse or team, etc., when used for livelihood ; homestead to head of &mily, |i,iM)% md the farther sum of I250 for each aember of the family. Limitation OF Actions z Open accounts and contracts not in writing, 2 years ; contracts or obligatioas founded on writing, 4 years ; judgments, 5 years ; recovery of lands, 7 years. Revivor i Ac- knowledgment or promise in writing. Redemption : Of lands sold under execution or mort- gage, 6 months, and 60 ikfS from last redemption. Justices' Jurisdiction : ^200. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution : Court may stay for a limited time. Married Women : All propoty of wife acquired at uy time, hdd, managcKi and contnicd as if immiiH*^,. .Intbrist: .Legal, lO' per cent ; by agneaent, any rate. Usury : No law. VERMONT. Exemptions: Necessary famitine, toob, cattle, etc.; professional library and instruments, Jaoo ; team used for woric, I200 ; homestead to head of family, I500. Limitation of Actions t Contract, obligation, or liability not under seal, 6 years ; instruments under seal, and judgment of court of record, 8 years ; recovery of land, 15 years. Revivor: New promise in writing. Redemption : Lands sold on execution, 6 months ; under foreclosure, I year, unless value of property less than incumbrance, then in discretion of court ; for taxes, i year. Justices' Juris- diction I laoa Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution : No general law, ■but court may allow. Married Women: Wife's separate property, acquired at any time, not liable for husband's debts, except created for her and family, and then chaigeaUe only upon annual products of her separate estate. iNTERiSTt Legal, 6 per cent. Usury forfeits VIRGINIA. EXIMPTIONS : Pictures, library, etc., fioo; necessary furniture, certain cattle, house, etc. ; s mechanic's took, #100; also to head of family, called homestead exemption, real or personal pwpeity. 12,000. Limitation of Actions: For arUcIes charged in store account, 2 years; contracts not under seal, 5 years; contracts under seal, ao years; recovery of lands, 15 years. Revivor : New promise in writing; part payment not sufficient. REDEMPTION: No statutory provisions; right exists in mortgagor as at common law; under tax sales, 2 years. Justices' Jurisdiction : See Stay of Execution. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Execu- tion: Only on justice's judgment, between fio and |ao, 40 days; between $20 and I30, 60 days ; over I30, 90 days. Married Women : Recent statvtes not judicially construed, henca law uncertain ; by act of April 4, 1877, property of women married since that date— or if mar- ried before, acquired since that date, shall be her separate estate, subject, however, to the oow- tcsy of the husband. Interest : Legal, 6 per cent. Usury fbrieits aU interest WASHINGTON TBRRITORy. EatRMPTiONS : To each householder, household goods, coin value, 11,500; also certato cattM to farmer, team, utensils, etc., #200 ; to professional men, office furniture, also libraries and instruments, #500; boatmen; boats, #250; draymen, team; homestead to bead of family while occupied by family and entered in office of auditor as such, #1,000. Limitation of AcnONS: CMncts not in writing, 3 yean ; contracts in writing or liability arising out of a written apte* ■"■inenfi or a judgment or decree of any court, 6 years; .recovery of real property, ao jean. R«- t fl»f f^vMk m mm pmiiic la. writing. Rbdimption : Lands sold tm caiaante, i COLLECTION AND EXEMPTION LAWS. 155 months. Justices' Jurisdiction : #100. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of KxC" cdtion: In superior court, under I500, 30 days; between $500 and $1,500, 60 days; over |l,500f 90 ^y^" district court, under $300, 2 months ; between $300 and $1,000, 5 months ; over 1 1,000, 6 months. Married Women : Property of wife acquired before marriage, and afterward by gift, devise or descent, her separate property; same with husband; property other- wise acquired during coverture held in common ; all, however, subfect to control of husband ; to av<»d liability for husband's debts, wife must record inventory of her separate estate, duly exe- coted. INTBRBST : Legal, 10 per cait ; any rate by agreement in writing. Usury : No Law. WEST VIRGINIA. ExBMPnoNS: Parent or infant children of deceased parents may set apart personal estate, $200; mechanic or laborer, tools, $200; homestead as against debts created since August 22d, 1872, $1,000; provided it was recorded as such before the debt was contracted. Limitation OF Actions : Store account, 3 years ; accounts concerning trade between merchants, 5 years ; contracts not in writing, or in writing, and not under seal, 5 yean ; contracts under seal, 20 yean, except that emiracis execuUd after April 1st, 1869, whether under seal or not, 10 yean; to recover land, 10 yean. Revivor : Acknowledgment of debt or promise in writing to pqi. Redemption : None for land sold under execution or mortgage ; for taxes, i year. Justices* Jurisdiction : $100, exclusive of interest. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Exe- cution : Justice's judgments, |io.to over $50, i to 4 months. Married Women : Property of wife acquired at any time and from any source other than her husband, held to her sole and separate use ; provided that the husband must join in conveyance of realty. Interest : Legal, 6 per cent. Usury forfeits excess. WISCONSIN. Exemptions: Library, household furniture, etc., $200 ; firearms, $50; necessary team, cattle and utensils ; i year's provisions ; tools or stock in trade of mechanic, mmer or other person, $200; library and implements of professional man, $200; printing material, presses, etc., $1,500; homestead in country, 40 acres, or in town-plat X of an acre. Limitation or Actions: On contracts not under seal, 6 years; judgments of courts within the State and on sealed instru- ments, cause accruing within the State, 20 years; foreign judgments and specialties, cause accru- ing without the State, 10 years ; recovery of bonds, 20 years. Revivor : Part payment or new promise in writing; if by one joint debtor, it revives only as to him. Redemption : Of lands Sold under execution, 2 yean; mortgage, I year; taxes, 3 yean. Justices' Jurisdiction: $200. Witness : Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution : Only on justice's judgments ; $10 to over $50, exclusive of costs, i to 4 months. Married Women : Property of wife acquired at any time, from any source other than her husband, held to her sole and separate use and dis- foial. Interest : Legal, 7 per cent. ; by contract in writing, 10. Usury forfeits all interest. WYOMING. Exemptions: Household furniture, provisions, etc., $500; tools, team, implements or stock bade of mechanic, miner or other person, kept for his trade or business, $300 ; library and inatruments of professional man, $300; homestead actually occupied as such by head of family, in country, 160 acres, in town, lot or lots m value $1,500. Limitation of Actions : On con- tracts not in writing, 4 years ; upon specialty or i^;reement in writing, 5 yean ; on all foreign judgments or contracts made or incurred before debtor becomes resident, within l year after he establishes residence in Territory; recovery of lands, 21 years. Revivor: Part payment or *ckaowledgm«it in writing. Redemption : Under mortgage, 6 months. Justices' Jurisdic- Tioiii $iao. Witness : Neither interest nor crime disqualifies. Stay of Execution : Stay law repealed, except as to justice's judgments. Married WOMEN: Vote, hold office, and con- trol separate property as though unmarried. INTEREST: Legal, 13 per cent; any rate by agi«e 'nent in writing. No usury law. COLLECTiOM AND EXEMPTION LAWS, QUEBEC-CANADA. EXBMrnuNS: Limited amount of /urniture, fuel, food, cattle, tools of trade, etc., etc. LIM^ TATION OF Actions i For wages of domestics, or fann servants, i year ; by teachers for tuition. hMKi, etc, J ymu't itotcc. bilk of cxciaiigt^ cUmt oT a conmtrcml mkam and oontncts gen- erally, 5 icais; cmtractor's wananty or imWoii of contracts. lo years; judcinciits and mm- gages, 30 years. Jurisdiction of "Circuit Court" (Similar to justices' courts in United States): In country districts, |200 ; in Montreal and Quebec, $100. Witness: Party to suit cannot be witness in his own behalf, but may be examined by his adversary. Married Women :. As a rale, uiileai iiioclili«i by ante-nttptial contract, wife retains in her own right all the immov. Mm pmpcrty pcMicssed at time of inanriafe; tbe sane with husband, constituting two separate estates; all movables, brought in or acquired by each, constitute the third estate, called the cmmimnity, controlled by husband. Interest : Legal, 6 per cent ; any rate by stipulaUon. ONTARIO— CANADA. Exemptions : Furniture, farm stock, tools and implements of trade, |6o; free grants and homesteads in districts Algoma and Nipissing and between the river Ottawa and Georgian Bay. Limitation of Actions : Contracts, notes and instruments not under seal, 6 years ; contracts raider seal, mortgages, judgments, and to recover land, 10 years ; to recover wild lands never in pOMCssioii of crown, grantee as against person in poucssion, but not claiming under original fiaatee, 20 years. Revivor : Part payment or written acknowledgment. Division Court's- Jurisdiction: fioo. Witness: Party in interest may be. Stay of Execution: Only by appeal. Married Women: Every woman married since May 4th, 1859, without marriage settlement, holds all her property, real and personal, free from debts or control of husband, ex- cept as to property received from htm during marriage; women married before May 4th, 1859,. same rights as to real estate not then rcdiieed to husband's possession ; hnsband most join wife in deed conveying 'her separate estate, otherwise she acts m Jttm mk, IimtlST i Legal, 6 per «ent. ; any rale hy agreement. NEW BRUNSWICIC. Exemptions: Homestead act gives owner of his homestead exemption to value of JP600 ; household effects to value of $60. Limitation of Actions: On contracts not under seal, 6 years ; contracts under seal, or judgments, 20 years. Revivor : Part payment or written acknowl- edgment. Courts' JirRisnicriONt Magistrates up to I20; county courts from |ao to I200: supreme conit from laoo upward. Wmnss : Fkrty in interest may be. Marribd Women : The real and personal property belonging to a woman before or accruing afler marriage, except such as may be received from her husband while married, shall vest in her and be owned by her as her separate property, and cannot be seized for husband's debts ; but he must join in any conveyance. If wife lives separate and apart from her husband, she can dispose of it as if un- .manicd. ImtirisT' : Leg^, 6 per' cent 1 any rate .by agrecacnt. MOVA SCOTIA. Exii|rflOii»i The necessary weariiig apparel and bedding of debtor and his family, and the tools and instruments of his trade or calling; one stove and liis last cow. Limitation of Ac- tions : On all contracts not nnder seal, 6 years ; judgments and contracts under seal, 20 years; no arrear of dower, rent or interest can be recovered after 6 ye.irs. Revivor : Part payment or menu Birth of Euripdes (died b. c. 406). 480-450. Anaxagoras teaches philosophy at Athens. 479. Occupation of Athens \tf Mardonius. Battles of Plat«a and Mycale. Siege of Sestos. D^iartnxe of Xrarxes from Greece. Beginning of the supremacy of Athens. 474> Esther and Mordecai. 471* Ostracism of Themistocles. Bkth of Thucydides (died after B. c. 403). 47^ Victory of Cimon over the Persians at the Eurymedon. 4^9. Pericles b^ns to take port in the public affiurs of Athens. 468. Birth of Socrates. Destruction of My- cenae by the Argives. 466. Flight of Themistocles to Persia. Siege of Naxos. Battles at the Eurymedon. Death of Xerxes. Revolt of the Helots at Spaita. Third B.C. 46a Egypt revolts against Persia. (The r»» volt is suppressed in 455.) Burth of Democritus and Hippocrates (botii diet in B. c. 357). 459. Gorgias flourished. 458. Commission of Ezra to rebuild Jerusalem.. Birth of Lysias the orator (^ed 378). Cincinnatus dictator at Rome. 457. Battle of Tanagra. 456. The Long Walls of Athens completed. 451. The first Decemvirate at Rome. Laws of the Twelve Tables. 448. Tyranny of the second Decemvirate. Se^ cession of the Plebs from Rome. Ab- dication of the Decemvirs. Fust Sacred War in Greece. 447. Battle of Coronea. 445. Thirty years' truce between Athens and? Sparta concluded. 444. Pericles becomes supreme at Athens. Birth of Xenophon about this time (died 359). Commission of Nehemiah.. The walls of Jerusalem rebuilt 443-438. The Parthenon at Athens built by Phidias. 442. New constitution at Rome— censors and military tribunes appointed instead of consuls. 440-439. Si^ and raludian of Samos by Pericles. 436. Biith of Isocrates (died 338). 43 1. Peloponnesian War begins, lasting twtmty. seven years. Potidaea besieged bj the- Athenians (taken in 429). Deatli of Pericles. Rise of Cleon. BirtI of> Plato (died 347}. 430. The plague at Athens. 428. Revolt of Mytilene. 427. Reduction of Mytilene. First Athenian expedition to Sicily. First comedy of Aristophanes exhilnted. Si^ of Hataea. 423. Aldbiades begins to act in Athenian affairs. 418. Battle of Mantinea. 415. Expedition to Sicily under Nidas. 414. Siege of Syracuse. 413. Defeat and surrender of Nieias. 1^ C» Constitution of the Four Hundred at Athens. Intrigues of Akibiades with the Persians. 409. Second tnvasioii of Sicily hf the Cartha- giniiuM. 4iOff* Rhwics foaiidcd. 4Q6k Battle of Arginusae. Condemnation of the ten generals. Dionysius tyrant of Sfiacuse ; reigns thirty-eight years. 40$. Baltic of iCgoapolaiiii. .4104.. Alliais taken hf Lfnader. End of the MliiiMNnasiaii War. Govemmeat of tha TWity Tyrants. Spartan sitpramacy. Bcatli of Alcibiades. W Thnajrimto restow democratic gwrera- ■will at AIImiis. ^4pi. BMi 'Of' fhociom. (died 317). .401. Expedition of Cyrus the younger. Battle of CuMua. Death of Cyrus. Retreat of tiw Ten Thousand. .•4ioi>-jll4.^ Ctoias ioiiiialMd. J§9. Death of Socrates. 398. Campaign and Peace of Dercyllidas. 396. First Campaign of Agesilaus in Asia. 394. CotintMan War begins. 193. He Long Walk of AtiiMis mumd. J9a. Yeii slomicd' by Maiaiias. 39a Rome taken by the Gauls. 389 {circa). Birth of ^chines. 387. Peace of Antalcidas. Greek cities in Alia salyected tO' Peisia. End of tiie Cori:ntliian War. 384. Birth of Aristotle. 38a. Seizure of the Cadmea at Thebes by Phoedibas. Olynthian War begins (ends 379). Birth of Demosthenes (died 32a). 3!Soicirm). Death of Aristophanes. 379^ Recoveiy of the Cadmea by Pelopidas. 376. Victory of Chabrias over the Spartans in sea-%ht off Naxos. .37'* hctwccii Athens and Spaita. 31t. Vieliiyiif IpMiiMMdaa •o«r tha Spar- .tani 'St lij i Bt m . FoamlatiiMi of If cfp- lopolis. f|0. Jason of Pherx assassinated. B.C. 3i7. EalMHsyof .FtelopidastoPeraia. Aristntlt goeS' to Athens, .and fmainS' with Plata twenty years. 364. Licinian laws passed at Rome. Institu- tion of praetorship and curule aedileship. Plebeian consul elected. 363. 363. lattl^ of Maiitinca. Victoiy and death of Eprminondas. 359. Philip King of Macedon. 358. Beginning of the Social War. Siege of Chios and Byzantium. Amphipolis taken by Philip. 357. Phocian (or Sacred War) b^ns. Delphi seized by Phociana. Expadilion of Dion to Sicily. 356. Birth of Alexander the Great. Temple of Diana at Ephesos burnt. Dion ex- pels Dionysius fmiit Syracuse. 355. End of the Social War. Independence of Rhodes, Cos, Chios, and Byzantium acknowledged by Athens. 352. Demosthenes delivers his first Philippic. 349-347. Olynthian War. Olynthus taken by Philip. 346. Surrender of Phocis to Philip. End of the Sacred War. Philip admitted to the Amphyctionic Council. Dionpius ncovcrs the tyranny. 343. Conqocst of Syracuse by Timoleon. fix* pubion of Dionysius. Embassy of De> mosthenes and others to Philip. 342-341. Philip's expedition to Thrace. 341. Bifth of Epicurus (died 270). 34a First Samntte War begins. Ferinthus and Byzantium besieged by Philip. Vtetoiy of Timoleon over the Carthaginians at the Crimisus. 338. Philip general of the Amphyctionic League. Battle of Chaeronea. Graeot 337-335- Latin War. Snpnoacy of Rome over Latium. 336. Murder of Philip. Accession of Alex- ander th« Great Acoestion of .parius 335. Alexander destroys Thebes; is c h ai fW generalissimo of the Greeks. J344 Battle of the Granicus. STATISTICAL TAMLMS FOM RBFEttENCE. p. V. 133. Battle of Isus. Damascus taken and Tyre besieged by Alexander. jja. Capture of Tyre and conquest of Egypt by Alexander. Alexandria founded. 331. Battle of Arbela. Subjugation of Persia. Settlement of the Jews 1^ Alexandria. jja Murder of Darins. Demosdienes* oration for the crown. 327-325. Campaigns of Alexander in India. Voyage of Nearchus from the Indus to the Eu|dinu|es. 333. Death of Alexander at Babylon. Second SamniteWar; lasts twenty-one years. 321. First war among the "successors of Alexander." The Romans surrender to the Samnites, and pass under the yoke at the Caudine Forks. 3aa Ptolemy takes Jerusalem. Jewish settle- ments in Egypt and Cyrene. 315. Thebes rebuilt by Cassander. 314. Palestine under Antigonus. 313. Samnite victory at Lautulae. 312. Battle of Gata. Victory of Pldemy and Seleucus over Demetrius Polioccetes. Pyrrhus King of Epirus. Appius Clau- dius censor. Appian Way and Aque- ducts begun. 304. Siege of Rhodes by Demetrius. 301. BatUe of Ipsus. Final division of Alex- ander's dominions. ¥» [circa). Chandrogupta (Sandracottus) reigns in India ; makes a treaty with Seleucus. Foundation of Antioch by SdeucQS. *99- Athens besieged and taken by Demetrius. 298-290. Third Samnite War. 295- Battle of Sentinum. "87. Birth of Archimedes (died 212). i86. The Hortensian Law passed at Rome; f^€Ua declared binding on the whole people. ^ icirca). Alexandrian libcaiy founded by Itolemy Soter. «8o. Achaean League established. Invasion ^ It^y by Pyrrhus. Birth of Chiys- Mppos (died J07). *79- Inruption of the Gauls into Greece. Mnt Plebeian Censor at Rone. II 161 B. C. 374. Battle of Beneventum. Pyrrhus deCHrtt^ leaves Italy. 269. Silver money first coined at Rome. 268. Berosus flourished. 265. Rome supreme over all Italy. 264. First Punic War begins. Chronology of Arunddian (Parian) marble ends. 2fia First Roman fleet lattnched. VietMf «f Duilius off Mylae. 260-230 (circa). Reign of Asoka in India. 256. Victory of Regulus at Ecnomos. Invur sion of Africa. 255. Defeat and capture of Regulus by thg Carthag i nia n s. Evacuation of Aftiea. 250 (circa). Parthia becomes an indc|nM|inl kingdom under Arsaces. 247. The Thsin dynasty in China founded. 241. Defeat of Carthaginians by Catnlns at tiMr iCgates Insulse. End <^ the Finf: Punic War. Atalus King of Pergamuii 240. The plays of Livius Andronicus exhibitad (the first) at Rome. 238. Dateof the decree of Canopus; tablet of San. 237. Conquest of Spain attempted by the Carthaginians. Seizure of Sardinia mvi Corsica by the Romans. 235. The gates of the Temple of Janm at Rome shut for the first time since Nnnu. 234. Birth of Cato Major (died 149). 227. Cleomenic War begins. 226. Reforms of Cleomenes at Sparta. 225-220. The Gauls driven from Cisalpintf Gaul. 219. Antiochus overruns Palestine. Siege of Saguntua by Hannibal. Second Punia War begins. 218. Hannibal marches from Spain across the Pyrenees and the Alps into Italy. Battles of the Ticinus and the Trebia. 217. Hannibal passes the Apennines. BatHe of Trasimene. The two SapkM sent tM Spain. 216. Battle of Cannae. Alliance of HannihUS with Philip II. of Macedonia. 215. Great WaU of China bnilt S14-212. Siege and capture of SfSMiiie h ^Marceius. SrjiTISTICAZ TjiM££S FOM mFMMENCM. sii. Bdeat and dtaUk of tlie two SdpiM in Spain. Capua recovered liy Rone. Conquest of Judaea by Antiodltti. SI 1-205. First Macedonian War. m/g. Battle of tlie Mctamrw ; Hasdmbal de- ieaied and skill bjr tlie Romaaa. €oId money first coined at Rome, anf. Scipio conducts tlie war in A&iea. Siage of Utica. aoa. Defeat of Hanmilial at Lama, aoi. Tkvaty of peacC' between Rone and Caitbaga; end of 'the 'Saeond Funic War. SOO-197. Second Macedonian War. Flamininus proclaims liberty to the CSfsaks. Iff. Bailie of Cynocepiala!. FUHp ddeated hj Flamininus. Palestine and Ccele- Syria conquered by Antiochus the Creat, and confirmed to him by the peace with Rome. Ifa. FhilofMenen pnetor of the Achaain JLiCI^IIII^ ifS-lfa War between the Romans and An- tiodiiis the Great. Battle of Magnesia. iSS. Tlie laws and discipline of Lyciugus abolished by Philopoemen. tS4. Bealh of Fhmtns. 183. Death of Hannibal and Scipia 179. Perseus King of Macedonia. 173.168. Third Macedonian War. Battle of Pydna; victory of jBmilius Paulus over Feneus; Macedonia made a Roman province, 143. lilb Antiodms Bpiphanes talcaa Jemaalen. Beginning of the Mafscabann war of independence, ■iy. Judas Maccaba.us defeats the Syrians and occupies jemsalem, except the OtadcL Rededicataon of Um Temple, 166. iti. First comedy of Tennce poeimned at Rone. Ci6-145. Hipparchus flourishes. fif. Baalh. of AnHodiai. He is succeeded by Antiochia V. Enpator, who taliea Bethoura and besieges Jeniaakn^ but makes peace with the Jem. a %m Vidoif of Jndaa Maccabasus at Adot». Enhany to Rome. Death of Judas. Alliance betwe^ Rone and Jndca. 159. Death of Terence. 149. Third Punic war begins. H9-I33- Lusitanian war. Viriathus com. aanda the Luiitaniam. Fall of Nu. mantia, 133, 146. Rome declares war against the Achaaa League. Carthage taken and destroyed by Scipio; Corinth taken and destroyed by Mnnmins. Province of Africa con- sti'tuted. 144- The Tower of Zion taken by the Jews First year of Jewish freedom. Rise ot the Asmonaean dynasty. 14a Simon made hereditary prince of the Jews. 138. Birth of Sulk (died 78). 134-13* Servile war in Sicily. 133. Laws of Tiberias Gracchus passed at Rome. Gracchus murdered. King- dom of Pergamus bequeathed to Rome, lai. Rdbcras of Guus Gracchus. He is mur- dered* 116. Birth of Varro (died a8). 113. The Teutones and Cimbri invade Gaul. 111-106. The Jugurthine war--oonducted by Metellus and Marius. lo^ioi. War of Rome with the Onhii and Tentones. 109. Hyrcanus destroys the Samaiilan temple on Mount Gerizim. 106. Birth of Pompey and of Cicero, loa, Victoiy of Matins over the Teutones a AqusB' Sextiae (Aix). loi. Victory of Marius over the anbfi at Ver- cellae. End of the war. 100. Birth of Julius Caesar. 95. Birth of Lucretius (died 55). 90-88. The Social War in Italy. 88. First Mithiidalk War. CM war of Marina and Sulla. Snlla ocenpi'et Rome. 87. Marius retakes Rome. Proscription. 86. Death of Marius. Athens stormeiJ i>y Sulla. Birth of Sallust Columbus sails from Spain, August 3. Columbus discovers the island of Gua- nahani, one of the Bahamas, which he named San Salvador, Oct. 12. He discom Cuba. Oct 38; and Hayti, Dec. 6. Cabot sent out by Henry VII. of Eng- land. He discovers Labrador. Negro slaves imported into Hispaniola. Death of Columbus, May 20. The coast of Florida discovered by Ponce de Leon. Balboa discovers the Pacific Ocean. ■35. Cartier, a Frenchman, explores the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and ascends the liver to Montreal. De Soto conquers Louisiana, and dis- covers the Mississippi river. St. Augustine, in Florida, founded by the Spaniards. First English Colony founded on Roan- oke Island by Sir Walter Raleigh. Jamestown, the first permanent settle- ment of the English, founded. Quebec founded by the French. Settlement of New Amsterdam, or New Yoric. by the Dutdi. Setdements also in New Jersey. Plymouth, Mass., founded by the Pilgrim Fathers. Dutch vessel with first negro slaves entered James river. Delaware awl New Jersey settled by the Swedes and Finns. A. D. 1632. 1635- 1664. 1669. 1682. 1717. 1732. 1754. 1759- 1763. 1765. 1766. 1767. 1768. 1770. 1773- 1774. Maryland settled by Irish Catholic emigrants under Lord Baltimore. Connecticut settled by Hooker. Rhode Island settled by Roger Williams. New Amsterdam captured by the Eng- lish, and named New York. The Carolinas settled by the English. Pennsylvania settled by the Quakers under William Penn. Lonisiaaa set- tled by the French. New Orleans founded. Georgia settled by Oglethorpe. Kentucky settled by Daniel Boone. Conquest of Canada by the bglish. Canada formally annexed to the BritisI dominions. The Stamp Act passed, March 22. First Congress of the Colonies at New York. Resistance to the oppression of the mother country organised. Repeal of the Stamp Act. Parliament levies obnoxious duties on teas, paper, glass, etc., imported by the Colonies. British troops sent to Boston. Repeal of the duties on tea. The cai^oes of the tea-ships in Boston thrown into the harbor by masked men. Boston Port Bill, March 25. Meeting of the first Continental Omgress, at Philadelphia, Sept. 5. Congress a Dtclaration of Rights, Nov. 4- t68 IIJJ. Commencement of the Revolution. Bat- tle of Lexington, April 19. Perpetual vaiiM of tlie Cdkmies formed. May 20. ^V^Biki^floft iB | nwiiil^di c ii H iHiihiiii1~ er-in-cMcf, June lisL 'Tioowlaog*. taken by the Americans, May 10th. Battle of Bunker Hill, June 17th. Defeat of the Americans. Loss : Brit- lA, uader Howe. 1,054; Americans, mder Bteteott, 453. WaiUiiftoii takes caMnanii of the Amttican army at Cambridge, July 3. Continental fast, July 20. Falmouth burnt by the Britkh, Oct 17. i .1174 Jam, 1, Beitnictioii of Moribllc by the Atitisli* March 17. Boston eracuated by the British in consequence of the Ameri- cans having taken possession of Dor- 'CiMlar Mtights, wMdicomiiiamied the iarbor. April 14. WaAimifiii't mM al Mew York. July 4. Independence dtdawd. Com- ■iasiiMieri sent by CoapiM to solicit a treaty with the IVench. Ai|g. 37. Battle of .Flatbosh, or Binolc> lyn, on Long Island, Howe (loss 400) defeats Potnaan and Sullvaa (loss Sefl. 1$. New Yoik evacuated by the AnMicaiii, and ponaied by the British. I Oct. 28. Battle of White FUn, Howe (loss 300 or 400) defeats Wadiiiigton (loss 300 or 400). Mot. it. Washimtoii't iitical bcfond tlic ^Delawan^ D»c. I*. Compos adjouins la Balti- Dec 26. Battle of Trenton, Washington 9) «Bats Rahl (loss 1,000). Wffi' J«. 3- B«le near fkfncetiMi, Washing. HM (less 100) delntB Mawhood (less 400). Battle of Bennington, Vt., Stark (loss 100) defeats Baum and BrancQ (loss M10|. JL D. I »777- Sept. II. Battle of Brandywine, Howe (loss 500) defeats Waalitiigton (low 1,000). Sqit. 27. PliiMtfliiiiin piinlniil the Britisli* Oct. 4. Battle of Gemantown, Howe (loss 600) defeats Washington (lots 1,200). Oct. 7. Second battle near Stillwatet,. Gales (loss 350) defeats Bvigoyne (loss Oct 17. At Sanlofa. Sanender of Burgoyne, with 5,752 men, to Gates. 1778. Feb. 6. Treaty with France. June 18. Hiiladelphia evacuated by the June aS. Battle of Monmouth, Wash- ^ ington (loss 230) defeats Qinton (loss. 400). Count d'Estaing, with twelve ships of the line, six frigates, and French troops, arrives. I Aug. 29. Battle on Rhode bland, Sui. livan (loss 211) defeats FfgoC (ksi. 260). Aug. 30. Americans retreat fioni Rhoda Island. Dec. 29. Savannah taken by the British. July 5. New Haven plundered by the British. 1779. July 7. Fairfield and Green Farms, io Ct, taken by the British. Jnly 16. Stony Point taken by the I I780i May ix Charleston, S, C, taken by the British. ^ug. 16. Battle near Camden, S. C, Comwallis (loss 325) defeats Cktet (loss 730). Arnold deserts. Andil execnied. 1781. Jan. 17. Battle of Cowpens, Hoigsn (loss 72) defeats Tarleton (loss 800). Sept 8. Battle of Eutaw Springs, Gen. Greene (loss 555) defeats Stewart (losi 1,100). SqiC. 6. Xnold bums Mew London. Oct 19. At Yorktown. Snntendcr of Comwallis, with 7,073 nien, to W««k- ington. tyia. April 19. Independence of the United States acknowledged by Holland. 1783. By Sweden, Denmark, Spain, and Prussia. Sept. 23. Peace with Great Britain. 1784. Treaty of peace ratified by Congress, Jan. 4. 17S5. John Adams sent to England as first Ambassador from the United States. 1786. Cotton introduced into Georgia. 1787. Constitution of the United States adopted , 1788. Constitution ratified by all the States except Rhode Island and N. Carolina. Emancipation of slaves fay the Quakers of Philaddphia. 1789. The government organised under the constitution. George Washington elect- ed President of the U. S. 1790. Death of Benjamin Franklin, April 17. 1791. Bank of the U. S« established. 1792. Washington City chosen as the capital of the Republic. 1793. Invention of the Cotton Gin by Whit- ney, resulting in the revolutionizing of the culture of cotton. 1794. Washington's second term as President begins. *799. Death of Washington, Dec, 14. 1800. The government removed to Washing- ton. 1807. Trouble with England respecting the rights of neutrals. The ^baigo. (80S. Abolition of the Slave-trade. I8ii. 7. Battle of Tippecanoe. Gen. Harrison defeats the Indians. Repara- tion made by the British for the attack on the 'Q n»«ff 'pCTkfti t8ia, Additional fioroe of 35,000 men author- ized. Detachment of militia not exceeding 100,000 men authorized. June 12. War declared against Great Britain. Jane aj. British orders in council re- voked. July 12, Gen. Hull invades Canada. Aug. 16. Surrenders with 2,500 men to Hie British under Gen. Brock. 169 A. D. 181 2. Aug. 13. The "Alert," a British ship of war, captured by the ** Essex." Aug. 19. The '* Guerriere," a British frigate, captured by the **Constitu- turn,'* Capt. Hull. Sept. Gen. Harrison takes oommand of the Northwestern army. Oct 13. Queenstown attacked, unsuc- cessfully, by the Americans. Oct. 17. The ** Frolic," a British ship, captured by the ''Wasp." Both ves- sels afterwards taken by the "Poic- tiers," a British 74. Oct 25. The ** Macedmiian,*' a British frigate, captured by the ** United States," Commodore Decatur. Dec. 29. The "Java," a British frigate, captured by the " Constitution," CapU Bainbridge. 1813. Jan. 13. At the river Raisin, the British and Indians surprise and defeat Wvch chesten After their surrender, most of the Americans are massacred by the Indians. Feb. 23. The "Peacock," a British ship, captured by the ** Honei." April 27. York, in Upper Canada, taken by the Americans. Gen. Pike killed. June I. The "Chesapeake" frigate taken by the British frigate "Shannon." Aug. 14. The U. S. brig "Argus" taken by the British ship ** Pdican.*' Sept 4- The « Boxer," a British brig, captured by the U. S. brig ** Enter- prise." Sept. 10. The British fleet (of 63 guns) on Lake Erie captured by the Ameri- can fleet (of 56 guns). Commodore Peny. Oct. 5. Gen. Harrison, after having crossed into Canada, defeats and dis. perses the British army under Gen. Proctor, near the river Thames. 1814. March 2a The frigate **£ai«ex" cap- tured 1^ two British vessels. April 29. The " Epervier," a Britiili vessel, captured by the "Peacock.** May 6. Oswego taken by the British. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE, SmriSTICdL TABLES FOJi REFERENCE, 170 1814. lant as. TiK :iWiid«er/» • Biitiih July 3. Fort Eriecmptnieil bf tlie Amer- icans under Gen. Brown. July 6. Battle of Chippewa, Bmri ilcfait* Dnunmond. July 35. Battle of Bvygewater. Brown '•Ml. Scott iMcat DrummoiMl and Rial. Aug. 24. Battle of Bladenstmif. Row defeats Winder. Enters Washington, and burns the public buildings. Sept I. Thm **Avon/* a British vessel, captnml. If lit' •« Wasp." Sqit II. Tlw Britisli fleet oo Lake QttmpWn (95 guns), Commodore Downie, captured by the American (of 86 guns), Commodore Mac- ionongli,, aiul their amy defeated at. I'lattihuif by Gen. MwMMBk Sept 14. Attack on Baltimore. British defeated, and Gen. Ross killed. Dec 24. Treaty of Peace with Great Bffilaan signed m Qient WiiS. Jm. 8. Battle of Mew Orlcaiia. Defeat of the British, with the Ion of their leader, Gen. Packenham. Jan, 15. Capture of the frigate " Presi- dent*' by the British frigate "En- dyntion,** Feb. 17. Treaty of Ghent ratiicd by the Senate. 181 7. Illinois admitted into the Union. 1818. Aug. 34. Foundation of the new Capitol laid at Washington. 1819. The "Sa»aiinah/* the first steam padceC that crones the Atlantic, nalieS' a Yoy. ajje to Liverpool. l8ao. Passage of the Missouri Compwwiise. Florida ceded to the United States by Maine admitted into the Union, 1821. Missouri admitted into tii» Won. 1822. The United States acknowledge the in- dependence of the South Amcdcan Republics. tm, rnly4. Dealliof Tlianas Jeffenoo and John Adams. Convention with Gieat A.D. 1828. Passage of the TariflF BilL WooUci manufactures protected. Andrew Jackson, Fkesident Opposes the project to ieH*ail«r the Bmk of the United States. 1830. Treaty with Turkey. 1832. President Jackson vetoes the Raik jJiU. Hew tariff measures passed* South Carolina nnlliicatioa movement 1833- The President removes the public de< posits IroBi ike Bank of 'the United States. President Jackson begins his second term. 1835. Great fire in New Yotfc. 1836. The national debt paid. 1837. Insurrection in Canada. Eflbrts to ex cite sympathy in the United States. CSieatfimmdal crisis. 1839^ The banks suspend specie payments. 1841. Troubles with Qnada. Resignation of all the membcn of the Cabinet but Mr. Webster. 1842. The Webster-Ashburton Treaty. Settlement of the N. W. Boundaiy Question. 1845. Annexation of Texas, War with Mexico. 1846. May 8. Battle of Palo Alto. May 5. Battle of Resaca de la Paima. Amer- icana were victorious in both these ev gUgements. New Mexico conquered and annexed in the U. S. 1847. Feb. 22-23. Battle of Buena Vista. Mexicans defeated by Gen. Taylor. March 29. Capture of Vera Crux by Gen Scott. April 18. Battle of Cerro Goido. feat of the Mexicans. Sept. apture and occupation of the city of Mexico by Gen. Scott 1848. Treaty with Mexico, dose of the war. 1849* President Taylor forbida the itting out of filibusteiinf cxpeditiont against Cuba. The VWnch Embassador diMnissfd from Washington. STATISTICAL TABLES MOM REFERENCE, a-o. 1850. Treaty with England for a transit way across Panama. 1851. Dec. 24. Congressional Library de- stroyed by fire. 1852. Publication of "Uncle Tom's Cabin,'' by Mrs. Stowe. Dispute with England about the fish- eries. Expedition to Japan. 1854. Treaty with Japan. Reciprocity Treaty with England; set- tlement of the Fishery Question, etc. May 24. Bill passed organizing Kansas and Nebraska as Territories, repealing the Compromise of 1820, which ex- cluded slavery from the entire Louisi- ana purchase. Massachusetts Aid Society send out set- tlers to Kansas. A. H. Reeder, of Pa., appointed Gov- ernor of Kansas. 1855. July. Territorial Legislature of Kansas meets at Shawnee. Oct 23. Free State men meet in con- vention at Topeka, and form a Free State constitution. Hostilities between the Free and Slave State settlers begin. Sioux Indians defeated by Gen. Harvey. 1856. Mr. Crampton, the British Minister at Washington, dismissed. Fighting in Kansas. 1857. Settlement of the Central American Question. The Dred-Scott Decision. Troubles with the Mormons. 1858. Dispute with England respecting the right of search. Aug. Completion of the first Atlantic Telegraph. 1S59. The Island of San Juan, near Vancouv- er's Island, occupied United States troops. Oct. 16. John Brown's Insurrection at Harper's Ferry. Dec. a. Execution of John Brown. ■86a Election of Mr. Penniiigtan as Speaker of the Hoose. A. D. 1860. Abraham Lincoln elected PiesidcBt of the U. S. Dec. 20. South Carolina passes the "Ordinance of Secession," being the first State of the Union to secede. 1861. Jan. 9. Mississippi secedes. Jan. 10. Florida secedes. Jan. II. Alabama secedes. Jan. 18. Georgia secedes. Jan. 26. Louisiana secedes. Feb. I. Texas secedes. Feb. 8. Provisional Government of Con- federate States adopted at Montgom- ery, Ala. : Jefferson Davis, of Miss., President, March 4. Abraham Lincoln inaugurated President of United States. April 12. Fort Sumter, Charleston har- bor, bombarded — being commence- ment of hostilities in the Civil War. April 19. Federal troops attacked in Baltimore, Md. May 6. Arkansas secedes from the Union. May 20. North Carolina secedes from the Union. June 8. Tennessee secedes from the Union. June 10. Battle of Big Bethel, Va. June 20. Virginia divided into two States— Virginia and West Virginia. July 4. Rich Mountain — Confederares under Pegram defeated by Rosecrans. July 7. Privateer "Sumpter" escapes to sea from New Orleans. July y. Battle of Carrick's Ford, W. Va. Confederate Gen. Gamett killed. July 21. Battle of Bull Run. Union forces under McDowell defeated. Union killed and wounded, 1,490. Confederates, 1,593 killed and wounded. July 22. Gen. McClellan assumes com- mand of army in Vii^nia and on the Potomac. Aug. 2. Battle of Dug Spring, Ho., under Gen. Lyon. Southern fanes defeated. STATISTICdZ TABLES FOM MMFMMENCK A. P. 1S61. Aug. 5. Battle of Athens, Mo., under Gen. Lyon. Confederates defeated. Aug. la Bimie of Wilson's Creek, Mo. S,joo men umkr Gen. Lfoi attack under Gens. McOOkcli^ mat, etc. Lyon killed. Aug. 16. President Lincoln'! non-inter- come proclamation. Ang. a8. Gem. Butler and Commodore ftfiiigliaa take Foita. Hattcraa^ and dark on North Ganliiia coast Sept. 20. Battle of Lexington. Col. Mulligan defends for four days against a6|O0O Confederates, but is forced to ■wraider. Oct. II. ConMerate' privateer « Naih^ ▼iUe " escapes from Charleitoii, S. C. Not. I. Gen. Scott resigns command of army. Gen. McClellan succeeds iiiiiBiin Mwr. y. Commodore Wilkes, of « San Jacinto/* takes Sontkctii Comaisiion- ers, Mason and Slidell, from British steamer --Tteiit," m West Indian waters. Bee 9. Kentucky admitted into Con- fedeate States. Dec. 18. Battle of Martinsbuig, Va. Gen, Pope (Union) capcnics 1,300 1 prisoners. UMSa. Jan. 13. Edwin M. Stanton, of Pa., l>ecomes Secretary of War, Simon Cam- eron, of Pk., retiring. Jan. 19. Battle of Mill Springs, Ky. Zollicnffer defeated by Union troops under Gen. Geo. H. Thomas. Fek 6. Fort Henry, on Tennessee river, captured by naval Carecs under Commodore A. H. Foole. Feb. 8. Roanoke Island, N. C, cap. tured by Gen. Bumside and Commo- dore Goldsborough. Feb. 16. Fort Donelson, Tenn., sur- rendered to^ Gen. Gnmt. Feb. 18. Cbnfedente Congi«M meets at Ricfamond, Va. Feb. 22, JeiFerson Davis inaagurated ftaiident of Southern Confederacy. ilit. Maicb a Battle of Fto Ridge, Aik. Gen. McCnlloch killed. Cdniedeimte mm. ** Meirimac " sinks " Cumber- land'* and " Congress," U. S. naval vessels, in Hampton Roads, Va. March 9. « Monitor'* (U. S. iron-dad) attacks and drives " Merrimac " back. March 13. Battle of Winchester. Va. Union loss, 115 killed, 450 wounded; Confederate loss, 869 killed, wounded, April 6, y. Battle at Ftttsburg Land, ing. Grant, Union, commander. Gen. A. Sidney Johnston killed. Union less, I '3»573 f Confederate loss, 10,699. I April 8. Capture of Island No. 10 by Union forees. April 1 1. Fort FnlasM, Ga., snrrendeied. after three days' bombardment, to Union forces under Gen. Gilmore. April 24. Union fleet pass up the Mis- sissippi river and take New Orleans, ' passing Forts Jackson and Philip. May s. Battle of Williamsboig, Va. May 13. Natchez, Miss-, snntnden t» Commodore Farragut. May 29. Battle of Seven Pines, Va. May 31. BatUe of Fair OaLs. Union kM, 3300 killed. June 36. Seven days' %bt bcfove Rich- mond, under McClellan. June 25. Second Battie at Fair Oaks. June 26. Mechanicsville. June ay. Gaines' Mills. I June 28. Savage StaHoii and Iteh Orchard. June 30. White Oak Swamp. July 1. Malvern Hill. Union araay falling back. Aug. 9. Battle of Monntaia, Va. Union forces, under Banks, kisc 1,500 killed, wounded, and missing. Con- federates under " Stonewall " Jackson. Aug. 24. Battle of Sulphur Springs, Vt. Aug. 27. Fighting on Rappahannock lader Fope; Conledcrstes under Ewell ■ad Jackson. Unkm Ion, fMxw l# l%ooo men. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. iK&S. Aug. 27. Battle of Kettle Run, Va. Aug. 29. Battle of Groveton, Va. Aug. 30. Second Battle of Bull Run. Sept. I. Battle of Chantilly. Unkm GcM. Keamqr killed. Sept. I. Confedenlei cross Polomac into Maryland. Sept. 14. Battle of South Mountain, Md. Unio^ loss, 2,325 killed, vonnded, and missing, under Gen. Hooker. Union Gen. Reno killed. Sept. 15. Harper's Feny surrendered, after three days' fighting. Sept 17. Battle of Antietam. Union forces under Gen. McClellan; Con- federates under Gen. Lee. Union killed, apio. Sept. 19. Battle of luka, Miss. Union forces under Gen. Rosecrans. Sept. 22. President Lincoln issues preliniinniy Proclamation of Eman* ffi pitiftn.. Oct. 4. Battle of Corinth, Miss. Union Gen. Hickman falls. Oct 8. BatUe of Penyville, Ky. Union forces under Gen. Buell. Southern foraes under Bragg. Oct 3a. Union Gen. O. M. Mitcbel, astronomer, died at Beaufort, S. C. Nov. 3. La Grange, Tenn., occupied by Gen. Grant with Union forces. Dec. 13. Battle of Fredericksburg, Va. Union forces under Gen. Bumside de- feated. Union killed, 1,100 ; wound ed, 7,000. Dec. 14. Battle of Kingston, N. C. Confederates defeated by Union forces ; 600 killed, wounded, and missing. Dec. 31. West Vfiginia admitted as a State of the Union. 1863. Jan. 1, Battle of Murfreesboro. Union forces defeat Confederates. Union loss, killed and wounded, 9,000 ; Confeder- ate k»8, 14/100 killed, wounded, and dpation Proclamation of President Lincoln goes into effect, ltfrffiti*'g all slaves in Southern States. A. D. 1863. Jan. II. U. S. steamer "Hatteras^ sunk by Southern privateer *'Alabam»'* off Texas- Battle of Arkansas Post Union foroes successful, losing 1,000 men lolled, wounded, and missing. Jan. 17. Confederate ram "Atlanta" captured off Savannah, Ga., by Union monitor " Weehawken." Jan. 25. Est U. S. Colored Regiment enrolled in South Carolina. May I. Port Gibson, on Mississippi river, taken by U. S. Grant. May 2, 3, 4. Fighting on Rappahan- nock, Va., between Union forces under Hooker and Confederates under Lee, about Chancellorsville, Va. Confeder- ate Gen. " Stonewall " Jackson killed. May 14. Battle of Jackson, Miss. ; cap- tured by Gen. Grant Hay 17. Battle of Black River. May 21. Vicksbnig ben^d fay Grant May 27. Colored troops fimt bronghl into action at Port Hudson. June 6, 7. Battle at Milliken's Bend. Union loss, 3,000 killed and wounded. July 2, 3. Batde of Gettysburg, Pa. Gen. Lee defeated fay Union forces under Gen. Meade. Union killed, wounded, and missing, 23,000. July 4. Vicksburg surrendered by Gen. Pemberton to Union forces under Grant July 8. Port Hudson surrendered 10 Gen. Banks, and NatdheB ocatpied by Gen. Grant — Mississippi river being thus opened to navigation. July 13, 14, 15. Anti-draft riots in New York. 2,000 rioters killed. Sq>t. 19. Battle of Chickamauga. Union forces, under Rosecrans, iaU back to Chattanooga. Union loss, 10,000 killed, wounded, and missing. Dec. 8. President Lincoln issues Proc- lamation of Amnesty. 1864. Feb. I. Draft of 500,000 men ordered by Bresident Lincoln. Feb, 20. Disaster to Union forces in Florida under Gen. Seymomv 174 STATISTICAL TdMLMS FOX MEFERENCE, liif. Mareli. 13. CSai. P. S.. CSmiC afipoiiited CoBiiiiiiiitar^iii-diirf of ^Hiajr of Uniitd States. March 15. ^smOmat calls Jbr mofxm men. April 8. Union expedition to Mansfield, .La., fnilcd I ]4M% af fuiit and 2,^00 men. Apiil 9. UpMn iwces Rinforced,. and take 36 gum and 2,1000 prisoners from Confederates. May 3-1 1. Severe %hting between Qmfedeia&s under Lee and Union faca nniicr Gnat, in Viifinia, in advance on Eidnnond. I 'May 15. Battle of Resaca, Go. | May 28. Battle of Dalton, Ga. South- em loss, 2,500 killed and 300 prison- en; Union loss, joo. lanes. Batik of fMaont,¥a. Sontli- em loss, 1,500 prisoneis. June 18. Assaults on Petersburg, Union forces losing 10,000 men in four days. June 19. Confederate privateer "Ala- bm" annk lf tbe U. & steamer *• Kcaisaife'* offChcibaiiif^ Iteice. I June 24. Maryland abolishes slavery. June 28. Fugitive Slave Law of 1850 repealed by Congress. Jnly aa. Isttle around Atlanta between imes under Hood, OonMeBite^ and under Sherman, UUon. I July 30. .Chambeiabim^ pfc,, hmmA ' by General Staail* Aug. 5. GffHt Mnnd victory, under Panagnt, at Mobile, Ala. Sept 19. Battle of WiadMiier, Va. Sheridan cafitnm $fim pisoiMi% 5 I guns and all the wounded. Nov. 8. President Lincoln re-elected. Andrew Johnson Vice-President. Mov. i6k Sbemaa conmienocs liisj ••MaiditotlieSeit" Dec. 15, 16. Battle of Nashville, nnder I Gen. Thomas. Great victory. Co n- I fedentes under Hood retreat. I Dec SI. Savanaab, Ga., occnpied fay I Gen. Sbemaa, completiiiif die '**llaidi | [A. D. 1865. Jan. 15. Fort Fisher, N. C, captured by Gen. Teny and Commodore Porter. Feb. 17, Evacnatioii of Charleston, S C., by CbnIiMleiatas. Feb. 1 8. Its occupation by Union forces. March 4. Re-inai^gnmtion of President Lincoln. Maicb 18. Confederate Congress ad- jonns Ibr the last time. April I. Desperate %fating conunences before Richmond. Battle of Five Forks. Southern loss, 7,000; Union, 3,000. April 2. Gen. Grant advances upon I'ttetsbnif . Richmond and Petersburg ■evMnateddufingnl^of 2d. Confed- . erates lose 9/x»' piisonciB.. April 3. Richmond and Plelctsbiiig oc- cupied by Union forces. April 9. Lee snrrendeis to U. S. Grant «t ApponiattOK C H., Va.— Lee's a»y numbering 24115 man. FUght of Jefferson Davis. April 10. Mobile evacuated by the €bn- federates. Apil 11. Montgomeiy, Ala., imrren- dcnd. Apiil 14. Fkesident Liacbbi shot in Washington. April 15. President Lincoln dies. An- dimv Joinson, of Tenn., Vi<^-President, tales oiiee as Risident Apfll, 20. Macon, Ga., occnpied by Union forces. Great amount of armv • Stores taken. Apii! 2tib Gen. Johnston's army, 27,500 wmOf snvrencwu. May la Jeietson Davis eaptiued at Irwinsville, Ga., with part of bis Cab- tnet. May 12. Engagement at Boco Chico between 500 Confederates and 400 Union troops, beii^ the last in the "War of the RebeUion." May 26. Gen. Kiiby Smith snrrcnders all his command (Trans>Mississippi army). May 29. Amnesty Prodamation of IMdcnlJoluiioii. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR KEFERENCE, 175 AD. 1865. June 23. Proclamation opening .ill ports jn Southern States, ending blockade. July 7. Execution of assassination con* 'spintofs. 1866 Febl m Passage of the Freedman's Bureau Bill over the President's veto. May. 29. Death of VVinfield Scott. 1867 . Nebraska admitted into the Union. Southern States oiganixed as military districts. 1868. Impeachment, trial, and acquittal of President Johnson. 1869. Pacific Railway completed. Gen. Grant President. 1870. Jlatification of the Fifteenth Amend- ment by the States. Aug. 14. Death of Admiral Farragut. Oct. 12. Death of Gen. R. E. Lee. 1871. Treaty of Washington with Great Briton. Oct. 8. Great fire at Chicago. 174.50 buildings destroyed. Loss aboat 1 196,- 000,000. 1872. Settlement 0/ the Alabama Claims. Congress removes the political disabil- ities of the Southern people. Re-election of President Grant. Nov, 9. Great fire at Boston. Loss about $78,000,000. Nov. 29. Death of Horace Greeley, 1873. Modoc War. Seiiure of the " Viiginius," and execo. tion of a number of her passengers by the Spanish authorities in Cuba. Sur- render of the " Virginius " to the United Stales by Spain, Dec. 12. Financial panic, commencing Sept. 13. Passage of the Act for the Resumption of Specie Payments in 1879, Colorado admitted into the Union. July 31. Death of Andrew Johnson. A D. 1876. 1875. AO. '4W» John Cabot discovers the island of Newfoundland. June 26, Reaches the coast of Labrador. July 2. Surveys Hudson's Bay and Giili of St. Law- reO'Ce. IM^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ 1877. 1878. 1879. 1880. 1881. 1882. 1883. 1884. 1885. 1886. 1888. 1889. 1890. May 10. Opening of the Centennial Ex- hibition at Philadelphia. July 2. Massacre of Gen. Custer and bis command by the Sioux Indians. July 4. Completion of the First One Hundred Years of American Independ- ence. Mar. 2. R. B. Hayes declared President. Great railroad riots. Yellow fever epidemic along the Lower Mississippi. Jan. I. Resumption of specie payments. Mar. 4. Both Houses of Congress Dem- ocratic for the first time since 1861. Tenth Census of the United States. Population 50,152,559. Jas. A. Garfield elected President March 4. Inauguration of President Garfield. Assassinated July 2d, and died September 19. September 20. Chester A. Arthur in- augurated {Resident. June 30. Execution of Guiteau for the murder of President Garfield. May 24. Opening of the great East River Bridge, connecting the cities of New York and Brooklyn. Grover Cleveland elected President of the United States. President Cleveland inaugurated. LalK>r agitations throughout the United States. Benjamin HarrisOBdMiad Pie^dentof the United States. President Harrison inaugurated. Cen- tennial celebration at New York City ot the inauguration of George Washington. Reciprocity Treaty with Sooth Ameri- can Republics. New tariff law went into effect Oct. 1st. Eleventh Census of the U. S. Population 62,622,250. Sfcif llftttittiint 0f ^wsaktM. 1534. Cartier's expedition to the Gulf of St Lawrence. 1535. Cartier's second voyage to Canada. Enters and names the St. Lawrence. Visits the sites of Quebec and Montreal. smnsncAZ tables fom mefmmsmcm. 'Aw Dw ■S4«- Robinnl's taiMiitimi to Hi* St Law- mice. •598. Dc La Roche proceeds to Canada. His attempt at colonization unsuccessful. 160a Ciumviii'sliaiiiiig voyages to Tadoussac. 160J.. C l ai mf l aiii i'g §m m^tmm to iw St W liSliiilMMUC> • , l ration from Great Britain. 1837. Coercive measures of the British Fiuin- ment. House of Assembly of Lower Canada refuses to transact business. 1837-1838. Rebellion in Lower Canada. 1837. Commercial crisis in Canada and the United States. Troops withdrawn from Upper Canada. Rebellion in Upper Canada begins. Rebels receive aM from sympathizers in the United States. Affair of the " Caroline." 1838. Affairs of the **Anne" and the "Sir Robert Peek." End of the rebelMon in Upper Canada. 1839. Union of Upper and Lower Canada.- Lord Sydenham Governor. 1840. Settlement of the clergy reserves ques- tion. Responsible government estab- lished. Death of L(»d Sydenham. 1844. Government removed to MontreaL 1845. Great fire at Quebec. 1847. Lord Elgin Governor. Agitation Ofcf the Rebellion Losses Bill. 1848. Increased agitation over the Rciiellioii Losses Bill. 1849. Annexation to the United States advo- cated by the opposition. Great riots in Montreal. Destruction of the Parlia- ment house. Attack on Lord Elgin. The agitation tubsides. 1850. Reciprocity with United States urged. 1851. Construction of new railways. Chcapt postage rates. A. O. iSsa. 1S54. »85S- 1856- i860. 1861* 1865. imo. 1867* Govtminatit mutrnd to 'Qnclwe. CiMc of Lord Blgiii's aiiiiiiiiHtniioii. Sir Edmund W, Head Governor. Sir John A. Macdontld, the Attorney. General, becomes leader of the Con- •onrttivei. The first railway accident in Canada. Viiit of tlie Prince of Wales to Canad*. Commencement of the Civil War in the United States. Lord Monck Governor. Great fire at Quebec. Reciprocity Treaty with the United States. Tlie Fenian, inmion. Formation of the Dominion of Canada by the confederation of Canada. Mev Brunswick and Nova Scotia. British Columbia becomes a part of the Dominion of Canada. Watm Edward's Island bceomes. a pait ityi. 1872. B. C. 57. Divitiacus, King of the Suessones, in Gaul, said to have supremacy over part of Britain. ^ - 55-54. Britain invaded hf the Romans under Jnlins. Ocsar. JL O. - 47. Southern Britain reduced to sulgectiott hf the Romans under Vespasian, 5a Caractacus defeated by Ostorius. 51. Caractacus carried in chains to Rome. 61. Boadicea defeats the Romans; 70^000 sWn, and London bnmt. Saelonins defeats her; 80,000 slain. 78-84. Agricola conquers Anglesea, and over- runs Britain in seven campaigns, and .reforms the govcmaent. lao. The Emperor Adiian viuts Britain, lai. Adrian builds a wall limii the Tyne to the Sol way. 204. Southern Britain subdued and divided into two provinces by the Romans. | sot. Scvcms keeps his conrt at York, then called Eboracnm. ail. Sevems inishcs his. wall, and dies at Ymk... 1877. 1878. 1884. 1885. 1887. 1888. 1889. 1890. of the Dominion of Canada. Loidi Differin Governor-General. Great fire at St. John, New Brunswick. The Marquis of Lome (son-in law of Qnecn Victoria) afipointM Viceroy of Canada. New Parliament Buildings at Quebec damaged by dynamite explosions. RebeUion of Louis ReiL Reil captured and hanged Nov. 16. Legislative action concerning the fish- eries dispute with the United States. Lord Sunley Governor-General. Cana- dian fisheries treaty rejected by the U. S. Senate.. 700 houses bmaed at Quebec Reciprocity defeated in Dominion House of Commons. Toronto Univer- sity destroyed by fire. A.D. 304. St. Albaa and 17,000 Christians mattyicd, according to Bede. 306. ConstanUus, Emperor of Rome, dies at York. '40^-418. The Romans gradually withdraw fiom Britain. 499 or 449. The Saxons and Angles are called in to aid the natives against the Kcts and Scots. 455' Having expelled these, the Anglo-Saxons attack the Britons and drive them into Wales. 457. The Saxon Heptarehy; Britain divided mto seven or more kingdoms. . 506-542. The famous KingArthur said to reign. 597' Arrival of St. Augustine in Britain. 678. Cadwallader.kst King of the Britons. 8s8. The Saxon Heptarchy ends, and Egbert, King of Wessex, becomes King of Eng- land. 871. Alfred the Great, King of England, is ooMlaatly engaged in wan with the Bancs, until 896, when he vanquishea them. \ t STATiSTlCAL TABLES FOM REFERENCE. g^o^gfi. Alfred forms a code of laws, organ- izes a militia and a navy, causes surveys of the kingdom to be made, subdivides the country, and promotes education. 937. Athelstane wins a great victory over the Danes, Scots, etc. 1003. General massacre of the Danes by Ethelred. 1003. It is avenged by Sweyne, King of Den- mark. Ethelred flees to Normandy. 1017. Canute, the Dane, sole monarch. 1043. The Saxon dynasty restored; Edward the Confessor, king. 1066. Harold II. crowned, Jan. 6th. Invasion of the Normans. Battle of Hastings ; the Normans vic- torious, and Harold slain, Oct 14. William I. (the Conqueror) crowned King of England, Dec. 25. toyo. The feudal system introduced. 1076. Justices of the peace appointed. 1077. Doomsday-Book compiled. 1087. William IL crowned, Sept a6. 1096. The Crusades b^rin. I too. Henry I. crowned ; grants a charter re- storing the Saxon laws. 1106. Henry defeats his brother Robert, and gains Normandy. 1 135. Stephen drowned. The friends of the Empress Maud, Henry's daughter, take up arms ; civil war ensues. 1138. Partisans of Maud defeated at the battle of the Standard, Aug. 22. 1130. Maud lands in England. Is successful •gainst Stephen. Is crowned at Win- chester, March 3, 1 141. ^47. Maud is defeated, and retires to France. "53- Concludes a peace with Stephen. "54- Henry II. crowned, Dec. 19. Constitutions of Chrendon enacted. ii7o. Becket, having become unbearable to the king, by reason of his arrogance, k murdered, Dec. 29. Irehmd conquered by the English. '17fi. England divided into six circuits for the administration oif justice. GknviUe mains a #gest of Blaflisfa laws. A. D. 1 189. Richard I. crowned, Sept 3. Dreadfnl massacre of the T ews in London. 1 191. Richard joins the Crusades. 1 192. He defeats Saladin; is made prisoner by Henry IV. of Germany ; is ransomed l»y his subjects for /'400,ooo, in 1194. 1 199. John crowned, May 27. 1204. England loses Normandy. 1208. The pope puts the kingdom under ^ interdict. 1215. Magna Charta, June 15. 1216. Henry III. crowned, Oct 28. 1262-1268. The Baron's War. 1265. The first regular Parliament meets. 1272. Edward I. crowned, Nov. 20. 1283. Union of England and Wales. 1296. Scotland subdued. 1297. Scotland revolts. 1307. Edward II. crowned, July 8. 1314. Edward defeated by Robert Bruce, ai Bannockbum. 1308. -) 1315. >■ Wars with the Barons. 1325- 3 1327. Edward III. crowned, Jan. 25. 1333. Edward defeats the Scots at Hallidown Hill. 1346. War with France; Edward victorious at Crecy. 1347. Takes Calais. 1350. Edward institutes the Order of the Garter. 1356. Edward victorious at Poictiers, Sept 19- 1363. The English language ordered fat used in legal proceedings. 1377. Richard II. crowned, June 22. 1 38 1. Wat Tyler's insurrection crushed. 1385. John Wycliffit dies. 1399. Heniy IV, crowned, Sept 30. 1403. Insurrection of the Welsh and the Pei^ cies. 1413. Henry V. crowned, March 21. 1415. Henry invades France; wins the battle of Agincourt, Oct 25. 1420. Treaty of Troyes; Heniy wins the Fkench crown. 143a Heniy VL crowned at Ftais, Dec 9 STATISTICAL TABLES jroM HMFEMEMCM, CO. I-P9-14JI. The French, under the leadership of tie Mttd of Orlcaiit, dkiw the Eng- lUi ten Ml their' 'Cnniiiitiis. in WtaMut except Calais. 1461. Edward IV. deposes Henry VI. "4SS-I47I- The Wars of the Ro«ies. I47I- Caxton intradnces printing. I4«3. Miwml V. king, April 9. RidiMd III. deposes him ; seizes the throne. June 1485. Henry VII. Richard is defeated in the battle of Bosworth Field, Aug. jj, and Hcniy becomes Icing. Marri^ofHewytoIliabelh,d«ighier of Edward .nr. j 1487- The Court of Star Chamber institiitcil. 1488. The Yeomen of the Guard orgaiiiedj the nucleus of the standing army. 149* Henry sells the sovereignty of Fiance. ■4f»-i49*. In»mrreeti«in of Mtin Warbedc. It is quelle^. ' | IS09- Heniy VIIL soooeeds his lather, Apil | 32. I ■514- Wolsey's power begins. ISm Meeting of Henry and Francis I. of France, at the IWd of the Qoth of Gold. iSai. The pope styles Heniy « Defender of the Faith." ISja Fall and death of Wolsey. IS33- Heniy 'diirovccs Catherine, and marries Anne Bolcyn. 1534. Heniy is styled " Head of the Church." Authority of the Pope of Mam afaol- , iahed in the kingdom. IS3S* iMition of Sir Thomas Mon. •■$36^ Qnecn Anne. Bolcyn bdicadcd; the king marries Jane Seymour. 1537. Death of Queen Jane Sejrmonr. 1537. Suppression of the monasteries. 1539. The Six Articles adopted. Cromwell's WMe (the &at authmiaed edition] printed. 154a Execution of QwnweE Annt orOevas divorced. I54« Queen Catherine Howard beheaded. ■J43- The title of "King of Ireland" con- inMd to the Eni^sovMgM. Hcniy 1547. Edward VI. succeeds to the Somerset protector. 1549' Somerset overthrown. 'SS** Somerset beheaded. The Reformation I I««P» •"'•BoofcofC^ established. '553- Mary succeeds her brother Edward, July I 6. Restores the Roman CathoUcreli. I gion. 1554. IMf Jane Grey beheaded. Marriage of the queen to Philip of Spain. Ptr. secution of the Protestants. *5SS-I5S6- Bishop Latimer, Ridley, and Cranmer burned at the stake. Tha I English, martyrdoms. 155& <^>1m retaken by the French. Hi«hetfc accedes to the throne. Noi. Re-establishment of the Church ol EnglamL 1568. Maiy Queen of Scots takes tefuge ii^ England. 1587. Execution of Mary of Scotianit 1588. Defeat of the Spanish Armada. 1601. The Earl of Essex beheaded. 1603. J«mes I. (VI. of Scotland) succeeds I Eliiabeth, and unites the crowns of I England and Scotlwid, March 24. I 1604. James assumes the titk of "King of I Great Britain." 1605. The Gunpbwdei Plot. The present tianshition of the BibI* completed. 1613. The Overbury murder. 16 1 6. Death of Shakespeare, April 23. i6i8. Sir Walter lUieigh beheaded. Ifiof to 163a Ihe English colonixe the re gions of Moith America claimed by them. 1625. Charles Cancoeads to the throng Match 27. 1626b Lori Hacun dies. 1628. Tfce .l>ake of Buckingiuun. anrdeied. i63>. Hampden's Hid respecting "ihif money." l64». I he troubles between the king and Pai- liament result in the impeachment ani caecntion of Lord StraflbnL STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 181 1642. l643- f644« 1645. 1646. 1649. 1651. 1653. i658« 1660. 1662. 1665. i656. 1674. 1678. i679' *683. 1685. 1688. 1689. 1692. 1694. 1697. 1701. I?02. 1704. Arrest of the five members, Jan. 4. Be- ginning of the Civil War. Battle of Edgehill, Oct 23. Death of John Hampden. The king's forces defeated at Marston Moor. Archbishop Laud beheaded. Charles totally defeated at Naseby. The king takes refuge with the Scotch, who give him up to the Parliament. Charles I. beheaded. Cromwell victorious at Worcester. Close of the Civil War. Oliver Cromwell made Brotector of the Commonwealth. Death of Oliver Cromwell; his son Richard protector. Richard Cromwell resigns. Restoration of Charles II., May 29. The monarchy re-established. Act of Uniformity passed. The Church of England restored. The Plague in London. The great fire of London. Death of John Milton, Nov. 8. Titis Gates' "Popish Plot." Many Roman Catholics executed; also in 1679. Passage of the Habeas Corpus Act, The Rye House Plot Execution of Lord Russell, July 31, and Algernon Sydney, Nov. 21. James H. mounts the throne, Feb. 6. Rebellion of the Duke of Monmouth. He is defeated at Sedgmoor. July 6. Is beheaded, July 15. Trial and acquittal of the seven bishops. Landing of the Prince of Orange. Ab- dication and flight of James. William IH. and Mary proclaimed king and queen by Parliament, Feb. 13. Beginning of the national debt Bank of England cstahlithed* Queen Mary dies. Peace of Ryswick. James II. dies in exile. Anne succeeds to the throne, March 8. Marlborough victorious at Blenheum. A. D. 1707. 1713. 1714. 1715- 1720. 1722. 1727. 1746. 1752- 1756. 1757. »759- 1760. 1761. "77S. 1777. 1778. 178a 178X 1786. 179a. "794. 1795- 1797. 1798. 1800. 1801. 1803. X805. 1806. 1807. i8ia Union of Scotland and England, as %m " Kingdom of Great Britam." Treaty of Utrecht, George I. succeeds to the crown, Aug. 1. Rebellion in Scotland quelled. The South Sea Bubble. Death of the Duke of Marlborough. Geoige II. kmg. June 1 1. Death of Sil Isaac Newton. Rebellion of the young pretender. His total defeat at CuUoden. April 16. New style of year introduced into £n|^ land. Beginning of the Seven Years' War. Clive's victories in India. Capture of Quebec. Destruction of French power in Canada. G^eoige III. mounts the throne, Oct Sj. Peace of Paris. Commencement of the American Revo- lution. Royal Marriage Act Death of the Earl of Chatham. « No Popery " Riots. England acknowledges the depenA' ence of the United States. Attempted assassination of the king by Margaret Nicholson. First coalitioa Against France. Suspension of tba Hfibeas Corpus Act Howe's victory. Acquittal of Warren Hastings. Cash payments suspewied. Death of Edmund Burke. Batde of the Nile. Habeas Corpus A«t again suspended. Hatfield attempts to assassinate *he kinji. Union of Great Britain and Ireland. Nelson's victory at Copenhagen. Peace of Amiens. War with France. Battle of Trafalgar. Death of Ndson. Death of William Pitt. Orders in Council against the Berlin Decree. The African slave trade abol- ished. The king Insane. Great finaacif l crisis* STATISTiCdZ TAMLMS FOM MmMMMMCM. (km O. •til. The Pkincc of Wtl« dtdand ragmt, Feb. 5. liia. Aisassination of Mr. Perceval, the prime minister. Banning of the second war with Hie United States. 1S14. fteoc with FkMce. Fctce with the United States. 1815. The war with France renewed. Battle of Waterloo, and final overthrow of Na- poleon I. ¥mm with France. , till. %ecie paymciitt 'resmed. 1819. Queen Victoria bom, May 34. l8aa George IV. crowned July i8t|. Trial of Queen Caroline. I8tl. Death of Queen Caroline. I8a4- Death of Lord Bfran. 1825-1826. The great commerdal ciMau I 1828. Battle of Navarino. I iSag. Roman Catholic Relief Bill passed. I iSja William IV. mounts the throne, June «6. Opening of the Liverpool and j Maacfaester Raiwif . I 1S31. The new London bridge opened. The I Reform Bill rejected hf tht Lofds. ' Riots in Bristol. 1%!. Passage of the Reform Bill 1S34. Skveiy ceases in the coloniea. 1835. Corporation Rclbni Act passed. 1837. Victoria succeeds to the throne. Hn. over separated from Great Britain. 1838. Queen Victoria crowned, June a8. i«3!>. War with China. j iS|ik Ftany postage inaugmted. The queen ■Mrnes Prince Albert of Saxe-Cobuif , 10. Ox^'t asHNdt on the * queen. I 1841. Birth of the Prince of Wales, Nov. 9. | 184a. John Francis attempts to kill the queen. I lacoM tax esialiliaied. fmm with I China. I 1S41. The queen visits France. | 1844. The Emperor of Russia and King of the French visit England. 1845. PtePs new tariff. 1846. Repeal of the Com Laws. 1848. Chartist Riots in London, 184S-1849. Cholera in England. 1849. The queen visits Ireland. A. D. 185a D«A of Sir Robert PaeL 1851. The fint ••Great Exhibitioa'* o?en«l First gold arrives from Australia. 1852. Death of Wellington, Sept. 14. 1853. English and French fleets eater the Bosphoras. 1854. Alliance between Engknd. France, mfi Turkey. War with Russia. Oyitiil Palace opened by the queen. 1855. Death of Joseph Hume, the historian. Visit of the Emperor and Empress of F^»«ce to Eofljuid. The queen tag Prince Albert visit France. Bfcace with Russia. War with n.t ftn „ I War with Persia. 1857, Beginning of the Indian mutiny. Great commercial crisis. It is relieved by tht •uspensioii of the Bank Charter Act of 1844. 1858. Marriage of the Princess Royal to Prinw Frederick William of Pmssia. Jewish disabilities removed. The India Bill passed. The government of the East India Company ceases. Sept I. I 1859. England declares her acutiality in the I war between Sardinia and France and I Austria. Organization of volunteer I Ibrces. Death of Lord Macaolay, I Dec. 28. I 186a Commercial treaty with France. FMce I with China. The Prince of Wales visits the Unite* States and Canada. I 1861. Death of the Duchess of Kent, the qneen's mother. Seizure of Mesm. Mason and Slidell by the U. S. steamer " San Jacinto." They are released by the U. S. government. Death of Prince Albert, Dec. 14, Ilfifc Great distress in the cotton manufactuf ing districts In consequence of the Gtli War in the United States. 1863. Marriage of the Prince of Wales. DeatH of Wm. M. Thackeray, Dec. 24. 1864. Visit of Garibaldi. The Ionian Isle* ceded to Greece. European conference at London on. the fldilcswiit-Holste** ... fuettioii. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR MEFERENCE. 1S3 A.D. 1869. iSsyo. 1871. 1872. 1874- 1876. 1.S78. 1S84. 1885. 1886. Commercial *'eaty with Austria. Disestablishment of the Irish Church. Death of ' Charles Dickens, June 9. Meeting of the Alabama Claims Com- mission at Geneva. Settleihent of the Alabama claims. Disraeli Prime Minister. Purchase of the Suez Canal. The Queen proclaimed Empress of India. Great commercial depression. The Zulu War. Famine in Ireland. Troubles with the Land League. Death of Prince Leopold, March 29. Gladstone's ministry defeated in House of Commons, June 9. Gladstone re- signs, June 12. New ministry formed ,by Lord Salisbury. Six-penny telegram of 12 words goes into effect Oct. i. Gladstone again made Prime Minister, Feb. I ; resigns July 20, and is succeeded A. D. % Lord Salisbury. WorMngmen** riots in London. 1887. Celebration of 50th Anniversary of Vic- toria's accession to the throne. Irish land bill passed by House of Lords, Aug. 19. 1888. Fisheries treaty with United States signed Feb. 1. Silver wedding of Prince and Princess of Wales, March lO. Mysterious murders in Whitechapel, London. 1890. London Times pays Charles Stuart Far- nell $25,000 to settle libel suit, Feb. 3. H. M. Stanley, the African explorer, married to Miss Dorothy Tennant in Westminster Abbey, July 12. Cardinal Newman died at Birmingham, Aug. 1 1. Rupture between Gladstone and Par- nell on account of the O'Shea divorce suit. Parnell deposed from the lead- ership of the Irish party in Parliament. B C. 600. Massilia, now Marseilles, founded by the Fhocstos. 390. The Gauls, under Brennus, defeat the Romans at the river AUia. Rome sacked by the Gauls. Defeat and ex- pulsion of the Gauls from Rome by CamiUuf. 220. The Romans conquer Gallia Cisalpina. iai-58. The Romam invade Gallia Transal- pina. 123. Aix founded by the Romans. • i8. Narbonne founded by the Romans. 58-50. Conquest of Gaul by Julius Caesar. 41. Lyons founded. A. D. 43. Claudins pcoscribes the religion of the Druids. '20. Visit of the Emperor Adrian to Gaul. »6o. Christianity introduced. *77 to 288. Christians persecuted at various periods. 241. Aurelian defeats the Franks and their allies. 33^- Constantinc proclaimed Emperor in Gaul. A. D. 357. The barbarians , desolate Gaul. Julian arrives to relieve it, and defeats the Alemanni at Strasbuii^. 360. Julian proclaimed emperor at Paris. 363. Death of Emperor Julian. 378 to 450. The Burgundians, Franks, JVisi- goths, and others, invade and settle in Gaul. 451. Aetius defeats the Huns under Attila in a great battle near Chalons. 464. Childeric, the Frank, takes Paris. 475. All Gaul west of the Rhone ceded to the Visigoths. 476. End of the Roman Empire, and establish- ment of the Kingdom of the Franks. 486. Clovis defeats the Gauls at Soissones. 496. Clovis embraces Chiistianity. 507. Having conquered the country from the Pyrenees to the Loire. Clovis makes Paris his capital. 511. The Salique Law ordained by Clovii. Death of Clovis. His four sons divide the monarchy between them. 558. Clotaire sole ruler in France. IS4 SmriSTICdi, TdMLES FOR Ji£F£M£NCM. #1. BMtli of C!*H«lre. Hi* sons, four in nuniiier, divide tlw lunfdiiai bctvwii them. 584. The mayors of Uie {Mlact the tml rnlcis of France. fi«3» Ootaiie sole Idof . j l>««oJ»tHieGtttt.tliet«mof QotaiwJ divides the kinfdoni bctweoi his two sons. I 714. Charles Martel, mayor of the palace, and tie veal ruler of France, over which he I owisises despotic power. I |m Charles Maitel created "Duke of the I French." Inwaioa of fkaiice hf the | Saracens. yja. Crushing defeat of the Saracens by Charles Martel, near Tours. m Ftepiii. the Short, mm of Charles Martel, king. ffii. Pepin dies, and is succeeded his two sons, Charlemagne and Carloman. *» Charlemagne crowned Emperor of the Weitbf PtopeLeoIIi. »I4. Loiif I., IMmmm, auperor, de^ I throned, but restored to his domiiiiiiiii, Charles the Bald king. 87s- Charles becomes emperor; is poisoned by Zedechias, a Jewish physician. 9n. Louis II., called the Stammerer, son of Charles the Bald, kinf. | f II. A part of Neustria granted to Rollo, aa I Normandy, by Charles the Simnle. foy. Hugh Capet king, fjld Rttis made the capital of all France. 1060. Philip I. (the Fair) king. 1108. Louis VI., ie Grm (the Lusty). Wng. 1135. Letters of franchise granted todties and towns by Louis VL il46. Louis VII. joins the Crusades, lilkx Philip (Angurtus) IL king. , iai4. Philip defeats the Germans, at Bouvincs laaj. Louis VIII. king, laa*. Louis frees his serfs. 1336. Louis IX.. called St. Louis, king «50toi37o. a Louis defeats King Henry ^ joins the Crusades; cap- ites the city of Damietta. in Syria; is aadtptiMiier; ■inrily dleabtfowTuiii*, j I A. D. 1366. Naples and Sici^coiiqi««rflyq|«ri« I of Anjou. ~ 1370. Philip HI (the Hardy) kimr l««S. PhiHp IV. (the Fair) king. 1301-02. Philip (piarrelt with the pope. I 1307-14. Phi«P suppresses the Kn%htaTei«i> ^and bums the Grand Master m 1314. Uiiioii of France and Navarre. Loii, 1316. John L, a posthmMms ton of Louis X king. Dies at the age of four days 1316. Philip V. (called "the Long") khi£ 1333. Charles IV. king. ' ^' 1338. Philip VI. (ibmider of the House of Valois) king. I t>y the English. PhUip defeated at Crecy by Edward III I 1347- Edward III. takes Calais. I34§. Bwiphiny annexed to France. 1350^ John IL king. 1356. John defeated at Poictaen by the Eng. !ish, made prisoner and carried to Lon- I don, where he dies. 13% Charles V. (call.ed the Wise) kinir t3«a Charles VL king. 1407. The pope lays Wmmk nnder an inter- diet. 1415. The English defeat the Fiwch at Afiii. court. 1430. Heniy V., of England, acknowledged heir to the kingdom. 1433. Henry VI., of Etogjand. crowned it Pans, the Bnke of Bedfiwd actbg as I regent 1433. Charles VHL king. The French, under the leadeiahip of the Maid of Orleans, take up ams far their Independence, in 1429. I 1429. The Maid raises the siege of (Means, May 8. Defeats the English at PWay, Jnne 18. 1431. The Maid of Orleans bomt at Rouen. 1434 to i4Sa The Engiiah expelled from the entire kmgdom exoepC Qdais. 1461. Louis XI. king. 1464. '-League of the Public Good " formed Of tl» noMes against Louis XL STdTiSTICdZ TJjBZMS FOR REF£REMCM. 185 t.0. 1475- »4«3- 1494- 1508. iSii. 1513. m- 1521. 1525. 1529- 1530- «S3I; 1547. 1552- 1558. '559. 156G. i'6x ts63 '567. 1569. «S7z IS74. »S76. Invasion of Fiance by Edward IV. of England. Charles VIII. king. Charles conquers Naples. Charles loses his Neapolitan conquests. Louis XII. king. The Leagoe of Cambray against Venice. The pope (Julius II.) forms the Holy League against France. France invaded by the English. Battle of %iiiB; the French defeated. Pkmds L king. Interview of the Field of the Cloth of Gold between Francis and Henry VIII. of England. War with Spain. Battle of Pavia. Francis defeated and taken piiMner by the Emperor Charles V. Peace with Spain. Persecutions of the Protestants com- menced. Royal printing press established. War with England and Spain. Henry VIII., of England, invades France. Henry II. king. Metz successfully defended by the Duke of Guise. The Duke of Guise takes Calaht from the English. Francis II. king. Charles IK. king. Religious wars. Massacre of the Protes- tants at Vassy by the Duke of Guise. Guise defeats the Huguenots at Dreux. Duke of Guise killed at the siege of Or- leans. Temporary peace with the Hu- guenots. Religions wars resumed. Huguenots defeated at St. Denis. Huguenots defeated at Janu c and Mon* contour. Marriage of Marguerite of Valois to Henry of Navarre. Massacre of St. Bartholomew, Aug. 24. Henry III. king. The "Holy Catholic Lcaga*** oifiii- lied. A.B. SS8. The Duke of Guise assassinated hy ord# of the king. 589. Henry III. assassinated. Heniy IV. king. 593. Henry rV, becomes a Roman Catholic. 598. Henry IV. promulgates the Edict of Nantes. 606-1610. Silk and other mannfiwturea in- troduced into France. 610. Henry IV. assassinated. Marie de Med. ici regent Louis XIII. king. 614. Louis assumes the exercise of the gov- ernment. 620. Navarre annexed to France. 624. Richelieu's reforms. Begins with the finances. :628. Rochelle surrenders, after a memorable siege. 634. The French Academy established by Richelieu. 642. Death of Richelieu. 643. Louis XIV. (four years of age) king. Anne of Austria regent. ;643- 646. Mazarin, prime minister. Great victories of Marshal Turenne. 648 to 1653. Civil wars with the Fronde. 661. Colbert minister of finance. 671. War with Holland. [685. Revocation of the Edict of Nantes Terrible persecutions of the French Protestants follow. 686. Louis marries Madame de Maintenon. 689. War with Engknd. 697. Peace of Ryswick. 701. War of the Spanish Succession. 704. French defeated at Blenheim J|f Mail- borough. 706. Defeat of the French at Ramillies. 713. Peace of Utrecht 715. Louis XV. king. The Duke of Qiieans regent. 716. Great era of speculation. George Lawr schemes. 743. French defeated at Dettingen. 746. Victories of Marshal Saxe. 748. Peace of Aix-la-Chapelle. 756. Commencement of tiie Seven Ye«n i86 STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFMMMmM, WISI* Atkmpt by Damiens to assassituUe Lotus XV, •f J9. Capture of Quebec bf tlie Englisb. Canada lost to Fiance. 1762. Jesuits expelled from France. ■I«J. The IWof Paris. France cedes Can- | « Louis XVI, beheaded. Jan. ai. War against England declared, Feb. \ In. •erection in La Vendue begins, March. PhMCnption of the Girondists. Begin- ning of the Reign of Terror, May 31 Charlotte Corday kills Marat. July 13.' iaecnion of Marie Antoinette, Oct. li. | I A.I>. 1793- The Duke of Orleans, PhiUppe EgeUta beheaded, Nov. 6. Madame executed, Nov. 8. 1794- Danton and others guillotined, April t I Robespierre and actenty-one others guillotined. July aS. Ckic of tht Reign of Terror. I79j. The Dauphin (Louis XVII.) diet {« prison. The Directory, Nov. i. 1796. Bonaparte wins the victories of Mon. tenotte. Mondovi. and Lodi, in Italy. 1796. The conspiracy of Babceuf supprened. 1797- Pichegru's conspiracy fails. 1797. Bonaparte's expedition to Egypt. D#. straction of the French fleet near Alex andrm by Nelson. 1799- Bonaparte returns from Egypt. De- I poses the Council of Five Hundred, and j is declared First Consul, Nov. 10. I&XX Battle of Marengo. Great victory by B*»«ptrte over the Austrians. Attempt to Wl the consul by means of an in- I femal machine, Dec, z^. 180a. Peace with England, Spain, and Hol- land signed at Amiens, March 27. I>egion of Honor instituted. Bona- parte made « Consul for lif<' Aug. 2. 1803. Bank of France established. War with England. 1804. Conspiracy of Moreau and Pichegni against Bonaparte fails. Execution of the Duke d'Enghien. The empire iiwBed. Napoleon procklmed emperor. May 18. 1805. Napoleon crowned King of Italy, Mav 26. Battle of Trafalgar. Destruction of the French fleet. Oct. 2 1 . Battle 01 Ansterliti. Austria humbled, Dec. 2. 1806. Defeat of Prwaians at Jena. Oct. 14. 1808. New nobility of Wtmm created. 1809. Divorce of the Empress Josephln* Napoleon defeated at Aspcm sail Essling. Victorious at Wagram. 1810. Union of Holland with France. 1812. War with Russia. Napoleon invadfi Russia. Great victory of the Vtmk at Borodino, Sept. 7. Disastro* retreat of the French from Moscow. 1 STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 1S13. Alliance of Austria, Russia, and Prussia against Napoleon. Battle of Leipzig. Niqpoleon defeated, Oct. 16-18. The Allies invade France from die Rhine; the English from Spain. 1814. Surrender of Paris to the Allies, March 31. AbdicaUon of Napoleon, April $. Napoleon goes to Elba, May 3. Louis XVIIL enters Paris, May 3. The Bourbon Dynasty restored. The Consti- tutional Charter established, June 4-10. 1815. Napoleon leaves Elba; lands at Cannes, March i, and proceeds to Paris. Is joined by all the army. The Allies fim a league for his destruction. March 25. Napoleon abolishes the Slave Trade, March 29. Leaves Paris for the army, June 12. Battle of Waterloo. Final overthrow of Napoleon, June 18. Napoleon readies Paris, June ao. Ab- dicates in favor of his son, June 22. Reaches Rochefort, where he intends to • embark for America, July 3. Entry of Louis XVIIL into Paris, July 3. Na- poleon goes on board the "Bellero- phon " and claims the '* hospitality " of England, July 15. Upon reaching Eng- land is transferred to the " Northumber- land," and sent a prisoner to St. Helena, ' Aug. 8. Arrives at St. Helena. Oct. 15. Execution of Marshal Ney, Dec. 7. 1816. The fiunily of Napoleon forever cjcduded fi!om Fiance. i8ao. Assassination of the Duke de Bern, Feb. 13. 1821. Death of Napoleon I., May 5. 1824. Death of Louis XVIIL, Sept. 16. Charles X. king. 1827. National Guard disbanded. War with Algiers. Riots in Paris. Seventy-six new peers created. 1S29. The Polignac administration organiaed. 1830 Chamber of Deputies dissolved, May 16. Capture of Algiers, July 5. Revolution of July. ■ Flight and abdication of Charles X. Louis Philippe king. Pol- li^nac and the ministers of Charles X. ientesced to perpetual imprisonment. A. D. 1831. The hereditary peerage abolished. 1832. Insurrection in Paris suppressed. 1833. Failure of the attempt of the Duchess de Berri. 1834. Death of Lafayette, May 20. 1835. Fieschi attempts to kill the king, July aS, and is executed, Feb. 6, 1836, 1836. Louis Alibaud fires at the king, June 25; is guillotined, July 11. Death of Charles X., Nov. 6. Prince Louis Napoleon attempts an insurrection at Strasbourg, Oct 3a Is sent to America, Nov. 13. The ministers of Charlek X. set at liberty and sent out of France. Meunier attempts to kill the king. 1838. Death of Talleyrand, May 17. 1840. M. Thiers Prime Minister. Removal of the remains of the Emperor Napoleon I. fifom St Helena to Piuris. Prince Louis Napoleon, General Montholtm, and others attempt an insurrection at Boulogne, Aug. 6. Prince Louis Na- poleon sentenced to imprisonment for life, and confined in the Castle of Ham, Oct. 6. Darmes attempts to shoot th« king, Oct. 15. 1842. The Duke of Orleans, the heir to the throne, dies from the effect of a fall, July 13. 1843. Queen Victoria, of England, visits tha royal family at the chftteau d* Eu. Extradition treaty with England. 1846. Lecompte attempts to assassinate the king at Fontainebleau. Louis Napoleon escapes from Ham. Joseph Henri attempts to kUl the king, 1847. Jercnne Bonaparte returns to France after an exile of thirty-two years. Death of the ex-Eminress Marie Louise. 1848. Revolution of February, 22 to 26. Flight of the king and royal family. The Republic proclaimed, Feb. 26. The provisional government succeeded by an executive commission named by the assembly, May 7. Louis Napoleon elected to the assembly from the Seine and three other departments, June «j. Outbreak of the Red Republicans, ■if * 1 88 A. O. STATJSTJCAL TAMZMS FQM MMFMMMMCM. l&fS* Severe fighting in Paris, June 23 to 26; 16.0OO persons killed, including the Ardibkliop of Paris. Gen. Cavaignac at the head of the government, June 28. Louis Napoleon talces hit seat in the assembly. Sept. 26. The ConstituUon of the Repuohc solemnly proclaimed, Nov. 12. Louis Naiwjleon elected president of the French RewiUic, Dec. II. Takes, the oath of oiice, Dec. Jo. I«ja Death of Louis Philippe at Clamaont. in England, Aug. 26; Fwedom J the press curtaikci. ISJI. Bectfic telegraph between England and Framoe opened. The Coop d'Etat. Anrest of the National Assembly, Dec. 2. Severe fighting in Paris. The president crashes the opposition, Dec. 3, 4. The Coup d'Etat sustained by the people at the polls, and Louis Napoleon fe-electnl pvesiilcnt for ten jenni, De 1852. -President Louis Napoleon occupies the Tuileries, Jan. i. The new constitution published, Jan. 14, The property of the Orleans family confiscated. The hiithday of Napoleon L, Aug. 15, de- dwed the only satlaiMl holiday. Or- ganization of the Legislative Chambers (the Senate and Corps Legislatif), March 29. The president visits Stras- M. Thiers and the exiles per- ■»ittedtoret«nito Fmnce,Aug.8. The Senate petitions the president ibr ** the re-establishment of the hereditary sov- ereign power in the Bonaparte family," S«pt. 13. The president visits the Southern and Western departments, Sept. and Oct At Bordeaux utters his' famous expression, " The Empire is Peace." The president releases Abd el-Kader, Oct 16. Measures for the w-establishnient of the empire inaugu- mted, Oct and Now. The empire re- established by the popular vote, Nov. ai; yeas, 7,839.552; nays, 254,501. The president declared emperor ; he as- mmm the title of Napoleon III., Dec. x A. D. 1853. The emperor marries Engliiie, Coumesi ofTiba, Jan.29. The emperor releases 4,312 political offenders, Feb. a, 1853. Bread riots. Death of F. Araio, the astronomer, Oct 2. Attempt to assassi. nate the emperor. 1854. Beginning of the Crimesii war. 1855- Emperor and empress visit England April. Industrial exhibition opened at Paris, May 15. Pianori attempts to ■«»M«te the emperor, April 28. Bel- lemanre attempts to assassinate the em- Pcroi-, Sept 8. Queen Victoria and Prmce Albert visit France, August 1856. Birth of the Prince Imperial, March 16. The treaty of Paris. Close of the Crimean war, March 30. Terrible inun- <*«tw>» in the Southern Departments, June. 1857. The Archbishop of Paris (Sibour) assas- sinated by a priest named Verger. Conspiracy to assassinate the emperor delected, July 11. Visit of the emperor ■nd empress to England. Death of Gen. Cavaignac, Oct. 28. The Emperor Napoleon meets the Emperor of Russia at Stuttgart, Sept. 25. 1858. Oisini and others attempt to kill the emperor by the explosion of three shells. Two persons killed and several wounded, Jan, 14, PMsageof the Pub- lic Safety Bill. 1858. The empire divided into five military departments. Republican outbreak at Chalons crushed. Oraini and Ketri executed for attempting to assassinate the emperor. Visit of the Queen of England to Cherbourg. Conference at IWs respecting the condition of the Danubian F^cipaltties. 1859. The emperor warns the Austrian min- ister of his intention to espouse the Italian cause, Jan. i. France declares war against Austria, and sends an army to the aid of Italy, May. The eropre^^s declared regent The emperor takes convnand of the aiay in Italy. Ar nves at Genoa,, May i«. STATISTICAL TABLE A D. lS$9. Battles of Montebello, May 20 ; Palestro, May 30, 31 ; Magenta, June 4; Maleg- nano, June 8, and Solferino, June 24; the allies victorious in each. Armistice arranged, July 6. Meeting of the Em- perors of France and Austria at Villa Franca, July II. Preliminary peace, July 12. The Emperor Napoleon re- turns to France, July 17. Peace con- ference meets at Zurich for arrange- ment of treaty between France and Saidinia and Austria. 'Peace signed, Nov. 12. MThe emperor adopts a free trade policy. ■ICommercial treaty with England signed Jan. 23. Annexation of Savoy and Nice to France. The Emperor Napo- leon meets the German sovereigns at Baden, June 15-17. Visit of the em- peror and empress to Savoy, Corsica, and Algiers. The new tariff goes into operation, Oct. i. The public levying of Peter's pence forbidden, and restric- tions placed upon the issuing of pas- toral letters. The emperor makes con- cessions to the Chambers in favor of freedom of speech. Important minis- terial changes. The emperor advises the pope to give up Ms temporal pos- sessions. 1861. Purchase of the principality of Monaco for 4,000,000 francs. Troubles with the church about the Roman question. The government issues a circular for- bidding priests to meddle in politics, April II. Commercial treaty with Belgium. France declares neutrality in the American conflict. France recognizes the kingdom of Italy, June 24. Meeting of the emperor and King of Prussia at Compiegne, Oct. 6. 1861. Convention between France, Great Britain, and Spain, concerning inter- vention in Mexico. Embarraasment in the Government finances. AchiUe Fould made minister of finance. 186a. The Mexican expedition begun. The French conquer the province of Bienhoa, 5 FOU REFERENCE. 1 89 f A. D. in Annam. Six provinces in Cocliia China conquered, and ceded to France. The British and Spanish forces with- draw fiom the Mexican expedition. France declares war against Mexico. Peace with Annam. New commercial treaty with Prussia, Aug. 2. Great dis- tress in the manufacturing districts in consequence of the civil war in the United States. 1863. Commercial treaty with Italy. Revolt in Annam crushed. Convention with Spain for the rectification of the frontier. Political troubles. Growing power of the opposition in the Chambers and throughout the country. The elections result in the choice of many opposition deputies, including Thiers, Favre, and others. The emperor proposes a Euro- pean conference for the settlement of the questions of the day, Nov, 9. Eng- land declines to join the proposed con- ference, Nov. 25. 1863. The French army conquer Mexico, and occupy the capital. 1864. Treaty with Japan. Commercial treaty with Switzerland. Convention with Italy respecting the evacuation of Rome. Es- tablishment of the Mexican Empire, with Maximilian, of Austria, as emperor. 1865. The clergy prohibited from reading th« Pope's Encyclical in the Churches. ' Treaty with Sweden. The plan of Min- ister Duruy for compulsory education rejected by the assembly. Death of tha Duke de Momy. Visit of the emperor to Algeria. The English fleet visits Cherbourg and Brest The French fleet visits Portsmouth. The Queen of Spain visits the emperor at Biarritz. . Students' Riots in Paris. 1866. The emperor produces a feeling of alarm in Europe by declaring his detestation of the treaties of 181 5, May 6. He pro- poses a peace conference (in conjunction with England and Russia) for the settle- ment of the troubles between Prussia, Italy and Austria. Austria idiiaes to SmriSTICdL TABLES FOM MMFEHENCS. A.O. 1870. 1873. 1873. 1879. 1880. 18S3. l884> joiiiinit,Maf-Jiiiie. Tie Itaicli oc- cupadon of Rome termiiwied, Dtc. ii. Celebration of the one-hundredth birth- day of Napoleon the Great. Qowfel with Prussia. War with Prussia Iwfin^Jnlj 19. The emperor talces eonuiMad of the snny. Defeat of the French at Wo^rth and Forbach.Aug. 6. Decisive battle uf Gravelotte, Aug. 18. Boxaine's army shut up in Melz. Battle of Sedan, Sept. i. The Empc- ror Napoleon and the IVench mny made prisoners of war, Sept, a. Revolution in Paris. Fall of the Era- pifc. Flight of the empress, Sept. 7. The repobUc prodatnicd in fhtl% Sept. 7. Paris invested. Pari* bombarded by the Germans. Peace with Germany. Revolt of the I Commune. The second siege and caplnreof Ptois. Reoif anixatioa of the government. May 24. M. Thieti resigns the presi* I dency. Marshal MacMahon chosen I President of the Republic. Sept. Payment of the German debt. Resignation of Ftesident MacMahon. M. Jules Grtvy elected Ptaident. Gambetta President of the Chambers. Religious orders suppressed. Death of Leon Gambetta, Jan. i. Res- ifnatiom of Ministry; M. Fallieres ap- poinled Picsident of new Ministry, Jan. 28. Kelung bombarded; Franco-Chinese war begins, Aug. 8. Foo.Chow bom. A. D. 1885. i886i 1887. 1888. 1889. 189a barded by French squadron; Chinese fleet destroyed, Aug. 23. Chinese de- feated on Min river, with heavy loss Sep. 17. Cholera epidemic in Paris' Nov. 9. * French forces repulsed by Chinese in Tonquin. March 25. Resignation of Ministry, March 30. M. de Freycinet forms new Ministry at Paris: March ,T Ob^qnies of Victor Hugo at Parii] Jnne i. M. Gr6vy re-elected President, Dec. 38. ' Expulsion of Princes decreed, June 22 Cabinet resigns, Dec. 3. M. Goblet made Premier, Dec. 7. The Goblet Ministry resigns, May, 17. New Ministry formed by M. Rouvier, May 28. Celebration of the fall of the' B*«tile, July 14. Resignation of Pres- ident Gr4vy, Dec. 1. M-Caniot made President. General Boulanger wounded in a duel by Premier Floquet, July 13. Boulan- ger elected Deputy by large majority Aug. aa ' Overthrow of the Floquet Ministry, Feb. 14. New Ministry formed by M. Ti- rard, Feb. 21. Boulanger convicted of tieason and sentenced to deportation, Aug. 13. New chamber of Deputies elected M. Floquet its President Duke of Orleans sentenced to two years' imprisonment for violation of la*^. Agreement with .England on African matters. Treaty of pewx with Kii« of Dahomey. A. O, 409. o«i of Spain by the Van. dais, Alans, and Suevi. 414. J4lF?**r Visigoths established by Adolphus. ' 427- The Vandals remove to Africa. Jheodoric I. conquers the Suevi. 4». Euric assassinates Theodoric (his brother) and becomes ruler of all Spain. S»7. The Franks driven o«t of Spain by Re- 67*-677. Wamba's good reign. 109. The Saracens invited into Spain toovcr« throw King, Roderick. A. D, 711. 718. 731. 777-t «73. Roderick defeated and slain at Xeres. Establishment of the Saracen kingdom of Cordova. * Leon and Asturias formed into a king- dom by Pelayo, who checks the con- Quests of the Saracens. The Saracens invading France, are de- feated at Tours by Charles Martel. Some *?y 733- 778. Unsuccessful invasion of Charle- magne. ^i^^ Navaixe founded by Sancfao STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 191 A. ])• loafi. Sancho U. of Navam becomes King of Castile. logi. The kingdom of Arxagoa founded by Ramirez I. 1037. Leon and Astuiias united to Gotile. ia9l* The Saracens, pressed by the Christians, call the African Moors to their aid. These drive back the Christians, but also seize the Saracen possessions in Spain. 1095. Hemy of Besan^on takes Poitncal ifom the Sancens. 1099. Exploits of the Cid Ruy Diaz. 1094^1144. Dynasty of the Almoravides at Cordova. 1144. Alphonso of Leon defeats the Moors in several battles. 1233-1348. Ferdinand III. of Leon and Cas tile wages war against the Moors, and takes Cordova, Seville, Toledo, and other cities. The Moors found the kingdom of Gren- ada, their last refuge agmnst the Chris- tians. 1274. The crown of Navarre passes to the royal fiunily of Fiance. 1327. The Kmg of Grenada brings JOO/xx> Moors from Africa to assist him. IJla Terrible defeat of the Moors at Tariia by Alphonso XI. of Castile. IPerdinand II. of Arragon marries Isa- bdlaof LeoaandCa^e. Uaionoftfae g^tater pait of Chilstiaii Spain in one monarchy. I480-1484. The Inquisition established. 1492-1498. Severe persecution of the Jews. 149s- Discovery of the New World by Chris. tofilier Colwmbus. i49Si Fevdinaml takes Grenada after a siege of two years, and destroys the Moorish power in Spain. *499~t522. Mohammedans persecuted and ex- pelled from Spain. iSofi. Death of Columbus, May aa ifia. Ferdinand oonqiieis the gimttr part of Navarre. (51^ Charles I. King of Spain. Acoesuon of Ihe House of Austria. A. D. 1519* "554. «557. 1561, 1561. 1572. 1580. i«88. 159^ 1640. 1700. 1702-: 1704. 1713- 1735- 1759. 1796. 1797- 1805. 1807* 1808. 1809. 1810. 181 1. • t Charles becomes Emperor of Germany as Charles V. Philip of Spain marries Qneeii Haiy of England. The Emperor Charles retoes to « monas- tery. Philip II. king. War with France. Decisive battle of St. Quentin. Philip victorious. Persecutions of the Protestants begun. Yictoiy over the Turkish navy at Li» panto. Holland, under William of Orange rebels against Philip's tyranny. Portugal conquered and united to Spain. Defeat of the •Spanish Armada. Philip m. king. He banishes 300^000 Moors from Spain by A. D. 1610. Portugal wins its independence. Charles II., the last of the House of Austria, dies, and is succeeded by ^Mlip v. of the House of Bourbon. 1713. War of the Succession The English capture Gibraltar. Siege of Barcelona. Charles, son of Philip V., oonqnets Naples. Charles HI. (King of the tiro ScQies) King of Spain. War with England. Battle of Cape St. Vincent, Feb. 14. Battle of Trafalgar, Oct 3i. Invasion of Spain by die Flrench. Treaty of Fontainebleau. The French take Madrid. Charies IV. abdicates in favor of Napoleon, May 1. Massacre of the French in Madrid, May 2. Napdeon assembles the Notables at Bayonne, May 25. Joseph BonapaxtCi King of Spain, enters Madrid, July 12, retires, July 29. The French defeateo at Vimiera, Aug. 21. The French re- take Madrid, and restore King Joseph, Dec 2. Napoleon enters Madrid, Dec. 4. Successes of the French. Capture of Ciudad Rodiifo faf Marshal Ney. Wellington defeats the French at Fuente*. d* Onore, May 6, and at AQmera, May f/L smnsrmtz mMzss for mmfmmmmcm. 19 J Badtjof, April 6, mA Sda- numcm, July 22. 18IJ. Wellington occupies Madrid, drives the WtmA out of Spain, and follows them into France. 1 1814. Ferdinand VII. restored. I 1817. The Slave tmie thtmrnA for « com. | pensation. fSaa Revolution begins in Jannaiy. Ferdi- •mA 9mmn to tlie Comtitation of the 1 Cortes. lHaj. The Cortes remove the king to Seville, and thence to Cadiz, March. Inlerven- HoB of France in behalf of the king, liwcli army enters Spain, April 7. I CWk nTested, Jme jj. "Skiilt of lie Tmcaikro. Aug. 31. The Revo- Intion crushed. The king tmonA. Execution of Riego tilt patriot leadeiB. I iSiS. The Fmcii evaciiale OA. ' i8«9, Cadiz made a tie pint ; 1850. The Salique law abolished. i8j3. Death of Ferdinand VII. His queen assumes the government as regent dur- inj the minority of her daughter. !«. Delia H. j 1834. The Quadruple Tnaty establishes the right of Queen Isabella to the throne. Don Carlos enters Spain and claims th« crown. Beginning oftheCarlist War. 1835-1839. Carlist War continues. The Gov- I «««ait sncGCSilu]. Don Carlos de- I fated. He takei lelhge in Itance. I lIHa Espartero, commander of the royal forces, I becomes the real ruler of Spain; the n«ent abdicates and leaves Spain J EspMtero expels the Papal Nuncio. III41. ■spoiero dcclanct hjr the Gntet regent ««%tiie,oiii,gqiMen's«inaily^ The mends of Queen Christina endeavor to oterthrow Espartero. He crosliis the ontbieak with great severity. 184J. Onttaeaklnliicdanaagainst Espartero. He crashes it ' I ■843- General uprisittg against bparinio. Ht | is «lriven from, the kingdom. | A. D. 1843. Isabella II., ,3 years old, is declared 07 the Cortes to be of age. Narvaez a •fiend of Queen Christina, is made Lieutenant^eral of the kingdom 1846. Marriage of the queen to her cousin, Don Francisco d' Assiz, Duke of Cadii Qjolness between England and Spaii, » coBseqience of the marriage of the infanta to the Duke de Montpensier, «>, of the King of France. 1847. Attempt by La Riva to assassinate the queen. Espartero restored. 1848. The British Envoy ordered to quit Mad- I rid within 48 houis. 1850. Birth of the queen's first child. It dies immediately, 1850-185 1. Attempt of Lopes to witst Cuba from Spain. 1851. Opening of the Blirfria Aranjuez Rail- way. 1852. Merino, a Franciscan monk, attempts to kill the queen, and slightly wounds her with a dagger. 1853. Narvaez exiled to Vienna. 18J4. Ispaftero otganizes a military insurrec- tion and succeeds in making himself prime minister. The qneen-mother iai- peached. She quits Spain, 1855. Death of Don Carlos. 1856. Insurrection at Valencia. Espartero re- A new Cabinet formed, headed Marshal O'Donnell, July. Insuzreo* tion in Madrid. It is quelled bf die government. The National Guard dis- liended, July. Insurrection at Barcelona •ad Saiagossa quelled by O'Donnell, as DietalMr,Jnly. O'Donnell forced tore- sign. Narvaez made Wme Minister. 1859. War with Morocco. O'Donnell com- mands the army in Africa. I86a Moora defeated and compelled to make peace. Treaty signed, March 26. Un- successful efforts to overthrow the queen and make the Count de Montemolin king. The Emperor Napoleon III. proposes to recognize Spain as a first- ■lass power. England refuses, and the pofect abandoned. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. A. D i|5j. The annexation of St. Domingo to Spain ratified. Spain joins England and Fiance in the Mexican Expedition. i86j. Don Juan de Bourbon renounces his right to the throne. O'Donnell resigns the premiership. 1864. Quarrel with Peru. General Prim ex- iled for conspiracy. Narvaez again prime minister. 1865. Peace with Peru, which is compelled to pay a heavy indemnity. The queen orders the sale of the crown lands, and gives three-fourths to the nation. Spain relinquishes St. Domingo. Quarrel with Chili. It is followed by war. Kingdom of Italy recognized by Spain. 1866. Insurrection headed by Gen. Prim. It is unsuccessful, and the insurgents enter Portugal, and lay down their arms. 1868. Revolution led by Prim and Serrano, Sept. 17. Revolution successful. Queen Isabella takes refuge in France. Pro- visional government organized at Ma- drid, Oct. 8. Religious freedom and liberty of the press granted by new gov- ernment The United States government recognizes the provisional government. 1869. Outbreaks of the Carlists and Repubi- cans. Prim at the head of affairs. 1870. The Spanish crown offered to Prince Leopold, of Germany. He refuses it. A. B. 476. Odoacer takes Rome and establishes the Kingdom of Italy. 493 The Ostrogoths invade Italy, and over- run it. 552. The Imperial Generals, Narses and Beli- sarius, expel the Ostrogoths from Italy. 568. Narses, Governor of Italy. He invites the Lombards from Germany. 596. The Lombards overrun Italy. Venice governed by a Doge. 754- Pepin, King of France, gives Ravenna to the Pope. 774. Charlemagne invades Italy. ••O' Pope Leo III. crowns Charlemagne Em- peror of the West at Rome. n A. D. 1870. It is accepted by Amadeus, son of the King of Italy. Marshal Prim assassi- nated, Dec. 29. 187 1. Amadeus enters Madrid, Jan. 2. 1872. Carlist War begins. Attempt to assassi- nate the king and queen, July 19. Great excitement throughout the country. 1873. Abdication of King Amadeus. Repulv lic proclaimed. Castelar President. 1874. Coup d' Etat. Marshal Serrano Presi- dent! Overthrow of the Republic. Al> fonso XII. proclaimed king, Dec. 30. 1875. Jan. 9. King Alfonso lands at Barce- lona. 1876. End of the Carlist War. 1879. I^tb of Queen Mercedes. 1880. Two attempts to assassinate King Al* fonso. Second marriage of the King. Slavery abolished in Cuba. 1883. Suicide of Senor Barca, Spanish Min- ister to the United States, July 29. 1884. Cholera panic at Madrid, Oct. 8. 188$. Town of Alhama destroyed by an earthquake, Jan. 2. Alarming out- break of cholera, June 16. 1886. Posthumous son bom to Queen Chris- tiana, May 17. 1890. Palace of the Alhambra burned at Granada, Sept. 16. New cabinet formed with Senor de Castillo as Fremier, July 20. A. D. 842. Invasion of Italy by the Saracens. • 1000. Genoa becomes rich and powerful. 1016-1017. The Saracens expelled from Italy by the Normans. 1073-85. Gregory VII., Pope. He establishes the universal sovereignty of the Papacy, and reforms abuses in the Church. 1073. Beginning of the disputes between the Popes and the emperors about ecclesias- tical investitures. 1120. Rise of the Lombard cities. 1 125. Era of the glory of Venice. The Vene- tians win many victories over the east- ■ em emperors. 1 144. Wars of the Lombaid citi«ts. STATISTICAL TABLES FOX JtMF£MMMCM, \ Silk JD^ih m nil. Gimmencement of the wan of the G«i«lplM anil the Ghibelines. 1154^1115. Fradcffkfc I. (oOled Barfamsa) •■ipiiii. Sis mm in Italy occupy the greater part of this period. 1167- League of the Lombards against the eai- S194 IMerich ikleated at Lagnano.. 1183. Peace of Constance. 1236^1250. This period mainly occupied by the wars of the Emperor Frederick II. layy- Rnle of the Visconti, at Milan, lili. The Sicilian Vespers. The French ex- | F*>M ftom Sicily. 130S. The Pope (Clement V.) ranovcs to Avignon, m France. I 1339. First Doge of Genoa appointed. I4f5- Conquest of Naples by Charles VII., of i^fih Charles loses Ifaplci: I49f. Louis XII. unites with Venice and conquers Milan, but does not hold it lomg. ■jol Th«L«fi« of Cambimyfofined against Venice. 1509 Venice stripped of its Italian ponesstons. « 513-' 522 Leo X., Pope. He pitfronizes literature and the arts. »5'5-'5*'« This period occupied by the wan of the Emperor Charles V. and Fkaacia I. of France. IS«J. Battle of Pavia. Rcands L defaiid ami made prisoner. 1545. Pope Paul III. (Alexander Famese) Cfwts Fltmu and Placentia intoa Ducny. IJSf. T*««tyofCateau.Camhfesk liay to 1631. War of the Mantuan succession. Ifi93. Battle of Marsaglia. The French, under Caiinat, defeat the Duke of Saroy. 1701. The war of the Spanish succession bcniis in Italy, lyofi. Battle of Turin. 1713- Peace of Utrecht. Italy divided. 1 7 18. The Duke of Savoy beaimes King of Sairdinia ly-i*. Ptace of Aix-k-ChapelJe. The House of Austiia oonirmei! in the possession 'Of Mian^ i79<>-7. Bonaparte's first victories in Iiai* 1797. Treaty of Campo Formic. France ana I Austria divide the Venetian States. [ Cisalpine Republic founded. 1798. Pope Pins VI. deposed by Bonapane 1799. Defeat of the French at Trebia by the I Russians under Suwarrow. 1802. The Italian Republic. Bonaparte 1^. dent. I 1805. Napoleon crowned King of Italy. En. gene Beauhamds Viceroy of Italy. 1806. The Treaty of Presbnig deprives Amtrta of her Italian possessions. 1814. Downfall of Napoleon. Overthrow of the Kingdom of Italy. 1815. Establishment of the Lombardo- Vene- tian Kingdom by Austria. 1837. King Charles Albert of SaidhiiaptomBl. gates a new Code. 1848. The King of Sardinia grants a Constitu- tion, and openly espouses the cause of »^ n«eneratian against Austria, March. Insurrection in Lombardy. It is supported by Sardinia, April. The Pope supports the movement for Italian iiMl*pendence.June. War between Sar- dinia and Austria. Revolution at Rome. Flight of the Pope to Gaeta. 1849. After several reverses, the Sardinians are totally defeated by the Austrians at Na- varre, March 23. dose of the war. Austria recovers Lombardy. Charles Alhett abdicates m favor of his ion, Victor Emmanuel II., March 23; dies, July 28. The Roman Republic. Roma captured by a French army under Mar- ihalOudinot. The Republic overthrown, and the Pope restored. I«S0. Ecclesiastical juriadlctioiia aboliahcd in Sardinia. Anest of Ihe ArddAhop of Turin. 1851. Count Cavour Minister of Foreign Alfiun. i«S5. Stodinia joina the alliance of France. England, and Turkey, against Russia and takes part in the Crimean War. 1857. Diplomatic rupture between Sardinia and Austria. STATISTICAL TABLES FOB BEFEREIfCEm 195 0, V. 4^9. Quarrel between Sardinia and Austria results in war. France espouses the cause of Sardinia, and sends an army to her assistance. The Austrians cross the Ticino, April 27. The French army mches Genoa, May 3. Battles of Mon- tebetto, May 20; Palestro, May 30-31 ; Magenta, June 4 ; Marignano, June 8; Solferino, June 24. The Austrians de- feated in each engagement. Revolu- tions m Tuscany, Parma, Modena, Bo- logna, Ferrara, etc. Peace of Villa- franca, July 1 1 . Lombardy surrendered to Sardinia. The Pope appeals to Eu- rope against the King of Sardinia, July 12. The Italian Duchies declare in lavor of annexation to Sardinia. New constitution for Sardinia. The Emperor Napoleon advises the Pope to give up his revolted States, Dec. 31. i)i6o. The Pope refuses the emperor's proposal, and denounces him, Jan. 8. Annexa- tion of Tuscany, Parma, Modena, and the Romagna (by universal suffrage) to Sardinia, March. Savoy and Nice ceded to France, by Sardinia. The French troops leave Italy, May. Garibaldi drives the Neapolitans from Sicily, and invades Naples with his little army. In- surrection in the Papal States, Sept. The Sardinian army enters them, de- feats the Papal troops, and takes Ancona, Sept. 1 7-29. The Sardinian army, under the king, enter the Neapolitan territory; defeat the Neapolitans at Iseraia, Oct. 17. Garibaldi defeats the Neapolitans at the Volturno, Oct. I. Meets Victor Emmanuel, Oct. 26, and salutes bim as '« King of Italy." Sicily and Naples annexed to Sardinia. Treaty of Zurich. i46l. The first Italian Parliament assembles, Feb. 18. Parliament decrees Victor Bmaannel « King of Italy,'* Feb. 26. The mw kingdom recognized by Eng- land, March 31. The Pope protests against the new kingdom, April 15. Death of Cavour, June 6. A. D. 1862. Garibaldi endeavors to wrest Rome from the Pope. He is made prisoner at As- promonte, by the Italian army. 1863. Commercial treaties with France and Great Britain. 1864. Convention signed with France for the evacuation of Rome by the French in Feb., 1867. Transfer of the capital from Turin to Florence. 1865. Bank of Italy established. New Parlia» ment meets at Florence. 1866. The German-Italian War begins. Italy declares war against Austria, June 20. Battle of Custoza. Defeat of the Ital- ians, by the Archduke Albrecht, June 24. Battle of Lissa. Defeat of the Italian ieet, July 20. Treaty of Ni- cholsburg, Aug. 26. Close of the waii 1868. Railway over Mt. C^nis opened. 1870. Rome evacuated by the French, Aug. II. Revolution in Rome imminent. The king orders his army to enter the Papal territory. Rome captured by the Italian army, Sept. 20. The Pope takes refuge in the Castle of St. Angelo. Rome annexed to Italy, and made the capital of the kingdom. 1871. The government transferred to Rome, July. Opening of the Mt. Cinis Tunnel. 1872. Death of Mazzini. Eruption of Mount Vesuvius. Serious inundations throughout the Peninsula. 1873. Suppression of the Convents at Rome. Visit of Victor Emmanuel to Berlin. 1874. General Assembly of Free Christian Churches in Italy. 1875. Visit of the Emperor of Austria to the King of Italy at Venice. Visit df the Emperor of Germany to the King of Italy at Milan. 1876. Italy Anti-Turkish hi the Eastern Qne» tion. 1878. Jan. 9. Death of Victor Emmanuel. Feb. 7. Death of Pope Pius IX. Feb. 20. Leo XIII. elected Pope. 1S79. Attempt to assassinate King Humbert 1880. Republican agitation in Italy. 188 1. Earthquake at Ischia. srArisnotL taslms fom mmfmmencm. 4.1k. ffi-^ Clisrlaiuifne establishes tlie Mar- P»iri«le of ABStiia. Siy. Louis, the Geraiaa (of Ftauiee), con- quers Austria. 1 156. The Margraviate made a hereditaiy duchy by the Emperor Frederick I. 1246. Frederick II., the last male of the Home of Babcmheif , killed in battle with the Hungarians. "54- Ottocar for Premislas) of Bolmiia ac- quires the Austrian provinces. 1160. Is obliged to cede Styria to Hungaiy. but makes war and regains it. He inherits Cariniiia. Declines thC' iaBptiial. croirn of Ger- many. Rodolph of Hapsburg being elected Emperor of Germany, Ottocar refuses to do homage to hia. Rodolph makes war ii|ioii Ottocar, de- feats him, and compels Mm to cede over Anrtija, Guintbia. and Styria. B«tle of MardifeM. Ottocar is shiin in the effort to recoter his dominions. •JpB. Albert I. attempts to snbdae Hie Swin. Is assassinated. ■JO7-1309. Successful revolt of the Swiss. ■31S- Battle of Morgarten. Total defeat of the Anstrians by the Swiss. 1314 Battle of Sempaeh. Odbt of the Austrian! by the Swiss, and i!*^ of the Duke Leopold. Duke Albert V. obtains Bohemia and Mongaiy, and is elected Emperor of Germany. The Ardididiy of Aoatria crcatcd witb » of AtuCiia. I War* with France. Capture of Vient by Napoleon. Battle of Ansteriitz. Treaty of Presburg. Auttlt nnendaB the Tyrol and Venice. Tie French evacuate Vienna Second capture of Vienna by the rrencn. Marriage of the Arcfadnchess Manr Louisa to Napoleon I , April I . DownfaU of Napoleon, Omgress of Vienna. Ttoaty of Vienna. Austria regains hM ^tnm pBiiMM^ nidi .additions.. STATJSTJCdL TABLES FOR REFERENCE, 197 liis- 1136- 1838. i84». 1849- 1850- 1851. i8s2. 1853. 1856. 1857. 1859. The Lombaido- Venetiaii kingdom estab- lished. Death of Frands 1. Ferdinand suc- ceeds him. Treaty of commerce with England. Ferdinand I. crowned k. Milan. Insurrection at Vienna. Flight of Prince Mettemich, March 13. Insurrections in Italy. They are crushed. Another insurrection at Vienna. The emperor flies to Innspruck, May 15-17. The Archduke John i^pointed vicar-general of the empire. May 29. A Constitu- tional Assembly meets at Vienna, July 23. Third insurrection at Vienna. Oxnit Latour murdered, Oct. 6. War with Sardinia. Revolution in Hungary. War ensues. The Emperor Ferdinand abdicates in favor of his nephew, Fhmcis Joseph. Sardinia forced to make peace. Con- stitution granted. The revolution in Hungary put down after a severe struggle, the Russian army having come to the assistance of Austria. Convention of Olmutz. The emperor revokes the constitution of 1849. Trial by jury abolished in the empire, libenyi attempts to assassinate the em- peror. Commercial treaty with Prussia. The Ausirians enter the Danubian Prin- cipalities. The emperor grants amnesty to the Hun- garian political ofeiders of 1848-^9. Quarrel with Sardinia. Diplomatic re- lations suspended. Visit of the emperor and empress to Hungary. War with France and Sardinia. The Austrians defeated at Montebello^ May ao; Pilestro, May 30^ 31 ; Magentaj June 4; Melegnano, June 8, and Sol- ferino, June 24. Death of Prince Met- ternich. Armistice between the Aus- trians and the Allies agreed upon, July 6. Meeting of the Emperors of France and Austria, July li. Peace of VEla V^onca, July it. A D. 1859. Austria surrenders Lombardy to Sar- dinia. Troublas m Hungary, Fears of a revolution. The emperor grants increased privileges to the ProtesUnts. Treaty of Zurich. Permanent peace with France Sardinia. 1860. The emperor removes the disabilities of the Jews. The meeting of the Reichs- rath (the great imperial legislature or diet). May 31. Austria protests against the annexation of the Italian duchies by the King of Sardinia. The liberty of the press further restrained. Troubles in Hungary begin. The Reichsrath granted legislative powers, the control of the finances, etc 1861. Amnestygranted for political offences in Hungary, Croatia, etc. Great disaffec- tion throughout the empire caused by the reactionary policy of the court. The new constitution for the Austrian mon- archy published. Civil and political rights granted to Protestants throughout the empire, except in Hungary and Venice. Meeting of the Reichsrath. No deputies present from Hungary, Croatia, Transylvania, Venice, or Istria, April 29. The Hungarians demand the restoration of the constitution of 1848. The new liberal constitution for the empire docs not satisfy Hungary. Military levy taxes in Hungary, July. Entire independence refused Himgarv by the emperor, July 21. The Diet of Hungary protests, Aug. 20^ and is dis- solved, Aug. 21. The magistrates ak Pesth resign. Military fofemmenl established, December. 1862. Amnesty granted to Hungarians. Ces- sation of prosecutions, Nov. 19. Mm- istry of Marine created. The principle of ministerial responsibility adopted in the imperial government. The army reduced. A personal liberty (a kind of habeas corpus) bill passed. 1863. Insurrection in Pobmd. Transylvanli accepts the constitution and deputies to the Reichsrath. A. 11% CMcit aid Ovcov declared in a state «f tiift. -War witi Denmark aboitt Schleswig-Holstein. Meeting of the emperor with King of Prussia, June 22. Peace with Denmark, Oct. 30. Austria wpporti the German Confederation in ihc dtipute leijiectiiif tli« dudiies. ■••S &iatiii«ic«diiie«ltiet in Ike .empire. Reforms resolved npoii. Conceisiont to be made to Hungary, and a more | ibeial manner of governing the empire J»*«we*oat of the Auitrians. Battle of Slialiti. Decisive defeat of the Aus- trian army at Sadowa, July j. Great victory by the Austrian fleet over the I«*Uan fleet at Lissa, July aa A. D 1866. An armistice agreed upon between An* tria and Prussia, July 22. Peace 01 Ni. «*«W»"irg.Aug.3a Austria retires fron, Ihe Geiaan Confedeiation. Baron Von Beustmade prime ainiMtt. Tht emperor makes gn»t oonc«ii«is ti Galicia. A new and very liberal constitution for the empire adopted. Hungary consti- teted an independent kingdom. The Emperor and Empress of Austria 1868. The cleifflr of the Roman Catholic Church made amenable to the Civil Law Civil marriafes authoriaed. The State assumes the control of secular education. 1869. Serious outbreaks in Dahnatia. 1870. The Concordat repealed. 1871. StiU further reforms in the government Measures adopted looking to the repre- •entatio» of aU the nationalities em- braced in the empire. 1872. Change in the Electoral Law. 1873. Visit of the Emperor of Germanv to Vienna. Visit of Victor Emmanuel ta Vienna. International Eahihition held at Vienna. 1874. Reforms in the empire. 1875. Visit ol the emperor to Italy. Finan- cial Crisis. 1876. New marriage law. Austria takes a lead- log part in the Eastern 'Qaotion. 1877. Austria remains neutral in thevarbe* tween Russia and Turkey, 1878. Occupation of Bosnia. 1879. Count Andrassy resigns. i88*>, Austria and Germany agreed upon tht Eastern Queitim. A. D. 9. «eraana(orAfminius).theGermanhefo. destroys the Roman legion under Varus. 45®. The Germans overrun GauL 77»-ft5- Gharfcmagne after a severe strog- git eowiaen the Saaons. They cm- bcaet Chcistianliy. 8<»- Charlemagne crowned Emperor ot thr West, at Rome. 839-840. Louis {le Deimmairi) separates Ger many from France. 811. The German princes assert their indepo» dence, and Conrad of Pranconia reifpi* STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 918-934- Henry I. (called the Fowler J reigns. He conquers the Huns, Danes, Vandals, and Bohemians. 96a. Otho L crowned emperor by the Pope. 1042. Conquest of Bohemia by Henry III. 1075. Struggle between Heniy IV. and Pope Gregory VIL 1075. The Pope humbles the emperor. 1084. Heniy captures Rome. The Pope flies to Salerno, and dies there in E085. 1073-1123. Quarrel between the emperor and the Pope respecting ecclesiastical inves- titures. 1147. Conrad III. joins the Crusade. His army destroyed by Greek treachery. I154 to I177. Wars between Frederick I. (Barbarossa) and the Italian Repub- lics. 1162. Barbarossa destroys Milan. 119a Death of Barbarossa. Order of Teutonic Knights established. 1245. Hanseatic League formed. 1273. Rudolph, Count of Hapsburg, chosen emperor. 1356. An edict of Charles IV., called the " Golden Bull," issued. It becomes the fundamental law of the empire. I414-1416. Sigismund, King of Bohemia, be- comes emperor. He betrays John Huss and Jerome of Prague, and allows them to be burned by the priests. I416-1419. The followers of Huss take up arms. A severe war ensues. Prague is taken by the Hussites in 1419. I4jy. Albert II., Duke of Austria, becomes emperor. lSt7* Lather begins the work of the leforma- tiott. 1522-1546. Luther translates and publishes the Bible and Liturgy in German. 1521. The Diet at Worms. Luther excom- municated. IS27. War with Oie lope. Rome eafitured by the Germans. 1529. Diet at Spires. '530- The Augsburg Confession. ■5J&> The I^eague of Smalkald formed by the Vtnolestaut princes. A. D. 1534. The Anabaptist War. They capture Munster. 1536. The Anabaptists suppressed, and John of Leyden slain. ' 1546. Death of Luther. 1546-1552. The Emperor, Charles V., makes war on the Protestants, who are assisted by Henry II. df France. 1552. The peace of Passan. Close of the reli- gious wars. 1556. Abdication of the Emperor Charles V. 1 618. Beginning of the Thirty Years' War-* between the Evangelical Union, under the elector palatine, and the Catholic League, under the Duke of Bavaria. i6ao. Battle of Prague. Ruin of the elector palatine. 1630. Gustavus Adolphus, King of Sweden, invades Germany. 1632. Battle of Lutzen. Victoiyand death of Gustavus Adolphus. 1648. Treaty of Westphalia closes the Thirty Years' War, and establishes religious toleration. 1683. John Sobieski, King of Poland, defeats the Turks before Vienna. 1699. Peace of Carlowitz. 1704. Marlborough defeats iie French at Blenheim. 17 13. Peace of Utrecht. 1722. The Pragmatic Sanction, settling the im- perial crown upon Maria Theresa. 1736. Marriage of Francis I., Duke of Lor- raine, to Maria Theresa. 1740. Maria Theresa Queen of Hungary. 1742. The Elector of Bavaria elected emperor as Charles VIL 1745. Francis L, husband of Maria Theresa^ elected emperor. 1756-1763. The Seven Years' War. 1772. The Emperor, Joseph IL, shares ii the partition of Poland. 1804. Francis IL renounces the tide of Empe ror of Germany, and assumes that of Emperor of Austria. 1805. Napoleon establishes the kingdoms of Wurtemburg and Bavaria; theldngdom of Westphalia in 1807. STATISTICAI. TAM.LMS FOJl MMmjtMMCM, iSqfi. Dissolution of the Genii«ii Empire. Formation of the Confedewitioii of the ««i3. The wu of Liberation (ag«n.t Ntpo- Icon) begini. 1814-1815. Congress of Vienna. Final over- throw of Napoleon. Fomwitioii of the Germanic Confederation. 1818. Tht Zollif«rein formed. i8|8. Revolutionary movemcnti thm^oot Germany. German National AiaemMy meets in Frankfort. 1%. The German National Assembly elect tlie King of -Prassia Emperor of Ger- niwiy. He declines the honor, and re- mm the Ttasian aembeis' of the assembly. 1857. Revision of the German Confederation. Merting of an assembly of the German Confederation at IVankfort, at the caU of Austria. Tronbles in Hesse-Cassel The elector lettoied by the confedera' tion. It59. Bavaria and other German States mani- fest a willingness to assist Austria against the French in Italy, •lift Qn.«rel with Denmark about the Danish Duchies begins. 1863-1864. The quarrel with Denni|llE ■lili* in war with that kingdom. The Omm are defeated and forced to sv- lender the Duchies. il«5. The GflMein convention. It gives great offence to the German Diet. 1866. War between Prussia and Austria, and their respective allies. Austria defeated. 1867. 1870. I87I. 1872. ■874. 1876. 1878. 1879. 1880. 1 881. Disruption of the GcriMnic Confed«» tion. Formation of the NoftliGennai Confederation onder the lendendiinof Prussia. *^ Fonaation of the new Zollverein. War between Germany and France. In. irtlionofFrance by the Germans. The Emperor, Napoleon HI., and two French armies made prisoners by the Germans. The German Empire formed. «e Imperial Crown offered to the Kina of Prussia. ^ King William of Phmia prodaimed emperor at Versailles, Successful cloie of the French War. The German* occupy Paris, and deprive France of Alsace and Lorraine. Treaty of peace with France. The Jesuits expelled from the empire. Meeting of the Emperore of Germany, Russia, and Austria at Berlin. Civil Marriage Law passed. New mili- tary and press laws. Attempt to assassi nate Prince Von Bismarck. The Imperial Bank BUI adopted. Visit of the emperor to Italy, Aug. 17. Germany takes part in the Eastern Ques- tio«. Visit of Queen Victoria to Berlin. TrouMe with Roman Catholic Church. Attempt to assassinate the Emperor Wil liam. Regency of the crown prince. The emperor resumes the government. Socialist movements. Alsace-Lorraine made a State of the Empire. Marriage of Prince William, son of the Crown Prince. A. D. 997. ^ of St. Adalbert, who introduced Uinstiamty into Prussia. tlfij. A colony from the Netherlands found the dty of Berlin, during the reien of Albert the Lear. ^ laaj. The Teutonic Knights undertake the lan. K:iInia«K«» ^-^t capital- A. D. 1481- 1525- I4«5. Frederick IV., of Nuremberg, pur chases the Margraviate of Brandcnbun^ from the Emperor Sigismnnd. Albert of Brandenburg, Grand Master of the Teutonic Knights, renounces the Romish religion, embraces Lutheranism,. •ad it acknowledged Duke of East Prus «. which he holds as a lief of Polawi STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE. \^ Duke Albert founds the University of KOnigsberg. t6o8. John Sigismund created Elector of Bran- denburg and Duke of Prussia. 1648. The House of Brandenburg acquire Halberstadt and Minden. 1657. The Great Elector, Frederick William, compels Poland to acknowledge the in- dependence of Prussia. 1701. Prussian Monarchy established by Fred- erick 1. 1702. Guelders taken from the Dutch. 1707. Neufchatel, or Neunburg, seized, and Tecklenburg purchased by Frederick I. 1712. Prussia acquires the principality of Meurs. 1713. Frederick William I. king. ] 1740. Frederick the Great king. He raises Prussia to the rank of a first-class power. 174!. Breslau ceded to Prussia. 1742. Silesia and Glatz acquired by conquest. 1744. Frederick the Great visits England. 1756. Beginning of the Seven Years' War. Austria, Russia, and France allied against Prussia. 1757. Battle of Prague. Frederick victorious, May 6. Battle of Kolin. Frederick defeated. May 18. Battle of Rosbach. Frederick victorious, Nov. 5. Battle of Lissa. Frederick defeats the Aus- trians, Dec. 5. 1758. Battle of Hochkerchan. Defeat of the Prussians, Oct. 14. | 1760. Capture of Berlin by the Austrians and 1763. Qose of the Seven Years' War. 1786. Death of Frederick the Great, Aug. 17. 179a. War with France in consequence of the French Revolution. Battle of Valmy, Sept 20. Decisive defeat of the Prus- sian army of invasion. 1801*1806. Prussia seizes Hanover. Prussia joins the alliance against France. Bat- tles of Jena and Auerstadt. Prussia succumbs to Napoleon. Napoleon issues the Berlin Decree. 1807. Peace of Tilsit. Napoleon restores one- half of his dominions to the King of Prussia. A. D. 1808. Convention of Berlin. 1813. The war of Liberation begun. Upising of the people. The "Landwehr" formed. 1814. Treaty of Paris. The Prussiam occapf the French capital. 1817. Establishment of the ministry of ediicac tion. 18 19. Congress of Carisbad. Death of Mar shal Blucher, Sept. 12. 1844. Attempt to assassinate the king. 1848. Revolution of 1848. Beriin declared in. a state of siege, Nov. 12. The Con- . stituent Assembly meets in Brandenburg- Castle, Nov. 29. The king dissolve* the assembly, and issues a new constitu- I tion, Dec. 5. 1849. The German National Assembly offer the Imperial Crown of Germany to the King of Prussia, Marcb 28. He de- dines it, April 29. Martial law declared I tiiroughout the kingdom. May 10. Oc- I cupation of Carlsruhe by the Prussians, June 23. They crush the revolution in- Baden. 1850. The king takes the oath to the new con- stitution, Feb. 6. Attempt to assassinate the king. Peace with Denmark. Prussia refuses to join the restricted Diet of Frankfort. Prussia virarns Austria of her intention to uphold the constitution i in Hesse-Cassel, Sept. 21. The Prus. sian army occupies Hesse, Nov. 9. The Prussian troops withdraw from Badeiv. Nov. 14. The convention of Olmuta removes the cause of the trouble, and restores peace to Germany, Nov. 29. 1851. Visit of the king to Russia. 1852. The king re-establishes the Council of State, as it existed prior to 1848. 1853. Plot against the government detected al Berlin. 1854. Wavering policy of the gov*»mment re- specting the Eastern Question. Remains neutral in the Crimean War. 1855. Prussia not allowed to take pai* in »l»c conferences at Vienna. 1856. Takes part in the conference at l^a*««. J02 STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFBRMNCM, A. D. 1856-1857. Quarrel with Switzerland about Neufchltel. Prussia relinquishes her claims for a pecuniary compentttion. •*i57. Seriou* illness of the king. The Prince of PrMsia (the present Emperor 'Wil- liam) regent. 1858. Prince Frederick William (son of the leteiit) married to the Princess Royal ofEnglaiiil. ..1:59. Franco-Mian War. Fnssk neutral, but thraitcning. *8rn. William I. becomes king upon the death of his brother, Frederick William IV., Jan. a. Becher, a Leipzig student, at- tempts to assMsinate the king. The king anil qneen crowned at Kflnipbeig . He declares he will •« reign by the grace of God." •tta. A responsible ministry established. Re- actionary policy of the government. De- feat of tlie government in the elections. Count Bismarck Schonhausen, premier. He informs the Chamber that the Bud- get is deferred until 1863 ; the deputies protest against this as unconstitutional, Sept. 30. The Budget passed by the Chamber of Peers without the amend- ments of the Chamber of Representa- tives. The Chamber declares the action «f the Peers unconstitutional, Oct. 11. Qoae of the session of the Chambers by the king, who nnounces tkit "The Budget for the year i86a, as decreed by the Chamber of Deputies, having been rejected by the Chamber of Peers on the ground of insufficiency, the government of his majesty is under the tmmiiy of comtrMig tkt pMk i#im mmm tkt iomsmtrnt,** Oct. fittj. Continuation of the quarrel between the government and the chamber. The king closes the session and resolves to gotwn wiliMt a parliament,. Hay ay. Severe restrictions imposed ipom the press, June i. The crown prince dis- avows participation in the recent action of the miiiiirtif, Junes 1864. 1865 ilUiISi ■870. I871. 187a. 1873. 1874. iS7S* 1876. i877- 1878. 1879. 1880. 1881. War with Denmark about the Dtnisj, Duchies. Denmark forecd to give up the Duchies, and make peM. TVeatt signed Oct. 30. ' Quarrel between the government and the chamber of defnities over the Army Budget The budget being ngected the king prorogues the parliament, and de- dares he will rule without it. The king arbilvanly seizes and disposes of the reirenne, July 5. Convention of Gastein. War with Austria and her allies. Bat- tle of Sadowa. Great victory for Prus- sia. It closes the war. Formation of the North German Confederation under the leadership of Prussia. Hanover annexed to Brusaia. War with France. France invaded by the German army under the command of King William of Prussia. [For events of the war see Germany and France.] The King of Prussia elected Emperor of Germany. King William proclaimed Empeior of Germany. Trouble with the Roman Catholic Clergy. Creation of new peers by the government to cany its measures in parliament. Troubles with the Roman Quholic Bishops. The Stamp Tax. Troubles with the Roman Catholic Bishops. The Old Catholic Bishops given salaries by the government. Conleience of the Roman Catholic Bishops at Fulda. New constitution adopted by the Protestant State Chuith. The German made the official languagi in Priissian Poland. Deposition of Catholic fiiihops in M&uter and Co> Prussia neutral in thevar between Tar^ key and Russia. Attempt to assassinate King William. The Crown Prince Regent. The King lonmes the government Trouble with, the Socialists. Marriage of Prince WMIimn, son of the Crown Prince. STATISTICAL TABLES FOR REFERENCE, 176. Invasion of the Huns. 80a. Ruric, the Norman, establishes the first regular government at Novgorod, and becomes grand duke. 904. SucoessiiBl Invasion of the Greek Empire by Oleg. 988. Vladimir the Great marries Anne, sister of the emperor, Basil II., and embraces Christianity. 1223. Irruption of the Golden Horde of Tar- tan. They conquer a large part of Russia. ia3J. The Grand Duke, June, slain in bat- tle. 1242. The Tartars establish the empire of the Khan of Kaptschak, and exercise great influence in Russia. 1244. Invasion of the Danes. They are de- feated by Alexander Newski. 1252. He is made Grand Duke of Russia by the Tartars. 1380. War with the Tartars. 1383. Moscow burned. 1395. Invasion of Russia by Tamerlane. 1462. Accession of Ivan the Great. He founds the (present) monarchy, and in 1482 assumes the title of Qsar. f47S. Cannon and inarms introduced into Rus»a by Ivan. 1479- Great invasion of the Tartars. 1491. The Tartars are defeated, and their power annihilated by Svenigorod, the general of Ivan. »533- Ivan IV. ciaf. Noted for his cruelty. 1553. Trade with England begun by the Eng- lish " Russian Company." 1554' Siberia discovered. 1598. The race of Ruric, who had governed Russia for 700 years, becomes extinct. I006. Demetrius, an impostor, ascends the flmme.b.ti.««4*«ied.ndputU, *6io. Interregnum. «6i3, Michael Fedonroits becomes ciar, and estsblishes the house of RompoiL '(^i7* Finland. oeded lo Sweden. A. D. 1645. Alexis, called the father of his Country csar. 1654. Russian victories in Poland. 1667. first Russian vessel built 1681. The Cossacks subdued. i68a. Reign of Ivan and Peter I. {called thn Great) . 1689. Peter sole sovereign. 1697. He visits Holland and England, and learns the useful trades. Peter tap- presses the conspiracy of the Strelitx, and punishes its members with barbar- ous cruelty. 1700. War with Sweden. Batfle of Narva. Total defeat of Peter by Charles XII. 1703. Peter founds St. Petersburg, and makes it the capital of the empire. 1704. The Strelitz (or royal body guard} abolished. 1709. Battle of Pultowa. Charles XII., Sweden, totally defeated by Peter, and forced to fly to Turkey. Peter sends 14,000 Swedish prisoners to colonise Siberia. 1 7 1 1 . War with Turkey. 1713. Peter takes the title of emperor. 1715. Esthonta, Livonia, and a large part of Finland added to the empire. Peter visits Germany, Holland, and France. 1718. The Jesuits expelled. 1725. Catharine I. empress. 1730. Peter II. (the last of the Romanofi) deposed. Anne, Duchess of Courland, and daughter of the ciar, Ivan IV., empress. 1740. Ivan VI., an infant, emperor. 1741. Elizabeth, daughter of Peter the Great, imprisons Ivan VI. for life, and reigns in his stead. 1762. Peter III. deposed and murdered. Catharine II., called the Great, becomef empress. 1764. Murder of Ivan VI. 1772. Catharine commences the dismember ment of Poland. 1774. Rebellion of the Cossacks J' STATISTICAL TABLES FOM MMMMMMJ^M, A. D ins- Cossacks' rebellion suppressed. 179$. TTie partition of Poland completed. «7%-il84. Conqoest of tli« Crimea, Bealli. off Catliarine tlie Gieat War with Persia. 1198. Russia joins the alliance of England imii Austria against France. 1799. Sawarrow clieclcs the French in Italy. i«oo. Insanity of the Emperor Fml 1801. He is murdered. Alexander I. emperor. He makes peace with England. •S05. RuMia joins the coalition against France, April. Battle of Austerliu. Napoleon delieats the allies, Bee. a. 1807. Treaty of Tilsit. Ftacc with France. Ii09. The Turks defeat the Russians Silistria. ■»ia. War with France. Napoleon invades Rnssia. Battle of Smolensko, Aug. 17, Russians defeated. Battle of the Boro- *liao, Sept. 7. Russians defeated. Burning of Moscow by the Russians. Retreat of the French. 1813. Battle of X,eipzig. Defeat of Napoleon, 1114. Downfall of Napoleon. The Emperor Alexander enters Paris in triumph. 1S15, The Emperor Alexander organixcs the " Holy Alliance." 1822. The Grand Duke Constantine renounces his right to the throne. i8aS. D«*th of the Emperor Alexander. i8a6. The Emperor Nicholas crowned at Mos- cow. War with Persia. 1827. The Emperor Nicholas visits England. l8a«. Peace with Persia. War with Turkey. Russians generally victorious. Begins, April 26. 1829. Peace with Turkey, 1830. Polish war of independence begins. 1831. Warsaw taken by the Russians, and the insurrection crushed, Sept., Oct. 183a. The empenr decrees that Ptoland shall henceforth form an integral part of the Russian Empire. 184a Failure of the Khivan Expedition. Treaty of London. l84S>l849. Russia aids Austria in suppressing the Hungarian Revolution. I A. D. 1850. Conspiracy against the life of Ike em. peror detected Harbor of SdMitei completed. ' 1852. Visit of the emperor to Vienna. 1853. Commencement of the quarrel with Turkey about the Holy Places." 1854. WarwithTurke. Fr ,nce,and Engknd.. Capture of Bomarsuiid, Aug. 16. Battle: of the Alma, Sept. 20. Siege of Sebis- topol begun, Oct. Battle of Bai l- Mwm, Oct as. Battle of Inkermann, Nov, 5. 1855. Capture of the MalakoflF tower by the French, The Russians evacuate Sebas- topol and retire to their works on the north side of the harbor, Sept. Death of the Emperor -Nicholas, March 2, Alexander II. emperor. 1856. Amnesty granted to Poles, May 37; •« political offenders, Sept. 7, Suspensicn- of hostilities in the Crimea, Feb. 29. Treety of Plaris, March 30. Close of the war. Alexander II, cKiwned at^ Moscow, Sept. 2. 1858. Partial emancipation of the serfs on tht- imperial domains. 1859. Russia censures the warlike movements of the Germanic Confederation during the Franco-Italian war. 1861. Insurrection in Poland begins. The • emperor issues a decree providing for the total emancipation of the serfi- throughout the empire in two ycais. i86»-i863. The insurrection in Poland b* comes general. It is quelled with giea» severity. 1862. Trial by jury granted. Increased priv- ileges granted to the Jews. 1863. Freedom of the serfs. 1864. The war in the Caucasus ended. 1865. Death of the Czarowitch Nicholas at Nice, April 24. New province, "Turk* estan," in Central Asia, created. I8 B N P- < M * S 5 E • • s z a • 5 c S, 2 5 O I ± :2 * S « a ?^ a H dS 5 5 •9 i S w ■ • • • . . e a •••• 'kB' ^ i J S 8 S I ^' _? O cS CI, ^ C J3 *^ ftl CO < I J M «3 "2 . «J ht 2 B ^ g * ^ A 2 o5 OS jg W .? : > i • * . Ji% _ 'J . lllf I llo* - g 2 k O S <« I 1 ^ 1 « 2 CO 5Q fci ;g ?? 3 S S & O « 55 £ 1(5* g s< s o {g a M 4n M m _a ; „ • Oj3 • : • O ^ J O : O ^ s I-ff = •5 •- 7-: «i2 2 t CS Q Em O M mS3m£:s:^**S 8 SSoJS S S2s SB «S i 2 j^^i'S-^ "ifi a F 'H ,Sn « ii ^ > ■ 3 <»^^ajgg£J j; - a 6 S S ,rti £ £ * * ■M~eif3*"5r5r M ^ ii St f ■ t, MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOE REFERENCE. 207 IS *S e - f5 § a'* 2 -2 a tc 05- - o a c n U 3 V -aJ o O «0 c g £3 3 ~ 3 O O CS gj S " S2 Si 2 3 S 2 S M c9 et l» r* • C4 M W »*t6888 8 8 n s 8 t> «^ a ■5 o o ^ »-a >^ 3' '^'^ TJ o o ^ 5 o ►•a g Q S > CB M u g Ch i-s o 8 3! S S S £ a c t= R K ii 56 35 si So 2 S S Q ?. eo . 00 O fO 1— 5^ I- '3 S S S S S ii 5S 8 S ■o 1^ ^ ^ Ji* il o sn a iS .sc 2 « - - 1 la C6 S3 « ?5 V S" S 2 8 * e • • OSaQO'>4<'«4-< 04 " fit * Qg • • « > « > : >i : <3*cS = ^ ^ f Id i|« iS o • o .« S .2 ^ S? S ~ - is ^ O jg »j ^ s 3? !5 > - « «r a > S ^ o 2 a ^ •at* • ^ ■ • • S • • • 2 • • (US (11 ^* o o a ' *i S SI j5 3$ 49 ^jQi ■>•■■■ Cii^ CQ • • a a o a 6 fit a > : * C> * * * ^ « o : K 8 *^ u o 1 s £• >4 i4 go O BJ O >* : o e PQ O ei e e 64 o n P4 o ■ r ^ W M i» ^ 5 > 3 l : lull' Ft jl!>^ SS ife 2| J! fi Hi ' « e P5 O O B > o « ^ tfi 2 -a O o •3 k s « S9' * ■ ^ J a ^ « s s S o 5 fi q|. ii ^ O • o o .J o . a ^ 5 o -S o : Q : |6 ^ o o 2 M * Si * a « S6 d ' 1 i2 " . « .S 2 N a S H ^ 5 8 • -So : Q • g « 04 o o — j= B S ^ K ^ CA a « ^ fr< jg -Sri S ^9 *Ts. «, a, o fib b 9E .s - * a • • • a • • • « « C) • I ! i 1 « I — — >^ _ i« S S: 22 ^vJ "S <5 s 3" CI tO <0 ift go 00 00 iX OO CA 00 00 00 i 5 £ o • 51 8 • • >a • • • S B 1e ft« S fill MiSCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENOE. 209 7 BESIDSHTIAL CABIlf BTS. PBssisnrr Washington.. Washington.. Washington . Washington.. Adams Adams****... Jeffetson.**. • JeffenuMi* • • • • Madison Madison ..*. Madison Monroe ...... Monroe ..**•. Adams ..••*.• Jackson Jackson *•■•• Jackion ***** Jackson *■*" Van Bnren... Harrison I^jrlcr Tylcir •••••••• Tyler Tyler lyler Polk ••**•**.. Ta jlor ¥*ilioiore •••*. Fillmore Pierce.* ••**•• Buchanan* . . . Buchanan... . Lincoln Lincoln Johnson...... Grant ,..••*.• Grant •..*••*• Grant •***.**■ JBlajfes. .*.*.*. Gar&eld ..**•. Arthur •*...• ClcTeland.... Harrison SBCRKTABT OF STATB 1 2 3 2 3 3 4 5 « « 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 12 13 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 16 16- 16 17 IS 18 19 20 20 21 21 22 23 24 24 25 26 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 I 1 2 NAXB Thomas Jefferson Thomas Jefferson Edmund Randolph.... Timothy Pickering Timothy Pickering John Marshall James Madison James Madison Robert Smith James Monroe James Blooroe Jno. Qnincy Adams. . . Jno. Qnincy Adams... Henry Clay MiirtmVan Burcn.... Edward Livingston... Louis McLane John Forsyth John Forsyth. . .*••••* Daniel Webster.*...** Daniel Webster • Hugh S. Legnur^ Abel P. Upshur John Nelson (acting). Jolin C. Calhouu Jame» Buchanan John M. Clayton Daniel Webster Edward ETcrett William L. Marcy Jeremiah S. Black.*.. William H. Seward... William H. Seward... William H. Seward... Elihu B. Washburne. . Hamilton Fish Hamilton Fish William M. Eyarts.... James G. Blaine P. T. Frclinghnysen,. Thomas F. Bayard...* James G. Blatn« Virginia Viii^ia Virginia Massachusetts.. Massachusetts.. Virginia Virginia Virginia Maryland Virginia Virginia Massachusetts.. Massachusetts.. Kentucky New York Louisiana Delaware Georgia Georgia Masaachusetts.. Massachusetts.' South Carolina. Virginia South Ciirolina. Pennsylvania... Delaware Massachusetts.. Massachusetts.. New York Michigan PennsylYania... New York..... New York New York Illinois New York New York New York New Jersey.... Delaware Maine....... ••• Sept. 26,1789 Mch. 4. 1793 Jan. 2, 1794 Dec. 10,1795 Mch.4,17»7 May 13,1800 Mch. 5,1801 Mch. 4, 1805 Mch. 6, 1809 April 2, 1811 Mch. 4, 1813 Mch. 5, 1717 Mch. 5, 1821 Mch. 7, 1825 Mch. 6.1829 May 24,1831 May 29,1833 June 27,1834 Mch. 4, 1837 Mch. 5,1841 April 6, 1841 May 9, 1843 July 24,1843 Feb. 29.1844 Mch. 0, 1844 Mch. 6, 1845 Mch. 7, 1849 July 22, 1860 Dec. 6, 1852 Mch. 7, 1853 Mch. 6, 1857 Dec.l7, 1860 Mch. 6, 1861 Mch. 4, 1865 Aprill5,1865 Mch. 5. 1869 Mch.ll,18e9 Mch. 4, 1873 Mch.12,1877 Mch. 5, 1881 Dec. 12,1881 Mch. 6, 1885 Mch. 5, 1889 8SCEBTABY OF TBB TBEASUBY Washington. Washington. Washington. I.dams...**.. ^dams...... Jefferson.... Jefferson.*.. Jefferson.... Madison .... Madison.... Madison . . . . Madison . . . . Madison • * . • Monroe . . . . • Monroe . . . * • Adams* . « » « ■ 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 « ■ • • 3 4 1 4 1 5 2 6 1 « 2 7 2 7 2 7 2 8 1 9 2 10 Alexander Hamilton... Alexander Hamilton... Oliver Wolcott Oliver JVolcott... Samuel Dexter. .*.*•*• Samuel Dexter Albert Gallatin Albert Gnllatm Albert Gallatin Albert Gallatin George W. Campbell . . Alexander J. Dallas... William H. Crawford . William H. Crawford . William H. Crawford . Richard Rush New York .... New York Connecticut .... Connecticut .... Mnssaclmsetts.. Massachusetts.. Pennsylvania... Pennsylvania. . • Pcnnsylrania. . . PcnnsylYsnia. . . Tennessee Pennsylvania. . . Georgia ........ Georgia...***.. Georgia ........ PennsylTania... Sept, Mch, Feb. Mch. Jan. Mch, May Mch Mch Mch Feb. Oct. Oct. Mch Mch Mch .11,1789 . 4, 1793 2, 1795 . 4, 1797 1, 1801 . 4. 1801 14.1801 . 4, 1805 .4,1809 . 4, 1813 9, 1814 6, 1814 22, 1816 5, 1817 5,1821 . 7, 1825 2IO MISCELLdMEOm TABLES EOM MEFEMENCE, B M ^D' ^ ■ ^ Jl t1 11 vSCKSOQ* • . . 1* ■1 nut ll' KAin W Wmu aiiiliimi • * • • « « - 9 Mi. JMi1ip''auMLMB 19 Is Jm JM A ar Aik >Hk 12 Yaa Borcn... 13 HurisoD 14 14 H 14 14 iHilk* 1ft 1« 10 17 Boeliaiiaii.. 18 Bii^aoaii. . . . 18 IS I«IIICIllll. •*•*•• 19 Liacolii 19 Liocolii. •••••• 20 20 . Grait ••••• • • 21 22 22 34 ^Lvtftmp M . Ofveland...* » . QcTcltincl.... Bsfriton i 1 2 2. 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 8«or©t«py of tlis Treasury {contirMed) NAMB Slunael D. Infliaiii Lonit McLiuc Lonfc McLaiie..* Williani J. Duaue Boflrer B. Taoey Levi Woodbury . LcTi Woodbury., . Thomas £wing.. i- Tbomu JCviiif.* Walter Fonwi.. Jolui C. Spencer Geoiie M. Bibb > Bobert J. Walker William M. Meredith... Tbonaa Corwin James Gutbrie Howell Cobb Philip F. Tliomat John A. Dix Salmon P. Chase. William P. FesteodeD.. Hngh McCnlloch IHofh McCnlloch fienj. H. Brittow Lot M. Horrill John Sherman William WindoB Charles J. Folfer Walter O. GreshMU.... Hnf h McColloeh. ... Daniel Manninf Charles S. Faircbild.. William Wlndom..... VSATM Pieontylvania. . . Delaware Delaware Pennsylvania... Maryland N. Hampsliife.. N. Haapthire.. Oiidki^« «•«•»««••• OliJio* ••«•(•«'«'••• • Pennsylvaiiia. . . New York Kentucky MiMtssippi ... Flinnsylvaniu. . Ohio Kentucky Georgia Marjlaod New York.... Ohio. Maine Indiana Indiana , MasKachusetts.. Masiiachasettt.. Kentucky Maine Ohio Minnetola New York Indiana Indian* * New York New York Minnesota APPOINTED Mch. «, 1829 Auff. 2, 1831 Mch. 4, 1833 May 29, 1833 Sept .23, 1833 June27,1834 Mch. 4, 1837 Mch. 6,1841 April 6, 1841 Sept.lS,]841 Mch. 3,1843 . Juncl5,]844 Mch. 8,1846 Mch. 8, 1849 Jul' 28,1850 Mch. 7, 1853 Mcb. 6, 1857 Dcc.l2. 1800 Jan.ll,18«l Mch. 7. 1861 July 1, 1864 Mch. 7, 1865 Apr.l5, 1865 . Mch.ll,J869 Mch.17,1873 June 4, 1874 July 7, 1876 Mch. 8. 1877 Mcb. 5, 1881 Oct. 27.1881 8cp|..3i,1884' OeC.28.1884 Mch. 8.1885 April 1,1887 Mcb. 5, 1880 .. H H *; H * y s a m X O 9 10 11 12 13 14 18 IC 17 18 19 20 21 SI 94 25 26 2T 28 29 30 81 82 as 84 85 3« 37 38 SSOIOTABY OF TBB IICTBIOB Taylor Fillmore Fillmore FillnMre..* • • mWmnam •.».«■ Badmaan... Lincoln Lincoln ..... Llocolfi . . • • . Johnson ... .. Johnson ... . . Johnson ... Gi'*it Graat Grant Gnal «*..••. Bnyes... . • • • Chira*ld....i Aftihwr Qereland. Cleveland . . . Harrison.*.. 15 18 16 IS 17 18 » 10 20 20 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 24 14 29 25 28 1 I 3 1 1 2 2 j Thomas Ewia^. James A. Pearoc.. Thomaa M. T.M'Kemon Alexander H. H. iinart Bobert MrClelland •fanob Thompson. ...... Caleb B. Smith John P. Usher John P. Usher John P. Usher James Harlan Orville H. Brownlnf . . . Jacob D. Cox CotaMias Delano ColnmboR Delano ..... Zaeharlah Chandler... Caii Schnrz Samuel J. Kirk wood.. Henry M. Teller Lucius Q. C. Lamar... William F. Vilas John W. Noble Ohio.. Maryland .... Pennsylvania *V' IrjCiOi 9k mm • m n Micnifan Mississippi... Indiana Indiana ...... Indiana Indiana Iowa niinoia Ohio Oit» Ohio Michigan .... Missouri Iowa Colorado Louisiana WisconslB Missouri Mch. 8. 1849 July 20. 1850 Attfc. 15,1850 Sept. 12,1850 Mch. 7. 1853 Mch. C, 1857 Mch. 5. 1861 Jan. 8, 1883 Mch. 4,1865 Apr.l6, 1865 May 15. 1865 Jnlv3T,1886 Men. 6|,]880 Nor. 1.1870 Mch. 4, 1878 Oct. 1». 1878 Mch.12.1877 Mch. 5. 1881 AprU 6.1882 Mch. 8. 1885 Jan. 16, 1888 Mcb. 8. 1880 3 8 4 5 6 T 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 If- 16 17 18 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 211 Washington. Washington Washington Washington Adams Adams Adams Adams Jefferson. •. Jefferson... Madison ... Madison . . ■ Madison ... Madison . . Madison Monroe Monroe.. .• Monroe Monroe... • Adams Adams Jackson.. .. Jactcson Jackson Jackson VanBuren.... Harrison:.... Ifyler Tyler Tyler Tyler. Tyler Polk Taylor Fillmore Fillmore Pierce Buchanan... .1 Buchanan... Lincoln Lincoln Lincoln Johnson Johnson JoluBon Jobnson Grant Grant Grant Grant Grant Grant Hayes Hayes Garfield Arthur Cleveland ... Harrison.... 2 5k O S H ~ i 2 2 2 3 3 3 8 4 5 6 6 f. t 7 7 8 8 8 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 16 16 18 17 18 18 19 19 20 30 80 •JO 20 21 21 21 22 23 33 23 23 24 24 25 26 . ..... . 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 I 1 1 3 1 I 3 3 8BC;|LSTABY OF WAB NAMS iy Pickering.....' McHenry STATE 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 Henry Knox Henry Knox. Tlmoth James James McHenry John Marshall... Samuel Dexter. . Roger Griswold. Henry Dearborn Henry Dearborn William Euslis John Armstrong John Armstrong James Monroe William H. Crawford... Isaac Shelbv George Graham (ad.in.) John C. Calhoun ^ John C. Calhoun Jiunet Barbour Peter B. Porter • John H. :^aton Lewis Cass Lewis Cass Benjamin F. Butler. . . . Joel R. Poinsett. ....... John Bell John Bell John McLean John C. Spencer James M. Porter William Wilkins WUliam L. Marcy George W. Cmwford. . . Edmund Bttes Charles M. Conrad .... Jefferson Daris John B. Flovd Joseph Holt Simon Cameron Edwin M. Stanton Edwin M. Stanton Edwin M. Stanton U. S. Grant (ad. in.)... Lorenzo Thomas(ad.in.) John M. Schoficld John A. Rawlins William T. Slierman.... William W. Belknap... William W. Belknap... Alphonso Taft James D. Cameron George W. McCrary . . . . Alexander Ramsey Robert T. Lincoln Robert T. Lincoln William C. Endiuott.... Redfield Proctor ....... Massachusetts.. Massachusetts.. Massachusetts.. Maryhtnd Maryland Virginia Massachusetts.. Connecticut Massachusetts.. Massachusetts. . Massachusetts.. New York New York Virginia . Georgia.. Kentucky Virginia . South Carolina. South Carolinit. Virginia New York Tennessee Ohio Ohio New Ycrt South Caiolina. Tennessee Tennessee Ohio New York Pennsylvania. . . Pennsylvania... New York (veorgia. Missouri Louisiana ... MissMtippi . Virginia. ... Kentucky . . . Pennsylvania Ohio... Ohio... Ohio... lUinols >•••••• APPOINTED New York Illinois Iowa Iowa Ohio Pennsylvania... Iowa Minnesota Illinois Illinois Massachusetts.. Vennont Sept.12,1789 Mch. 4, 1793 Jan. 2, 1795 Jan. 27, 1796 Mch. 4, 1797 May 7, 1880 May 13.1800 Feb. 3, 1801 Mch. 5,1801 Mch. 4, 1805 Mch. 7,1809 Jan. 13, 1813 Mch. 4,1813 8ept.27,1814 Aug. 1, 1815 Mch. 5, 1817 April 7, 1817 Oct. 8, 1817 Mch. 5,1821 Mch. T. 1825 May 26,1828 Mcli. 9. 1829 Aug. 1, 1831 Mch. 4,1833 Mch. 3,1837 Mch. 7, 1837 Mch. 5. 1841 April 6, 1841 Sept.13,1841 Oct. 12, 1841 Mch. 8.1843 Feb.l5, 1844 Mch. 5,1845 Mcb. 6, 1849 July 20.1850 Aug.15,1850 Mch. 6, 1853 Mch. 6, 1857 Jan. 18, 1861 Mch. 6, 1861 J.-xn. 15,1862 Mch. 4. 1865 Apr. 15,1865 Aug.12,1867 Feb.21. 1868 May 28, 1868 Mch.ll,18e9 Sept. 9, 1869 Oct. 25, 1869 Mch. 4, J.S73 Mch. 8, 1876 May 22,1876 Mch.12,1877 Dec.10,1879 Mch. 5,1881 Sept.21,1881 Mch. 6, 1885 Mch. 5, 1889 I a • « • • I flG . H ^ M n; o a • • • <■ 4 m mm m *■ 212 MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. Washington. Washii^iHi. Tashiagton. ''■^WfliliTgtffn.. Jeflknon.... J»n.... Buchaiiam..... Lincoln Lincoln .Lincoln •'olinison. • • • • . •fobnaon.. •••• Gnnt «• • . . C*'IMI| ........ Onnt ........ Ofant Crfant ....... Miqret 5Jajrcs.« *.....< GnrSoM ...... Arthur ....... Arthur.. Arthur CleTcland..., CtoTelimil.... Hairriaon .* • • . "1* « 5 fix 1 1 1 S 3 4 4 & ff T a 9 10 n 12 12 13 13 14 14 U 15 10 la i« IT 18 18 IS 10 19 20 j 20 20 21 23 22 22 22 ^ 24 24 24 25 2t J< 20 I< i 1 1 S S 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 I 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 P08TMA8TKI • OBNBB AL • NAME Samnel Osfood Timotbj Pickering TimoUiy Pickering Joaoph Haberslmin.... •Joae|>li Httbershiun.... Joseph Habersbain.... Gideon Granger Gideon Granger Gideon Granger Return J. Meigs, Jr... Return J. Meigs, Jr... Return J. Meiga, Jr. . . John McLean John McLean William T. Barry William T. Barry..... Amo9 Kendall Amoi Kendall John M. Nilcs Francis Grander Fnmcis G ranee r Charles A. Wickliffc. Cave Johnson , Jacob Collainer.. ...... Nathan K. Hall Samuel D. Hubbard. . . . STATE APPOINTB0 Msssacbusctrs.. Massacbuseita.. MassachuseUs. . Georgia Georgia Georgia..*... Connecticut.. Connecticut.. Connecticut.. 02iio« •••«••••» Ohio Obio..... Ohio Ohio »• a • • m-m- w • Kentucky.... Kentucky !Centncky .... Kentucky .... CounecticHt .. New York... Ncvr York... Kentucky .... Tennessee .... Vermont New York... Connecticut . . , James Campbell Tennessee r Aaron V. Btown . Joseph Holt . Horatio King Montgomery Blair William Donnison WiUiain Dvnnison William I>ennison Alexander W. Kaudali. John A. J. Creawell. . . . John A. J. Crc«Mrell James W. Marshall.... Marshall Jewell James N.Tyner David McK. Key Horace Maynard Thomas L. James Timothy O. How* Walter Q. Gresliam.... Frank Hattoa Willlami F. Vila* Don M. Dickinson John Wanainaker xennessee .... Kentucky.... Maine Maryland . . . . Ohio. Ohio Ohio Connecticut .. Maryland .... Maryland .... Virginia Connecticut Indiana Ttnncase*.... Tennessee...., New York.... Wiacottsin Indiana Iowa Wisconsin Michigan Pcan!>yl7ania.. Sept.26,1789 Aug.l2,17»l Mar. 4. 1793 Feb. 25.1795 Mar. 4, 1797 Mar. 4, 1801 Nov. 28,1801 Mar. 4, 1805 Mar. 4. 1809 Mar. 17.1814 Mar. 4. 1817 Mar. 6. 1821 June 26,1823 Mar. 4. 1825 Mar. 9. 1829 • Mar. 4,1833 , . May 1, 1835 . Mar. 4, 1837 . . May 25, 1840 . Mar. 0, 1841 . April 6, 1841 . . Sept.13,1841 . Mar. 6, 1M5 . Mar. 8, 1849 July 23, 1850 Aug.31,1852 Mar. 5, 1853 Mar. 8, 1857 Mar. 14,1850 Feb. 12,1881 Mar. 5,1861 Sept.24,1864 Mar. 4,1885 Apr.l5, 1865 July 25,18«8 Mar. 6, 1809 Mar. 4, 1873 July 7, 1874 Aug.24,1874 July 12. 1878 Mar. 12,1877 June 2,1880 Mnr. 5,1881 Dec.20, 1881 April 3, 1883 Oct. 14, 1884 Mar. 6,1885 Jan. 16, 1888 Mar. 5,1389 9 It II 12 13 14 M M IT It 19 20 31 22 23 24 25 20 2T 28 29 00 31 32 S3 34 35 wasninp*>n.. Washington. Waahingtou. . ]Rteliington.. ***'*' Jt^feiion . . . . . Jdinrson..... Jelinrsoii Jefferson Madison Madison Madinou ▲nOBNBY- OBNSBAIi. 1 2 2 2 3 8 4 9 5 5 e e 7 1 2. 2 2 I 1 2 fdmnnd Randolph.. Earaund Randolph.. WUiam Bradford... Charles Lee . Cliarles Lee (Theophilus Parsons. Levi Lincoln Robert Smith John Breckenridge. Caaar A. Rodney... CiBsar A. Rodnry... William Pinkney.... William P inknay.... Virginia Virginia PenmiylTania . . Virginia Virginia Massachusett*.. Massachusetts.. Maryland Kentucky Delawart Dslawaro ...... Delaware Dctawara ...... Sept Mar. Jan. Dec. Mar Feb. Mar. Mar. Aug Jan. Mar. Dec. Mar. 26,1789 4, 1793 27, 1794 10,1795 . 4, 1797 20, 1801 . 5.1801 . 3,1800 .7, 1805 20,1807 . 4,1800 11.1811 4.1013 3 3 4 » T i — --- J . • . . . . mnr. «. •..»•• •Not. a cabinet Office until 1829. W. T. Mm^ &m mmmimi rmtm^^fOmml MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 213 llatlison .7. . . Houroc Monroe Monroe Adams Jackson Jackson Jackson Jackson Van Buren... Van Buren.. . Van Buren... Harrison Tyler Tyler Tyler Polk Folk... . . • . ■ Polk Taylcr Filltnore . . . Pierce Buchanan.. Buchanan.. Lincoln Lincoln Lincoln Lincoln Johnson Johnson Johnson Grant ........ Gnint Grant ........ Grant Grant........ Grsiit Hayes. ....... Garfield Arthur CleTcland.... Harrison* •••< ■* tf s e « I- 7 8 8 9 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 16 16 17 18 18 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 21 21 21 22 22 22 23 24 24 29 'SO H 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 Attorney - General (coHiiumd) 1 1 1 2 2 2 NAME Richard Rush .. Richard Hush WilUam Wirt William Wirt William Wirt...« John M'P. Berrien Roger B. Taney Roger B. Taney Bcu^iamin F. Butler. . . . Benjamin F. Butler.... Felix Grundv Henry D.GifpIn John J. Crittenden John J. Crittcuclen Hugh S. I.cgare John Nelson Jolui Y. Mason Natlian Clifford ........ Isaac Toucey Rererdy Johnson John J. Crittuidca Caleb CushinR Jeremiah S. Black Edwin M. Staiilon Edward Bates Titian J. Coftey, ad. int. James Speed James Speed James Speed Henry Stan be ry William M. Evarts..... Ebenezer R. Hoar Amos T. Ackcnnan... George H. Williams... George H. Williams. Edwards Pierrepont. . . Alphonso Tad Charles Devens I'ayne McVeagh iBciiiamln H. Brev-ter Augustus H. Garland. William H. Miller BTATC Pennsylvania . . Peuusylvania • • Virgiuia Virginia ....... Virginia Georgia Marj'land Maryhmd New York New York Tennessee Pennsylvania .• Kentucky Kentucky South Carolina. Maryland Virginia M.aine.* ........ Connecticut ... Maryland Kentucky Massachusetts.. Pennsylvania . Ohio Missouri APPOrNTEI> H S Kentucky Kentucky .....< Kentucky Kentucky New York Massachu&etts.. Georgia ' Oregon Oregon New York.... Ohio ... ..... Massacliusctts. Pennsylvania .. Pennsylvania .. Arkansas Indiana Feb. 10,1S14 Mar. 4,1817 Nov. 13,1817 Mar. 5,1821 Mar. 4, 1825 Mar. 0, 1829 July 20, 1831 Mar. 4,1833 Nov. 15,1833 Mar. 4,1837 July 5, 1838 Jan. 11, 184C Mar. 5, 1841 April 6, 1841 Sept.13,1841 July 1, 1843 Mar. 6,1845 Oct. 17, 1846 June21,1848 M.-ir. 8.1842 July 22, 1850 Mar. 7, 1£53 Mar. 6, 1E57 Dec.20. 1860 Mar. t, im June 22,1803 Dec. 2, 18«4 Mar. 4.I&65 AprU15,1865 July 23, 1866 July IS. 1868 Mar. 6.1860 June23,lS70 Dec.l4, 1871 Mar. 4,1873 Apr. 26,1875 May 22.1£76 Mar .12, 1877 Mar. 5,1881 Dcc.19,1881 Mar. 6,1885 Mar. 6,1889 10 • m m m 11 12 ••••«* 14 ■ ■ • ■ « 15 IG IT 18 19 20 21 22 28 • 24 25 26 27 28 SI 32 33 34 37 38 39 40 .1... • ^ * • • • 4 Inaugural Address. Tht numlwr of vords In tacb' address, and number of times the letter I was used. Washington — first term 1,800 20 Washington — second term 134 6 John Adams 2.311 13 Jefferson first term 1 .626 19 Jefferson ~ second term 2.123 16 Madison — firstterm 1.170 11 Madison — second term 1,142 4 Monroe — first term 3,322 19 Monroe — second term 4,466 26 J. Q. Adams ••••••..2,944 14 Jackson— first term 1.116 11 Jsckson — aeeond term 1.167 6 Van Buren 3.884 38 W.H. Harrison 8,618 38 ajrieff*. • • .•••.•••.■••••••••.*•••••• •l»04S 1& Polk 4,504 18 Taylor 1.096 18 Fillmore No inMUgnral Pierce. ••.•••••••••...••....••... .3,219 26 Buchanan 2.772 13 Lincoln— firstterm 3,588 43 Lincoln— second terra .....588 1 J ohnson. .362 15 Grant — first term 1,138 39 Grant — second term ...1,332 24 Hayes • 2,472 16 Garfield 2,949 10 Arthur 431 1 Cleveland 1.688 6 B. Harrison^ • ' ••..••... .4,688 20 ji i ««4 MISCML.- 4mOUS TABLMS FOM ££F£Ji£NC£. ^2S s ■ mammMXf m nm navy NAKS mAvz I I George Cabot MMMchusetts. f ... . . Bemamin Stoddert Marrland Benjamin Stoddert MarrUnd AWPOMWTO S""* 4 4 5 5 6 « 1 7 S t 9 9 10 11 11 It. U 13 13 U 14 14 14 14 14 IS 15 16 16 10 17 II 19 20 90 21 21 22 23 23 24 24 25 26 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 •1 1 1 2 2 Robert Smith ^. Maryland..".*!* Robert Smith Maryland W Paul HamUton Sottth Carolina. W jiMn Jmm PwrnaylTama... » frnf^fLr*****" PtennsylTania... M. w,CW»wninshield...lMassachu9etts.. 1 1 2 B. W.CrowninahielU.. Smilh Thompson Smith Thompson •John Rodeers Samuel L. Sonthtrd... . SmucI L. SoutlMfd... Joiin Bntnci) itvl Woodbury , evi Woodbury , M ahloa Dickerson . Mahlon Dkkerson . James K. Paulding.... . Georgo E. Badger.... . Abel p. Uptlmr . MiTid H«n«lijiw....... Tbomn W.GIIroer.... Jonii Y. Miuon , 0«orge Bancroft , John r. Mason William B. PrettOD.... W'"'am A. Graham.... John P.K«in«% James C. DobWo....... Isaac Touooj Gideon Wenes Gideon Welles Gideon Welles Adoiph E, Borie Georpe M. Robeson... George M. RoImmmi. .. Richard W. Tlioai|HM»n Nathan GofT Jr , William H. Hunt , William E. Chandler... William C.Whitney... Benjamin F. Tracy . Maasachttsetta. New New York. York. New Jieracy.... New Jersey. . . . North Carolina. N. Hampshire.. N. Hampshire.. New Jersey.... New Jersey.... New York North Carolina. Norfli Carolina. May 3, 1798 May 21,1793 Mch. 4, 1801 July 15,1801 Jan. 28, 1802 Jan. 12, 1813 Mch. 4, 1813 Dec.l9, 1814 Mch. 4, 1817 Nov. 9, 1818 Mch. », 1821 Qept. 1, 1823 Sept.16,1823 Mch. 4, 1826 . Mch. 9, 1829 May 23,1831 Mch. 4, 1833 . June 30.1834 Mch. 4, 1887 . June 25,1838 Mch. 6, 1841 April 6, 1841 . Ylrgioia . . ... . . Scpt.13,1541 . Massachusetts . Virginia . Virginia . Massachusetts.. . VirKinift . Virginia 'forth CmilloB. iaryiand !?orth Carolina.! Connecticut....! Connecticut .... Connecticut .... Connecticut .... 'ennsjlTHila... !few Jtmey.... few Jersey.... adiana West Virginia. . Louisiana N. Hampshire.. New York New York July 24,1843 Feb. 15,1844 Mch.14,1844 Mch.10,1845 Sept. 9. 1840 Mch. 8, 1849 July 22,1850 July 22,1852 Mch. 7, 1853 Mch. 6, 1867 Mch. 6, 1861 Mch. 4, 1866 Apr.l5. 18«5 Mdi.6,1809 June 25,1869 Mdi.4, 1873 , Mch.12,1877 Jan. 6, 1881 Mch. 5, 1881 April 1,1882 Mch. 6, 1885 Mch. 6, 1880 SaOBBTABY OF AQBIOXTLTURB If ^.^.^^ JimrFlMNI « • • » 98 I [Norman J . Coleman. . . . .....< ■J«IWIIli*ll Af Haialf. Ifl^ssouri Feb. 12,1880 Mrll.fi. 18IB 1 2 ..... Wi:scoiain •••••• ..... «i>«a««««a»Oi> W • « W ■ M' «••••• ..... ••«*•« . • w . ■ «««••• ..... >ti<*||iW*i«« m. m m * m ..... »...., »■•««•• ••••■^•««»** * Final. Msvy Onb* MISCELZAJmOUS TABLES FOE MEF£RENCF. 215 Bekht (4 Noted Monuments and Buildings. jt/gHnment or BuiUhtf. WJure LtmUd. Htigfit. pvnunid »f Cheops. . . .Egypt 543 feet. Antwerp Cathedral Belgium 47^ *■ Strassburg Cathedral. . .Germany. . . .474 " St Martin's Church, 1 Bavaria .... .456 « Landshut j-xjav* •* pyramid of Cephrenes. .Egypt 456 " St. Peter's Cathedral . . . Rome 448 " St! Paul's Cathedral London 404 " Salisbury Cathedral England 400 " Cathedral of Florence . .Italy 384 " Cathedral of Cremona . . Italy 372 " Church at Fribourg Germany 370 " Cathedral of Seville Spain 360 " Cathedral of Milan Italy 355 " Cathedral of Utrecht . . . Holland 356 " Pyramid of Sakkarah. . . Egypt 356 " Cathedral of Munich . . . Bavaria 34* " CathedralofSt.Mark,li^,y « Venice* •••»«•*«■(• J ^^^l ^V^t 314 " lOgiiSw ••••••••••• y O^td at WasMneton. . United States,3oo ** Tiinitv Church, New 1 ^^-^^ StatM,284 « Cdoan at DeiM India 262 *' '^t^pl'"""}''-- •• ''°.:L!ircS:ri^;}u"^*-«.»o » Leaning Tower, Pisa,ltaly. 202 " Vendome Column,Paris,France 153 *• tinman's Column Rome 1 5 1 ** fbm Required to Roast VariottS Ara- eles of Food, H. M. A small capon, fowl, or chicken leqiures . 20 A ISfljjgjlfS fowl* • » ••'••« ••••'••'*••••«• mm* llij^jj A capon, full siie.. 35 A goose o Wild ducks and grouse 15 fheasants and turkey poults 20 A nioderate-«iied turkey, stuffed I 15 Pkitftdgei, •••,•»«,,,,,,,,,....,,,.,, 25 Q'^asl J, ..... A hair or rabbit. about I O Beef, ten pounds 2 30 '*gof porit, V hour for each pound, 1 1 ahofc mt allowance j Mid 20 A chine of pork 2 A neck of mutton i A haunch of venison about $ 3a Tme Required to Boil Various ArU" eles of Food, h. m. A ham, 20 lbs. weight, requiret. ...... .6 30 A tongue (if dry) after soakiBf. 4 O A tongue out of pickle %yi to 3 A neck of mulbon .1 30 A> clllclEkdl* •••«•««•«••■ •••««•«••§«••• iSMQI' pigeon* ••••««««••»•••••••*• ej5' Capacity of Noted Churches and Halls. Name o/BnUeSi^. Locatim. Cmtam. St. Peter's Cathedral. .Rome S4>ooo Cathedral of Milan Milan Sfjooo St. Paul's Church Rome 32^000 St. Paul's Cathedral.. .London S5,000 Church of St. Petronio.BoIogna. 24,000 Cathedral of Florence . Florence 24,000 Cathedral of Antwerp. Antwerp 24,000 Mosque of St. Sophia. ConstantiiK^le.. 23,000 St. John's Lateran. . ..Rome 22,00a ^m^t. "'°°° Cathedral of Pisa Pisa 13,000 Church of St. Stephen. Vienna .12,000 Church of St. Dominic.Bologna 12,000 Church of St. Peter — Bologna., .... ..11,400 Cathedral of Vienna.. .Vienna li.aoo Cathedral of St. Mailc. Venice 7,500 Gilmore's Garden.. . . .New York 8,433 Stadt Theatre , .New York 3,000 Academy of Music. ..Philadelphia.. . . 2,865 Theatre Carlo Felice. .Genoa 2,560 Boston Theatre. ...... Boston ........ 2,972 Covent Garden ..London. 2,684 Academy of Music. . .New Yoik , 2,526 Music Hall Boston 2,585 Alexander Theatre.. ..St. Petersbttig. . 2,332 Opera House Munich 2»307 San Carlos Theatre.. ..Naples ; 2,240 Imperial Theatre St. Peter^buff . , 2,t6o Grand Opera. Paris 2,090 La Scala. Milan 2,113 St. Charles Theatre.. ..New Orleans..., 2,178 Opera House New Orleans.... 2,052 Grand Opera House. .New York. '»883 Booth's Theatre New Yoflc '.807 McVickar's Theatre.. .Chicago 1,79'* Ford's Opera House.. .Baltimore 1,7a© Opera House. Berlin U^3^ 910 MISCMZZAMMOi/S TABLES FOR REFERENCE, Sim§^qf the Army of the UnUed Staim iuring the CUM War. Tabu— Shovvin(; the Number or IfxN Caixep for wt THE President, and the Numbir QerAiMia BATE OF president's IMXakAMATIOIf. Apifil IS, iMi May 3, 1861 Iuly 22 and 25, 1861 lay and June, iSfit. Joly 2, 1862 August 4, 1862 June 15, 1863 Oct. 17, 1863 Feb. I, 1864 March 14, i84|....! April 23, 1864 July 18, 1864 Dws. 19^ 11164 Totals •••• nitmbbr CALLED FOR. 82,7481 500,000/ 300,000 300,000 ^CWDi^ l iiiiiOCI^^ 300,000) 300,000 i 200,000 85,000 5004OQ0 a.942.74^ PERIOD OP siRinaL 3 months. 3 years. 3 months. 3 years. 9 months. 6 months. 2yeais. 3yearo. 100 dayt.j I, a, 3 yts i.«.3y»si NUMBER OBTAINIO. 93.326 714.231 15.007 431.958 87,588 16,361 374.807 284,021 83,652 384.882 204,568 '2,690,401 ^—Showing the Strength qf the United ^s Army at Vmom Tmm imng the CioU War. i ON DUTY. 1 ABSINT. 1 TWAi. 14,663 '.704 16,367 July i$t, 1861 183,588 3.163 186,751 Jan. lit, 1862 527,204 48.713 Ian. 1st, 1863 698,802 219.389 575.917 1 918,181 fan. 1st, 1864. • • • • . 611,250 249487 860,737 620,924 338,536 959460 May 1st, i8fes. 797.807 202,709 'iOOQ»Sl6 1 H*— 5*011% the Area and Population qfiki Micipcil Divisions qf the Globe, IQITARB MILES* •2. AaiBiicR ^, , . _ 4- Europt , 5. Aiistialia ami FtolyBttia 1 7.3 '8,000 1 5.480.000 11,556.663 3,781,000 3425,000 fOPVLATION. 807.000^000 aVt 85,000,000 » 90,950,609 294,000,000 S*ooo,oo Men Furmshed the Um^ Army bu each State and Ter^ ntory during the Civil War, The following table was issued bv the War Department, giving thl number of men furnished the Onion Aimy by each State and Tenitorv Apnl 15 1861, to the dose of the ! war of the rebellion It shows tha f "T''*'" °f volunteers na. 2,678,967, divided as follows : Maine. •.•..»,,.,,, 92 tt New Hampdiiw.. Vermont rT^lJ Massachusetts *' 1520 J Rhode Island,.,,., 23*600 Ivew Jersey....... J Pennsylvania 366,107 Delaware 1^670 WestVirmnia DistnctJcotnmbhi.. J6;g72 indranv::::::::::: Illinois '97.147 Illinois 259,147 «9.37i Wisconsin 96,424 Minnesota Ysfi^ 76,309 — '09.1" iventttcRy. 79,025 Jvansas 20,151 lenncssee North Carohna 3,156 g^'T*"*- 15,725 xveifwia., , ^^^^ jjjgQ urcfon,,. ^ J Washington Territory., . ... . 964 Nebraska Teiritoiy. 3,557 Colorado Tenritoiy. 1,00* II Dakota Temtoiy J06 New Mexico Ttiiiloiy,. . 6.561 Alabama • l^i^^PP' 545 iejaw„ ^^^^ 1,965 Indian Nation '4 * 35^30 troops famished by the Soutli era States were, with the exception of thjwe of Louisiana, nearly all white I f londa furnished two r^dments 01 cavalry ; Alabama one «liile legi- ment ; Mississippi one hataliiiii, and QuroUiia. two mrfumiL. tne cavaliy, MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE, 217 A IM Modem ABreuiaiitm Wied m WrUiMg and A. or ^ns. Answer. A. A. S. Fellow of the Amer- ican Academy. A. B. Bachelor of Arts. Acct. Account. A. C. or B. C. Before Christ. A. D. In the year of our Lord. A. M Master of Arts; Be- fore noon ; In the year of the world. EX. Aged. Abp. Archbishop. Agt. Agent. Att*y. Attorney. Bart. Baronet. Bbl. Barrel. Benj. Benjamin. Bro. Brother. B. V. Blessed Virgin, C. C. P. CcNUt of Common Fleas. Caps. Capitals. Capt. Captain. Cash. Cashier. Cent, or C. A hundred. Chap. Chapter. Chron. Chronicles. a. orClk. Clerk. Co. Company; County. Col. Collector ; Colonel ; Co- lossians. CoU. College; Colleagne. Com. Commissioner; Com- modore. * Const. Constable. Con. Contra; on the other hand. Cor. Corinthians. Cor. Sec. Carre^ondiof Sec- retary. C. 0. D. Collect on Delivery. Cr. Credit; Creditor. C. S. Keeper of the Seal. Cts. Cents. Cur. Current; this month. Cwt. A hundred weight. Cyc. Cyclopaedia. D. Doctor of Divinity Dan. Daniel. Dea. Deacon. Deg. Degree. Dept. Deputy. Deut. Deuteronomy. Do. or Ditto. The same. Dr. Debtor; Doctor. E. East. Eccl. Ecclesiastes. Ed. Editor; Edition. E. G. For example. Eng. England; English. £p. Epistle. Eph. Ephesians; Ephraim. Esa. Esaias. Esq. Esquire. Etc. Et cetera ; and so forth Ex. Example; Exodus. Ext. Executor, ^^z. Fizra. Fr. Fnnce; Francis, Fahr. Fahrenheit. F. R. S. Fellow of the Roy- al Society. 'Gal. Galatians, Gen. General; Genciis, Gent. Gentleman. Geo. George. Gov. Governor. G. P. O. General Post Office. H. B. M. His or Her Britan- nic Majesty. Heb. Hebrews. Hhd. Hogshead. Hist. History; Historical. Hon. Honorable. H. R. House of Representa* tives. H. S. S. Fellow of the His- torical Society. Hund. Hundred. Ibid. In the same place, I. e. That is; (id Id. The same. I. H. S. Jesus the Saviour of men. Inst. Instant. Isa. Isaiah. Jac. Jacob. Jas. James. Jer. Jeremiah. Jno. John. Josh. Joshua. Judg. Judges. Jun. or Jr. Junior. K. King; Knight K. G. Knight of the Gait«r. Km. Kingdom. Kt. Knight. Lat. Latitude; Latin. Lbs. Pounds. Ld. Lord; Lady. Ldp. Lordship. Lev. Leviticus. Lieut. Lieutenant. LL. D. Doctor of Laws. Lon. Longitude. Lond. London. L. S. Place of theSeaL M. Marquis. Maj. Major. Mat. Matthew. Math. Mathematics. M. C. Member of Congrem M. D. Doctor of Medicine. Messrs. Gentlemen; Sirs. M. P. Member of Parliameilt Mr. Master; or Mister. Mid. Midshipman. Mrs. Mistress. MS. Manuscript. MSS. Manuscripts. N. North. K. B. Take notice. Neh. Nehemiah. No. Number. N. S. New Style. Num. Numbers. Obj. Objection. Obt. Obedient. O. S. Old Styk. P. Page. Pp. Pages. Pari. Parliament. Per. By the; (as per yard) by the yard). MiSCMLLANMOUS TdMLMS #« MMFEXEMCM. Percwt Bf t]i« ttaiind. Pet. Peter. Phil. Philip; Philippiam. Philom. A lover of leaminf . ■P. M. ftat If alter; Aftecaoon. 9, O. Fiott Qflkt. ftm. President iPkin. Principal, ftob. Problem. IW. Ftofessor. fTw. froveiMt P. S. PoitMBlH. Ps. Psalm. Pub. Doc. Public Docnineat •Q. Queen; Question, Quarter. ^ M. Qwurter Master. Sec'd. Received. Rqpr. Register. Rep. Representative. Rev. Reverend; Rcvclatiail. Rom. Romans. Rt. Hon. Right Honorable. S. Shilling; South. S. A. South. Anwciot Sam. Samuel. Sck Schooner. Sec. Secretary; Section. Sen. Senator; Senior. Seig. Sergeant.. Scrvt. Serroat, Ss. Namely. Si. Saint; Street Supt Superintendent Svg. Surgeon. Switi. Svitserland. Thess. Thcssaloaiaitt. 'Tho. Tlioaias. Tim. Timothy. Ult. {UIHmo). The Last. U. S. A. United States Army U. S. N. United States Navy V. or Vide. See. Viz. Namely. Vols. Volumes. Vs. ( Versus). Agaiwt W. West W. I. West Indiit. Wm. Wiliaok Wp. Woniiii. Yd. Yard. Yr. Year. &. And. &c. And so forth. Length qf the Primipdl Rivers qf the Globe, Missouri Mississippi.. . •Amazon. . . . . , Hoang-Ho.. ., Murray 'tse»Kia . "^ena Niger Si. Lawrence.. Volga Maykiang. . . . Danube. Mackenzie... . Irahniapootn. Columbia.... "Colorado Biis(|iielianna.. Totomac .Hndson. North America... North America Brazil China. ................ Australasia Siberia Egypt, Nubia China. Siberia .. ......... ... Soudan.. ............. Canada Russia. .. .......... Siam Hindostan Germany, Austria, 1 Hungary, and Turkey / North America North America North America North America North America North America MoiHi Amerioi Rocky Mountains , Lake Itaska , iVndcsa Koulkoun Mountains. . , Australian Alps Altaian Mountains Blue Nile, Abjnsinia.. . . Thibet Heights of Irkutsk Base of Mt Loma. River St. Louis Lake in Volhonsky Thibet Little Thibet..,, Black Forest. River Athabasca Himalaya Rocky Momtoins San laba Lake Ots^ Allegheny Monntains. . . Gr. Black Bone Mount'n Adirondacks Gulf of Mexico... Gulf of Mexico. . . Atlantic Ocean. . . Yellow Sea Encounter Bay. .. Arctic Ocean Mediterranean . . . China Sea Arctic Ocean Gulf of Guinea. . . G. of St. Lawrence Caspian Sea Chinese Gulf Anhian ^Sca ..... Black Sea. Arctic Ocean Bay of Bengal Pacific Ocean, . . . Gulf of California. Chesapeake Bay. . Chesapeake Bay. . Chesapeake Bay. . Bay of New York. miut. 4.500 3,200 3,200 3.000 3,000 2,800 2,750 2,500 2,500 2,300 1,960 1,900 1,700 1,700 1,630 2,500 1,500 1,090 1,000 400 500 400 325 The Christim Sects are Divided abmt asfoHms: COUNTRY. Europe Amtmlia and Botynesia. Cathouc. 47,192,000 142,117,000 4,69C^ 1, 106,200 350,000 1 _____________ • 29,959,000 68,028,000 685,000 1,450.000 CmnKM. 10,000 69,782,000 8,486,000 3,2OO,00tt MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. 219 Aaion, M^riWt a mountain. Abel, mrew, vanity. Abraham, Hebrew, the father of many. Adam, Hebrew, red earth. Adolphus, Saxon, happiness and hdp. Albert, SaxoM, all bright Alexander, Gr^ a helper of men. AMied. Saxon, all peace. Ambrose, Greek, immortal. Amos, Hebrew, a burden. Andrew, Greek, courageous. Anthony, Latin, flourishing. Archibald, German, a bold observer. Arnold, German, a maintainer of bonor. Arthur, British, a strong man. Augustus, ) venerable, grand. Augustm, ) • Baldwin, German, a bold winner. Baidulph, German, a famous helper. Bamaby, Hebrew, a prophet's son. Bartholomew, Hebrew, the son of him who made the waters to rise. Beaumont, French, a pretty monnt. Bede, Saxon, prayer. Benjamin, Hebrew, the son of a tight hand. Bennet, Latin, blessed. Bernard, German, bear's heart. Bertram, German, fair, illustrious. Boniface, Laim, a well-doer. Brian, French, having a thundering vmce. Oulwallader, British, valiant in war. Catsar, Latm, adorned with hair. Caleb, Hebrew, a dog. Cecil, Latin, dim-sighted. Charles, German, noble-spirited. Christopher, Greek, bearing Christ Clement, Latin, mild-tempered. Conrad, German, able counsel. Constantine, Latin, resolute. Crispin, Laiin, having curled locks. Cuthbert, Saxon, known famously. Daniel, Hebrew, God is judge. David, Hebrew, well-beloved. Denis, Greek, belonging to the god of wine. Danstan. Saxon, most high. Edgar, Saxon, happy honor. B<)*nnnd, .SkxMt, hfi^ peace. Edilard, Saxon, happy keeper. Edwin, Saxon, happy conqueror. Egbert, Saxon, ever bright. Elijah, Hebrew, God, the Lord. Elisha, Hebrew, the salvation of Goo Ephraim, M^ew, fimitfiil. Erasmus, Greek, lovely, worthy fca bt lofcil. Ernest, Greek, earnest, serious. Evan or Ivon, British, the same as John. Everard, German, well reported. Eugene, Greek, nobly descended. Eustace, Greek, standing firm. Ezekiel, Hebrew, the strength of God. Felix, LcOin, happy. Ferdinand, German, pure peace. Francis, German, free. % Frederic, German, rich peace. Gabriel, Hebrew, the strength of God. GeofFery, <7^r«wa», joyful. George, Greek, a husbandman. Gerard, Saxon, all towardliness. Gideon, Hebrew, a breaker. Gilbert, Saxon, bright as gold. Giles, Grmk, a little goat Godard, German, a godly disposition. Godfrey, German, God's peace. Godwin, German, victorious in God. GrifHth, British, having great fidth. Guy, French, the mistletoe shrub. Hanilibal, Punk, a gracious lord. Harold, Saxon, a champion. Hector, Greek, a stout defender. Henry, German, a rich lord. Herbert, German, a bright lord. Hercules, Greek, the gkny of Hera or June Hezekiah, Hebrew, cleaving to the Lord Horatio, Italian, worthy to be beheld. Howel, British, sound or whole. Hubert, German, a bright color. Hugh, Dntch, high, lofty. Humphrey, German, domestic peace; Ingram, German, of angelic purity. Isaac, Hebrew, laughter. Jacob, Hebrew, a supplanter. Jambs or Jacques, beguiling. Joab, Hebrew, fatheiliood. Job, Hdrew, sorrowing. WTO mSCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR Ii£F£Ji£MC£. Joel, Mdrew, acquiescing. Jo*»' Hebrno, the grace of the Lord. Jmiah, JMrrw, a dove. lomathan, Alrw, the giU of the .Lord. Joscelin, Germam,Ymiu Joteph, Bekrrm, addition. J<»i«% iMreWt the fire of the Lord. lothuft, IMrtWt a Saviour. Lambert, Awriw, a fair Iamb. Lancelot, SpanisM, a little lance. .Lawence, Za/in, crowned with knitlt, laaaras, BeBrnv, destitute of help. Leonard, German, like a lion. Leopold, Gtrmtmtt defending the people. Ltwdlin, BrUisk, like a lion. Lewis, French, the defender of the people. Lionel, Latin, a little lion. Lucius, LatiUf shining. Luke, Greei^ a wood or grove. Mwk, LMm, a iaiuier. Maitin, Z«Iot, inartiaL Mathew, Hehren\ a gift or present Maurice, Latin, sprung of a Moor. Meredith, BrUish, the roaring of the let. MicliMl, Mtkrem^ who is like God ? MifcfMi, Mriikk^ a mariner. Moses, iMrtw, drawn out Nathaniel, Hebrew, the gift of God. Neal, Frehck, somewhat black. Nicolas, Greeks victorious over the people. Noel,. Rtmik^ belonging to one's nativity. Noraan, Frmtk, one bom in Nommdy. Ohadiah, ffdrtw, the servaat of tic Loml. Oliver, Latin, an olive. Orlando, Ltalian, counsel for the land. Osmund, &ixon, house peace. Oswald, Smxm^ m.Ier of a honie. Owen, Brm$k, well descended. Patrick, Latin, a nobleman. Paal, Latin, small, little. Percival, French, a place in France. Ptregrifne, Zn/iii, outl.andisb. PWer, Gretk^ a rock or .stone. Philip, Creeks a lover of hones. Phincas, I/ehrev, of bold countenance. Ralph, contracted from Radolph, or Randal, or Ranulph, Saxon, pure helpb BayiUMd, Gtnmmm^ quiet peace. ' Senlieii, FMrtw, tlie son. of vision. j Reynold, Gertmam, a lover of purity I Richard, Saxon, powerful. I Robert, German, famous in coun>«t. I Roger, German, strong counsel. j Rowland, Gtrtmam, counsel for tlie ^ wA^ I Rufus, Zirtid, reddish. j Solomon, Hebrew, peaceable. I Samson, Hebrew, a little son. I Samuel, Hebrew, heard by God. I Saul, iMrem, desired. I Sebastian, Grmk, to be reverenced. Simeon, &irm, hearing. I Simon, Hebrew, obedient I Stephen, Greek, a crown or garltaid. I Swithin, Saxon, very high. I Theobald, Samm, bold over the people, I Theodore. Greek, the gift of God. Theodosius, Greek, given of God, Theophilus, Greek, a lover of God. Thomas, Hebrew, a twin. Timothy, Greek, a fearer of God. Toby or Tobias, Hebrew, the goodness of flie I Lord. Valentine, Latin, powerful. Vincent, Latin, conquering. Vivian, Latin, living. Walter, Germmx, a wood master. Walwtn, Germam, a conqueror. William, German, defending many. Zaccheus, Syriac, innocent. Zachary, Hebrew, remembering the Lord. Zebedee, SyHac, having an inheritance. Zedekiah, Meirem, the justice of the Ixjrd.. Adeline, German, a princess. Agatha, Greek, good. Agnes, German, chaste. Alethea, Gre§M, the truth. Althea, Gr§ek, hunting. Alice, Alicia, Germam, noble. Amy, Amelia, French, a beloved. Anna, Anne, or Hannah, Hebrew, gnciiillfr Arabella, Latin, a fair altar. Aureola, Latm, like gold. Barbara, Lt^, foreign or strange. Beatrice, Latin, making happf. Benedicta, Latin, blessed. Bemice, Greek, bringing victory. mmsLLANEom tables FOE £EFEM£NC£, jgftha, Greek, bright or toons, fljache, frmek, fair- Bona, Latin, good. ISridgd, Irish, shining bright. Cassandra, Greek, a reformer of men. Catharine. Greek, pure or clean. Charity, Gnek, love, bounty. Charlotte, FVmch, all noble. >Ctx(iiiBt, feminine of Car^m; Hi* Latm of Charles, noble-spirited. Chloe, Greek, a green herb. Christiana, Grmk, belonging to Christ -Cecilia, Z«Ai», finom Cecil. Cicely, a corruption of Ceciiia, Clara, Latin, clear or bright. Constance, Latin, constant. Deborah, Hebrew, a bee. Diana, Greek, Jupiter's daughter. Dorcas, Greek, a wild roe. Dorothy, Greek, the gift of God. ICaditb- Saxon, happiness. Eleanor, Saxon, all fruitful. Eliza, Elizabeth, Hebrew, the oatb of God. Cmily, combed from AmeHa. Emma, German, a nurse. Esther, Hesther, Hebrew, secret Eve, Hebrew, causing life. Eunice, Greek, fair victory. Eudoia, Greek, prospering in the Hmf . Fiances, Germam^ free. Gertrude, German, all truiHi. Grace, Latin, favor, Hagar, Hebrew, a stranger. Helena, Greek, alluring. Isabella, S^amisk, fair Eliza. ]uie, iofkmed from Joan ; or, Janne, the feminine of yohn. Janet, Jeannette, little Jane. Joyce, French, pleasant. Judith, Hebrew, praismg. F«li«f Juliana, femMme ef ^USbr . Letitia, Latin, joy or gladness. Loii. Creek, better. Lucretia, Latin, a chaste Roman lad^. Laqr, Latin, feminine of Lucius. tydi*, Gruk, descended from Lud. ■Mabel, Xalwi, lovely. 4l«fMeiie, Mandlin, ^rim, migmUMK Margaret German, a peaiL Martha, Hebrew, bitterness. Mary, Hebrew, bitter. Maud, Matilda, Greek, a lady •£ honoi. Mercy, EngUsh, compassioa. Mildred, &ucm, speaking mild. Nest, BrMsk^ ike same as Agues. Nicola, Greek, feminine of Nuoim. Olympia, Greek, heavenly. Orabills, Latin, to be entreated. Pamell, or Petronilla, little Ceter. Patience, LaUrn, bearing patiently. Paulina, Laim,femmme ofPamMmmt. Penelope, Greek, a turkey. Persis, Greek, destroying. Philadelphia, Greek, brotherly love Flitlippa, Greek, femmitte ^#if/#. Phoebe, Greek, the light of lie. Phyllis, Greek, a green bough. Priscilla, Latin, somewhat old. Prudence, Latin, discretion. Psyche, Greek, the souL ^ Rachel, Hekrtm, a lamb. Rebecca, Hebrew, fat or plumps Rhode, {^fWil, a rose. Rosamund, Saxon, rose of peace. Rosa, LcUin, a rose. Rosedeer, English, a fiur rose. RosabeHa, ItaHam, a fur rose. Ruth, Hebrew, trembling. Sabina, Za/i'ic, sprung from tlie SiMiili Salome, Hebrew, perfect. Sapphira, Greek, like a sapphire stoncw Sarah, Hebrew, a princess. Sibylla, Greek, the counsel of God. Sof^, Greek, wisdom. Sophronia, Greek, of a sound nund. Susan, Susanna, Hebrew, a lily. Tabitha, Syriac, a roe. Temperance, XalM, noderatioii. Theodosia, (rfwi, given by GmL Tryphosa, Greek, delicious. Tryphena, Greek, delicate. Vida, Erse, feminine of Dctvid, Ursula, Latin, a female bear. Walbuig, Saxm, gradooa. Winifred, SaseoBt winniiig peaofc. Zmohia, Greek, Hie lifa id Jupttei'. MISCELLANEOUS TdJBLES FOM MMFMMMMCM, fme^Shmdng the Quantity Gmrim Seeds mwdredtoplaM a aiii^^Z: DESIGNATION. SPACE AND QUANTITY OF SllDS. I Roots .. ■ng. Dwaif fiaaos . Fkoicli " Wmmg 'pala* ]25lL* Broccoli *aad Kjite..* C*W)Me Cauliioiwr. .... i^aTroi. .1. . . ccieiy. ...„,,,„,,,, I Cucumber. „.. Cress * - * ' * a -m m 1' ^m* w m % Km. Plant Kooiw J-'CTtUCC ■ M Melon , Nastunina Onion Okim Paisley Parsnip Peppers Peas Pumpkin Rwisii Saliiiy SpiiHMe , S^uui * 1 ^ ToBMtto.... Turnip.. .., ^i^atar Malott*. «« #. 1 oz. produces looo plants, and requires a M la ftat Mmm«. " J^tel^v'^ ♦ "5 f«t long. *^ I 'V"!?"* ISO feet of nw. ! 44 44 «5o or 350 feet of row. « • 100 hills. L n« ^ =50 feet of row. 10 IM. to UM acre ; i oz. plants 150 feet of row B o«. to 150 of row. I Si iSrTso'wis'!'"*"' ^"^^ » ^ -fmm,4, I m. sows a bed t6 feet square 108. gives aooo plants. J5ii'.affil*." " »«dbedof.aofe«. I OS. lows as Act of row. I ot. *• aoo 10s. " soo" " I OS- " aoo *' SOS. ajo" *• I OS. gi ves S500 itels. 1 quart sowa iao im of iw. I OS. to 90 hills. I OS. to too leat. I OS. 10190 " offmir. I OS. to aoo " ** * o*. to IS kills. I «: S^^^f^' '•'P^ s«d berf of 80 feat. I OS.' to 90 hills. ' TM^Showmg Oe PHceper cwt. ,f Bay, at given Price* per Ton. 'UQ1 . ffwwwm * mr ^01 I. i 1 i T T £ 1 M m m « Jit » s M T 4 so cts. so t CIS. f CIS. 1 Cts. 1 Cts. $ cts. 1 cts. M sa 40 60 Bo 1.00 i.ao 1.40 1.60 $ Ota. s.80 f cts. 1 cts. I IS ■as 90 lo 7$ I.OO I. as 1.50 1.75 a.oo a.ao «7 3** 3S 90 s.ao 1.50 1.80 2.10 2.40 3.3S a.90 S.7S I 9 30 40 C S.09 1.7$ 2.10 a-45 3.80 3.70 3.30 45 i.aO' a.oo a. 40 a.8o 3.ao 3*i$ 3.to 3.I5 10 as 50 90 I.OO X.39 a.as 2.70 3-15 3.60 4.40 II 37 1. 10 *•}«> ■.00 a.90 3.00 ] 3.50 4.00 405 4.90 4.95 13 30 1^ 1.S5 a.75 3-30 3-85 4.40 4.50 S-oo $.90 13 33 65 I.30 1.80 3.00 3.60 4.20 4.80 4-95 OaOO 14 35 fo 1.30 1.95 a.oo 385 3-90 4.55 5.20 540 5.85 0.00 , 6.SO ( 6.00 n .31 IS 1.40 a. 10 s.80 3.50 4.ao 4-90 S.60 7.15 l.JO a.ss 3.00 3-75 1 4.30 5.35 6.00 1 6.30 7.00 f'JO 1 7-70 : 8.SS T^le-Showmg m Mmikmr of RaUs, Stakes, md Miim nmmd iir mh 10 Rods ofFenm, Length of rail. Deflection I from right line. Lcqgtih ofpaiai. NuibI^ tir-' ~ —-"WWW Mninbar ofnils tbmmiik m rods. e Number of riders. Feet Feet. Feet. Faat. Stalls high. 6 rails high. 7 mils high. la •in 6 i 8 10 la >3lf 103 ^ 133 6 ist 9S 31 »7 14 I MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOE REFERENCE. 223: foAJe — Showing the Number of Drains Re- quired for an Acre of Land, The followine Table shows the number of tiles, of the dif- feiint lensfhs made, which are required .for an acre, and will Kefulto those who may desire to pWchase just enough ibr a iMftictilar piece of ground. APART. l3-inek l3-ineh i4-ineb 15-lneh DISTANCS Tiles. Tiles. Tiles. TUes. T>rain> 13 feet apart ftatiiic. . . . 3,630 3,489 3,934 .. ,5 «f a,904 2.323 " 18 r« M 8,430 3.334 a*o74 1.936 " 31 *' 2,074 1,0x4 1,675 1,777 1,556 1,659 " 34 •« 44 1,815 1,452 " 87 « 44 1,613 1.480 1,383 1,291 «• If 1,452 1,340 i,a4S 1,162 (t 44 \\, , 1,330 1.3X8 1,131 1,056 968 M 44 . » * . t,aio ».»»7 1,037 In reference to tile-pipe drains, it must be remembered that the ditch may be much narrower than when stones are used, thus making a considerable saving in the expense of digging. The upper part of the earth is taken out with a common Spade, Md the lower part with one made quite narrow for the purpose, being only about four inches wide at the pomt. Facts Ahoia Weedi. Dr. Lindley estimates as a low avSHIga ik* following number of saeds from each of ^ktm four plants : I plant of Groundsel produces. . s.oSo' 1 " Dandelion *' .. 2.740 I " Sow Thistle " .. 11,040 I *• Spuige " .. 540. *6,4oo ,; plants, I or enough seed from these ibar plants to cover three acres and a half, at three feet apart. To hoe this land, he says. wiU cost 6s. (sterling) per acre, and hence a man throws away 5s. 3dL a time, as often as he nq^lects to bend nis back to pull up a young w It 165 133 109 « *M MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. lABIIfiM Mim AVIk oil run iiAitm . .... 8 I * : : : :-s :ji • • ■ • • ~. — : ■ ■ — E-" 00 . . E « 4 « ■ • • ■ « « ' J iiiiiiiiliiS ::::::: :J if I 1 I OiOiOiOi-X' '11 M/SCMLLAMOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. J8S Tim M^M MmmMm <{f WoM, Nanus. Kunchainyunga (Himalayas) Sorata, the highest in America Illimani Chimboraso Hindoo-Koosh Cotopaxi, highest volcaiio in the world. Antisana St. Elias, highest in North America Popocatepetl, volcano Mt. Roa, highest in Oceanica *. Mt Brown^liighest peak of Rocky Mountains.. . . Mont Blanc, highest in Europe, Alps . , . Mt Rosa, next highest peak of Alps Limit of perpetnal snow at the , . . . PincHincA* •••■•••••••-••••«*«a«B«»««*wai«**«i« Mt. AVhitncjf •«*«•••••«•■•«•[••«« Mt« Fsif ' w c ft tihc f t **•««•••«••«•«•■••*•,■•«'»•«•« IMlt. Sh&st8^« ••••••••»«••••«■[•■«• ,1 Pike % PcsJc* «■•••••••••« Oemavend, highest of EUmrz Monntatns, volcano. Mt. Ophir Ffemont's Peak, Rocky Mountains 1001*1 Peak, Rodcf Mountains. IMit* Rftiiicr ■« •••••■•»•«••• Mt. Ar&rsit PcclJc of 1*di I fic • • • ••• ■ Miltsin, highest of Atlas Mountains Mt. Hood Mt liCbanon ••.•••••...•.»........,,...,,,,, Mt. Perdu, highest of Pyi^ees Mt. St. Helen's Mt. ittna, volcano Monte Como, highest of Appenines Sneehattan, highest Dovrefield Mountains Mount Sinai Hndus, highest in Mountain, highest in Mt Washmgton, highest White Mountains Mt Marcy, highest in Mt. Heck, ▼olcano Ben Nevis, highest in Great Britain Mansfield, highest of Green Mountains Peaks of Otter Ml. Vesuvius Kound Top, highest of CatskUl Mountains Thibet Bolivia Bolivia Ecuador A%hanistan.. Ecuador Ecuador British Possession Mexico. HsfWftu ■••••••*•••«••• British America . • 3avoy •••«•« »«•••'■«<•••• Sav(y||r*« • S^ttator •••«*•••■■••••• Ecu3.clor«« •»•«••••••««• OaliforiuflL ••••*■••••««• RuSBUitt PcMMSsioii California ••••»••«••••• Coloiado « Pcisia Sumatra* •••«••••«•««»• Wyoming Colorado. •••.••.•••••.^ Washington Territoiy . . . ■Armenia «••«.«»••■«•.«' Can a n es. Morocco... Oregon....... oyria. *...........«.... France ................ Oregon •.•..•••■.*.... Sicily Naples 25.380 21,790 21,444 2UyOOO 3M 19,409 3M 19,150 18,000 17.735 16,000 3 15.900 3 » 5.700 3 15.380 3 '5.207 2^ 15,200 2^ 15,000 14,796 At/ 2M '445O 14,320 K 13.800 »3.S7o 13.400 13.000 2% 12,700 12,236 12,000 11.570 11,000 10,950 2 10,150 10,050 9.523 8,115 8,000 1% 7,677 6476 6,234 5.467 I 5,000 1 4,379 1^ 4,280 H 4,260 H 3,932 H 3.804 H How to Make a Barometer, or Weather-Glass. Take a long narrow bottle, such as an old- iMhioned Eau-de-Cologne bottle, and put into It two and a^haif diachms of camphor, and eleven dmchms of spirits of wine; when the camphor is dissolved, which it will readily do slight agitation, add the following mix- toe:— Take water, nine drachms: nitrate of Mtpctie). thirty-eight grains; muriate 15 of ammonia (sal ammoniac) thirty-eight grains. Dissolve these salts in the water prior to mix- ing with the camphorated spirit; then shak« the whole well together. Cork the bottle well, and wax the lop, but afterwards make « very small aperture in the cork with a red- hot needle. The bottle may then be hung up^ or placed in anj stationary position. % MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOR REFERENCE. •Incrrlng the different appearances which the materials assume, as the weather changes, it becomes an excellent prognosticator of or of a ttmny sky. In fate Ihar the 'inixttm will icnMun clear. On file approach of a itom it will becvmie elondjri with feathcfy 'iiaiticles. floating about in it. Hiiiiitt SiNif, jittff mill Xoftei . Pacific, abMlt. 80,000,000 Atlantic, " 40,000,000 Indian, ** acMWOtOOO Southern,** 10,000,000 Arctic, ** 5,000,000 Nora.— Hm icat. bap, gulft, etc., connected with ocean, afC' indiKlca In in* wiicffoinK estimate. It iwcr. mu the exact caans is not known 'pnqiortioD of hnul ami ■uy be 10 of tlio Zengtk m Miies. If cditetfaacait, about 2,000 GMnblwaii'. • • • . " i ,800 Caiina " 1,700 Red.. " 1400 1l|IMII<'* •«••••.> ** •>•••••* ,000 Bbclc. ** ••••■•••••.•■<••• 93^ CBspi.aa . . . , Saltic* • . . • . Okhotsk ... WMte . . • • . Hudson's, about. Baffin's, •« MOm, , 600 >•• a «'•«•'• II, SjjpO 600 Superior ...«•.•• 3^- • Baikal 360. . Gieat Skre 300. . Huron 250. . Winnipeg .340. , StiS' .370. . Athahaum aoo. . . Ontario. . . ..180. . . Maracaybo IJOa . . Great Bear 150. . . Ladoga .135. . Champlain 123. . , Nicaragua .120.. Lake of the Woods 70. . Geneva 50. . SCCf ••••■•«••• H*a*a illlljjj^ m m 36-- 36. . . MUm. ...120 ••• 35 ... 60 45 ...90 > 40 ... so . . . ao ,..60 1*.' 75 ... 12 ...40 ■ ..25 ... 10 ... 10 I « * ji^ Alfonso, of Spain I4.80. Boliviano, of Bolivia 69!8 Bolivar, of Venezuela i^. Crown, of Nor'y, Sweden, Denmark. .26.8 Dollar, of British America. 1.00. of Ili«ll!!)CFia ••«•••«•<> W'Wiiiaiiaa'* IjQOt •* of Mexico , ,75.8 •* of Sandwich Islands. 1.00. " of Spain Drachma, of Greece 15.3 Florin, of Austria 34.5 •* of Netherlands 40.2 Franc, of France, Belg., Switzerland. .19.3 Half Imperial, of Rusftia 3,97. 20 Kroner, of Nor'y, Swed'n, Ben'k. 5.25. Lira, of Italy 19.3 Mahbub of 20 piasters, of Tripoli 62.9 Mark, of German Empire .23.8 Milreis of 1000 reis, of Brazil 54.6 " " of Portugal 1.08. Peseta of 100 centimes, of Spain 19^3 Ptfo, of Chili 91.2 of Cubft . *fQi'2h<6 " of Ecuador 69.8 " of U. S. of Colombia .69.8 Piaster, of Egypt 04.9 " of Turkey 04.4 Found Sterling, of England. 4.87. Rouble of 100 copecks, of Russia. . . . .55.8 Rupee of 16 annas, of India. 33.2 Shilling, of England. 24. Sol, of Peru 69,8 Thaler (3 marks), of Germany 70. Yen, of Japan 'TS*^ ExplanatioH of tht Currtmk* jgf thg mriom Cmm- lr»»#.— Austria akb RossiA.—Tne Paper Currcncitt are continually .subject to imftortsint fluctuations. * In Fbahcb, Bblgium, Switzbsland amb Italy, i finnc — 100 centimes. Gbkmaky, i mark — 100 pfen* nig. Holland, i florin or gulden — 100 cents. Nor- way, Sweden, and Dbnmark, i kroner ^100 itre. United States, i dollar 100 cents. Spain, i peseta — 100 centavos. Austria, 1 florin — 100 kreiiier. Portugal, i milreis — looo reis. Greece, i diacluna too leptas. TuRKxv, i pi«slHrM40'pans. RiMU, I rouble — loo copecks. Velocity of Sound and Light. Sound moves about thirteen miles in a min- ute. So that if we hear a clap of thunder half a miimta tier the Hash, we may calculate that the disdiaiigf of 'dectiiailj'fe six and a hsif miles off. In one second of time — in one beat of the pendulum of a clock — light travels over 192,- 000 miles. Were a cannon ball shot toward the sun, and it were to maintaiu fktl speed, it would be twenty yean in reachiiif it— and ye» light travels through thlt ipM 1m MVOI o eight minutes. MISCSS iANEOaS TABLES FOX REFERENCE. Weights and Measures— Wdght of Grain, ete. 22; aatii Wheat, lb Rye.... Com Oats Barley Buckwheat Clover-seed.. rimothy-seed Flax-seed Heap-seed Blue-grass seed. . . . Apples, dried. Peaches, dried Coarse sal t. Fine salt Potatoes Peas Beans....... Castor beans Onions. Com meal Mineral coal I 60 Jfi 58 39 4« 48 60 44 55 44 H 92 6a 46 57 60 50 48 64 4a 56 as 33 SO SO S6 >> ■A s U a. 60 56 56 32 47 48 85 62 B ft •5 c 60 56 56 32 48 SO 60 45 56 44 »4 50 50 60 60 46 57 50 70 £ 1 o u 60 56 56 32 48 60 98 38 o 60 56 56 48 52 60 45 56 44 14 94 33 50 50 60 60 46 57 o e 60 54 56 32 44 40 B u 60 56 56 32 48 42 60 m m 28 u c B o U S s X u 56 56 28 • ■ 45 60 60 56 46 m m 70 70 60 60 60 50 M m mm V 60 SO 50 I e s2 60 56 56 Sa 60 45 56 50 50 60 S u 60 56 S 55 e o 60 56 56 46 60 X 3 O S 5- 60 56 sa m m m SO u 60 56 56 4$ 9M sfi * . 60 to A law of New York, in force at the present time, adopts the United States iushel of measure, viz. : 215040 euhic inches per bushel, 1075.21 half bushel ; and the wine gallon, 231 cubic inches. To reduce cubic feet to bushels, struck measure, divide the cubic feet by 56, and multiply by 45. The BiMe contains 66 hooks, 1,189 cl>*>P* ters, 31,173 verses, 773,692 words, and 3,586,- 489 letters. The word "AND " occurs 46,277 times ; the word " Lord " 1,855 times ; " Re- ViMND" but once J "Girl" but once, in 3d dtapter and 3d verse of Joel. Hie words "EviRLASTiNG PimiSHMBNT" but ouce, and "Everlasting Fire" but twice. The mid- dle verse is the 8th verse of the Ii8th Psalm, The 21st verse of the 7th chapter of Ezra con- tains all the lettefs in the alphabet except the letter J. The finest chapter to read is the 26th chapter of the Acts of the Apostles. The igih chapter of Second Kings and the 37th chapter of Isaiah are alike. The longest verse is the 9th verse of the 8th chapter of Esther. The shoitest is the 35th verse of the nth chapter of St. John, via. i •* Jesus wept" The 8th, 15th, 2ist and 31st verses of the 107th ^salm are alike. Each verse of the 136th Psalm •nds alike. There are no words of more than •is syllables. Origin of Plants, Madder came from the East. ^'Cloy ociiiiMled in GeiaMii|;i The chestnut came from Italy. The onion originated in Egypt. Tobacco is a native of Virginia. The nettle is a native of Europe. The citron is a native of Greece. The pine is a native of America. Oats originated in North Africa. The poppy originated in the* East. Rye came, originally, from Siberia. Parsley was first Icnown in Sardinia. The pear and apple are fimn lEurope. Spinach was first cultivated in Arabia. The sunflower was brought from Peru. The mulberry tree originated in Persia. The gourd is probably an Eastern plant. The wahiut and peach came from Persia. The horse-chestnut is a native of Thibet. The cucumber came from the East Indies. The quince came from the island of Crete. The radish is a native of China and Japan. Peas are supposed to be of Egyptian origin. The garden cress is from Egypt and the East. Horse-radish came from the SontI| of Europe. The Zealand flax shows its ctigim if ill I % MISCELLANEOUS TABLES FOE REFERENCE. Principal Cities. ir «3)ui miles. "A fced "—10 feet, wyi inches. "A p«ta» "tS ••A fsthom " — 6 feet. A Greek foot is 12;^ inches. A Hebrew foot is 1,212 of an EngUsh foot. A cubit is 2 feet. A great cubit is II feet An Egyptian cubit is 21.888 inches. A span is 10.944 inches. yf^qUz of a Cubic Foot of Various SManm, fhm wMek the BuSk cf a Load qf Om Tm mof be eadljf Cast Iron.. ■45*' Water »••.... 62 " White Pine, seasoned, about 30 " White Oak, « Loose Earth, ** Common Soil, compact, «* ...... Clay, Clay, with Brick, Bulk of a Ton of DWereiA Substanees. 28 cubic feet of sand, 18 cubic feet of earth, or 17 cubic feet of clay, make a ton. 1 8 cubic feet of gravel or earth, before digging, make 27 cubic feet when dug; or the bulk is iaoeaied as three to two. Therefore, in fitt- hig a drain two feet deep above the tile or stones, the earth should be heaped up a foot above the surface, to settle even with it, when the earth is shovelled loosely in. Box Measures. Fanners and market gardeners v/ill find a series of box measures very useful ; and they can readily be made by any one who under stands the two-foot rule, and can handle the saw and hammer. The following measure ments, it will be seen, vary slightly from the United Sutes bushel adopted by some of the States, but are sufficiently accurate for all (■ordinary purposes * AboR 16 by 16^ inches square, and eight Inches deep, will cont«n a bushel, or 2150.4 cubic inches, each incu in depth holding one fiUott. A box 24 by 1 1.2 inches square, and 8 inches deep, will also contain a bushel or 2150.4 cubic inches, each in depth holding one gallon. A box 12 by 11.2 inches square, and 8 inches deep, will contain half a bushel, or 1075.2 cubic inches, each inch in deptfi hold- ing half a gallon. A box 8 by 8.4 inches square, and 8 inches deep, will contain half a peck, or 298,8 cuWc inches. The gallon, dry measure. A box 4 by 4 inches square, and 4.2 inches deep, will contun one quart, or 67.2 cubic inches. Qmermmt Land Measure, A township contains 36 sections, lacii f\ mile square. A section, 640 acres. A quarter section, half a mile square, 160 acres. An eighth section, half a mile long, nor& and south, and a quarter of a mile wide^ 80 acres. A sixteenth section, a quarter of a mUc square, 40 acres. The sections are all numbered one to thuty* six, commencing at the northeast comer, thusf 18 19 30 31 5 8 17 20 29 32 id 33 10 15 22 27 34 II pwira •w'ss 14 26 35 12 13 25 36 The sections are all divided in quarters, which are named by the cardinal points, as in section one. Tbe quarters are divided in the same way. The description of a 40-acre lot would read: The south half of the west half of the southwest quarter of section I in town- ship 24, north of range 7 west, or as the case might be ; and sometimes will fall short, and sometimes overran the number of acrea i* «• suf^sed to contain. I S33 MISC£££JMMOm TABLES F0£ MMFMMMNCS. TAMMr—$hmm§ the PtMieal Diviskm qf IMe WoM, amnipil Mmisi^ to Six0» I. Runian. Sanint fJB6a,sSi I. Chinate " 4,695,334 3. *Briti«h " 4,419,559 4. United States 3>S7o>39* I Iniil 3.83i!o47 .3,945.319 •*.9»7.47« .i,55«,«»8 . 659,081 • 640,516 ■ So«,344 ■ S3s»m ■ S*0|>07 ■ 36«,»35 • 357.«79 ■ »Mf493 • *3|*S93 •47.396 »40,38» ■o. ti. AusttmliMi Coat Turlcish laipira... . . Tmi i iMi. * I****. •••< •««*• Oiina (proper) Aifieiitia* .RapuUk. McxicO'.. 11 19. BO. SI. m, «4 i 30. 31. 33. 33- 34- 35- BkxIivtflL •'«*'•■•'•'■•■■■••••• 'JPl!«l*ll •■(■•■«M*iai*w«ii|ai*ii(«ia« Venezuela U._S. of ColoBiliia. "I ri poll .••...««•••**.• Morocco A%ha.iiistaa .......a -Austria. ....«...««..... M%da(aaGaf. . _ Ecuador .. ai8^984 France 909,438 Spain ■9Si6o7 California 188,081 Central America.. 178,869 Sweden. 170,634 Beloochistaa 165,830 German Eapin 160,907 Abyssinia 158,393 Dakota > 153,000 j6. Japan. •'49*39^ II: 39. 40. 41. 42. 43- 49- SO. 51. Sa- 53- 54- 55. 56. U: 59- 60. 61. 6a. 63. 64. §: U: 69. 70. 71. 7»- Sfuart MUu. MaaUna. i43.77« Prussia t3Sf8a6 Chili 133.624 Paraguay 136,35a New Mexico lai.aoi Great Britain iai,iis Norway 130,395 Ariaona 113,916 Ntvada 1 13,090 Italy 109,837 Colorado 104, 500 Omm. 95.274 Idaiu) 90,933 Utah Wm6 &f innesota. ......... KansaS' ............ Transvaal ReptiUic Nebraska WashinniHi Indian Tcrrit»'ry ... Uruguay. ... ...... vtin ........... 83,531 81,318 771964 75.995 69.994 68.991 66.716 65.350 ^^.a68 Missoi Florida. Cieorgia. ...... MichSpn- s6;45i luinow.. 5Sf4')o - ■ S$i«5 Wisconsin 53,91. Arkansas ca.ii Alabama 50)733 North Carolina.... 50|704 Orange_ Free Stat*. 48^049 Mississippi 47,156 New York 47,000 .Pennsylvania.... 46^000 73- 74. S; 77- 78. P- 80. 81. as. 83. 84. 85. 86. d'. 89. 90- 9»- 9«- 93- 94. 9; ^•"*'» 45.7JO Tennessee 45,6^0 Louisiana 41,346 Ohio.. 35*56^ Virginia. 3! ,53 37,977 Kentucky 37,680 Maine 35,ooo South Carolina 34,000 Indiana 33,809 Bavaria 99- 100. lOI. loa. 103. ■04. 105. 106. 107. 108. West Virginia ^aiooo Servia ai.aio Greece '9,353 St. Domingo ■i7,&26 Switaeriand 15,723 Denmark 14,734 Nctherbnds 13,680 Belgium. 11,373 Maryland .11,124 Vermont io,aii Hayti 10.30$ Ijbena........... 9.567- New IIani.psliire .......9,380 1'''''I^€M9 lllftllflli ^ji'''3i3< Massachnseiti 7,800 Sandwich Islands.. 7,631 New Jersey ............. 7.$f^ Wurtembuiig mjs Baden cncdcas : a writ to stay proceed'itat: m stroke of state pdiey, Dibut : a first e^ecmmce im pmMc: m tM* fashiomaile world, a mmutg omt, D6pOt : a storehouse. Douceur : a present, in return for a situation, or, appomtment, procured by prmste infiu- *me*: in other words, a bribe, N. B. The word is used in FkANCE, simply to mean rnvard, profit, ox, gratuity. Dieu «t mon droit : G CD and my rigMi, Eclat J distinction, applause. Eteve: a pupil. Rlifiit oikmgiM—at last. En masse: im d body, or, meus. En passant: by the way, ofleii liiplied to m remark casually made. Ennui : wearisomeness, hissitude, ittability for istertiom. Faux pes : a devtaHom from the path ofvhr^, m ad of imeSurttiom : literally, m 9t^. iSlle: a festival: entertainment. fracas : a fuss about a trifie, or, a more motk- %. a Mmbbmb. Hooi sdt qui mal y pense: *mli*to M$m,tMat «*'il thinks. Hauteur: has^Mtkms: m 9f prid* amd m*rm. Je ne sais quoi : I know not what: an expres' sion applied to something, thcd cannot weL be ekKrib^l--that baffles deser^om, Jeu de mots : a play upon words. Jeu d'esprit: a display of wit: a witticism. Mal i ptopoa : mmseasommble, tll-timod, ami «/ place. Mauvaise honte: sheepishness, extreme beuk- fuhtess. Mot du guet : Mot de passe : a watcMword. Naivety : artlessmess, unstudied simplicity, nt- genuousness, innocence. Outr6 : outrageous ; out of all reason, or, ckarcuter : unrecuonable,prep osteromt, N. B. The word is used in Feamci, simply to mean *xe^ercded. Petit mattre : a fop : a coxcomb : a puppy. Prot6g6 : one, who is patronized, and wAose interest is promoted by a person of rank, N. B. The feminine is protigie. Rouge : ml: a kmd of paint, somHkmes mied by ladies for pamtis$g tMeir ekoeks. Sans: without. Sang-froid: coolness, indifference — "he heard the news with the greatest sang-froid that is to say, ** he took it very easily — *• or, he listened to it urM tkegrm^U ootids* Savant : a learned man : a man of science .* one of the literati, that is, one of the learned world. N. B. The plural of savant is so- vaitts, learned men, mem of same*, Soi-diaant: s^-styM: m pr*tmd*r to kmomi' *t^ or rank; as, a soi-disant cobmd: m soi-disant mathematician. The epithet is often applied to literary qucuks. Tapis: carpet; "the affiur is on the tapis^ ^at is, " the aflbir is in agitation, in coateiii< plation." Trait : feature, a touch of character. T£te-ai-t£te : a primi* comencdiom b^omm two persons. Unique: "the book is mmipte,** that is, **ls the only om* im exia*tm." Valet-de-chambre : a mam, who aU*tt«b a gentlemam, who is dressitig hwts*(fi Vive le roi t itmig live th* Mu^l B$9 Gimng Proper Forms for the Composition and ^rremgemsnt of Letters, Smiied to all Occa- sions and to all Persons. Thkre is no accomplishment more useful to the educated persom than tk- ability to write a good and attractive letter. Some persons possess this capacity as a natural gift, but it is within the reach of all who seek to acquire it. The rales bearing upon the subject are few in number, and of the simplest character. He int and greatest truth that should be kept constantly in mind is that in wtiling a letter yon are talking with your pen instead of with your mouth, and four aim alloiiM be to express yourself as simply and naturally as you would in eonfeisation. Your letters should bear so strong an impress of your personality, Hiat jonr corveaiionclent, upon reading it, will involuntarily exclaim, " That's like Smith, isn't it ? " It is this trait that rendeis the letters of children so charming. There is tUi fiilfeffoice, however, between convenilion and correspondence? tlie iBmier is more unrestrained ; the latter more precise. Still, even in the most iammi letten, a simple and natural ityk, m Icecpinf witk the form, of con- LETTER WRITING, 2S9 feiaatlon you would adopt under similar circumstances, should be your aim. An old writer has well said : ** Much has been said on the epistolary style, as if any one style could be appropriated to the great variety of subjects which are treated of in letters. Ease, it is true, should distinguish familiar letters, written on the common affairs of life, because the mind is usually at ease while ^ey are composed. But even in these, topics incidentally arise which require elevated expression and an inverted construction. Not to raise the style on these occa- sions is to write unnaturally ; for nature teaches us to express animated emotions of every kind in animated language. The dependent writes unnaturally to a superior in a style of familiarity; the suppliant writes unnaturally if he rejects the figures dictated by distress. Conversation admits of every style but the . poetic; and what are letters but written conversation?" Avoid a stilted, stiff, and unnatural style. The plainest and simplest terms are best. Say precisely what you mean, and do not cover up your meaning by using a multitude of words. Avoid repetition of words. It is easy to find a tynonyme ; the list already given in this work will assist you in this task. Quotations are ill advised. Avoid them as far as possible. Express yourself in your own language, and borrow as little as possible from other writers. The use of foreign phrases is in bad taste. Your correspondent may not know their meaning, and in order to learn it must ask another, and thus confess I defect in his education. Abbreviations are also objectionable. Write out the word in fiill. In the case of the name of a firm, it is proper to use the sign in place of the word and, as Davis & Brown. All other abbreviations should be avoided. Postscripts are objectionable, as an indication of negligence. You should consider your letter with sufficient care before closing to embody your entire communication in the body of your letter. The letter should be written as neatly as it is possible for you to write. It should be properly spelled and punctuated, and should be grammatically c;orrect. In short, a letter should represent the writer in his very best light. In using figures which may be expressed in three words, write them out in full, and do not employ the signs. Thus, you should say, ** I will be with you on the twenty-first of the month ; " not, " I will be with you on the 21st of the month." The name of the place from which the letter is written and the date should always be carefully written at the head of the sheet. Persons writing from small towns, or country neighborhoods, should be pa^icular to name both the county and the State. In writing from a large city, like New York, Philadelphiaj Chicago or St. Louis, mention the name and number of the street, in addition to the name of the city. Business letters usually have a printed heading, embrac- ing these features. fr^trer patfie tit ^Mvm. The style of address should vary to suit the person addressed. In writing lo strangers, you should address them as "Sir," or "Madam," ending the 240 LETTER WRiTING. t letter with, *' Your obedient servant." To those with wnom you are tolerabiy acquainted, you should say, " Dear Sir," or, ** Dear Ma^am," ending your letter with, Yours faithfully.** To your intimate friends, you should say, "My dear Sir," or, "My dear Madam," ending the letter with, "Yours truly," ** Your5 very truly," "Yours sincerely," or, " Yours very sincerely." It is allowable to use the form, "My dear Sir," even to strangers; but it is always best to be cautious in tllii iptter. In addivssiiig a clergyman, lae tlie form, " Reverend and dear Sir." To a bishop, say, " Right Reverend and dear Sir." CiBtora has made it proper, in addressing the President of the United States, or the Governor of a State of the Union, to use the form, " Your Excellency. " It is proper, m addressing the Bresident, to my, ** Mr. President," whtcii is his The Vice-President of the United States is addressed simply as " The Honor- able." Cabinet officers and heads of departments are addressed as follons : " The Monomble John Sherman, Secreta^r of the Treasury," etc. The Chief Justice of the United States is addressed as " The Honorable Morrison R. Waite, Chief Justice of the United States." ' Members of the two Houses of Congress, members of the Legislatures of States, and all judges of courts of kw and justice, are entitled to be addressed as "The Honorable." * Officers of the army and navy are addressed by their titles, as "General William T. Sherman," " Lieutenant-General Philip H. Sheridan," " Captain Napoleon Gunn," "Admiral David D. Porter," etc. A doctor of medicine or of dentistry is addressed as " Doctor." The word " Honorable" may be abbreviated in addressing the envelope. It should be written out in Mi in the letter. The members of the faculty of a college are addressed as " Professor," and where they possess an additional title, such as " D. D.," etc., it is added after the name, as, " Prof. John Smith, LL. D." Ordinary persons are addressed as " Mr.," " Mrs.,*' or " Miss." Gentlemen •are sometimes called "Esqr." You may write "Thomas Hill, Esqr.," or " Mr. Thomas Hill,** as you think best, but both titles must not be employed. " Ifr. Thomas HiU, Esqr.," would be absurd. In .addressing the minister or ambassador accredited from a foreign country to the United States, it is 'Custoliary to use the form "Your Excdlencyi:" giving him also his full title, which must be previously ascertained. In England, where the' constitution of sodety requires exactness' in use of titles, the following are the forms used : A letter to the Queen should begin, " Madam," " Most Gracious Sovereign," or, "May it please your Majesty." The envelope should ha addreasad, "To iic Queen's Most Excdfcnt Majcttj." 09 la tiS P re (8 W £ ^ S «J f_ O u-^ O o o ^ £ c ** St S5 m c - *~ 0) O lis. ^ ft ^ e c3 C u u •£ .2i° ca Q U O K O O ea •■jj u to ^ eo u u ,0 ^ 9 -iS ^ o '4i in I 1 LETTER WRITING. 241 A letter to the Prince of Wales should begin, "Your Royal Hignness." fhe envelope should be addressed, '*To His Royal Highness the Prince of A letter to a member of the Royal family should begin, ''Sir," or, "Madam," or, "Your Royal Highness." The envelope should be addressed, "To His Royal Highness the Duke of Connaught," "To Her Royal Highness the Prin- cess Mary of Teck, ' etc. A letter to a Duke or Duchess should begin, " My Lord Duke," or, " Madam." The envelope should be addressed, "To His Grace the Duke of Bedford,'* *To Her Grace the Duchess of Bedford," etc. A letter to a Marquis or Marchioness should begin, "My Lord," or, "Madam." The en¥eIo|je should be addressed, "To the Most Noble the Maiquis, or Marchioness, of Westminster," etc. Ldten to an Earl or Coontess ; a Viscount, or Viscountess ; or a Bason or BuoDcss, sboald begin. " My 1^" or, " Madam." The envelope should b. vldreaaed, to suit the rank, as follows : "To the Right Honorable the Eari, or Countess, of Shrewsbury;" "To the Right Honorable Viscount, or Viscountess Lifford;" "To the Right HonoriMe the Lord Wensleydale, or Lady Wenslejr- dale," etc. A Baronet is addressed as follows: "Sir William Temple, Bart." A Knight is addressed as follows : '"Sir David Lyle, Kt." The sons of Dukes and Marquises, and the eldest sons of Earls, have, by courtesy, the titles of Lord and Right Honorable ; and all the daughters hawe those of Lady and Right Honorable. Tlie younger sons of Earls, and the sons and daughlm of Viscounts ami Barons, are styled Ifonorable. Letter paper is of two sizes, known as letter and note size. Either may be used, though, for general use, the note size is generally preferred. The paper should be of good quality, and, unless you are a practised penman, it should be distinctly ruled. Simple white paper is the best. Colored, or fimcy papers, Ktit certain occasions, but, for general use, plain, heavy white paper, with a good ■orficc, is to be preferred. The envelope should match the paper, and should be perfectly plain. Per- sons in moomii^ use paper and envelope with a black border, which should not ^ too wide. For private correspondence white paper should be used. For biisinem letters a darker shade may be used. -n» super«Tiption or »]dress should be written npon the envelope » legiUy « possible, bqiinning a little to the left (rf the th. The address of the correspondent. In business letters and in strictly formal letters, the address of the conespond- diit follows the date, and constitutes the second part of the letter, but in private correspondence it is as stated above. The following form will show how a properly constructed letter should be arranged : LETTER WRITING, *4l |0m 0f a %t^tt. {Date) {QmpUmentary Address) ^€€U (^li^en^ • i^Body of the Letter) ^^€4^ 4€de^nJi^f^i^, ^M»de^ 4d ^$A€€€/ €^ €^n^^444^P^, 04t^ €t^, ^^f/ €e^, [CotnpUmentary Closing) {Signalme) (Address) Letters of importance should always be copied, either by hand or by the press. There are a number of copy-books now in use in wHa the cupies ai^ •ade without the use of a press or of water. SmiMBSS LETTEMS, •U8INE88 LCT7CRS. Wii»iiiiiiWl*iii^iiJ^iil LirriRs relatiog to mattas of Immicis should be wrftten witli tlie most scrapulon care and eitactness. The writer should determine in his mind what he wishes to say befoie ban- ning Ms letter, and should say it as brieiy as possible. Make your words convey your exact meaning, so that nothing may be left to doiibt or tmcertainty. A few complimentary or friendly phrases may be introduced, but apart from these, the letter should be restricted to the business to which it relates. The letter should be written legibly and neatly, and should be divided into paragraphs, if many subjects are alluded to. Should the letter be a reply to one received from your conespomdent, discuss each subject to which you reply in a separate paragraph. Business letters should be dated with the day of the month and the year at the head of the sheet. You should answer a business letter, if possible, on the day of its receipt, or at the earliest moment you can do so. Promptness in correspondence is one of the most 'useful habits, of business. You should read carefully all business letters, and file them away for future leference, endorsing upon them the date of your answer. Should your letter contain a remittance of money, state in the letter the amount you send, and the means by which you send it Money sent by mail should be in the form of a drafi, cheque, or postal order, or should be sent in a registered letter. To eacloK a bill in an cofelopc and trust it to the mails is to incur a great risk. In ordering goods by letter, state plainly the precise article you want, the quality, quantity, etc., so that neither the merchant nor his clerk may be obliged to guess at your wishes. It is a good plan to make out your order on a tepaiate sheet, and enclose it in your letter. With these suggestions, we offer several forms for buainaB letters of diferent kinds : From a Jmm§ Mm Cmnmmemg Businm to a Whoksak Merchant, with Order CmttmrowN, W. Va., Maj^ u/, HiUfii.'Riii -EAsm &. Sons, Baltimoei, MOb Gentlkmsn : Hawing 'ConiiiMiiGad Imsiacis hen m 'Mf own ftceonat, with areiy pcotpect of succen, I iW 'be fU til' opn .aii/aflcioMil with your hone, dottbtinf not it wiU be to < mSINMSS LETTERS. 247 With this view. I enclose an order, which I shmU thank you to «eaite with the least pc»ibl« Aslar and on yo«r best tenm as to goods and pricet. I beg to leler yon to my late eniployei% uZb Delaplaine & Son. of Wheeling. West Va., who will satisfy you as to my mtegnty and Lttf«ithinm7but as this is a first transaction, on your forwarding me an invoice of the goods, Si^discount for caA. I rirnU remit a sight draft on a bank m your city for the amount, by return of mail. Requesting your usual prompt attention, I am. Gentlemen. Regpectfiaiy, Alfebo Ls. Repty from the Wholesale House. BALTmoms, Jlftfy 4^ Ue. ALraxD Lib, Chaelistowii, Wist Va. Deak Sir : 1 ■ -.1— Agreeably to your esteemed order of the Erst inst., we have now the pleasure to enclose mvnim of goods amounUng to ^1500. subject to five per cent, discount for prompt cash. We may mention that, from the opinion entertained «f you by the Messis. Delaplaine. we haw no hesltatioii in opening the account, and at once placing you on our best terms. The goods bave been despatched this day per B. & O. R. R., and we trust they will arrive safely, and prow satisfactory. We believe they will bear a favorable comparison with those of any house in the trade, and desire that you should satisfy yourself as to value and qualities bcfoie remitting settlement . , „ _ „ W«...,de.r«r,Yo«R«pectlidly, ^^^^^^^om. Oriermg Dry Goods for FamSy Use. QlAliGB, N. J., tSiAMareM, 1881. Missis. Loid ft Tayloe, New Yoek. Gbhtlemxn: Enclosed find a post oflice older Ibr $$$, forwhidi jSeam send me by the New Jersey Eipisi 4e fallowing goods : I doten linen handkerchiefs. 50c., $6.00 10 yards calico, blue ground with white dots, 20c., 2.00 90 yards black silk, |i.oo. ■■V I doitn ladies' Balbciggan hmt. No. 8. li.SO. flu «ai^ wMtB fcfw«*t |i Mc., 7*^ 153*00 .Direct the 'paieel to Mrs. Mary Green, Orange. New Jemey. fhm a Cmmtr^ Mer^md to a Wholesale Mouse, Requ^tmg m Extenmm of WiOTEHALL, N. v.. May 1881. , Misses. Black ft White, New Yoek. y Gentlemen : You may have perhaps observed that my transactions with you have been steadily increasing « amount for a consldenble time back, which I feel pleasure in assuring you is only an hidioatioi; * a proportionate extension of my general business. Wtsrn tlM inadeciiwcy of the capital with which I commenced to meet the growing require- Bmm£SS LETTERS. meats of my trade, and the lengthened credit I am obliged to giye, generally four, and in many instances six monihs, I have been under the necessity of keeping but a very small stock, which liM materially inconvenienced me in the execution of orders. Under the impression that you hftve confidence in my honesty, steadiness, and uniagging attention to business, 1 beg to ask if ^ yon would lavor me by extending your term of credit from three months to six, or, say, accept my note at three months in settlement of the quarterly account. This arrangement would afford me greater facility in meeting my obligations, and enable me to keep stock sufficient tat aU I may add that my cistaiwii am ai of a Mg My mpcctahle clam, my trade a safe and steady •Be. and that anytMng like a iw±kM «it«iMi«in of it is veiy^ fa I shallfeel obliged by lepiy at your tarlest convenience, and I am, gentlemen, yowt lespectfully, Henry Cmwwll, Frm a Bm^ AgeM, M^mimg the Result qf Ms Canvass. mmsm. ftv & B«TrY. ^ San Fsanosoo, Cal. CUffLEMEN : I send you herewith my report for the week ending to-day. You will perceive that I am succeeding well. The Pictorial History of the United States is *e boolt for which I ever canvassed, and I find that the sale of it repays my efforts veiy handsomely. Your Bible also gives entise satisfaction, and sells wel It is pronounced the most complete work as to its contents, and the most beautiful and substantial as to its mechanical workmanship, offered to the public. The ministers of all the diQzdies in my temtoiy endorse it, and this is a great help to me in selling it. I am hopeful of making a large sale of your books, and shall spare no effort to do so. I leceive many circulars from other publishers, offering me the agency for their books, bat pay no attention to lliem. I know that a book published by your house is ceitain of a laige sale, and I prefer to canvass for the most valuahiK popular works, I expect to send you an order for books the first of next month. Thanking you for your courteous and liberal treatment of me in our numerous tmnsactioos, I an Very Respectfully Yours, GioiGB W. BntfiOM. MmmmmimQ. a Smmssmr m Retiring from Business, Chaeuron, S. C, MartA 30tM, 1885. MiHKt. AmiraL% Cmstable & Co., Nbw Yoke. QmruEinN • We flatter ourselves that there are many Mends among our connection who will legiet to hear tiat we are just upon the point of relinquishing business. In doing so, our premises and stock if goods will be transferred to the hands of Messrs. Harris & Co., who will, in fiatnre, cany on the business on the same approved system and extensive scale as ourselves, provided they can rely on receiving the patronage of our connection ; in the hopes of which it is our pleasure and duty to present those gentlemen to your notice. We cannot speak too highly of the confidence wt iiel in their liberal mode of conducting business, and their strict attention and punctuality in llicir mercantile transactions; and in the hope that they may be houoied with the same mmSmum received by ourselves from your respectable firm, We beg t» subscribe ourselves, Your obliged and most obedient servants, Qmmt BtioiiT ft Ca 1 11 r — ^ / BUSINESS LETTERS, Urging the Payment of a BiU. HOBART Town, January 1884. Pear Sir: As I have a heavy payment to meet on the aodi of this month, I mutt beg you to gift fmnediate attention to my account, which has already run far beyond my usual limit of credit You hate not made any payment on this account for the last three months, and I must reaily urge greater promptness on your part, as the nature of my business does not allow me to renwi^ out of my c*pi ng Respectfully Yours, Hbnky FmicM. If I. SftVHBf f!UB, M KLBOURMB. An Urgent A^pUeatim fir Payment, , HoBART Town, Jamtary xoth^ 1884. Sll! Feeing inadi iteppointed by your failure to settle my account according to promise, I am compelled to say that the profits on my business will not admit of longer credit. At the sam« time, I should be sorry to inconvenience you, and will therefore fix the 27th instant for payment •iter which it will be quite impossible for me to wait, however unpleasant the alternative. I am, sir, yours obediently, MBI&Y FftBfCH. Request fir Extensim qf Tim, Melbourne, May 2oih, 1884. Mr. John Grisham, Sydney. Sir: It is with undisguised vexation that we find ourselves obliged to inform yon that, after Having conducted our bnsineu affuis with satis&ctory punctuality for a series of years, we have, by reason of the untoward stoppage of the Artizan's discovered our financial matters to be so disarranged as to solicit at the hands of our creditors an extension of time, not only for the pay- ment of our paper now matured, but of all outstanding liabilities. We are, at the present moment, engaged in the balancing of onr books, and request that jm will not only forward to OS an abstract of your account cunent with us, but your consent that we be allowed the terot of twdve months for the adequate adjustment of our liabilities and the collection of our assets, by the end of which we trust to be able to settle to the satisfaction of our creditors in full of all their demands. Humiliating as this proposition is to us, rest assured that it has been forced upon us through cirraunstances beyond our foresight or control, and is now made with a due sense of our respon- ■ilnlity towards the body of our creditors. Our assets, managed in our own hands, we are con> fident, will realize, within the time specified, not only an amount adequate for the liquidation of all our debts, but leave a balance in our favor, which, conjoined with the advances of firiends, *ill doubtlessly enable us to resmne business under favorable auspices. On the other hand, should we be compelled to declare ourselves bankrupts, our hontur, as well as onr credit and ■"csources, will have to be sacrificed to realize but a dividend, in favor of creditors, upon an estate which, properly nuised, can be rendered productive of payments in fuE for all dalms at present held against us. Trusting to your appreciation of our motives, and convinced of your reliance upon our probity ■•d honor, we remain, sir, your very bumble servants, Gresnway & Co. •S*» APFLICATIOm FOM siTmTiom, AfpliciUion for a Clerkship. M ms. AsmcwAix & Co. Brinf teirons of oteinipf a ckikship, and SMiag by am adveitisemeiit in TJtg MtraM tlut four fim is in want of a confidential clerk, I bcf to oflbr myself as a candidate for the position. I held a similar appointment for some years with Messrs. Turine & Medei, of San Bnlo. I can write, speak fluently, interpret, and translate French, Spanish and German. I andoic ao|iict of my tettiiiioiuals. Should you be pleased to appoint me, no exertion m Your obedient lerfant, HmiY WlUIAMB. AfpUeatian ftar a QmMif at WatMi^^ HOM.JOHNSHKEMAN. QUIIMmS, OHIO. Seorctaiy of the Treasuiy, WiinimiTOif, D. C SiK: I beg to submit herewith my application for a position as clerk in the Dapitiiient of tie Treasury of the United Stat«, and to ask your favorable consideration of it. I mm proficient in the branches of an ordinary English education, and am a good arf^»nfanf, This letter viU sliov ym til* cbaadir of my hanivslliiif . I. enclose a nninhcr off vefcfcnccs firan gcatlcinai wdl known to yon. Should you be pleased to give me a position in your Depattnwnt, I will stiite by diligent and faithful application to deserve your approval, and to disdtaife to the bat of ay ability the duties of the position to which I may be assigned. Hofinff to nMif«a favocahle answer, I bave the honor to be, YouT' obedient Mrvant, RiCHAKO H. TiminoN. A Sugar S^fmr Agflj/ing for a Situation, mmm. SMMM, at Sw»r, Shoeioiitch. iHay .9/i. Niw YoMC. Gkntlkmbn : Being out of cmplaynient at present, and hearing you required a sober, steady, active, and IMubing mail to •npcrinlfliid your bosiiMM up-tt»is, I write to inform you that for yeare I wis bMdiii>.staiiBinnatlffim.NewhaIll[Co>s. YauvffltMbf thecnckicd copyofatestinianaiA APPLICATIONS FOR SITUATIONS. 25 1 , tiiem that the duties of filling out the goods up to the stoving were carried out in such a manner as to convince them I thoroughly understood the business. A reply at your convenience wiU much oblige, Yours resFCtfully. * Hugh Wugmt. Af^tkaUon for a CkMdp. FaiLABWmm^ May m. Missis. Hood, Bonbmght & Co. Gentlemen: ,. r Seeing your advertisement for a salesman in T/ze Ledger, I beg to offer my apphcation for the position. I am familiar with your line of business, having been in the employment of Mo8Si»- H. B. Claflin & Co., of New York, for several years. I refer to them by their permission. Hoping to receive a favorable reply, I am. Very respectfully yours, Arthur Ready. from a fenon Desirous of Employment as a Manager of a Whdemtk m Retail Business. Shepherd's Bush, Ap^ IHbsrs. King, Davis & Co., New York. » Gentlemen : I beg to forward a strong recommendation from Messrs. Carter & Greene for the post of manage of your [retail or wholesale] business. For some years previous to the kte war I was employed by Messrs. Carter & Greene, and was selected by them to manage a branch establish- ment at Boston, which is now progressing most satisfactorily. I am a good correspondent in French and Italian and German, and understand the business well in all its branches. Trusting that you will favorably consider my friends' recommendation, I remain, Gentlemen, Yoiirs faithfully, George Willing. A Mooh'lmper and Aceountant A^^ng fotr EmpHojfment. Hampton, F^^mtry m, Mr. David Hicks, Fhiladblphia. Sir : My late employer, Mr. Joseph Lee, having relinquished business, and hearing that you required « book-keeper, 1 venture to apply for the situation. For many years I have had great buaness ecpeiience, having been intrusted with matters of great responsibility. I am a good accmmtant, •id correspondent, and can speak German fluently. Hoping to r*fc«ive a favorable reply, I am, sir, , . . , „ Yours faithfully, Girald Masskt. from a Coaekmm Seeking a Haee. Gbrmantown, Pa., Marck 3d, *iR. Edgar Whit«, Sir: Having heard that you are in want of a coachman, I respectfully beg to offer myself for the ^taction. I am a married man and have five children. I have been used to driving since I was a boy. 352 AFFLICAriONS FOX SITUATIOm. L!,T f*"^ ^ J*" "^"^ Wrf»"t Line, and hold hk certificate as to my character. ™^ mhu uoit. di« mtMica, If you .hould be ple«ed to engage me. I .lull endeaw to do my best to sm yon, Veiy resfjcctfully, Gmmigk Brown, Esq.. ^°**» Sim • Orange, N. J. -es^aLT^^ • "^"^^ ««taWi.li«em for a gardener I mpectfully b.,^ to offer myself for the place. From boyhood I have beat under ^z^'^'j^r'"''? time to^^et;::;^ mn. I eaclose yon a copy of the opinion formed of rav caoabilities hv .h/ ^ \. i t lia rw i: ■■Mfiiiflf —J , , . '"i™ ui my capaoiiuies l>y those under whom I placed «y»If, mmm. ym my whole time and .tudy shall be devoted to your service. I remiaiiit Yours ohedieii% ^^mi for a SUuation as a Cook, ^ ^^"""^"^ Madahs Caelton PtAd. j;3«ton^r&!l. H-tinf «« advertisement for t eoolt in toA/, Jfa*r, I he, to oftr mpelf for ym^ JZc^« I'L T '° : ' wage. a« 14 per week, and I can give iif^ ,^mmm. f» «, k.t place, m wkca I lived for two y^ I ^ ,hift,.tl«. yea„'of I ranaiai Madam, Yarn *ery,re«pectliilly', Eixm O^RorxKi. A Ladu MmmamMng a Gmmmm to lady, Mabami BooiHAiirroif, ^/r»7 ay. ^ T^tlT ' " ^ P'***""^ *° capabilities of Urn ILiZrl^T^ *^P«'-e™«nt under her tuition Hei TaXwinrl'ir'T V ^i""** thomughly, music educated abroad her accent u perfect. You may safely confide your chidra, to her cJ: I remain, Bear Madam, Yours truly, EUtABCTH MONTAOW. fi-m a Maimer, Leaving Addrm, Mabami , GiahamSteiit, J»d lltll^r t^"^^ " ^ ^ ^ ^ ^P^oy and «co. mmaa am wmm m o^xittUBity occinmL I am, Madam, Your obedient servant, E. Gkekni. APPLICATIONS FOR SITUATIONS, 253 V© a Frimi, d$lm§ her to Inqmre aboid a Nurse. HiGHGATE, J^une tut. T am in great distress, my nurse having suddenly left me ia consequence of her falher's deafly \ there is no probabiUty of her coming back, as she will have to take charge of an invalid llher Mid little family. Perhaps you will assist me out of my difficulty by calling on Mrs. Moomsbury Sqwtfe. to inquire the character of Ann Price, whom I have heard spokeo of in very high terms. _ I need not mention the qualities I require. You know what a treasure my kst nurse was; I should think myself most fortunate could I meet with such another modest and good servant I would not trouMe you were I able to go such a long distance, but knowing how kind and ««Iy you always are to oblige a friend, I do not hesitate to ask you if you wiU do so. You «.llywillbeconfenringagie.tfaToronyour Affectionate ftiend, MAftGAKcr Hamilton. Ammer, Sloanb Street, jfune z^th. My Dear Friend : •■ . 11 I have caUed on Mit. Gregoiy to inquire the character of Ann Price, and hasten to tell you the remilt, and to advise you to take her at once, for so valuable a servant is not to be met with every day. She is clean, good-tempered, civil, and very fond of children, and amongst other qualifications she is an excellent needlewoman, and I think would suit you admirably. Pttiy do not apologize for asking me a fsivor, as I feel most happy to be of use to yon, and I consider it the surest mark of friendship when my friends call on me far EtHe services. Adien. WithlofC Believe me. Very sincerely yours, Laura MiDDLin«oN. Ihwii a Gmtmim, Dmm§ to Know the Result of her Application, Wycombe, February id, Madam : Yesterday I received a note from Mrs. Lanbcig, stating that you had written kst Monday for nyrefeienoe. I diaU fed eitri»ely obliged if by return of post you wiU let me know your dMiii0% as I am boUing nifi^ lam. Madam. Yours respectfully, ^ Maria Gn. Jhim^ ii lmai% IMn to a Ckrgjfnm, Asking a RecommendatUm, • Nantwich, Ma^ i8^ RiviRKND AND Dear Sir : ^ _ Having seen an advertisement for a school mistress in the Daily Telegmpk, I liave been recommended to offer myself as a candidate. WiU you kindly favor me with a testimonial as «» my diaracter. ability, and conduct, wMle at Boston Normal Sdiool ? Should you consider lhat I am fitted for Oe position, you would confer a veiy great favor on me if fou would intere* f ounelf % HMT bdiall^ I remam, Reverend Sir, Your most obedient and hunbie tcrvant, RACHmr Lbs. » Ji^PLICdrmMS F&M SITVATmMS. Thm^ a Clergyman for Ms Ajsmkmee in Procuring an Appok^mma. RsvEiBND AND Dea« Sill : Whitchukch, May The election for schoolniatrcn at . . . School htiriag ramilled is nif iivor, I mint noir wm cerely and truly thank you for the great kindness shown me on your part, and o» liat of yom ^l*^"^ ***** assistance I am convinced I should not iim anecwdML I bcf to aimire yom. rmend sir. that the high character you have formed nr aw iiiai tfcr be inaintaaMd. and fliat my futnie conduct through life shall give m no cause tongnt^yoiirftcoiiiMidate * ' \ I have the honor to be, Reverend Sir, Your dutiful and gratelnl acrvml^ Agofpiff a Mmk Master. ^ Mn. Griffiths presents her compliments to Mr. Brewster, and will fed obliged if he will ma on her m the course of the week (be can lain* hit m daj and honrl, to amnge « em. «f music lessons for her daughteis. BWKHliWEY StmMMM,. May tsg. Inquiring about Drawing or Other Lessons. Mm Ftodval presents her compliments to Mr. Reubens, and will be obliged if he will •tt^^h^ terms for private lessons or for dasm. An early anwrer will oWige. Inquiring the Character qf m Garthnm*. Mrs. Smith would feel obliged to Mr. White for the character of hii gardener. Samuel Ned. one wuuct to know if he is an honest, active and sober man, thonnglilf master of hia HiiriT. ■■d capahlc of taking charge of the kitchen and flower gardens. Suck Vimjl 9lMMt jjM. /«c»«.«»ddeddedb«««^ He i. • good accoontaiit, «.d pnnctnaJ and iaiihfiil in hia attention to buMiWM. I«n confident that. should you see fit to em|»loy hi-. you wdl find hmiamost useful and agpeoahle addition to yonr est a blishme nt. Very truly yoni.. Solomon Wise. N«wyoEK.iI%a5^. Missas. Scott. Lib & Co.. ^ rTd^'L Mr. Alexander is a candidate for a situation in your J*"'"^' ^^.^^"^ during the two yearn he was in our employ we had every reason to appiowl^% erf hiicbu^ and sovieea. Mr. A.'s principal duty was that of first salesman in our establishment, and while W kept our interest, steadily in view, his polite manners and obliging disposition s^ed ^ food^inion of our customers. Mr. Alexander has firequentiy assisted us m the '^f*'**** fmdi.se of goods, in which department his knowledge mA taste we« «f 8«at H«J» S to ^uct correspondence, and i. expert and accmaie iit crfcih ^ Should any l«lherpMtiiailar.refaidinf Mr. A. beieqoire^ pliiwre to commmiiBnie op ••■e on applicafioii. ^* f«tl*™*^"' *^ Your obedient servants, SljQAllKicGOk MMrrsMs OM imrMODmrmoM, Smmmmimg m Seiml Teacher, Cttt A. p. Willis. Guuidal^ i^mmy tm. * I take ph«w. fa »c«iiii.«ilimg to jmr fiiYoriUe amside«tion the applicatim of Mim Mamirii Ale«mder for tli. po«tio« of fete fa tie public mbmA at WcymouUi ^ *^ Miss Alexander is a graduate of tlie Davidnn Seminaiy, and Ibr tlie Mit iii Iim •diool in this place. My childrai liave been ai»iin» W iZI aJT ^ * -mielysatiifacto^tome ^'^^'^ ^ ^'^^ ^ hm Im^ Miw Aletaader is a atrict diwaplinarian, an exceUent teacher, and is tlMmMi«|i1r ^ •oiMlactlhesdioolfcriiiiclialieaiipl^ «««»«VF «o«Ii«Mt te l^tiiliiW lii«t'|«« iiay ate It to tatwr ^ V«f mpecHUIjr fowa, . TiMMAI WttiOII. mmmmndmg a Cook, G«ORGJ£TOWN, D. C, MM im, I take pleasure in certifying that Bridget O'Leary has lived with me two years as a cook rnfl^'t **-\«^^«*^« ~ satisfaction. She is a good pbin and fancy cook.' •iidiialte«ti»etolierwotk,aiidhoiie««aiidieli*leta ' ' n ,. ^ , Mamuumt Thomwoit. MMommenamg a Gardener. 4 ZrJ!!r' >^th me for the past two yeais as a gardener. He !!? ' ^ '"^ satisfaction, has kept "fit. I €arti«lfieco«iiieiid Mm ■• an excellent and practice • R0BSKT SWBIR. Lmrns or Introduction should not be given except to persons with whom ym are well acqnaiiited, and for whom you are entirely willing to vouch. Thef should be given with great caution, and simiild be carefiiUy and expli- €Mf wonied. Remember that in introducing a person to a friend, you pledge ywm mm. chaiacter for hi% to a certain extent, and any misconduct on his par' wfll damage you in tie cMfmatioB of the friend to whom you introduce him. The necesty of exercising the gicatett caie thus becomes apparent. While you are uncertain ai to the propriety of giving a letter of introductiim icHiie it with irmnest, and let: inlhiiig induce you to^ alter your decision. SPECIMENS OF VISITING CARDS. mTTMMs OF iNTRODucrmii, 357 In giving a letter of imtrodiictioii, be cardbi to state your exact intention, in «rder that yoiir friend may know what attention jou wish him to show the peiion you introduce. If your letter is simply a business introduction, confine it to an explicit statement of the peison*s business, and your knowledge of his capacity. If you wish the bearer of the letter to receive any social attention at the hands of your friend, say so. Leave nothing to uncertainty. The letter of introduction should be left unsealed. The person delivering it should seal before presenting it. A social introduction should be sent by messenger to the person addressed, and accompanied by the card of the person introduced. It is customary to present a business introduction in person. The letter of introduction should be addressed as follows: • MitmAtangi^ Mr. Mt^ B./mes, ) ifl^Hshtr^, Fa. ) Introdueing One GenUeman to Another. Boston, yanuary loth, J.H. Dixu]iin,EaQ., IIS Fifth Avenue, NswYoKK. iilHHIl My Dear Sir: Allow me to introduce to you my friend, Walter Hazelburst, who nsiti your city for the par- yoM of spending a few weeks there. I conunend liiiii to four cardial hmiritality, and wiU be grateful for any attentioos you may teiblcloilMNrliiin. Yours truly, DAvm B. Wiim. A Busmes$ Mroduetum. ^ PORTIAMD, Me., February 1st, WintY WiuoN. Esq., 10 Wall Street, New Yoek. My Dear Sir: This will be handed you by my fkiend, Mr. Walter Lewis, who visits your aty for tne purpoM il making purchases in his busineiBk 17 ZM'TTEMS OF INTMODVCTIOM, Mr. M ow of oar Inpit violtmle gmem, mA h a fiwtlfiiii of liigli ttandiiig in His euminiiiiity. Aaf fnfor jm can render him by giving him information, or by introducing him to your leading wholesafe house*, or othcnriae, will be aiipfecialed bf Mr. Lewii, Mid gntcfiiUf acknowledged by Mroiu^m to a Foreign Home. Adelaide, ^prU icii, int. Hugh McCuujocm, .LOMIMM. SlU: We beg to recommend to your favorable notice and particular attention the bearer, Mr. Anthony Wayne, son of Mr. Hugh Wayne, senior partner in the house of Wayne Brolhera, oi uus City. Our esteemed young friend is on his way to Paris upon business connected with the house; we therefore urgently request you to extend him advice and assistance, and to render his visit to four metropolis as agreeable as possible. As he is a gentleman of intelligence, probity, and food htiding, we are oomYiaced lluit a closer acil m 'freely, and vast aiMmd iwl wc will me our bett endaaveis to lo..yo«r introdnctions. We remain, with high consideration, Your obedient servant^ TowNsmD 8t Co. MiUiOUiufB, ]fmmmy Sli. Schmidt & Co., FRAHKFOltT, G ' K KMA M'Tf. GSTTLEMEN : Betniit me to mtrodnce to you »y «eiy del and intinflie MMioalntniee, Mr. Qnstavus Brooke,' .and to bespeak for him your frindly oficet. and polite aUentions. Mr. .Brooke has been 'the recipient of a good mercantile education, in addition to which, through his own energies and application, he has acquired a proficient knowledge of modcni languages. He has served most creditably in many confidential positions, ever giving satisfac- tion to the respectable houses honoring him with their confidence. By reason of failing health, and in deference to profasiomal advice, bo is indnoed to seek a retidoiicc abroad, .and thcrefoic ■ay be inclined, should 'Opportunity oier, to accept a meroantile litnation. As I ani well acquainted with Mr. Brooke's character, hairing been witli Mm for over ten years in the counting-house of Hunt & Co., the principals of which view his departure with regret, I cannot speak too decidedly in his favor. I consequently speak with justice, and nrgently request that you will afford him every assistance within your power in accomplishing 'iie olieet' 'Of Ms pment journey. And I am willing to admit that I anticipate better results imn any friendly exertions you may make in his favor, than from the lettera witi wWfl: thr ioMe have furnished him. Satisfied that you will use every endeavor to render Mr. Brooke's stay in your city both agicc and profitable to him, I can only express the deep obligations I will be under for your kin<' to him, while, in return, I shall be most happy to reciprocate in lavor of your frieiM^* Ymiff tt ' it h fi llyj Hbney Dodci. LETTERS OF INTRODUCTION. CmainiATi, O., J% arf. IIISSRS. LoM> & TAYM)R, Nsw YokK. Gentlemen : I have the pleasuTO of introducing to your acquaintance the respectable firm of Dugan & Co., rf the Salt Lake City, the senior of which, Mr. James Dugan, is at present in this city; but proposes extending his trip to your metropolis. Any civilities or attentions you may adjudge !3erto extend to him will be regarded as a personal obligation. These gentlemen deal bmely in dry goods, as a branch of a miscellaneous business; and, from conversation with Mr Dugan I am induced to believe that they will give your house a preference of their orders. in fature.' Should the present introdnctkm lead to the establishment of permanent relations. I «hall be most happy. Believe me, gentlemen, , , . , Your obedient servant, Thomas Hughis. Letter qf Introduetion and Credit. San Francisco, May ith. MiSSRS. Tatlok & Co., Broad St., New Youk. GtMTLEMBN: We take pleasure in introducing to your acquaintance, Mr. Gonzales Orteaga, of the highl3» respectable firm of Vega, Orteaga & Co., of Mazatlan, Mexico, who contemplates a tour through the oil regions of Pennsylvania and the manufacturing districts of that State. Should you have the power to further his incUnations in that direction, it will be a source of gratification to us. as we tiust that this introduction may prove productive of motual advantage to youtidves and to oar friend. Should Mr. Orteaga find it necessary to take up any cash for travelling expenses, oblige us by accommodating him to any sum not exceeding |iooo, coin, taking his draft upon us at tiirce days, sight, in payment. We nfer to ow iMffr of tMs date, per mail for Mr. Orteaga's signature- We remain, gentlemen. Yours very truly, Stratman, Hill & Co. A Busiaess Introduction. Chicago, Ills.. May ui. J. W. Dawson. Esq., Philadelthu. My Dear Sir: This will introduce to you Mr. William Channing, of this city, who visits Philadelphia on a matter of business which he will explain to you in person. You can rely upon his statements. «s he is a gentleman of high character; and should you be able to render him any as8istanoe,i be gratefully appreciated by ^ ' Yours truly, Hamilton Dexter. Introducing One Lady to Another. DUNEDIN, sM DiAt Mary: AHow me to introduce to you my very dear friend, Miss Nellie Lee, the bearer of this kHei Vouhave beaid me speak of her so often that yon will know at once who she is. As I am sure fm will be mutttallf plMMi with each other, 1 ham mM her to iifonn 70a of her presence m fw dly. Anj atteation yoa may thaw her viU he highly appreciated hy Yours affectionately, pttm i^iSUiig |jtv«ri. A letter asking a iifvir should be worded as simply and plainly as ponible. The writer should avoid expresing himself too strongly. A letter granting a fiivor should be cordial and hearty, thai the leclpicnt nay ■ee that it is a pleasure to you to grant his request. A letter refusing a favor should be written with the greatest consideration for the feelings of your correspondent. Make the reival as kind as possible, and state the reason why you cannot grant the request. Meqmgi /or a Loan qf Money. New York, MarcA 6ik tmm Gam: I aai ohlifed to raiie a oertaiii iim of numey hf tfa* Ith inat, and am not aUe to firooire tlie whole amount. Can you, without incoiiTenience, lend me fifty dollars for one month? I will give jou mj ■ote for that amount, and pay it promptly at maturity. Let me heir iraiii ymi as^ Moa as possible. Yoms sincerely, Gaoaoi Buica. A Fammbk B^$. Nkw Yokk, MareA jtA, You» of the '6th It hmid. I endeit' my cheifne iv iiy ddlhia, and am glad to be able to Yon can send me your note, at your oonvenlence. Yonis akcerely, Robert GRaiM . Mbw YoaK, JttareM JiM^ Dear Gaoaoa: Yours of the 6th at haad. I mgfit that I am unable to comply with your request. I hafc several heavy payments to make to-morrow and on the loth, and these will require every doUai I can raise. Were it not for this, I would take pleasure in assisting you, and sincerely regret myinalililyiodoMb Yonn sincerely, RjonutT Geeim. i^^mUng the Loan a B&ek, Thi«isday afternoon. Dear Temihb: Will you lend me yonr eerf of Owen llereditii'i Poems? I will take good caie of it. and Ktum it in n fnr dafs. Yoois, Jessie Frbmcil Mtfig 'firrmliiigr fit' JItffwsf . THuasnAY ArraRKooM. Hear Jessie: laend wihtMsthe'Coiiyof Owen Meredilk I hope it may prote as graat a source of plM» ■nt»'f«Miniit.liaibieBliiBt. Keep it at kag ■■ ym wish, and ratnni it at your eonvenieDce JEMNIB' LETTERS OF EXCUSE, .261 h letter of dense shooM be written as promptly as circunastanccs will permit. Should the letter be one of apology for misconduct, or a failure to keep an Wgagement, state the cause frankly, and make your excuse in a dignified man- jier. Do not be too gushing ; neither be too coo^, nor too abject. 4poto^ for Failing to Keep an Engagement. ForrsviiXE, Pa., Majf 24/^, Mr. Hubh Blake, Fhiladblphia. My Dear Sir: . , r 1 I was veiy soiry to be obliged to break my engagement with you yesterday afternoon. I would net have done so had I been able to leave my house ; but yesterday morning I was seized with a sndden indisposition which rendered me unable to walk, and which still confines me to the house. . . Be good enough to appoint another day for our meeting. Suit yomself as to the tune. Yours tnily, David Branch. To a LadM» J^F^^^ « Jk^wflpiMfil. Richmond, Ind., Jfoy lorA, My Dear Miss Leb: Ftimit me to exphun my fiolnre to keep my appointment with you this evening. I was on ny way to your house, with the assurance of a pleasant evening, when I unfortunately stepped npon some slippery substance, lost my footing and fell to the ground, spraining my ankle severely. I am now confined to the house in consequence of this accident. I regret my disappointment as much as the accident, but hope thai the fature may afford ns many pleasant meetings. Sincerely your Mend, ' *^ ^ Albert Holliday. Fwm # Mxeim for a Pupil. Thursday Morning, April Atk, Mr. Hitchcock: You will please excuse William for non-attendance at school yesterday, as I was compelled to keep hhn at hoaie to attend to a matter of business. *^ John Arthur. from a Tenant to a Landlord, Excusing Delay in Paying Mt Smi. 29 W. Forty-third St., New York, March ist. Sir : For ten yeais I have been your tenant, and you are aware that I never failed to pay my rent when it was due; but now, owing to sickness and the general business depression, which ha prevented me from obtaining regular employment, 1 am reluctantly compcUed to ask your in- dulgence. Next month I will be in receipt of (junds from a Mend in the western part of this Stale, when I will liquidate your just demand. Your concession of this fiivor will be evm fratefidk acknowledged fay, Yours very respectthlly, George Hiii. To John Jay, Esqr., WspT FoimtBBirra Sr., New York. 263 arms op mxu LwTiKS OF Advice should not be written unless there is sn absolute . for them, as it is well to be amtious in offering y«ir counsel to penons, even to tiwe wlio seek it. As a general thing, a mm has all he can do in managing his own affairs. Still, where your counsel is asked, or where jm can assist a friend by it, give it frankly and simply, not with an affectation of superiority, but with the interest and cordiality of a friend. Should your friend see fit to disregard your advice, do not be offended. In asking it he does not pledge himself to follow it, and doubtless has good reasons for his course. Never give advice from interested motives. Let your counsel be dictated by your experience, and an honest desire to promote your friend's weliare. Frm m Wieri§ Gm^mmm to a Ymmg Lady. Ceaven Street, May im, 1790. I s«ii mmacr of fomeliiing better. Should it be to, no one will rejoice more heartily than Your sincere friend, • Thomas H. Lame. Ciii^friiliiliilN^ II JHfwi i^pon Ml Marriage, My Dear Thompson : I have to-day received the invitations to your wedding, and as I cannot be present at thsJ happy event to offer my congratulations in person, I write. I aiB heartily glad you are going to be married, and congntnlatc yon ipon the wisdom o! your cMce. Yon hsfc won a noble, as well as a beantiful woman, and (me whose love will make you a happy man to your life's end. May God grant that trouble may not come near yotj, but should it be your lot you will have a wife to whom you can look with confidence for com- fort, and whose good sense and devotion to you will be ycur sure and unfailing support. That you may both be veiy happy, and that your happiness may increase with your years, h tic vmt of Yoir iricml, Damibl Hiix. Gnoiict 'TiiCiMrsdif , Esqe., St. Loui*, Mo. Cmi^miakAig • FHmi ifMi. Ht Bwik a Sm, DowmiwiroifM, JISirrA wa^ MvBiAE Wiuoift I congratulate you most heartily upon the fulfilment of your hopes in the birth of a son. May he be always tne source of happiness and comfort to his parents that he is now, and be the pride ■ad help of your old age. As for the little fellow himself, I can wish him no greater |W»4 iortiiiit' than to gpnr np the copf of hit fillict in all things. .Rtmcmhcr m» kindlj to Mrs. Wilson, And believe me ever, Yours sincerely, Walter L. Hodgb. Jl^lf to ik$ Above. Philadelphia, March ajtf. Dear Walter: Thank you for your congratulations on the birth of our boy. In matters of this kind, hopeful husbands are often doomed to disappointment. I have noticed frequently that anxiety for a son generally results in a daughter. We are lucky. Need I say that the boy is a/*« boy > Did.you ever know a baby of either sex that was not " fine ? " Mother and child — heaven bless them both I— are doing well, and the father is delighted to be able to make such a good report of them. The latter, proud of his new acquisition, remains now, as ever, Yours truly, Thomas Wilsok. LETTERS OF SYMPATHY. jr J™* Letters of SYMPATinr and condolence are difficult to writc^ and require great tact as well as good taste on the part of the writer. Properly written an* inspired by a genuine sympathy, they may be of great comfort to your friend. The letter should not be too long, and should be earnest and simple in tone. Do not underrate the sorrow of your friend, but deal with it tenderiy, admitting its magnitude, administering such consolation as may be appropriate to the- occasion, and pointing your friend to the One who can heal all sorrow. Jo a Erm/i. on the Loss qf Ms Mother. London, September 25/^, 1750. Dear Sir : You have, as I find by every kind of evidence, lost an excellent mother, and I hope you will not think me incapable of partaking of your grief. I have a mother now eighty-two years of •ge, whom therefore I must soon lose, unless it please God that she rather should mourn for me. I read the letters in which you relate your mother's death to Mr. Strahan; and think % do myself honor when I tell you that I read them with tears; but tears are neitlier to me nor to you of any further use, when once the tribute of natnre lias been paid. The business of lile smuBons ns away from useless grief, and calls us to the exercisie of those viitnes of which we* aie lamenting our deprivation. The greatest benefit which one friend can confer upon another, is to guide, and incite, and elevate his virtues. This your mother will still perform, if you dili- gently preserve the memory of her life and of her death : a life, so far as I can learn, useful, wise and innocent ; and a death resigned, peaceful and holy. I cannot forbear to mention that neither reiion nor revelation denies you to hope that yon may increase her hapfiiness by obeying her - precepts, and that she may, in her present state, look with pleasure upon ewy act of virtue to- which her instructions or example have contributed. Whether this be more than a pleasing* 'I'eam, or just opinion of separate spirits, is indeed of no great importance to us, when we con- sider ourselves as acting under the eye of God ; yet surely there is something pleasing in the- Witf that our separation firom those whom we love is merely corporeal; and it may be a great indtement to virtnons friendship if it can be made probable that that union, which has iecnlv«d the divine approbation, shall continue to eternity. There is one expedient by which you may, in some degree, continue her presence. If you write down minutely what you remember of her from your earliest years, you will read it with great pleasure, and receive from it many hints of soothing recollection, when time shall remove her yet farther from you, and your grief shall be matured to veneration. To this, however Fttnful for the present, I cannot but adi^ you as to a sonice of oomfbit and s atisfaction in the.- time to come : for all comfort and all satisfaction is sincerely wished you by, dear sir, your, etc. S. JOHNSOK. Ml. GioRGB Elphinston, London. miTMJis OF srummr. T& a Frmd on the Deaih qf Mi^nd. London, Sll, 17S1. €>mAmB9T Mabam: Of ywr injunctions to prajr for you and write to 70a, I hope to leave neither unobserved ; and I hope to find you willing in a short time to alleviate your trouble by some other exercise of the mind. I am not without my part of the calamity. No death since that of my wife has ever oppressed me like this. But let us remember that we are in the hands of Mim who knows when -to .give and when to Udw «vftr.;..wlio «il lode upnn ut' with micy tliroagh all onr . vuriatioiis of adstonee, and who invites M to «1 «» Him tm the day of trouble. Call upmi Him in this great tevottttion df life, and call with confidence. You will then find comfort for the past, and support for the future. He that has given you happiness in marriage, to a degree of which, without personal knowledge, I should have thought the description fabulous, can give another mode of happiness as a mother; aai, at last, the happiuess of losing all tempoial cares in the ^lUm^^ of an eternity in heaven. I do not ealtoit yoit to reason yourself into tzaaquillity. We must first pray, and then labor; iist iMptoe the blessing of God, and then use those means which he puts into our hands. Cul- tivaliil grooad has few weeds; • miail occupied by lawful business has little room for useless Let is pray for one anoiKV, thai the tiuM, wlnilwr 'kmg or tbioct, tlMt iball yet ht fmlad vs, be well spent; and tllat when this life, which at the lonpit is veqp short, shall cane toan a better nuqr l>igin» .which iball.. Mfir lai." I aaif dearest madam, TmtAU, Y«ur, etc 'SptmiAicrroif, S.JoniioN. Hi • FtimiM Urn IMI # Mb Wp. MAMrroN, 4^af 4^ 'llir Hum John: I sincerely commiserate yon in this your fearful and sad visitation. Hard, indeed, is it to lose your wife, whom you so dearly loved. Your dear wife was in every act, deed, and word a true ChilMiaii. ¥our account of her deaHi is deeply tonehing i bnl how gptdiil you must havt 4yttoha»«M'herso.nsign«i and happy in thi' thought that, althongh her tewoiild.cssta shadow on yonr life on 'Oaith, ym^wonld meet her hereafter in that better world, where no trouble or sorrow is to be found. She was good in every acceptation of the term : her charitiM (so unostentatiously dispensed), her cheerful willingness to relieve any real distress, her talents and charms, endeared her to ali. Naturally you must deeply grieve for the loss of one so desr andexceUent Yon have indeed canse for diep grief, dear John, and M present aU consoM •■St .seem to yon hupossible; ::hiit Goii'"has «w 5*1. My Dear Friend: ... „ .1. Hadtncyed phrases of condolence never yet comfoftea a man to the lomr ol tnMbie, and I wm not going to try th«f dbct in jmt mm,. A»4 yet kt me »y, in heaitfelt earnest, tliat I was deeply pained to liear of yoor sudden and unexpected reverse of fortune. Misfortune is vciy iMil to bear, when it falls upon one, like a flash of lightning from a clear sky. without any miMilg. But do not be discouraged. When Senator Benton saw the work of many years consumed in ten minutes, he took the matter coolly, went to work again, and lived long enough to repair the damage. So I hope will yon. Th«« is 110 inott© Ike « tiy again," foe thoMwhoei liaa stricken down. Besides, there are better things thwi wealth mm in Uiis worid. to ny i w^iiiii^ of the next, where we sUl neither buy nor sell. If I can be of any assistance to you, let me know it, and I will help you as far as I am able. In the iBttUili»e, cheer up, and believe me as ever, Yoms sincerely, Charlbs -WllSON. EaQn Samwh. Wiixiko. Letters to intimate friends and to relatives need not be as formal as those we have already given. They should be dignified, but natural, free and unie- straincd. "We all delight to talk of ourselves; and it is only In letters, in writing to a friend, that we can enjuy that convetiation, not only reproach or interruption, but with the hiflicst pwpriety and mutual satisfac- lion." In such letters, above all thinp, a natuml and lucid eitpreision of the tentiments of the writer is necessary. Friewli opect our thoughts and feelmgs, not a letter filled with unmeaning verbosity ; and though, where excellence is aimed at, coniiilenibte attention mugt be paid to the disposition of the woros and sentences, it must not be at the sacrifice of the energy resulting firom a tree expression of the sentiments. ■ v, - 'r It is a common saying with young fidends. as an eiciie for remissness in tnei correspoMleBce, that they have nothing to write about; but surely between / FRIENDLY AND FAMILY LETTERS, Iriendd there must be a similarity of taste on some subjects, and a discussion of their sentiments and opinions on any one of them, in a course of correspond- ence, would be acceptable and also valuable, as tending to their mutual improvement. Letters expressing the feelings of children toward their parents, and the anxious affection of parents for their children, afford themes of the most inter- esting character, and examples of the most perfect confidence. In style, they have the widest range, " firom grave to gay, from lively to severe." Children away from home, in the excitement of new scenes and fresli acquaintances, may for a time forget and neglect their parents ; but momentt must recur reminding them of their affectionate solicitude, and in trouble and affliction making them yearn for a sympathy they may then only in its absence thoroughly appreciate, and it is at such times that a letter relieves the heart of the writer and moves that of the parent. Children should, however, accustom themselves to write regularly to their parents, and they should express themselves in the same easy, cheerful way that they would do in speaking at home. The only rule we think it necessary to lay down, is the propriety of preserving a due regard to the relationship in which the writers are placed to each other. A father, when writing to his son, should preserve his superiority by a gentle degree of authority, and a son should never lose sight of the maimer in which he can best express his sense of filial duty. It is best for friends and relatives to correspond frequently. The ties that bind them to each other are thus kept strong and bright, and they are enabled to impart to each other at regular intervals such news as each desires most to heai. From a Lm^ td the Seaside to a Friend in the €%. St. Leonards, A$^gm$t tut, Mt Dear Mrs. Beaumont : I have been here two months with my family, and regret that in another month we must leave this charming little Isle for the noise and confinement of a city life. I had heard much of this place, but nothing had ever come up to the reality. We have taken lodgings close to the sea> •ide, within a convenient distance of the markets, which are always wdl supplied with delidons fresh fruit, vegetables, fish, meat, and poultry as good as can be had anywhere. Our days afe spent on the shore and on the rocks, with the occasional change of country walks through the green lanes, the hedges of which are perfect ferneries— different varieties of ferns growing in eveiy locality — ^in fact, the Island abounds with them. Every variety that I have come across I aa carefully pressing, and you will be astonished when yon see my collection. Just fancy my rising at 6 o'clock to bathe, with the children. We all enjoy it much, this bay being particularly adapted for it, as it is a firm, sandy shore. Yon would be struck with the ■nunation of the scene which this place presents in the early morning — visitors coming, some from no small distance, for the same purpose as ourselves ; and most thoroughly do they enjoy it The poor children are aheady lamenting that their holiday will so soon be at an end ; that their >*nhles in the country, and their scrambles amongst the rocks, must be exchanged for hard study and dnll rooms— which rooms, by-the-by, bid fair to be wdl decked with mementos of this delightful spot, if tables and shelves covered with sea-weeds and ferns indicate their inten- I feel quite satisfied that they will go back to their books with douUe energy finona 17^ MMiENML Y AND FdMIL Y LE TTEJtS. eiai^. A* f«r IS 1 tin cowMMd, Wh the lem voyage {the chief obstacle to strangers coming icrc), the pare air, and the quiet, have quite restored me, and I feel I shall be able to resume household duties, which you are well aware my late delicate health had entirely prevented me from undertaking for a long time. We have often spoken of you, knoiring your romantic taMei ; how yoa would enjoy sitting on the rock% gMing on the moonlt »ea; no wmnd heard hut the murinur of the waves;— that is to say. when we were not near, for quiet with merry young people is not easily obtainable. Then fte lovely drives through the country, with the ever-varying scene of green valleys and rocky hays ! You would, I am sure, be quite as unwilling to leave the place as I am. I must not tire you more with this long letter, bat I feel as if I could never cease extolling the ItMitiesof this lovely Uand. Feihap I may be so fatunatc as to awake in yon a wish to visit ft; sloiiM fon do aO|l. 9m ame you wil/not he diiaf|ioinled. f imwiU. With kindest icpidi to yourself and family. Believe me, Yoitis most sincerely. KATHXltlNB WAKa mm • makmi, Mmt m BmiMm, to Mt IPp. My Dear Wife : This is the first time, my darling, we have ever experienced the bitterness and misery of sepa- ration, and the few dap I have already been absent from you appear like yeaia. What my state of mind will be at the eipiiation of another two or three weeks, I will let your little affiectionate iMit conieet««. But 1 must not ht. lelfsh, my deawt Julia. Yon share my trial, but do not he down-hearted, the time will soon pass away. You must go out and visit the good friends •car you. Your dear, kind mother also is within an easy walk, I am glad to think. I am glad to tell you that my trip has been more prosperous than I ventured to hope. I have succeeded in making arrangements which wiE ireatly enlai|e my business during the coming year. 1 need not tell yonlhat the thought that aH my fibrts, if successfiil, wiE hot incwait yiMr comibn and happineas, ipura me on to still greater exertion. I leave to-night for Louisville, where I shall spend to-morrow. Thence I fO l» Cincinnati, from which place I will write to you again. Hoping to be with you again within a week, I remain, with love to your mother and a hnndied to yanmlf. Your aiiB Ct ioaal « hnilMnd, Jmtm WiM. ne WW Nnr York, ymm 4^, OBAK MtrSBAND : Mobody can guess how much delight can he conveyed in a sheet of paper, who has not beea bkst with just such a letter as I received Irom you yesterday. So you are coming home, darUng, forthwith. How my heart jumps for joy when I think of it ! Dm't I love you, and don't you know it, and mm't 1 pay up the long arrear of kisses I owe yon when you return ! Make liaste to the aims of your expectant wife, Maegaeet Wkbi. From a Married Son to Mi Mother. FHILAOlI.rHlA. MarrM I0(*. 17— • My DtAE Mother: We received your kind letter of the Jd instant, by which we are glad to hear you ^^^^^ ffffc , a measure of health, notwithstanding your great age. We read your writing very easU^^ I ^jjj ^ ^^^^ i„ youj but what I could easily understand, for though the hand •J not always the beat, the sense makes everything plain. My leg, whici fm infaiie aiv* » I FRIENDLY AND FAMILY LETTERS. 2/7 now quite well. I shall keep these servants, but the man not in my own house. I have hired bim out to the man that takes care of my Dutch printing-office, who agrees to keep him in victuals and clothes, and to pay me a dollar a week for his work. The wife, since that aflair, behaves exceeding well; but we conclude to sell them both the first good opportunity, for we do not like negro servants. We got again about half what we lost. As to your gnmdchildren. Will is now nineteen years of age, a tall, proper youth, and much of a beau. He acquired a habit of idleness on the Expedition, but begins of late to apply himself to business, and I hope will become an industrious man. He imagined his father had got enough for him, but I have assured him that I intend to spend what little I have myself, if it please God that I live long enough ; and as he by no means wants acuteness, he can see by my going on that I mean to be as good as my word. Sally grows a fine girl, and is extremely industrious with her needle, and delights in her work. She is of a most affectionate temper, and perfectly dutiful and obliging to her parents, and to all. Perhaps I flatter myself too much, but I have hopes that she will prove an ingenious, sensible, notable, and worthy woman, like her aunt Jenny. She goes now to the dancing-school. For my own part, at present, I pass my time agreeably enough. I enjoy, through mercy, a tolerable share of health. I read a great deal, ride a little, do a little business for myself— now and then for others— retire when I can, and go into company when I please ; so the years roll round, and the last will come, when I would rather have it said. He Hoed usefuUy^ than I& Cousins Josiah and Sally are well, and I believe wUl do well, for they are an industrious, loving young couple ; but they want a little mpre stock to go on smoothly with their business. My U>vc to brother and sister Mecom and their children, and to all my relations in general. I am your dutiful son, B. Franklin. Jn Abseni Husband to his Wife. Easton, November lyA, 1756. M» Dear Wifej 1 wrote to yon. a few days since, by a special messenger, and inclosed letters for all our wives and sweethearts, expecting to hear from you by his return, and to have the northern newspapers and English letters per the packet ; but he is just now returned without a scrap for poor us : so I had a good mind not to write to you by this opportunity ; but I never can be ill-natured enough, even when there is the mo^ occasion. The messenger says he left the letters at your house, and law yon afterwards at Mr. Duche's, and told you when he would go, and that he lodged at Honey's, next door to you, and yet you did not write; so let Goody Smith give one more jnst judgment, and say what should be done to you. I think I won't tell you that we are well, nor Aat we expect to return about the middle of the week, nor will I send you a word of news^ that's poz. My duty to mother, love to the children, and to Miss Betsey and Gracey, etc.. etc. I am your ioitrmg husband. B. FranIcun. P. S.~I have seraUhed out the iavitig wordt, being writ in haste by mistake, when I for^ From a Yomg LaiM to her Mother, absent from Home, ^^^veland. yum 4tk. My Own Dear Mother : We are looking forward most impatiently to your return. Home wpl be sweet home once •Ofe when we have you amongst us again, for we have all missed you sadly these long evenings. ^ little ones are wild with deli^ Their heads are lull of projects for little surprises to give miMNDLY AND FAMILY LETTERS, dear Mnuna. Tbe choicest floven tliat eadi can cliim as lier own are watched witii mxmm cate, and are destined to be sweet offerings of their love to you. I hope, dear mother, you will be pleased with my household management during your absence. Papa considers me quite clever, and a credit to your able teaching ; still I know I am but a beginner, and each day I ieel more and more the need of your teaching, particularly in directing the acrvasls, whom I cannot praise too much for iheir attention and industry. They have been most careful that everything should go on as usual. I have not neglected my music and singing. In the latter, papa says, you will find a marked improvement ; but he is such a dear, kind, indulgent father, that I fear he praises me above my deserts, and I long for your approval also, dear mother, as I know yon are too anxious that 1 should excel to be partial. Uopilg tiiat nothing wii delay fonr long-wished.for return, with best love, in which all unite, Believe me, your own fondly Attached and loving child, Minnie Nblson. Wmm a ¥mai§ lai§ m CUprimi U a Fmnd m the Ead, Samta Baebara, CAl.. Maty isi, Dbakest Hklkn : This is a lovely country ; nothing we had heard or read about it surpasses the reality. The delightliil diaiate, the magniicent forest trees, wiii their luxuriant foliage, and last though not least, the agreeahle sodc^ we have met with, have quite reconciled us to our new hone. Mamma, who was so averse to leaving New England, has not once expressed a regret, and I am certain that she is really pleased with the change, besides being much better in health, although she has only been five months here. Our house is quite a mansion, with every comfort we can desire ; the grounds surrounding us are most tastefully laid out, with the advantage, that not being a new place, we have it in its full beauty. I wish there were not sncli a great distance between us. We ofkn speak of jou, and lamemt tlial you cannot come and spend six months with us. I am sure you would enjoy the change, and you would have horse exercise to your heart's content. In the morning before breakfast we generally make up a party for a long ride, and thus see a great deal of the country. Although a continent diviclei ns, do not imagine we forget ow old friends ; could you see the eager faces when the post-bag ecmes in, you would be convinced that such was not the case. You, dearest Helen, are one of our most valued correspondents. Your nice long letters aie so full of all that really interests us, that we look most anxiously forward for your budget. Accept our united thanks for those which you have sent. Trusting that you will remember lis, and write as often as you can spare time, and with best love (in which all here heartily join) nmambcr m« ever as^ jour Aitaciiid and liiiceK ffieuMi,. LOUIf B MUNEO. Easton, Mttjf 9A. llT Dear Feiend: I reached home in safety at eleven P. M., after a long journey, during which I was lo for> tunate as to meet with very agreeable fellow-travellers, who rendered it less tedious than it might otherwise have been. And now I am at|||||| my first thoughts turn to you, and I can do nothing till I have thanked fou for all your kindness and attention during my visit at your delightful house. You really, my dear friend, possess the art of making all around you feel at home and happy. I itidom leave home for sO' long a time, and. never have I letnncdi to it with so much regret. 8ut tiM: beat of fUeu'ds muat' pact. .Life is .an ■ever-cbangjag scene of imniiae and shade, bui: 1 FXIENDL Y Am FAMIL Y LETTERS. 2/9 ^uJl not to my kome, happy as it is, forget the annshme of my visit to you. With mai^ tlumks and k>ve to your |iaients, and each and every member of your family, Jlelieveme, Yours most a^ictlonately, Maey Ross. Asking a Friend in Town to make Purchases, WiNSLOW, 7<*- OiAE Maey: I have a favor to ask you before you leave town ; it is to make a few purcliases for me. We have such a poor choice of things in this place in the way of dress, that I am going to tax your kindness to bring mc I2 yards of blue silk, the same color as the enclosed sample; l8 yards of spotted clear white muslin ; two dozen pairs of light-colored kid gloves, 6^ and 6^ in siie, and will you also select a nice new necktie for each of the boys ?— <|uite in the fkshion, of couise. Gming from a distance will greatly add to their beauty and value in the wearer's Mopii^ that you will not think me too troublesome, ^lieve me, with the truest regard, Yours very sincerely, Matilda Feasul From a Ladjf to Another, Complaining qf Not Hearing from her, Haktpoed, fammty Tiotk, DBA.E Maria : I wrote yon a long letter ages ago, and have never had a line from you since. I hapt you are well. They say ** III news flies apace," therefore I am in hopes that nothing is the matter. I suppose you have heard of the death of Paul Fraser. It was very sudden, indeed : he returned from his office at four o'clock, in perfect health apparently, and was taken ill as he was sitting down to dinner at six. Dr. Archbut was instantly with him, but nothing could save him. He leaves, as you know, four little children. Mrs. Fraser is broken-hearted, as may be imagined ; eveiy one, of course, wonders what will become of her. Having for many years been on the most intimate terms with them, I know the whole of their afiairs, and, between you and me, she will not be badly oflF. He was so careful in every way, that although they lived well, much less money was spent by them than in many houses where it is muddled away. I very much fear, dear, I shall not see you in this house again, for I have made up my mind lo give up housekeeping for a time. As yet I have not fixed where I shall go. Teresa is at Shipcoats; only poor Andrew is at home with me ; he must find it very dull, poor feUowl as for the last ten days I have been suffering firom influenza, and confined closely to my room. We are now in the middle of winter— what a severe one it has been ! Accept my kindest love ; and hoping you will soon send me a line, that I may know aome- fl»»ng of your movements, Believe me, Yours affectionately, Geacb Deakb. a Girl at School Requesting Permissim to Bring a Friend Home for the Holidays, I>KAR Mamma Speingdale Seminaey, December lyk. You have always been so very indulgent to me, and have so often granted my requests * Mn almost sure you will grant a favor I am going to ask you. It is this : our vaca that grant a favor I am going to ask you. It is this: our vacation next week, and a very dear friend of mine, an orphan, who is almost my constant FRIENDLY AND FAMILY LETTBMS. ifnimnion, will be obliged to remain at school the whole of tlie liolidayB, as tlie ftiendi nii^ Wllom she was to kare spent tliis vacation have lost their eldest boy in scarlet fever; so you :ec It it utterly imponilik for |Mwr Clara to go to them. Will you allow her lo come home with ■It? We sImmM prefer to the aanie room; the is very affectionate, kind, and good, and would be a favorite with all at home. I do so feel for my poor, dear friend t If th« his ttt remain here, when all her school friends are gone, it will be so sad Idr h«. IHf fet bar tmt- m ■% dear muMMl With. Iiifc lO' 'dtar pa|ia. Rosy, and little Totly,, || ( Believe me. Your loving daughter* Kiiur '9fm m Smvam mdU her Mother, ^ HoixowAV» JiawSJt I kMw youwiUall be pIcMvil at homt Iki bttr I lice my place mij anck Iff miitmi is: *«iy kind to me, and shows me herself how to do things I had not leant faaferav That is veiy different to my other mistress, who only used to tell me but did not teaA me, and I find 1 remember much better now, besides knowing exactly how to set about my wodc I have learnt a great deal since I came here, and I am snrc^ dear mother, you would think me quite cleva ■id it to take even a more responsible place than. this. Every Sunday I go to church, which it quite a pleasant walk from here, and of an evening when my work is done I do a little sewing. My mistress was so shocked to see how awkwani I was at my needle, that she says I really must learn better, as it is a sad thing for a poor gilt not to he able to mend and make her own clothing, so she has bought me a new print dzeii^ whieh/she is gcnng to cut' out and teach me to make up. I felt very lonesome when I was here first. I mimed Biaa so ninch, and dear little |eniaiy whom I used to take care of when at home, but I am very happf now } every one is good and kind to me in this house. Give my love to father and all at home. Mofiiig I ibaU soonhaw a letter firom you, and Hat fou are all well, I remain, with best hive, Your aJfectionalt' and dntiiil dn^iiit, Wmmm Comm, lit JMIif^f Amwer, Ampthiu, 1^ ia«i. My Diab Bmibs Both your father and I were much pleased when we had your letter, and learned that yon air m happy and contented, and indeed it would be very ungrateful if you were not, seeing you ham such a good and kind mistress. I hope that in return you will do all you can to please het and make her house comfortable ; that you wiU always be ready and willing to do as you are bid, fa that is the only way you have of showing you feel her kindness. There are vtiy few places now where mistresses will take the trouble to teach their servants anything, and yon have been very lucky in finding such a one. Do not forget the advice T gave you when you left home : keep to yourself and do not make too many acquaintances, as they often lead to the ruin of poor girls. Your father has had rheumatism very bad, and has not been able to go to the mill since Tuesday, but I am glad to say he is getting better, and I hope by next week ht wiU be able to go to work again. little Jemmy is quite wei, and seems very fend of Hisa now Ais Bessie is away, but he often asks for you. Father joins with me in best love. My wtpecti •o your good mistress, and tell her I feel most grateful for the kindness she has shown Wf- ItW- from your loving mother, FRIENDLY AND FAMILY LETTERS. Frm a to Me Sm, hef^mdag the World, Haverhill, Maf6iM, MY Dearest Son: Separated as you will shortly be from your childhood's home — for many years, perhaps — and not having your poor old father to consult and obtain advice from, when any difficulties may arise, yoa will naturally be inclined to appeal to those among your acquaintances whom you may consider from intimate association as entitled to the name of frien(Js. Now this is a matter in which you must observe the very greatest caution and discriminatior a mistake made in selecting a friend and acting up to his advice, is a fatal one, and no one can for a moment form an idea of the consequences which may arise from it. In the first place, do not seek the firiendship of the " fast young man," whose sole thought is to gratify himself in the enjoyment of this world's pleasures, without any regard to the misery or disgrace his conduci may be entailing on a happy, innocent family. Make friends of those who, by their actions, hav« raised themselves in the estimation of their superiors, and are regarded with eyes of jealom admiration by their equals. Remember the old proverb, " Tell who are your friends, and I wil' teH you what you are." I hope, dear boy, your own good sense will lead you to avoid bad companions. Should yoL ever (which I trust may never be th* case) be tempted to do anything contrary to the laws of honor or of duty, question yourself thus : «' Should I do this in my father's house? should I ad thus in my mother's presence ? " The answer will be the best talisman to keep you from falling in your combat with the world. We have great hopes in you, my dear son. Never omit to write to your dear mother anc myself when you possibly can ; and with our best and fondest love. Believe me, ever your affiectionate father, Fim « Sm, lot Mieetmimted Mmsetf tmmris his Ea^loyer, to Ms Father. KoRRisTOWN, Nwember i&i. Dear Father : I am in tuch distress I scarcely know how to commence my letter. Without the least reason, without the least provocation, I left my employer at the most busy season, just for a temporary, trifling amusement. He— the best of employers— for the moment was foiigotten by me ; self predominated. I ran away from my place, and here I find myself disgraced and miserable, and grieve to think how indescribably shocked you will be when Mr. Evans communicates with you relative to my absence. However, dear father, there is one consolation : I cannot be accused of dishonesty ; so I hope my character is not irretrievably ruined. Will you see my employer, and tell him how deeply T regret my fault, and entreat him tc forgive it, and allow me to return to my place ? It shall hereafter be my constant study to per form my duty in the most upright manner, and with the most assiduous attention. Let me bear dear fiuher, sending me Mr. Evans' reply, that you also forgive. Your erring but repentant son, I John Tnoiirsoii. The Falher^s Ammer, w„ ^ Harrisburg, Pa., Nmtemker list, My Dear Son : Words cannot express my grief at the receipt of your letter. How can you so soon have "XOtten all the home lessons of duty you have learned? What society can you have mingled "» to htw caused you to be guilty of such folly? «Si mmifDL y and famil y le tters. I wmtX to PhilaMflik to-daf, mm fmt tniiilojrer. aad rwd Mm your lettet ; and hr •ith me that from the manner you have acted in immediately informing me of your posuion, n % jirobftble you may, in an untoward moment, have been induced to commit an act for which fas mm h> estly sony. It is your first offence, and be bid* me say he rejokat tlut you are sen. of your grievous enw, and he will «llow yon to wtmm, and mwx awnluiii what haf VGcnmd to yon. Nft«r,, d««r Mn, i«iit fwuraelf again, bt palriul to fi^ -:dMiily aai Believe me. Your aftctionate father, ROB£&T THOMfSOK. lb • CMi «i0 te iM M% # IW&v « ffMmi. Bvwfoii, Nv Dear Samuel : I was much grieved to find after yon had left ■■ in tbe early part of the week, that the replia f ou gave me relative to your acquaintance with IIm L— • were utterly at variance witli tbt tvtli. 'little did I think yon would ever deceive ns, wliem. sudt conidence M. been alwap fiaced in yoit. Why did yon tiy to deceive me by a falaeliood? Let me entreat you never again to deviate from the truth j should you do so, you will soon K^tain a character as an i ntrustw-rthy person, and no one will believe you even when you •peak the truth. Every one will shun you, as they will always suspect that you are trying to deceive them ; even wlieii you ait acting rightly, they wil look upon you with suspicion. Have you ioisotten that truth is the poimt of honor li a goitlemw, and thai no me can leUt littehood and retain the character of one ? I cannot tell you the shame I felt when I discovered your untruth; I felt degraded by it. Strive to retrieve your character in the fiituic, by perfect truthfulness and a high sense of what Jionor requires from you. Till I believe that yon feel thn inannlty of jonr irailt I iminot sign myself other than Your aillicted father, Alteed Hughis. A IMtet pm a Father to a Son at School, on tfw WeemUy qf AtteiSm to Ms Studim. Amm, lUJ., ymmmy aW, .My Diak Bot I Mow yon have lemimed to school, it is my duty to point out to you how absolutely necessaiy it is for your future success that you should persevere in your studies, more especially if you wish to leave college (for which you are destined) with honor. Do not be carried away witk jhe natural love of ease and pleasure, but accustom yourself at once to really hard work. K 70U cannot' reconcile ywnielf to do so in your youth, you Will be unaMe to do so as you grow ^er, and you will become hBcaphle of nehieving anything great. Application may be difficult at ftiBt, but when once yon have accustomed yourself to it, you will find study pleasant, easy and agreeable, and in years to come you will be well repaid for the toil and trouble you now undergo. What can be pleasanter than to find yourself at the head of your school, leaving all competitiiis behind ? what more gratifying than to give pleasure to your father and mother, and to obtain the admiration and approval of your teachers? ThM, dear boy, will be your reward if you stody constantly and patiently ; but if you neglect the opportunities offered to you now, your fatnre We will be nothing but disquietude, and you will grow up ignorant, and be despised. Pay attentioii to my mMm, and work in the morning of your days. With your mother's best love and mm*. Believe me, your ever affectionajte &ther, RicHAH> P«rB«P- FRJENOZ Y Am FAMIL Y LMTTEMS. 2^3 From a Fathir to a Son, rehxHue to Ms Sj^endtture. Hackney, MarcA stk, •My DkaeSoni Your last letter gavo m pleasure not unmixed with pain ; pleasure to learn that you were weil» and held in esteem by your superiors, and on friendly terms with those of your own stanaing ; and pain from the request which it contained. Your mother, like myself, feels grieved that you should ask for an additional allowance. Yon should consider that you have brothers and sisters for whom I have also to make a provision, and that if the allowance I now give you (which is considered large) be increased, it must deprive ns all of some of our necessaiy comforts. You Diiist reflect on this, dear boy, and then I am well assured that you will not urge your request. I will, however (for this once alone, understand me), make you a present of one hundred dollars. Your own good sense, I am certain, will show you the necessity of retrenchment, so I shall not allude to the matter further. The presents you seat us each fay hist mail are much appreciated and tteasured by us. We are going to move from this neighborhood* as we find it too expensive; when next jm write, therefore, address to Durnford Street. All your pets are well, and we guard them jealously for your sake. Trusting you witt remain some time at Cannes, as it agrees with you so well, and that we may constantly hear from you. Believe me, with our united, kindest love, tHKIfi^^ :aifoctionate fiithcr, A Foiihar, who has lately Lost Ms Wtfe, to Ms Daughter at School, WOBUEN, ^fy 20A. My Baeung Chiu>: I was very pleased and comforted by your last affectionate letter. Bitterly, indeed, di> I mim you ! Had I given way to my own selfish wishes, I think I should not have allowed you to rBtum to school. Your dear aunt, however, who is now looking carefully after my domestic affairs, showed me so plainly that by keeping you at home I should be depriving yon of the advantages of education, that I sacrificed my feelings for your sake. On reflection, also, I hoped that you would find some little consolation and comfort from association with young lalies of your own age, for here all b cheerless and dreary. The void caused by your dflur modier's death can never be refilled ; my home is truly desolate. It would have been wrong to keep you •t aome to share my grief, and thus uselessly add bitterness to your younger years. Do not |ri«ve too long and bitterly, my child, for your deariy loved mother ; imitate her in every action ^ her life; and wkm time has slightly moderated your poor father's sorrow, and you are in ^^»rgfi of his home and foor own, may be brighter and more cheerful again. Fray write to me soon, and Believe me. Your ever affectionate bthtr, * Thomas Dale; A Bmtd to Ms Daughter at Sermee. U.. _ MEDfOED, MttTcM U#, MY Deae Daughtee : ^^fhm you left home for service, you were so young and inexperienced that we were most *»*ws as to your welfare. We are truly thankful to find from yoor letter, tecetved a few daya ^1 that you are in a place that is likely to prove comfortable. I need not give you macfc •dvice as to obedience, for you have always been, both to your mother and myself, a mar ^dient and dutiful child. Your mistress is very kind in showing you how to perform jim^f •sties. Be attentive, and grateful to her for such kindness. 284 JFMJENDLY AND FAMILY LETTERS. Donol make •cqnaintances too hnixiedly; never stay out later than the hour appointed If^ ^ to be at home ; and on no account whatever admit any one into the houite, without fin thtoiiiiiig leave from your mistress. Never miss an opportunity of attending Divine worship #file tft OS as often as you caii| awl witli tlM love of jfour niotlier and myid^ Mim ae, your aiieetioiMlt iiilicr, iMttr pm m JIMmt FMUmr to Ink Sem, i)RAE RlCHABOS Hci« 1 am, aJkr hm^ UlagmA sis or mrnt day* very unnecessarily in London. I doat know tlwt even the few days that I can spend here will not be enough— sickness, long and; glocniy— convalescence, disturbed by various paroxysms— relapse confirmed— the last a spec- tacle soon seen and painfully dwelt upon. I shall stay here yet a few days. There are some to whom I have introductions that I have not seen. I don't supfiose I shall gel myself pie- •entcd to the consnL Hot iKving been privatdy baptwd at St Jaines*s would be a dtficiilly •, 10 get over it a lavor; and then the trouble f getting one's self costumed for the show ; and then file small value of being driven, like the ber-ts >f the field before Adam when he named them; think I sha'n't mind it. The character of this place is wonderfully different from that of London. I think I can say. without affectation, that I miss the frivolous elegance of the old) fmes before the Revolution* awl that in the place of it I see a squaHd be«(d-grown, vulgar rivacily ; bnl JT^ iHHi;*' but, in fact, pait of this was written y*«terday. and the latter part now. I mm FRIENDLY AND FAMILY LETTMMS. desire you to bid any one remember me ; but tell them I remember them. Suf how Elisa doe& •Tell Amelia and Sarah I do not forget them. God bless you all. Your sftsctiotiate father, A Descriptive iMkr. Shrewsbury, September ^k, 181 1. j{yBi:arFribnd: Accept a hasty line for your entertaining letter. I have been so constantly in motion, or io company, or indisposed, that I have not written one letter but of absolute necessity or business iince I met you that last morning. You have not the less lived in my affectionate remembrance. Instead of the stipulated fortnight, Mr. Gisbome detained us a month in his charming fwest, .accompanying us, however, on our excursions. We obeyed your commands in making the Derbyshire tour. Matlock is enchanting, of a different character, but not more interesting than Malvern, where we stayed a couple of days in our way to Staffordshire. Everything concurred to make our visit at Yoxall interesting; scenery of a peculiar character, and pleasant society in the house and neighborhood. Among our inmates was Mr. , brother to Lord — , the tet of whose mind and the turn of whose conversation incline me to believe that he b not unworthy to fill the pulpit at Lutterworth, once so worthily filled by Wickliffe. It is delightful to witness the many accessions to the cause of Christian piety in the higher ranks of life. We are come to this fine old town to visit some friends. Both the near and distant views arf intimately connected with our history. Here is the battle-field where Harold once fought; and ance still more distinguished by the fall of Hotspur, Harry Percy. They do not exactly show the spot where FaMaffran away. Another hill presents the scene of the valour of Caractacns. Another of an anci«it oak, said to have been planted by Owen Glendower. Still more substan- 'tially valuable are the numerous edifices consecrated to public charity ; all appear to be remark- ably well conducted. With public charity the name of Richard Reynolds naturally connects itself^ as it did in Colebrook Dale, the most wonderfiil mixture of Elysium and Tartarus my eyes •ever beheld; steam-engines, hills, wheels, forges, fires, the dunnest and the densest smoke, and the most stupendous iron bridge, all rising amid hills that in natural beauty rival Dovedale and Matlock. We grieved that excessive fatigue and heat, rendered more intolerable by a withering ■east wind, prevented us from roving through Reynolds' fine walk, which he keeps up for the benevolent accommodation of others. To-morrow (alas ! it is still a parching east wind} we ■propose, if it please God, to set out on a little Welsh tour with our hosts, to peep at the Yale of Uangollen, Valle Crucis. Chirk Castle, etc., etc. We hope to return over the classic ground 'jf Ludlow, a town I much wish to see. May God bless and dineet 700. aqr dear firiend. Yours affie dion ate ly , ^ ^ H. Moil. A Yomg Ladg, Inquiring the Cause qf her Friend's Silence. Boston, Apil 20th. i>BAR Lizzm: I am quite at a lorn to conjecture the cause of your silence, as I am unwilling to believe you have entirely forgotten me, or that there is any decline in your affection or regard. It is now more than a month since I received a letter from you, and in the meanwhile I have formed many theories in order to account for your long epistolary silence. Have you been sick, or w^hat has been the matter ? Do let me hear from you as soon as you can. I would have called upon you, but I have been confined to the house with a sprained ankle •«»er since I firatheud you were side I am anxious to know how you progress, and wiU there- ^ inquire aboot you daily. Trufting I shall soon have die pleasure of seeing fou out again, I '*°«<«. Dear Ucae, your sincere Mend, JiTLiA Martin. 386 myJTATIOMS, NOTES OF CEMEMONY, ETC The form of the note is iiiost frequently idopted by ladies, who in this way generally i«ie invltationi to parties. It if, however, on many gen^eral occa- sions, extiemely useful, as in returning thanks for any courtesy shown, or when any misunderstanding has arisen between friends, in which case it tends to* guard against personalities. It is a form useful, also, as being intermediate between the distant and familiar' styles, though it is not usually employed when,, the communication is of any length. Invitation to a Dinner PaHg. Mr. and Mrs. Greene request the pleasure of Mrs. Page's company at diimer on Thunday,. tlie 19th of Btccmber, at m. o'dock. RiVBKSHAM PAaK, IkteadtT lotk. DeeUning the Same, Mis. Page regrets extremely that a prior engagement will prevent her having the pleasnre «f dining with Mr. and Mrs. Greene on the 19th of Beccmber. 31 Russell Squaee, Dtamber nth. Accepting. Mrs. Page has much pleasure in accepting Mr. and Mrs. Greene's invitation to dinner on the 19th of December. 31 Russell Square, December nth. Invitation to a Ditmer Party. My Dear Miss Sumner : Will you favor as with your company at dinner on Tuesday next? It will be quite a family gathering, but Edward and I should not consider it complete without your presence. I wtU' take BO denial. Believe me, Yours sincerely, JTOD Strnwr, ymrn 9th. Hannah Delmar. A Less Formal Invitation. Beak Loots: Come and dine with us on Thursday next, to meet a few old and valued friends, whosf names I shall not here mention, but I assure you it will give you great pkamie to see them. Pray let me have a favorable reply, and believe me, Yours ever sincerely, iSj9 Walnut St., Mm. yh. Lucy Gordoi* ^ ImfUatUm to Evening Parties, Mis. Davis requests the pleasure of Mr. Cole's company to-morrow evening, at half-pa«t mm .Dancing. 'Roif mnr Lobgs, Jmrnmy 9th. INVITATIONS, NOTES OF CEREMONY, ETC. 28 J An Invitation to an Evening Party, I Mrs. Napwith requests the pleasure of Captain, Mrs. Frodsham, and hmilfM company to » small evening party, on Friday, l8th September, 1879. Eight o'clock. Music and cards. 4 St. Dominic Place. A Very Friendly Invitation. 24 Monument Place, December 2Zd. Dear Mrs. Lee : We purpose having a smaL party for music and cards next Thursday, and hope that you, your husband, and the dear girh* will join us. If you can favor us with your company, please ask the young ladies to bring their music, and do not be later than eight o'clock. We unite in kindest love to you all. Believe me. Most affectionately yours, JEMNIB CAK&OO. Atee^ng, jlllli, ■ 19 St. Paul St., December zyt. My Dear Mrs. Carroll: We shall have much pleasure in accepting your kind invitation for Thursday next. Edith desires me to give you her love, and to say that she is delighted at the prospect of « musical evening; she will bring all your favorite songs, and do her best to sing than. With our united best regards. Believe me, Yours affectionately, Harriet Leb. ImiMim to a Jmiemk Party, 29 Fifth Avenue, December 4/A. Dear Mrs. Gibson : Will you allow your little girls to join a juvenile party at our house, at five o'clock, on the 7th instant? It is Selina's birthday, and I have invited a few of her young friends to keep iti with her. I have named an early hour, as I do not like late hours for little folks. ||||||||L With kind regards, believe me, _ Yours sincerely, 1 Maria Gray. Answer Accepting. 29 W. Forty-third St., December 4th. Dear Mrs. Cirav : I feel much pleasure in accepting your kind invitation for my little girls, particularly as you. have named an early hour. I have hitherto refused all invitations for them on account of tbcr late hours of juvenile parties in the present day, which I consider very injurious to children. With many th^n^if , Believe me, Yours very sincerely, Maria Gibson. Declining. 29 W. Forty-third St., December 4th. My Dear Mrs. Gray; Thanks for your kind invitation to my little ones. I should not hesitate to accept it if theft N 1 i i jS8 mVITATIOMS, MOTES OF CMMMMOMF, ETC, vere quite well, but Ssnli luis a very bud cold and sore throat ; and as our doctor has Mine fear that she is showing some symptonu of measles, I am cumpelled to decline it. I hope Selina aaj enjoy her biitbday party. Kiss her for me, and wish her inaity celiirM supply the dessert you will greatly oblige Your sincere friend, Lauea Staiil«¥. D§M£§, Owing to a Ptmmm Engagmera. "Ifif DuR' Mrs. 'Bumcan: - I am eseeedliifly sorry to he obliged to iedilie ywir Hnd invitation for Tuesday next, owing In a prior engagement caused by the comimf of ag» of my brother's eldest son, on which occa siOn the family dine together at his house. Hoping the weather will prove favorable for your excursion, and that the young people wiU Jie as happy as you could wish. Believe me (With kind reftrds, in which my daughters unite), ' " ■ • Yours very siucetelf," ' Laura StanlOT- INVITATIONS, NOTES OF CEREMONY, ETC 189 Imitation to a Berde-^d Lady to a GmtUmm. COLEBROOK, August TX^k. Dear Mr. Paxton : We have a few friends from New York staying with us now, and as the country is looking very beautiful and the weather tempting, we propose to have a Picnic at Orange, on the 24th inst We have arranged with Mrs. Mason, and Major and Mrs. Caldwell, as to the meai^ -of conveyance; so if you are disengaged and will join us, call here at about 11.30. We have 'a vacant seat for you in our carriage. Believe me, Dear Mr. Paxton, Yours truly, Laura Redding. Imitation to a Friend at the Seaside to Com and Spend Some Time in the Country. The Elms, Augmf 6th, My Dear Eleanor: I should be very glad if you could come and spend a month with us : the country is really so lovely during this season, and the evenings so deliciously cool that such an admirer of nature would, I think, enjoy the change from your wild rocky scenery to our quiet, peacefiil valley, and fram the roar of the waves to the music of murmuring brooks. I expect ay brother and sister to spend the autunm with me, and if you can make up your mind to leave home for a short time, they, as well as I, will be delighted with your company. Cieorge, who is as merry and mischievous as ever, will, I know, do his utmost to add to your enjoyment and make your visit a pleasant one. With kindest regards to all at home, Believe me, Your sincere friend, Annie Leighton. Aeeepting. „ ^ „ Gloucester, Mass., August 7M. Mv Dear Mrs. Leighton : I shall be delighted to accept your kind invitation. It will be a great treat to pay an inland visit again, and I shall always enjoy staying with you very much. I shall also be very glad to see my old friends again, and to have a laugh with George. Please excuse a short note, as I am going out with a friend and she is waiting for me, but I would not delay a minute in acknowledging your kind invitation. With love from all of us to you and yours, I am ever Your obliged friend, Eleanor. Declining. * Dhar Mrs. Liichton : Gloucester, Mass.. August 7tk. Thank you very much for so kindly inviting me to stay with you, but, alas ! I cannot have the Sreat pleasure of going to you. My dearest mother is very ill, and I cannot leave her; you see ave a double cause for regret, my disappointment having such a sad cause. jw>»h indeed that I could see your lovely place, and have a laugh with George. romember ne to him. and give my best love to your sister, when you see her. My invalid reipires all my time. Plea«e, therefore, excuse a very hurried note, and Believe me. Your disappomted, but affectionate, Eleanor. ^ IMVITdTIOMS, MOTES OF CEREMONY, ETC. The Elms, August m. "TT^^^o; the of our di,.ppo>r>m«t Pra, I.. ». h», W A. d« bnM Is whenever you have a moment to spwre. ,ire unite in love and aitctionMe ifmpathf to yo«. Ji"i5 Your Mncere finend, Annie Leightom, MMMim to a Wedding. New York, May narietf d« of W. Bfe. ««l knowing o.r atachmont. you will not be surpnsed »hen I say ZTJ^rti. to it. still, on the da»n of this new old home where I h»ve experienced so much happiness, causes some natural r^reta. Totove ^1 1 7a!;rh:rished of oil a„a ■„ clioE to one ool, to .h. ftture, - ,to.» -dd«. me; W m Ike hope of making Aithut's happine», I fed ■«« reccociW to the Tl« p»port of -r letter I m«« no. forgrt. wMd. i. to beg ftal jr- fe™ " •'k J~ FIjOKBNCE Daeuw. Answer Aeee^ng. AI3A1IY, Jf«/ «S^- "i^r^srrjcept .nr invitation -^--y:^^^--^:^'':! rr^a' rs:oL::rnr::i:: rs-irr^a^^^-^ rrery oiessmg. n . , . » «-.:«.«ki- Iniiilc &nd wann-hearted man, and one to whom him. I may say that I think hunamo.t ^T^'™ ,^,^1^ be her fate. I could tafdy intnwt the fiitnfe of my old companion, were I to deade what llf thai mponriWity. I stiU mean to sanction the ad bf being present at the ceremony. '1M1 iMi adi«i,.aiMi wiHi wannest kwe believe me. ^ . . , Yonra veiy afliMtioiMilriyt Invitation to Dinner {BaeheUr^s). The AtMiw./MK* w ""^^Te'with meat eight o'cIocU to-morrow . Some of our ^^^^^^^^^ mmMmmhm9* Petitioning for a lew Ises in reply, I lonain, dear Mm' Logan, Yours devotedly, Walter Philips. Miss Susan Logan, WAimiOM*. « , ifji WtfamraMe Mept§. Watirford, May Sir : Your note ias surprised me. Considering that.yon were, until last evening, an entire strangd to me. and that the few words wMdi passed between us were on common-place subjects, it might be called impertinent. But I endeavor to view it in a more favorable light, and am willing to attribute your extraordinary and sudden professions of devotion to ignorance of the usages of society. You will oblige me by not repeating the absurdity, and I Oiink it best that this note should close the correspondence and our acquaintance. % attending to this request, you will ^lige, Your ciicdient servant, Susan Logan. Walter Philips, Esqr., Waterfoed. J FmmtMe Re^jg. Wat«rpo»d» Mi^r gt*- ])BAft Sni: . 1 ought, I aupiMiie, to call yon severely to aeconnt for your declaration of love at first sigii, int. I cannot in eonsciwice' do so; Ibc to tel you the tmth. I have thought mum about you since LOVE LETTERS. ^ brief interview than I should be willing to admit, if you had not come to confession fii»t And now a word or two in seriousness : we know but little as yet of each other, and hearts should not be exchanged in the dark. I shall be happy to receive you here as a friend, and as to our future relations to each other, we shall be better able to judge what they ought to be when w« know each other mote intimately. lam, dear sir, * Yours truly, Susan Logan. Mr. Waltir Phiuis, Watiriord. An Ardent DeelmgtimL Troy, My Dearest Clara: I can no longer restrain myself from writinf lo you, dearest and best of girls, what I have often been on the point of saying to you. I love you so much that I cannot find words in which to express my feelings. I have loved you from the veiy first day we met, and always shall. Do you blame me because I write so freely ? I should be unworthy of you if I did not tell you the whole truth. Oh, Clara, can you love me in return ? I am sure I shall not be able to bear it if your answer is unfavorable. I will study your eveiy wish if you will give me the right to do 10. May I hope? Send just one kind word to your sincere adorer, Harry Palmer. The Redy, Troy, %me ii/A. Dear Harry : Thank you for your dear letter. It has made me very happy. My heart has long been youis, as I will own, although yon may think less of me for the firank avowal, and I am blushing for myself while I make it. Of course, we must consult our parents before making any serious engagement. Meanwhile believe me. Yours ever, Clara. From a Young Man who Intends to Settle on a Farm. Northampton, Ftimmry 4/*. Dear Miss Mary: You will not be surprised to hear that I have decided upon removing firom here, and settling upon a farm of my own. This step, I am sure, is a wise one. There is a capital chance in Somerset county ; in fact, a certainty for a man who is not afraid of work, and is willing to rough it for a while. I have enough capital to ensure a good start, and have no fear of the result Father and mother approve of my intention, and so do all my friends, although, to tell the honest truth, 1 do not think that if their advice had been against the change, my purpose would be altered in the least. In fact, I feel like being independent, and working my own way in the world. And now, dear Miss Mary, cannot you guess why I am telling you all this ? It is because beyond all my wishes and hopes is the hope that my start in Hfe may be with you at my side. Dearest, I have never told you how I loved you. I have not enough words to tell you now. But if a life-long devotion to you, if a love that cannot turn or change, be worthy of your accept, ante from me, I offer it to you with all my heart. Do not reject it. I picture to myself how happy we may be in our own homestead, you and I together. How many times I have thought over the time when I could honorably ask you to be my wife ! I would not do so until I had made all my plans, for I would not ask you to marry on an uncertainty. Now, Mary, if I did not think that I could make you happy, I would not ask you to be my wife. We have had many a pleasant time together, and somehow I do not think you have learned quite to hate me. This is a curious letter, perhaps you will say, but you know it is just me all over. I cannos LOVE LETTERS. make it any better, and at all events I hope it says just what it means, which is, that I love yoi ▼cry dearly, and want you to be my wife, and preside over the new home that I am preptting for you. So, dearest Mary, do not say " No " to ¥(Mr sincere and affectionate admirer, TMOKAS AUDESSOff. BI^VThomas : ^Bniy, you hardly give me a chance to object to any of your arrangements. You have the fam, and liMi, as a matter of couise, you muat lave me, toa But suppose I do say " No," and iccliae to be taken potsesiion of in the way jm pKfm/t, I tMnk I oiight to be very angry with fM, fof liaviiic out «liat" .youngi lanicS' expect in ;a love letter. You. shifuld. ham filled it with all •pti «r «MMi|iUments to my beauty, if I have any, my qualifications Ibr the presidency |ou speak Ufa pnd many other excellencies which, of course, I possess. Still, dear Thomas, I will not scold, and will even own that in ever so long a time I might cone to love you just alittle. As for your proposal, I would promise to think about it, but where IMld be .the use?. ^ Yoti: hiive evidently made up your mind,. and" all that is left for me is to do the same; and, ai some people say 'th«t the.fint duly .of. f wife is obedience, to^ bespu lo practise its exercise at once. Will that suit you, sir ? Seriously, you make me very happy. I try to write as if I were unaware of how great the change is which you offer me, but my heart will try to make itself heard all the time, and I cannot iciti«ia it I accept your love, Thonas, as freely as it is given, and all mine is purs in return. I wii lif to b«!«>f|oili wife to you, with God's help and my own best endeavor. 1 have no fears for my futant, if y«i| ace with me, and if that future be not a bright one, my efforts to make it so naU not -|Hve. been -wiattng. Until ,pe :metC,.t|>cn» lielifve noe, dear Thomas, Yours affectionately, JVuni a Gei^^mm to a Widow. FHiuUttFHU, Maty iotA. My Dear Mes. Wi;}Icii'ISTI& : I am sure you are too clear-sighted not to have observed the profound impression which your amiable qualities, intelligence and personal attractions have made upon my heart, and as you have not repelled my attentions nor manifested displeasure when I ventured to hint at the deep interest I felt in your welfare and happiness, I cannot help hoping that you will receive an explicit expression of my attachiaents, Undly and favorably. I wish it were in my power to clothe the feelings I entertain for you in such words as should make my pleadings irresistible ; but, after all, what could I say, more than that you are t^ry dear to me, and that the most earnest desire of my soul is to have the privilege of calling you my wife? Do you, can you love me? Ifou will not, I am certain, keep me in suspense, for you are too good and kind to trifle for » nuMient with sincerity like mine. Awaiting your answer, I remain, witi respectful alection. Ever yours, MmS. JUUA WlNCHESTBft, % FeXDBSKK HOLMlt. Philabblphia. A Ftiuoruble R^i§, FniLADitPiiiA, Mtty liiA, Pt Biak. Ma. Houinv I despise false delicacy, ami tiicfefore shall not pretend that I have been blind to the state of Hay, mm%l wttL^ say that if 'jmrn slIntioM. had been .altofether unwelcome, I LOFE LETTEMS, 2g2 iiould have treated them with a degree of coldneaa which you say I have not shown. Widows, you know, are supposed to have more experience and tact in these matters than single ladies, aad depend upon it, if I had disliked you, I should have known how to make you aware of Lbe Snct, Under all the circumstances, I think you may Jh/e. I shall be pleased to see ym whenever you feel inclined to call, and meanwhile, I remalnt JVUA WtliaiBSTEIi. F»iDK»JCK Holmes, Esqe., , pHiLAimPHiA. '-'■:'t An UjifamrtMo Befi^ PmLADomA, J% tail. PKAK SlEI You give me credit for a discernment I do not possess, for I declare to you, I never snspecfedd ihat there was anything beyond friendship in the sentiments you entertained toward me. I an» lorry to find it otherwise, because it is out of my power to answer your question in the affirmative. I esteem you, but there I must pause. My heart is untouched. The probohilitf is that I iiIhII always remain a widow. Wishing you, with all my heart, a more iivorable response from some worthier oliject, I continue. Your sincere friend, Julia Winchester. Mi. FkBDBKicK Holmes, PHILAOBLfiilA. New Yoek, j^mmmy kmI. Dearest : Days have passed by now since we have had the pleasure of a few moments' conversaticii £ven ; how these hours have dragged their slow pace along you and I alone can tell. It is only when we are left to the peaceful enjoyment of our own society that time flies. It may be that to-morrow at Mrs. E.*s we shall have a little time alone. We all dine there; she told me she (hottld have a dance also, and that your mamma, had promised her your sister and yourself •hould be of the party. May I ask for the first waltz? I send a few flowers, but I imagint fou will only wear one, the rose in your hair ; your sister is always pleased with a bouquet^ m I shall not be very angry if you let her have them, onJy wear my rose. Your ovii from a Lady to her Imer who has not Written to her. _ WumtHALL, Mmm&er 6/4. uiAt John : I K* "* * """^'^ *° ™®* ^""^ ^ y'*"'" silence? 'have thought lately also that your letters were constrained and cold, as well as few and fa» between. Has your affection for me changed? If so, speak ftankly to me, dear John. I •^ou^d not for the world hold you to yiur promise to me, if you desired to be sekaied from it, wrue to me uwediately, and answer me truly. I am, ever. Yours affectionately, Matilda. LOVE LETTERS. Frm a Laif lo h§r Lm§r whm ak§ Smpeets of Ineomtaneff, Deas George: ^ I M a visit yesterday from my old friend Mrs. Curtis. She is, you know, ignorant of my tuflafcmeiit to yom. In tlie come of oonvenatton Ae told me 'Uiat you were at Mis. Lee'i paity, and tliat yon were flirting wiii Soplij Grey! Is tbis truth, or idle invention? If it be really the case, no words would be sufficiently strong to eKpiess my contempt for you. Is it right for a man to win a woman's affection only to disappoint her at last ? Your own heart (that b, if not very materially changed) will answer, " No ! " Write immediately to me, then, and dispel ny anxieties, for they are almost more than I can at present bear. I demand the truth from ya«i, which every honoralile-iiiiiided man is 'bound to render to the woman whoM 'i4fcciiiiM he haa gained* Your very unhappy NkW Yokk, November 5/4. Seek I MHt aad will, 'witli jour pennisiioii, al«a|i call you. Your letter' 'leally caused mudi uneasiness ; but Dr. Brown, who came in just as it arrived, strictly forbade me to excite myself in any way, and would not allow me to reply to it immediately, as he feared an imme- dlflic retum of my old heart complaint. Who can have been so mischievous, so ungenerous, m ittarmined to male* two hearts miseiahle, as to invent this wicked story of ay Srtation with Wm Qicf ? Yon naiiit Mrs. Curtis. On. inquiring of her this morning, on her retum. irom Haitfomlt 1 fnd sh« heard it somewhere spoken of, she says, but cannot recall to her mind the ferson who mentioned it. Let me at once and forever disabuse you of such a suspicion. My ■flection for you is unchanged and unchangeable; often and often I have by letter, and verbally IMb pledged myself that you alone, Laura, dearest, were my only thought, my only joy. Banish •n win M^dona from your mind. Trust in mc ; I will never deceive you ; my love is invio> hM§ fouiBt bt f on I breathe, for you I live, without you I should die. Believe me, dearest, iHgll Mid day you are uppermost in my thoughts, and a sad, sad day it would be for me if for •M Moraent you withdrew that confidence in me that I have so long happily possessed. 6e- Unvt no aspersions against one who loves you madly. The time, I trust, will soon arrive when I oui call you mine alone, and no breath of suspicion shall ever fall upon my fidelity. Love IM dhcn, mj dearest, aa your own heart dictates; have no cares in future as to any attention, mm in least degree, being shown by me to any one, further than due civility, or what it MfiMt irom the usages of society, exacts. To-morrow I will do myself the pleasure of calling, and trast then to succeed (if not successM now) in fully explaining away any doubts or feara you my eM i CTf iiii f , Beikve me, dearest Laura, Your' devoted George. A Lmer lit Fu^tmmt tf a Long Engagement. New Yokk, S^fiimAer y^. Mr Dear Lucy: When I have hitherto in conversation ventured to approach the subject of this communication, fou have invailabiy sneceeded by wit, against which I wear no armor, or playful badinage, that immns me, in driving me irom your presence, hardly knowing wliethtr to laugh or be mortified by my defeat. I am in the position of a (general, who, having laid siege to a fortress, at length » assured of victory by the submission of the enemy, but finds that capitulation does not mean th« surrender of theo^ect of attack. I thought that you had capitulated, and that yoursurrcndo I L O f^E LE TTEES 299 «gas unconditional. Bat I am still gazing vainly upon what I had deemed already conqueredi, «nd sigh in vain for the possesion which I thought was my own. Hopeless of success by any other tactics, I now propose to spring a mine upon you, capture fOU by general assault, blow down your defences, and, in short, do all manner of terrible things [hat can be dreamed or thought of. But I will throw aside metaphor, and speak plainly and leriously, trusting that you will read and judge kindly and considerately what I have to say. We have now been engaged longer than is customaiy, and certainly long enough to enable each of ns to be satisfied as to whether or not our engagement was wisely entered into. For me. I can only say that it has been long enough to convince me that my happiness is in your hands, and that, with God's help, yours is safe in mine. Let us then put an end to this long novitiate of love. Let us not tempt cruel fate to step in between us and mar both our lives, but let us instead set out together, hand in hand and heart with heart, upon the path of life laid out before us, and upon which the sunshine of promise now falls brightly. Say when shall Ait be ? When shall I call you mine forever, and this long delay be over ? Believe me your ever>faithfullover, Charles Howaeo. A Fmorable Reply. Brooklyn, Sefiember 6/M, My Dear Charub: I did not know that you had so much of the inspiration of warlike Mars, and am half-inclined to be alarmed by your very fiercely expressed letter. Poor me ! In a state of siege too I What tan 1 say to such a redoubtable warrior, unless to beg for mercy, and sue for the best terms of surrender which I can obtain. Seriously, I am sorry if I have been unreasonable in avoiding conversation upon a cettain subject. It has been from no want of faith in you or love for you that I have preferred to post- pone the giving up of my liberty. I have felt happy as I was, and secure of your affection, and quite sure that I myself should not change. Now, however, I promise to think seriously on the subject, and not to turn aside from it if you again introduce it into our conversation — in short, you shall not again isd that such a letter as that you have sent me is necessary. I remain, ever yours affecticMiately, LocY. Frm a Soldier Ordered Away, to his Betrothed, Newport, R. I., ykfy 8/A, Dearest Juuai I can scarcely compose myself to write, for this very morning, at mid-day parade, a telegram was received by our commanding officer directing the regiment to hold itself under orders for immediate service ; so that, of course, I shall be prevented seeing you before our departure, as all leave is stopped for officers as well as for the non-commissioned officers and men. Whero our future destination may be no one can at present conjecture, but we think it may be New M«dc.. H<»r blighted L, oar hope,! whoe .11 seemed bright and j<>,«a. Lhmg n W h« ^parti Jand bl«,k despair. J^ia. you love me; you a^ ^ijl you uot, leu • Juliu? Although separated for a time, we shall love each other faithfully; no doubts must wise ; no feelings ol suspicion or fear between us ; but firm in the knowledge that we are de- votedly attached to each other, and that nothing can change the ardent feelings we entertain, wts Hius* wait and hope. I trust in a few short years, my darling Julia, to call you mine. Yout Ronald will be true to his promise and his love, and in faith that his Julia will bear up bravely a soldier's destined wife should do, he obeys his country's call in anguish but not in despair. Accept the little present I send you (forwarded by registered letter by thb evening's post), and with most affectionate and enduring love. Believe me, my dearest Julia, your ever devoted, Ronald Ducah. LOVE LSTTMMS, Fixhg the Wemw-I^. ^ ^ ^ COKMWAU, if IfVlf m, Mt Dear George: If the i6th of this month will suit your plans, I shall be ready to take the final vow» which will bind me to obedience for the future. WiU you be a very severe « lord and master ? " Ah I I kaow what you will say ! Only keep your promiies, dearest, as faithfully as I intend to keep mine, and we shall be very happy together. Bm we must both ask God'* assistance fn lb* performance of our new duties, or we may fail lamentably. I am a little nervous, and half sad, half happy. Come soon, and soothe Your anxious and affectionate, ELIZABETH. Bitimmng tk$ Weddrng-Bajf. New York, June 14/A. My Dbae. JoHif: In leplf to youf most affectioiiiit© Itllw, I ain awipelled to ask you for a little further delay. I have alwayi praMScd Janet Gordon that she should be my bridesmaid, and she cannot be in New York for another fortnight. Will you wail,' dear? I should be so much obliged to you if yoa would; and I trust it is the very last disappointment that I shall ever inflict on you. My dearest John, bdieve nie ever your faithfully attached, Laura. it FMif to her MMer, It^tmmg her qf a Proposal. Cape May, OMer. My Dearest Mother: I have very wonderful tidings to communicate to you I Yesterday Mr. Carver, of whom we have lecn a great deal siiice I came to my aunt's, joined me on the beach (where I wa» walking with only aunty's ittle dog Fido with me), and after a little unimportant convei«ation,*uddenly imposed to me I I wai very much astonished, for I had not an idea that he cared for me. I liavc irferred him to you, as I cannot decide without your advice and approval. But, dearest mamma, I like him very much better than any one whom I have ever seen, and if you would not think it imprudent of us to marry on his small income, I think I could be very happy with him. I do not think that riches confer happiness, and I should be content mywslf to share hii moderate means and straggle to get on with him, hoping for better days to come. He is a very religious man, mamma ; and very good-tempered. I could trust him fully, and look up to him as a guide and adviser. My aunt knew that he intended to make me an offer, and sap that she thinks I ••might do wocie,** which is warm approval liram her. ftmy, dearest mother, let: me hcnr from, yon by tetnm of post. I cannot hdp fadiiig restless iU iiis ffif iiir is settled. Ever your loving and obedient' child, Jbnnii. A Smumd to hor Lomr. If kw Havbi , 3^ 81I. ' DiAB Edward: Your letter received last week was a great pleasure to me, as you seem to be doing so well. I shall be very glad when we can meet again and talk over our future prospects. It seems almost a lifetime since we saw each ottier, and yet it waa only five weeks ago h«t Sunday. I feel thit the old saying, about absence making the heart grow fonder, is veiy true, Edward; I hope 11 is the same with you. I like my place very much, indeed ; the family are all kind and good to me. They must like me, I think, as my mistress has raised my wages to I4 a week. I told her you would be able to go to your mother's for a few days soon, and she has no objection to your coming to see me l.tzc I must leave olT now, with best love. T vcmain, jours affectionate y, HanWAH. WEDDING CARDS AND INVITATIONS. 3OI f k- m-m -0.. » •. » ■.»■. » WEOBfNG CAfleS ftNO INVITATIONS Good taste should be displayed in the printing of wedding invitations. The wedding always takes place at the residence of the bride, or at the church she is in the habit of attending. If the parents of the bride are living, they send out the invitations. Invitations to persons residing in the same city or town must be delivered by a special messenger. Only those to persons at a distance should be sent by mail, and these must be placed in an outer envelope of heavy textture for the protection of the inner envelope. The paper used for wedding invitations should be heavy, and of the finest quality. The invitation may be printed from type or from an engraved plate. Though the latter is more costly, it is by far the better plan. The size of the paper is regulated by the prevailing style. It is best to seek the advice of a stationer on this subject, as he is obliged by the nature of his business to keep himself fully informed as to the customs of the day in this respect. The following forms are iiimished by Mr. Wm. H. Hoskins, 913 Arch Street^ Philadelphia, one of the leading stationers of that city. WEJDLVG CAUDS AND INVITATrom, .if- WEDDING CARDS AND INVITATIONS. 303 Sometimes, in the place of the script used above, the old English letter is employed. This is a matter of taste. Two cards accompany the invitation to the wedding. One of these is en- graved with the names of the couple to be married, and is larger than the other, which bears merely the maiden name of the bride. In some places it is the custom to attach the cards to each other by a fine white satin ribbon tied in a wedding-knot and inserted in the upper part of the centre of the card, or in the upper left-hand corner. The following will show the style of cards referred to: Where a marriage has taken place privatdy, and without any invitations to friends having been issued, it is customary to.annoance the event by sending out Miftouncements as soon as possible after the marriage. These are prepared with the same care that is given to wedding invitations, and are accompanied by the cards of the bride and groom, or by a card containing their joint names, ana Announcing the day they will receive their friends. The following focms o>«l lie used: WEDDINO CARDS AND INVITATIOim ^mmmm - www www|| The following is also used for the same {mrpoie. It is printed on 11010' |i^Mrt 305 It It tlie custom in this cotintiy to celebrate Hie aimifeniriei of happf nnftiages at certain periods. These are— The First AnniveiiBty, called the Cotton Wedding; Second Third Fillii If CI Cf •< l( «f (C Seventh Tenth Twelfth Fifteenth Twentieth Twenty-fifth " Thirtieth " Fortieth " Fiftieth «« Seventy-fifth ** * * Biper ** Leather •« Wooden c« " WooUen " Tin " Silk and Fine linen Weddiii^ " Crystal «' «* China «« " Silver « " Pearl " Ruby " Golden «« " Diamond Invitations are sent to friends whose company you desire upon auch occasioofc The finUoiriui fonns are used s \ Un W00diii Mini. 1876. ^ '^NNIVfi:^^ 1881. Thisi invitation is printed on a Hiin iieet of wood. AM t V .30O' WMDDiK^G AMMIVEMSdMiMS, The invitation to the celebration of this tmriTOtsiPT thttild tot fnftiied on • sheet of tin-foil paper. The following form is used : Pr. k Piis. Wilta p. faiulMii. Cards with a fine glass finish are used for invitations to a Crystal Wedding. They present a very beautiful appearance. The form given below is used : 1866. \. k flrs. 1881 f IM mm mmmr. ^^ic paper dead-wMtB In used * lit €Vim WtUim. for iiwitttioiii upciii this occttfon ihiiiild have a smooth, , itimMlBg Ac loffiwe of Oiina-^ The following fof* fmODIMC AMMJFMMSAMms, 307 1864. 1884f. r. 1^ lira. mmm. Jii «ar|r &mmer requested. 8to f itirif IPfddiittf • Invitations to the Silver Wedding should be printed upon fine wMte paper» in silvered letters. The following form is used, the letters being silvered : 4€^med/ '^£e ^^^mdM4s ^mf^4^M>^ 293 Green St, San Francisco. \ |0g WEDDim ANmVERSAltms, Sir Krilin We iliig. Invitations to the Golden Wedding should be printed upon heavy white or cream- colored paper in rich gilt letters. They present a handsome appeaianue The following is the form used : 1834, AJiAif 1884. ^ — Mr. & Mrs. Jolia Rt SiU| Bat very lew persona enjoy the happinea of celebmting tht iefenty-iftli ■nniversary of their marriafc; but where this is possible, It should be observed with all the impresaivemesB the occasion deinands* The Invitations should be printed in clear letters on the heaviest and ineit paper, and the envetepei liMmld. 'vatdi.. The follewing m tlie form used: LYCEUMS AMD DEBATING SOCIETIES, 3O9 Form of Constitution FOR A Lyceum oe Debatih^^ Societt. Where it is intended to organize a society for the intellectual improvement or social enjoyment of its members, a number of persons meet tc^ether and select a name for the organization. The next step is to appoint a committee, whose duty it shall be to prepare a OmUtuUon and code i:kiBy-lMtJs for the society. These must be reported to the society at its next meeting, and must be adopted by the votes of a majority of that body before they can take effect. The Constitution consists of the rules which form the foundation upon which the organization is to rest. It should be brief and explicit. It should be con- sidered and adopted section by section ; should be recorded in a book for that purpose, and should be signed by all the members of the society. Amendments to the Constitution should be adopted in the same way, and should be signed by each member of the society. In addition to the Constitution it is usual to adopt a series of minor rules, which should be explanatory of the principles of the Constitution. These are termed By-Laws, and should be recorded in the same book with the Constitution, and immediately after it. New by-laws may be added from time to time, as the necessity for them may arise. It is best to have as few as possible. They should be brief, and so clear that their meaning may be easily comprehended. Cmsiiiutim for a Lyceum or Mating Somfy. A number of persons desirous of acquiring and disseminating Literary and Scientific Knowledge, having consulted together on the best means calculated to insure success to that undertaking, and being convinced of the great advantages which have been derived from associations for similar purposes ; and believing that in order to fit themselves for the varied duties of life they should cultivate 310 LYCEUMS AM} DEBATING SOCIMTIMS, t cniMct mode of speaking, and qualify themselves by practice to express their opinim in public in a correct manner ; and believing that the extension of their Iniwination npon all subjects is calculated to improve the mind, and is highly commendable ; knowing— as experience has abundantly proved— that these ends can in no other way be so speedily accomplished as by forming an association for such a purpose, have organized a Society for Mutual Improvement in Elocu- tion, Composition and Debate, and have adopted the following constitution, ^jy-laws, rules and regulations for their government. Article I. — NAME. This society shall be kriown as the Philosophian Social a.nd Debating SoaiTY OF THic City of Richmond, Va. The objects of this society shall be to investigate subjects of a literary char- acter ; alio the improvement of all connected with it in debating, social advance- ment, and general literature. .All questions either political nr bofdertng on immoialityf or iseetariaa. ihall. 'ht aKluded. ^ " Article III.— MEMBERSfflP. Sec. 1.— Any member may propose a person for membership at a regular meet- ing, by giving his name and residence, provided he has sustained an unimpeach able moral character. The society shall then determine his admission by three- fourths of the legal votes cast. Sic. 2.— No person can become a member of this society unless he be over eighteen years of age. Sic. 3.— Any person may be elected an honorary member by a unanimom vote of the members at a regular meeting. He shall be entitled to all the priv- ileges of a member, except holding office, engaging in a debate, or voting. He shall not be fined for absence or taidiniaiiF nor called upon for initiation fee or dues. He shall, when requested, deliver a speech before the society. Article IV.— OFFICERS. The lAcers of this society shall consist of a President, Vice-President, Re- cording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, Treasurer, Critic and Censor; all of whom shall be voted for separately, by ballot. Articli Y. — DUTIES OF OFFICERS. Sic. I.— It shall be the duty of the Resident to preside at all meetings of the society ; to call the meeting to order at the hour to which they stand adjourned i he shall enforce a rigid observance of the constitution, by-laws, rules and rego- tstions of the society; appoint all committees, 'unlesS' otherwise ordered ; see LYCEUMS AND DEBATING SOCIETIES. JII that the officers perform their lespective duties; inspect and announce the result of all ballotings or other fotes. He shall never vote except in case of a tie, and then he shall give the casting vote ; he shall neither make nor second any motion or amendment ; neither shall he take part in any debate while in the chair ; he shall draw upon the Treasurer for all sums of money that may have been voted for ; and have a general superintendence of the business of the So- ciety. He shall preserve order, and decide all questions arising therefrom ; shall appoint two members to dispute any question that the society may have chosen for discussion ; shall assign disputants their positions in debate two weels in advance. Sec 2. — It shall be the duty of the Vice-President to preside in the absence of the President, or when he engages in a debate, and perform the duties of that officer. Sec. 3. — The Recording Secretary shall call the roll at every meeting, and report delinquents ; and shall keep in a book provided for that purpose a record of the proceedings of the society ; also a record of the name and residence of each member, showing when he was admitted, and when he died, resigned, or was expelled j keep a record of the subjects debated, the disputants, and the de- cisions of the society, in a separate book ; and shall have charge of all books, documents, and papers belonging to the society. The duty of Teller shall de- volve on him. At the first meeting in every month he shall present a written report of the state of the society, and its doings during the past month. Sic. 4. — ^The Corresponding Secretary shall notify absent members of their duties for the two succeeding meetings ; also, each person elected a member, or honorary member, of such election; and shall write all communications. Sic. 5.— The Treasurer shall receive all moneys belonging to the society; keep an account of all dues, taxes, arrearages and fines, and of all receipts and expenditures ; notify each member monthly of his dues and fines, and collect the same ; and shall make no payments without a written order from the Presi- dent, and countersigned by the Recording Secretary. At the first meeting in every month he shall present a written report of the financial condition of the society. Sec. 6. — ^The Critic shall be a judge of literary merit ; shall carefiilly observe the speaker's every word and action; correct all grammatical blunders and imperfect pronunciation ; and converse with the members on the art of oratory. Sec. 7. — ^The Censor shall inspect the manners and morals of the members, and exhort them not to violate the rules of order ; shall watch closely the ac» tions of every member while in the debating hall ; shall fine all refractory or disorderly members, and hand over the list to the Treasurer every week to collect. Article VI.— ELECTION OF OFFICERS. Sec. I. — ^AU the officers of this society shall be elected by ballot, to serve a term of one month. zmsum Ajm mematimg socmrms. : Sic. a.— They shall be elected at the last regular meeting in every month, aiicl installed at the first regular meeting succeeding their election. They shall jHev^r be elected ..iiio]rc than tifrice in succession* ...,:;-Sic. 3,— No .peison is. tligibk to an office until he has been a member of this jpciety one month. In case of a vacancy occurring in any office, the society .i#lvio into an immcd'liite elci:tion to ill the same, mud the officer elect shall •tiile; hit, ieat imnedijitcly after snch election. , ' 3ic. 4.'—A majority 'Of'l^gal ¥iitet:'e expelled. If, however, three-fourths of the members present vote in favor of the motion, it shall be carried ; and under no circumstances can it be wconsidered. Sic. 3.— Members expelled cannot be proposed again for membership within three months. Article XV.— TRIAL. Any member charged with indecent language, or gross immoral conduct, "hall be tried by a committee of five ; and one of the committee believing him guiltv, shall, before the whole society, prosecute the case. After the prosecutor made his speech, the prosecuted shall rise, and if he choose make his de- fence. The prosecution shall then close the argument, and the society shall detennine^ vim wme, whether he shidl be censured, suspended, or expelled. ^iS LYCEUMS AND DEBATim SOCMTIMS, Article XVI.— COMMITTEES. Sic. 1.— There shall always be one standing committee, and special com- joittees may be appointed by the President. u n i Sic. 2.^A11 questions brought forward by the Query Committee shall be peientcd by the chairman of the committee to the society, and the vote shall be taken, for reception or rejection, without debate. The reports of all other committees are free for debate, etc. . . , Sic 3 —All reports of committees shall be presented in writing, ami signed by the members offering the same. A majority of a committee constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business. Each member shall be fined for the non-performance of his duty ; and when a committee is fined for non-performance of duty, each member shall bear an equal share of the fine. Sec 4.— The chairman of the Query Committee shall, immediately before the expiration of his term of oftce, present to and read before the society his monthly report. XVIL^BADGE. Each member of this society shall wear a suitable badge, which the society ShaM see fit to adopt ^.rrrr TTHBADV Article XVIII.— LIBRARY. The society being, as it were, in its nascent state, has not the funds at com- mand now to appropriate to that highly commendable undertakmg of purchasing a libnry of one of two thouiand volnmeii. However, there shall be a hbrary. filfl •flu. RuLi 1 —No question shall be stated unless moved by two membcw, nor be open to consideration until stated by the chair. When a question is before the society, no motion shall be received, except to lay on the table, the preinoui question, to postpone, to refer, or to amend ; and they shall have precedence m the order in which they are arranged. ^ . , „ :„ Rule 2 —When a member intends to speak on a question, he shall rise m his place, and respectfully address his remarti to the Prenident, confine himself to the question, and avoid personality. Should more th«i one member rise to speak at the same time, the President shall determine who is entided to the floor. rot^ 3.-Every member shall hiive the privilege of speaking three tim^ on any question under consideration, but not oftener, unless by the consent of me society (determined by vote) j and no member shall speak more than once, until every member wishing to speak shall have spoken. Rmi 4.— The Pteident, while presiding, shall state every question coming befoie the society ; and immediately before potting it to vote shall ask : Ar you ready for Hie question ? '* Should no member rise to speak, he shall rise i pit the question 5 and alter he hat riien no member shall speak upon it, uniesf hf pemiiiioii of the society. * £YCMims AND BMBdTING SOCISTIMS. 317 Rule 5.— The affirmative and negative of the question having been both put and answered, the President declares the number of legal votes cast, and whether the affirmative or negative have it. ISimM 6.— AH questions, unless otherwise fixed by law, shall be determined by a majority of votes. Role 7.— After any question, except one of indefinite postponement, has been decided, any member may move a reconsideration thereof, if done in two weeks after the decision. A motion for reconsideration the second time, of the same question, shall not be in order at any time. Rule 8.— Any two members may call for a division of a question, when the same will admit of it. Rule 9.— The President, or any member, may call a member to order while speaking, when the debate must be suspended, and the member takes hi» seat until the question of order is decided. Rule 10. — The President shall preserve order and decorum ; may speak to points of order in preference to other members ; and shall decide all questions of order, subject to an appeal to the society by any member, in which appeal no person shall speak but the President and the member called to order. Rule ii. — No motion or proposition on a subject different from that under consideration shall be admitted under color of an amendment. Rule 12. — ^No addition, alteration or amendment to the constitution, by- laws, etc., shall be acted upon until it shall have laid upon the table two weeks. Rule 13,— No nomination shall be considered as made until seconded. Rule 14.— The President shall sign all the proceedings of the meetings. Rule 15.— No member shall vote by proxy. Rule r6.— No motion shall be withdrawn by the mover unless the second withdrew his second. Rule 17.— No extract from any book shall be read consuming more than five minutes. Rule 18.— No motion for adjournment shall be in order until after nine o'clock. Rule 19.— Every motion shall be reduced to writing, should the officew of the society desire it. Rule 20.— An amendment to an amendment is in order, but not to amend an amendment to an amendment of a main question. Rule 21.— The previous question shall be put in this form, if seconded by a majority of the members present: "Shall the main question be put?" If decided in the affirmative, the main question is to be put immediately, and ail further debate or amendment must be suspended. Rule 22.— Members not voting shall be consideied as voting in the affirma- "ve, unless excused by the society. Rule 23.*-Any member oflfering a protest against any of the proceedings of , t ' , ■ ■ I 3,18 LYCMUm dim BMMdTIM^ SOCJETIMS,. tilt society may have the same, if in respectful language, enteied in fiill the minutes. Rule 34.— No subject laid on the table shall be taken np afain m the lane evening. Rule 25.— No member shall speak on any motion (except the mow thereof) note than twice, nor moie than once until all wishing to speak shall have spoken; neither shall he make or debate an amendment, having spoken twice mk the original motion, withont permission of the society. Ruu 36.— No motion shall be debatable until seconded. Rms 37.-— Points of order are debatable to the society. Rule aS.— Appeals and motions to reconsider or adjourn are not debatable. Rule 29.— When a very important motion or amendment shall be made and ■econded, the mover thereof may be called upon to reduce the same to writing, and hind it in at the table, Irom which it shall be read thrice, open to the 'Snciety for debate. Rule 30.— The mover of a motion shall be at liberty to accept any amend- ment thereto; but if an amendment be offered and not accepted, yet duly seconded, the society shaU pass upon it before voting upon the original motion. Rule 31. — Every officer, on leaving his office, shall give to his successor all papers, documents, books and money belonging to the society. Rule 32. — No smoking, and no refreshments, except water, shall be allowed in the society's hall. Rule 33.— When a motion to adjourn is carried, no member shall leave his seat until the President has left his chair. Rule 34. — No alteration can be made in these rules of order without a four- fifth vote of the society, and two weeks* notice ; neither can they be suspended but by a like vote, and then tot the evening only. 'Hi lev if S'^litf • Sic. 1.— The President, or in his absence the Vice-President, shall take the chair at the hour named in the ad section of Article I. of the by-laws. In the absence of those ofikers a President pm inm, shall be chosen by the society. Sec t.— The debate shall transpire immediately after the omtion. After the business, of the society embraced in the " Order of Business '* down to " De- bate" shall have been transacted, and then the regular disputants found absent, the Iiesident shall open the debate for irregulars by stating the subject. Should the members finish speaking before the disputants shall have arrived, miscellaneous business will be in order. Should the disputants then arrive, the subject will be debated again. After the leaders have spoken, any member may Join in the debate, but shall confine himself exclusively to the question under I, X YCMUMS AND DEBA TING SOCIE TIES. J I9 consideration. The article on fines will be rigidly enforced in case of the v iolation of any of the rules of order or debate. Sec. 3.— The President shall be privileged to debate upon all subjects, on calling the Vice-President to the chair. Sec. 4.— After the meeting has been called to order each member shall take a seat, which he shall be required to occupy during the evening, and shaii nor interrupt the proceedings by reading or conversation, except in accordance with rule of Order No. 9, without permission of the President. Sec. 5.— When a question is under debate, no motion shall be received but to lay on the table, to postpone, to commit, or to amend. Sec. 6.— No member, once fairly in possession of the floor, can be refiised a hearing. A call to order does not prevent a speaker from finishing his speech. If the society act disorderly, and persist in disorder, the President shall have a right to leave the chair, and justly abandon the assembly to its own guidance and discretion. A speaker, for some special purpose, may voluntarily yield the floor in favor of another, and as soon as the object of interruption is gained he sliall be entitled to go on with his speech; but it will be a matter of favor or £oncession, not of right. Sec. 7— All the members are respectfully requested to study the question for coming debate, and prepare themselves to discuss it. Sec. 8.— No addition, alteration, or amendment to this order of debate can be made ; neither can any part of it be repealed without a four-fifth vote of the society, and two weeks' notice. into 9t iiTlutte. Rule i.— The following shall be the exercises for the promotion of the objects of this society. On the first meeting in every month the society shall choose one member who shall deliver an oration before the society on the last meeting in the month. Rule 2.— On the evening for debating, the President shall first state the subject, and the sides shall then speak alternately, if desiring; the leader of the atfirmative always opening the debate, and the leader of the ni^ive always answermg. The negative side only shall close the debate. Rule 3.— In any debate no member shall speak more than three times with- out permission from the society, nor more than once, until every member wishing to speak shall have spoken. No member shaU occupy the floor more 'nan thirty minutes. Rule 4.— The society shall decide all debates, according to the merits of the arguments used by either side. Rule 5.— These rules may be altered or amended by a four-fifth vote of the society written notice of the intended alteration or amendment having been l^ven two weeks previous. L YCMims dwo mm timg ' socmrms mJI' ^^^^ #iiff «f lltijsciitilji* I. Call to order. Catling of the roIL 3. Reading mintitcs of previous meet^ 4. Propositions for membership and honorary memhership. 5. Inauguration. 6. Initiation. 7. Balloting for candidates. S. Reports of standing committees. f. ReportS' of 'Special 'Committeci. 10. Secretary's report. 11. Treasurer's report. 13. Corresponding Secretary's re- port. ij. Unlinished husii 14. Oration. 15. Debate. 16. New business. 17. Adjournment. •f Irntftimt €mxtm. It is particularly enjoined that the members of this society treat each other with due delicacy and respect; and that all discussions be conducted with can- dor, spirit, moderation and open generosity ; and that all personal allusions and sarcastic language, by which a brother's feelings may be hurt, be done tway with and carefully avoided, that, in concord and good fellowship, we may cherish and preserve the prmmnent features of our society— FwmDSHiP, Lovi AND Truth. GmsfiMon for an Agmaffuraf Sociefy-^ Article I.— The name of this society shall be "The [here insert name of taunty or sectioti] Agricultural Society; " and its object shall be the improve, ment of agriculture, and the study of the kindred arts and sciences. Article II.— The officers of this society shall consist of a president, two vice-pi*sldents, a corresponding secretary, a recording secretary, a treasurer, and a librarian, who shall be elected annually by ballot, on the [here insert date ^eieeHmj, who shall hold their several offices until their succcssora shall have been chosen, and who shaU have like powers, and perform like duties, with like officen iH" amilw or ganizations.^ Article HI.— There shall be appointed by the president, immediately after iii election, by and with the consent of the society, the following standing oonnnlttees, to consist of five members each, namely: on finance, library, lec- tures, exhibition, and printing, who shall perform such duties and take charge of such business as may be assigned to them by vote of the society. Article IV. — i. Any person residing within [here state iimits^t who is above the age of twenty-one years, may become a resident member of this society, by • Traill 71« Ym$^ Mater and Ckairtmmes AssistoHt. Published by Dick h Fitzge-a LYCEUMS ANB DEBATING SOCIETMB. 321 consent of the members present at any stated meeting succeeding the one at which his name shall have been proposed ; and corresponding members may elected from among persons who reside outside of the foregoing limits. 2. Each and every resident member, upon his election, shall sign this con- stitution, and pay over to the recording secretary the sum of {here insert amounq, and shall pay the like sum annually thereafter in advance ; but no dues or con- tributions shall be demanded of corresponding members. Articxi v.— This society shall be divided into the following sections, namely: i. Soils, and their management; 2, cereals and grasses; 3, vegetables • 4, fruit trees; 5, hedges and fences; 6, noxious animals; 7, farm buildings- «, implements; 9, nsefml animals; 10, miscellaneous affaire; to whom shall be referred all fiapers and affaire relating to their several departments, each of whom shall report to this society upon the business intrusted to it, from time to time, as it may be directed ; and to one or more of these sections each mem- tier, immediately after his election, shall attach himself. Articxe VI.— This society shall meet monthly, on ihere insert Hme\ and at such times as it may be called together by the president, upon the written request of six membere; of each of which meetings six membere shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Article VII.— The rules of order adopted by the society shall govern the deliberations of this society, so far as the same may apply ; and the oitier of business therein laid down shall be followed, unless otherwise ordered by a two-thirds vote. AwiCLE VIII.— There shall be established an annual fair, upon the \kirt mertdaie and time-] and under the charge of the committee on exhibition, at which such things shall be exhibited, in competition and otherwise, and such premiums be paid to exhibitors, and under such regulations as the said com- Bittoe, % and with the approval and consent of the society, shall determine AlTiCLE IX.— Any member who shall be guilty of any public felonious Offence against the law, or any disgraceful misdemeanor, or who shall per?»evere m a course of conduct calculated to bring upon this society disrepute, may be expelled by a two-thirds vote of the membere present at any stated meeting • and any member who shall neglect or refuse to pay his dues for more than one year shall thereby cease to be a member of this association ; but no member Shall be expelled until due notice shall have been given him of the charges «»»^««ht against him, and until he shall have had the opportunity of being confronted with his accusers, and of being heani in his own defence. Article X.— This constitution may be altered or amended, at any stated "^eeting of the society, by a vole of two-thirds of the membere present, provided f^at written notice of said dteiatioii or mneiuinient shall have been given at a Previous stated meeting. MOW TO COMMUCT A FUMZJC MMMTiNG Whin it is necessary to secure the expression of the sentiment of a coiu munity upon any public question, it is usual for certain leading citizens to issnt t call for a meeting of their fellow-citizens at some stated place, at a designated hour of a fixed day or evening, both the place and the time being clearly stated in the call for the meeting. Such a call may be written or printed, and should be posted in a number of public places in the village or neighborhood. Should there be a newspaper published there, it should be advertised in such papei several days before the time appomted for the meeting. Care should be taken to secure the promiie of some well-known speaker to bs present and address the meeting. Tlic call should be in the following jtylc : JfipiAlwiiii (or Bmmmitk) MrnHnff. He cMicm of New Maiket. in hmt «f the polkf df Hie RepnUiou (or Dtmacnlk) •n mjiiated to meet «t Wilaoii*! Hall on Tliiiisi% evening, September SHi, al 7 o*dock, to tike such metturci. m in tlicir jwipMnt mmf mtm hmk e«lcnliiemes forward, and says: ^ committee begs leave to report the following resolutic bs. *ntch It has unanimously adopted." $24 MOW TO CONBUCT A FUBLIC MEETING. \^ He theii renlstlie naolmtioiit, wfcfcli l»w been wduccd to writing in m committee, and handa the paper to the 'lecwtary. The chairman now : . n ^ " Gentlemen, yon h*ve heard the report of the committee. What shaU be done with it?" A member »ys: <* I move that it be accepted and that the resolutions be adopted. Another member icconds the motion. If there be no objection ur amend pent offered, the chairman will say : "The motion is made and seconded that the report of the committee be accepted and the resolutions adopted. All in favor of so doing will say 'aye; ' all opposed to it will say ' no/ " „ • • r The vote being taken, the chairman will announce the result. If it is favor- able, he will say : . 1. j. 1. " The motion is carried, and the resolntioni lie adopted. What is theiirthet pleasure of the meeting? " Should there be no further bwineia to be transacted a member will move that the meeting adjourn. A motion to adjourn cannot be debated, and must he voted upon at once. The chairman will therefore immediately pnt the question and announce the result in the uiual manner. Should the motion be carried, be will say: «* This meeting itandi adjourned without day. * Should the resolution be to adjourn until another fiied time, the chaiimai will say: . x • \ «« This meeting stands adjoimed until ■ " {imim^ ike Hmey The abofe form m«y be varied to suit different occasions, but is the ordci genenlly obwrved, and is smtnble for almost any public assembly. . The duties of a secretary of a public meeting are merely nominal, except in cases where it is intended to publish the proceedings of the meeting. Then the secieCary must prepare a carefully written account of such proceedings, and mi^t supervise their publication in such newspaper or newspapers as may be selected by the meeting. In the case of the meeting we have described above, the account of the pro- ceedings would be prepared as follows : u * "At a meeting of the Republican (or Democratic) citizens of New Marlcei, IkM, pursuant to a public notice, at Wilson's Hall, on Thursday, Septembef 8th, at 7 o'clock, Mr. George W. Davis was chosen chairman and Mr. Andrew White elected secretary. " On motion of Mr. Thomas Jones, a committee of five was appointed to pfe- pue and report resolutions expressive of the sense of the meeting. " During the absence of the committee, the meeting was addressed witn Cjitat eloquence by the Hon. Joseph Traman, Mr. SubikI Brown, and Lcv» PbrkimpEsq. COmERNING CONVEMTIONS. JJf " The committee, through its chairman, reported the following resolutions, irhich were unanimously adopted by tbe meeting : \&re f&iiffw the resoMiom in Juil.1 " On motion, the meeting then adjourned." mmmmm mmmmm. A Convention is an assemblage of delegates regularly chosen by the various political or social subdivisions of a country, a State, or a county. It possesses larger and more varied powers than a public meeting, and is conducted upon a more elaborate plan. The rules which govern it are generally the same which control the State Legislature. These rules are rigidly enforced in order to secure harmony and despatch of business. A convention is usually sunmioned by a committee intrusted with power for that purpose. Sometimes a number of persons who are prominent in a certain cause call a convention. In either case the call should plainly state the manner in which delegates to the convention are to be chosen, and the number allowed each district to be represented. The delegates having assembled at the place in which the convention is to be held, it is customary for the members favorable to certain men or measures to hold a caucus on the night before the a.ssembling of the convention, to decide upon the pkn best suited to the advancement of their wishes. The discussions in caucus are marked by greater freedom than can be allowed in the convention. It is a wise plan to admit none to the caucus who are not friendly to its object, or who will not pledge themselves to be bound by its decisions. The line of action determined upon should be kept secret until it is developed in the pro- ceedings of the convention. Upon the assembling of the convention a temporary president, vice-president, or vice-presidents, and secretary are chosen. These are selected merely for the purpose of organizing the convention. ShouW the convention be divided into two parties the election of a temporary president is a matter of grave impor- tance, as he may be able to control to a large extent the choice of the permanent officers. This is especially the case where the temporary president appoints the committee which is to nominate the permanent officers. Of late years, how- ever, the practice has been for the delegation from each city, district, township, or county to name a member of the committee on the permanent organization. ^ No regular business can be transacted until the convention is organized by the election of permanent officers. I FARLMMENTAMY LAW. The committee on the permanent organization must report the names of the gentlemen nominated by them for permanent officers as speedily as possible. Such Dominations are usually confirmed by tlie convention without a struggle. Both the temporary and permanent president are expected to make a brief address upon taking the chair. Umliliie a legiiktiife> a convention never formally goes into committee of the whole. While waiting for the report of a committee, or previous to adjoum- nest, it is cu^omaiy for the delegates to call upon various dtstinguishcd gentle men present tO' addreas^ the convention. Upon the adjournment of the convention it is customary for a member to offer a resolution tendering the thanks of the body to the officers for the manner in which they have discharged their duties. The member offering the resolu- tion puts it to the vote of the body and announces the result. It is the general custom of conventions and similar bodies in this country to adopt for their government the Rules of the House of Representatives of the United States as fiur as said rules may be applicable to tbeir purposes, the appli- cation in disputed cases to 'be decided by the chair or by the vote of thr Gftnvention. In view of this fact, we cannot do better than to give here, in place of an| fnleS' of our own, the' following JHniiif Snlfl »ii #rliri Ut €mUt^ §n$iitej8$ to tin 9«ilf ttf iifriiiittititfiif 0f III liittl Jtotti * Touching the Duty of the Speaker, 1. He shall take the chair every day precisely at the hour to which the House shall have adjourned on the preceding day ; shall immediately call the merabers to order ; and, on the appearance of a quorum, shall cause the journal of the pliceding day to be read. — Afn7 7, 1789. a. He shall preserve order* and decorum ;t may speak to points of order in • By rale 22 it is made the diity of tlie Seigciiiil-ftt-anw to aid in tlie mSmtmmot of cada file direction of the Speaker, t Ste mlei S7. 58, 61, 62, and 65, on the subiect of decorum," PARLIAMENTARY LAW. 32/ preference to other members, rising from his seat for that purpose ; and shall decide questions of order, subject to an appeal to the House by any two mem- bers — April 7, 1 789 ; on which appeal no member shall speak more than once, unless by leave of the House.* — December 23, 181 1. 3. He shall rise to put a question, but may state it sitting. — April 7, 1789. 4. Questions shall be distinctly put in this form, to wit : "As many as are of opinion that (as the question may be) say Aye and after the affirmative voice is expressed, "As many as are of the contrary opinion, say No.'' If the Speaker doubt, or a division be called for, the House shall divide; those in the affirmative of the question shall first rise from their seats, and afterwards those in the negative.f If the Speaker still doubt, or a count be required, by at least one-fifth of a quorum of the members, the Speaker shall name two members, one from each side, to tell the members in the affirmative and negative ; which being reported, he shall rise and state the decision to the House. — March 16, i860. 5. The Speaker shall examine and correct the journal before it is read. He shall have a general direction of the Hall, and the unappropriated rooms in that part of the Capitol assigned to the House shall be subject to his order and dis- posal until the further order of the House. He shall have a ri^t to name any member to perform the duties of the Chair, but such substitution shall not extend beyond an adjournment. — Deamber 23, 181 1, and May 26, 1824. 6. No person shall be permitted to perform divine service in the chamber occupied by the House of Representatives, unless with the consent of the Speaker. — May 19, 1804. 7. In all cases of ballot| by the House, the Speaker shall vote ; in other cases he shall not be required to vote, unless the House be equally divided, or * Difficulties have often arisen at to a tapposed discrepancy between the appeal ctmtemplated in this rule and that referred to in nile 61. There is no discrepancy. The question of order mentioned in the second rule relates to motions or propositions, the ajifilicability or relevancy, or their admissibility on the score of time, or in the order of business, etc. The " call to order,** mentioned in rule 61, on which, in case of an appeal, there can be no debate, has reference only to "transgressions of the rules in speaking," or to indecorum of any kind. See also rule 133, in which debate on an appeal pending a call for the previous question, is prohibited. file manner of divtdmg the House, as originally established by the rule of April 17, 1789, was, that the members who voted in the affirmative went to the right of the Chair, those in the negative to the left. This was, doubtless, taken from the old practice of the House of Commons of Enoland. The passing of the members to and fro across the House was found so incon- vement, and took up so much time, that the mode of dividing the House was, on the 9th of Jane. 1789, changed to the present form : the members of each side of the question rithif in their seats and being there counted. X The word here used in the original formation of the rule was deetio^ On the 14th of JanuHty. 1840, it was changed to the word bf^. According to the practice, however, this rui» «WU to apply to all cases election. fit FdRLIAMENTARY LAW anksi his vote, if given to the minority, will make the division equal j and in of such equal division, the question shall be lost.* — April 7, 1789. 8. All acts, addresses, and joint resolutions shall be signed by the Speaker, and ail writs, warrants and subptenas, issued by order of the House, shall be under his hand and seal, attested by the Clerk. — Not^ember 13, 1794. 9. In case of any disturbance or disorderly conduct in the galleries or lobby, the Speaker (or chairman of the committee of the whole House) shall have BOwer to order the same to be cleared. — March 14, 1794. Of ^ Ckrk mi (Mhtr Q/ken. .10. There shall be elected. M the commencement of each CongreiSy to con- tiniK: in office 'until their succciMfi' «' appointed, a Clerk, Scrgeant-at-ams, DMrfceciier, and Fottmaatcr, 'etch of whom lUl take an 'Oath. Ibr the true and laitlifil discharge of the duties of his office, .to the best of his knowledfC' and abilities, and to keep the secrets of the House ; and the appointees of the Door- keeper and Postmaster shall he nliject to the approvil 'Of the Speaker ; and, in all cases of election by the House of its officeis, the vote shall be taken mm wme.'^Mank 16, i86o.t II. In all cases wheie other than members of the House may be eligible to m office by tte electii» of the House, there shall be m pifviow. iwmination.— •On a very im|K»t|uit question, uken December 9, 1803, oman amendment to the Constitu- tion, so as to chJipi'ie form of voting for President and Vice-President, whick fcqoired a rm of two-thinls. there appoired cightj-tlirce in the aiiniiitive, and forty-two in thfe negative; it wtaled one vote in the affirmative to make the constitutional majority. The Speaker (Macon), DotwilksiaBcling a proMbttimi in the rale as it theii claimed and obtained his right to ¥Ote, and TOled in the affirmative ; and it was by that vote that the amendment to the Constitu- tion was carried. The right of the Speaker, as a member of the House, to vote on all questions is. 'lecnred by the Constitition. Ho act of the Mouse can take it fioin kia when he^ ekoeies ti» f Until the adoption of this rule there was no few, resolution, rale, or order, directing the •jipointment of tlie Clerk of the House. On the 1st of April, 1789, being the first day that a quorum of the House assembled under the new Constitution, the House immediately elected a Clerk by ballot, without a previous order having been passed for that purpose; although in the case of a Speaker who was diesen on the lanie day, an order was previously adopted. A Clerk has been fegnlatly chosen at the connnenaenent of every Congress since. By the rules adopted in 17% pwfision was made for the appointment of a Sergeant^at-anns and Doorkeeper. Im- mediately after the organization of the government under the present Constitution, a room was set apart in the Capitol for the reception and distribution of letters and packets to and from nenben of the Mouse, without an order for that purpose, and was called the post-office; it wk^ supoiiilHided hy the Aorim^ and 'Ms aiiislnits.. On the 9th of April, 1814* • ipecial «lk>w- ance was made to the Jherkeeper to meet the expenses of this office, and he was authorized to apfioint a Postmaster. The oilee continued on this footing till Aj ril 4, 1838, when an order ««8 passed for the appointment of a Postmaster by the House itself. The provision for the election of all the officers of the House by a viva voce vote was adopted Decembtr 10, l839> PARLIAMENTARY LAW. 329 la. In all other cases of ballot than for committees, a majority of the votes given shall be necessary to an election ; and where there shall not be such a majority on the first ballot, the ballots shall be repeated until a majority be obtained.— 4/>/77 7, 1789. And in all ballotings blanks shall be rejected, and not taken into the count in enumeration of votes, or reported by the tellers. — Sefimber 15, 1837. 13. It shall be the duty of the Clerk to make, and cause to be printed, and delivered to each member, at the commencement of every session of Congress, £ list of the reports i^ich it is the duty of any officer or department of the gov- emment to make to Congress; referring to the act or resolution, and page of the volume of the kws or journal in which it may be contained ; and placing under the name of each officer the list of reports required of him to be made, and the time when the report may be expected.— JtfSirrA 13, 1822. 14. It shall be the duty of the Clerk of the House, at the end of each session, to send a printed copy of the journals thereof to the Executive, and to each branch of the legislature of every State.— Mmemier 13, 1794. 15. All questions of order shall be noted by the Clerk, with the decision, and put together at the end of the journal of every session.— Darms to attend the House during its stttiags; /# md in ike e^arcemef^ &f order , under the direeiim ^i&e Shaker f to eiecute tlie commands of the House from time to time ; together with all such process, issued by authority thereof, as shall be directed to him by the Speaker. 3 J. The symbol of his office (the m^ace) shall be' borne by the Sergeant-at- arms when in the execution of hiS' office. — April 14, i78f.t 3.4. The iseS' of the Sergeant-at-arms shall be, for every arrest, the sum of two dollars; for each day's custody and nleasementy one 'dollar; and for travel* ling expenses for himself or a special' messenger, gioing ^and .returning, one-tenth of a dolkr for each mile — April 14, 1789 — ^necessarily and actually travelled by «»J> oSker or otha pawn in the a«mtion of neh pr^ « «m Jliirvi 19, i860. 35, It shall be the duty of the Sergeant-at-arms to keep the accounts for the pay and mileage of members, to prepare checks, and, if required to do so, to draw the money on such checks for the members (the same being previously signed by the Speaker, and indorsed by the member), and pay over the same to the member entitled thereto. — April 4, 1838. 26. The Sergeant-at-arms shall give bond, with surety, to the United States, in a sum not less than five nor more than ten thousand dollars, at the discretion of the Speaker, and with such surety as the Speaker may approve, faithfully to account for the money coming into his hands for the pay of members.— April 4, 1838. 27. The Doorkeeper shall execute strictly the 134th and 135th rules, relative to the privilege of the hall. — March i, 1838. And he shall be required at the commencement and close of each session of Congress to take an inventory of all the iimiture, books, and other public property in the seveial committee * Tlie wDnls m italic* w«rc ineitad Marcli 16^ r86o. f At tic time this rule was adopted, "a proper symbol of office" for the Seigeaat-at-aiiiis was directed to be provided, " of such form and device as the Speaker should direct." In parsuance of this order, a mace, or " s)rinbol," was procitred, which represented the Roman fasces, made of ebony sticks, bound transversely with a thin silver band, terminating in a double tie or beatt* tcmt Bwr 'iie 'top; at each end a ailvor haad m Ineli deep, and on the top of eadi of tbc rods a Mitll lim spear. """ A Mem of stlf if^ 'lliiie>foiiirths of an incli in diameter, and two inches long fram tlie centre of the fasces, supported a globe of silver about two and a half inches in diameter, u{»n which was an eagle, his claws grasping the globe, and just in the act of flight, his wings somewhat more than half extended. The eagle was massive silver, richly carved. The design was inc. aai its wliole execution beautiful ; the entire heisM about three feet. The maoe wai destfo,*! at the conflagration of the Capitol, on the 34th of August, 1814. and «.. not replaced until recently. A temporary one was hastily gotten up (of common pine and painted) for the thin next session of OuiifeM, and was tokfated till the scMion of 1841-43, when the one oov 'In nse wis 'procured* PARLiAMEMTAR Y LA W. 3 j , ahi other rooms under his charge, and shall report the same to the House- which report shall be referred to the Committee on Accounts, who shall detcT- mine the amount for which he shall be held liable for missing articles.— J/tfrr>i I, 1865. It is the duty of the Doorkeeper, ten minutes before the hour for the meeting of the House each day, to see that the floor is cleared of all persons ixcept those privileged to remain during the sessions of the Housq.— March 51, 1869. 18. The Postmaster shall superintend the post-office kept in the Capitol for the accommodation of the members. — April 4, 1838. Of the Members. 29. No member shall vote on any question in the event of which he is imme- iiately and particulariy interested,* or in any case where he was not within the bar of the House when the question was put.f— 17, 1789. When the roll call is completed, the Speaker shall state that any member offering to vote does so upon the assurance that he was within the bar before the last name on the roll was called.— ifurrii 19, 1869. Provided, however, that any member who was absent by leave of the House may vote at any time before the result is mnmna^,— March 2, 1865. It is not in oider for the Speaker to entertain luy request for a member to change his vote on any question after the result shall have been declared, nor shall any member be allowed to record his vote on any question, if he was not present when such vote was taken.— JS% 27 1870 30. Upon a division and count of the House on any question, no member without the bar shall be counted.— iVSwm^»rr 13, 1794. 31. Every member who shall be in the House when the question is put shall give his vote, unless the House shall excuse him.t-^^V 7, ,789 All motions to excuse a member from voting shall be made before the House divides, or before the call of the yeas and nays is commenced ; and the question snail then be taken w ithout debate.— A^/«w^ifr 14, i837.§ inl? ^ ^««» «f March, 1822, they were classed as above, and were declared, for th«s first time, to hav« ptaeedence according to their arrangement ; previous to which the notions of the Speaker often gotcmed as to the pracedenoe of these motions; and hence the diraefekMi of the rule. t It has been decided and acted upon that, under this rule, a motion to fix the day to which the Hoose shall adjourn ** takes precedence of a motion to adjourn. The reason of this decision K iM|» Mioi* tihe Hoose adjourned, it was proper to fix the time to vHuch it sbooM adjoniii. To this decision, and upon this reasoning, no objection has been made. t la the first rules established by the House, on the 7th of April, 1789, it was directed that House adjourns, the membeis shall keep their seats until the Speaker goes forth, and the members shall follow." This rule was left out of the rules established 13th of Novem- >794* On the 13th of March, 1822, a rule was adopted pnMbitmg a motion to adjoom before four o'clock if there WM a pending question ; it was lesdnded on tie t3th of Mnreh, »»24. On the 13th of March, 1822, a rale was also adopted against the rising of the Committer « the Whole before four o'cloek, which was ahragated on ihc asth of Maivh, fStf. r 334 fdMLIAMENTAM Y LAW. wmim question is ordiredf* which shall be divided if it comprehend froposiiiors in substance so distinct that, one being taken away, a substantive proposition shall remain for the decision of the House. — September 15, 1837. A motion t( strike out and insert shall be deemed indivisible — December 23, 181 1; hut a motion to strike out being lost, shall preclude neither amendment nor i motion to strike out and insert. — March 13, 1822. 47. Motions and reports may be committed at the pleasure of the House. ^ April 1, 1789- 48. No motion or proposition on a subject different ik»l that under consid- enition shall be admitted under color of amendment. f — March 13, 1813. No bill or resolution shall, at any time, be amended by annexing thereto, 01 incorporating therewith, any other bill or resolution pending belbre the HousR.| — iS^«ii*«r 15, 1837. 49:. When, m mutton has been once' made, and canricd In the affirmaliw 'Oi negative, it shall be in order for any member of the majority to move Ibr thf peccnsidefation ^i&tsm^Jmimmy 7, i8oa — on the same or mcoeeding day^ Mmm^ sj* 181 1 ; aad such motion shall take precedence of all other qw" Iteii, enept a motioii to afi|4iiini|— JMSiy 6, iSt8---«nd shall not be withdraw aicr the said succeeding day withmt the consent of the Rouse; and there ite tiif iMitar may cal it up iir cooddefation.— J«irri 1, 184& * The words in italics vetc kserted in this rale Mtrtk 16, i860. f This rule was originally established on the 7th of April, 1789, and was in these words : '*N mw motion or proposition shall be admitted under color of amendment, as a substittOe for Ihc motion or proposition under debate." On the 13th of March, 182a, it was changed to its ffSMffi) iirai, in which th«' words mem and^MMr do not appcac. in* latter damt of this mk was adoplad at the int sciiioa of the asth Congreiti aad it oijgiiia%' lepoctod. by tic QOwaiHe^ fhe following words mm cuotaiiied at the end of it : " N(« by any proposition containing the substance^ in whole or in part, of any other bill or resolution poiding before the House." These words were stricken out by the House before it would agree to dw rule; by which it would seem to be decided that a bill or resolution might be ameodc^ liy incmponting thanin th«' mhtmm of any 'Ofhar Mi. or roolution bcfbi* tht House., ftn* las baaii the' goMiai |Nraclic«"of the Monae. { A difference of opinion and a discrepancy in action have sometimes occurred in administering this rale. Twenty years ago. and previously, a motion to reconsider could not be made after Ui'" subject was disposed of, if there was another subject before the House, until that subject had passed away ; it was then often too late to makm the aoHon. It was under this practice that Mt Kaadolph was. unaUe to aofe a nconsidccaiion of Oe lettlanient of iSm cdebrated Missoar ^neiiion (notice of which he gave out of time), asi before he oouM do so, the bill bad beer* lilceil lO the Senate. The practice of laie years has been changed, so as to allow the motion tn reconsider to be made at any moment within the prescribed time. If the motion be made who' a different subject is before the House, it is entered, and remains until that subfcct is dispcsel 'Of. and 'then. **' takes precedence of all other bnsiness, except a motion to adjourn./' When any .inal fole haS' been taken, aad a notion made' to reconsider, tiiat motion may be laid on Ifei' kMe: in which case, according to the practice of several yeai* past, the vole stands as thoog m motion U moMider had. .not. bean. made. This, is oornct ; .a*, if the' HowvliiMd to retain PARLIAMMNTAM Y LA m 335 50. In filling up blanks, the largest sum and longest time shall be first put.- ij>w7 7, 1789. Order of Business of the Day, 51. As soon as the journal is read, and the unfinished business in which the House was engaged at the last preceding adjournment has been disposed of, reports from committees shall be called for and disposed of; in doing which the Speaker shall call upon each standing committee in regular order, and thei> upon select committees ; and if the Speaker shall not get through the call upon the committees before the House passes to otlier business, he shall resume the . next call where he left o^— September 15, 1837— giving preference to the report last under consideration : Provided^ That whenever any committee shall have occupied the morning hour on two days, it shall not be in order for such com- mittee to report further until the other committees shall have been called m their tom.^-^Duember 7, i857.t St. Reports from committees having been presented and disposed of, the Speaker shall call for resolutions from the members of each State and delegate from each Territory, beginning with Maine and the Territory last organized, alternately ; and they shall not be debated on the very day of their being pre itnted, nor on any day assigned by the House for the leceipt of resolutions, unless where the House shall direct otherwise, but shall Ue on the table, to be taken up in the order in which they were presented; and if on any day the whole of the States and Territories shall not be called, the Speaker shall begin on the next day where he left off the previous day: Prmided, That no member shall offer more than one resolution, or one series of resolutions, all relating to the same subject, until all the States and Territories shall have been called.— January 14, 1829. 53. A proposition requesting information from the President of the United States, or directing it to be furnished by the head of either of the executive de- partments, or by the Postmaster General, shall lie on the table one day foi consideration, unless otherwise ordered by the unanimous consent of the House ^December 13, 1820— and all such propositions shall be taken up for consid* the matter, it would agree to the motion to reconsider, instead of laying it on the table. Motions to reconsider should be promptly acted on, otherwise it is in the power of a single member (TOIing on the strong side against his sentunents, solely for the purpose of placing himself in a situauon to make the motion) to arrest business which a majority have determined to despatch. * This proviso does not restrain the House from considering a report alieadf made for a longer period than two days ; simply prevents a committee from nfor^ JmUkr^m oecnimnn •hat period. of ti?* "* originally stood, was amended in the revision of the rules at the ist session _ w« 3»t«i «, the 23 jjg mMLMMENTAR Y LAW, 6a. If a member lie called to order for words spoken in debute, the penoD calling Mm to order shall repeat tbe words excepted to, and they stiall be taken iown in writing at tke Clerk's table; and no member shall be held to answer. *ir be subject to the cowire of the House, for words spoken in debate, if any other member has spoken, or other business has intervened, after the words spoken, and before exceptkMi to them shall have been taken.— Ss^/^wicr 14, 63. No member shall speak more than once to the same question without leave of the House— 4^7 7, 1789— ""less he be the mover, proposer, or in- troducer of the matter pending ; in which case he shall be permitted to speak ip reply, but not until every member choosing to speak shall have spoken.— Jmmmy 14, ^840. 64. If a question depending be lost by adjournment of the House, and re- vived on the succeeding day, no member who shall have spoken on the preceding day shall be permitted again to speak without leave.*— ^/n7 7, 1789. 6q. While the Speaker is putting any question, or addressing the House, none shall walk out of or across the House; nor m such case, or when a mem- ber is speaking, shall entertain private discourse; nor while a member is speaking, shall pass between him and the Omt.—Apil 7, 1789- ber shall remain uncovered during the session of the Bmm.—S^mkir 14, 1837. No member or other person shall visit or remain by the Clerk*s table while the ayes and noes arc calling, or ballots are counting.— i4i iSj|. Smoking is prohibited within the bar of the House or gallety.- Fshmmj »8, 1871. 66. All questions lehtiiig to the priority of buiintis to be acted on shall be _ decided 'Without debate.— JMmwy ti, 1803. Of Cammittm. . 67. All committees shall be appointed by the Speaker, unless otherwise spe- cially directed by the House, in which case they shall be appointed by ballot ;1 and if upon such ballot the number required shall not be elected by a majority nf the votes given, the House shall proceed to a second ballot, in which a plu- rality of votes shall piefail ; and in case a greater number than is required te • There it 10 proceeding in the House to which this rule can be applied. It was original v framed in reference to that law of Parliament which says that all pending ^l"*^"^'^ "!!^*\ ![ adjoarament, and to be again considered must be moved anew. In the niles m established on the 7th of January, i«oa, the proMbitioii to speak on the iwrt d»y ww eoDW'^ to ihxm whoihad spoken iwm m the precedhf 'diqr. Il » tmmi»»i mtil ■■the I4*h of Jm^n* lS|0, when the word ftwrwts left out. „ t The role as originally adopted, April 17, 1789. directed that the Speaker should eommiitees unless the number was directed to consist of more than thre» inembesa: case, the ballot was to be resorted to. I PARLIAMENTARY LAW, ^j^ ccmpose or complete a committee shall have an equal number of votes, the House shall proceed to a further ballot or ballots.-~->«««ry 13, 1790. 68. The first named member of any committee shall be the chairman : and in his absence, or being excused by the House, the next named member, and so tT;ir'l,fbr'f'! ^'P^''"' committee, by a majority of their number, elect a chairman.*— Z>e committee during the ud »3d°u aZfJraf, t '-M-* >««^ f «• I-vMed that the standing «nn>i^ on eZ^T I t "^"■™»»<»" of «»<«.. At the s^ii ^^ioTthe Com- *«»<^ witTrerolulLfrl !7'?', ' "f Qaims was ^8>3 *eZ^ ZL 1 "^'T" °' On the of Decern. ewlitaf«».— 26, 1814. on Private Land Qaims.— vi/rtV 29, i8l4** on Manufactures. — Dec. 8, i8i9.tt on Agriculture.— iWoy 3. »820.tt on Indian Affairs.— 18, iSai.ff To consist of eleven mem- bers each (Mardi 3, 1873). Except the Committee on the Phdic Railraaii, to consist of tMfteea mem %m (Marcli 9. U.e committee created on the aad oC IW^. .S^- t R^^; four day. after its insUtution. tiie *^,^'7„a1t wT charged with Am. w-i chmifed to tie Committee ^ ^^^^^^^^f 83" the Committee IkA revolntiomny a-d inirslid pensions. On the loth J'^^-^Lrv >«.«cmx. and m P^ndons became the present Committee on RembUumary Fmstms, auu «. on Military Pensions became ine p rommittn m Jmmlid Pemmm i and the pension additional committee was created called the Ctf»iff«»«f* . MM«ed to the busvness was apportioned to the two committees, «* ««t «n Hi. dnt« to committees. ; ?^tLi^*^.r . — on Co....^^^^^^^^ /oMMto. ISI9.« Commttet on Mamifacturc «3 consUWted. but d«l«. asgned to that committee in the ,„ appoint a Commit t The 3d of January, 1805, was the Snt tlM wMdl it w- P|^F°^ otKentucky, and « r5i««* On the IT* ills was imposed upon the Committee on Appropriations, like authority was conferred on the latter committee. By mk 119 these bills may, at any time, by a majority vot«, be made special orders. i'tlm commitlee was originally a Committee on Commeroe mid Manmfaetiires. On the 8th of December, l8i9,a separate Committee on Manufactures was constituted, and the duties of the wiginal Committee on Commerce and Manufactures have been confirmed, as above, by leavini wax the words " and Mmn^a^mm'* There are no duties asrigned in these rules to the Com .fliittee on MamifMrtwea. PARLIAMENTARY LAW. 543 be referred to them by the House ; and to report their opinion thetion, together with such propositions relative thereto as to them shall see' - expedient.— ^l^mmherf^t 1808. 82. It shall be the duty of the Committee for the District of Columbia to take into consideration all such petitions and matters or things touching the said District as shall be presented, or shall come in question, and be referred to them by the House ; and to report their opinion thereon, together with such propositions relative thereto as to them shall seem expedient.— /^w^rK 27, 1808 The third Monday of each month, from the hour of 2 o'clock, p. m., until the adjournment of that day, shall, when claimed by the Committee for the District of Columbia, be devoted exclusively to business reported from said committee ; and said committee shall henceforth be omitted by the Speaker in the regular call of committee. — May 8, 1874. 83. It shall be the duty of the Committee on the Judiciary to take into con- sideration such petitions and matters or things touching judicial proceedings as shall be presented, or may come in question, and be referred to them by the House; and to report their opinion thereon, together with such propositions relative thereto as to them shall seem expedient.— 3, 18 13. 84. It shall be the duty of the Committee on War-Claims to take into con- sideration all such petitions and matters or things touching claims growing out of any war in which the United States has been engaged ; and to report their opmion thereupon, together with such proposition for relief therein as to them shall seem expedient. — December 2, 1873. 85. It shall be the duty of the Committee on PubHc Expenditures to examine mto the state of the several public departments, and particularly into laws mak- ing appropriations of money, and to report whether the moneys have been dis- bursed conformably with such laws ; and also to report from time to time such provisions and arrangements as may be necessary to add to the economy of the departments, and the accountability of their o^o.^x^.'^— February 26, 1814. 86. It shall be the duty of the Committee on Private Land-Claims to take mto consideration all claims to land which may be referred to them, or shall or •naycome in question; and to report their opinion thereupon, together with ««h propositions for relief therein as to them shall seem expedient.— ^iJrri «7. It shall be the duty of the Committee on Military AflFairs to take into ^nsideration all subjw-fcs relating to the military establishment and public wtence which may be referred to them by the House, and to report their tuiJtl "t/ ^""^ °" 30th March, i8i6, six Committees on Expendi- comnJl •*'«^^'»«P^«»t» <^ ^ Gomnment were created and added to the list of standing •nent wl. P ^ U * Co«nittee on Expenditures in the Interior Depart, the duZ TT'^ *° committees would seem entirely to m» <»ttties of the Committee on Expenditures. (See rules lot and 103.) 344 FAMLIAMENTAX Y LAW. t opinion thereupon; and also to report, from time to time, such measures a» may contribute to economy and accountability in the said establishment— March 13, 1822. 88. It shall be the duty of the Committee on the Militia to take into con- sideration and report on all subjects connected with the organizing, arming, and disciplining the militia of the United States. — December 10, 1835. 89. It shall be the duty of the Committee on Naval Affairs to take into con- ideration all matters which concern the n«?al establishment, and which shail ht referred to them by the House, and to report their opinion thereupon ; and also to report, from time to time, such measures as may contribute to economy and accountability in the said establishment.— Jrfiirtfi 13, 1822. 90W It shall be the duty of the Committee on Foreign Affairs to takit into considentioii all matters which concern the relations of the United States with foreign nations, and which shall be referred to them by thC' 'House, and to fcport their opinion on the same. — March 13, 1822. 91. It shall be the duty of the Committee on the Territories^ to eianiine into the kfislatiire, civil, and criminal proceeding of the Territories, and to devise and report to the House suck means as, in their opnion, wmy be .nccesnvy to secure 'the rights and priTilegei' of residents and non-residen.ts.— Hcriw^ 13^ i«i5- 92. It shall be the duty of the Committee on Revolutionary Pensions to take into consideration all such matters respecting pensions for services in the revo- lutionary war, other than invalid pensions, as shall be referred to them by the House— /iwi«iii7 10, 1831 ; and all matters relating to pensions to soldiers of the war of 181 2 shall be referred to the said committee. — March 26, 1867. 93. It shall be the duty of the Committee on Invalid Pensions to take into- consideration all such matters respectiag invalid pensions as shall be referred to- them by the YIom^— January 10, 1831 ; except such as relate to pensions ta soldiers of the war of 181 2. — March 26, 1867. 94. It shall be the duty of the Committee on Roads and Canals* to take into consideration all such petitions and matters or things relating to roads and canals, and the inii)rovement of the navigation of rivers, as shall be presented, or may come in question, and be referred to them by the House ; and to report thereupon, together with such propositions relative thereto as to them shall seem expedient. — December 15, 1831. 95. It shall be the duty of the Committee on Bitents to consider all subjects relating to patents which may be referred to them ; and report their opinion thereon, together with such pfopositions relative thereto as may seem to them tatpedient. — Siptemkcr 15, 1837. 96. It shall be the duty of the Committee on Public Buildinp and Ground* IK> consider all subjects relating to the public ediices and grounds within the. • He nme of tMi coninittee changed to " Railwajf tiid Caiials."^^^ 9* PARlIAMENTARY LAW. y^^ city of Washington, and all the public buildings constructed by the United* States which may be referred to them ; and report their opinion thereon, together with such propositions relating thereto as may seem to them expedient. — September 15, 1837. — March 10, 1871. 97. [This rule, which prescribed the duty of the Committee of Revisal and Unfinished Business, was virtually rescinded by the resolution of July 25, 1868, abolishing the said committee and creating a Committee on the Revision of the- Laws.] 98. It shall be the duty of the Committee of Accounts to superintend and control the expenditures of the contingent fund of the House of Representa- tives.— i^r^m^rr 17, 1805 J also to audit and settle all accounts which may be- charged thereon. — Decm^ x%\\. 99. It shall be the duty of the Committee on Mileage to ascertain and report: the distance to the Sergeant-at-Arms for which each member shall receive pay. —S^tmber 15, 1837. 100. There shall be referred iy the Clerk ta the members of the Cammttee Printing m the part af the Home,* all drawings, maps, charts, or other papers, which may at any time come before the House for engraving, lithographing, or publishing in any way \ which committee shall report to the House whether the* same ought, in their opinion, to be published ; and if the House order the pub- lication of the same, that said committee shall direct the size and manner of execution of all such maps, charts, drawings, or other papers, and contract by- agreement, in writing, for all such engraving, lithographing, printing, drmwing,. and coloring, as may be ordered by the House ; which agreement, in writing, shall be furnished by said committee to the Committee of Accounts, to govern said committee in all allowances for such works, and it shall be in order for said' committee to report at all March 16, 1S44. 101. It shall be in order for the Commiitce on Enrolled Bills — March 1^ i822--and the Committee on Printing to reporr at any XAmt.— March 16, i860.. 102. Seven additional standing committees shall be appointed at the com- mencement of the first session in each Congress, whose duty shall continue untili the first session of the ensuing Congress. — March 30, 1816. To Consist of Five Members Eaeh. 1. A committee on so much of the public accounts and expenditures as relates to the Department of State ; 2. A committee on so much of the public accounts and expenditures as relates to the Treasury Department ; 3- A committee on so much of the public accounts and expenditures as relates to the Department of War ; * So much of this rale as is printed in ilaUcs was inserted on the 19th of MarcA, i860, and. w much of the nUeof MtreM 16, 1844, as imposed these duties upon the Committee on Engrav- WW stricken out. thereby abolisUng the latter committee. PARLIAMENTARY LAW. 4. A coinmittee on so much of the iMiUk accouittt ind eipenditures as relates to Ite Depwrtment of the Navy ,; 5. A committee on so much of the public accounts and expenditures as relat*« to the Post-Office ; 6. A committee on so much of the public accounts and expenditures as relates to the Public Buildings ; 7. A committee on so much of the public accounts and expenditures as relates to the Interior Department ; * and 8. A committee on so much of the public accounts and expenditures as relates to the Department of Justice, t 103. It shall be the duty of the said committees to examine into the state of the accounts and expenditures respectively submitted to them, and to inquire and report particularly— .j. j . 1 Whether the expendituces of the respective departments are justiied by law ; Whether the claims from time to time satisfied and dischafged by the re- spective departments are supported by siiicient vouchcn, establishing their justness both as to their character and amounb j Whether such claiins have been discharged out of funds appropriated therefor, .and whether all. ■miiBeys have been disbursed in conformity with appropriation- .laws^; and Whether any, and what, provisions are accessary to be adopted, to provide more perfectly for the proper application of the public moneys, and to secure the Government from demands unjust in their character or extravagant in their -Sniiounta And it shall be, moreover, the duty of the said committees to report, from time to time, whether any, and what, retrenchment can be made in the expen- 4itni«s of the several departments, without detriment to the public service ; whether any, and what, abuses at any time exist in the failure to enforce the pay- ment of moneys which may be due to the United States from public defaulters or others; and to report, from time to time, such provisions and arrangements as may be necessary to add to the economy of the several departments and the .accountability of their officers.— J/tfr<:/i 30, 181 6. ^ ^ It shall be the duty of the several committees on public expenditures to inquire whether any offices belonging to the branches or departments, respectively, con- cerning whose expenditures it is their duty to inquire, have become useless or unnecessary ; and to report, from time to time, on the expediency of modifying or abolishing the same; also, to examine into the pay and emoluments of all offices under the laws of the United States ; and to report, firom time to time, such a reduction or increase thereof as a just economy and the public service -may mqfmt,^Fe§rmry 19, 1817. - ^ • Tliii eonunitlM was craatdl JfarrA 16, iKSo. f TUi camnittcc mm ciealtd Jmrnmy 16, iSf4* i'ARLrAM&irrARY LAW. Of Committees of the Whole. Ta4. The House may at any time, by a vote of a majority of the memlieif present, suspend the rules and orders for the purpose of going into the Com- mittee of the Whole House on the state of the Union ; and also for providing for the discharge of the Committee of the Whole House, and the Committee ^f the Whole House on the state of the Vmon—/anuary 25, 1848; from the further consideration of any bill referred to it/ after acting without debate on all amendments pending and that may be of[ered*~MarcA 11, 1844. 105. In forming a Committee of the Whole House, the Speaker shall leave his chair, and a chairman, to preside in committee, shall be appointed by the Speaker, f — April 1, 1789. 106. Whenever the Committee of the Whole on the state of the Union, or the Committee of the Whole House, finds itself without a quorumj the chairman ■hall came the roll of the House to be called, and thereupon the committee shall rise, and the chairman shall report the name of the absentees to the House which shall be entered on the journal.— Z)rn7 17, 1789. 108^ All amendments made to an original motion in committee shaU be incor- iwated with the motion, and so reported.— ^^n7 7, 1789. ' f "^^"^"^^"ts made to a report committed 'to a Committee of tfte Whole House shall be noted, and reported, as in the case of bills.-4irfj It 1709. ^ di^'U'l'""!'™ " P™P°''''°° ^ «^ Of charge upon the people shall be *«»sed the day on which it is made or offered, and every such proposition recove its fint discussion in a Committee of the Whole House.-X.»*«. iii^No sum or quantum of tax or duty, voted by a Committee of the Whole iQAl^^ '"^^th rule, of which it had previously formed a part «f tT^^u o"^' '^"^ appointing a chairman of the Committer practice^?. '^PP^*"'*^ ^ House by noy^inafim and vote thereon. That 'y^^^^n.^^lTi^^r^ ^7™"-^' '794, the rule^was amend<^ or disorderlv 7^ .u ^ ^ Po^er, in case of any distmixmoe sorderly conduct m the galleries or lobby, to order the same to be cleared. ' pactice of pnntmg the bills obtained. PAMLIAMSNTAM ¥ Ld W, Home, shall be increased m the House until the motion or proposition for such increase shall be first discussed and voted in a Committee of the Whole House;, aid so in respect to the time of its continuance.-^wm^-rr 13, 1794. 112 All proceedings touching appropriations of money and all bills makmg. appropriations of money or property, or requiring siicli appropriations^ to be made or authorizing payments out of appropriations already made, shall be first discussed in a Committee of the Whole H°^«;7/r'^'^'t fcl^tt.. 1 1 , The rales of proceedings in the Home shall be observed m a Committee of the Whole House, so iir as they may be applicable, except the nifc limiting the times of speaking-4^^/ 7, 1789 J no member shall speak twice to any question until every member choosing to ipcak shall have spoken.— ig 180^ 1 14. Committee of the Whole on the state of the Union, the Mils shall be taken up and disposed of in their order on the calendar ; but when objection ,s made to the consideration of a bill, a majority of the committee shall decide, without debate, whether it shall be taken up and disposed of, or laid aside : pro. Tided, that general appropriation bills, and, in time of war bills for raising men or money, and bills concerning a tri!H|| g. peace, sr.all be P^^^^^;^^^^° other Mll8,M the discretion of the committee; member, the question shall first be put in regard to them->/v 27, 1848 , and all debate on special orders shall be confined strictly to the measure imder con. sideiation,— JlSiri-i 16, i«6o.t Of Bills. tic. Every bill shall be introduced on the report of a committee, or motion for leave. In the latter case, at least one day's notice ^^all be given of the motiont in the House, or by filing a memorandum ^^^^^^^'^^^^^^^^ and having it entered on the journal ; and the motion shall be made, m^ m bill introduced, if leave is given, when resolutions are called for ;§ such motio n. . Thi. «le. m ^ adopted, required all FOceediii|pi to«aing of money to be fat ««^i:0»™it««c of the Whole. The wo«l " was struck 0.I on the 17th of n*<^Wr tSoc as it was found in practice greatly to retard public business. ^a^flTn; was adopted J the pu^e of refonning to some extent ^^^^J^^^ ] had previously prevailed in Committee of the Whole m the state of the U«on. of mdiUpng general debate without regard to the meatuie under consideration. tin the early staict of th« g^if-m-enl. bd«e the instHntkm of standing <=<"»'"'*^^^' * JL-on piri introduce bill., on -odon for ^-e. by individua men^^..s ; t^^^^^^ ^ li« rferxed to a select committee, to examme and report upon. J^^P^^^^^ of introducing bills by members on leaire. gradually grew ,nto disuse as .taBding «»« were crated, and. for nearly thirty yean, no case occurs on the purnak. J?*™^ , ^ A. police ha. been re^^ed ««l '^1111*^.1;^^^^^ '8^^' wmw iiic«it«ii«t one. and docs not i»ltMt husmet.. Preinous to the I3«i ot J ITLct wm the House upon the inttoduction of bills, that standing committee, had to oW« toaire. in ereiy case, to npott by MIL On that day the yrst rale was adopted I See rale t9*» PARLIAMENTAR Y LA W. ^^49 'Or the bill when introduced, may be committed. — April 7, 1789 ; September 15, 1837; and March 2, 1838. But the Speaker shall not entertain a motion for leave to introduce a bill or joint resolution for the establishment or change of post routes, and all propositions relating thereto shall be referred, under the rule, like petitions and other papers, to the appropriate committee. — May j 1870. 116. Every bill shall receive three several readings in the House previous W its passage ; and bills shall be despatched in order as they were introduced, unless where the House shall direct otherwise ; but no bill shall be twice read an the same day, without special order of the House. — Aprt'i 7. 1789. 117. The first reading of a bill shall be for information, and. if opposition be made to it, the question shall be, "Shall this bill be rejected?" If no opposition be made, or if the qtiestion to reject be negatived, the bill shall go to its second reading without a question.* — Aprt'i 7, 1789. 118. Upon the second reading of a bill, the Speaker shall state it as ready for commitment or engrossment ; and. if committed, then a question shall be. whether to a select or standing committee, or to a Committee of the Whole House ; if to a Committee of the Whole House, the House shall determine on what dxy-^Mmemfier 13, 1794; if no motion be made to commit, the ques- tion shall be stated on its engrossment ; and if it be not oidered to be engrossed on the day of its being reported, it shall be placed on the general file on the Speaker's table, to be taken up in order. — September 14, 1837. But if the bill be ordered to be engrossed, the House shall appoint the day when it shall be read the third time. — November 13, 1794. 119. General appropriation bills shall be in order in i|eference to any othef bills of a public nature unless otherwise ordered by a majority of the House. — September 14, 1837. And the House may, at any time, by a vote of a majority of the members present, make any of the general appropriation bills a special order. — March 16, i86o.t lao. No appropriation shall be reported in such general appropriation bills, or be in order as an amendment thereto, for any expenditure not previously authoriied by law — September 14, 1837 — unless in continuation of appropri- ations for such public works and objects as are already in progress, and for the *^If no opposition be made to a bill, or if the question to reject be negatived, and the bill lecdves its second reading forthwith (as b usual), it is always underUood that it is by " special order of the House." In the rapid and hnzxied manner in which bUls az« now reported and acted upon, the motion is seldom or never made, nor is the question put, «« Shall the bill be nom lead a second time? " The Speaker takes it for granted that the motion has been made and allowed, and announces the second reading as soon as the first reading is completed. tTWs latter provision was inserted hi the 145th rule March 16, i860, but in the rearrange- •«ent under the resolution of that date it was deemed more apfxopriate to annex it to this rule *% rule 114 all debate on special otdecs is oonined stticdy to the measure under consideration. 350 PAMLIAMMNTAMY LAW. contingencies for carrying on the several departments of the government — March 13, 1838. 121. Upon the engrossment of any bill making appropriations of money for works of internal improvement of any kind or description, it shall be in the power of any member to call for a division of the question, so as to take a separate vote of the House upon each item of improvement or appropriation contained in said bill, or upon such items separately, and others collectively, as the members making the call may specify ; and if one-fifth of the members present second said call, it shall be the duty of the Speaker to make such di- visions of the question, and put them to vote accordingly.— -F^f^rwoij a6, 1846, oa. The bills from the Court of Claims shall, on being laid before tht House, be read a first and second time, committed to a Committee of the Whole House, and, togethei with the nccompanyiig reports, printed.— JfarrA- I '6, 1S60. 123. A motion to strike out the enacting words of a bill shall have prece- dence of a motion to amend ; and, if carried, shall be considered equivalent to its rejection.— Jforri 13, 182a. Whenever a bill is reported from a Committee of the Whole, with a recommendation to strike out the enacting words, and such recommendation is disagreed to by the House, the bill shall stand recom- mitted to the said committee without further action by the B.ou?&.— March 16, i860.* But before the question of concurrence is submitted, it is in order to entertain a motion to refer the bill to any committee, with or without instruc- tions, and when the same is again reported to the House, it shall be referred to the Committee of the Whole without debate, and resume its original place on the calendar. — May 26, 1870. 124. After commitment and i.^ ^^u thereof to the House, or at any time before its passage, a bill may be recommitted— j4/n7 7, 1 789 j and should such recommitment take place after its engrossment, ind an amendment be reported and agreed to by the House, the question shall be again put on the engross- ment of the WL\,—Mar£k 16, i8<5o.t 125. All bills ordered to be engrossed shall be executed in a Mr round hand. — April 7, 1789. •This latter clause mm inwftcd lor tlM pnipcue of correcting a practice wWch had begun to olilaiii, whereby the ttemto of a MM were eiMiWeontum, to the exclusion of ^^^f^^^ incidental motions; but on the 14th January. 1840. it was changed to embtace, first, penmrng amendments, and then the main proposition. . The original intent of the f«^«" ^ ■^mm «f the criy .tart of • ^^S^* - K* tho iM|«iilf of -Hcrtaining the -latter ; and tf d«="ded tiirely, the dehrte went on ; if decided negaliirdy. the debate ceased, and subject ftom before the House without motion or further question. This was the F^^^ice inCo^ Mnder the confederation; and it is still the practice in the British P^hmenl. Now.ny^ practice of the House, as well as by the terms of the ml it is tmmmAz if previous question it teided in the *ii«iatiw. debate ceases, a»l the Home f*^^ ; in the «qptiw, the p^np go on as if the motion for the previous q^^on hadj^ ■Ml*. Until the revision of the rules in March. iS6o. whenever the previous ^«s«id«l,aiidtheiiiaia PARLIAMENTARY LAW. 553 pending, shall be to bring the House to a vote upon such motion. Whenevet the House shall refuse to order the main question, the consideration of the sub- ject shall be resumed as though no motion for the previous question had been made. The House may also, at any time, on motion seconded by a n^ajority of the members present, close all debate upon a pending amendment, or an amendment thereto, and cause the question to be put thereon; and this shall not preclude any further amendment or debate upon the bill. A call of the House* shall not be in order after the previous question is seconded, unless it shall appear, upon an actual count by the Speaker, that no quorum is present.— March 16, i86o. ij3. On a previous question there shall be no debate.— i>^^«»»^^r 17, 1805 m incidental questions of order, arising after a motion is made for the previou^ question, and pending such motion, shaU be decided, whether on appeal or otherwise, without debate. — September 15, 1837. Of Admission on the Floor, 134. No person except members of the Senate, their secretary, heads of departments, the President's private secretary, foreign ministers, the governor for the time being of any State, senators and representatives elect, judges of the Supreme Court of the United States and of the Court of Claims, and such per- sons as have by nam6 received the thanks of Congress— J/ar^>5 15, 1867— shall be admitted within the hall of the House of Representatives— J^SirM 19 i860 1 -or any of the rooms upon the same floor or leading into the same— jiar^ 2 •For the mode of proceeding in the case of a call of the House, see rules 36 and 17 ^.nTr^Ua^^ the admission within the hall of other than members was adopted on the , t 'l of January, 1802, and was confined to « Semtors, officers of the general and State eovem- Aients, foreign ministers, and such persons as members might introduce." On the iith of 22^' ' t u\ T"""^' *° ^° ^'cl^de persons "introduced bv ^vJ^e to -S^-.^-, wh.ch also failed. On the ,7th of December, 1805. ojlcrs rriT' TT ^"^^ - P-P-'*'- '-de to admit was e™ cted n"T" *f TJf^'' ^""^^ ^^^^ ^ ^ ^^^ate it offi efo he United S.V ^ ^"^^'^^ ^ ^ Ze who L r t " ^^-'"^"^'^'^ °f Congress. On the 25th of February, 1814. ao«e who had been heads of departments were admitted. On the loth of FebnZ ,81? ^ce. who had received the thanks of Congress were included. On the 12th of Janu^' 2t enlarldt ad 'i^^^^^ ^""^7^" '""^T ^ ^* °^ J^"'^^' '^SS. the mle was further aent OnT^^l' 1^^' ^ ''^^^ unanimous, rescinded that amend- tZ^^ . r°?'i'' °' "^^"^^^^ of the Senate! ^eing of a„7s^^^^^^^ ' j^^^i-t's private secretary, the governor for the time ««bers having been rqected. The last clause, adopted March a, 186$. was intend«r// 7, 1789. 144- The rules of parliamentary practice comprised in Jefferson's Manual shall govern the House in all cases to which they are applicable, and in which they are not inconsistent with the standing rules and orders of the House, and Joint rules of the Senate and House of Representatives. — September 15, 1837. I4S' No standing rule or order of the House shall be rescinded or changed Without one day's notice being given of the motion therefor— iViwm^J^r 13, * See rule 100. tA» originally adopted, this rule contained, after the word " for," the words, " which \m& **« been read to the House.** They were stricken out on the 14th of December, 175^ jjg eAKlIAUSlfTAXY ,,0A • nor shall any rule be suspendBd, except Iqr a vote of « le^t Iwo-thirii of the members present *-March 13. i8a» ; nor shril the (»der of business, a, established by the rules, be postponed ot changed, except bjr a vote of at least two-thirds of the membeis present ; nor shaU the Speaker entertain a motion to suspend the rules, except during the last six day* of the session, and on Monday of every week at the «q.iration of one hour after the journal ,s readf-^?"' ,6. .8a8, and fi»u a», .87*-HnUe,s thecaU of States and TerrUones for b.lls on leave and re«)tetions has been earUer concluded, when the Speaker ma, entertain a motion to saq)end the rales.— /«« 8, 1864. ,46. All election, of officer, of the House, includmg the Speaker, shaU be cooL^edinaccontocewith these rules, so far as the same are apphcable; ^. pending the election of a Speaker, the Clerk *-» .P™ "f"^^. dec^, A shall decide all questions of order that n«y ar.se, subject to appeal "S;."^';at^tir,.t:r.les or the House of ^^-^^^J^ present and succeeding Congresses unless otherwise ordered -ilfiirM 19, i860. An additional standing commutee shall be appointed at the commenc^ menVof each Congress, whose duties shall continue m.t.1 the first session of the r:lng Congress,'to consist of seven membejs. to be enU^^^^ Coinage Weights, and Measures;" and to this committee shaU be refentd aU Mis resolutions, and communications to the House upon thrt «bject.- Tatmary 21, 1864; March 2, 1867. r4Q. The names of member, not voting on any call of the ayes and noe, shall be recorded in the journal immediately after those voting in the affirma- 'ive and negative, andthesamereconld-Uhemadeinthe Congn»s.onal Globe.— /««* 8, 1864. ^ T. -1 J *.« fat A ,50. It shaU be the duty of the Committee on ^''^"^'^ '° 'f, : iBto conridenltion aU such petition, and matters " ^'^S^^-^^'f '°/"f S or telegraph line, between the Mis,i«ippi vdley and the Pacific be p.««nted or shaU come in qnertion. and be referred to them by '^^ ,»d to report their opinion thereon, together wth such propositions relative theietoastothemdiallseemexpedient.— i>/.i^iA 2, 1865. »,v,:„to It shall be the duty of the Committee of Ways and Means to t^^ conrideration all reports of the Treasury Department, and ""^f^^I^; tions relative to raising revenue and providing ways ^.^ of the government as shall be presented or shall come in question, an C^Z«„ of .h. W-hol. on U.. Stat, of .b. Unico. »d ^ for d»«g <'*^'^^^ to tUs rvie. . . _,a n — _ infotcd M"* t The word. « M the expiration of one hour after the journal is read ^ 16 i860 so as to enable the House, on Mondays, to receive reports, bill, on kaw, •»« imU m 'provided for in ruks 51 and 130, without intemiption. FMRLMMEm'AMY tA W, 357 referred to them by the House, and to report their opinion thereon by bill or otherwise, as to them shall seem expedient ; and said committee shall have leave to report for commitment at any time. — March 2, 1865. 152. It shall be the duty of the Committee on Banking and Currency to take into consideration all propositions relative to banking and the currency as shall be presented or shall come in question, and be referred to them by the House, and to report thereon by bill or otherwise. — Manh 2, 1865. 153. It shall be the duty of the Committee on Mines and Mining to consider all subjects relating to mines and mining that may be referred to them, and to report their opinion thereon, together with such propositions relative thereto as may seem to them expedient. — December 19, 1865. 154. The allowance of stationery to each member and delegate shall be of the value of seventy-five dollars for a long session, and forty-five dollars for a short session of Congress. — December 19, 1865. (By law the allowance for stationery and newspapers is fixed at one hundred and twenty-five dollars fox each session.) 155. The hall of the House shall not be used for any other purpose than the legitimate business of the House, nor shall the Speaker entertain any proposition to use it for any other purpose, or for the suspension of this rule : Provided^ That this shall not interfere with the performance of divine service therein, under the direction of the Speaker, or with the use of the same for caucus meet- ings of the members, or upon occasions where the House may, by resolution, . agree to take part in any ceremonies to be observed therein.— /a//z/. WMimow'i Enfines of War. Note.— It is intended to inquire by this question, Whether Gunpowder, by making war more dreadful and abhorrent, has not tended to lead nankind to its discontinuance ? wMlier, In &ct, perlectlan in War does not necessarily lead to the preference of Peace? Tim use of Gunpowder in Mechanics may be taken into consideration with advantage to the discussion. 4. Which is the more vahtabiU Member qf Society, a great Mechanician or a greai Foet ? See Channing on the Age. Emerson's Essays. Edinburgh Review, vol. xlvi., p. S^S* M f oL eIvH., ppt ••l^ JOS. M*C0LLOCH*i Geographical Dicti*»«y. Alt. British Empire." M'Cotxoch's Political Economy, rm- Nottl— This qncition twm iipwi pmtiv« value of n Ownt Dow and • Great •niniar. tnd lies between the utility of Me- chanics and Morals ; of Physics and Meta- phystcs. It is the belief of many of the chief QUESTIONS FOR DJSCUSSIOM, wrfters <«r tbm *tKy, that onr ^ge is too mechan- ical, and aeecte to be ^ritnallaed ; this debate will open that i^aestiaii. 5- WMtk was the grmOer Orator, Demosthenes or Qeero? 9m LoED Brougham's Essay on the Elo- quence of the Ancients, Coikcted Speeches, vol. iv. Bdinbnifh Review, vol. xxviii., p. 60. *• vol. xxxiii., pp. 226- 246. Edinbuif h Review, vol. xzxvi., pp. 86- 109. De. Anthon's Cicero. With English Commentary. Note. — ^The discussion of this question nmst include references to style, aim and •fleet; aitistical, mental and moral powtr. 6. Which is the more despicable Char- acter, the Hypocrite or the Liar ? See Lord Bacon's Essay on Truth. TiLLOTSON on the Advantages of Truth and Sinccrify. liSMOp Hall. Character of the Hypo- crite. Martin Chuzzlkwit. Character of Pecksniff. 7 Mas the Fear of Punishmerd, or the Mope of Reward, the greater If^fu- ^nee on Human Conduct? See Adam Smith's Tlieofy of the Monl Sen- timents. Mill on the Human Mind. BiMTHAM's Springs of Action. DwQALD Stewaet on the Mind. BiNTHAM's Ratioiiak of RewanI and Punishment. Note. — ^This question involves considera- tiow of great importance. It has to do with Btfacation, Government, and Religion. The of punishment Is tht principle osaally opposed to influence US] and upon tliis prin- ciple, for the most pat, education, laws, and (vI'gMis instruction *re founded ; but many of iteHmen tet beginnii^ to doubt this 8. Is Corporal Punishmeni justifiable ? See Edgkworth's Practical Education. Wilderspik's Education of the Youcg. Marshall's Military Miscellany. Mansaed, " Debates on Flagging in tlii: Army." Edinburgh Review, vol. xii., p. 420. Sydney Taylor's Works, p. 195, 9. Wm Bmtm judlfied m Mimg CcBsar? See the Speech of Brutus in Shakspear«*t Julius Caesar, Act III., Scene 2. SiE James Mackintosh's Works, vol. iii., p. 274, vol. ii., pp. 318-325. Hume's Essays, vol. i., pp. 471, etc. ** vol. ii., p. 22i8. Note. — This question must be tried fay the morals of the time when the act took place, and not by the present standard of morality. It )s quite necessary to make this distinction. 10. Should 3nulation he emettragei i**- Mdacatim? See EdgkwoeIU's Fkactical Education. Godwin's Reflections on Education. Cowper's Tirocinium. Adam Smith's Theory of the Moral Se» timents. Coleeidgb's Lines, entitled ** Love, and Patience in Education.'* Hobbes on Envy and Emulation, Sydney Smith's Works» vol. L, pp. 231. Note.— The igrstem of prize-giving in eda- cation has supporters and opponents, bodi m determined, that a discussion upon ibe snigee cannot fail to be interesting and instructive Philosophy and experience should both be referred to in the debate. 11. WMehwastih§greatm^Bmi,Mmm or Hkmerf See CoLBEiDGB on the Grade Poets, Channing on Milton. Blair's Lectures. Campbell on Milton. RoBEET Hall on Poetic Gtenins. QUESTIONS FOi Sec THmiWAix's Greece, vol. i., p. 24- 1 MacaIILay's Essays, vol. t, PP- i-S*- BeawDe's Dictionary of Science, Litera- I tare and Art. " Epic Poetry," and tlie authorities there npfMA. | Note.— This debMewil turn upon the fiM±i that Homer is the more real, life-like, and hnmaii poet, whilst Milton is the more imagin- ative, sublime, and spiritual ; the decision must depend upon wMch are the nobler qualities. %t. Is MiMary Renown a fit Okjeci of ] See CHAiwmo'8 EsMy on War Channing on Napoleon Bonaparte Childe Harold, Canto I. War. Robert Montgomery's Picture of War. Robert Hall on the Miseries of War. 13. /I Ammm a Vm or » Virtue ? See HuGHis' Essay on Ambition in the M 'Qnjudiaii.'* I Loud BacoK'i Essay on Ambition. WoLSEY's Advice to CiomweU. Play of Henrv VOL Paradise Lost. Salaii*s AMnm to tht' Sun. Adam Smith on Misdirected Ambition. Bishop Wat«on»8 Sermons to Young Persons. M'Culloch's Political Economy, pp. 527- 530. 14. Mm Mmeh'Temimg a Moral Ten^ denejf? %m Si» W. Schi£al Dictioniajt Art " British Mm§im»** QUMSTIOJVS FOR DISCUSSION. fC WU/bk wm tl0 greakr Gmmrd, Hmmikal t/r Akxmider? itt PuJTAmcH** life of Ale«iMi«f . Iliitloiy of Rone. Thielwaix's BMmf of Qiwm* ay Which was the greater Pod, Drjh den or Apt? 9m Imn JmwMXt's Ew»j«, vol. i., pp. 163- 166. Sm W. Scon's life of DfyJen. Caiiiii«1X»S Bfitish Poets. De. JoMMSON's Pstrallel between Dryden and Pope. " lives of the Poets." Sm JAMXS Mackintosh's Works, vol. ii., LoBB' ;BimciM*t Snidimt m Bovks. sft. WMeh has done the greater Ser^ mm to Tndh, Philosophy or Poetry ? Set WSnbniili Revkw, vol. xxl, p. 494. Bacon's Advancement of Lcaminf . Also the Works quoted in a prefiow Hmm in iias ¥otiiine. lllira.— IWwoilif i» to tifiiify iMcileGtiial wisdoni ; «d poetry, that inspira- ioii respecting truth which great poets exhibit, and which seems to be quite independent of acquired knowledge. Philosophy is cnltiiiled | naM», poetry ii a maai inHnct low«fd tlie I Ttm m& lewitifiil. To dwade tlic qiMtion | «« must lee what we owe on the one ImmA to the discoveries of our philosophers, to Socratei, Plato, Epicurus, Bacon, Newton, Locke; and i» tlii oilier, for wliat ai«i«iit iiMl aoit of tiiiA w« IM iadcbleA to 'llic ialiiitioii 'tiii ii^^ •r ov |MNl% m mimm, Wam, Bm^ SkA- 99. hmAdvoeat§imityieiUdrfmd' ing a man whm he hnms to h§ Guilty of the Crime with wMeh he it ekm^f Im Stdmet Smith's Works, vol. i. "0« Gomiael being allowed to Btemera.*' fHT»*M., Judicial lrt aMMi»e M. lUmiiiiiJiii on At of • Baniiitf . See Palsy's Moral Philosophy. Punch's Letters to his Son. "On Om Choice of a Profession." Sybniy Tayloe*! WoiH YOl. i., pp. io*-io3. JO. Is it likely that England will sink into the Decay which b^ell the MaUomqf AjiUquMy? Sm Playfaie's Etaiiiiif" intO' Hit Fall' of Nations. Bacon's Essay on Kingdoms. Volney's Ruins of Emiaits. Gibbon's Dtdine: aiiA lUl of tfct loBiaE lijnpiie. SOBTHEY'S PTOfllSB. ^tlld. Pl0H>tetl ^ol I Society. I Vaughan's Age of Great Cities. 31. Are Lord Bgrm's WHttig* UMrTendeneyf See Loud jEfiEEY*s Essays, voL ii., pp. 3^ I Macavlay's Ctiical lssa|s» loL i, pp. 3". 352. I Sydney Taylor's Works, p. aw. Note.— The works of Byron must here bt looked at as a whole, and not be judged hf ^ mfH^ passafM; thcf most be tried, too^ If itenai, 'Mi mot bf ii sifaiiiit i .logsMiy. 3a. Do the Mechanicians of Modern flfuol ikm qf Ancient Times ? Set FosiEOOKE and DiiilllAll*i Ilffl«a« Arts and Manufactures. FosBEOOKB and Dunham's Greek Ditto. Wilkinson's Ancient Egypt PettigeeW's DUto. IfAUEiclf i Aadent Wndotlwi.. HnBBN 't 'Msloileal, Rittsiciiii. 33. WMeh if ihe grmOer avilizer, tfa Sttitetmmw^Mf Set Dtbatt No. i., p. i7- „ Caelylb's Mtro-Woisbiii. « The were I as fiQtt** •I QUESTIONS FOR DISCUSSION, 6te GmcdAEmifi's Maxiiaa ; Martin's Trans- lation. See also the authoritiejs quoted in Debite I., p. 34. Which is the greater Writer, Charles Dickens or Lord l^/ttm? Stt tht Edmburgb Review, the Qifiuteriy, Blackwood's Magazine. Horne's Spirit of the Age, Frazer's Magazine : various articles on the sub- ject dniinf the last twenty-fire years. 35. It ^ PrmmfHe qf UtiMtg a sqfe Moral Guide? See Bbntham's Works; Lord Jeffrey's Essays, vol. iii., pp. 303-310, Mahaiie De Stabl's opinions diereon. An able article on the subject in tbt New Monthly Magazine for 1837. Robert Hall on Expediency. Palsy's Moral Philosophy. Hume's Essays. " Why UtiKty pleases." SiE James Mackintosh's Worics, vd. i., pp. 15, 16, 193 and 242. Dymond's Essays, pp. 4, 38, laj. id. Was the Deposition of Louis XVL justifiable ? See Carlyle's, Thiers', De Stael's and Macfarlane's History of the French I Rtvolntlon. | sA Jambs MAocnmMa's WoiH vol. iii., pp. 3-352. I LoED Jeffeby's Essays, vol; ii., pp. 40- I 45. I Historic Fandts. By the Hon. G. ■Smtthe. 37. Is the Use qf (km for CaM Bir- poses Mxpedieni? ^ Bbntham's Thwt on the Needlessness of aaOatb. I Hansard. « Debates in Fkiiament *' on this subject. I>««Ond'& Essays, pp. 5*^7. | 3^ I 38. Is a Classical EduetUion essenM I to an American Gentkmm ? See Milton on Education. Whewell's University Education. LocKB^s Thoughts on Education. Amos' Lectures on the AdTantajts of a Classical Education. RoBBET Hall on Classical Learning. Sydney Smith's Works, vol. i., pp. 183- 199. j Edinbuif b Review, voL xv., pp. 41-51. I 39. Are Colonies advantageous to the I Mother Country? See M'Culloch's Edition of Smith's Wealth of Nations. Mbeivale's Leetuies on ColonitB. ToBEEMS on Colonintion. SiK Jambs Mackintosh's Woi!es, yoL iii., P- 325- Brande's Dictionary of Science, Litera- ture, and Art Art. "Giloniei," and the works there qnoled. 40. Which does the m4)st to product Crime— Poverty, Wealth, or Igno- ranee? See Dumas' Celebrated Crimes. Bacon on the Uses of Knowledge. De. Haeeis' Mammon. FosTBK's Essay on the Evils of Popokr Ignorance. Robert Hall on the Haidsliiiia nf Poverty. Sir James Mackintosh's Works, vol. iii., PP* 37>-37<»' Edinburgh Review, voL zIviiL, pp. 181. 41. Is the Unanimity required from Juries conducive to the Attainment of the Ends of Justice ? See Blackstone's Commentaries o^ the Laws. Bbntham's Judicial Establidiment Bbhtkam on Govetiunent and SpedaX Jniies* QUESTIONS FOR DISCUSSION. Set drfPHENS' Commentaries on the Law. j SlBNSY Taylor's Works, pp. 392, 397, 413. it. Is it not the Duty of a Govern- mffil to SskMiMh a Sj/stem qf IUmmI Umtiikmf Im 'LocEt's numflitt m Eincttkm. | Wvm m Sdacatioii. I Chjwniiig on Education. jAliKs' Edacalional Institutions ol Ger- many. I Fox's Lactnm on Edscstion. Uniftoii's Popular Education. Qmmtlfi Rdlectiona on Edncalka.^ Rousseau's Emile. Melvill's University Sennoifc | Robert Haix m KnovMgt. life of' WlIXlAM ALtm, p|». Sf-ifi. 4j. Are the Intellectual Faculties of Hi Dark Races of Mankind essen^ tiaUy Werior to those of the White ? la* Lawrence's Natural History of Man. BucHARD's Physical History of Man- kind. BoFFON's Hiywaii Hiatorf. CuiOTSOii's Fhpiology. Combe on the Constitution of Man. 1 Also Brandk's Dictionary of Science, Lit- erature and Art. Art. " Negroes; " and Hie authorities there cited. ] 44. If SeMtary Cm^/trnmrnd m ##0^ tme Pimisikmeni? 9m Works m 'Frisons in Question No. 45. .]f«X»'—Tliis^ discussion sboulil include the value of Solitary Confinement as a punishment, and its reformatory effects on the criminal. 45. SJmM mt aU Pimskami U li- formatoryf Mc Bentham on Pumshment BaooiKiA on Crimes and Pwnithmenti. 'Rapoit of the Prison Discipline Socillf . Howard's State of the Prisons. RoMiiXY's Memoin. See Edinburgh Review, *»ol. Jixii.t FP» Adshead's Prisomi md Wikmmm, 46. If a Umited Monarchy, like Hi N on Unity of Religions. I T. Moore on CocxvptkHi aiMl Iiilbl«iic«. Coll. Wilis. Pima PL¥llL«t*S Letters. Sim jAMis Maooiwosh's Woriw,TOL ii, p. ii6. Sydney Smith's Works, vol. L, p. aja; ii., pp. i-aj. llAGAiiiAT's Ca&aSi ■mp,,»ol- lit ■!!!». i §1, Whieh exercises the greater Infiu^ enee on the Civilization and Hc^h' ness qf the Human Race, ths Mok or ^WemakMindf lie Ann Maetin on the Education of Motlieit. Woman ami Imt MmIv.- Bf Ladt MOEGAN. It MoNTGOMEEY oo the Bdscation of I Females. Fiktia, Women, and Families. By Mich- ■UT. Translated by CocKS. Female Disciple of the Early duistian Church. By Mrs. H. Smith. Sydney Smith's Works, toL L, pp. Joo- aao. it. WMeh mod to proime the Freneh MmmMm, Tiframy of the Government, the excesses qf the ipir Orders, or iftf Wrmngs qf WMm» IMmfiiiiB ami Mm»- 8m Umb Jmwm*M Ihnys, yoL iL,p|ih 104. Caelyle's French Revolution. MicHBUT*8 Frendi Retolntion. AuaoM's History of Europe. ThiEES' History of the French Rerolutioii MiGNET's Histoiy of the French Revolop tion. Smyth'I Leetnics on Modem Mistoiy Be. Cooke Tayuoe's Revolutions ja Europe. Macfarlane's French Revolution. De Stael's Considerations on the French Revolution. BuEKE on the Fieiicii Revolation. NiBEOHE's Age of the WmtA Revohillon. Sir James Mackintosh's Worics, vol iii., pp. i-35a. 63. Which was the greater Poet, B}fran I or Burns ? I See Caelyle's Hero- Worship. " The Hero I as Poet." I Lord Jeffrey's Eimys. vol ii.. pp. a^f* I Caelyle's Miscellanies. " Bums." I Lockhart's Life of Bums. I Sydney Taylor's Works, p. aSS. etc See alM Authoritiis iinotoi in Qnmtii* F 64. Is there reasonable Ground for ' believing that the Charader df Richard the Third was net so iiro* cious as is generally supposed? See Halsted's Richard the Third. WAUWrfi Historic BonHs. 'BoLWEK's 'Lait of Ilia Basons.. 65. Does Happiness or Misery prqieih derate in Life ? Set De. Johnston. Discontent the Couunorf Lot of all Mankind. JEEEMY Taylor's Sermon, *• Via lni«» gentise." Sm G. MACKENiO's « HappiniW* GouiSMiTH on the Love of lilfc POTB on Happiness. QUESTIONS Fi See Thomson on the Miseries of Life. Pollock on Happiness. (Couiae of Time.) Palby on the Happiness of the World. (Natural Theology.) Borw' Poem. ''Man was made to Monra." 66. Should the Press be totally Free? See Milton on the Liberty of the Press. CmtEAN's Speeches for Rowan and Fin- moctj. Thoughts on Restraint in the Publication of Opinion. By the Author of Essays on the " Formation of Opinion." m jAMis Mackintosh's Works, vol. iii,, PP- H5» «SS. 290, 539. LURD Erskins's Speeches on the Liberty of the Press. I Hume's Essay on the Liberty of the Press. Edinburgh Review, vol. xxv., pp. 1 12-124. ' Symciy Taylor's Works, pp. laa, 144, 67. Do modern Geological Discoveries agree with Holy Writ? See Lybll's Elements of Geology. BoCKLAND's Organic Remains. Be. Pye Smith on Geology. Vcstigesof the Natural Histoiy of Gkea- tion. Phillips' Geology. Humboldt's Cosmos. Ansted's Geology. G. F. Richardson on Gedogy. Ansted's Ancient World. See also a series of Articles and Letters in the "London Times," of September and October, 1845. 68. Did Circumstances justify the first \ French RevokOim? ^ Carlyle and other antliorities <|iialed at Question 62. ^ALEY on the Right of RebeUion. AusoN's Europe. Arnold's Modem Histoiy. lAVLOR's Revolurions of Europe. I^artine's History of the Girondists. 7M DISCmSION, J 69. Cemtd woi Arbitration be m^de Substitute for War? See Peace Society's Tracts. Debates in the House of Conunon« 1848-9. Dymond on War. Sir James Mackintosh's Wores. voL ii., pp. 320-327. Reports of the Peace Cbngicss, l848>i849 -1850- Euhu BuRRirr's Bond of Brotherhood. 70. WMeh Character is the more to he admired ; that of Loyola or Luther f Sec Macaolay's Works. Art. " Loyola." Montoomsey's « Luther." Burnet's History of the Refomation. D'AUBiGNE's History of the Reformatioii. Stebbing's History of the Reformatian. The Jesuits, by Michelet. Michslbt's Life of Luther. Hie Jesuits as they were and are. Isaac Taylor's Loyola and Jcsuitiaik Sir James Stephens' Esaajrs on EeeWU astical Biography. 71. Are there good Grounds for i^flf* I ing the Term ** darh " to the Midie Ages? I See Hallam on the Middle Ages. I Wright's Essays on the Middle Ages. Maccabe's History of England belne Om Revolution. Turner's Histoiy of England dnriiif tlm Middle Ages. I Maitland's Dark Ages. Berrington's Litemy Histoiy of Hit Middle Ages. GmzoT on Civilization. 72' Whkh was the greater Pod, Qmt» terton or Cowper? See Southey's Life and Works of Cowper. Hayley's Life and Works of CowpcR Gary's Edition of Cowper's Works. Hamjtt on the British Poets. Jeffrey's Essays, « Cowper." Dr. Johnson's Raaaria on ■*T»«iii>rtin. jja gmsTiom foi I J. iff BMk or Prmdi SclflA I® j Ste Amos on Coiiiiii«kW WiicttMiii. AiuwtD's liitetlkiiwwM Works. Kay <» tie Eilnc«tiaii of the English People. CoWPER's Tirocinium. . Tremen h eere's Reports on Edmcalioii. | 14. Is the System of Education ptxr- gmd at our Universities in accord^ mee with the Requirements of the Jfff? 8w Whewell on University EdacatioB, Huber's English Universities. The Collegian's Guide. Peliate on Uniwnity Rdbrm, How of QiiiiiiMiia* iSja Ka»*1 Social Condition and Edmaition of the English People. Edinburgh Review, vol. Ixxx. 15. If m JJiMfliiw € 51«»«rf w fii- rope iMnkutaMe to moral flr t© §emmikoi Ii^lmmmf | 9m JAMIB' Histotyoff Chivalry. HJiiXAM'»Middl*Ages. 1 llACAULAY's History of En^aad. ••In- troductory Chapter." I Historical Pictures of the Middle Agps. I GuizoT on Civilisation. |6. Is Mger a Vke or a WiHm? Bm Pauv's Moral Fhiloaofliy. Aaam SMiTH't Jhmmj of Moral Senti- ments. Abercrombik on the Moral Feelings. Whewell's Elements of Morally. BmowN's 'ElMes. l,,tetoinfViil»HLiNSOif*s Anuaements in Chess. §8. Jfiwf Meehcmks' Institutions an^ swered the Sj^eetMims (jf their Fmmdtrs ? Sec The CItf of Ldndom Magazine. i84a-43. Reports of the Manchester Athenaeum. Reports of the Liverpool Mechanics' iiistitutioa. See Brqugham on Mechaiiics* Iiwtititioni, Mamial of Mediaiiict' Inalit i itieiit. 99. WMeh is to be preferred, a Tom or a Country Life ? See Howm-'S Rnnd Life of England, Howitt's Rural Life of Germany. Knight's London. JnsB's Litenif llemtiala of LondoB. pmafM Scenes and Tiles of Connliy f Blainb's Encyclopaedia of Rural Spoitk Miller's Pictures of Country Life. The Boy's Country Book. 100. See Jimn't BiMijn* vol. ii.. pp- Edanbuish Rewiew* on Wodteworti, and on Byron. Quarterly Review : on Wordsworth, and on Byron. Macaulav's Cfitfad Ekaafs, vol. L, pfk I Sydney Taylor's Woifci, p. aSS. Moore's Life of Byron. I British and Foreign Review, wl. »i. I lOI. timm or SiywrililMii ? . See Reawm and Faith, by H. Rogebs. Re- printed fam Hie Edinbuif h Review. Cairni on Moral Reedom. Coleridge's Inquiring Spirit. The Natural History of Enthusiasm. I Fanaticism. Mark's Victwy of Failk I 102. Is the average Duration of Human £|ff increasing or dimimshing? See 'PORTER'S PJPOgWii of the Nation. M'Culloch's Statistic! of the British Empire. Neison's Contributions to Vital Statist"* Reports of the Regislrar-Gencral. The Qums of Labor, CoHRB's Physiology. Ill I 1 qmsTioNs FOM mscmsiOM w$. Is Iffe Aggirmm at prmnt eon- iaeted on sttfe and equikMo B^ind- pbs? See Batus* Arithmetic of Life Aanuaace. Morgan's Pcinctples and Doctrines of Assurance. PoooCK's Explanation of Life Assurances. Db Morgan's Treatbe on Probabilities. 104. Are there good Reasons for sup- posing that the Ruins recently dis- covered in Central America are qf very great Antiquity ? See Stephens' Central America, Stephens' Central America. Second visit. FosBROKK's Bncydopaedia of Antiqiiities. Dumuop's Tkavols in Cmtral America. 105. Do Titles operate benesficially in a Community ? See Palby on Honor. Dym OND's Works. Bbmtham on the Rationale of Reward. Macintyre's Influence of Arislocractes. Hamilton on Rewards. 106. WouM P^t Oratory Ucme iMwv i#aelliw if the Clergy wore to maehiMm^mmmmiyf 375 See BRouaHAM on die Hoqnence of the iineiettis. Whateley's Rhetoric Spalding's Rhetoric. Brande's Dictionary of Science, Litet» tmeandArt. Art. •* Eloquenoe.' 107. Is mt Intemperance the ehitf Source cf Crime? See Adshead's Prisons and Prisoners. Life of William Allen. Doublkday's Statistical Histoiy «f Wa^ land. Biggs* Lectures on Depravity. 108. Should not the Study of Sistort be more encouraged than it is? See M'Cullagh on BiGLAND on History. Carlyle's Miscellanies. History. God in Histoiy : by Dr. CiniMiNG. Schlbgbl on the Philosophy of History Arnold's Lectures on Modem Miilaty. Smyth's Lectures on History. Stebbing's Essay on the Study ef Ba tory. .'S Siifiiiittifwi. A wmiTTEN resolution is a formal and deliberate mode of ejq)i€ssiiig the uppii^ m and sentiments of a society, dub, or public ancnitilage. Bintetions should be written tersely and with great clearoeis. No unnec- essary words should be used j nor should there be any ambttiow attempts at fine writing. The writer of the lesolntioiii ikmM state exactly what he means ; nothing more nor less. It is customary to prefece a series of resolutions by a peamblc. This may be omitted at the discretion of the writer. Where a preamble is used, it should set iirth the cause of the resolutions which aie to foUow. It should always begm viA the word, " Whereas.** The resolutions follow immediately after the pwwnWe, eadi one beginning with the w s ^hewfoie he It ^ , r M,rvKnd MmOmd, By St John's Lodge. No. aio, on the registry of the Grand Lodge of Maryuna. JZZ:, Xe and Accepted Masons, that, while we bow with humble ^^^-^^^ wm of The Most Ui#i. wt do not the ks. mmm for our brother who has been called ini» Ttal in the death of Thomas W. Johnston thb I^ge lojes * brother wh^^^^^ •Iwap active and Malons in Ms work as a Mason ; «w ready to sncoor the needy and d.s r« «f mm finletnity s |winii>t to advance the Interests of the order; devoted to us ""^^^^^'^^ ^ mfif; one who was wist in counsel and fearless in action ; an honest and upright m , Srtnes endeared him not only to his brethren of the order, but to all his fcUow-attt-s. Mtsatved, That this Lodge tenders its heartfelt sympathy to the family «d i«llti»«« « Jcceaaed brother in this their sad attcHon. to the JP««>*i«#, That the nie«b«is of thk Lodge will att^ p«»t, hi Wl iifrfin. to i«y the last honors to his remains^^ . .ki. and that a co|» Jp«*W, That these resolutions be entered upon the Mm-tes of this Lodge, ma. wm nt tlian be sent to the fiunily of our deceased brother. RESOLUTIONS, PETITIONS, ETC 377 Raei^mis Bnbodj/mg a Mmmmtmm agami a Nmmm m a 6%, MmMf That the continuamoe of the slanghter-honse of Messrs. Green and White in the «dst of a densely populated neighborhood is an intolerable nuisance, which is kcompatible with the health and comfort of those who reside in its vicinity. Resolved, That a committee of three be appointed by the chair, whose duty it shall be to apprise the proper authorities of the existence and nature of the nuisance ; and in case such action shall not produce its abatement, dien to employ counsel, and take such other I^l steps as the case may m]nlre. Resolutiim adqpkd by a Tmperanee Meeting. Whereas. The evil of intemperance is steadily increasing among us, and many who might otherwise become good and useful citizens are falling victims to this terrible curse ; and Whereas, One great cause of this increase of drunkenness is in our opinion, the open dis- i^ard of the laws respecting the sale of intoxicating beverages on the part of the keepers of the bar-rooBis and saloons of this place, who continue the sale of such liquors after the hour of midnight and on Sundays, although forbidden by law to do so; therefore be it Reso/fved, That a committee of five be appointed by this meeting to investigate the extent of this violation of the law, and to lay the result of their labor before the Common Council of this city at its next meeting. Raoh/ed, That we call upon the mayor, aldermen, and the police force of this city, to en- force the law lelathig to the sale of liquors ; and we hereby remind them that the people of this city will hold them responsible for allowing the ordinances regulating the sale of laqnora to be violated by the keqiers of saliions. SmokOms qf a Chureh Covfereruie or Convention asking for a modification qf the Postal Law, Whereas, The benevolent corporations of our own and other churches engaged in various imns of missionary and educational work of recognized public necessity and vdne are expected and required to publiaii annuals giving valuable Information for the people, and in so doing need to avail themselves of the United States mails; and. Whereas, The postage on such annuals has, under the rulings of the Post-Office Department for more than a year past, been unjust and oppressive, and almost prohibitory; and, Whereas, The bill recently passed by the United States Senate proposes the continuance of such inequitable and oppressive rates, by expressed provisions of law, thereby compelling these benevolent corporations to pay six times as much as other pnUisheis are required to pay on similar printed matter of no public benefit; therefore, Resohed, That we respectfully but earnestly protest against the passage by the House of Rep- resentatives of the bill recently passed by the Senate with this unjust provision included, and we do hereby respectfully memorialize Congress to so modify the Postal laws that the annuals pub- lished by our benevolent corporations may pass through the mails at the same rate of postage *hat other publisheis are required to pay cm monthly and quarterly magazines. Resolutions qf Thanks to the Qjfeers of a SMp for their Conduet during on ^nergency. Resolved, That the thanks of the passengers are hereby tendered to the captain and officers of the ship {here insert name), for the cool, dexterous, and efficient manner in which they per- Jjnned the duties appertaining to each ; to the crew for their prompt obedience to orders, and to ui Goncemed for their earnest endeavors to promote the safety of the passengnrs under thelf jyg KMSOLUTIONS. reTlTIOMS, ETC d-»,. d-ii« ti» ,-rita. ft- to ft. r-"^ MmaM. Thai tlie togoing resolutions, signed by the l^*-*^ ^ZlX flS owners of the iliip, md « copy be furnished to the public ymm^ mm a iwinitt inr tMi pablicatioD. Resolutions of Thanks to the Qfieers nf a wiiwi«i«i. JP*fi»A-«/ That the thanks of this convention txt hereby given to the prnMcmt. for the aU^ . * J • m^mmwtmm in which hc has oMiidcd oteT iti diliherttifflBi^ ami to Che othci iiunified, and impartial manner in wmcn ne am ^mrnvmA uw ^ ^JZL^ in i>hidi they have iiliaied the dalica amiiiied to Ihf. ^idu^mm m Iftf Bpiriiiiii nf a Clmw^ WnBA% Andic* tane, D. D„ hat been. In the providence of God, called m Mm in mt tfr- r** '^'Q^* vinefwi. and haa in ooiMiinieww thereof tendered h» rewf- ii fttif, of the rectoeihip of this parish; and, ... , , i WteBAS. We recognize a Divine inHuence in the circumstances which have iaMdonr beloved pastor to sever the ties which have connected him with thia chmdt and Ha peopte; "^^J^M^rimt the reiignalion «f the ReiMyp of St. Andrew's Parish, in the city of Rich- JL. hy the Rev. Andre* Urn, D. D., he, mid herehf i., «xepted. to tdce efiect on the ist Mmhed That the Rev. Doctor Lane has, by courtesy and kindness, by p«ily *^ ^ ■JJ* doctrine, and by the failhW diacharfe of the dnties pertaininf to hi* holy o*®*** ff«f«* 1^ ^ confidem« of his people, which wil Mhm and he with him fa hi.^ i^ Wd of W«r Thrt while the Rev. Dr. Lane's connection with this pansh will close, agreeably to his vWm, «• tit itt day of May meal, his lalaiy will contSane imtU the last day of June nod. RemMimi qf Instruction to Memben if ihe IsfflMure, Whereas, From the situation of this town, the general road law of the State iapaig iMr plicable to us. and highly indEdent. and the ciremndaaces of the erne require a ipeaic lawi SenaUm and Representatives of this district in the Legblature be. and hereby are, ^^^^ p,„aire the passage of a law exempting this town from the action of genaral "^^^ pladiif the working and repair of the roads entirely under the control off the local aMiaoraiafc -. J:«Jt ^ A Petition is a memorial or request addressed by tlie signeis of the paper to some one in authority over them, praying that the request set forth in the pap« may be granted. A petition may be either in favor of a measure or against it. In the latter case it is termed a Rmmsimmi, In this coimtry the persons to whom petitions are usually addressed are the President of the United States, tfte Congress of the United States, Governors of States, the Legislatures of the several States, and the Mayon of cities. Petitions are sometimes addressed to the various courts on other than purely legal matters. I MMSOLVTIOm, PETITIONS, ETC. ' 373 A petition should always commence with the name and title of the person to whom it is addressed. If to the President, or to the Governor of either of the States of the Union, with the sole exception of the State of Massachusetts the title " Your Excellency," or " His Excellency " should not be used. The Gov- cmor of Massachusetts only is entitled to be addressed as "Your," or " His Excellency." When to Congress, the petition should begin, "To the Congress of the United States." When to a L^islature, " To the Legislature " or " To II the ■General Assembly," as may be the custom in the State. When a petition is addressed to a court, it is usual to accompany it with an affidavit setting tirth that the facts stated in the petition are known to the signeis to he true. Such affidavit, of course, must be made by the petitioners Wc give below several fonns of petitions : mUon to the Governor, Asking for the Pardon of a Qmmt. To John Lee Carroll, Esq., Governor of the State of Maryland : The PetiUon of the undersigned citizens of Maryland respectfully represents • J^TuT '^^^'"^ of of Baltimore, was fteiefor to the State prison at Baltimore, where he now remains, for the term of ten yean- thas the evidence upon which he was convicted, as will be seen by the snmmary appended, w^ noc ^togeO^er conclusive; that previous to that time the said Brown hadTSSlSie r;^ "5 • PT*"* »«^"Pright man, and a good citizen ; and that his conduct since his com- J^^^pP^' •«*««»»°8 to the letter of the Warden, which is herewith submitted, has been The said Brown has a family who need his support, and under the imprasion that the wdl- ^ society will not be injured by his enlargement, and that the ends^ustice. underX hti:zjfl"^^ *^ ~« ^ ^ ^mmM,M^,..B79- {Here tk, si^^„,^ Potion to the Legislature of a State. »t^^^ ^^"^ K~.liva.of the Oanmonweallh af Vi^ yilr^u ^ "t^^ '"'P^^'" ^^'"^ ^-P«^tf""y represent t« 11 t^e^ body Aat the farmers of this State are at present subjected to a very Lvy t« h ^^nX^T' °' 5r"f °f MiUions of dollar, are speJ^ of uTTT wTo n ^ '''^^ ^"'■"'^ "P^'^ this purpose keeps P-iod euTctTkw'r''""' ^'^^ ''^^ ^» ^^^^ practicable * '° prevent stock of all kinds from running at Iar«wi. i^-^-uwu*. a reKef which r.«««f r i * . • T «> grant to yow 7wr peanoneiB, as in duty bound, wiU ever pray, etc. County. Va., September 8, 1879. (Here/o/im Me signatures.) 3»o FUMLIC CELEBRATIONS, Mmm^anee Against the Passage qf a Lm* To liie C5««l Assembly of the Stale of ^^"^ v^I^^e of P« TiiMm^.tmp^^ m. ^.on of the uude..gned. ^^^^^'^^^^ po^ ■mat they have learned thata bUl . , believing such a measure to be ^ erecting thc l.w» in th'e limits of the proposed s::^^ - p--« — -«-r««titioiMfi.M in duty bound, wmevtrpiay,^ ftmic CIL1MIAT10M8 ittiy be held by tbe citiiew of a city, town, or vil- toKC as a wbolc people; or by societies or clubs. tLc cMef p^Wk ^lebfiitioii in this country is held on the Fourth oyuly, J^dencTDay. In former years it was the custom to <-^ebra^« Wi llithday (February ttd), but this patriotic observance has been almost ^^^d^r*^^^ be conducted by the cit.ens at large^^P^ «eling should be held some weeks in advance ^^^^^^^ wmements should be appointed to make provision for the vanous portions "^^^ee of Arrangements should r^r^^^^^TS^^ .ppointment. A chairman and secretary should ^ f^^'^^^^ZZ ^Lan should appoint the various sub-committees whose duty f ^o ar«i^ the various details of the celebration. These sub^ommitlees should he m ^^Zmiitee on arr.x/^..-TOs committee i. chiged with the duty of inviting such distinguished guests as may be desirable. . Committee on FLnce,-Tm committee solicits iubscriptions of money, ^ manages the expenditure of it. ^ , ^g. Cmmime on PlMi,^T\m committee engages a nitable haM, ^ bration is to be held in the open air. secuM mitable grounds, and attenw . glie erection of stands, etc. occasion. Ommma m £>r»lir.— This committee leciiei an orator for tuc ocu» J^LIC CMLMMRATIOWS 3^1 and also a reader of the Declaration of Independence, or of the Constitution of the United States, where it is desired to have these documents read, and greaf care should be taken to select some one known to be a good reader, in order that full effect may be given to the documents to be read, as a bad reader vill only mar the ceremonies. Committee m Music.'— committee provides the vocal or instrumental music for the occasion. Committee on Printing.— -l^m committee attends to the proper advertising of the celebration, and provides programmes and such other printed matter as may be needed for the occasion. Other sub-committees may be appointed to take charge of such other details as may need providing for. All sub-committees are under the control of the Committee of Arrangements, and must report to it at its regular meetings. The Committee of Arrangements may accept or reject the acts of sub-committees. The programme, or order of exercises for the celebration, should be carefully prepared beforehand, and should be rigidly adhered to. Public Dinners are given in honor of some public or social anniversary, or of some distinguished person. They may be given by the citizens of a place at large, or by any number of them, by a political party, a society, or a club. The first step is, as in the case of a public meeting, to appoint a Committee of Arrangements, which attends to all the preparations for the dinner. If the dinner is to be given to a particular person, a formal invitation, tender- ing him this honor, should be addressed to him, signed by as many persons as possible. Should the person accept the invitation, he may either name the day or leave it to the persons tendering the dinner to fix the date. In the latter case, the Committee of Arrangements call upon him and arrange a date best suited to his convenience. It is the custom to issue tickets to a public dinner, except to invited guests. These tickets are sold at a fixed price, the money thus received being devoted to paying for the entertainment. Should the occasion be one of importance, written invitations aie despatched to distinguished persons in other places. It is not to be expected that all can accept, but their replies, which are read at the close of the entertainment, fiir- nish a very pleasant feature of the occasion. The guests assemble in one of the rooms provided for the occasion, and, when tb^r*^ announced, enter the dining-room and proceed to the places assigned The best plan is to place a card with the name of the person on the pw^ the place he is to occupy. Where there is more than one table, the *»«ttd*»t seats himself at the head of the principal table, and the Vice-President Z^thZ.^*1? ^ is placed at the head of each of * mMLIC CMLMMMdti'Qm, If possible, the table should be arranged in the shape of a T, and the according to the following diagram: J « «s i. o*- » S» f Lj i-J— l-A44r4-l-4 _E , = ^ = o o o o o OO O O' o o o o o O o f OOP The company stand by their chaiis, keeping thek eyes filed iipcm lie Ita* dent. As soon M he tiket his seat, they seat themelfes. Then the pfindp^ guest is escorted to hia seat liy a coimitttee appointed eM.: KtaL^"^ " If'hepartyisinvoice.t.U.totat pUn»to rBeandsingatonce; if not. he wiU rise, eaase himadf. «i ofe. sentiment, or tell a story. «iia oner a 1 '"e resident will leave hi. aea, u^I^'SJ^iigTth^'LC^r """^^ wm rise. «.d «n»in ,Ua^ he s^^tri^.r^J*' '""^l "j^J- «» "Other. In that case, of a e^f ^ *^ ^^'^ *e pleas^ their glasffo th ^ -n-P-rti- look to each other, and, rising ForS? « th^ '"kv "i" take a »p, or drink it. a. each thinks proper.* comide^^f J^T r^*°~"' "«» "l™* to excess. To do this now is Hesho^v »o ««»* need drink at dl, unless he chooses. *^ * t'sh'X^':^' befo« 1^ a«i raise it to hL Up. « e^'^^^ A PRACTICAL TREATISE ?FPE apgEg 0F 660D ?mm SHOWiNQ WKAV m SAY AMD now TO ACV Vl-O^W MMM, iMSCAMMiMf '"''TJns BBMr jjiVJOiViiM. mm aocnnv. T Cs tlie natmil desire of every pmm to appear to tfee best advm- tage in the eyes of one's fettoir-cfettiires. We all wish to be admired, respectied, and loved; and there is no person more miserable than the man who believes himself to be disliked or unappncialed by the people into whose society he is thrown. In order to receive this appreciation and affection, one must be worthy of it. Mere wealth will not bring it ; neither will polit- ical power or influence secure it. It is the personal qualities of the individual that win for him the friendship and admiration of ^ his associates. A thoroughly good-hearted person, a man or woman W correct principles, will always shape his or her conduct so as to command respect; but it is not sufficient to always act justly or from right principles to ftllfil one's duty in society. There are so many observances to be met, so many things to be considered and provided for, that, without an exact knowledge of - what is due to one's self and one's'aasociates, it is impossible to fulfil all the requirements of society. This knowledge is obtained by the study of what is termed Etiquette, which word we may define as a code of laws established by society for its protection mdeneis, and other offences which the civil law cannot reach.*' Tlit jiiiii ■ ¥ eriQWimm of tbe opera — interior of the academy of music, Philadelphia. DURING AN OPERATIC PERFORMANCE tNTRODUCTORY. kv cannot p«nish a man for discourteous behavior, but society can, ml by fclusing to receive or recognize him, can cause him to change his manners, ft ^ tbcrfefoie, necessary that we should know what is rude or disagreeable con- dnc|, what things society forbids, and what it demands. This we can do obIt by studying the laws which govern it. Some writers have held that politeness is merely an artificial quality, meaning nothing. But surely, when our own comfort and the happiness of others depend so much upon the exercise of this quality, we must class it among the attributes most to be cultivated and desired. Politeness enables us to avoid wounding \he pride, or shocking the prejudices of those around us, and thus to render ourselves agreeable. It is but a new application of the Golden Rule: *«Do unto others as ye would they should do unto you." Its principles are the same among all civilized nations, but its application is of course governed by the customs of each country. Thus a well-bred American will find himself as much at his ease in Paris or London as in New York, and can quickly leam the differences m mere social observances. High birth and good-breeding are the privileges of the few; but the habits and nmnnera of a gentleman or a lady may be acquired by ail. Nor is their acquirement attended with difficulty. Etiquette is not an art requiring the study of a lifetime; on the contrary, its principles are simple, and their practical application involves only ordinary care, tact, and sagacity. We all know a gentleman or lady when we meet one, no matter in what garb, or under what circumstances. We recognize them by a kind of instinct, since it IS not easy to define in what the gentlemanly or ladylike quality con- sists That which will not admit of definition will, however, often yield to analysis, and it is so in this case. To be a gentleman or lady implies the pos- session of certain qualities, and they are always the same qualities. It implies, first, a high degree of self-respect, only equalled by a keen sense of the respect and estimation in which others have a right to be held. It implies, fiirther, a cultivated delicacy of taste and feeling, a just recognition of what is due to superiors and inferiors, and above all a generous and 'hearty ^preciation of the ^ims of the opposite sex. To this may be added a certam amount of educa- non-self-acquired or otherwise— and a perfect familiarity with the customs and of good society. It is this familiarity that enables one to do just the ngm thing at the right moment, and to maintain that perfect ease of manner TOchall admire and few possess. It enables one to avoid that haughty and «wved manner which many ill-bred people affect, mistakenly thinking it a ™K Of high position in life. Haughtiness and reserve, we repeat, are not Characteristic of the gentleman or lady, but of the parvenu. The real gen. tr^lJ*!!^*^, ^^"^ '^"^^ dignity and be genial and sociable; Mto^on article cannot. Etiquette also saves one from indulging in undue TOiUarity, or in excess of courtesy, which are offensive. To be courteous and •«08uig iBidar lE diciinist^^ t 386 TME TOILET. bred person; but to overburden people with attention, to render them uncom- fortable by an excessive proffer of services, to insist upon placing them under obligations which they do not desire to accept, is not only to render one's self disagreeable, but contemptible. It will thus be seen that the LawsofEtiqtiettcare founded on common-sense, and that there is a real necessity that every person should be familiar with them. In the following pages it is our aim to state these laws plainly and comprehen- ■Ivcly. The writer lays down no arbitrary rules of his own ; he gives simply the frinciples and observances that govern good society in all lands, adapting them to the ipeciai needs of all readers. The first care of all persons in society should be for their personal appear- ance. Those who are slovenly or careless in their habits are unfit for refined society, and cannot possibly make a good appearance in it. A well-bred person will always cultivate habits of the most scrupulous neatness. A gentleman or lady is always well dressed. The garment may be plain or coarse, or even worn ** thin and shiny," but it is carefully brushed, neat, and worn with dignity. The proverb which warns us against judging by appearances can never have had much weight in cities or populous communities. There appearance is inev- itably the index of character. First impressions must in nine cases out of tea. be formed from it, and that is a consideration of such importance that no gen- tltman or lady can afford to disregard it. Personal appearance depends greatly on the careiil toilet and scrupulous- attention to dress. The first point which marks the gentleman or lady in appearance is rigid cleanliness. This remark applies to the body and everything which covers it A clean skin — only to be secured by frequent baths — is indispensable. Manf hold that perfect cleanliness is impossible without the aid of the Turkish bath: but though the eflfect of that institution is undoubtedly admirable, there are constitutions with which it does not agree. This cannot be said of ordinary baths, and they should be repeatedly used. And we need not say that the face and hands should be spotless. There is no surer indication of a gentleman or lady than a pure white hand — white in the senie of being clean — ^and pcrfixtly kept' nails. THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. jg^ The hair and teeth should also receive the utmost attention. The skill af the head should be as white as that of the hand, and the hair thoroughly brushed and kept. So, also, with the beard of men. It should be adapted to the style of the face, and carefully attended to, or it will become offensive to its wearer A man may be as cleanly in all respects at the table with a beard as without one, but not without care and attention. This matter of cleanliness extends to all articles of clothing, under-wear as well as outer-wear. Perfect neatness is a mark of true gentility. It is to the toilet that beauty resorts for these purposes. There also the less- fevored find the means of simulating the charms they do not naturally possess- and though the sterner sex are not supposed to "sacrifice to the Graces " a modem Valentine would, without attention to the toilet, soon degenerate Into a veritable Orson. Every lady owes it to herself to be fascinating; every gentleman is bound, for his own sake, to be presentable; but beyond this there is the obligation to society, to one s friends, and to those with whom we may be brought in contact If 1 request a lady to honor me by accompanying me to the opera, and she presents herself with tumbled hair, a questionable face, an iU-chosen dress, badly-fitting gloves, and an atmosphere of cheap and offensive perfumes, she does me a positive wrong; she becomes an infliction which I am not bound to suffer. So, again if I make an appointment with a gentleman to walk in some public place with hmi, and he appears in the condition of a man who has slept m a stable with shaggy hair and beard, creased clothes, soiled linen, and wiSi f 'I V^^^^^r^g him, I have a right to resent it as an affront. lJuty, therefore, has even more to do with attention to the toilet than vanity we owe It to ourselves, and we owe it to others, to turn to the very best account! k^i i^Tf '^""'^^f. ^"^''^ '^^^^'^ ^ ^ West period of our respective lives. In trimting of the lady's toilet, it may be well to endeavor to convey some ^ea of the general arrangements and requirements of a lady's dressing-room, ims room, of course, in many instances, is her bed-room as well; but that will m no way mterfere with the general application of what we have to say The walls should be decorated with a light-colored, lively paper, the window cartains and fumitm* covers being in harmony therewith. A few choice prints or water-color drawings may be hung on the walls, and one or two ornaments may occupy a place on the mantel-pifece ; but it should be borne in mind that tne room u. to be used exclusively for dressing and the toilet, so that anything interfering with these offices in any way should be studiously avoided. tM. V u f """^^ fmnit^ of the room, there should be a dressing- aoie, i.ght and portable, so that it can be placed in different parts of the cham "er to command the best light. On the table, which is geneially adorned with TMS TOILET, * fendfiilly-worked muslin cover descending to the ground, should be placed « oral looking-glass, with lights on each side of it. On this Uble should \m arranged the lady's dressing-case, her jewel box, pinniushion, and such articles as may be needed at the time. The hair pin-cushion shouM form a prominent article. It is made in this way : It may be round or square ; the iMes of wood or caid-boiid. It should be loosely stuffed with ine honc-liair, and covered with plain knitting, forked in single Berlin wool with fne needles. This coiw nibs no impediment to the hair-pins, wMch are much better presened in this nay tliaa by being lei about in an untidy fashion. In addition there should be a tray with iirious kinds of combs, brushes, hair-pins, and bottles nf varioui pefftanes,. and pots .of hair-oi ind bandoline, with boiw of lip-salni and powder-puff. The washitand !*ouM be lumished with a large pitcher and basin, a smaller piteher for fresh water, a tumbler, mug, china tray containing two tooth- Imilitt and nail-brushes (hard and soft), sponge basin holding two sponges (taifc tad small), and tooth-powder box. On the right of the washstand should be the towel-honCf <» wWch should be suspended one fine and two coarse iiiifels, together with two very coarse or Baden towels, as they are called. Beneath the washstand should be placed the foot-bath. On tie wall there should be hooks and pegs at various convenient distances, fiom which may be suspended cachepeignes, dressing-gowns, dresses about to be worn, or any other articles of general or immediate use ; indeed, there cannot be too many of these conveniences in a lady's dressing-room. An easy-chail should be placed in front of the toilet-table just of sufficient height to enable the lady to brush her hair, etc., in front of the looking-glass, sttHng. One or two other chairs may be placed about the room, and a sofii or couch, if space admitt thereof. Between the windows should be placed a charal glass, with branches for can- dks on each side, in order that the lady may be enabled to take a full-length view of heiseU: A wardrobe— the larger' tlic betler-is « indispensable iddi- tion to thit room, and it should, contain, one compaitiiieiit eatendinf height, so tet dicMss may be hung np in it. til «ittliti«i'i imiiaf-tfaii. tlie fentleiiiaii'i dwsing-room Is natmally simpler than that of the lady, ■iltM li6 be a, married man and :iliai» that of his wile. He has in either case iiiaepafate wants, wMch unit be provided for. There should be a good clear ■imir, anal In siae, which can be set on a tabl > or hung against the waU, for shaving. Only the deaieit and best glass should be used for this purpose, as ft dni gia« cansea many a cut of the razor. In addition to the glass the gentle- man needs razors, shaving-brush and soap, raxor strop, and a small tin vessel foi iol water. Brown or turpentine soap should never be used for shaving. It dam- M|i«th«akin. A good articl* of toilet soap or shaving cream shouW be u«d TBM LAWS OF MTIQUETT i^gg Id addition to the shaving materials the gentleman requires a comb, a stiff hair-brush, which should be kept clean, a tooth-brush, and a good dentifrice. Tooth-powder is the best dentifrice. Liquids used for this purpose contain icids which injure the teeth. Cologne water, bay rum, extracts to suit the taste, a iesh-bnish, a good clothes-brush, blacking-brush and materials, with a box or stand to rest the foot on while blacking the boots or shoes, complete the gentleman'ft 'Outfit. Sbi i»tiiL The Bath is a necessity not only to cleanliness, but to good health. In nearly all town houses, and in many country houses, there is a separate bath-room with hot and cold water, and every convenience for the bather. Where this is not the case it is well to have the bath-tub placed in the centre of the dressing-room or chamber, on a piece of oil-cloth or India matting to prevent the carpet from being splashed. For ladies, the b«ist form of bath is the ordinary hip-bath ; for gentlemen, the circular sponge-bath. Where these cannot be procured, an old-fashioned washtub will answer every purpose. The water should always be fresh. Its temperature should be regulated by the constitution of the bather. Some persons can bathe once a day, others less frequently ; but no one should be content with less than two baths a week. This is the minimum number for cleanliness. Cold baths are invigorating to most healthy persons, but they do not cleanse the pores of the skin. A cold bath, firom 60" to 70°, is aCbout the most health- giving and invigorating process one can undergo ; but beyond invigoration it is of no great service. No one can preserve a purely clean skin by the use of coM baths only, though the purifying effect is increased by the use of lopgh towels, which help to remove impurities firom the surface of the skin. Sea-water baths are still less useful in the way of cleansing; indeed, a warm bath is oflen found necessary after a short course of them. The same remark applies to the sea-salt baths now so much in vogue. Apart from the invigorating effect of the cold water in the daily bath, the friction occasioned by the rub of the towel ia very beneficial ; rough towels should therefore be used in moderation. Shower baths cannot be recommended for use indiscriminately, as the shock caused by the sudden fall of water operates most injuriously on some constitutions. Milk baths, and baths impregnated \vith perfumes, need not be mentioned, except as absurdities in which silly women have believed and indulged, but never with any beneficial effect. Nothing equals plenty of pure soft water. The best time for bathing is upon rising in the morning. A good exercise •ith the dumb-bells directly after the bath contributes much to the improve- mint of health and development of muscle. Bathing at night, especially in warm water, is apt to throw one into a sweat after retiring. TMM TOIUST, The daily bath is now the rale rather than the exception, and its etect ii adminble. When we kno# that the skin is constantly throwing off ine dtat* Kke scales, and that these, blending with other foreign matter, stop up the pores, and so prevent the skin from performing its natural functions, it is ^te cleat that constant bathing is necessary to preserve the health of the body. Nor is a mere plunge into water, either hot or cold, sufficient. Soap should be used, because the alkali in it assimilates with the oily exudations of the skin, and thus a good medium for removing impurities is obtained. It has been said that soap is calculated to irritate the skin and injure the com- plexion. It does nothing of the kind. Some of the finest complexions we have known have been regularly washed with soap every day. Care, however, should be taken that the soap is of a good quality. If any unpleasant sentatltms are experienced after its nse, they may be imme- diately removed by rinsing the surface with water slightly acidulated with .lemon juice. Of lait jcais tie practice of taking Turkish baths has been introduced, and ii leiy nicli in vogue. These baths are the best thorough cleansers of the pores of Clw skin in existence. But no one should venture on them except after having fist hai medical .advice' on the subject, as there are many constitutions^ and states of health to which they would be injurious in the highest degree. In all our directions with regard to the bath, it must be borne in mind that we only refer to those wlio are in a moderately sound state of health ; otherwise they should consult tiieir .medical attendant before entering on a course of bathing. And this is of the most importance where sea-bathing is concerned. Beisons in delicate health, or with certain constitutions, may suffer the most serious conseciuences firom even a single lounge into the sea. m t^ggf lb §um. Care should be taken to remedy an offensive breath without delay. Nothing renders one so unpleasant to one's acquaintance, or is such a source of misery to one's self. The evil may proceed from some derangement of the stomach, some defective condition of the teeth, or catarrhal affection of the throat and nose. The most sensible plan is to seek medical advice at once, as a removal of the cause of the trouble is the only way of effecting a permanent cure. If the teeth are at fault, the dentist can remedy the trouble. Careful and regular broshing of the teeth will go far to prevent a bad breath. The constant use of alcoholic stimulants will, in time, cause the breath to become offensive. The remedy is abstinence from the use of liquors. Many lemedia are suggested for this trouble, but it is best not to attempf to doclor ourselves. Let a competent medical man ascertain the cause, and mmi' Msi, One may with safety use the following, however : 1, TffS LAWS OF ETIQUETTE, 391 Take of the concentrated solution of chloride of soda, from itilo ten dnifs in a wineglassM of pure water. Take immediately after diesiing in the mora- ii^. If the trouble arises from a disordered stomach, this wiE prove efficacious. If the trouble arises from carious teeth, rinse out the mouth with a teaspoon- »hl of the solution dissolved in a tumblerful of water. This will remove the bad odor of the teeth. With regard to the preservation of the complexion, the following rules should be observed: Rise early and go to bed early. Take plenty of exercise. Use good soap •nd fresh water liberally. Be moderate in eating and drinking. Avoid as much as possible the vitiated atmosphere of crowded assemblies, and shun cos- metics and washes for the skin. Some of these are harmless, and for two of Ihem we give receipts elsewhere; but there are others in which there are mineral substances which are most injurious. They dry up the skin, and only defeat the end they are supposed to have in view. Violet-powder, which is so much in use, should be avoided as much as poa- lible, as it tends to make the skin rough, and enlarge the pores. Moles are frequently a great disfigurement to the face, but they should not be tampered with in any way. The only mode of getting rid of moles is be a surgical operation, and this is always attended with danger. Freckles are of two kinds. Those occasioned by exposure to the sunshine, and consequently evanescent, are denominated "summer freckles;" those which are constitutional and permanent are called "cold freckles." The latter result from causes which cannot be reached by any external ^pli- cation. Summer freckles are not so difficult to deal with, and with a little care the skm may be kept free from this cause of disfigurement. Some skins are so delicate that they become freckled on the slightest exposure 10 the open air of summer. The cause assigned for this is, that the iron in the Wood, forming a junction with the oxygen, leaves a rusty mark where the junoi tJon takes place. ^ If ^ is so, the obvious cure is to dissolve the comOination, for which pur- pose this course has been recommended : P^^PMe the skin, by spreading over it at night a paste composed of one «oa» of bitter almonds, one ounce of bariey flour, and a sufficient quantity ol wcy to five tlie paste consistency. Wash off in the morning, and during 193 TMB COMFLSXION. flie day apply, with a camel-hair brush, a lotion compounded thus : one drachm ©f muriatic acid, half pint of rain water, and a teaspoonful of lavender water. The following remedies have also been recommended : 1. At night wash the skin with elder-flower water, and apply an ointment^ made by simmering gently — one ounce of Venice soap, a quarter ounce of dciquated oil of tartar, and a or jarter ounce of oil of bitter almonds. Vfh&p, it acquires consistency, three drops of oil of rhodium may be added. Wash the omtment off in the morning with rose water. a. One ounce of alum, mm moot of leraon juice, in a pint of rase water. J. Scrape horseradish into a cop of cold sow milk, let it stand twdlPe hoiun» itnin, and apply two or tliiee times a day. 4. Mix lemon juice, one ounce, powdered bonut, a quarter drachm, aagary Iwlf a dnchm I keep for a few days in a glass bottle ; apply oocasiooally. 5. Another remedy i% muriate of ammonia, half a drachm, lavender water, two drachmi, distilled water, half a pint ; apply two or three times a day. 6. Into half a pint of milk squeeze the juice of a lemon, with a 90011I11I of Iwandy, and boil, skimming well ; add a drachm of ml alum. There are various other discolorations of the skin, proceeding frequently from derangement of the system; the cause should always be discovered before attempting a remedy, otherwise you may increase instead of curing it. Beautiful eyes are the gift of nature ; but even those of the greatest beauty may owe something to the toilet, while those of an indifferent kind are often Bissceptible of improvement. Any tampering with the eye itself with a view to giving it additional lustre should be severely condemned. It can only result in harm. The sight hai oHen been permanently injured by the use of belladonna, preparations of the Calabar bean, and other mbstances having a strong effect on the eyes. But without touching the eye itself, it is possible to give the effect of bright* nets, lofltneas, etc., by means of the eyelids and eyelashes. Made-up eyes aie by no means desirable, and to many are singularly displeasing; the same may be said of " made-up " lacei generally. Some ladies are, however, persuaded that it adds to their charms to give the eyes a long almond shape, aier the %yptian type, while very many are persuaded that the eye is not seen to ad- vantage unless its apparent size is increased by the darkening of the lids. Both these effects are produced by means of what is termed kohl, a black powder, which may be procured at the druggist's, and is mixed with rose water, and applied with a camel-hair brush. Many ladies with light or red hair have adopted the singular idea of dark- ening the eyebrows and eyelids, under the impression that it gives piquancy to the face. But though a blue eye peeping through a dark eyelash is often charm* ing enough in nature, the effect is seldom good when artiiicially produced. THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. «o» The effect of the eyes is greatly aided by beautiful eyelashes. These may be secured to a certain extent by a little care, especially if it is taken early in life. The extreme ends should be cut with a pair of small sharp scissors, care being taken to preserve the natural outline, not to leave jagged edges. Attentiw ii this matter usually results in the lengthening of the lashes. Dyeing them is another expedient for increasing their effect often resorted to. A good permanent black is all that is needed, and Indian ink serves the purpose as weU as anything. ^ ^ As an impromptu expedient to serve for one night, a hair pin held for a fe^ seconds in the flame of a candle, and drawn through the lashes, will serve to color them well, and with sufficient durability. We need scarcely add that the hair pin must be suffered to grow cold before it is used, or the consequences may be that no eyelash will be left to color. Good eyebrows are not to be produced artificiaUy. It is possible, however, to prevent those which are really good from degenerating through neglect. When wiping the fece dry after washing, pass a comer of the towel over the forefinger, and set the eyebrows in the form you wish them to assume. Many persons oil the eyebrows as well as the hair* Many persons are troubled with their eyebrows meeting over their nose, or at least growing closer together than is consistent with beauty. In this case they often pluck out the hairs, but it does not get rid of them. That is only to be done by the use of a depilatory, such as the following: Pluck out the hairs with tweezers as fast as they grow, wash with warm water, and then apply milk of roses. All depilatories are objectionable, and the consequence of using them is that a mark, like a scar left from a burn, remains, and is more disfiguring than the hair it has eradicated. Still, if persons will use them, the above is the most harmless. It is well to have on the toilet-table a remedy for inflamed eyes. Spermaceti omtment is simple and well adapted to this purpose. Apply at night, and wash off with rose water in the morning. Golden ointment will serve the like pur- pose. Or there is a simple lotion made by dissolving a very small piece of alum and a piece of lump sugar of the same size in a quart of water; put the ingredients into the water cold, and let them simmer. Bathe the eyes fre- quently with it. ^ ^ Styes in the eye are irritating and disfiguring. Foment with warm water; at night apply a bread and milk poultice. When a white head forms, prick it with a fine needle. Should the inflammation be obstinate, a little citrine ointment »ay be applied, caie being taken that it does not get into the eye. and an aperient should be tried. lite »nd i&m. The crevices of the ears should be carefully cleansed every day. When the wax from the ear accumulates in the opening, it should be iemov«:. Caslioii THE COMPLEXION. .should be used in this matter. Thratisng pins or ''ear-cleaners" into the cat ;to remove the wax is apt to braise the organs and produce deafness. He passages of the nose should be kept clear. No one should be without a handkerchief. Picking the nose is a disgusting habit, and may be easily avoided. Beme of preparations for increasing the growth of the hair. Tliey generally firodiiGe bildiiesi. A %Bm simple precautions will keep bolk the. scalp and hair in good, condition. The skin of the head is particularly delicate, therefore especial care should be taken in brushing the hair and in keeping the scalp as clean as possible. The hair should be brushed carefully. The brush should be of moderate iiaidness; not too hard. The hair should be separated in order that the head itself may be well brushed, as by so doing the scurf is removed, and that is ■most eiscntial, as not only is it unpleasant and unsightly, but, if suffered to remain, it becomes saturated with perspiration, and tends to weaken the roots of the hair, causing it in time to fall off. A lady's hair should be brushed for at least ten minutes in the morning, for ten minutes when it is dressed at noon, and for a like period at night. In brushing or combing it, begin at the extreme points, and in combing, hold the portion of hair just above that through which the comb is passing firmly between the first and second fingers, so that, if it is entangled, it may drag from that point, and not from tlie roots. The finest head of hair may be spoiled by the practice of plunging the comb into it high up, and dragging it in a reckless manner. Short, loose, broken hairs are thus cr© 11 i J A FASHIONABLB CmOQtlET PART?. THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. In this country many persons consider evening dress an afiectation except'^ pecai occasions. It is well, therefore, to regard this prejudice, and a^Ml dress where It is not generally adopted. It is always desimble to have a d««i coat at hand, as it may be needed at any time. With both morning ar.d evening dress jew'elry nuy be worn, and the choice of It .s a matter of some moment. There appears to be no limit to the value T' '-"T'"^ " ostenutiously conspicuoa. in the thmg tself. As simplicity .s the great point to be aimed at in dress, it bt Ind taste for a man to wear the Koh-i-noor as a breast-pin, even if he pos- •sessed that treasure because it would be too " loud ; " but were it possible fa^ For momiijgs. gentlemen wear a scarf pin, or ring clasping the scarf, of a watch chain The watch chain may in the evening be a little more elaborate- »d .f you have a reaUy fine diamond ring the« is no objection to "ou rwtrl^' .t : but only wear one ring at a time. Gold sleeve buttons are in good ^? T^z^t-^:^:-^-'-^^ Genui^"raV.rn ivninlr'"!"""" e^""^ to P«fi»»« to a noticeable extent Avoid affecting singularity in dress. Expensive dressing is no sign of a gen- doTbut [f " "^'^ '° '''^ expensively, it is very wdTfor hiT^ ^ ^i.^ ,h. fl Z •«»«k«oth. he may comfon him- •elf w„h the reflection that cloth which costs but five dollais a yarf wiU I«A de^Ai^rwlT;' ' pocket-handkerchief, and an easy and gmceim SiT^ ^ ' ^ ^ gentleman. Manneo do «rite «. n^T' f " '° offagiaceful person ^ ndiculous; as although the former may wear a remarkable waistcoat I in d^ jTm f V °^ An unassuming simplicity ^ should always be preferred, as it prepossesses every one in Ivor 'hat sort o?^H ■ ^f^'^^f""^ ""^ suspenderless pantaloons. "aC: WpS^ITd^fdr ' ™" '"^""^ ^"^^ in "^"'P^y' »tri»e to ^Vear as easy and natnial as if you were «>«». N«huw » more dirtresdflg to a sensitive peison. or more ridicB ^ff9. MOW TO JDMMSS WMI»I»* tons to one gifted with an tmfitmr, thim to sec a lady laboring midet the conacionsocss of a ine gown; or a gpntkman who is stiff, awkward^ and ^jngainly in a bran-new coat. In this country the roles of etiquette wy as regards eirening dress for gentte- •nen. It is always conect, and is insisted upon in the society of large cities, in oiher iwrts of the country a frock-coat is regankd as a mitahle evening coat. fill §tm. t/k the dress of ladies, great latitude is allowed; bat the aim of the gentle ex shonld also be simplicity and taste. A lady must always consider what colors will suit her complexion. If she be dark* bine will not look well upon her ; or if she be fair, pink will not become her. Tie most trying color is yellow. Only very pronounced branettes can wear It. A lady must also take her size into consideration in selecting her dress. Stripes running the length of the dress h^.ve the effect of making a short person took taller, and should not be worn by a tall person. On the other hand, flounces may be worn by tall persons only^ as they cause them to look shorter. Diesses should always be suited to the occasion upon which they are to be used. In the morning, at home, a lady may wear a loose, flowing dresSf made high in the neck, with a belt at the waist, and with loose sleeves fastened a* the wrist. On the street a walking-costume should be worn, and the dress shonU dear the gromid. Fashion may sometimes demand a trailing dress for the street, but no hdy should submit to such a demand. There is nothing moie disgusting than to see a rich dress sweeping up the dirt and filth of the street. The shoes for the street should be high, warm and easy to the feet, with a low, broad hcd, and should be always neatly blackened. For ordi- nary itieet wear a lady may use either a hat or a bonnet. This is a matter •f " taiie. The evening dress of ladies is governed by the fashion of the time. It always means full dress, but it is impossible to give any fixed rule regarding it. A competent dressmaker, or the fashion publications of the time, will give the necessary information. In Europe, the evening dress requires the exposure of the arms and neck ; but in this country the more sensible plan of covering these parts of the body is fairly the fashion. The street dress of a lady should be simple and without display. To dress conspicuously or in brilliant colors for the street is a sign of bad breeding. In bad weather, a light India-rubber waterproof with a hood is more convenient and a ber er protection than an umbrella. To wear much Jewelry on the street is vulgar. In large cities it subjects a lady to the danger of robbery. A lady should always dress neatly at home. She is then ready to lecdv* a r jimlng caller without having to change her dros. A ladf dionid change her dmi far the evening. Soint ncit and «nty / TI/E LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. j^, costume should be worn, according to her taste, for it is in the evening that she IS thrown most with the male members of her family, and is most likely to nave visitors. In making evening calls upon her friends, a lady should wear a hood, or some light head-wrap easily laid aside. A bonnet should always be removed at the commencement of such a visit. For balls, or soirees, the dress should be of the richest and most elabomtc description with elegant jewelry. This is a matter of taste with the lady, who should avoid being over dressed. White kid gloves and white satin or kid boots are most suitable to a ball dress. If the overdress is of black lace, black satin shoes are worn. For church the dress is simple and plain. Very little jewelry should be worn, and the costume should be of quiet colors. It is a mark of bad taste for ladies to attend church elaborately or conspicuously dressed. It shows a dis- regard for the solemnity of the sanctuary, and is calculated to draw off the attention of others from the duties of the place. In receiving the Holy Com- munion, the hands should be ungloved. For the theatre and other places of amusement, the ordinary walking-dress is suitable. A rich and elegant shawl may be worn, as it can be thrown off when uncomfortable. For the opera the richest full dress should be worn. This must be governed by the prevai mg fashion. The head should be bare, and dressed in the most becoming style. Jewelry may be worn, according to taste, as there is no place wnere It shows to better advantage. A light or brilliant colored opera cloak ^1 add greatly to the lady's appearance and comfort. Gloves of white, or delicately tinted kid only are to be worn. Fbr the country or sea-side, simple and inexpensive dresses should be pro- lix Z T""^ g'^^ ^ ^ ^ a brim sufficiently wide to shield the face and neck from the sun Bathing dresses should be made of blue or gray flannel. The skirt should come down to the ankles, and the sleeves should be long. An oil silk or India- ^i^: '^^^'^^ ""'"'""'^ ^""^^ ^'^^ ^ ^^"^ ^ The costume for travelling should be simple and of quiet colors, such as will not show dirt. A very slight display of jewelry should be made, especially if the lady is travelling alone. A waterproof cloak should be carried along, a, Z^^r Ti!, ! ""^^ ^ ^"^^^^'^ ^ long Ln auster should be worn over the dress. It should be belted at the waist. cannof y ^I'^r"'^^^^^^ ""^^ "^^^^"^ her costume. An old woman annot afford to dress like a young giri. No one should dress in the "height ot the fashion. Moderation is a sure mark of good breeding, will ' V"'^*''''^!f '° P^"*« ^ ^ style or mode of dress for ladies. Fashion chBn^e^l^^' K 'I ""T ^ ^ ^ "latter of female costume, its ^iwnges have been for the better. Nothing is of gretter importance to a lady than the selection and arrange- tneiit of the colon^ of her dieis. The eiect of the most elaborate and costly 'Gostitine' may be' mined by an error in this respect. The color of the dreis should be in keeping with the lady's appearance and age. Bright, gay colors mil the young ; quiet and subdued shades those of middle life or the aged. Colors that are becoming to a blonde cause the brunette to appear at a dis- advantage. Again, there are shades that look well by the light of the sun, but are greatly changed by gas or other artiicial light. Perfect blondes or brunettes may wear hues which are not suited to those of less pronomiced compleidons. The colors of the head-dress and the lower drapery should always harmoniie, and all should blend with the appearance of the wearer.' Blondes may wear dark violet shades, with lilac and blue; green, with darker or lighter tints. If the blonde is very rosy, the lighter shades will be more becoming. White blends well with these colors, and will add to the charm of the fair wearer. Neutral tints, such as slate, russet, maroon, and the various shades of brown, are becoming to blondes. Gray, drab, fawn, and stone colors may be worn by them to advantage. Brunettes look well in glossy black. Green is also becoming, and bright, strong colors suit them best. White is also becoming. Yellow, trimmed with black, is a striking costume for a brilliant brunette. In cold weather dark or quiet colors are best ; in warm weather the lighter hnev should be worn. There is nothing so charming in the summer as white. Bkck is always neat and in good taste. Having chosen the colors^ to be worn, it is important to know how they ihiotild be arranged. One color should predominate, or give tone to thc' dress; 'the 'Otlien should set. it off either by €ontra.st or by harmony. A few hints upon this subject may be useful. f ilifif tilt iiii It is the common custom among a certain class of persons in this country lo introduce friends or acquaintances to everybody they may meet, whether at home or abroad, or even while walking or riding out. This is wrong. Great care and discrimination should be exercised in making introductions of gentle- men to each other, and still greater care in the introduction of gentlemen to ladies. In introducing one person to another you assume asort of social responsibilitj for the person you introduce, and you should be carefid as to whom you give this indorsement. By introducing a man of bad character to a lady, you do lier a positive wrong. She cannot shake him off as easily as a man can, and lis association with her is an injury to her reputation. You should be especially careful in introducing strangers into your fiunily. Be very sure whom you bring- into your domestic circle, for gicat tfouble may arise 'from, bringing in bad oi wortiuess persons* No gentleman should be presented to a lady without her permission being previoosly asked. Ladies should grant this permission with caution, and only #li«re' the peiion making the request ii one' in '1^^ A TffE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. ^ gentleman should never introduce an acquaintance into the house of a friend without first asking and receiving permission to do so. As a rule, gentlemen should not be introduced to each other until their wisim on the subject are ascertained by the person making the presentation. The reasons for this are obvious. A man may be very agreeable to you, and yet not so to your friend. A stupid person may find a man of learning and taste a delightful acquaintance, and yet be positively unbearable to that man. In visiting the house of a friend, should you find there a person who seems desirous of making your acquaintance, you may meet his advances half way without impropriety. His presence in your friend's house is a guarantee to you that he is a proper person for you to know. In making introductions you introduce a gentleman to a lady, an inferior to a superior, an ordinary person to a distinguished one, and a young man to an old one. You should be very careful to speak the names distinctly. If either person fails to understand the name of the other, he may ask it. When intro- ducing a gentleman to a lady, the party making the presentation will say, bow- ing to each as the name is spoken, "Miss Dupont, allow me to introduce (or present) to you my friend, Mr. White: Mr. White, Miss Dupont." A young lady may be introduced to a very old gentleman; beauty thus paying a tribute to age. In introducing members of your family, you should always mention the name. Say, - My father, Mr. White," **My daughter. Miss White," or "Miss EUen White. ' ' Your wife should be introduced simply as " Mrs. White." In introducing persons with titles, the title should always be distinctly men- tioned. Thus, you should say, in presenting a clergyman to a Senator of the United States, "Senator Hill, allow me to introduce to you my friend, the Reverend Doctor (if he is a Doctor of Divinity) Lee. Dr. Lee is the rector Of St. David's Church, New York." Then turning to Dr. Lee, you should aiy, "Senator Hill represents the State of Georgia in the Senate of the United States." Upon introducing strangers, it is well to add some pleasant remarks, which will serve to put them at their ease and start the conversation between them. It is proper upon being introduced to a person, to say, "I am happy to meet you, Mr. ;" or "lam glad to make your acquaintance." H more than one person is to be presented to one, you should mention the name of the single person only once, but call the name of each of the othere distmctly, bowing to each as his or her name is mentioned. Thus, "Mr. Hayw, allow me to introduce Mr. Logan, Mr. Davis, Mr. Green, Mr. Brown! Mr. Gray." ' If a lady, or a person in a superior position, wishes to know a gentleman or anmfenor, you have a right to infer that the latter will not decline the honor. The custom of shaking hands upon being introduced is the rule in this ^ntry. It is a matter of taste among gentlemen. If a hand is offered, it is «Me to reject it. It should be accepted cordiaUy. As a general thing, how- 401 TME MTiqmTTM IMmOMmTiOMS. twr, iniroductioM slianld be acknowledged by a bow. A fentkiuan should alwajB HH Us bat in acfcnowledgiiieiil of an introduction to another gentleman, or to a lady on the street. A single lady should never give her hand to a gen- tleman, in such a casej a married lady may do so without impropriety. Betaons meeting at the houses of firiends when making 'morning calk need not be introduced, to each other, and certainly should not be, uiiiest it is known that such introductions will be mutually agreeable. Nor should peisons who have accidentally met in this manner, without being introduced, bow or in anyway express recognition should they aHerwaids meet. If, when walking in the street with a friend, you meet another, it is not neces- sary, in fact, it is improper, to introduce them. If, however, you meet a lady who evinces a desire to stop and speak, your friend should stop with you, and may be introduced in a formal manner j but such intrcMloction does not warrant him in considering himself the lady's acquaintance. It is the same with an introduction at a ball, or a dancing party. Relations, such as a sister, a son, or a brother, may be introduced to friends casually met, without ceremony or hesitation. At an evening party it is the host's or hostess's duty to make their guests aopainted with each other. In England, this is dispensed with. Your name is announced as you enter the room. You bow to your hostess and the com- pany, and may then address any one in the conpmy. In this country guests may properly introduce each other. In making introductions, act in a gracelnl and easy manner. It will serve to set your friends at ease. Benons hostile to each other, 'tneeting at the home of a friend, must tnat each other with perfect courtesy, and give no sign of thdr quand. A person making a visit to your houae ihouM be introduced to every caller. Letters of introduction are ofren of great value ; but yon ihoaM eieicise .,fieat caution in giving them. Mever ^dO' so^ unless^ both the^ penoii to whom they are addressed and the person in whom lavor they aie written are your 'friends, and not mere acquaintances. Even then you ought to cmnidar whether the introduction is likely to be agreeable to both. Word the letter in a brief but careful form. Unless there are special circum* stances in the case, merely state that the person introduced is a friend of yours, visiting town or the country, as the case may be, and that you trust your friend will show him any attention in his i)ower, and so forth. All such letters should be left open ; this implies that the gentleman present- ing one may read it, if he pleases to do so. It is, perhaps, best that he should dose the enveIo[)e l)efore leaving or sending it. If the letter of introduction is of a business nature, the person named in it may take it himself to the individual to whom it is addressed. Ordinary letters of introduction should either be left at a house or sent by post ; in either case they should be accomp»anied by the card of the person- 'I ill' I! O p. Z«ff Z.*»^ £7/" ETIQUETTM, j|||pC!Jcji('' named in them. No one should present his o^-n letter of introduction, as It places him in a very undignified position to wait while liis merits are 'being fehearsed in the family circle or by his friend's friend; while the latter is placed in the embarrassing position of being obliged to receive the stranger courteously, irbether it is agreeable to do so cr otherwise. Having received a letter of introduction, give it immediate attention, ether write to the person introduced, or call on him, or leave a card, the nexf lay; and he, on his part, should Return your attentions within a week. • The correct thing is to invite the stranger to dinner, and in that case it is well to ask some of your friends to meet him, as this is giving him a further introduc tMm to society. Where this is impracticable, it may still be possible to show him some courtesy, such as inviting him to accompany you to the opera, or to a gallery, or a concert— anything choice or interesting; in which case you will of course secure tickets beforehand for his acceptance. Should a person request you to give him a letter of introduction; and you do not feel that you would be justified in giving it, by all means refuse it. You. can do so with kindness and firmness. Nothing should change your decision As a rule a gentleman should not give another gentleman a letter of introduc- tion to a lady. There may be circumstances in which a departure from this rule is necessary. A gentleman should always promptly offer his services to a lady in need of them, whether he knows her or not. He should approach her, raise his hat, bow, and ask permission to assist her. A true lady will always accept such a proffer with frank courtesy. Her acceptance does not give the gentleman any claim to her acquaintance, nor oblige her to recognize him afterwards without a tormal mtroduction.^ To ignore a person to whom you have been properly introduced is the height ©f lU-breeding. He may not be pleasant to you, but he has a claim upon your courtesy ; and it is due to your own dignity that you should recognize it, and ■et towards him accordingly. A well-bred person is at once known by his or her form of salutation. Id or in company, you should make your saluta- fton quietly, but cordially and with dignity, always paying the highest respect »> the person saluted. Always salute a lady by raising the hat and making a formal bow. In company, the head being uncovered, the bow alone is neces- sary; but it should, in either case, be a decided incUnation of the head and "Ody, not a mere nod. In this country, among ladies, kissing is a common mode of salutation, eten on the street. Gentlemen generally shake hands, or in passing each other oow, or make a courteous motion of the hand. Even where you are not on good terras with a person, it 19 ccNirteous to bow to him. ShouM ha / I TME ETIQUETTE OF INTMOMiXTIOHS. m to return the bow the ofience is his, and yoo baw toit notMiig liy "^^K^ii^rtim in meeting a lady acquaintance should lemofC to dgiir his mouth and hold it down by his side before raising his hat to her. Abovt . never smoke while walking or riding with a lady. She may not obfect t« it, but that does not pardon your rudeness. A young lady should treat an elderly v^mm, either mm or woniaii, with tht pme deference she expects at the hands of a gentlenmn. The lady should bow fast In meeting a gentleman on the street. It ii her privilege to do so. as she thus shows whether she desires to continue his acii«int«ice or not, A failure on her part to bow first excuses the gentle- wL Ifom saluting her. Among irery intimate friends either party may salute fa riding, . gfmttoaa laise. hi. to with the right hand^ nied with the reins. , , , . When two or more gentlemen, walking on the street, "-^^ f J^^^;^^^^^^^ known to one only, all should raise their hats and bow. Those unacquainted with the lady thus show their respect for their friend's friend. In shaking hands do not give your hand coldly or listlessly. Shake ^ ^th a warm, cordial grasp. A failure to do so is bad ^ ^ gart the other person. Never give a single finger, or two fingeis. Gvm tHe vhole hand, whenever you offer it. The right hand should always be offered miless disabled. Where both parti« wear gloves, it is not necessary to remove them. Where one only is gloned. the removal would cause an awkward pause, offer the hand promptly, mtii the remark, " Excuse my glove." Kid gloves aie not expected to be temiifed, as the operation requires too much time. . , . ^ . * A gentleman should not bow from a window to a lady in the street A lady may do so to a gentleman. In which case he must return her bow Avoid nicknames in salutations. Address a peiwn either by his tilk, orby his or her Christian name. „ Do not add«.aboy or girl as "Bub," or "Sis," or ' Sonny. Use their Christian n«ne. when known to you. Children's pnde is ^^^y -^l^^^^^ •Klmoiinds are painM to them. If the name is unknown o you, address Z.r^My boyr " My lad." " Mygirl," or » My little 1^^^^^ iag a half.grown boy or girl who is a stranger to you, say. Mister, of m qoking to your wife in company or in public, address her ^"J^^r~\ The wife shooM likewise address her husband as Mr.—-. . oAer " My dear," " My darling." " My beloved." or " My '^V^ ■ i.^y tob«»»e ^^^^^^^^^^^^^ :t.tr"^^ flame in such cases ; nor by the initial leuer, * •$ the fiiU name with the prefix " Mr.," Mrs." 7W£ LAWS OF ETIQUETTE, 4lt Your conduct on the street should always be modest and dignified. Loud •nd boisterous conversation or laughter and all undue liveliness are impropcf in public, especially in a lady. When walking on the street do not permit yourself to be so absent-minded as to fail to recognise your friends. Walk eicct and with dignity, and do not go along reading a book or a newspaper. Should you stop to speak to a friend, withdraw to the side of the walk with Mm, that you may not interrupt the passmg of others. Should your friend have a stranger with him, apologize to the stranger for the interruption. You must never leave your friend with whom you are walking to speak to another without first asking him to excuse you. In walking with a lady on the street, give her the inner side of the walk, unless the outside is the safer part ; in which case she is entitled to it. Your arm should not be given to any lady except your wife or a near relative, or a very old lady, during the day, unless her comfort or safety require it. At night the arm should always be offered ; also in ascending the steps of a public build- mg. A gentleman should accommodate his walk to that of a lady, or an elderly or delicate person. ' When a lady with whom a gentleman is walking wishes to enter a store, he should open the door, permit her to pass in first, if practicable, follow her, and dose the door. He should always ring door bells, or rap at a door for her. A gentleman should never pass in front of a lady, unless absolutely necessary, •nd should then apologize for so doing. Should a lady ask information of a gentleman on the street, be must raise his hat, bow, and give the desired information. If unable to do so, he must bow and courteously express his regrets. In crossing the street a lady should giacefully raise her at«ss a little above ier ankle with one hand. To raise the dress with both hands hs vulgar, except m places where the mud is very deep. A gentleman meeting a hidy acquaintance on the street ^lodSd not presomt to join her in her walk without first asking her permission. B uuy not bt ^eeable to her, or convenient that her most intunate friend should jom her. bhe has the right, after granting such permission, to excuse heisdf and km gentleman whenever she may see it; and a gentleman wil never lAr ^,2 ETIQUETTE OP THE STREET. cffence at the exercise of such a right. If it is inconvenient for a lady to accept the gentleman's company, she should frankly say so, mentioning some reason, and excusing herself with friendly courtesy. Gentlemen give place to ladies» and to gentlemen accompanying ladies, in crossing the street. If you have an3'thing to say to a lady whom you may happen to meet in the street, however intimate you may be, do not stop her, but turn round and walk in company ; you can take leave at the end of the street. When you are passing in the street, and see coming toward you a person of four acquaintance, whether a lady or an elderly person, you should offer then the wall, that is to say, the side next the nooses. If a carriage lhaiM happen to itop in such a manner as to leave only a narrow passage between it and 'thft- houses, beware of elbowing and rudely crowding the passengers, with a view to get by more eipeditiously. Wait your turn, and if any of the persons before Mtationcd come up^ ;yfm' should edge up to the waU, in oider' to give then the place. They also, as they pass, should bow politely to you. Wheii two .gentlemen accom'pany a lady in a walk, she should place hencM bctiraen tbctey and not unduly fator either. A gentleman meeting a lady friend accompanied, by wother gentleman, should not join her mksi' .satisfied that his presence is agreeable to both parties. A lady should not venture out upon the street alone after dark. By so doing llie compromises her dignity, and exposes herself to indignity at the hands of the tougher class. When a lady passes the evening with a friend, she should make arrangements beforehand for some one to come for her at a stated hour. If this cannot be done, or if the escort fails to come, she should courteously ask the host to permit a servant to accompany her home. A married lady may, if circumstances render it necessary, return home alone. An unmarried lady- should never do so. Should your host offer to accompany you himself, decline his offer, politely stating that you do not wish to give him so much trouble ; but should he insist upon it, accept his escort. In the case of a married lady, the husband should always come for her. He is an ill-bred fellow who refuses to render his wife such attention. A lady, upon arriving at her home, should always dismiss her escort with thanks. A gentleman should not enter the house, although invited by the lady to do so, unless for some especial reason. Never offer to shake hands with a lady in the street if you have on dark glove«r m yon may soil her white ones. If, when on your way to liilil an engagement, a friend stops you in lit street, you may, without committing any breach of etiquette, tell him of yoa •lipoiaiment, and release yourself from a long talk ; but do so in m courteous nusiier, expressing regret for the necessity. A lady does not form acquaintances upon the street, or seek to attract the •ttentioii of the other sex, or of persons of her own sex. Her conduct i* i l w yt' modest, and iMMiiiiiii* Neither does a lady daoumd. services m THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 413 ilavora from gentlemen. She accepts them graciously, always pypwM^sing her thanks. A gentleman will not stand on the street corners, or in hotel doorways 01 club windows, and ^ impertinently at ladies as they pass by. This is thi. exclusive business of loafers, upon which well-bred men will not trespass. Do not shout to your acquaintances from the opposite side of the street. Bow, or wave your hand, or make any courteous motion j but do it quietly .and with dignity. If you wish to speak to them, cross the street, signalling to them your desire. A lady walking with two gentlemen should not take an arm of each ; neither :should a gentleman walk with a lady on each arm, unless at night, in coming from a place of amusement or passing through a crowd. In walking with a lady who has your anp, should you have to cross the street, do not disengage your arm and go around upon the outside unless the lady*! •comfort renders it necessary. In walking with a lady, where it is necessary for yon to proceed singly, always fo before her. -o/f / 4ef^hrr!r ^^.TT -^^^^X^^^ Remember that your ^eit when n the saddle is called the «r«r-side, and your right the .#-side, and t^s^lf'"" "rrW'^ ^"^^^ ^^'^^ P"^ ^-r^eft foot in ^ ^ ^ ^ spring, throw Tl ^ T ^ M^emher, also, that the rule of th. TOM, both m ndmg and dnving, is, that you keep to the rigAf, wever app^ m public on horseback unless you have mastered the inel^ciet i hool V *PP?^*^ i« saddle, which you shoula do at t riding. Tendl* ^ exhibition of himself, and brings ridicule on convj-ed S7h: olf rh;m^ " * ^ ^ ** Keep up your head and your heart. Your hands and your heels keep down. Press your knees dose to your hone's site And your elbows dose to your own." This may be called the whole art of riding, in one lesson. ndmg with ladies, recollect that it is your duty to me them in their siddte THE MJBM JMD TMM 3MIVM. iiefoie ym mount. And the assistance tliey leqiiic mwt not be lewieted lif a croom ; you must assist them yourself. " The lady will place herself on the near side of the hone, her skirt gathered up in her left hand, her right on the pommel, keeping her lace toward the hone*s head. You stand at its shoulder, feeing her, and stooping, hold your Ikind so that she may ptoce her left foot in it j then lift it m she springs, so as to aid her, but not to give such an impetus that, like " vaulting ambition," she loses her balance, and "fells o* the other side." Next, put her foot in the stimip mid smooth the skirt of her habit— then you are at Hberty to monit yoinselL THE PROPER POSITION OF A LADY AND GENTUUIAN IN ammo. ■Leep 10 the right of the lady or any ladies riding with you. Opcnillgatesandpayii tolls on the road. Never, under any circumstances, allcnr ft lady to attend to any duty of this kind while under your escort. Yow Mst ftiiticipate her every need, and provide for it ; making her comfort your int thought. If you meet friends on horseback, do not turn back with them ; if you over- takt them, do not thrust your company upon them unless you feel assured that it is ftgfceable to them for you to do so. If you aie on horseback and meet a lady who is walking, and with whom yom wish to speak, dismount for that purpose, and lead your horse. To put her to the inconvenience of straining after and shouting to you, would be a gross bfcodi of manners. If yon enter a carriage with a lady, let her first take her place on the se*^ TffE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE, feeing the horses. . Enter a carriage so the your back is toward tlie seat you are to occupy; you will thus avoid turning round in the carriage, which is awk- ward. Take care that you do not trample on the ladies' dresses, or shut them in as you close the door. The rule in all cases is this : you quit the carriage first and hand the lady out. You may property speed your horse in driving with a lady, but remember that it is vulgar to drive too fast ; it suggests the idea of your having hired fhe "trap" from a livery stable, and is in every respect ungentlemanly. In driving, endeavor to preserve entire self-possession. The carriage or buggy should be driven close to the side-walk, and the horses^ turned from the side-walk, so as to spread the wheels away from the step. The THE MODE OF ASSISTING A LADY INTO A CARRIAGE. gentleman should then alight, quiet the horses, and hold the reins in his right hand as a guard against accidents. The lady should, in leaving the carriage, place her hands on the gentleman's shoulders, while he should place his under her elbows. Then, with his assistance, she should spring lightly to the pave- ment, passing him on his left side to avoid the reins which he holds in his right. In driving, the gentleman must place a lady on his left. This leaves his right arm free to manage his horses. A gentleman should not drive fast if the lady accompanying him is timid, or objects to it. He should consult her wishes in all things, and take no risks, as he is responsible for her safety. Above all, he should never race with another team. Such conduct is disrespectful to the lady who accompanies him. CONVERSATION AND CORRESPONDENCE. It is not given to every man to be a brilliant talker, or to express himself ill writing with elegiwiGC or force. There is, however, no reason why any person who goes into aodety should be ignorant of the rules of polite intercourse, or fail to master all the customary forms of address. It is almost useless to say that your conversation should be adapted to youf company : that is, nevertheless, the golden rule on this subject. Avoid politics and religion, and all topics likely to excite argument, or to 4ead to warmth of feeling or expression. Talk of yourself and your own affairs as little as possible. Those of the fiersonages you are addressing are sure to interest them far more. Above all, never drag in the names of distinguished persons to whom you nay be related or who may be numbered among your friends; nothing is more Tulgar or offensive. To speak of your own exploits, or to give illi]itnition& of 'TOUT own pniwess and sagacity, is also offensive. Restrain any dcsirC' to shine, and 'be' most particular' not 'to 'monopolize thie conversation. It 'is piesumptiious 'in one penon to ^altempt :to kad the conver- .sation, 'imcli lest to monopolize it. Avoid whatever is pemnal in tone or allusion ; neither flatter nor make •observations of an offensive character ; do not even indulge in Mimigie unless wi'th friends, who will not be' likely to 'put & 'lalse constniction on your words, or to take In earnest what you mean in sport. Do not speak in a loud voice, or assume a dictatorial manner. If any state- ment is made which you know to be incorrect or untrue, be very careful of thf manner in which you correct the speaker. Never charge kim with having made •a wilful misstatement ; suggest a correction, rather than make it ; and if the point in question is immaterial it is best to let it pass unnoticed. If addressed in an offensive tone, or if an objectionable manner is adopted towards you, it is best not to notice it ; and even when you perceive an intention to annoy Of insult, either pass it over for the time, or take an opportunity of withdrawing ^uch a thing as a •* scene " is, above all things, to be avoided. Do not interlard your conversation with French and other languages. If you are tempted into a quotation from a foreign or classic language apologize to the •company for its use, or translate it ; but not in such a nunner as to convey the 'idea that yon are glad to display your learning, or that your hearers are in need TUB LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. ^ tt such nansiation. Puns and slang terms are to be avoided at much as posibte. and icmember there are various kinds of slang: there is the slanir of the diawii«-roan ai well as that of the lower classes, or of out-door life Every profo^rai has its own technical terms and set of expressions, which should be avoided in general society. Proverbs are to be strictly avoided Be wnr carefid not to inteirnpt a person while speaking,' and should he hesitate for a word never suw.ly jt-a piece of impertinence to which vutear persons are mucli given. * Never Yhisper in company; and, above all, never converse in any language MTUh which all present are not 6miliar. unless, of comse, foreigners are present who only q>eak theur own tongue, with which yo« may h^po, to be acquainted In that case take care that, if posdhle, the compMiy diaU be apprisrf of .s passing. Should a person enter the room in which you are Vonve«ing. and the conversation be continued after his anival, it is only courteous to acq^, oJ whit hi p::r of the subject ft, which it relates, and to give lJ2 id« In conversing with either superiors or equals do not address them by name 1 ..T.nr P'™"\f "i^"'' do »<" «y. "Yes, Gene»]," "No. Sena to^ Of course, Mr. President ; " though you may occasionally make ^ S«iator. Avoid the too frequent use of "Sir," or "Madam," and bewail ai aadrfssing a comparative acquaintance as "My dear sir," or "My dm niadam. In speaking of third persons always use the prefix " Mr." or " Mia.» ^ their names; do not refer to them by their initials, as Mr. or Mrs. B. Never aUirfe to any one as a • i«rty " or a "gent; " and, above all, refrain from^ the vulgarisms to which some persons have recourse when they cannot re^ te^name of a person, place, or thing. Can anything be more ineleg^ S^rtl^T^lTt r^"". " ' whafs-hilnam" mannerT^''w? 3« they may be rendered veryoflensive by the tone an,> ^ke tZ J n P«mounced. Never reply-in answer to a question vas gettmg on?"-" J did not ask." It is aUnost like saying, I never ^ litCrr' you do; we kam plenty of thin^ in the world ^.thout having first inquired about them. If you m4t «.y, y^ did -M ^ Vd^e to t^o^ ^ 4lK COMVEMSATiOM AMD COMMMSFOMDMMCM. 9^mk m a dtitinct, weU-modiiktecl voice, but avmd loud talking. A low, afveet' iroicc is one a voiiuii*s gmtcit' charms, and. will never fail to win her thfi 'admiiation of men. Mothen should beware of praising or talking ramch of their children in com- 'pany. Such topics, though interesting to thcmaelves, are tedious, to otheis. Mere courtesy wiE perent your visitor fipom diJfering with you, but he wii be glad to discontinue the conversation. Remember "brevity is the soul of wit;" therefore "speak little, but speak Hell, if you would be thought a permi of good sense. Be cautious in relating anecdotes. Unless you can relate a story with east anif effect, it is better not to attempt it. Avoid laughing at your own wit- Habitual relaters of anecdotes are apt to become great bores. Do not mimic the peculiarities, infirmities, or short-comings of others In general society. You may give offence to some one present who is a friend of the person caricatured. Do not speak of what passes in a house that you are visiting. You need not tell all the truth unless to those who have a right to know it aU. But let all you tell be truth. Do not offer advice unless you know it will be followed. Beware, however, of advising an angry or an opinionated person. Be cmtious as to asking questions. The reply may be very embarrassing to iie person of whom the question is asked. Do not volunteer information, especially in public ; but be very sure you an correct in what yon state as lacts. Do not sit dumb In company, but bear your share in the genera! conversa- tion. Do this with modesty and self-possession, neither thrusting yourself for- 'waid, nor hesitating wiiere you should speak. It is better to htt a good listener iiiaa. a good, talker. Always listen to a pet»n who is addressing you, in a manner that will show Mm that you are interested in his speech. You can pay him no higher com- nlinient. It is not necessary to express your opinions upon all subjects; but if you give utterance to them, do so iwrlessly, fiankly, and with courteous regard for thir opinions of others. * The greater your learning, the more modest should be your manner of e»» pressing it. Never ask any one who is conversing with you to repeat his words. Nothing Is ruder than to say, "Pardon me, will you repeat that sentence? I did not hear you at first," and thus imply that your attention was wandering when he 'first spoke. When we speak of ourselves and another person, whether he is absent or finsent, propriety requires us to mention ourselves last. Thus we should say f** mid I, ym md L THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. Do not indulge in woids or phrases of double meaning. To do so is to d«- upon yourself the contempt of those who hear you so is to draw menTiH ^^7^.^^^ ^ ^^^^ « as a pl« ZTZZ^'' ^ " ^""^ " tirTml rfhot I'Zr W """r" T^°^ ^'''^ k» informed than yourself. *' • ^ Do not dt'sjhtfe in a party of ladies and £?enMpmf>n if - -.1 « opinion Which i, different fro. ide^ y^^Tno J .o TetT ^fhT^ not»y, "Sir, yon are mistaken!" "Sir, you are wron/t nr.i,=r yon n^lTww ^ ^'"^ ^^en you have done that, you^need not trouble your^If about any opinions he may advance contrary to In conversing with a lady, do not aDDear to brinir ^„ in- Inifl " '[h'-^h yo" write, and to add the n»ne •MM ^ " °^ *^ '^«^'' it is written in the -^J^^whh wh::'°"f'*°'"'' "'"^ respect, as "Sir," or "dTL " v*^^" ^t^: ""^ acquaintance may be addressed as, vonr^kL- Madam." Formal letters conclude, "I am sir L™L.!^'?r;"™"''"~"^ ^"OT to remain, sir, your o^i m •ervant. "Yonrj, iei?)ectfiiUy," or "Very resnectfiillv v™,r= - often nsed amonir r^JZL. J j »eiy respecttnlly, yours, is a form not ^^^ J^ r!"^,- It is better suited to infe- <™»aig superiors. To mtimate friends, use some such form aa^ |J0 VISITING^TME USE OF CARDS, ETC. •'Very truly, yomi," "I tm, dour lir, faithfully ymin," or "Yoiiis, irery sincerely." Alinys reply promptly to a letter, no matter of what nature, and always pay ilie postage, taking special care that the stamp yon use covers the weight. It if «iilEciciit to use .adhesive envelopes, eiiccpt in special cases. In fashionable life, a lady is under an obligation to call on all her female acquaintance at stated times. These calls arc formal in their nature, and are generaHy short. The conversation is devoted to society news, the gossip of the day, and kindred subjects. In the large cities of the Eastern States, such calls are made from eleven in the morning until three o'clock in the afternoon. In other parts of the country, where the dinner-hour is in the middle of the day or early in the afternoon, they are generally made from nine to twelve o'clock, and are termed morning calls, as " morning " is supposed to mean any time before dinner. The morning call should be brief. From ten to twenty minutes is usually sufficient. It should never be prolonged over half an hour. A lady, in making a formal call, should never lay aside her bonnet or shawl. A gentleman making a morning call must retain his hat in his hand. His umbrella may be left in the hall, but not his cane. Should a gentleman accompany a lady on a morning call, he must assist her up the steps to the door of the house, ring the bell, and follow her into the reception-room. He m»t wait patiently until the lady rises to take leave, and accompany her. Avoid all ungraceful or awkward positions and all lounging in making calls. Sit upright at ease, and be graceful and digniied in your manners. Do not handle any of the table ornaments in the room in which you arc received. They may be admired, but not handled. Should other callen be announced during your visit, wait until the bustle attending their entrance is over. Then rise quietly and take your leave, bow- ing to the new-comers. Your hostess is not obliged to introduce you to her other visitors, and you should take no offence at her failure to do so. Do not make it appear that your departure is on account of the new arrivals. When a call is ended it is customary among the best bred people to ring for a servant to open the front door for a visitor. Some persons prefer to attend THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE, visitore to the door themselves ; and this should be done if m servant is not called upon. It is not courteous to let a j||«,||id his or her way out of your house unattended. Avoid subjects calculated to lead to a prolonged conversation. Time yoQt visit properly, and do not take out your watch and say it is time to go. Rim qmctly, and take your leave with a few pleasant remarks. A lady engaged upon fancy work of any kind is not obliged to lay it aside in receiving the call of an intimate acquaintance. In formal calls a lady should devote herself entirely to her guests. Should a lady visitor take her leave, a gentleman, if present, should rise, and offer to conduct her to her carriage. The offer will not often be accepted, but if It % do not forget to return and pay your respects to your hostess before giutuiK; ETIQUETTE OF THE DRAWING-ROOM. If th ^ ^'^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^""^ and tnere are several ladies staying there whom you desire to see, desire the ser, card t^'^"''* ^°"^P^^"^^°ts to '^em severally. Should you not liftitta cara, leave your name with the servant. flZ^^^'^^T''^ ""''""^ gentlemen may make formal morning callt lence to^^^ I """^ '"P''^' congratulations, sympathy, or condo- count;v o^' '''P!''' '° ^ ^'^'"^ j"^- ^^"^^ f^^"^ » fo^W* accenZi?! ^ P^^'^^^^^^^ ^i^^^; or to pay their respects to ladies who have th. iiT P^^'^' amusement. In the last mentioned c^lT^n " ^ ^'^'^'^ "^^^^ ^ ^^y- A gentleman may to m^n tLlT"''°''/' P^^^^"*^^ introduction, o, r» emed by circumstances and the good sense of the pereon. #s vmirmG—TME use of cAjfi*s, Mm U caUing upon a person living or staying temporarily at a hot^ wall in t!ie parlor and aemd np your card. Even intimate friends sli - di-er or party, which doe. no. P^him to a^ace of amusement, or upon an excursion, should indXX Jad.es of the femily in his invitation. Tb^y Ly d tided with all tbe ordinary conveniences of the toilette, and any dthcr articles that may min.ister to thc' comfort of your gnest. When yon expect a lady guest, some male member of the family should meet ier at the cars, steamer, or other place of arrival in yonr city or neighborhood. Re should see ai'ter her baggage, and make such arrangements as will enable her to reach your house quickly and with comfort. Without breaking up the regular routine of your household or business, you should arrange your affairs so as to devote the most time to your guest. You should arrange receptions, entertainments, and excursions of various kinds if possible, and should always show her the places and things of note in your vicinity. You should do all this unobtrusively, and make your guest feel that it is a pleasure to you to thus increase her enjoyment of her visit. Upon the departure of your guest, accompany him or her to the cars or boat, and remain until the conveyance has begun the journey, taking leave of 'imr gnest with cordMity. It is the custom in all the larger cities of the United States, and in thtt •■potity of the smaller towns, for gentlemen to pay their respects to their lady acquaintances on New Year's Day by formal calls. In the smaller towns it is cometimes the custom for the newspapers to announce the names of the ladies who will receive callers on that day. This is impracticable in such a city as fJew York or Philadelphia, but it is a good plan in smaller places, as it enables gentlemen to know what ladies of their acquaintance will receive visits upon ihat day. A lady should not issue invitations for New Year's calls. It is bad taste to do so, and will result in causing her friends who do not receive invitations to beievt that their visits are not desired. Ladies receiving upon New Year's Day shoold have a servant in especte damie of the front door. He should admit guests, and show them into thr TME LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. drawing-room. He should take chaige of the hats and oveimts of the visitors. Gentlemen, in making calls on this day, should lay aside the hat and over- coat before entering the parlor. The call should be made in morning dress. It should be brief and as cordial as possible. It should not last over ten or fifteen mmutes. Cards are invariably delivered to the servant in chaige of the door. Where refreshments are set out, gentlemen will partake of them only after bemg mvited to do so by the hostess. Where wine is offered, be cautious in the use of it, especially if many calls are to be made. The best bred persons are discontinuing the use of wine at New Year Receptions. It is a practice which encourages dissipation among young men, and is to be approved onlv under exceptional circumstances. As a mle, intoxicating beverages should not be provided on such occasions. Ladies must wear fiill dress at New Year Receptions. It adds to the effect of the toilette and the appearance of the drawing-room to partially close the bhnds of the windows and light the gas. / *° P^«^**^« refreshments. They should be spread with taste and liberality u^n a table conveniendy located in the drawing-room. They may be dispensed with for a sufficient reason. A gentleman may call at the house of a friend, whether he knows the femily are receiving or not. If they are not receiving, leave your caid. In some CI .es families not receiving calls close the front windows of the house, and hang a asteful basket from the knob of the front door. The visitor simply deposit his card m the basket, without ringing the bell. New Year's calls should not be made before lo a. m., nor after 9 p. m. Some p^ns^receive up to a much later hour, but this is bad taste. By nine o'cl^k thcladies are thoroughly fatigued, and in no humor to entertain visitors hal lT ""'^"^ '° P^°^"^^ ^ ^^^"•i^ge, if you tave not one of yom- own. Write out a list of names and addresses in the order m Which you wish to make your calls, and give the list to the driver, who will ckI^T ^ ^""^ movements. In New York, where wine is the custom, this IS a very necessary precaution for the young bloods " ^^^^^ " ^ """^ ^ th^rT"^ *^ ^""^ " " They then make c^L T' 1° New York and some other o J remmiscence of the occasion, and are often osefol for lefefcnoe. By reZ!,""^ °^ » •«iy »nar see whid, of her frienMitli TJfE LAWS OF" MTiqUETTS. 429 liaige dinners are a mistake, though, of course, political, business, family, and .jther reasons, often necessitate their being given. Six or eight is a comfortable number for a dinner. We prefer an even to an odd number; the guests are then paired, though all present should unite for the general entertainment, instead of breaking up into knots, as is inevitably the case where a dozen or more persons sit down. Of course, ff a dinner is given merely as an opportunity for display, it does not matter how many are invited, so that the resources of the establishment (and af the pastrycook) are equal to the occasion. In the latter case, too, it does not much matter wlw is asked; the host has only to group his guests to the best of his ability. WK ^ ^Wed, it is quite as importanf TO ask, " Who ? " as to determine how many. There is nothing which party-giving people fail in so lamentably as tic ligiit -J- 1 ■"-"'■.V .v-^..',' X - ■WOPWrS OF THE TAIIIX, selectim od uwrtment of thdr guests. How often must it be repeated tW to make the most perfect arrangements for receiving companv • *" ""^'"dy misnited to one another? The effect of bringins S W °^ P~I*' » <*^» ioeviuble ; nothing but ^^as^hT " of the peopk one t^n nf L"^^ dmner-giver, seem to have no tact, no sagacity, no percep- xerdL t' ^""^ when they have a power of choice do^ man ^ f ^'^^ man miot be 0ad to meet another wealthy "nan, one lawyer another lawyer, and so on. Having decided on the guests to be asked, send oat the invitations a leason. "Die time before the day fixed on for the dinner. In the height of the m« 43© MTiqmTTM m ms table. • town tMs diMld be Hiice weeks before; but under ordinary ciicumi«ce% « iartiiight is sufficient, and, in the country, a week or ten days. All invitiitioM^ven those to the most intimate friends-should be by note fmit «re to be nbtiined at stationers' ; but if the note is written, let it be on tbe very best paper, small mote siie. Tbe kvitatioa is in the name of both the lady and gentleman of the house and shDiild be written in the thiid person, and may assume this form : " Mr. and Mm. request the pleaiue of Mr. and Mrs. 's company at' dinner, on Wednesday, Aug. — tb, at o'clock." Iwtead of "pleasure," the word "few" it aometines used. The answer must agree with the invitation, in being written in the thiid peison, and on tmall note-paper. It may ran: " Mr. and Mrs. have great pleamie in accepting Mr. and Mii. 's invitation to dinner on the — th." If it is necessary to decline the invitation, the note assumes this form: "Mr. and Mrs. regiet, that owing to a previous engagement, they ::annot have the pleasure of accepting Mr. and Mis. 's kind invitation foi the — th." If any other reason besides that of a prior engagement prevents the invitation bemg accepted, it should be stated. Whether accepting or declining, a reply to an invitation to dinner should liways be returned immediately or at the very earliest convenience. When practicable, invitations should be sent by the hands of a servant rathei than through the post; but this is a remnant of punctiliousness which "railway mannen " ave rapidly sweeping away. DnaBing lor dinner only presents points of difficulty to the ladies ; the rule to be iDiowed by gentlemen it simple enough. Several conriderations serve to enbanass the gentler sex. For a great " dinner, a kdy dresses in a style which would be extravagant and out of keeping with a small " dinner ; yet the invitation ii in botb cases couched in the same leiMi. Moreover, a dinner is oflen the pidide to an evening party, or a visiit to the opera, or some other form of aamKnent ; and the style of dress must be suited to these contingencies also. One or two general rales may be laid down. Full dinner dress means a low dress; the hair arranged with lowers or other omMients ; and a display of jewelry, according to taste. For a grand dinner, a lady dresses as elaborately as for a ball ; but there is a great distinction bc- cween a ball dress and a dinner dress. Let no misguided yonng Um who is invited to a great house rush to the conclusion that it will be right for her to ippear m a dress she has worn in a ball-room. The style of thing required if Wholly different. In the ball-room everything should be light, ioating , diaph THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE, anous, ethereal, and calculated to prodnce a good general effect. A dinner dress must be goo a large ball, four' muiidank is^ 'the least, number that should: be engaged— piano, comet' or iute, violin, and'viotou- cello. In small assemMiet the violin and piano are sufficient. When the piano alone is used, however limited the number of guests, the hoste» should secure the attendance of a professional pianist, because the guests ought not to be left to the mercy of those who happen to be present and can be prevailed on to piay, while it often happens that those who oblige out of courtesy w«Mld piefer taking part in the dance. The place occupied by the orchestra is understood to be the top of the room, out it is not always convenient to adhere strictly to this rule in a private room, hut it is generally the end farthest from the door. The point should be ascer- tained by the dancers, as, in quadrilles, the top couples lead off, and uncertainty kails, to confusion. Refreshments must, of course, be provided for the guests during the evening; lad, as nothing should be handed round in the ball-room, a refreshment room IS absolutely necessary. The refreshment room should, if possible, be on the same floor as the ball- room, because it is not only inconvenient, but dangerous, for ladies heated by file dance to encounter the draught of the staircases, while it is most destructive 10 their dresses. Provide in the refreshment room wine, lemonade, tea and coffee, ices, biscuits, wafers, cakes, and cracker bon-bons. Supper should be laid in a separate room. What it should comprise must depend entirely on the taste and resources of those who give the ball. To order It in from a good confectioner is the simplest plan, biit is apt to prove somewhat expensive. If provided at home, let it be done on a liberal, but not vulgarly profuse, scale. Substantial fare, such as fowls, ham, tongue, turkey, etc., are absolutely necessary. Jellies, blanc-mange, trifle, tipsy-cake, etc, may be added at discretion. The French fashion of giving hot soup is coining in, and IS very pleasant: the lighter kinds of soup-«uch as JuUenne, gravy, and vermicelli— are most suitable. Nothing upon the table should require carving; the fowls, pheasants, tuiW and other birds should be cut up beforehand, and held together by ribb^ which only require severing. Whatever can be iced should be served in that way. If it is a ball of any pretensions. Champagne and Moselle should be ptovided, as those wmes are now drank by all classes ; port and sherry, of course, and it is well to add claret. A lady should drink very little wine, and certainly not more than one ghiss Of Champagne; it also behooves gentlemen to be careful in this respect as actfhmg is more odious or contrary to the usages of modern society than 'any appearance of excess in this particular. ^Tbs^supper-room is opened about midnight, and is not closed till the end of A cloak-room for the kdies must be provided, and! 111 or two maids t« receive shawls or cloaks, which they wiU place so that they may be easy of •ccess, and to render any assistance in the way of arranging hair or dress repairing a torn dress, or any office of that kind. In this room there should b^ several looking-glasses, with a supply of hair-pins, needles, thread, pins, and ■ich articles as may be needed in a lady's toilette. chfcvf J.^"^ ^.'"'^T? ""^ ^ forgotten; and it is best to provide attenH^n^ T '° ^^'"^ gentlemen left in charge of the attendants. Where checks cannot be had, tickets numbered in duplicate may De used~one being given to the lady or gentleman, and the other pinned to the c^nkln .ti; ^^i^^"^^^"^ tl^e property of each guest is identified, and pntiision at the time of departure i? prevented- I 44t ETIQUETTE OF THE FAMT¥ ANB THE BALL, fWiiilll is so capricious and so imperative in the matter of dress, that it is difficult to give advice or instruction of permanent value upon this subject. * Stil tlicfe aie laws by whicli even Fashion is regulated and controlled. Thcte iie certain principles in dress, approved by good taste and common-sensa which cannot be ootraged with impunity. A lady, in dressing for a baM, has irst to consider the deUcate question of %e ; and next, that of her position, whether married or single. At everything about a ball-room .should be light, gay, and the levene of depressing, it is permitted to elderly ladies, who do not dance, to assume a lighter and more effective style of dress than would be proper at the dinner- table, concert, or opera. Rich brocades, if not sombre in hue, and a somewhat profuse display of good jewelry, are permissible. The toilette of the married and unmarried lady, however youthful the former, should be distinctly miied. Silk dresses are, as a rule, objectionable for those who dance; but the married lady may appear in a moire of light tint, or even in a white silk, if properly trimmed with tulle and flowers. Flowers or jewels may be worn in the hair. In some places small feathep aie worn. Jewelry should be sparingly displayed. Young unmarried ladies should wear dresses of light material— the lighter the better. ^ Tarlatane, gauze, tulle, the finest muslin, lace, and all similar fabrics are available. Such dresses should be worn over a silk slip, or underdress. Thcie is no restriction as to colors, except that they should be chosen with reference to the wearer. Thus a blonde appears to most advantage in delicate hies, such as light blue and pink, mauve, white, and like shades. Arsenic fieen should be avoided, as injurious to health. The brunette should, on the contrary, select rich and brilliant colors. Flowew are the proper ornaments for the head and dress. The French ladies ■elect them with reference to the season; but this Is not insisted on in this comitry, and summer iowers may be worn at Christmas. Jewelry should be very sparingly used, especially by those who dance. Ladies in deep mourning should not dance, even if they permit themselves to attend a ball. Should they do so, Mack and scarlet or violet is the proper wear. *^ *^ Where the mourning is sufficiently slight for dancing to be seemly, white, with mauve, violet or black trimmings, flounces, etc., is proper. White gloves befit the ball-room : in mourning they may be sewn with black They should be faultless as to fit, and never be removed fo>m the hands in the uall-room. It is well for those who dance to be provided with a second pair, to replace the others when soiled, or in case they should split, or the buttons should come off— accidents small in themselves, but sources of great discomfort. As m the promenade, so in the ball-room, boots have greatly superseded the use of shoes ; these are of kid, satin, or silk, either white or matching the dress in ms LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. W color. With the tendency to revive the fashions of the Empire in France^ shoes, then worn, are reappearing. All the accessories of the toilette— gloves, shoes, flowers, fans, and the opera cloak— should be fresh and new. Inattention in this matter spoils the effect of the most impressive toilette. The attire in which jdone a gentleman can present himself in a ball-room is so rigorously defined, and admits of so little variety, that it can be described in a few words. He must wear a black dress coat, black trousers, and a black waistcoat; a white necktie, white kid gloves, and patent leather boots. This is imperative. The ball-suit should be of the very best cloth, new and glossy, and of the latest style as to cut. The waistcoat may be low, so as to disclose an ample shirt-front, fine and delicately plaited ; it is better not em- broidered, but small gold studs may be used with effect. White waistcoats have not "come in," as they were expected to do. The necktie should be of a washing texture, not silk, and not set off with embroidery. Gloves, white, not straw-color or lavender. A " gibus," or shut-up hat, is sometimes carried under the arm ; bat it is an impediment, and the hat is better left down-stairs. Excess of jewelry is to be avoided : simple studs, gold soHiaire sleeve-links, may be used, and a watchchain, massive, and with the usual charms and appendages. Perlumes should be avoided as effeminate ; if used at all, for the handkeidiief, they should be of the very best and most delicate character, or they may giw offence, as persons ofkn entertain strong aversions to peculiar scents. At balls of a public character the "party," of what ever number it may consist, enters the room nnobtmsively, the gentlemen conducting the ladies to convenient seats. fti a private party or ball, the lady of the house will linger near the door by which her guests enter (at least till supper time, or till all have arrived), in order to receive them with a smile, an inclination of the head, a passing renaark, or a grasp of the hand, according to degrees of intimacy. The master of the house and the sons should not be far distant, so as to lie ETIQUETTE OF TME BALL-ROOM. «lile t® intfoduce m tlic lady any of his or their frjcnds on their arriinl. |t it not necessary that the daughters should assist in the ceremony o|^ rflipqpition. Guests are announced by name at a private ball in Europe, and in some places in this country this rule is observed ; tut this is entirely a mi tt a r regulated by the custom of the place. As they reach the door of the ball-room, the servant calls out, '*Mr. and Mrs. j" "Mr. Adoiphus "the Misses On entering the3||ll|t^^ they at once proceed to pay their respects to the jrfjf of the house, and may then acknowledge the presence of such friends as iKj ind around them. M ;iiiililic liills a prognnunt of dancing is 'given to the gneste^ m: tlieir 'ilri- ml ; and this example should tit folloired in anything more than a mere **' and spaces %>t engagements 'Ontie>oppfWte one. These shut together, and prevent pencil-marks being rubbed oil A pencil should be attached by a ribbon; but gentlemeii should make a memovan- dum always to provide themsdves with a small gold or silver pencil-case when |Wng to a ball, so that they may be prepared to write down engagements. A pretty idea has b^i pmetimes carried out at balls— it is that of having #ie order of dancing printed on small white paper fans, large enough for practical use, one being given to every lady on her arrival. The notion is charming, and the expense not great. From eighteen to twenty-one dances is a convenient number to arrange for : supper causes a convenient break after, say, the twelfth dance, and if, at the end of the ball-list, there is still a desire to prolong the ball, one or two extra dances are easily improvised. A ball should commence with if^ffh, followed by a quadrille, after which a waltz should succeed. Then folw' qlbadriMes and waltzes, including galops, arranged as those having charge of the ball may think best. Formerly at public balls a Master of the Ceremohils was considered indis- pensable; but this custom is almost obsolete, the management Of tlie ball being in the hands of a committee, who are distinguished by rosettes, ribbons in the button-hole. These superintend the dances, and gentlemen desiring to dance with ladies apply to them lor introductions. Ill private balls introductions are effected through the lady of the house, or other mcmiieis of the family. Where there are daughters, they fitly exert them- fdves in arranging sets, giving introductions, etc-^never dancing themselves until all the other ladies present have partners. . ^.geiitlenip aMiild atk a. lady to dance' with lilip 'until he has received an ■ 'M» £dWS OF MTIQiM'TTS,. . ' fntfodadion to h6r. This may to given through membeis of the family gmng the bal, or the lady's chapeion, or one intimate friend may ask permission to introduce another. The usual form df asking a lady to dance is : ** May ! have the pleasure of dancing this quadrille with you?" Where there is great intiinacy; "Will yioa dance?" may suffice. To accept is easy enough — " Tliank/ydu," is sufficient; to decline with delicacy, and without giving offence, is nioie difficult — "llaiilc you : I toi engaged," suffices when that expresses the &ct-»«iieil it does not^ and a lady would rather not dance with the gentleman applying to her, she must b^ to be excused, as politely as possible, and it is ie better taste inr her not td dance at all in that set. The slightest excuse should suffice, as it is ungentlemanly to force or press a lady to dance. Ladies should take especial care not to accept two partners for the sams dance ; nor should a gentleman ask a lady to dance with him more than twice during the same evening ; if he is intimate with a lady, he may dance with her three, or even four, times. Do not forget to ask the daughters of the house. When a lady has accepted, the gentleman offers her his right arm, and leads her to her place on the floor. A slight knowledge of the figure is sufficient to enable a gentleman to move through a quadrille, if he is easy and unembarrassed, and his manners are cour- teous; but to ask a lady to join you in a waltz, or other round dance, in whl^h yoo are not thoiM|hly proficient, is an unpardonable ofience. It is not in good taste for gentlemen who do not dance to accept invicatloni lo balls; but It is oilly the vulgar /orvMw #ho, with a knowledge of dancing, haap mbtwt the doofs aiid":d«clinet'to joih l&'the amusement. "' it is- tlcit''"'''iieeeBsary 'to '!$bw"to"-'the'lady at the' 'end ^of a~qaadrille-«la fiicl, mj* thing like formality is now discountenanced ; it ift enough that yon again oier her four right arm, and walk half round the room with her. You should in- quire if she will take refreshments, and if she replies in the affirmative, you will conduct her to the room devoted to that purpose^where it is good taste on the part of the lady not to detain her cavalier too long, as he will be anxious to attend to his next engagement, and cannot return to the ball-room until she is pleased to be escorted thither, that he may resign her to her chaperon or ^tfds, or to the partner who claims her promise for the next dance. A lady should not accept refreshments from a stranger who dances with her at a public ball. The gentleman who dances with a lady in the last dance before supper, con- ducts that lady to the supper-room, attends on her while there, and escorts her back to the ball-room. A.t a private ball, the lady of the house may ask a gentleman to take a lady down to supper, and he is bound to comply, and to treat her with the utmost •ielicacy and attention. 44^ ETIQUETTE OF THE BALL ROOM. 111 eitlier case a gentleman will not snpvilii iit liiiies, bat stand by and •ttend to them, permitting himself a glass of wine villi ten; bit taking « imbsequent opportunity to secure his own refreshment. It is vulgar either to eat or drink to excess at a ball-mppcr. It is not well to dance every dance, as the exercise is unpleasantly beating and fotJguing. Never forget an engagement— it is an offence that docs not admit of excuse, except when a lady commits it; and then a gentleman is hmod to take her at her word without a murmur. It is not the m^de for manried persons to dance together.. Engaged persons should not dance to- getber too often; it is in bad taste. Gentlemen shouM endeavor to entertain the ladies who dance with them witb a little amireisation, or something more novel than the weather and the beat of the lOom; and in round dances they should be particularly careful to maid them from collisions, and to see that their dresses are not torn. teembliei of tbii Mnd sbciiild be M qnietly. If the party is small, it is peiraissibk to bow to the hostm ; but at a laigc ball this is not necessary, un- tai indeed yon meet ber on yonr way from the room. The great thing is to airoii making yomr departure felt as a niggestion for breaking np the party; as yon have no^ :iight to hint by yonr mowcmcnto that yon consider the' entertain- :iiMttt hm been kept np long enough. Finally, let no gentleman pramic on a ball-room, introduction. It is given with a view to one dance only, and will certainly not warrant a gentleman in going further than asking a fady to dance a second time. Out of the ball-room such an introduction has no force whatever. If those who have danced together meet neit dfty in the stnet, or the park, the gentleman must not venture to bow, unless the lady chooses to iavor him with some mark of her recognition. If he doea, be must not expect any acknowledgment of his salutation. After a private ball it is etiquette to call at the bouse during the Ibllowinf week. A gentleman attending a private ball unattended will first ask one of the ladies of the house to dance with him. If she is unable to do so, she will introduce him to an agreeable partner. A gentleman will dance first with the lady he accompanies to the ball, but win not dance with her too often. Do not engage in any long or confidential conversations in the ball-room. Do not wait until the music has commenced before selecting your partner, lead ber to ber place in time to commence with the other dancers. A lady should never leave a ball-room unattended. A gentleman seeing a lady with whom be Is acquainted desirous of doing so, should promptly ofier to ftcort ber, and the lady, on her part, sbouM accept the profoed escort as iaiikly aa il M-timiimd, but 'ibouM. 'Caidlil not to keep' tb« gen^tkmaii too long away from the ball-room. TME LAWS or ETIQUETTE. A knoirlodge of the French terms used in dancing is absolutely neccwy to dancers. We give the following, with their definitions. They will be found sniBcient for all practical purposes : Mmlame%, Set to or swing partners. Baiamiz mx mm. Set to or swing corners Maiamet qwUre en Ugne, Set four in a Hne. Ckaine Anglaise. Top and bottom couples right and left. Chaine Anglaise double. Double right and kit Ckaine Anglaise demie. Half right and left. Chaine des dames. Ladies' chain. Chaine des dames double. All the ladies commence the chain at the gamf time, Chaine {la grande). All the couples chassez quite round, giving right and left hands alternately— beginning with the right until aU resume pkces. Chassez. Move to right and left, or left to right. Chassez croisez. Lady and gentleman chassez in opposite directions. Cavalier seul. Gentleman advances alone. Demi'promenade. All the couples half-promenade. Bos-^dos, Back to back. QBtmek, A sliding step. £e grmd romU All join hands, and advance and retire twice. Zegmid imr de wmL Join hands and dance round figure. La grmidi prmenade. All promenade round figure and back to places. Li mmtiimf. Hands across. Dem-mmtHnet, Ladies advance to centre, give right hands and retire. frmemt. Opposite persons change places; ww^mtmz, they cron back 'gain. I&4«i«lr. Face to lace, or the opposite partner. Thm Is no surer mark of a well-bred man or woman than proper and dignified conduct in public. The truly polite are always quiet, unobtrusive, considerate of others, and caiefid to avoid aU manifestations of superiority or elegance. We have dseiriiere qwken of the conduct that should be observed on the ■treet, and again call the reader's attention to this portion of our subject Loud and boisterous talking, immoderate laughing and forward and poshing conduct are always marks of bad breeding. They inevitably 8uh|ect a person to the satirical remarks of the perrons with whom be ii tiirown, and aro per* baps the surest means of proclaiming that such a person is not used to the wayi of polite society. Ill It is the doty of a wdlW eenoA to attend chnreh regularly on Snnda, In entering the church yon should pu. quietly aod deliberately to your pe, or «at. Walking rapidly up the aisle is «OT to disturb the congregation. I2on are a stranger, wait in the lower part of the aide unttt the «aum « »hers show you a seat, or you are invited to e?ter ««e pe». cht:nnTst>l°"'V'"'r - the inner do«. of the P«Mao» for her. allow her to enter first. «k1 the. a»d K-t • ^^'to'^.^erdXrLttter'^^ the*^o"*°^^-°'*^' "".""T "^'P*^"'"' except when joining'm tta wonhrp Whispering or laughing before the service begins, or durinir rt'rljf ^ f"ends in the vestibule, but notm ae haU of worship. Remember, the church is the house of God. -Sr^ir.t'rr.'r '^i" ^- ~ "-^ - sar^to ^ Z'lT- ' » 3^ Pe» «» Ix-vWed with the books neces- ^ to enaWe hm to «, ,he service. If he does not know how to use them qu-e'ly as PO-Me. Where .h^ ^ no. 'books enough f» ^ Tt^i^lrt T"/ ^J^^ «*« yom with «, *c«jW,t^ofydm. pew. *«te^af iKmwii iUth or a Protestant shm.M ^n-. vJL *v i. . ^ liif bwed Tight hml ' '^''^ To bt la«($ at churcli is an offence iigainst good -ifc-oncis. Gentlemen will not oongregnte in groups in front of a church, and stare at the ladies as they pass out. In receiving the Holy Communion both hands should be ungloved. Roman Catholic churches are generally open at all times during the day, as are some Protestant churches in the larger cities, and may be visited by persons desiring to do so. On such occasions you should speak low and quietly, avoid laughing or unseemly behavior, and remember that you are in the house of Go4 though no public worship may be going mi. Should any peiBons be engaged a| their devotions, be careful to avoid disturbing them. Fairs are generally given in aid of a church or some charitable purpose. At such fairs ladies serve the tables at which articles are offered for sale. Ladies should not use unfair or unladylike means to sell their wares Do not inportime a gentleman to buy of you ; and do not charge an extortionate price for a tnfling article. A young man may not have the courage to refuse to buy of a lady acquaintance; but his purchase may be beyond his means, and may involve him in serious embarrasBment. Visitofs to a fidr should make no comments upon the character or quality of the articles offered, unless they can offer sincere praise Do not dispute the price of an article offered for sale. If you cannot afford to buy it, decline it frankly. If you can, pay the sum asked, although you may think It exorbitant, and make no comment. A gentleman must remove his hat upon entering the room in which a fair is held, although it be a public hall, and remain uncovered while in the room. P hrting loud or boisterous talking or huighing. and conspicuous conduct, are marks of bad breeding. ' When a purchaser offers a sum larger than the price asked for the article, return the change promptly. Some thoughtless young ladies consider it "a noHn/. I '° "^"^'^ * gmtlemaa will not insist upon the return of the change. To do this is simply to be guilty of M act of gross ill-breeding. ' ^ ^^^^P' of ™oney a gentleman may wish to make a< V ^^^"^y' ^ gentleman pays her a ^lOlte eoiiphment m making her the means of increasing the receipts of the fiii* theiT^ 11 ^"^^^f"^^"^ ?° * ^ ^ tJo weeks in advance. Let '»»em be either verbal or m writing. The latter is the better plan. »eim a convenient and attractive place for the entertainment. If posiiMe iet It be near a spring or running stream. *^ ^ Provide an abundance of lelreshments-both eatables and drinks. Dc 39 -♦5° BTIQUSTTE OF SIIOFFING. nothing in a niggardly manner, and provide for an extra number of guests, as- ymi may add to your list at the last monient, or some fnend may unexpectedly join you. Send your provisions to the appointed spot in charge of properly instructed •ervants in a separate conveyance. This will enable you to have all things in luullness upon the arrival of yourself and party. Provide transportation for your guests to the appointed place. It is better and meffier tliat all should meet at some designated place, such as your house, the iMlioffld depot, the steamboat landing, and proceed in a body to the place. Should the excursion be made in carriages, let them be covered, as rain must be guarded against. A long, roomy omnibus is one of the best conveyances, as it keeps the party together. The ladies and gentiemen slmiild diesi in Ight, inexpensive costumes, and the whole aiair ilwuld be at fmt imm lestiaint as is consistent with good lueeding. In visiting a store for the purpose of examining the goods or tn«Viig pur* chases, conduct yourself with courtesy and amiability. Speak to the clerks and employes of the store with courtesy and Vif^ n fu r. Da not order them to show you anything. Request them to do so in a|oite aiii lady-like or gentlemanly manner. Give them no more trouble than is necessary, and express your thanks for the attentions they may show you. In leaving their counter, say pleasantly, " Good-morning," or " Good-day." By treating the employes of a store with courtesy, you will render your presence there welcome, and will receive all the attention such conduct merits. Should you ind another person examining a piece of goods, do not take hold of it. Wait intE it is laid down, and then make your examination. To attempt to "beat down" the price of an article is rude. In the best conducted stores th? price of the goods is "ixed," and the salesmen are not allowed to change it. If the price does not suit you, you aie not obliged to buy^ but can go 'elsewhere. Ptashing or crowding at a counter, or the indulgence in penonal remarks, handling the goods in a careless manner, or so roughly as to injure them,, lounging upon the counter, or talking in a loud voice, are marks of bad biceding. Never express your opinion about an article another is purdiasing, unless asked to do so. To say to a customer about to make a purchase that the article can be bought cheaper at another store, is to oier a gratuitous insult to the clerk making the sale. You should never ask or expect a clerk engaged in waiting upon a costomei to leave that person and attend to you. Wait patiently for your turn. It is rude to make unfavorable comparisons between the goods you am examming and those of another store. I « TME LAWS OF ETIQUETTE, 451 flave your parcels sent home, and so avoid the fatigue of carrying them. It is best to buy for cash. You can always buy cheaper in this way. If yna make bills, however, pay them promptly. Make no bill you are not sure of paying at the time promised by you. . Avoid debt as the greatest curse of lifi*. A (iENTLEMAN desiring a lady to accompany him to the opera, theatre, 01 other place of amusement, must send her a written invitation not later than the day previous to the entertainment. It must be written in the third person, upon white note-paper of the best quality, with an envelope to match. The lady must send her reply immediately, so that should she be unable to accept, the gentleman may secure another companion. Should the lady accept the invitation, the gentleman must secure the best ■eats within his means. To ask a lady to accompany you to a place of amuse- ment, and incur the risk of being obliged to stand during the performance, is to be inexcusably rude to her. Should the demand for seats be so great that you cannot secure them, inform her at once, and propose another occasion when you can make this provision for her comfort. In entering the hall in which the entertainment is given, a gentleman should walk by the side of the lady until the seat is reached. If the width of the aisle IS not sufficient to allow this, he should precede her. As a rule, he should take we outer seat; but if that is the best for seeing or hearing, it belongs to the The habit of leaving ladies alone during the "waits," and going out to "get a dnnk," or " to speak to a friend," is indicative of bad manners. A gentle- man escortmg a lady to a place of amusement is bound to remain by her side to the end of the entertainment. At the opera it is customary for ladies and gentlemen to leave their seats, and promenade m the lobbies or foyer of the house during the intervals between the acts. The genneman sliould always invite the lady to do so. Should she oeclme, he is bound to remain with her. ^ accompanying a lady is not bound to give up his seat to another Mdy. His duty is solely to the lady he accompanies. He cannot tell at what J^ent she may need his services, and must remain where she can command It IS rude to whisper or talk during a performance. It is discourteous to / £ffQmrrs of travslling. flic perfonners, and annoyiag to those of the audience around you, who desire to enjoy the entertainment. To seek to draw attention to yourself at a place of amusement is simply vulgar. It is in especial bad taste for lovers to indulge in any affectionate demonstra- tions at such places. A gentleman must see that the lady accompanying him is providdl with a programme. If at the opera, he must also provide her with a libretto. Applause is the just due of the deserving actor, and should be given liberalljL Applaud by clapping the hands, and not by stamping or kicking with the feet. Upon escorting the lady back to her home, the gentleman should ask penftis- sion to call upon hef the next day, which request she should giant. She should, in her own sweet way, cause him to feel that he has conferrod a genuine pleasure upon her by his invitation. A gentleman who can afford it should always provide a carriage on such occa- sions. If his means do not permit this, he should not embarrass himself by assuming the expense. If the evening be itormy, he should not expect the lady to venture out without a carriage. A gentleman should call at the lady's house in fall time to allow them to leacli their destination before the commencement of the entertainment. TkiRE is nothing that tests the natural politeness of men and women so thoroughly as travelling. Each one then desires to secure his or her comfort, and as a rale all are selfish. Even those who arc courteous upon ordinary occa- sions are now bent on making provision for themselves alone, careless of the comfort or rights of others. At the ticket-office, the public table, the hotel counter, there is a rush for places, in which the ordinary courtesies of life are thrown aside, and men and women seem thrown back to the age of barbarism. The writer remembers a striking instance of this. A steamer on one of our principal Imys was once crowded with several hundred ministers of the gospel, wlio were returning firom one of their annual meetings. There were also a number of ladies on board. When the bell rang for dinner there was a rush of the minislcn for the taWe, and every My was crowded from her seat. A vciy modente exercise ^of coortesy wIE greatly add to the comfort and pleasure of THE ZAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 453 Persons contemplating a joomey should thoroughly inform themselves as to the route to be taken, the times of arrival and departure of trains, the cost of the journey, and the time it will consume. Nothing should be left to chance. The various railway guides published in this country contain all the necessary information. Any other information desired can be obtained at the office where the ticket is purchased, if asked for in a courteous manner. By making your arrangements beforehand, you will be able to have your mind at rest during your journey, and so be prepared to enjoy it to the utmost. Seats in a parlor car, or berths in a sleeping-car, must be paid for in addition to the iare of the journey. In a sleeping-car the most agreeable portion is the centre. Be carefal to check your luggage to its destination, and to see that the number i)f the check on the trunk corresponds with that of the duplicate given you, Upon arriving at your destination, do not give up your trunk to irresponsible INTBftloa or A I»RAWfNG-KOOM CAX. i^rivers. Take the number of the wagpn. The person who solicits your check on the train is the safest He has the endorsement of the railroad com- pany, and his charge is but little more than that of the men around the depot. In all cases take a receipt for your check. In travelling, dress simply, and avoid all display of jewelry. See that your valuables and money are not unnecessarily exposed ; for the principal lines of travel are infested with pickpockets and thieves. In the summer, provide your- self with a linen overdress or duster, as a protection against the dust of the road. On long journeys, always carry an overcoat suited to the season and an umbrella. A lady may safely travel alone within the limits of the United States. Few men will dare to presume upon her lack of an escort ; and should she be sub* jected to any such annoyance, she has only to appeal to the nearest gentleman 454 MTiqmTTM OF TMAVEZLim, to secure protection and assistance. Hie employes of all the lines of travel are required by their employers to pay particular and respectful attention to ladies tn¥eUing alone. A gentleman may with propriety place a lady under the charge of a friend. To accept such a trust is to make yourself responsible for the lady's comfort during the journey. In accepting the charge of a lady for a journey, a gentleman should accom-. pany her Iroi^ her house, or be at the depot in time to see that her ticket is A mmmm iailway scbkb. purchased, her baggage checked, and the lady properly seated in the car before the departure of the train. She should be given the choice of the window or the inner seat. Upon reaching the end of the journey, if provision has not been made on the tram for the delivery of her baggage, the gentleman should conduct the lady to the ** Ladies* Room" of the station, and leave her there while he attends to her bifgage. He should then escort her to the carriage, or street car, and see her irfdy at the house of her friends before leaving her. He should call the nexr day and laijuire' hpw she has stood, the journey. A well-bred lady will not TME LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 45| 4^efuse to receive such a call from a gentleman whose protection she has accepted uch a woman feels inadequate to assume responsibilities or set herself at work and must have some guide. Naturally dependent, she must lean, though even <»n a crooked stick. The reserved or secretive should marry the fiank. A cunning man cannot endure the least artifice in a wife. Those who are non-committal must marry -"lose who are demonstrative; else however much they may love, neither will CmMTSBiF jijm jmMMIJGM. §etl sore as to the other's affections, and each will distrust the other, while theii* cMWren will be deceitful. Those who are frank and confiding also need to be constantly forewarned by those who are suspicious. A timid woman should never marry a hesitating man, lest, lilce frightenedi ©MMren, each keep perpetually re-alarming the other by imaginary fears ; nor jet a careless man, for he would commit Just indiscretions enough to keep her in perpetual " fear and trembling j '* but should marry one who is bold, yet judi- cious, so that her intellect, by repofeing in his tried judgment, can feel safe, and ct her trust in him quiet her natural fairfulness, A hopeless man should marry a resolute, hopeful woman, who is always telling : how well things are gxfin^ to turn out, and encouraging, and who has sufficient judgment to be allowed the reins, lest the fears of both render him pusillani- mous and their children cowards. Many men live tame lives, though abundantly capable of accomplishing almost anything, because too irresolute to once de^in; whereas, with a judicious yet expectant wife to prompt him to take initiatory steps, he would fill responsible positions. An industrious, thrifty, hard-working man should marry a woman tolerably saving and industrious. As the "almighty dollar" is now the great motor wheel of humanity, and that to which most husbands devote their entire lives, to delve alone is uphill work. Much more if she indulges in extravagance. It If doubly important, therefore, that both work together pecuniarily. But if either has property enough to create in both a feeling of contentment, large a£<]uisition in the other is less important ; yet a difference here often engenders oi^position elsewhere. Good livers should marry— he to provide table luxuries, she to serve them up,, and both to enjoy them together. Indeed, a good appetite in both can often be made to harmonize other discordant points, and promote concord. Men hirge in beauty should by no means marry women deficient in it ; yet wonoi in whom: it is large may mtfry men in whom it is only £tir, provided:'., other traits are favorable; for a man of taste can never endure a slattern, while a woman of taste can bear with a man who is careless of appearances, and love- him, provided he has sufficient power and stamina of character to eclipse this ddiBct by MS' sterling chaiacteristics; yet he must let her " fix. him up nicely.." That is the happiest period in life— oiceeding In happineif efeiy nicccedlng period— when, as. the. poet expresses it, ** A voiiii.ir man's fancies lightly tinii 'to thoiigte. of love.*' The first real awakening of the heart to the influence of woman is an epoch In a life never to be forgotten. It may have been preceded— it often is preceded —by flashes of admiration or interest, such as the school-boy designates love;. TMB LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 0% «Out these are as nothing to that first, true, deep, absorbing passion, which it is impossible to mistake. It is not necessary that the object of it should be either beautifiil or worthy; she may be a plain woman, full of faults, whims, caprices, ^Ifishness, unattractive in manner, and with a heart of marble. It matters not — ^he loves, and he is happy. His affection is returned—. •* And to know she loves him, Know her kinii as fiiir. Is la jof to rerel. Is to walk on air." Equally strong, equally absorbing is the influence of love in its bright, rosy dawn on the gentle nature of woman. The newly awakened emotion fills her life, and lends a mystical beauty both to earth and sky. What a proud, joyous, haf^y moment that is, when a young and innocent girl first says to herself, " I am beloved, and my lover is dearer to me than the whole world, dearer to me than my own life !" Poets and Ifovelisli never tire of depicting the charms of the springtide of love in woman. iTiey show us how it adds beauty to the beautiful, and invests even those of ordinary attractions with a singular charm and fascination, the result of happiness and lightness of heart. These latter are and ever were the best cosmetics. In them lies the magic of perpetual youth, and they should at least accompany the dawn of love in woman's heart. In one of our novelists we read of a lover whose devotion to the object of his passion was such that he would have "taken the sunshine out of his own life to save the clouds from darkening down on hers. He would have left his day without a noon to prevent night from closing over hers." Surely the mere fact of being the object of such devotion must fill a woman's life with happiness. And devotion like this is not rare. There may be engage- ments in which there is no love, as there are marriages in which there is no real union; but depend on it, that to love and to be loved are not exceptional human experiences. The passion is a common, not a rare one. Heaven has graciously ** Sowed k £ur and wide, * By every town and tower; *» giving it as the secret joy and solace of the humblest among us. Out of love naturally and properly springs courtship. Often a man's courting days are the happiest of his life. They should always so ; but it does not absolutely fi)llow that they are. It is so easy, so ddictous to love— the heart learns ikai lesson so readily— but the expression of that love, in accordance with set forms and conventional rules, is often rather a trial than otherwise. The bashful man finds himself constantly put to the Mush. The man unaccustomed to society, and to ladies' society especially, is forever at fault. Both are nervous, anxious, and ill at ease. Both need the advice and suggestions of those who have already acquired their experience. That advice w»d those suggestions are not always readily obtained ; but * book may often COUJiTSfflF AMD MARRIAGE. ht consulted with as much profit 3s A lncB(l|' 'HBfl 'Willi, tbsl ccmvlctiiiii .llift suggestions which follow are offered. Everything in life worth having must be paid for. It is not wy gallant to say it, but it is very true that this applies even to the position of a lover. He sacrifices something for the privileges he enjoys. The halcyon days of love are preceded by a period of existence not altogether unenviable. There is a delicious freedom about it. The disengaged man is wholly irresponsible. He goes where he will, and does what he likes. As some one has said, "Everything is forgiven him on account of his position. If he talks nonsense, it is his high spirits ; if he dances incessantly the whole evening, it is that he may please ' those dear girls ; ' if he is marked in his attentions to ladies, he is only on his probation \ if he has a few fast lounging habits, it is lieM all very well in a young fellow like that." Society has a perpetual welcome for Mm ; the men like Mm for his social qualities, and the ladies receive Mm with rapture, if Ibr no other reason than simply because— he is disengaged. Nor is the position of the disengaged ymmg lady^we are obliged to emphasise the adjective— withoat its charms. If she has beauty or wit, accomplishments or oonvenational powers, she goes into society only to be courted and admired. The restrictioni of society weigh less heavily upon her than upon others. In her innocent ftjety of heart she breaks through them with impunity. It is het privilege to receive attentions firam all, and to be compromised by none. In the ball-room she reigns snpreine ; cavaliers are accepted or rejected as fancy or caprice may dictate. She may give a smile to one, a passing word to another, and her motives Will be misconstrued as little as her Mndness will be presumed on. She will never be more happy, people tell her, and they may be right. But what then ? Youth, and homage, and absolute sway are delightful, but they are not to be retained by remaining for life — disengaged. No ! Just as the young bachelor finds life change for him against his will — finds mammas grow frigid and daughters shy of the man who never proposes — so the life of the careless, light-hearted girl assumes imperceptibly a fresh phase. She grows older, she loves, and then the life that was so glorious satisfies her no longer. A fresh ambition fills her mind ; it is that of enjoying the sole attention of the chosen one who is destined some day to make her his wife. The wooing that goes on year after year is not certain to conduce to the hap- piest marriage. It is regarded as a test of constancy, but it is possible to make the test too severe. Besides, it is every wife's desire to retain the lover in the Imiband, and this does not always result after a long, spiritless engagement. Moreover, not unfrequently the virtue of the proverb that warns us of the many dip between, the cup and the lip is exemplified in this matter, and the long icincd. marriage' does not come off M all. r THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. ^^j As very long engagements are only second in objectionableness to very short ones, the question of early engagements becomes of importance. These are to be avoided for several reasons. Two in particular may be stated. One of these is that it is not wise that a young girl should be placed under the restraints which engagement implies immediately on her entering life. It is better that she should move freely in society, and make !>er own choice as the result of observation. . It is impossible to fix any time at which marriage should be contracted. A man, as a rule, should not marry before the age of twenty-four or five, nor a woman younger than twenty. Everything depends on the young persons themselves — on their habits, theii mental character, and their general fitness for the conjugal relation, as well as upon their years. Some men and women are practically older at twenty, as far as eligibility for matrimony is concerned, than others are at thirty, and hence all such general rules are unequally applicable, and individual cases will still demand a careful discrimination. " Marry," we should say to a young woman, " the moment he solicits your hand in whose care you can surely place the guardianship of your future ; and remember that a few years more or less between you constitute a point of little comparative importance. * ' To a man we should say, "Marry, sir, as soon as you are persuaded that you have encountered a steady, affectionate, tidy, industrious woman, and you know that you have the love, the judgment, and the resources to make her a happy and contented companion." " The match should be arranged sufficiently long," says an authority, "not to curtail the dear girl of one of the happiest periods of her life, and yet not long enough for hope deferred to have subdued both in waiting, and for Mndly hearts to feel a qualm of commiseration at seeing them always in public meekly linked to one another." That is a delicious moment in a woman's life, when she hears from the lipa of the favored one the avowal that he loves her, and when he entreats her to become his own — his wife. It is, nevertheless, a solemn moment in the lives of both, consequences of the. most serious nature depending upon it. Proposals have been made under the most singular circumstances. A gentle- ■aan once proposed to a lady who sat opposite to him in an omnibus, and whom^ he had never seen before, and was accepted. They were married, and contrary to what might have been expected, the match was a happy one. A gentleman of good position and manners once met a lady on a railway journey, and was so ^inated with her that upon nearing their destination, he made her a formal offer of marriage. She wisely declined it, rightly judging that, however agree- *we he might be, and however much in earnest at the moment, a man who acted; X , 4 mamxiagm. 'm. pnie impulae in respect to such an important matter, and was prepared to fisk his life's happiness on a caprice, was not hkely to make a husband worth •ciivctiiig. Ifncli is said of lo»e at iist sight. Perhaps all love, deserving the name— that is, as distinguished faim the mild glow of affection— is of that nature. But * pTOfiosal ihiMild aiwijs he the result of second thoughts. It is only a fool who suffers himself to be led into putting the rest of his life in jeopardy on the spur #f thft monent; and certainly no pniiiciit wmm would consent to accept an of marriage at the handi of a nan whom she had only known a few days or weeks, as the case might be. Yet this sort of thing is perpetually done. Avowals of love, or proposals, are made in various ways. Tennyson gives us the poetical manner in his "Gaidener's Dawghtfr." Having deaoribed a garden, he says— Heie lat we down npon a gaiden momid," ^and thus seated— » •* We spoke of other thiiip ; w« coined alMMt The subject mott at heart, naon near aad near, ^ Like doves about a dovecote, wheeling lOiuMi The central wish, until we settled there. Thenin tliat ttpe and place I spoke to her. Requiring, though I knew it was mine own. Yet, for the pleasure that I took to hear. Requiring at her hand the greatest gift— A woman's heart, the heart of her I loved ; Alid. ii' Ait: 'liiii^..lmd place she answered me, Ab4 in tlie'«iiia|MM'of three little words, Mom miwGal than ever came in one. The silver fragments of a broken voice, Made me most happy, lisping, *Iam tMm: " Here, again, we find in a novelist " another method," as the cookery book& fut it : this is the proposal during » country walk, and may be strongly recom- "iMndad. as a model to.be .acted, upon, ••'Stop,' said St. George, as they were about to part, 'you are not uncon- scious—you cannot be unconscious— of the way in which I love you ; how dear everything belonging to you is to me. Oh, Polly I let ne hope, let me believe that I am not indifferent to you, and that you will try to love me, fiu* more than you think you can now, in return Ibr the w»f In which I will tiy to wia |^ precious love ! * " Taken by surprise, she had no answer leaily. "St. George took her hand. ' Oh, my true, first, deep love ! I never knew half the vahie of my life until I met you ; and now I could not bear it without the thought, the hope of you as my guiding star ! Whisper the one word, and all my life, aU its strength, aU Its love shall be $pent to make you happy I * THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. ^ "She grasped the hand he extended and looked up into his lace. It w» enough. They sat down together on the beach, and with no other witnessw than the ever-changing, never-ceasing roll of the waves, the two young lovers exchanged their vows of mutual love, and faith, and trust. "At the dose of an hour, hallowed to them by mutual vows and promises. Ihcf rose to return to the house." In a third and different style we have the courtship in " David Copperfield," •fi which the taciturn carrier owns his intentions to Peggotty, by inscribing in chalk on the tail-board of his cart the words, " Barkis is willing." EKunpks might be multiplied ; but these will suffice. The very worst style tif proposing is doing it by proxy. King Edgar, it wiU be recollected, tried this plan, and with little success. He sent his favorite courtier to see a lady whose beauty wis noised abroad, and to plead his cause with her. The courtiei sent word that the hidy was only estimable for her wealth, and, inlatuated with her beauty, made her his own bride-a piece of treachery for which he ulti- mately paid the penalty with his Hfis. His late, however, has not detened Dthere from following hitcBunple, but wooing by proxy is very seldom suocessliil tn this respect. Faint-hearted lovers-timid, nervous, and unable to bring themselves to the pomt-sometimes adopt the expedient of proposing by letter. This is always objectionable where a personal interview can be had, because a man can tell 4 !ove so much better than he can write about it. The pasdon of his breast glows I^i'' I /"""'I.'^ ^""""S^ ^^^^^h he struggles to give utter- t^gathered from the tone of his voice, and the obvio^ emotSm wMcb WWXim^ him. Now, m a letter, there are only words, and generally iU^hoaeii ones. There is nothing so difficult to write as a love-letter. Either it is too WOEed and savors of exaggeration, or it is too matter-of-fact, and conveys Ll?^lT w ^^"^"^^ is only by good Mrtunethat it escapes being ridiculous. ® oblTrrZ:*!!'* T *^^«^°^t^°^«^-absence among others-which sometimes ODUge a man to wnte. In«,otiter portion of this w<»k wiU be given models of letters of proposal. ^^.1. ^ to be copied; but are designed to semai "Odds Cir time in need of sodi assistance. •«>avc«» •f iTrTT. • P-iod m . comtship when it is nece«ry to ask the conseM •r the parents to your onion widi the daughter. peoSr^n' tto step diooM be taken. Intensely prodent ^nS that the p«a,t d>oald be spoken to before the danghter-that s bSnT I '^""^ of to« with « view to natrinKmy shooM be "tamed, and then acted upon. Otherwise, say these ondes of the old school, there is something clandestine / 4156 COURTSHIP AND MARRIAGE. about the proceeding, and the lady's feelings may be trifled with to no purpose. Certainly we should not counsel anything clandestine ; but it is very certain thai if this be the proper method very few courtships are conducted with strict pofficty in the present day. It IS all very well in the old comedies for stern parents to assume the right of interdicting all love-making so far as their daughters are concerned j but it seldom aiMiiCted in those cases, and is not at all in accordance with the usages of iMNieni lile. In tlics^ days— and practically it was always so— the lover and the oliject of his choioii come to an understanding without much being said about it on eithei side^ and, as we have described, a livomMe opportunity brings an avowal from the lip of the gentleman, who entreats permission to pay his addresses, and leceivci an. ^assaiance that, it would, not. be distaaleiil to the lady herself, but 'thm he must "ask Dana." When the proposal is ma^e by the gentleman in writing, he usually asks per- mission to obtain the consent of the lady's parents. This also is sometimes done in writing; but it is much better that, for each of the two great steps in the courtship— proposing to the lady and asking the Other's or mothn's consent— a personal interview should be obtained. If the lover is too dii&dent to approach the subject in his own proper person, or if circumstances compel him to write, he should bear in mind that his letter ought to treat of two points — ^first, his regard for the lady ; and secondly, the circumstances which warrant him in seeking to make her his wife. So much depends on the relative position of the parties, that no form of letter can be given to meet this case, at all likely to be serviceable ; but, bearing the points stated in view, the writer would dwell briefly on the strength of his attachment, intimate his belief that he was not wholly indifferent to the lady^ and then state in general terms the nature of his position, and the grounds on which he felt justified in requesting the parent's sanction to a formal and express recognition of his wishes and intentions. A letter of this kind should be brief and to the purpose : without having quite the conciseness or formality of a purely business epistle, it should be free from romance or sentiment. A father who is asked to part with his child to another, is called on to regard the step not from a lover's point of view, but from that of a man of the world. He knows how much that child's happiness will depend m the position she is to occupy, and the comforts by which ^ is surrounded; and it is natural and poidonable if these are the points to which his attention is irst directed. It may be distasteiul to the lover to have to speak admly of his character and his means, instead of going into raptures over his passion and the dianii' that have' inspiicd it; but, under' the' ciicwnstancei, .it is incumbent on liim to dO' so. Of course' the suitor is bound by the paternal decision, whether it. it fevwaWe or the 'reveise. THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. And here a word may not be out of place as to the power placed in a parent's hands, and the manner in which it should be exercised. The point has often been debated as to how far a parent's judgment, feelings, or prejudices ought ta be respected by a son or daughter in a matter of such moment as that of the choice of a partner for life. On this point some sound and sensible views have been expressed by a writei in the (London) Saturday Review to the following effect : " There are a great many nice questions with reference to the exact duty of parents in preventing matrimonial mistakes on the part of their daughters. Of course, if a girl has set her heart on a groom, or on somebody whom they know to be an unprincipled scamp, her father and mother would be gravely to blame if they did not promptly take every possible step to prevent the marriage. But suppose the favored suitor is what they call * a very deserving young man,' but needy, are they to prohibit the match in the face of the daughter's vehement inclination? Or a case may arise in which they know nothing against the character or the position of the suitor, but entertain a vague misgiving, an indistinct prejudice against him. May this be justly allowed to counterbalance the daughter's deliberate preference? There are a hundred shades of feeling between cordial approbation of a man for a son-in-law, and a repugnance which nothing can overcome; and it is impossible to draw the line at any one point, and say, * Here the lather is justified in withholding his consent. ' In every case very much must depend upon the character of the daughter herself. If she is naturally weak and wrong-headed, the exercise of parental authority can hardly be carried too far in order to protect her. But if she has habitually displayed a sound judgment and a solid temper, the question how far a father will be wise in imposing his veto is one which there must be a great deal of practical difficulty in deciding." ' ^ ^ sure that if you really love a person, and are quite confident about him, that having to look forward to being married is not the best part of it all." So says one of Mr. Anthony TroUope's heroines, expressing her views on the pleasure of being engaged ; and there is much truth in the opinion. It is the friends who experience the inconvenience. Take this brief description of the state of things sure to prevail. I M- ^^^"^"^ in the evening, and are about to enter your drawing-toom. *Hist!' cries an unseen friend, as you are opening the drawing-room door, they are in there. ' Of course, being kindly disposed, and unwilling to interrupt the lovers, you don't go in ; but should the warning have unluckily come too late, there will generally be manifest on the part of the pair a rapid change of position, a totally ineffectual attempt to appear to be doing something, and an e^er and uncalled-for desire for your company. < Come in, Joe ; come in, old mUow; so glad to see you ; we were just at this moment talking of you, ' eta And so it goes on. Oh, excellent young couples ! kindly remember that in most ^68 cOUMTSMIP AND MAMMMGM, hxmxs miich is given up to you during the spooning season by people who are equally interesting and desen'ing with yourselves ; so pray be thankful, and do not bend the bow too much. For remember always that, wonderM swells as you may be in your own estimation, unless you behave with common-ieiise and consideration, you may easily become tremendous botes to those who have to bear with you. " A closer intimacy is pctmitted to the engaged in this country than in my other. It is preceded by the introduction of the suitor to the lady's relatives, after which the lady is introduced to his lamay. The latter make the first calls on the friends of the lady accepting. When the gentleman's offer is accepted, it is customary for him to ask the lady's acceptance of a present, some article which she may " keep for his sake. " An "engaged " ring is usually worn by the lady. This engagement ring is worn on the fourth finger of the right hand (that is on one next the little finger) in England. In this country it is worn either on the fourth finger ox forefinger, the English rule being geneially followed. After marriage it is transferred to the fourth finger of the I4t hand, and becomes the guard or keeper of the wedding ling. An engagement ring may be either a plain gold band, or set with gems. Where the lover can afford it, it is usual to present the lady with a ring containing a handsome diamond set. The prevailing fashion in England is very pretty, and may be recommended to those in this country who can afford it. Engagement rings there are set with stones so selected that the initial letters of the names of the gems shall in construction form the Christian or pet name of the lover. The engagement ring given by the present Prince of Wales to the Princess loyal of Denmark at their betrothal was set with a beryl, an emerald, a raby, a topaz, a jacinth, and an emerald, the stones in this order forming the word " Bertie," the familiar name of the Prince of Wales in childhood. It may be added that the^ ring was of dead gold, iii the. form of a fiat band 'Or strap with a .IracUe. There are many delicate ways in which the engaged lover may express his devotion besides giving costly presents. All young ladies at this stage of their lives are fond of being written to, and a few flowers— arranged to express attachment, or conveying a compliment according t| the language of flowers— the loan or gift of a volume of some favorite writer, with a page turned down at a suggestive passage, are attentions sure to be appreciated. And such lovers' festivals as St. Valentine's day must not be forgotten or overlooked. It would be remiss, indeed, if a lover did not send his lady a valentine. The etiquette of valentines is not very strictly defined. Some consider that to send one to a ladf is tantamount to a declaration ; but this is not the popular view of the TME LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. nia»..i:r. At all events, valentines may and should be exclianged among thobc engaged. The important point is, the manner in which those engaged should conduct themselves toward each other, and those in whose society they mix. It need hardly be said that a lover's conduct should be marked by delicacy and consideration for his intended bride. A certain degree of warmth and fimiiliarity is also permissible, such as would be out of the question under other circumstances. The intended will, of course, abandon all habits likely to be offensive. He will be scrupulous in his attention to his personal appearance^ and carefiil not to appear in places of amusement with other ladies. Carelessness and inattention are unpardonable in 2 man so situated. Towards the lady's family and friends also it is indispensable that he should behave with the utmost respect and consideration. Her parents should receive as much attention as his own, and her sisters and brothers should be made sensible of cordial good feeling. On the lady's part great care and discrimination are necessary. She should be careful to refuse rather than encourage the assiduities of others who may seek her favor. Levity and coquettishness of manner are in the worst pos- sible taste. Some vain, frivolous, and heartless girls delight in flirtations at this period — in exciting the jealousy of those they have pledged themselves to, or even in treating them with haughtiness and contempt. Such a girl does not deserve the love of a true heart, and not unfrequculy atones for her folly with a life of misery as the result of her marriage. Speaking now of both the parties to the engagement, we may add this morsel of sound general advice on their behavior in company. Affected indifference IS in bad taste. So is exclusiveness. Do not behave with too great freedom, and do not, on the other hand, sit apart, liand clasped m hand, or make displays of affection and fondness. The lady ought not to be perpetually parading her conquest, nor should the gentleman make a display of slavish devotion: Both these modes of procedure are equally out of place in society, and only make those who practise them ridiculous, and other people nncomfortable. And here one word on an important point. Engagements among the upper classes involve financial arrangements in which the lady is deeply concerned. She may have money, and in that case it is de^ sirable that some legal control over it should be secured to her. In any case^ her friends should secure her a settlement, as it is called — that is, a certain sum out of her own or her husband's income n a provision for herself and children —which is inviolable, and in the event of troupe or difficulty cannot be touched cither by the husband or his creditors without the wife's consent. A certain allowance for "pin money"— that is, dress and incidental expenses— is also ••Mstomary. Among the middle and lower classes this kind of thing is not and cannot be I 479 COdRTSmP AND MARRIAGE. insisted on. The intended wife has only her husband's honor and solemn en- gagement to love and cherish her on which to rely. It is, however, an excellent custom for the gentleman to insure his life in favor of his intended wife upon the near approach of his marriage, and this plan cannot be too strongly recom- mended. It secures something in case of trouble or death, and is as near an approach to a settlement as many persons have it in their power to make. In this country an insuiance policy made in favor of a wife cannot be touched by licr liuslwiiid's cfcflitois. It m m lady's priTilege tO' nqect a suitor. Let m suppose that she chooses to exercise that privilege. There is only one way in which she can do it creditably and with justice to herself and her ■aitor. Slie must convey to Mm dearly and without ambiguity the decision Ae comes to* One of the hardest things^ in the world is to meet the ardent outpourinp of a loving heart, and to dash the hopes of an impassioned lover, by the utterance of that freesing monosyllable — "No." It is painful, and it seems cruel, yet It is by far the best and most mercifol course td' adopt. Nothing can be more unfair or more unjustifiable than a doubtful answer given under the plea of sparing the suitor's feelings. It raises false hopes. It renders a man restless and unsettled. It may cause him to expicss himself, or to shape his conduct in such a manner as he would not dream of doing were his ■uit utterly hopeless. As a woman is not bound to accept the first offer that is made to her, so no sensible man — no man whose opinion is worth her consideration — will think the worse of her, or feel himself personally injured by a refusal. That it will give him pain is most probable ; if his heart does not suffer, his vanity is sure to do so ; but he is sure in time to appreciate the fact that his feelings were not trifled with, or his position made ridiculous, but that his advances were met in the earnest and candid spirit which had actuated him in coming forward. Let young ladies always remember that, charming and fascinating as they may be* the man who proposes pays them a high compliment— the highest in flit power. This merits appreciation and a generous return. A SQomM *' Nb/' a contemptuous snigger, a hastily invented plea of a pre- vinDS engagement, or a simpering promise to "think about it," are all the revene of generous, and all equally odious. In reining, the lady ought to convey her lull sense of the honor intended her, and to add, seriously, but not offensively, that it is not in accoidance with her inclination, or that ciicumstances compel her to give an mi&vonilile answer. It is only the contemptible flirt who keeps an honorable man in suspense for Ae pufote of glorifyii^ herself by his attentions in the eyes of firiends. Not III. ruE ijtms ajr etiquette. would any but a Ihvolous or vicious girl boast of the oflfer sh« had received and rejected. Such an ofier is a privileged communication. The secret of it sl^d be held sabred. No true-hearted woman can entertain any other feeling than that of commiseration for the man over whose happiness she has been compelled to throw a cloud, while the idea of triumphing in his anguish, or abusing his confidence, must be inexpressibly painful to her. The duty of the rejected suitor is equally clear. Btiquette demands tliat be Siiall accept the lady's decision as final, and retire from the field. He has no right to demand the reason of her refiisal; if she assign it, he f | bound to respect her secret, if it is one, and to hold it iiividable. To persist in urging his suit, or to follow up the lady wihmarked attentions, would be in the worst possible taste. The proper course is to withdraw as much as possible from the circles in which she moves, so that she may be spared reminiscences which cannot be other than painful. Rejected suitors sometimes act as if they had received injuries they were bouna to avenge, and so take every opportunity of annoying or slighting the helpless victims of their former attentions. Such conduct is cowardly and unmanly, tc say nothing of its utter violation of good breeding. When practicable, it is best, for his own and the lady's sake, that the v^sam witor should travel for a short time. Sometimes it will happen that an engagement has to be broken off. This is always a distressing thing. Moreover, an engagement is a serious, almost a sacred, tie, and ought not to be lightly sundered. StiU ciitumstancef will occur which render this course indispensable. They may be of a pecun. lary or family nature— but very oflen an engagement is broken off because the consenting parties find, on closer acquaintance, that they are mutually uhsuit* able to each other. In that case it is better to break the compact than to enter mto a more serious one, that of marriage, with the knowledge that only unhappiness and want of thorough union can attend it. When it is the lover himself who feels compelled to take the step, his posi- tion is inexpressibly delicate and distressing. He can only express himself in decidwi but gentle terms, and acting with firmness, but sparing the feelings of the lady as much as possible. Engagements are more frequently broken off at the wish of the lady, and cen tainly when she feels that her happiness is compromised the course is a wiss ttiough pamfiil one. ft is best that an engagement should be broken off by letter. ^^S^^JT^ ^ accompanied by anything in the way of portrait, lettere, or fi^wnich majr have been received during the engagement. When the letter is acknowledged^ which it should be in a tone of dignifieii > 4|t» COUMTSMiF AMI) MARRIAGE, loigiiatioii, fatlier tlian queniloiis upbraMtnf » a tnnilif fetm of the eadiangeff kttciB ami pacnti sImmiM talw jilace. Let iM inppose the proposal happily accqpted, and that no miaadventtire hag marked the period of engagement. Let us imagine that the proper and decent time has elapsed, and that all obstacles, if obstacles there be, have been over- come. The next step is the marriage of the happy pair, and the joyM fulfil- ment of their dearest hopes. The first great question is, *' When shall the wedding take place ? '* In Europe the favorite months for weddings are, generally speaking, June» July and August. There is some unaccountable prejudice against the month of May. £aster week is a very popular time for marriages. Wednesday or Thurs- llay it considered the best day— indeed, any day but Friday, which is considered 'inlucky. In this country all seasons are maided as suitable, except that Lent is con- MmA an inappiopfiMe tine, and Fiidaj shares the prejudice entertained towaids it in Europe. It is the privilege of the lady to appoint the time for the wedding, and the gentleman should leave her unfettered in this, eiicept for very important feasons. The season of the wedding day may be gowned, to a certain extent, by the place where the honeymoon is intended to be passed ; and by the same rule, the honeymoon is frequently governed by the season at which a wedding it oMiged to take place. Marriage is regulated in this country by the laws of the various States of the Union. Some of these require a license Irom the county court, or circuit court of the city in which the marriage is to take place. This license must be pro^ cured by the intended husband, and he must be accompanied by a near relative of the lady— her father or guardian is the proper peraon— wh© miit make oath that she can lawfully contract the proposed marriage. Ill %nmtm. The bridal trousseau does not include plate, glass, china, furniture, though #e have seen these articles mentioned as belonging thereto in a book professing to be an authority on the subject. It comprises simply the bride's stock of attire, which is to last her for the first few years of her wedded life. She should be caiefiil, iiowever wealthy she may be, not to have too great a quantity of wearing apparel ; for the changes of fashion are so frequent that it is just possible liie make of many of her garments may be quite gone by before she has had time HI' wear them TMM LAWS OF ETIQUETTE, 473, I» k iMipossible to give an accurate statement of the cost of a irmsseau, for thff'- it a matter that mutt be governed by the means and taste of the bride. Presents to the bride and bridegroom-«lect should be sent in during the week previous to the wedding— not later than two full days before the event. It is so customary now to make an exhibition of the presents the day before, or the day of the wedding, that it is more than ever necessary that they should arrive in good time. They should be in accordance with the means, and in harmony with the tastes- of the recipients. Nothing is in worse taste than to send some gorgeous oma- ment for a house where it will be out of keeping with all the rest of its. belongings, and only serve for a monument of the vulgar ostentation of itSv donor. We happen to know of an instance of a most elaborate and orna- mentally decorated jewel-box, which was presented to a young bride, who was., very blooming and very lovely, but had not a diamond to bless herself with. If people do not know what to send, or what the young couple require, they should ask ; for nothing is more annoying than to give or receive duplicate- presents. We have known instances of five butter-knives, three soup-ladles, and a couple of tea-urns being presented to a young couple just starting in life. It is customary for the gentleman to make his bride a present of jewelry to be worn at her wedding, where his means will permit him to do so. The bride's bouquet should be composed exclusively of white flowers, such as; gardenias, white azaleas, or camelias, with a little orange blossom intertwined. It is the privilege of the bridegroomsman to procure and present this to the- bride. It is generally considered a delicate attention on the part of the bridegroom to present a bouquet to his future mother-in-law. This may be composed of choice variously colored flowers, whilst those of the bridesmaids— which are, of course, provided by the parents of the bride— should be white, with an edging: of pale blush roses. l o save trouble and anxiety with regard to bouquets^ it is the best plan to - order them from some practical florist. He will kaow exactly what to send,, Tmd will deliver them fresh on the day of the marriage. The bridesmaids are usually selected from among the sisters of the bride, hei cousins, or friends. The head-bridesmaid is generally supposed to be her dearest and most intimate friend. Occasionally the sisters of the bridegroom are asked to assist as bridesmaids — but it should be borne in mind that thcu. bride's own sisters always take the precedence. COmTSMiF Aim MdMMMm, The number of the brideimaMs, of coniac, mwt he goiwiwl by ctrcimstmices. "iiz is a good number, though eight and twetiw are frequent. 'Recollect, an 0mm number should 'be always selected. The dress of the bridesmaids is isiiallj of some light white material, such as Mm, or tarlatane trimmed with some gay color of a light hue. They fre- i|ieiitly wear wreaths and veils, but of course of a more light and leas costly fiiftT yrtw than that of the bride. It is not unusual for half to adopt one kind iif trimming to their diess, and the rest that of a different hue; but it is more ftlrictly Si tigmeur' for all of them to be dressed alike. In this country the bridesmaids either provide their own dresses, or may accept them from the bride. The number of bridegroomsmen must correspond to that of the bridesmaids. These gentlemen have mostly nothing to do but to make themselves agreeable and dress well, except the first or principal groomsman, who is charged by the 'bridegroom with the management of the whole aisdr, and should be furnished 'by 'him with money to pay all the expenses. Where^ a ring is. used, he should take charge of it, and present it to the bridegroom at the proper moment. He '"BHit hand the minister his fee, and 'pay the sexton and other' persons entitled, to 'payment their, legitimate' charges. It is his duty to nndertake all the arrangements for his friend on the eventful ^y, and to see that they are all property carried out. The dress of the groomsmen should be similar to that of the bridegroom, the i»ly difference being that their costume— say in the matter of gloves, scarfe 4Bid trousers, should be a shade darker in tone than his. We htm seen weddings where all the groomsmen were attired precisely alike, Int it is objected to as making gentlemen's dress even more monotonous than it -unally is on 'these occasions. The bride should retire to rest eariy on the evening preceding the wedding, Although the ceremony may not take place until the next evening. She should avoid all iatigue and excitement, and endeavor to look as fresh and blooming as fosible on the all-important occasion. The bride generally takes breakfast in her own room, and remains there untii the hour arrives for her to resign herself to the hands of her maidens to be dressed for the altar. It is the bridesmaidens' privilege to perform this service. After she is dressed she remains in her room till her carriage is announced, or. where the wedding is at the house, until it is time for her to descend to the drawing-room. The bride's carriage is invariably the last to leave the house, and it contains but one occupant besides herself— namely, her lather or the -person who is to give her away. With regaid to the dress of the bride, it is simply impossible to lay mm » TMS LAWS OF ETiQUETTM. Tule. It is governed by the fashion of the day, but is always white for a maiden and of light colors for a widow contracting a second marriage. According the present fashion, the attire of the former is that of a white moire antique dress, with a very long train, or a plain white silk, with a lace skirt ow itj wreath of orange blossoms, and Honiton lace veil, descending ahnost to the grotmd. Of course, the gloves should be white, and the shoes or boots of white kid, or white satin, as the case may be. It is customary for the bride to make some little present to the bridesmaids on the wedding morn. These should generally consist of some trifling article of jewelry-not too costly-for it should be borne in mind that the gift should be valued rather as a memento of the occasion it commemorates than for ita own intrinsic worth. Should the bride reside in another city or part of the country, the bridegnwm and such of his groomsmen as are to accompany him should reach the place the day before the ceremony. They may dine at the house of the bride's parents ; but It is not etiquette for them to sleep there, even though invited to do so. They should take up their quarters at a hotel, or with some friend who faa% asked them to do so. The bridegroom ought not to see his bride on the happy Hay until he takes his place by her side for the final ceremony. It is the custom in this country for the bridegroom and his groomsn.en to wear full evening dress. This has been described. The English custom of being married m morning dress is rapidly coming into favor in refined society In the latter case, the dress of the bridegroom should be a blue frock or mommg coat— never a black one—very light trousers and tie, and white gloves. He may also wear a small sprig of orange blossom, or some small white fiower m his button-hole. Boots may be of shining patent-leather or of kid ciioice scari-.pm or a signet-nng— both as a memento of the day and a slieht ^owfedgment of his valuable services on the occasion. He may also make a Zt'^l^^^^ ^"^"^ ^ groomsmen. He is not bound The btMegroom should be carefiil to see that aU his arrangements are made beforehand, specially if the wedding is to be followed by a bridal tour. *icxets should. be purchased beforehand, places reserved in parlor<:ars and J»ggage checked, or had in readiness for instant use. To be obliged at the last moment to stop and attend to these matters Is very annoying, and also prevents the bridegroom from looking after 'the comfort of his bride as he him ff °^ ^ « assembled to see wkh^' ""^"^ ^ ^"^^^ ^ ^ ^ parting snes. Besides these delays at this time may be the cause of the bridal party Jg the tram or boat, which would be a most awkwaid mishap in a wedding J , J, 4^6 THE MAXMMGM C£M£MOJ\fy. In Eiiglaiid mamaga are celebrated beiore noon, and in chtiich. In this tamtTf mj htm may be lelected, and tbe ceremim j may be performed eitfaei ■t borne or in cburcb. Marriage by a magistrate is perfectly lawiiil. Most penons prefer to be^ married by a clergyman, and in church. The bridegroom must send a carriage at his own expense for the cflciafting. clergyman and his family. The bride*s parents provide the carriages for themselves and the bride. Either the bridegroom or the groomsmen may bear the cost of the carriager fbr the bridesmaids and groomsmen. If the wedding is in church, ushers, selected by the friends of the bride and groom, should be appointed to show the guests to seats. They should be designated by a white rosette worn on the left lappel of the coat. The front pews in the church should be reserved for the families and especial iriends of the happy pair. These are generally separated from the others by » vhite ribbon drawn across the aisle. The clergyman is expected to be at bit place within the chancel rail ifr tile appointed boar. Upon the arriiral of the bridal party, the nshcra will meet them in a body at ghe door, and precede them up the principal aisle of the church. Upon mcMng the' altar they will separate to the right 'and M, and take their pUces- in the rear of the bridal party. Upon the entrance of the bridal party within the doom of the church, the organist will play a " Wedding March," and as they take their places at the altar will change this to some low, subdoed, but tweet and appropriate melody, ifhich he shonld continie with taste and feeling throughout the service. As the bridal party leave the church, the music should be loud and jubilant. The bridal party should form in the vestibule of the church. The first gfoomnnan gives his arm to the principal bridesmaid, and these are followed by the others in their proper order. Then comes the bridegroom with the mother of the bride on his arm ; and last of all the bride, leaning upon her father's arm, At the altar the bride takes her place upon the left of the groom ; her father stands a little in advance of the rest, behind the couple ; her mother just in the- icar of her father. The bridesmaids group themselves on the left of the bride f thegnoomsmen on the right of the bridefifroom, aJI in the rear of the principalsi- TffE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 477 Where a ring is used, the first bridesmaid removes the glove of the bride. The English very sensibly cause the bride and groom to remove their gloves ^before the commencement of the ceremony. This saves an awkward pause. The responses of the bride and groom should be given clearly and distinctly^ but not in too loud a tone. As the English custom, respecting weddings, is being generally adopted by the bat society of this country, it is well to give a description of it here. The first to arrive at the church is generally the bridegroom, accompanied by his best man. They retire to the vestry, and then take the opportunity of 4)aying all fees dnd gratuities, as it saves an infinity of confusion afterwards. The other guests arrive about eleven o'clock— in ordinary cases it should never THS MAKBII^Cg ' ''CIKIEIIONY. ^be Iatei>— and group themselves in the neighborhood of the altar, taking care to leave plenty of room for those who have to perform the " leading business ; " for they must remember they are on this occasion literally what the play-bills term "guests, retainers, servants, villagers, etc., etc." The next arrival is that of the bridesmaids— care being taken that they all come at the same time— and, according to the most recent custom, they await the advent of the bride in the church-porch. There should be a distinct under standing amongst these young ladies as to the order of procession. Of course the head-bridesmaid walks first, except in the case of there being two children, who are known as the " fairy bridesmaids." In such an event they are allowed •JO walk first to bear the bride's train. The last carriage which is driven up to the church door is that containing tbe TME MAMMMGM CMMMMONY. bride and he mm. (We mty leiniirk heie, m /msmi, that in countnr churches a very pretty custom ffcquently olitiiini: numely. the strewina J flowers by the village children the |Mth of the bride.) On de.cending frol the carnage, the bride takes her fathef's left arm, and advances up the aisir followed by her maidens. *^ ' At the altar she finds the bridegroom, attended by his beat man, awaiting her they havmg entered from the vestry room upon the annonncemeni of the .frival of the bride at the church door. She takes her position on his left hand, the bndegroom being supported on his right by his best man— the bride having her maiden on her left, and the father standing a little in advance of the rest behind the couple. It is not our purpose here to give a detailed description of the solemnization, of matnmony, for, of course, all who are about to enter into the holy state have made themselves familiar with the formula beforehand ; but there are one or two points we shooM wish to mention. When the minister asks, " mio giveth this wmmm # ir mmrud U this manf' the father steps forward and takes his, daiighter by the hand, saying, "Id^," n« "l»t riHHOd .bo »collec, that when 4e bride comes ,o the sentence, "mni thereto I give thee my troth;' those words are his cue for producing the ring, which he should immediately hand to the bridegroom, who places it on the book. After the deigyman has pat the ring on the bride's f nger, the bridegroom holds the ring whilst he says, " mth Ms ring;* etc. It may be noted as cnrions that the Ibnrth finger of the left hand has always been the ring finger. For this many reasons have been assigned. Here is an anatomical one. « It is said to be the only finger where two principal nerves belong to two distinct tranka. The tiuab Is supplied with its principal nerve from the mial nerve, as is also the forefinger, the middle finger, and the thumb, side of the ring finger, while the ulnar nerve fiimishes the little finger and the other side of the ring finger, at the point of extremity of which a teal wiion takes place. It seems as if it were intended by natnre to be the matrimonial finger." This is ingenious, but probably the finger was chosen only as being less used than the others, and because as it cannot be extended to its full length alone, but only in company with some other finger, greater security is affoideil to the ring on it than would otherwise be obtained. The principal bridesmaid holds the bride's bouquet and glove during the ceremony. The latter she is at liberty to keep, for it is said to be invested with some mysterious charm for the purpose of bringing back renegade lovers. At the condnsion of the service, the bridegroom gives his arm to the bride, leading the way to the vestry, and followed by the rest of the party. Here it is usual for him to raise the bride's veil and kiss her, and his example is frequently followed by some of her most intimate friends, but it is a sine qua mm that he should be first. The newly married couple then afiix their signatures to the register, which la. TM£ LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. 47^. alpo signed by the parents on both sides, the bridegroomsman, the head-brida^- maid, and any one else who may desire to do so. The " best man " shoula- take care to get the certificate of marria§e, and hand it to the bride before quit- ting the church. When it has been ascertained that the bridegroom's carriage is ready, he gives his arm to his wife and they walk slowly down the church. Then: ap pearance at the vestry-door is, a signal for the organ to play Mendelssohn's "Wedding March," and immediately the carriage leaves the church the bells ging forth a right merry peal. The bridegroomsman and the head-bridesmaid pair off together, and the other bridesmaids with the gentlemen to whom they are allotted, with the re- maining guests in their proper rotation. All these arrangements should, how- ever, be properly explained and understood beforehand, as it may lead to endless discomfort. Upon the return of the bridal party fi-om the church they are ushered into the drawing-room, and there hold a brief reception of their friends who have been invited to the wedding, and who now desire to offer their congratulations. These receptions last from half an hour to an hour. A breakfast or supper usually follows, which is served in as elaborate a style as the means of the bride's parents will permit. Should the circumstances of the case compel the bride to be married in travel- ling-dress, the ceremonies will be as simple as possible. The newly married couple in such cases generally repair from the church to the depot or steamer and start upon their bridal tour. Only the bridegroom is congratulated at a wedding, ffe is supposed to have won the prize. You offer your good wishes to the bride for her future happiness. Should a breakfiet or supper follow the wedding, the bride sits by her hus- band's side, on his right, in the centre of the table. Her mother sits at the head, her father at the foot. The guests are arranged according to a imsviouslf ananged plan. The wedding-cake is usually placed in firont of the bride, and it is the duty of the head-bridesmaid to make the first stab therein : after which* it is taken ofi" the table, cut up on the side-board and handed to the guests. After the cake has been handed. It is generally customary thai the speech- making should begin. It IS commenced by the Mhtt of the bride, who proposes the health of the bride and bridegroom; the latter replies, and proposes the health of the brides- maids, to which the bridegroomsman responds. As this is generally considered the speech of the day, the gentleman to whom it is entrusted should endeavoi to make it as telling and pointed as possible ; this only adds another to the dift cult duties this hard-worked individual has lo perform. Tke bridegroom then proposes the health of the father and mother of the t I TME MARRIAGE CEREMONY, Mete ; the &t]ier, on retiiming thanks for the same, proposes tlie health of the dcrgyiiiaii who officiated at the marriage ceremony, who must thereupon rise and letiim thanks lor the compliment paid him, ending his remarks by propos- ing some suitable toast. He should make his remarks as bright and sparkling as possible, in order that they may leave upon tiw gmesti an tmpraMiiii in keeping with the happy occasion. Several other toasts follow, such as the parents of the bridegroom, the bride* groomsman, etc., etc. These, however, are optional, and may be varied ac* cording to circumstances. Shortly before the conrjidsion of the repast the bride rises, and leaves the table accompanied by her mother and bridesmaids, and retires to change her dress for the wedding journey. The bridegroom soon follows her, accompanied by his best man. When all is in readiness the happy couple take their departure for the cars 01 steamer, amid the good wishes of their friends, who soon after take their leave. Ill Wiifisi %m. The wedding tour should be definitely arranged before the marriage, and thu tickets purchased before the ceremony, so that there may be no delay or cop* liision upon the arrival of the bridal party at the depot. The bride's wishes must govern the tonr in everything. Amngc your movements so that they will be leismdy. Avoid haste and 4Mi8tle, and to double the pleasure of your journey. It is well to select your hotel at the places you intend to stop^ and telegraph :ahead te rooms. It is best that tlie young couple should make the wedding tour unaccompanied by any of their firiends. It relieves them of einbarrasmient, and enables them to devote themselves entirely to etcli other. Upon such occasions a third penoii iS' decidedly out. of place, and. is sure to fied sOb * In some circles the young couple send out cards with their wedding invita- tions, stating the day and hour they will receive callers after their return from their wedding tour. No one who has not received such a card should call upon a newly married couple. Such cards should be as simple and unostentatious as possible. Where they are sent out the wedding journey must be terminated in time to allow the new couple to be at home at the hour indicated for the recep- tion of their visitors. Visitors should call punctually at the time appointed. In some places it is customary to offer the guests wedding-cake and wine. It is customary for the mother, sister, or some intimate friend of the bddCr lo assist her in receiving these calls This rule is imperative. Weddinfc calls must be returned within a week / rm LAWS OF MTiqmTTB, _ IIW^^^^^ ETIQUETTE OF THE HOUSEHOLD. Courtesy between husband and wife should not cease with mairiage. The cool indifference which some married persons display towards each other is as objectionable as the excessive affection of others. You should never forget that your wife is a lady, entitled to all the courtesy and attention you lavished upon her before marriage. The wife, on her part, should so Oiinduct heiaelf that her husband will delight to treat her thus. On the wife especially devolves the privilege and pleasure of rendering home happy. We shall, therefore, speak of such duties and observances as pertain to her. When a young wife first settles in her home, many excellent persons, with more seal, it may be, than discretion, immediately propose that she should ievote some of her leisure time to charitable purposes : such, for instance, as -iothing societies for the poor, or schools, or district visiting. We say with all cMnestness to our young friend, engage in nothing of the kind, however laud- able, without previously consuming your husband, and obtaining his full con- currence. Carefully avoid, also, being induced by any specious arguments to attend evening lectures, unless he accompanies you. Remember that your Heavenly Father, who has given you a home to dweU in, requires from you a right performance of its duties. Win your husband, by all gentle appliances, to love religion ; but do not, for the sake even of a privilege and a blessing, leave f^im to spend his evenings alone. Look often on your marriage ring, and remember the sacred vows taken by you when the ring was given ; such thoughts will go far toward allaying many of these petty vexations which dioirastanoes i^ll forth. Never let your husband have cause to complain that you are more agreeable abroad than at home ; nor permit him to see in you an object of admiration, as respects your dress and manners, when in company, while you are negligent of both in the domestic circle. Many an unhappy marriage has been occasioned by neglect in these particulars. Nothing can be more senseless than the con- duct of a young woman who seeks to be admired in general society for her politeness and engaging manners, or skill in music, when, at the same time, she a>akc8 no efibrt to render her home attractive ; and yet that home, whether a l««cc or a cottage, is the very centre of her being— the nucleus around which 31 / MTIQUMTTM' TUB HOUSEHOLD. bar affections should icvolve, and beyond wMch she lias comparatively small Tuiir'TiT Mi wTW mk mm Wt Bewaie of iBtrusting any IndiYidnal wlistever wttli small annoyances, or 'mis- understandlnfs, between yoiir husband and yourself, if tbey nnbappily occur. ConlidantS' aie: danfetims 'peisonsy. and. many seek to obtain m aseenden^cy in lailiilies by gaining the good opinion of young married women. Be on your goardt and reject every overture that may lead to undesirable intimacy. Should any one presume to offer you advice with regard to your husband, or seek to lessen Mm in your estimation by insinuations, shun that person as you would a serpent Many a home has been rendered desolate by exciting coolness or suspicion, or by endeavon to gain importance in an artificial and insidious manner. In all money matters, act openly and honorably. Keep your accounts with the most scrupulous exactness, and let your husband see that you take an honest pride in rightly appropriating the money which he intrusts to you. '* My hus- band works hard for every dollar that he earns," said a young married lady, the wife of a professional man, to a lady friend who found her busily engaged in Mwing buttons on her husband's coat, iad it seems to me worse than cruel to lay out a dime unnecessarily." Be very caieM, also, that you do not spend more than can be afforded in dress ; and be satisfied with snch carpets and cur- tains in 'youT' dnwing-voom as befit a moderate Ibrtune or professional income. Natural ornaments and 'lowers. tasteMly anaufed give- an air of el^gancC' to a 'looni. in wMcIi the iimituic is^ fiv firom costly; and. books,. judicioi]Bl.y placed, unifonnly give a good, effect. A sensible woman will .always, seek to ornament liar iMMOoe' and tO' render it attiactivc^ more espedally as' this it the taste of the preieiit day. The power of association is very great; light, and air, s^tM degaDGC are' important 'in their effects. No wife acts wisely who permits her sitting-room to look dul in the eyes of Mm whom she ought espedniy to please, and with whom she has to pass her days. In middle life instances frequently occur of concealment with regard to money concerns : thus, for instance, a wife wishes to possess an article of dress which Ik to© costly for immediate purchase, or a piece of furniture liable to the same objection. She accordingly makes an agreement with a seller, and there are many who call regularly at houses when the husband is absent on business, and who receive whatever the mistress of the house can spare from her expenses. A book is kept by the seller, in which payments are entered; but a duplicate is never retained by the wife, and therefore she has no check whatever. We have known an article of dress paid for in this manner, far above its value, and have heard a poor young woman, who has been thus duped, say to a lady, who remon- strated with her: "Alas! what can I do? I dare not tell my husband." It may be that the same system, though differing according to circumstances, is pursued in a superior class of life. We have reason to think that it is so, and therefore affectionately wain our younger sisters to beware of maMng purchases rH£ LAWS OF ETIQUETTE. jif '*V^# inat i^uire concealment. Be content with such things as you can honorably afford, and such as your husbands approve. You can then wear them with every feeling of self-satisfaction. Before dismissing this part of our subject, we beseech you to avoid ail bicker- .ngs. What does it signify where a picture nangs, or whether a rose or a pink looks best on the drawing-room table? There is something inexpressibly endearing in small concessions, in gracefully giving up a favorite opinion, or in yielding to the will of another ; and equally painful is the reverse. The mightiest rivers have their source in streams ; the bitterest domestic misery has often arisen from some trifling difference of opinion. If, by chance, you marry a man of a hasty temper, great discretion is required. Much willingness, too, and prayer for strength to rule your own spirit are necessary. Three instances ooenr to us in wMch ladies have knowingly married men of exceeding violent •empeis, and yet have lived happily. ITie secret of their happiness consisted in fossesaing a perfect command over themselves, and in seeking, by every possible ■cans, to prevent their husbands from committing themselves in thek presence. Lastly, remember your standing as a lady, and never approve a mean action, bor speak an unrefined word; let all your conduct be such as an honorable and right-minded man may 1 >ok for in his wife, and the mother of his childnai. The slightest duplicity destroys confidence. The least want of refinement in conversation, or in the selection of books, lowers a woman— ay, and forever! Follow these few simple precepts, and they shall prove of more worth to ymj than rubies ; neglect them, and you will know what sorrow is ! As regards the duties of the husband, we desire to be equally explicit When a man marries, it is understood that all former acquaintanceship ends, anless he intimate a desire to renew it by sending you his own and his wife's caid, if near, or by letter, if distant. If this be neglected, be sure no further intercourse is desired. In the first place, a bachelor is seldom very particular in the choice ot his companions. So long as he is amuseo, he will associate freely enough with those whose morals and habits would point them out as highly dangerous persons to introduce into the sanctity of domestic life. Secondly, a married man has the tastes of amiher to consult ; and the friend of the husband may not be equally acceptable to the wife. Besides, newly married people may wish to Umit the circle of their friends from praiseworthy motives of economy. When a man first seU " in the world, the burden of an extensive and indiscriminate acquamtance may be felt in various ways. Many have had cause to regret the weakness of mind which allowed them to plunge into a vortexof gayety and expense they could ill afford, irora which they have found it difficult to extricate themselves, and the effects M which have proved a serious evil to them in after-life. \ 484 MtlQUETTS m TMM MOmEMOLD, Remember that you have now, as a married man, a very different standing in society from the one which you previously held, and that the happiness of another is committed to your charge. Render, therefore, your home happy by kindness and attention to your wife, and carefully '.vatch over your words and actions. If small disputes arise, and your wife has not sufficient good seme to yield her opinion — ^nay, if she seems determined to have her own way, and that tenaciously, do not get angry ; rather be silent, and kt* the matter rest. An opportunity will soon occur of speaking affectionately, yet decidedly, on the subject, and much good will be effected. Master your own temper, and yon will soon master your wife's; study her happiness without yiddlng to any caprices, and you will have no reaaoa to regret your self-control Nefer let your wife go to churcli alone m Sunday. You cm hardly do a none thing as r^iards her good opinion of you and the wdl-being of your kmieliold. It Is a pitiable sight to see a young wife going toward the church- door unattended, alone in the midst of a crowd, with her thoughts dwelling, it may be very sadly, on the time when you were proud to walk beside her. Remember that the cowiition of a young bride is often a very solitary one; and that for your sake she has left her parents' roof and the companionship d her brothers and sisters. If you are a professional man, your wife may have tc ave in the neighborhood of a large city, where she scarcely knows any one, and without those agreeable domestic occupations, or young associates, among whom she had grown up. Her garden and poultry-yard are hers no longer, and the day passes without the light of any smile but yours. You go off, most probably after breakfast, to your business or profession, and do not return till a late dinner J perhaps even not then, if you are much occupied, or have to keep up professional connections. It seems unmanly, certainly most unkind, to let your young wife go to church on Sunday without you, for the common-place satisfaction of lounging at home. To act in this manner is certainly a breach of domestic etiquette. Sunday is the only day in which you can enable her to forget her father's house and the pleasant associations of her girlhood days— in which you can pay her those attentions which prevent all painful comparisons IS regards the past. Sunday is a day of rest, wisely and mercifully appointed to loose the bonds by which men are held to the world; let it be spent by you as becomes the head of a family. Let no temptation ever induce you to wisb your wife to relinquish attending Divine service, merely that she may " idle at home with you." Religion is her safeguard amid the trials or temp- tations of this world. And woe may be to yon if you seek to witMi»w her from its protection ! Much perplexity in the marriage state often arises from want of candor. Men conceal their affairs, and expect their wives to act with great economy, without assigning any reason why such should be the case ; but the husband ought frankly to tell his wife the real amount of his income ; for, unless this is iSone, ibe cannot properly regulate her expenses. They ought then to consult TIJE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE* together as to the sum that can be afforded for housekeeping, which should be n i tly below than above the mark. When this is arranged he will find it advantageous to give into her hands, either weekly, monthly or quarterly, the sum that is appropriated for daily expenditure, and above all things to avoid interfering without absolute necessity. Tiie home department belongs exclu- sively to the wife ; the province of the husband is to rule the house — hers to regulate its internal movements. True it is, that some inexperienced yomjg creatures know but little of household concerns. If this occur, have patience, and do not become pettish or ill-humored. If too much money is laid out at first, give advice, kindly and firmly, and the young wife will soon learn how to perform her new duties. No good ever yet resulted or ever will result from unnecessary interference. If a man unhappily marries an incorrigible simpleton, or spendthrift, he cannot help himself. Such, however, is rarely the case. Let a man preserve his own position, and assist his wife to do the same ; all things will then move together, wei'^infi .bariMMi'iou^y."' Much sorrow, and many heart-burnings, may be avoided by judicious con- duct in the outset of life. Husbands should give their wives all confidence. They have intrusted to them their happiness, and should never su^Dect them of desuring & waste their money. Whenever a disposition is manifested to do right, express your approbation. Be pleased with trifles, and commend efforts to excel on every fitting occsisiou. W^im wife 1^ diffident, encourage her, and avoid seeing small mistakes. It is unreasonable to add to the embarrassments of her new condition, by ridiculing her deficiencies. Forbear extolling the previous management of your mother or your sisters. • Many a wife has been alienated from her husband's family, and many an affectionate heart has been deeply wounded by such injudicious conduct; and, as a sensible woman will always pay especial attention to the relatives of her husband, and entertain them with affectionate politeness, the husband on his part should always cor- dially receive and duly attend to her relations. The reverse of this, on either side, is often productive of unpleasant feelings. Lastly, we recommend every young married man, who wishes to render his home happy, to consider his wife as the light of his domestic circle, and to permit no clouds, however small, to obscure the region in which she presides. Most women are naturally amiable, gentle and complying ; and if a wife becomes perverse and indifferent to her home, it is generally the husband's fault. He may have neglected her happiness ; but nevertheless it is unwise in her to retort, and. instead of reflecting the brightness that still may shine upon her, to give ^ the dusky and cheerless hue that saddens her existence. Be not »«lfish, but complying, in small things. If your wife dislikes cigars— and few young women like to have their clothing tainted by tobacco— leave off smoking; w it is, at best, an ungentlemanly and dirty habit. If your wife asks you to read to her, do not put your feet upon a chair and go MTiQasrm of tme funmmal. to atoqi. If she is fond of music, accompany her as you were wont to do wheo jrau sought her for a bride. The husband may say that he is tired, and does not Hfce music, or reading aloud. This may occasionally be true, and no amiable woman will ever desire her husband to do what would really weary him. We liowever, recommend a young man to practise somewhat of self-denial, and to iwncmbcr that no one acts with a due regard to his own happiness who lays aiifk, when mairied, those gratifying attentions which he was ever ready to pay the lady of his lo¥e, or to those rational sources of home enjoyment which made her look iwward with a bounding heart to become his companion through life. Finally, remember it is your duty to make the most liberal provision for your fiunily your means wiE permit. Cultivmte economy by all means, but let it be of a liberal character. Spare your wife al the physical labor you can, especially if she be the mother of children. Her health is your greatest treasure. Your money it badly mved at the cost of her health and freshness. The great sorrow brought upon a family by the death of a loved one renders the immediate members of the family incapable of attending to the necessary arrangements for the funeral. The services of an intimate friend, or a relative, should, therefore, be sought. He should receive general instructions from the family, after which he should take entire charge of the arrangements, and relieve them from all care on the subject. If such a person cannot be had, the arrangements may be placed in the hands of the sexton of the church the deceased attended in life, or of some responsible undertaker. The expenses of the funeral should be in accordance with the means of the lamily. No false pride should permit the relatives to incur undue expense in Older to make a showy funeral. At the same time, affection will dictate that all the marks of respect which you can provide should be paid to the memory of your beloved dead. In some parts of tic country it is ctistoniary to send notes of invitation to the limeral to the friends of the deceased and of the family. These invitations should be printed, neatly and. simply, on mourning paper, with envelopes to match, and .sliouM "be delivered by a 'private messenger. The following is a currect form, the names and dates to be changed to suit the occasion : " ¥oiinelf and teaily are respectiiUy tnTited to attend the limeniS of 'David B. Jones, on Tuesday. March i8th, 1879, at 11 o'clock a. m., from hii late icridence, tf 16 Walnut Street, to pnceed to Laurel' HiE Cemetery." " THE LAWS OF ETIQUMTTE. Where the funeral is from a church, the invitation should read : " Yourself and family are respectfully invited to attend the funeral of David B. Jones, from the Church of the Holy Trinity, on Tuesday, March i8th, 1879, at II o'clock A. M., to proceed to Laurel Hill Cemetery." Where such invitations are sent, a list of persons so invited must be given to the person in charge of the funeral, in order that he may provide a sufficient number of carriages. No one to whom an invitation has not been sent should attend such a funeral, nor should those nvited permit anything but an important duty to prevent their attendance. When the funeral is at the house, some near relative or intimate friend should act as usher, and show the company to their seats. Preserve a decorous silence in the chamber of death— speak as little as possible, and then only in low, subdued tones. The mambets of the family are not obliged to realize their acquaint- ances. The latter show their sympathy by their presence and considerate ffllenoe*. As the coffin is borne fixim the house to the hearse, gentlemen who may be standing at the door or in the street remove their hats, and remain nncoveied until it is placed in the hearse. The pall-bearers should be chosen from among the intimate friends of the deceased, and should correspond to him in age and general character. With regard to sending iowers, the wishes of the family should be considered. If you are uncertain upon this point, it is safe to send them. They should be simple and tasteful. In all your associations, keep constantly in view the ad^e, "too much freedom breeds contempt." Never be guilty of practical jokes ; if you accustom yourself to them, it is probable you will become so habituated as to commit them upon persons who will not allow of such liberties : I have known a duel to arise from a slap on the back. If there be another chair in the room, do not offer a lady that from which you iiave just risen. Always suspect the advances of any person who may wish for your acquaint- ance, and who has had no introdiuction : circumstances may qualify this remark, but at a general principle, acquaintances made in a public room or place of awnemcnt are not desirable. Never conferse while a person is singing; it is an insult not only to the singer, but to the company. •■ential part of gckod breeding is the ppw^tical desire to afford pleasure;* «id to avoid giving pain. Any man possessing this desire requires only oppoi' '•unity and observation m .make ..Mm. a gentleman, ., , M:SCELLAWM&m LAWS. Always take off ymt hat when handing a kdy to hat carriife, or tlw liox of a theatre, or a public room. If, in a public promenade, you pass and repass persons of your aciiiiaiiitaiice, it is only necessary to salute them on the first occasion. Do not affect singularity of dress by wearing anything that is so conspicuous as to demand attention; and particularly avoid what I believe I must call the nffian style. Mew loee your temper at cards, and particularly avoid the exhibition of anxiety or vexation at want of success. If you are playing whist, not only keep your temper, but hold your tongue; any intimation to your partner is decidedly unfeutlemanly. Let preteiits to a young lady be characterized by taste— not remarkable for intrinsic value. Except under very decided circumstances, it is both ungentlemanly and dan- gerous to the Ofdinary rules of etiquette, official society in Washington City is governed by a code of fixed laws. The social observances of the White House are prescribed with great exactness, and constitute the Court Etiquette of tHe Republic. At the very commencement of the Government under the Constitution the social question became one of great magnitude, and in order to ^just it upon a proper basis, President Washington caused a defi- nite Code to be drawn up ; but the rules were too arbitrary and exacting to give satisfaction, and society was not disposed to acknowledge so genuine an equal- ity as the code required among its members. Frequent and bitter quarrels arose in consequence of the clashing of social claims, and at last a code was agreed upon, which may be stated as follows : The tVesident and his family are recognized as the head and front of the social ftructure. The President, as such, must not be invited to dinner by any me* and accepts no such invitations, and pays no calls or visits of ceremony. He may visit in his priiwte capacity at pleasure. An invitation to dine at the White House takes precedence of all others, and a previous engagement must not be pleaded as an excuse for declining it. Steh an invitation must be promptly accepted in writing. During the winter season, a public reception or kvce is held at stated times, at which guests are expected to appear in fiill diesi. They are presented by the iahcr to the BnideBti and 'have 'the honor of ghaUng hands witit him. Hey THE LAWS OF ETIQUETTE, gat dien pass on, and are presented by another usher to the wife of the President, to whom they bow, and pass on. These receptions last from eight until ten o'clock p. M. On the I St of January and the 4th of July the President holds public recep- tions, commencing at noon, at which the Foreign Ministers present in Wash- ington appear in full court dress, and the officers of the army and navy in full uniform. On such occasions, the President receives first the Heads of Depart- ments, Governors of States, Justices of the Supreme Court and Members of the two Houses of Congress, in the order named ; then the Members of the Diplo- matic Corps, who are followed by the officers of the army and navy. The doors are then thrown open to the general public, who for the space of two hours pay their respects to the Chief Magistrate of the Nation. The Vice-President of the United States is expected to pay a formal visit to the President on the meeting of Congress, but he is entitled to the first visit from all other persons, which he may return by card or in person. The Judges of the Supreme Court of the United States call upon the Presi- dent and Vice-President on the annual meeting of the Court in December, and on New Year's Day and the 4th of July. They are entitled to the first call from all other persons. Members of the Cabinet call upon the President on the ist of January and the 4th of July. They are required to pay the first calls, either in peison or by card, to the Vice-President, the Judges of the Supreme Court, Senatore and the Speaker of the House of Representatives on the meeting of Congress. They are entitled to the first call ftma all other persons. Senators call in person upon the President and Vice-President on the meeting of Congress, New Year's Day and the 4th of July, if Congress is in session at the last named time. They also call first upon the Judges of the Supreme Court, and upon the Speaker of the House of Representatives on the meeting of Congress. They are entitled to the first call from all other persons. The Speaker of the House of Representatives calls upon the President on the meeting of Congress, on New Year's Day, and on the 4th of July, if Congress is in session. The first call is due from him to the Vice-President and the Judges of the Supreme Court, but to him from all other persons. Members of the House of Representatives call in person upon the President on the r^^r^^^^,,^^ and on New Year's Dayfand by^ard or in person on the 4th of July, if Congress is in session. They call first, by card or in P«son, upon the Vice-President, the Judges of the Supreme Court, Speaker of the House, Senators, Cabinet Officers and Foreign Ministers, soon after the opening of the session. Foreign Ministers call upon the President on the ist of January and the 4th ^oly. They call first, in person or by card, upon the Vice-President, Cabinet Officers, Judges of the Supreme Court and the Speaker of the House on the first Wortunity after presenting their credentials to the President. They also 49^ WASM/NGTON OFFICIAL SOCIETY. make an annual call of ceremony, by card or in person, on the above men- tioned officials soon after the meeting of Congress. They are entitled to the first calls from all other persons. The Judges of the Court of Claims call in person upon the President on New Yeir's Day and the 4th of July. They pay first calls to Cabinet Officere and Membeis of the Diplomatic Corps, and call annually, by card or in person, iipcMi the Vice-President, Judges of the Supreme Court, Senators, Speaker and MonlMB of the Mouse soon after the meeting of Congress. Tlie intercourse of tlie other officers of the Government is regulated by sofiertority of rank in the public service. Tbe intercome of the lunilles of officials is regulated by the rales which gofan the officials themselves. Bttiiiet the public levees of the Bpesidcnt, the ladies of the White House hoU icGcptioiia at stated periods, to which Invitations are icfularly issued. The Bnideiit sometimes appears upon these occasions, but it imder no oMIgft* lion to do sa It has l<»g been the custom Ibr the FMsident to gi ve a series of State Dinnen dndng the session of Congress, to which the various meraben of that body, the higher Goremment officials and the Diplomatic Corps are successifely invited. In order to show attention to all, and offend none. It is necciraiy t get Mc not. JrUWtrS Mtwmtm. 8|ifig of Sfsfooe Ik. . .FanrntS. Ittiil ..«•*««••. Gt^f ifi€ wiska. t-M*-Nol Forget me mi, 5« g§0el •••••••■•a Oak leaves.. • •< • • • •■GMifi^fv. , , Heliotrope FldeSty. Cvtikitiiigt or, Immor^ • > * *%f Utie jfoitf . ■ ■ ' i Am Impbitiiriics. Flowers needed. or, FlMglofV... ••••••• * Jtal IMUiVf 'ij^a ^Searlct AiiWIa. Avarice, TwAh Cap^. . . .i. . ... Jigired, fitmure of deotit. Danger Is aear. Diput Fhwers meeded. Oleander Bemmre. Wlistt Flytrap. Ikmt. Rhododendron • .Datigfr it nee^. Sweet Fell'. «•*•.•••• .M^tpMyt. 9- A RxBUU. Your frivolity and isalcfolcaot will |M to be ibcsaken by all. Flowers needed. London Pnde ....... .Priority. Be assured of my sympatby. Ma^r fOi| i»4 oo iw o mi on i Fhmers needed. Tbrift assured e/ mf sympeiiMy. 'Ssd Fii|i|iy« ti. Fhmers needal. , Foresjgkt. diffieuttid. If a flower be given reversed, its origiiial signification is iindeistood to be funtradicted, and the opposite meaning to be implied. A rosebud divested of its thorns, but retaining its leaves, conveys the senli- ment, " I fear no longer; I hope ; " thorns signifying fears, and leaves hopes. Stripped of leaves and thorns, the bud signifies, "There is nothing to hope or fear.** The expression of flowers is also varied by changing their positions. Plac© * marigold on the head, and it signifies "Mental anguish;" on the bofom, •♦Indifference." When a flower is given, the pronoun / is understood by bending it to tlit right hand ; ihm, by inclining it to the left. «* Yes,** is implied by touching the flower given with the lips. ••No," by pinching off a petal and casting it away. " I am," is expressed by a laurd-leaf twisted round the bouquet. " I have," by on ivy-leaf fiikled together. I oflb- you," by a leaf of the ¥iiginian oreqier. THE VOCABULAOT. ^bieedaif VolubiHty. Abaiaa Fkiieimt. Ac«4a FrimM^ Acacia, Rose or White Et^mm, Acacia, Yellow Secret hve. Acanthus The fine arit. Afi^e. ^^■li* Temperance. AdiineaMin^lblln.... 11^. Acbimenes Cupreata.. .Suck wortk it rmrt. Aconite (Wolfsbane). .Misemthr«fy. Aconite, Crowfoot .... Lustre. •**"'l«f Flo , .Sad memorm. A-^kan Marigold Vulgar mimdk. Agnus Qutns ..CMimt. Md^krmee. Nsmmff,. , Thmkfkbms. Grati- tude. Abnond (Common).. ..Stupidity. Jkdiscreium. Almond (Flowering). .Hope. Almond, Laurel Ftt^, Allspice . . . Compassion. ^oc. ^ Grief. He^imu mh ^tKFUiiiiioukm. Fnitex (Syrlin IMlow)< Persuasim. ^■"^ (Sw^r. . Wm^tk i^ifomd ieautjt. ^ | Amaranth (Globe) .... Immorta/ity. inglove. Antannth (Coeks- comb\. Foppery. Affectatim. Amaiyllis.. Pride. Timidity. Splendid beauty. Ambrosia Love returned. Ameriom Cowslip. .. .ZTmW Ameriom tim.. J,... Patriotism. American Linden Matrimoty. American Starwoit..«,|,»,. Wdmme to a ttranget, Ckoerfklmm m 'ot^ A««t%if.,,., .,Adm^aiiom. Andromeda. S^-Mtter^e. Anemone (Ztphyr Flower) Sickness. ^ lawftn fiiMi. Anemone {Gixdicn).. .Forsaken. Angelica.. , Inspiration, or Magic. Angnc •.•••...«...,. Royally. Apricot (Blossom).... DmwM Apple Temptatiom^ Apple (Blossom). , . , . .Preference. ^am* speake kim p'eat ami good. Apple, Tham,^»mmm*»Jktiitfut ckmim*- Apoc7iiiiiii(]>afilMiiie) J>ectit. Afbor Vitse tMtkttMgimg fnmS- skip. Um pr mt, Aram (Wake Robin). .ArdoiP, ZmL Ash-leaved Trumpet Flower Separaium, Ash Momitaiii , ..Fmdme*^ or W9lk wu jmt ar€ mfe, AA Tree Gramdmr, Aspen Tree Lamentaiion, or fear. Aster (China) Variety. Afterthought. A^ihodel. My regrets folUm you to ikagfom, Amicnlsa ••■«••»•••• mPoMtiv^m Anficiila, Scarlet.. . • • ^Avarice. Anstnrtiiiiii. ..«• Splendor. Aiaka Tempormc*. Bachelut's BnHoiis. . . . CStlnlArf. Bftlm. ^Sympathy. Balm, Gentle PUasantry. Balm of Gilead Qirt. MiMef. n^lmiM UmI m^^m 1^!"^^ JUmMm. deM rtsolotia &ilsam, Yelloir Impatimc. Barberry Sharpness of temper. Basil Haired. Bi^ Leaf leMm^ hti M diuM, laf (Rose) Rhodo^cn- draii . , . • Dem^, Bmmo* Bay Tree •Glory. Bay Wreath. ,Mmard ofw$irit. Bearded Crepb ^^B^Oiom. Beech Tree BmpirHiy, Bee Orchis TmMkjf» Bee Opluyi* rn'Mrror , • • • • • tJD^omttiy. .^m£«. Mmkt midal. ....•« flower (i white). Gratitude. Belvedere. / declare against yon, Bctony Surprise. Bilberrf mmAry. Bindweed, Great B^^mt^am, Impor- timi/y. ibdweed, ML . . . . .iSiMi^. Birdsfoot, Trefoil Hemmge. Bittersweet s Night- shade* • JVwtMm Black Poplar. Courage. Blackthorn Difficulty. Bladder Nut Tret. . ..Frivolity. Amusement Bloeiiottle (Centaury ).i7^/tVa9r. Blichell Com^mgh S^rrom/u, r^grtt. f Blue • flowered Greek Valerian Ru^tire, Bonus Henrictts Goodness, Borage BbmtmesSk BcMC 1VM.«»««a • ....iSStoafiiiw. Bramble* ••••••.«•• ^•.it'XMv/Mccf* 'JEiMif'a Mo morse. Branch of Currants. . . You please alt. Branch of Thorns Severity. Rigor. « • • •••••• I Browalfia Jamisonii. , .Onddyomheotrpomr^f Buckbean CcUm repose. Bud of White Rose. . .Heart ignorance of lovt, Biiglos Fa&eiood. Bulrush Indiscretion. Docility. Bundle of Reed% wiii their FanideA. • • • . . • Music. Burdock Importunity. Touch Bag«* . ..«*.»*.*»*»« .R ndti t e^ Vm weary Bnttercwp (Kliign|l)r*iSi! ness. Buttei-fly Orchis. Gayety. Butterfly Weed Let me go. *••«■*.•*> .Pr^t. Cacalia**.. .Aduhiiom. Cactus Warm^. Caila JSdiiopIca Magni/Uent BeoMty. CUoeolafia..*.. / efer you pecuniar} assitiauee, or I offer you my forktm. Calycanthus Benevolence. Camelia Japonica, Red . Unpretending eseei Senee, Camelia Jif'liilea,. White Perfeded Loveliness. Camomile. Energy m adoersi^- Campanula Fjrramida. .Aspiriug. TMM LAMGIMGM .AMD SEMTIMiMMT OF MLOWMM^ Canary Grass. . * » . •,Persemratt^. Candytuft M^ermee. Ciuterbury Bell Acknomkdgment. Cape Jasmine I am too happy. Cardamine Paternal error. Cvnation, Deep Red. .j^/iu/ for my poor kmri. Cumation, Striped Refusal. Carnation, Yellow Disdain. Cardmal Slower Distinction. Catchfly : Snare. Catchify' Red Youthful Love. Catchl^ White.. . . ,,^S^ayed. Cattley? Mature charms. Cattleya Pineli Matronly grace. Cedar, .*....••.....* Strength. Cedar of Lebaarf^i«. Chestnut Tree Dome justice. Chinese Primrose Lasting love. Chickweed Rendetvous, *^««7. FrugttWy, China Aster Variety. China Aster, Double.../ partaie your seud- ments. China Aster, Single. . .1 will think of it. China or Indian ftnk. . Aversion. Rose Beemty oiuMtys new. CWnese Chrrsanthe- • • • • . • Cheerfulness tmder ad- versity. ^^ema. Varium You have many lovers. ^^''^^ *08e. ReBem «•/ anxiety. Ch(ysanih«ttttni Red../i5pw* ChryKanthenmm, "^^^ ' Thttk. '-^"I>«nthemum, Yel- ^ Slighted hve. AfoM^s delightful. Cinquefbil Materualafeetiom. ^M- •^u*. Of Rock Hoie. ,P^^uhrJumt. Ostus, (Jum /shall die to-morrom. Citron Ill-natured ieauty^ Oarkia ..The vcmety of youo convers^Hm d^Jj^ me. Clematis Menial beauty. Clematis, Evergreen . .Poverty. CUanthns.... .iVfrMUmess. Se^-4e^ mi' ^ C^otbur , , .Rsfdmess. Pertttsae^ Cloves Dignity. Qover, Four-leaved. . .Be minom Clover, Red .,^» Industry. Clover, While. . . ..... TMnk of me. Cobsea Gossip, Cockscomb, Amaianth./^^/rfy. Affectaiiom. Singularity, Colchicum, or Meadow Saffitm.. My best days are pet^. Coltsfoot ...... , Justice she^Uhe^me, Columbine Folly. Columbine, Purple. . . .Resolved to win. Columbine, Red Anxious and trem- Mug, Convblvnlns Bonds. Convolvulus, Mue (Minor). Repose. Night, Convolvulus, Major . . .Extinguished hofes. Convolvolos, Pink .... WoHh sustained by judicMus emd teud^ ^ee^on. Cor chorus Impatient of cAuts^ Coreopsis Always cheerful. Coreopsis Arkansa . . . .Love at first sight. Coriander Hidden worth. Com Riehes, Com, Broken Quettrd. Com Straw •.Agreement. Com Bottle, Delicacy. Cora Cockle Gentility. Cornel Tree .Duration. Coronella ^leem erowu yom wishes. Cosmelia Subra 735^ charm of a blush Cowslip. Pensiveness. mnniuf grace. Cowslip, American. . . .Div^ ieaufy. Crab (Blossom) m-nature. Cranberry Qtre for kem^tueHi^ I )03 LANCmGM AMi> SENTIMMNT m fLOWERS. Crocus Crocus, Spring.... Oroctts, Sftffiron.... Craviit IsipfefisL** Cmvsbill Ci*owfoot. ....•>••< Crowfoot (Aconi Cuckoo Plant » • • JSISwifiif. . . , Ah$se not. , . . Youthful ghdmm. te- . * • ^0$t^f^^m CuiTUlt Cuscuta •••••< . Thy frown ••// MU .Meanness. Dalilk. JiuftiMii:^. Oaiqr • • Innoceme. Ihasf, Garden Ishareyomr smiiments. Daisy, Michaelmai... ./arrw//, #r after- Daisy, I')M(ty-C(il•••••*•••••• Elm . ■•••••••*••■••• Enchanters' Niglit- slisdc .....•••*..« . Endive Escholiia.* . mpaioffiimi* Everfloweriig Candy* tuft Evergreen Clematis. . . Evergreen Thorn .Ererlasting. .... ^ ... • BUukness. Be warned m tune. Foetry, I hetU% Witchcrafi. Sorcery FrugalUy, Indifferent Faverty, Sffiace in askmrriH^ M irame* ••••••••• •< , . WSwHij' aS length. Fern FasmmUm. Magit Ficoides. Ice Flant.. . . Ymr Mtfmm me Fig Argummi, Fig Marigold. Idleness* Fig Tree Frolific. Filbert ReconciHatim, Fir. ...«<••■••■•••..• TSnr* Fir Tket. Miemiim. Flaa...... Jhmatk indmstry Fate. I fif^ Flax-leaved Golden- locks TanBiesg, Flenr-de-lis Flaine. I htm. Fleur-de-Lnce. ...... .Fire, iii Flowering Fern Reverie. Flowering Reed Confidence in Heaiven Flower-of-an- Hour . . . . Delicate beauty. Fly Orchis.. .^fT0r. Flytrap. ,Deee&. _^ || Fool's Parsley Silliness. Forget. Me-Not. , THte love. Foxglove InsincerUy, Foxtail Grass Sorting. Franciscea Latifolia . . .Beware offakefriemi French Honeysuckle. .^wlfrAMni^'k ~ " Mariifold fealottsy. TSS lAMGUAGE AND SENTIMENT OF FLOWERS. french Willow Bravery and hmmm^. Frog Ophrys Disgust. Fnller'a Teaad Mismikr^, Fumitory ,.,^leen. | leaf.. ••.*••••••■. ,S^^^dti^. GeiBninHa, Ivy •« . ..... .Bridal famr, C^ranium, Lemon .... Unexpected me^. Geranium, Nutmeg Expected meeting. Geranium, Oak-leaved True friendsk^ Geranium, Pencilled.. .Ingenuity, Geranium, Rot'e> scented. ^ • Preferen^, Geranium, Scarlet .... (^fmrtk^. Geranium, Silver. leaved Recatt. Geranium, Wild Steadfast Piety . Gillyflower. Bonds of a^eetimtm fSMioii. Ready armed. Glory Flower Gleriom ieaniy. Goat's Rue Reason. Golden Rod Precaution. G«»ebeny Antidpaiion, Gourd.. .Extent. Bulk. QMBiiiantiiip Chlom. ^ora.,, • • • • , mfmm* YottT tender it too kasty. Grape. Wild Charity. ^^"■M Suimission. UliSiy. Gndder Rose. Winter, Age. Hand Flowef tkifc. . . Warmii^. Snhnissim. Grig, Hawkweed . . ... , , , , . Qlskh^^^nm, Hawthorn. Hope. Hazel RecouciHoHem^. Heartsease, or Tmxf. . Thoughts. Heath. S^M/udk, Heleninm Tian, HeUatra|ie .DevoHort, er / j thee. Hellebore Scandal. CaAtmt^, Helmet Flower (Mmikshood) Rm^kt-erranity. Hemlock You will 6e deaik. Hemp Fate. Henbane Imperfectim, Hepatica Cot^idence. Hibiacus DeUeate ieamt^. Holly Fbru^kt. Holly Herii. Enchantment. Hollyhock Ambition. Fecundity Honesty Honesty. Fascination Honey Flower. Love sweet and secret. Honeysuckle Generous and eUvotm affecHen. Honeysuckle (Coral). . The color of my fate. Honeysuckle (French) Rustic bean^. Hop Injustice. Hornbeam Ornament, Horse Chestnut. Luxury. Hortensia.. You are cM. Houseleek Vivcuity. Do$neti Industry. Houstonia Content. Hoya Sculpture. Hoyabella Contentment. Humble Plant Despondency. Hundred-leaved Ko^. Dignity of mind. Hyacinth , , , , Sport. Game, Flap Hyacinil:' liiple Sorrowful. Hyacinth, White (Moktrusime lovdmm, Hydrangea A boaster. Hyss(^ Cleanli$test, Iceland Moss. ....... .MeaM. Ice Plant. Yom looks freeze ms, Imbricata Uprightness. Jsm mentsof honor. Imperial Montague.. . .Power. Indian Cress WmsMe tr^H$h Indian Jasmine (Ipo- ncea) . . . 4 .Attadkmetu, > "$04 TMS LANGmCM ^4MJ} ISMMTmMNT OF-m&WEMS, Indian Pink (Oonbk) .Always lev^, Indian Plum Privatum, Iris .Message. CSotmi* •..<•>. .fMnit, Iiy, Sprig of, with Tendrils Assidums to^as*. Jacob's taMm Comt dmm, |«|Mi EiiM..........J'««^air. Marjoram Blushes. Marvel of Peru Timidity. Meadow Lychnis WH. Meadow Sairon My best days are past. Meadowsweet Usekssmess. Mercury Goodness. Mcsembryanthemum. . .Idleness. Mezereon Desire to please. Michaelmas IMsy AJieriJkoi^M MigMaMnt Your fuaiUki mrpass yourchasrms. Milfoil War. Milkvetch ....Your presence wfiems my pains. Milkwort Mermite^. Mimosa (Sensitive Plant) Senskimsm. Mint Virtue Mistletoe I surmount difficulties. Mitraria Coccinea Indolence. Dulness. Mock Orange Counterfeit. Monafda Amfiadcmt- Your wkims are quite unbearable. Monkshood A deadly foe is near. Monkshood (Helmet '^o^er) Chivalry. Kn ig h t- itramfyy. , Moonwort ForgetfuMeu. Morning Glory ....... Affectation. Moschatel Weakness. Maternal love. Emmi. Mossy Sanfiage Affectum. Motherwort Concealed hve. Mountain Ash Prudence. Mourning Brid^ Unfortunate attach- ment. I have lost all. Chick. higetmms sMpHc^. Scoipion. Forget me not. ■•©nng Rant Mndwort Hc^pinen. Trmt^eM- lity. Mulberry Tree (Black) I shall not survive you. Mulberry Tree (White) Wisdom. Mushroom ^tspicwn^ or I easf entirely trust ym. Musk Plant Weakness. Mustard Seed Indifference^ Myrobalan Privation. Myrrh.. Gtaekteu. Myrtle .Lem. Narcissus Egotism. Nasturtium Patriotism. N emophila Success everywket Nettie, Common Sting- ing You etre {^tiSg^fiJ^ Nettle, Burning. Slander. Nettle Tree Conceit. Night-blooming Cereus Transient beamty. Night Convolvulus N^ght. Ntg^tshBde Falsekeod. ot Oak Leaves Bravery. Oak Tree Hospitality. Oak (White) Independence. Oals The witching soui nmtie. Oleander ........... Beware. Olive Peace. Orange Blossoms Your purity equakymn loveliness. Orange Flowers OmsHty. Briaat fe» twiiies. Orange Tree Generosity. Orchis.. A beUe. Osier Frankness, Osmunda Dreams. Ox eye PaHemee. Falm «... Vietory. Pansy ... Thoughts. Parsley Festivity. Pasque Flower You have no claims. Passion Flower Religious superstition when ike ffower it teversedt «r FaM if er^t. Patience Dock PaHemee, \ rJW LANGUAGE AND SENTIMENT Of mOWEMS. Lasting pleamre, Ptea, Sw«!t. Departure. Peach Kwr qualUieSt Mie „.•..../«*» Pear.....;. AffecHon. Pear Tree. Comfort. Penstemoii hxmwam, .High-bred. Pennyroyal ame^. PwMiy Mmm, Maskfidmm, f^pcrmtnt Warmth of feeling. Ptri winkle. Blue Earfy friendship. Ileriwinkle, White Pleasures efimmory. Fteisicaria.. . . . • Jleitormiim. fiHBiiniiMMi ......... *..Miny «p# No- ■IMytf^Jf iMiHHlllli^ Peruvian Htliiitwi|»e,. .Devotion. Petunia.. Your presence soothes t'S' Eye. . . . • • PEg^ Bwiy . . . . ..... Indifference. Pimpernel Change. Astignatim. Pine Pity. Pine-apple You are perfect. Rne, Pitch .Philosophy. Fine, Spraee. ..... . . Mope U mdmf^^ Pink Boldness. Pink, Carnation Woman's love. Pink, Indian, Double.. vi/woyj Pink, Indian, Single.. .Aversion. rUc, Mountain As^ring. fink, Eoii, Boubfe. . . .Pure and ardemi km. Pink, Single /*««r Pink, Variegated Rtfusal. Pink, White .If^eniousness. Takni. Pla nt a in . If^lalSf wi0i$*s ^di^^$ Plane Ticc. Genets. PI mum Tree Fidelity. Plum, Wild Ind^mdenee. Plunbngo Larpenta. . .Mdy wishes. Polyanthus .Pride of riches. Fblfsathiis, Crimson. . . The hmrt^s npnilMj. PbljrantliQS, Lilac Qmfdenee. Bomegranate Foolishness. Pomegranate Flower. .Mature ei^anu. Poor Rbbin.... Compensaiumt m equivalent. Poplar, Black Courtage. Poplar, White Time. Poppy, Red......««..Qmjw&ilSMif. Po|^, Scarlet .Mtniastic extramigmm Poppy, White Sleep. My bam. Potato . . . . t Benevolence. Potentilla ./ ckmrn, at imst, ym Prickly Fear ,»,.Sa^e. Pride of ChiiUm.. • Dissension. Early yomti mnd sad Primrose, W Primnwe, Red^. Privet. ...•*•• Purple Clover . Fymi' Jeponm. ness. .J!tieoMsiiatiiy» Proindent. . • • • • . .Fairies^ fi^^ Quaking-grass .AgitmMon. QuMioelit MifyM^. the mum m coquettes. Fad^em* Quince •••••••••••••• T'F**^^''^*^* Ragged«cobiii.» ....... Ifluf. RannncnlnS' .......... Yon etft wadSani " fMto charms. Ranuncnliis, Garden.. . F<»« are rich im r tractions. Ranunculus, Wild Ingratitude. Raspberry .Metnone, Ray grass. ........... WSee. Red Catchfly. Youthful love. Reed Complaisance. Mmm Reed, Split Indiscretion. Rhododendron (Rose- bay) .Danger, Meware. KiiiimiD. .MmPtee, Rodcct Rivalry. Rose Love. Rose, Austrian T^ou art alt tncU lovely. Rose, Bridal. • ....... .Si^fpy JIpiw. Rose, Burgundy ...... Ukeomseiom beauty. Rose, Cabbage.. ..... .Ambassador of love. Rose, Campion Only deserve my love. Rose, Carolina,, ..... .Love is dangerous. Tim LANGUAGE AND SENTIMENT OF FLOWERS. Rose, Qiina ......... Beauty always new. Rose, O i fiH i m ev ..... Tras$qt$$llm svf Rose, Diily Thy smile I aspire to. Rose^ Dtatesk. Brilliant complexion. Rose, Deep Re4 . . . . .Mashfid shame. Rose, Dog Pleasure tmdpain. Rose, Guelder Winter, Age, Rose, Hundred-leaved Pride. Rose, Japan Beauty is your only attractiett. Rose, Maiden Blush.. ,Ifym love me yom wiH fimdUot^ Rose, Monti flora Grace. Rose, Mundi Variety. Rose, Mniic. O^ricious beauty. Rose, Musk, Cluster . . Charmts^, RaMii Sim^a. ••.*•• *Sta^dicdy. Rose, ThomlS. Early attachment. Rose, Unique Call me not beautiful. Rose, White I am worthy of you. Rose, White (withered) Tramsiemt it^ramm. Rose, Yellow .Decrease of love. Rose, York and Lan- caster. War. Rose, Full -blown placed over two Buds Secret^, Rose, White and Red together Unity. Roses, Crown of Reward of virtm. Rosebud, Red Pure and lovely. Rosebud, White Girlhood. Rosebud, Moss Confeuion ef kme. Rosebud (Rhododen- dron) Beware. Danger, Rosemary Remembrance. Rudbedci^. .......... ^^tsitce. Rtte....,...„......i«w&i«. *^'*sh , , , . .Doe&&y. Rye Grass Chmtgeaile disposition. Beware efexcm. Saffron Crocus. Mirm. S«ftwi, Mewiow.. Mt^ipiest dt^ are ,Dome^ p&im. Sage, Garden Estean. Sainfoin Aigitatiom, Saint John's Wort Animosity. Salvia, Blue Wisdom. Salvia, Red Energy. Saxifirage, Mos^. AJMon, Scabious Unfortueude km. Scabious, Sweet Widowhood. Scarlet Lychnis Sunbeaming eyes. Schinus Religious enthtuiasm. Scotch Fir Elevation. Sensitive Plant ..Sensibility. Senvy Indifference. Shamrock Z ight-heartedness. Shepherd's Purse I offer you my all. Siphocampylos Resolved to be noticed. Snakesfoot. ..«.....«. Horror, Snapdragon Presumption, a i f « "No.*' Snowball Bound. Snowdrop Hope. Soirel, Wild. ...,WU ill-timed. Sorrel, Wood yey. Southernwood yest. Banierit^, Spanish Jasmine Sensuality. Spearmint Warmth of sentiment. Speedwell Female fiel^ty. Speedwell, Germander. /WaK^i^. Speedwell, %nked. . . .Sembleam, Spider Ophrys... Adroitness. Spiderwort Esteem, not love. Spiked Willow Herb. .Pretension. Spindle Tree Ymr charms «fr eitm graven on nty heart. Star of Bethlehem Purity. Starwort Afterthought. Starwort, American . . . Cheerfulness in old age. Stephanotts Will you accompany me to the Ea^f Stock ,Lastit^ beamty. Stock, Ten Week Promptness. Stouecrop Tranquillity. Straw, Broken Ru^ure of a contract. Straw, Whole Union. Strawberry Blossoms. .For^ht. Strawberry Tree Estum, met'^itm» Sultan, Lilac / forgive yom. Sultan, White Sweetness. 508 TMM LANGUAGE AND SENTIMENT OF FLOWERS. Sultan, Yellow Contempt. Sumach, Venice Sunflower, Dwarf.. . .,^ilpfliii*i« Smiiliiwer, Tall . - HamgkHmss. Swallow-wort Cmt for hmttmm*. Sweet Basil Gmd wishes. Swectbriar, American.. Ai^tairj- Sweetbriar, European. . I wound to heal. Sweetbriar, Yellow Deeretu* of km. Sweet Pea ^ BtUtaU plmsmm, "Sweet Sultan FeMcity. Sweet William Gallantry. SifcanMMrc. ■ — » Cktrmity. Syringa Memory. %Tin£a. QHwina Disappoimimmt, Tkmamk ...Crime. Taiwy (Wild) I tkekir* wmr agamst Ttaae! Jmm$tiMr^y, Tendrils of ClimMnf Plants TSts. Thistle, Common Atis^riiy. Thistle, Fuller's. . Mmtmrofy. Thistle, Scotch Retaliation. Thorn, Ajiple. . . ..... .Deceitful charms. Thorn, Brancii of Semr^. Thrift • • Sympathy. Throatwort Neglected beauty. Thyme Activity or courage. Tiger fluwer... For once iMf frtie befriend mm. Ttaweiet** l«if . . • . • - .Sa^. Tree of life OM age. Trefoil Revenge. Tremella Nestoc Resistance. Trillium Pictom Modest beauty. Triptilion Spinosum. . . Be prudent. TiriiIHe ^afrise. Tmmpet Flower Fame. Tuberose Dangerous features. Tulip, Red Declaration of km. Tulip, Variegated Beautiful eyes. Tulip, Yellow Hopeless love. Turnip Charity. Tutsilage (Sweet- scented) Justice shall be domym. Valerian ...An accommodatiug dis- postt$ott. Valerian, Greek Rupture. Venice, Somach luteUeetual excellence. Splendor. Venus* Car ..Fly with me. Venus' Lobking-g^ . . Flattery. Venus' Trap. Deceit. Verbena, Pink Family union. Verbena, Scarlet Unite against evU^ or Verbena, White Pray for me. Vernal Grass... Poor, but happy. Veronica .Fidelity. Veronica Speciosa. . . .Keep this for my saka Vervain. EnthantmiM. Vine Intoxicatiam. Violet, Blue Faithfulness. Violet, Dame ........ Watchfulness. Violet, Sweet .Modesty. Violet, Yellow Rural happiness. Virginia Creeper / cling to you both in Virgin's Bower Filial love. Viscaria Oculata Will you dance with me f Volkamenia.. ....... .May you be happy I Walnut Intellect. Stratagem. Wall-flowif:. , ... Fidelity im a*mm0h Watcher by the Way- side Never despair. Water Lilv Purity of heart. Water Melon Bulkiness. Wax Plant Susceptibility. Wheat Stalk. ........ Riches. Whin Anger. White Jasmine Amiability. White Lily ......... .Purity and modesty. , White Mullein.. Good nature. White Oak . . .. . . . Independence. White Pink Talent. White Poplar... Time. White Rose (dried).. .Death preferabk to hs* of innocence. Whortleberry. Treason. Willow, Creeping Love forsaken. Willow, Water Freedom. Willow, Weeping Mourning. Willow Herb Pretension. Willow, French Bravery and humanity. Winter Cherry Deception. Wisteria Welcome, fair stranger. Witch Hazel A spell. Woodbine .Fraternal love. Wood Sonel Joy. MeUemml tem- demess. Wormwood. Absence. Xanthium Rudeness. PerHnacity. Xeranthemum Cheerfulness undtf adversity. Yew. ...Sorrow. Zephyr Flower Expectation. Zinnia Thoughts of absent With Prdctical and Comprehensive Instructions for Composing Verses and Finding the Proper Mhymss, As MOST persons are given, at some period of their lives, to writing poetry, it seews not inappropriate to devote a portion of this work to a few practical remarks upon that subject. Poetry is the language of the imagination. The idea generally entertained that It consists in the writing of rhymes, and in the proper arrangement of the verses and words employed, is erroneous. Verses may be arranged with the most precise skill, so that the keenest critic shall be unable to detect a flaw in their construction, and yet may not be poetry. On the other hand, a prose composition may be rich in the truest poetry. The words or veises are but the dress m which the thought is clothed. It is the thought, the idea, or the picture painted by the imagination that is poetry. The fiimous expression of Menon, "Like the sandal-tree, which sheds a perfume on the axe which fells it, we should love our enemies," though written in prose, is poetic in the highest degree. This distinction of the poetic principle should be carefully borne in mmd by those who aspire to write verse. ^The usual form of poetry is v?rsp. apd it is most commoi^ to adorn It with rnyme. Versification is the art of making verses- The word stanza is frequently used for verse, but improperiy so. A verse consists of a single line. A stanza con- •Mteof a number of lines regularly adjusted to each other. We may, then, define Jireree as a line consisting of a certain succession of long and short syllables. The half of a verse is called a hemistich. Two lines or verses constitute a distich, or couplet. ' The stondard by which verse is measured is called metre. This depends on uw number of the syUables and the position of th*. accents. . Jli°'^ ^ "^^"^ succession of i. ,ig and short syllables, verses "e divided mto certain measures, called ytrf. Vhis term is applied because Zj**'^I: **** ^ of measured W^. nils division into feet depends entirely upon what is called the quantify ^syllables J that is, wliether ^mtht^m shttrt, without reference to the IIH WJT ART OF WRITING POETRY, Two kinds of vcne ire med by poets— rhyme and bltok veiic. Rhyme is clwiictcrised by a siinparity of sound at the end of certain dcfinit^ apanfed All thoughts, all passions, all ... . delights, WImIcw stirs this mort«l .... fbiiDC, tm. but 'the 'ainiitcis of ... . hifi» ""' WlM' Uiiy' flfff«»ii^*^ ¥ery woiMleilal iMi^gp no ... . doubt Uiiilt Irene is a combination of lines that do not rhyme. It was the earliesi ibnn of iMietif naed, and the only Ibrm attempted in Swoiie unfil the Middle Ages, when the minstrels and poets of that period introduced the novelty oi thyme. It is used principally in dramatic compositions, descriptive' aiid " heroic focmsy and. the like. The' Mkywiiig, from. Shakspeare*s pity of "As ¥oii lihC' It/* if afeii amiplt " I have neither the scholar's melaacnolyt Which is emulation ; nor the musician's, Which is fantastical; nor the courtier's. Which is priile; nor the soldier's, which u Aahition \ nor the lawyer's, which is politici mto He lady's, which is nice ; nor the lover's. Which is all of these; but it is a melancholy Of mine own ; compounded of many simpksi Extcsded from many objects, and, hideod, He sniidiy contemplalioii of my timveis | in which my often ruminalioa wrap Mt . In « moit himowms — '»-^' A loot may sometimes consist of a single word, or, again, it may comprise two Off three different words, or be composed of parts of different words. In English verse, eight kinds of feet are employed. Four of thesd'lie feet of two syllables, and four are feet of three syllables. The feet composed of two syllables are the Trochee, the Iambus, th^ apollde^ and the Pyrrhic. Those consisting of three syllables are the Dii!tyle, the Amphibrach, the Anapaest, and the Tribrach. The Trochee is composed of one long and one short syllable ; as, gOry. The Iambus consists of one short syllable and one long one ; as, bHrlly. The Spondee is composed of two long syllables ; as, AfjfAJl^. The Pyrrhic is composed of two short syllables ; m, »m thi Ay land. Tie Dactyle is composed of one long syllable and two short ones ; as, hdfiniUt thte AmpMbfich is composed of a short, m long, and a short syllable; aii I THE ART OF WRITING POETRY, 5,, The Anapaest is composed of two short syllables and a long one ; as, Ontri vtm, sip&r&te. The Tribrach is composed of three short syllables; as, happlniss. The Iambus, the Trochee, the Anapaest, and the Dactyle are most frequently used, and verses may be composed wholly or chiefly of them. The others are termed "secondary feet," because they are used only to vary the harmony of the veric. English verse is divided into four classes, distinguished by the feet of which each is composed, viz. : the Iambic, the Trochaic, the Anapaestic, and the Dactylic. Some writers hold that the Dactylic is not, strictly speaking, a dis tinct division, but is nothing more than the Anapaestic with the fiist two unaccented syllables omitted. " Every species of English verse," says Parker, ''regularly terminates with an accented syllable ; but every species also admits at the end an additional unac- cented syllable, producing (if the verse be in rhyme) a double rhyme ; that ji a rhyme extending to two syllables, as the rhyme must always commence on tht aceented syllable. This additional syllabic often changes the character of the verse from grave to gay, from serious to jocose ; but it does not affect the measure or rhyme of the preceding part of the verse. A verse thus lengthened is called hypermeter^ or over meter." Different kinds of feet frequently occur in all the different kinds ofveise ; but it is not always possible to determine them with accuracy. The Iambus, the Trochee, the Spondee, and the Pyrrhic are easily recognizable ; but the Dactyle, the Anapaest, and the Tribrach are not so readily discriminated, as poetic license allows the writer to make the foot in question a Trochee, a Spondee, or « fyrrhic. Ptoe Iambic verse is composed of lambusses alone. The accent is uniformly even syllables. We give below specimens of the various ieet U9c4 in witing this style of verse : Ifly Tm feet. ^ Wi-cm I not'see I>' The grim | and"'''ilood | y band, VUh^^iltf ^iddH'f'ltsl'haiid. Four fm. Come now ) agam | thy woes | impwl, T«n all I thy SOT I rows, all 1 thy stfv |IJ rJW JJir OF WMITiNG POETRY, While to t liis ««■ | die Mmh | ing bride | Iw t Church-yard " and Tennyson's " In Memoriam." A Pastoral is a tale, song, or drama, supposed to have been recited, sung, oi performed by shepherds. This form of poetry was very popular in ancient times. Didactic poetry is that which is written for the avowed purpose of conveying % moral. Campbell's " Pleasures of Hope, ' ' Thomson's " Seasons," and Pope's ••Essay on Man," are poems of this class. The Ode. The Ode is the highest of modern lyrical compositions. It written in the loftiest strain, filled with the noblest ideas, and seeks to inspire similar thoughts in the soul of the reader. To this class belong the hymns useci in religious worship. f%i Paan, The Bean was a song of triumph sung by the ancients in honoi «f Apollo, on the occasion of a victory, or to the other gods as a thanksgivii^ iMT' the cessation m cure of an tvii ' THE ART OF WRITING POETRY. 515 The Ballad. The Ballad is the simplest form of descriptive poetry, and is written in a pleasing style, so that it may be easily sung by those who have litUe acquaintance with music. fke Sonnet, The Sonnet is composed of fourteen lines or verses of equal •ength. It properly consists of fourteen iambic verses of eleven syllables, and is divided into two chief parts. The first of these is composed of two divisions, each of four lines, called quatrains; the second of two divisions of three lines each, called terzines. The lines are so constructed that the first eight contain but two rhymes, and the last six but two more. In the first part the first lint must rhyme with the fourth, fifth, and eighth ; and the second with the third, <«th, and seventh. In the second part the first, third, and fifth are made to Thyme with each other ; and the second with the fourth and sixth. The foUowing will show the construction of the sonnet: Kisl tune he kissed me, he but only kissed The fingers of this hand wherewith I write; And, ever since, it grew more clean and white. Slow to world greetings , . quick with its "Oh, list I • When the angels speak, A ring of amethyst I could not wear here, plainer to my sight. Than that first kiss. The second passed in height The first, and sought the forehead, and half missed. Half falling on the hair. O beyond meed! That was the chrism of love, which lore's own Grow% With sanctifying sweetness, did precede. Tbe third upon my lips was folded down In perfect, pa^le state; since when, indeed, 1 have been proud, and said, « My love, my own.*' m Cantata is a composition, or song, of a musical character, containing red* taiivts and airs, and may be adapted to a single voice, or to many singers. The Camonet is a short song, consisting of one, two, or three parts. ^ The Charade. In poetry the charade is a composition the subject of whicK M t word of two syllables, each forming a distinct word. These syllables are «>ncealed in an enigmatical description, first separately, and then together. m Madigral. This is a short lyric poem, adapted to express happy ana P»casmg thoughts on the subject of love. It contains not less than four nor sixteen vers^^ of eleven syllables, with shorter verses interspeised, o. Df verses of eight syllables irregularly rhymed. TO! foUowing is a fine example of the madigral : Ik « Lady of the County of Lancaster, with a White Mm K this fiiir rose offend thy si|^ Placed in thy bosom fair, •T will blush to find itself less white. And turn Lancastrian there. 1., {10 rm MMT OF WMITIWG FOMmK As Um it thmi aui/it deign. With envy 'twill lose lis 4^ And Yoilcisli tnm again. f]k Epigram. Tliii is a short poem, treating of a sing k sul^, and cloiing •ith some ingenious and witty thought, whkli Is fcndemi imtamting by being unexpected. An epigram should be concise. Its point often lests upon a vltticism or irerbal pan ; but the better class of epigrams are marked by ine- nets and delicacy rather than by smartness or repartee. Tk* fy^rmtplm. This is a poem written on the instant, without previous thought or preparation. , fi* Acrmtit is a poem in which the initial Unes of each line, taken in Older from the top to the bottom, make up a word or phiaae, gOMially m pef ami's Mine or modo^. The following is an example : F— riendship, thou 'rt false! I hate thy flattering mikt R — eturn to me those years I spent in vain. I— n early youth the victini of thy guile, g lach, joy took wing ne'er to letnim again — — e'er to return; for, chiUad hy hopes deceived, D — ally the slow paced hours now move along; S— o changed the time, when, thoughtless, I believed H — er honeyed words, and heard hor syren song. 1-4 e'er, as me, ahe lure some youth to atngr, F irhBiMi, hfiwit Inn lal% he 11 listen tO' 'n^ lay. the Prohgue. This is a short poem spoken before the commencement of a dimmatic perfonnance, and Is designed as an introduction to the play. The Epilogue is a short poem spoken by one of the actors after the close of m dnmatic performance, and sometimes recapitulates the incidents of the drama. fit Famfy is a ludicrous imitation in verse of some serious subject. the Satire is a poem in which wickedness and folly are exposed with severity, and are held up to contempt. A satire should be general, not peisonal. The Lampoon, or Pasquinade, is a personal attack in verK, and deals in abuse and vituperation rather than in argument. pint ttoA HMmt Ipdvtf ftc* In English psalmody the words Long, Common, Short, and Particular Metre are employed to designate the various styles of psalms and hymns used. When each line of a stanza has eight syllables, it is called Long Metre. When the first and third lines have eight syllables, and the second and fourth have six syllables, it is called Common Metre. IVhen the third line has eight, and the rest have six syllables, it is ca!\ rage, piesage, appenage, concubinage, heritage, hermitage, parentage, parsonage, personage, pasturage, patronage, pilgrimage, vtllanage, equipage. Alhwahk rJ^mm, edge, wedge, etc, li^ iieg%' obKge, ^elc. AID, see ADE. AIGHT. see ATE. AIGN, see ANE. AIL. AH, Wl, lail,hail, jail, maa,ii«il, pail, quail, rail, saU,tail, wail, iail. frail, snail, trail, aisail, avail, detail, bewail, entail, prevail, retail, oountenrail, etc. Perfect rhymes, ale, bale, dale, gale, hale, male, pale, sale, tale, vale, wale, scale, stale, swale, whale, impale, exhale, tegale, vale, nightingak, etc. A&mmMt r/^nm, peal, steal, etc, bell. cell, etc Aim. 'Sec AMB. AIN. Cain, blain, brain, chain, fain, gain, grain, lain, main, pain, rain, vain, wain, drain, plain, slain, Spain, stain, swain, train, twain, sprain, strain, abstain, amain, attain, complain, con- tain, constrain, detain, disdain, distrain, en- chain, entertain, explain, maintain, ordain, pertain, obtain, refrain, regain, remain, restrain, retain, sustain, appertain. Perftet rhymes, bane, cane, daiie, crane, fain, jane, lane, mane, plane, vane, wane, profiuoe. hurricane, etc., deign, arraign, campaign, etc., feign, reign, etc., vein, rein, etc. AlUrwable rhymes^ lean, mean, etc.. queen, seen, etc.. ban, can. etc, den, pen, etc. ^ AINT. Faint, paint, plaint, quaint, saint, taint, ac- quaint, attaint, complaint, constraint, restraint, etc. Perfect rhyme, feint. AUemahk rhywies, cant, pant, etc, lent, rent, etc. AIR. see ARE. AISE.seeAZE.. AW. see ATE. AITH.sec ATH, AIZE, see AZE. AKE. Ake, bake. cake, lake, make, quake, rake, take, take, wake, brake, drake, flake, sliak* A DICTIOmRY OF RatMMS, snake, stake, strake, spake, awake, betake, for- sake, mistake, partake, overtake, undertake, bespake. rhywm, break, steak, etc. AMmaMe ri^mmt bodi, nek, etc, beck, deck, etc., speak, weak, etc. AL. Cabal, canal, animal, admiral, cannibal, cap- ital, cardinal, comical, conjugal, corporal, criminal, critical, festival, funeral, general, hospital, interval, liberal, madrigal, literal, magical, mineral, mystical, musical, natural, original, pastoral, pedestal, personal, physical, poetical, political, principal, prodigal, prophet- ical, rational, satirical, reciprocal, rhetorical, several, temporal, tragical, tyrannical, carnival, schismatical, whimsical, arsenal. Allowable rhymes, all, ball, etc., ail. mail. etc. ale, pale, etc. ALD. Bald, scald, emerald, etc. Perfect rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in all. aul, ami awl. as called, mauled, crawled, etc. ALE, see AIL. ALF. Calf, hal^ behalf, etc AUmoaMe rhymes, stafl^ langh, etc. ALK. Balk, chalk, stalk, talk, walk, calk, etc. Per- f^ rhyme, hawk. ASenoabk rhymes, sock, dock, etc ALL. All, ball, call, etc. Perfect rhymes, cawl, bawl, brawl, crawl, scrawl, sprawl, squal. Al- imab& r^mm, cabal, equivocai. etc See AI*» ALM. Calm, balm, becalm, psalm, palm, embalm, «tc., whose phsrais and third persons singular rfyme with alms, as caUns, becalms, etc ALT. Halt, malt, exalt, salt, vault, assault, default, md fault, the last of which is by Pope rhymed •wS* thought, bought, etc. ALVE, Calve, halve, salve, valve. . .555 AM. Am, dam, ham. pam, mp, sam, cram, drum, flam, sh;\m, swam, epigram, anagram, etc Per- fect rhymes, damn. Iamb. AUmetik rhymes, Mme, lame, etc AME. Blame, came, dame, same, flame, fame, frame, game, lame, name, tame, shame, inflame, became, defiune, nusname, misbecame, over- came, etc Perfea rhymes, aim, daim, maim, acclaim, declaim, exclaim, proclaim, reclaim. Allowable rhymes, dam, ham, etc., hem, them, etc., theme, scheme, etc., dream, gleam, etc. AMP. Camp, champ, cramp, damp, stamp, vamp, lamp, damp, decamp, encamp, etc. AN. Ban, can, dan, man, nan, pan, ran, tan, van, bran, plan, scan, span, than, unman, fore-ran, began, trepan, courtesan, partisan, artisan, pel- ican, caravan, etc ABomabk rhymes, bane, cane, plain, mane, etc. bean, lean, wan, swan, etc.. gone, upcm, etc. ANCE. Chance, dance, glance, lance, trance, prance, entrance, romance, advance, mischance, com- plaisance, circumstance, countenance, deliver- ance, consonance, dissonance, extravagance, ignorance, inheritance, maintenance, temper- ance, intemperance, exhorbitance, ordinance, concordance, sufferance, sustenance, utterance, arrogance, vigilance, expanse, enhance. ANCH. Branch, stanch, kndi. blandi. ranch, haodi. Perfedt rl^m&, launch, paunch. AND. And, band, hand, land, rand, sand, brand, bland, grand, gland, stand, strand, command, demand, countermand, disband, expand, with- stand, understand, reprimand, amtraband, etc Allowable rhymes, wand, fond, boiid, etc., emd the preterits and participles of veris immuomd ean, as remained, leaned, etc. ANE, see AIN. ANG. Bang, &ng, gang, hang, paag, tang, twang, sang, rang, haraagne, dang. AHomMrJ^met, song. long, etc. ANGS. Change, grange, range, strange, estrange, arrange, exchange, interchange. AUovmbk rkywm, revenge, avenge, etc ANK. Rank, blank, shank, clank, dad^ dmal^ Ill §90 A DlCrmMAMY OF MMVJimS iknkp firank, spank, stank, lank, phnk, prank, lankt iMMk, liaraiik, mountebank, etc. ANT. Ant, cant, cliant, grant, pant, plant, rant, slant, aslant, complaisant, displant, enchant, gallant, implant, recant, supplant, transplant, absonant, adamant, arrogant, combatant, con- miMit, GomMiraiit, protcstant, significant, visit- ■M, covenant, diuonant, disputant, ekguit, dqihaat, exhorbitant, conversant, extravagant, ignorant, insignificant, inhabitant, militant, predominant, sycophant, vigilant, petulant, etc. jtMtmmMe rJIgmm, £unt, paint, etc. See AINT and XHT. AP. Cap, gap, hap, .ap, map, nap, pap, rap, sap, tap. chap, clap, trxp, flap, knap, slap, snap, wrap, scrap, strap, enwrap, entrap, mishap, 'de. JAmM rJkjmmt cape, Uqpe, «le., diaap, APE. Ape, cape, chape, grape, rape, scrape, shape, «Ma|W, mape, crqie, tape, etc jtlkmmiii JTSBRBBBba, ■■■■ KHKHk IMlla, APH, AIF. APSE. e, elapse, relapse, perhaps, tmd the tof nouMs end third persons singular of ilv pmmi tmse in ap, as caps, maps, etc., he I, lie Iiqps, etc AMmoMe rJ^mm, tke r ^ imtmtmd tMinf^tnms sm^gmhr of ^^^^^lljp^^^fclf ^il^ jilHlJI^fl^ '^t^Hililiiit ^tiiiS^ SlKjjjpMSflftjp lllNBS ^ll(JpWSSS||i Jbki^flBM&JpNVjiii BHiJh ^^^a^^atf^0 idiAutfii Apt, adapt, etc., rigmn* iMf prtttr^ and pm^t^fikt tftki virh m ap, -as tapped, slapped, dc AUemabU rhymes^ the preterits and par- Heples of the veris m ape, as aped, escaped, etc. Bar, car, fiur, jar, mar, 'par, tar, ^ar, scar, star, chair, afar, debar, unbar, catarrh, partic- ular, perpendicular, secular, angular, regular, popuJar, singular, titular, vinegar, scimetar, calendar, odander. Perfitt rhyme, tke plural wrl are. AUame^ rhymes, bare, prepare, etc., pair, repair, wear, tear, war, etc., and mmrds ending in er or or, having the aeeemi m Jlr Jkst syllailet or last iut two. AS%Mi Barb, garb, etc. ARCB. Farce, parse, Man,'etc. AMmmUf rikpmt^ 'jikycitii IHDMffCil^ JMBK'Citl^ etc ARD. Bard, card, guard, hard, lard, nard, shard, jrard, bombard, discard, regard, interlard, re- tard, disregard , etc., mid tike preterm mmd /ar- tic^s of verh mm, a* barred, scarred, etc Alhwaile FJjmMr, card, rtvard,. etc ARB. Ward, award, reward, etc. ABowable rhywm, hard, card, see the last article, hoard, lord, bird, curd, and the preterits and participles of the veris m ar, or, and ur, as barred, abhorred, incnrred, etc. ARE. Bare, care, dare, fare, hare, mare, pare, tare, rare, ware, flare, glare, scare, share, snare, spare, square, stare, sware, prepare, aware, be- '^W^SIf4£|P 4liSMldfl0ijpMttl''C' ^SiCMC^IlljBSVB^ ^VBflUHBtMQrVD^ tH^^t^^^llSilE^it ri^mm, air, fair, hair, lair, pair, chair, stair, affair, debonnair, despair, impair, repair, etc., bear, pear, swear, tear, wear, forbear, forswear, etc., there, were, where, ere, e'er, ne'er, else- where, whale'er, howe'er, howsoever, when-" e'er, where'er, etc, hdr,. oolieir, tiieir. AUemh able rhymes, bar, car, etc., err, prefer, ani here, hear^ et^.^ ^rcignlar, stn^^ttlar, urar, eti.. Unawares. Jthymes, theirs, and the ptm^ak- of nouns and third persons singular of verbs in are, air, eir, ear, as care, he cares, pair, he pairs, heirs, bear, he bears, etc. The allow- ahk rhymes are the j^uraJs ^ mourn and the thmf persons sitigt^ of verh whkM are of lowed to r^fme wtiEft the ttrwntuiistis aiSi bars, cars, em, praleis, etc. ARF. ARGK. Barge, charge, large, targe, discharge, o'er, charge, surcharge, enlaige. AUemmhle rhymes,. verge, emeige, goige, foige, urge, etc A BICnONARY OF RHYMES, ARK. Bark, cark, dark, dark, lark, mark, park, chark, spark, stailt, embark, remark, etc. Al- kmable rhymm, eoift, liEiclE« etc Snsrl, marl, par!. AMmM rJ^mm, curl, fa#l, etc ARM. Arm, barm, charm, farm, harm, alarm, disarm. AMowtetMe rhymes, warm, swarm, ARN. Bam, yam, etc. Allowable rhymes, warn, forewarn, etc., hwn, mora, etc. ARN. Warn, forwam. Perfect rhymes, horn, BUMrn, etc Attmmhk rhymes, ham, yam, etc. Carp, haipk sharp, countecMarp, etc A/- waip. I ARSH, Marsht aianh, etc ART. Art, cart, dart, hart, mart, part, smart, tart, tart, apart, depart, impart, dispart, counter- ,«t Fkrfia rhymes, heart, etc Allowable rhymes, wait^ thwart, etc, hnrt, etc, dirt, flirt, 'titc., pert, etc ART (sounded ORT). Wart, thwart, etc. Perfect rhymes, short, retort, etc. AUowahU rhymes, art, sport, court, etc ARTH, see EARTH. ARVE. Carve, ^iruB, etc A&ovmhkrkmm,wm% deserve, etc AS. Was. AHomiUe rhymes, has, as. ASS. Ass, hnm, cliss, gnui^ lass, mass, past, •1m, amass, cuirass, repass, surpass, morass, etc. Allowable rhymes, base, 6ce, deface, etc, MKs, toss, etc ASE,see ACE. A^ CMh, dash, dash, crash, flash, gash, hMh, laaii, plash, rash, dtraafa, slash, abash, etc AOornMs s^^mos, wash, «oash, etc, leash, etc S3r ASH. Wash, quash, etc. Alkmahk rhymes, caih^. dash, etc. AS IC I Ask. task., bask. 'Cask. ir w^^MF^wjpi ^^^^^^^^m w^^^HiBifl.. '>iMMMVPn^Mr VUSHBMnHhili ASP. Asp, clasp, gasp, grasp, hasp. AlUmmbh rhymes, wasp, etc. AST. Cast, last, blast, mast, past, vast, fast, aghast,, avast, forecast, overcast, outcast, repast Per- fearhymes, the preterits tmdpar^d^ of verbs in ass, as classed, amassed, etc. AlUmmhlt' rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs ace, as placed, etc. JVouns and verbs in astC^ as taste, waste, etc Baste, chaste, haste, paste, tasle, vaste, dis- taste. Perfect rhymes, waist, and the preterits and participles of verbs in ace, as faced, placed,, etc. Allowable rhymes, cast, fast, etc, best,, nest, etc, omd tike preterit mid porticos tif mrh ess, «f messed, dressed, etc AT. At, bat, cat, hat. fat, mat, pat, rat, sat, tat, vat, brat, chat, flat, plat, sprat, that, goat Alknoable rhymes, bate, hate, etc ATCH. Catch, match, hatch, latch, patch, scratchy smatch, snatch, despatch. ATE. Bate, date, fate, gate, grate, hate, tate, mate, pate, plate, prate, rate, safe, state, scate, slate, abate, behte, odlate, create, debate, elate, dilate, estate, ingrate, innate, rebate, rdat^. sedate, translate, abdicate, abominate, abro- gate, accelerate, accommodate, accmnulate, accurate, adequate, affectionate, advocate, adulterate, aggravate, agitate, alienate, ani- mate, annihilate, antedate, anticipate, antiquate^ arbitrate, arrogate, articulate, assassinate, cal* culate, capitulate, captivate, celebrate, drcu< late, coagulate, commemorate, commiserate, communicate, compassionate, confederate, con- gratulate, congregate, consecrate, contaminate,, corroborate, cultivate, candidate, co6perate,. celebrate, considerate, consulate, t^ap ii ci tff te ^ debilitate, dedicate, ^degienerate, 'Mt^gNte,. ^ d PicrmNMMY m MMrms. e, d«|M>pcilate, dislocate, i» dflrogate, dissipate, educate, efiieiiiiiiate, elevate, ernnkte, estiiiiale, okbocate, equivocate, eradicate, evaporate, te, exasperate, expostulate, extermi- e, facilitate, fortunate, generate, .patilale, hMiale^ iiitanite, illiniiiate, irri iate, iw****! * ^ iniiiioderale^ i np etniite,, inipor- unate, imprecatep iaumtmate, innovate, insti fate, intemperate, intimate, intimidate, intoxi- cate, intricate, invalidate, inveterate, inviolate, Iqiitiinato^ mafiatnte, meditate, mitigate, mod- B, nomiiiate, obitiiiate, pwtid. •te, potentate, precipitate, predestinate, pm* dominate, premeditate, prevaricate, procras- tinate, profligate, prognosticate, propagate, Mcriniiiiatet fifeiicnte, fC|^ate^ iviterate, fcpvcilNiftey ffCfyBvtiemlie, i mm i n afe^ aepaiste, sophisticate, slipiilate, subjngate, subordinate, , teminate, tolerate, temoerate, viiidi- violate, unfortunate. Perfect rkywm^ bait, plait, itxait, wait, await, great. Nmatfy putfi^ fiAfiMif f ci|^t« wci^^ht) lit^ilitf straigliL Batli, imHi,. dc A^mmMt rl^ct^ liatli, ATHE. Bather swathe, lathe, rathe. AUB, see OB. ■AUCE, see AUSE. A1ICM, see OACH. AUD. flMld; kad, aiqplaid, deftaiid. F*r0Ki rifimt, htmAt ahtiMd, bawd ; emdikt pnierits and participles of verbs in aw, as gnawed, sawed, etc. Allowable rhymes, odd, nod, etc., bodK etc.} aim tie wordhmi, AVE. Cam, brave, gave, grave, cmvt^ lam, nave, lciuiv% pave, rave, savct slum, alave, stsvct wave, behave, deprave, engrave, outbrave, for- gave, misgave, architrave. AUmmMi rfymt, <|f mmlSawy verb have. AUGH, see AFF. AUGHT, see OUGHT. AULT, ALT. AUNCH. AUNCE, see ONSI. AUHT. ^^lLtillllt|i dittBUl''tjp ijpMMmJt'iii II^(mOitj( JflKIUftl>|i tfcSUDIIIitif vaunt, avaunt. Perfect rhymes, slant, aslant AUewabk rhymes, want, etc., pant, cant, etc. AUSE. Cause, pause, clause, applause, because. Pmrft^ rkyimes, the plurals of mmsm, a$$4tih$rd ftmm smgumr 9j veras tn aw, m imv% nc draw% 'dC' jfjlliinwiiilif iji^nti, VIS* AU8T, sec 'OST* aw AW* Craw, daw, law, chaw, claw, draw, ilvw, gnaw, jaw, law, maw, paw, raw, saw, straw, thaw, withdraw, foresaw. AWD, see AUD. A^^IC, sec ALK« A^RfL, Bawl, brawl, drawl, crawl, scrawl, sprawl, squall. Perfect rhymes, ball, call, fall, gall, small, hall, pall, tall, wall, stall, install, fore- stall, thrall, inthrall. "'awn. Dawn, brawn, Iswn, pawn, spawn, drawi^ yawn, lawn, 'wilhdnvm. AX. Ax, tax, wax, relax, flax. Perfxt rJfyaut^ the plurals of nouns, and third persons stnguht of verbs in ack, as backs, sacks, etc., he lackS; he packs, etc. Allowable rhymes, the p&tmh ^ iMMW, mm/ /icri/ pmam sii^gmlar of swfi» Im aik% 4V calMS, lakea, tte., Iw | takes, etc* AY. Bray, claf , day, dray, traf , §Hg, Aqr , py, _ My, jay, lay, may, nay, piqrt Fl«]r» nf t nf i vsv* Drar. '■mt. tli v. -iIdml iiliiv. 'Strav. swav. affray, allay, amy, astray, away, belay, be- wray, betray, decay, defray, delay, disarray, display, dismay, essay, > forelay, gainsay, in- lay, relay, repay, ffooiMWay, viiilay. Af;M fwyMMf , neign,' vtigii, mveinn, etc., pray, wey, convey, obey, purvey, survey, disobey, grey. AUowabk rkymm, lea, sett im, ffapc^ seft ctc- A DiCTmNARY OF RHYMES. AZE. •Craze, daze, blaze, gaze, glaze, raze, amaze, «naate, graze. rAyiwer, raise, praise, dis- ,{iraise, etc, phrase, parapluase, etc., and the mmms piisrai and third persons sii^gmiar ^ike present tense of verbs in ay, eigh, and ey; as Jays, he inveighs, he obeys, etc. Allowable ifhymes, ease, tease, seize, etc., and keys, the ^nmi af key; al^ Ok mueiliaries has assd «was. E and EA, see EE. EACE, see EASE. EACH. Bcadi, breacli, Heacb, peadi, preach, teach, impeach. A^r^/rr;^r/ril|^«cr, beech, leech, speech, beseech. AUoauMi rl^mm, fetch, ^vretch, etc. EAD, see EDE and EED. EAF, see lEF. EAGUE. League, taagiie^ etc. Feffeei rhymes, in- tilgoe, fiitigne^ etc Allowable rhymes, hague, vagne, etc, leg, beg, etc., bag, rag, etc EAK, see AKE. Beak, speak, bleak, creak, freak, leak, peak, sneak, squeak, streak, weak, tweak, wreak, bespeak. Nmrfy perfect rl^mes, cheek, leek, ttpreme. Neetrly perfea rhymes, deem, teem, •^Mtm, misdeem, esteem, diacstcem, redeem, «eem,etc. ^/STSMflMr f%«Mr,dam%]anie,eCc., iJmb, him, etc., them, hem, etc, kmfa^ dam, «tc. See AME. EAN. Bean, clean, dean, glean, lean, mean, wean, yean, demean, unclean. Perfect rhymes, con- vene, demesne, intervene, mien. Nearfy per. fkt r^m*i, madiinc, keen, screen, secffli green, spleen, between, careen, foreseen, se- rene, obscene, terrene, etc., queen, spleen, etc Allowable rhymes, bane, mane, etc., ban, man, etc, bin, thin, begin, etc. EANS, see ENSE. EANT, see EUT. SAP, see EEP and EP. EAR, see EER. EARD. Heard, herd, sherd, etc. Perfect rhymes, preterits emd parOc^les of verbs in er, as erred, preferred, etc AMowable rhymes, beaid, theprgterHs emdpartie^ of verbs m ere, ear, amd ar, m revered, feared, barred. EARCH. Search, perch, research. Allowable rhymes^ dmrdl, smirch, lurch, parch, march, etc. EARL. Eaii, pearl. Perfect rhyme, girl, etc 41^ lomMe rhymes, snarl, marl, churl, fW, etc EARN, see ERN. EARSE, see ERSE. EART, see ART. • EARTH. Earth, dearth. iVt^^^ rAf^wMf, faicth, miftlit etc ASawable rhymes, hearth, etc. EASE, sounded EACE. Cease, lease, release, grease, decease, de. crease, increase, release, surcease. PerfeeS r^mse, peace. Nearly pafktt rhymes, piece, niece, fleece, geese, frontispiece, apiece, etc Allowable rhymes, less, mess, etc., laoe, maoc^ etc., miss, hiss, etc., nice, vice, etc. EASH, see ESH. EAST. East, feast, least, beast Per^ rJfynm, ike preterit amdpmr^e^ of mris w ease, m ceased, increased, etc. Nearfy perfect rfymtet priest. Allowable rhymes, haste, tastd, etc, best, chest, etc., fist, list, etc, and the pret- erib aisd parHciples of verbs m ess and iss, m dressed,, iiliied, etc. EAT. Bleat, ea^ feat, heat, meat, neat, seal §34 vheat, beat, cheat, defeat, estreat, escheat, en- treat, smcat. Pwfia rkynust obsolete, re- ptett, cnmcicte, comi^ete. Mmrfy perfett niFMMr, feet, iett, gleet, greet, meet, sheet, sleet, street, sweet, discreet. Allowable rhymes, bate, great, hate, etc, get, met, etc., bit, hit, Mc. See ATE. Braatli, death, etc. jUmmMi f^wiMf, litgfh^ ■ip*Mf|^ ^ 'teeth. EATHE. Breathe, dieathe. etc Ferfeci rhymes, wnalh, iavrcaih,: heqnciih,. hcawth, under- umHi, 'tic Mmi^pi^ nlfiMMi^ aeeHie, etc SAVE. Qeave, heave, interweave, leave, weave, be- ■•ftve, inweave. Perfea ri^mest receive, con- Ciive, deceive, percdvt, ASwr^ perfect fi%nMif eve, grieve,, ileeve, thicw» SKiieve, achieve, believe, diabdiew^. i«li«v«, refwieve, retrieve. ABawable rhymm^ fivc^ live, etc, lave, cave, etc, emd have Ehbk wefabi etc MmM wl^mm^ babe, ECK. Beck, neck, check, deck, speck, wreck. Al- kmmhk rkymest break, take, etc, beak, sneak. Sect, abject, afiect, correct, inconect, col- lect, deject, detect, direct, disrespect, disaffect, dissect, effect, elect, eject, erect, expect, indi- lect, inlect, inject, neglect, object, {mgcct, protect, seccUcoi^ leliect, reject, respect, idect, •abject, swpect, architect, dicmiiapect, dialect, intellect. Perfect rhymes^ ike preterits and fttriic^ies of verbs in eck, m decked, checked, ttc Alkmable rhymes, the preterits and part- icgAfa ef mrh it ake eaii cak, eu baked, ED. Bed, bled, fed, fled, bred, led, red, shred, shed, sped, wed, abed, inbred, misled. Perfect filMMti^ said, bread, dread, dead, head, lead, lead, ^Mcad, thread, tread, bdiead, oi^enpread. ^JiftMiir r%miT, bead, mead, etc., blade, fade, etc., maid, paid, etc., and the preterits and participles of verbs m ay, ey, emd eigh, m l>ayed, obeyed, veighed, etc EDE, see EED. EDGE. Edge, wedge, fledge, hedge, Is^gy, pledge sedge, all^. AMmtakie ri^mm, age, page, etc., siege, ob%e, etc, ptivilqjp^ ■arrikp,,. sortilege. agree, decree, dc|^, diMgrae, imice, o''ers8e, pedigree, he, mc, we, dM^ jubilee, lee. Marly perfect rhymes, sea, plea, flea, tea, key. Allowable rhymes, all words of one syllable endit^ in y, ye, or ie, or polysyllables ef these tmn$$miims kemmg the meemt m Hi* nMiim*- or m^fenmiUmate syMaiie. EECE, see EASE. ESCH, see EACH. EED. Creed, deed, indeed, bleed, breed, feed,, heed, meed, ne ed , reed, speed, seed, steed,, weed, prooccii, sncccca, e M Bec u . £wyiiet rkjmm, knead, read, intercede, precede, recede, concede, impede, supercede, etc., bead, lead,, mead, plead, etc. ABmoable rhymes, bed, dead, etc, bid, hid, etc., made, blade, etc EEF, see lEF. EEL, ice EALm EBM, see EAM. EEN,see EAN. EEP. Creep, deep, sleep, keep, peep, shfip^ ilaip^ •weep, wei^ asleep. Mmrfy perfeet rkywm^ cheap, ^heap, neap, etc AMewaMi rfymm- ape, 'tape, etc, step, nep, etc, hipi etc. EER. Beer, deer, fleer, geer, jeer, peer, meer, teer, sheer, steer, snicff, dbter, veer, picker, d«n- inetf , cannoneer, compeer, engineer, nmiinecr, pioneer, privateer, charioteer, chantidccr,, career, mountaineer. Perfect rhymes here, sphere, adhere, cohere, interfere, persevere, revere, austere, severe, sincere, hemisphere, etc., ear, dear, dear, fear, hear, near, sear, ^'iEnft^SfiUTji JBUP^CBflUfpii ^^(S(Mrj||ii INBWBIIIII^p JP^MUTjp ^!WWB8HMK8Urj|j disappear, endear, auctioneer. AUmmbk rhymes, bare, dare, etc, prefer, deter, ciaiM)*- ter, etc EESE, see EEZE. A mCTlONAMV OF RHYMBS. EET.seeEAT. BETH, see EATH. EEVE, see EAVE. EEZE. Breeie, frecre, wheeze, sneeze, squeeze, and the plurals ofnomtSt and third persons singular, present tense of verbs m ee, ox bees, he sees. Perfect r^m^, dwaie, thcae, etc Nearly perftetr^mes, ease, appease, diaeaae^ displease, tease, seize, etc., and the plurals of nouns in ea, cts teas, pleas, etc., and the polysyllables ending in es, having the cucent m the ante- femnMimeite, as images, monarchies, fl t c^ Ofllkt left, theft, wefl^ bereft, etc. ABowoMe rfywtes, lift, sift, etc., and the third persons singuleo'tpresent tense, of verbs in afe, aff", augh, ^ iff, or chafed, quaffed, laughed, whiffed, "fslffiit. EG. E|S, leg, beg, peg. Allozoable rkymes,'nfpa», plague, etc, league, teagne, ete. EIGH, sw AY. BIGMT, see ATE. EIGN, see AIN. EIL, see AIL. EIN, see AIN. EINT, see AINT. EIR, see AJRB. EIT, see EAT. EIVE, see EAVE. EIZE, see EEZE. ELL. EH, dwdl, feU, heU, knell, queU, sell, beU, -cell, dispel, foretdl, ewxl, compel, befcU, yell, •ell, tell, swell, spell, smell, shell, parallel, "••ntinel, infidel, citadel, refel, repel, rebel, im- P«It expel. Allowable rhymes, bale, sale, etc, Jitali peal, etc, eel, sted, etc ELD. Hdd, geld, withheld, ophdd, bdidd, etc r^mes, Oe preterits andpartie^ ef •verbs in ell, as swdled, felled, etc ABowaUe rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs ^ ale, an, etc., heal, seal, etc, as empaled, ''"iWt «te., healed, seded, etc ELF. fil^ pdf, sdf, ahdf, hinudi; ilc ELM. Eba, helm, realm, whdm, overwhehn, etc AUmaUe rJqmes, palm, fihn, etc ELP. Help, whdp^ ydpk etc ELT. Belt, gelt, fdt, welt, sndt, pdt, divdt Peffea rhyme, dealt. ELVE. Delve, helve, twelve, etc. ELVES. Elves, themsdves, etc Perfect rhymes, Oe pktrals ifmmm md third persem sistgular of verbs in ^ and dvc, m tuslfes, ddvcs. shdves, etc EM. Gem, hem, stem, them, diadem, stratagem, etc Perfect r^fnse, oondcnm, contemn, etc ^iSSNBniySrr4yi»w,Ianie,tanie^ etc, team, seam, EME, see EAM. EMN. Condemn, contemn, etc. Perfect rhyme*, gem, hem, etc. Allowable rhymes, lame, tame, etc, tf a m, seam, etc. EMFT. Teuipt, e a em p t, ■attempt **— *'fW|it i EN. Den, hen, fen, ken, men, pen, ten, then, when, wren, denizen. AUowabie rlfymt^him, hm, etc., mean, bean, etc. ENCE. Fence, hence, pence, thfnoe, whence^ ds- fenoe, eipense, oflfence, pretence, awwunffg u y^ abstinence, circumference, conference, cot^- dence, consequence, continence, benevolence, concupiscence, difference, diffidence, diligence, doquence, eminence, evidence, excellence, impenitence, impertinence, iwipfify^icp^ impn- dencc, improvidence, ence, indigence, indolence, inference, intelli- gence, innocence, magnificence, munificence^ negligent, omnipotence, penitence, prefer- ence, pnnridence, recompense, reference, 'residence, revemict, vdbMwnoe, violaioe. fm^ sense, denre. cenae, coMknse. immense, intense, prepense, dispense, mqienif^ prepense, incom, firankincensc 5«6 M BJCTiOMdMY OF MMYMES. INCH. .JSUIcSlf 'd^PQUdll^ SYStl^dbGlsIp mdi* Bcndf nmdf bind, flud* ffiiMl« Icnil, rend, It i|iCHi« ttnd, vend, amend, attend, aacend, attud, defend, depend, descend, ad, expend, extend, forefend, impend, spend, obtend, offend, portend, pretend, protend, suspend, transcend, unbend, appre- Perfect r%MMf, friend, befriend, mmd tk§ preterits emd participles ef verbs in en, as penned, kenned, etc. AUemmHe rhymeSf the CIV .£19* Perfect rhymes, the phtrah of r, ttstd Axrd persons su^dar^ present >, 0f verh m end, as end% fiteds, be ENGB. Avenge, revenge, etc. ENGTH. EN SE, MNiwleil FNZB. nouns, emd AM persons singular, present tense, ofmrh im era, m bens, lena, he pens, be kens, e tc * Bent, len^ rent, pent, scent, sent, slie|it, jqpent, tent, vent, went, absent, meant, ascent, went, attent, augment, cement, content, con- 'Sent,, descent,, dinent, event, extent, iMDent, tl|3Nfi9llfr CSITipBinitji pVOBCnOd^ jpNfVVSt^ I'ClCflHitii WS* pent, resent, ostent, ferment, outwent, under- went, discontent, unbent, circumvent, represent, abstinent, accident, accomplishment, admon- ineni, aigunieni, OMusnnicm, DMiienieni, blandishment, astonisbnent, armipotent, bellip- otent, benevolent, chastisement, competent, ipliment, complement, confident, continent, CMmDTIIII^ 'iIiIiIOpCI^ l lliiil^ ^ imII'* :8*ni. quent, eminent, equivalent, estahiii 'Cvident, excelleni,. excienierat, exigent, espei^ nieni, finuunent, fiaudnlent, govemmenli. embellishment, imminent, impenitent, imperti* ncnt, implement, impotent, imprisonment,, improvident, impudent, incident, incompetent, , incontinent, indUecent, indigent, iniiocent,,^ inscdent, instrument, irreverent, Im^uidiment,. lament, lineament, magnificent, management, medicament, malecontent, monument, negli- gent, nourishment, nutriment, Occident, omnip- otent, opulent, oraament, parliament, penitent,. pemiMMnt, pcitinent, pfcsldent, pteccdcntf., {■evalcnt, provident, punishment, ravishnientt regiment, resident, redolent, rudiment, sacra, ment, sediment, sentiment, settlement, subse* quent, supplement, intelligent, tenement, tem- perament, testament, tmunament, tnrbnlenti, v ehemen t,, violent, vitnlent, 'nevetent. .AMowi^ih- fJkjftiuM, |Miin|, 'laint, etc* ENTS. Accoutrements. Perfect rhymes, the phtrah of nouns, and third persons singular, present, tense, ofvet^ m ent, as scents, he assents, etc. EP. 9lq|ibnc|i^«te. jtMmmMt rJkjnmeSfJit^tmpt^ etei,nqpe, tape, 'ete. EPT. Accept, adept, except, intercept, etc. Per- fea rhymes, crept, slept, wept, kept. AUomakkF r^fwm^^ pfeilm^ ■midpmHe^fim tfvtrk im- 9f9, mpmdmp, m pmpt^mnpti, sliaped, etc ERR. Err, aver, defer, infer, deter, inter, refer, transfer, confer, prefer, parterre, administer, . wagiMr, .islander, ailiiler, character, villager^* cottagcf, dmwi^ger, iotagar, pHlager, vioyaget,. massacre, gardener, slanderer, flattercf, Mola* ter, provender, theatre, amphitheatre, foreigner, lavender, messengdr, passenger, sorcerer, inter, preter, officer, mariner, Inrbinfer, minister, l a w g if t f, phi]iiiO|ihiCf, aitrologffr, loiterer, prisoner, grasshopper, astronomer, sepulchre,. thunderer, traveller, murderer, usurer. Allofm- ahle rhymes, bare, care, etc., ear, fear, etc*, bar, car, etc., sir, fir, her, etc. AA^I, see. MSi^m iK wiSSit SRCBi 'See B1RSB*. * \ A BICTIONAR Y OF RHYMES. ERD, see EARD. ERE, see EER. ERGE. Veige, absterge, emerge, immerge. Perfect rhyme, dirge. Nearly perfect rhymes, urge, paige, surge. Allowable rhymes, baige, large, trie* ERN. Fem, stem, discern, concern. Perfect rfymes, learn, earn, yearn, etc. AUowMe rhymes, bam, yarn, etc., bum, turn, etc ERSE. Vene, herse, absterse, advene, averse, con- vme, disperM^ immerse, pervert, reverse, traverse, asperse, intersperse, universe. Perfect r^mts* amerce, coerce, etc., fierce, tierce, pierce, etc AttofmaMe rhymes, farce, parse, Wcf^ adlMft, assert, avert, concert, convert, controvert, desert, divert, exert, expert, insert, invert, pervert, subvert. Allowable rhymes, heart, part, etc., shirt, dirt, etc, hurt, spurt, ERVE. Serve, nerve, swerve, preserve, deserve, con- serve, observe, reserve, disserve, subserve. AUomaMe rhymes, starve, carve, etc, curve, etc ESS. Bless, dress, cess, chess, guess, less, mes^ prau, stress, acquiesce, access, address, assess, Gomptis, confiess, caress, depress, digress, dis- possess, distress, excess, express, impress, op> press, possess, profess, recess, repress, redress, success, transgress, adulteress, bashfuhiess, bitterness, cheerfulness, comfortless, comeli- ness, dizziness, diocess, drowsiness, eagerness, e«*i»ess, embassadress, emptiness, eavenness, Mierleis, filthiness, foolishness, foigetfiibiess, forwardness, finnrardness, fraitfiilness, iiilsome- n«8s, giddiness, greediness, gentleness, gov- erness, happiness, haughtiness, heaviness, idle- ness, hetnoosness, hoariness, hoUowness, holi- bsdviouniess, lawinhiess, lastness, little- ness, livdlness, lofUness, lioness, lowliness, nmnliness, mastedess, mightiness, motherless, motionless, nakedness, neediness, noisomeness, numberless, patroness, peevishness, pcrfidious- ••i, pitiless, poetess, prophetess, ransomless. readiness, righteousness, shepherdess, sorceress, sordidness, spiritless, sprighlliness, stubborn ness, stnrdiness, surliness, steadiness, tender- ness, thoughtfulness, ugliness, uneasiness, unhappiness, votaress, usefubiess, wakefulness, wantonness, weaponless, wariness, willingness, wilfulness, weariness, wickedness, wilderness, wretchedness, drunkenness, childishness. Al- kmaile rhymes, mass, pass, etc, mace, placei, ESE, see EE2EE. ESH. Flesh, fresh, refresh, thresh, afresh, medi. AMffme^k rhymes, mash, flash, etc. Desk. iVr^^Mjnwer, grotesque, barlesqaa, etc AMemahle ri^mm, mask, asic EST. Best, chest, crest, guest, jest, nest, pest, quest, rest, test, vest, west, arrest, attest, be- quest, contest, detest, digest, divest, invest, infest, molest, optest, protest, request, suggest, unrest, interest, manifest, etc. Ptrfret rfymes, breast, abreast, etc., astd the preter&s andprnH- cipks of verbs in ess, as dressed, pressed, ex- pressed, etc Allowable rhymes, cast, £nst, etc., haste, waste, etc, beast, least, etc. See EAST. ET. Bet, jet, fret, get, let, met, net, set, vet, whet, yet, debt, abet, b<^t, beset, forget, regret, al- phabet, amulet, anchoret, cabinet, epithet, par- iH»t, livnlet, vioiet, counterfeit, coronet, etc Perfeet rhymes, sweat, threat, etc ASmetbk r^mes, bate, hate, etc., beat, heat, etc ETCH. Fetch, stretch, wretch, sketch, etc AUowabU rfymes, match, latch, etc, peadi, bleach, etc. ETE, see EAT. EVE, see SAVE. EUM.seeUME. EW. Blew, chew, dew, brew, drew, flew, few, grew, new, knew, hew, Jew, miew, view, threw, yew, crew, slew, anew, askew, bedew, eschew, renew, review, withdrew, screw, intar- view, etc. Perfect rhyma, Mue, clue, due, cue, glue, hue, rae, sue, trae, accme, ensue, endue, imbue, imbme, pursue, subdue, adieu. A DICTIONARY OF RMYMMS. $28 paiiai,, pemliie, icsiiiiie, ftvennt, ravfnnc, SWll^mUIfE. EX. Sex, vex, annex, convex, complex, perplex, circumflex, and the plurals of nouns and third persons singular of verbs in eck, as check, he checks, etc. Alkmable rhymes, ax, wax, etc., ^jjjjl^^ ^PMWPnifep'' (KPI^ sJlSfc-(tS''ji JBUiitlld||i ^BWfcllEjpi (dlcp^Sjii TWJttMfti^ ik^ etc, bfCfliit albes, he takes, he breaks, imilI^ liMB ft lc d tjp jiHtcsy lie lilccSf lies |lll|1S^ tttc« EXT. If ext, prelextif Mui the pretenii and par^' e^fiiis tf wffiif iv cx, et$ vexed,, perplexed, etc. iiflimiiiiili" rJMMv. JSif ' ^i^ieriii eaud ^ewiUMts •'•'•W»*1"I"*P*P'1RP W wWMT'WWWW'Ifm •PIMP M'W mnl^mw w^lt ■^WIF^W JF^^*^ '1— "13|FW*> •i^wnir .if: axt ^ mxed, etc. EYf lee AY IB. Bib, crib^ squib, drib, glib, nilii rik A^mih Briber tribe, acribe. aaofibe. deiciibe. sooer* acribe, ptcaarlbe, proscribe, subscribe, tran- acrtbe, iMcribe. AlUmable ri^«r, bib, crib, 'CIK. Ice, dice, mice, nice, price, rice, spice, slice, thrice, trice, advice, entice, vice, device. Per- fect rhymes, the nouns, rise, concise, precise, 'pamdlM'tCle. AMmmMi rAymes,wam,)mi,lma, '"SliillKSCSa HvlOniiCOiji %?tiMiiliiBiiiiI'i'i«Wi. i r f iilg l iiW fiSllllMBIill edifice, orifice, pc^tidl6% pVMi|ricS| 'MMiifiM, ICC Blidi, iicli, chidi,. MA, MA, .nicic, pMc, •ipUc, stick, thick, trick, arftlimetic, asdmatic, choleric, catholic, phl^matic, heretic, rhetoric, schismatic, splenetic, lunatic, asteric, politic, empiric Alkwaitle rhymes, like, pike, etc., " wmk, speak, etc. ICT. flU^ addict, afflict, convict, inflict, contra- dict, etc. Perfect rhymes, the preterits and partic^les of verbs in ick, as licked, kicked, t^fiis ^ svfiiff ws Hb^, 'take 4" Mfctiip leaked. ID. Bid, chid, hid, kid, lid, slid, rid, bestrid, Pjrramid, forbid. Allowaile rhymes, bide, chide, parricide, etc., and the preterits and parHe^es of verts or le^ ms died, replied, etc., lead, bead, mead, deed, need, etc., and the pmief9l»am£'patfiie^ofwrkimm,mfmi, afficcd, etc. IBS.. Bilk, chide, hide, glide, ptide, ride, slide, aide, stfidit, tide, vide, bride, abide, guide, aside, astride, beside, bestride, betide, coiifidc, decide, deride, divide, preside, provide, sub- side, misguide, subdivide, etc. Perfect rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs im ie tt$id 7, OS died, replied, etc., and the parHe^k sighed. AlkmaMe rtgmm, bead, mead, etc., I liidf ludif ctCw' IDES. Ides,, bcaidct. Petf^ ri^es, ike phmUt ^ momm amdik^ persons sst^gmhr^mt4s At ide, as tides, he rides. AllowaMe rkywm, the pkwals of nouns and third persons singular of verbs in ead, id, as beads, he leads, etc., kid% he bids, etc. IDGE. BridgCf ridgie, abridge^ etc* IDST. Midst, amidst, etc. Perfect rhymes, tht second person singular of the present tense tf verh «w id, «f thoa Mddest, tboa hiddcst, etc AlkwaMe rl^fwm, lit smnd penm sAigmiar of the present tense of verbs in ide, ead, as thoa hiddest, tholi readest, etc. IE.or Y. biqr, ay, die, dry, eye, fly, fry, fie, hi% tie, pie, ply, pcy, lye, shy, sly, spiy. sky, sty, tie, tiy, vie, why, ally, apply, awry, bdy, com- ply, decry, defy, descry, deny, imply, espy, out- vie, outfly, rely, reply, supply, untie, amplify, beautify, certify, crucify, deify, dignify, edify, fidsify, fortify, gratify, glorify, indemnify, just- ify, magnify, modify, mollify, mortify, pacify, pcUtify, purify, potrify, qualify, ntify, rectify, sanctify, satisfy, scarify, signify, specify, stupify. terrify, testify, verify, villify, vitrify, vivify, prophesy. Perfect rhymes, high, nigh, sigh, tbi^. A&nmaMt rfymes, bee, she, tea, etc., plemisy, chemisliy, academy, apoctasy, ooMfiir* fluCSVa. iMigiigiifiiiiMM^ Mti'WMkwu' .. iiiiiiiiiiiii!^^ flHUuNURIwr A BICTIOMAR 4U«cy, legacy, supremacy, lunacy, privacy, cuJicy, .iialady, remedy, tragedy, comedy, cos- aograpby, geography, geometry, etc., elegy, MStaiaty, sovereignty, loyalty, disloyalty, pen- alty, Gwmlty, ribaldry, chivalry, imfimiy, con. stancy, fealty, cavalry, bigamy, polygeny, /acancy, inconstancy, infancy, company, ac- company, dittany, tyranny, villany, anarchy, monarchy, lethargy, incendiary, infirmary, li- brary, aalaiy, sanctuary, votary, auxiliiry, e«». trary, diary, granary, rosemary, nigoicy, in- fantry, knavery, livery, recovery, robbery, novelty, antipathy, apathy, sympathy, idolatry, galaxy, husbandry, cruelty, enemy, blasphemy, prophecy, clemency, decency, inclemency, cmeigency, regency, progeny, energy, poverty, liberty, property, adultery, artery, artillery, bat- tery, beggary, bribery, bravery, delivery, drud- gery, flattery, gallery, imagery, lottery, misery, mystery, nvrsery, raillery, slavery, sorcery, treachery, discovery, tapestry, majesfy, mod- esty, immodesty, honesty, dishonesQr, courtesy, heray, poesy, poetry, secrecy, le^nxisy, perfidy, smbsidy, drapery, symmetry, drollery, prodigy, policy, mutiny, destiny, scrutiny, hypocrisy, femily, ability, activity, avidity, assiduity, civil- ftjr, commmiity, conoivity, consanguinity, con- formity, congruity, diutnmity, fadEty, falsity, familiarity, formality, generosity, gratuity, hu- aiidity, absurdity, activity, adversity, afiability, •**nify, agility, alacrity, ambiguity, animosity, •atiqoify. tasterity, authority, brevity, calamity, «P»cify, captivity, diarity, chastity, dvility, credulity, curiosity, finafriMiirity, deformity, Mfy, dexterity, dignity, disparity, diversity, winity, enmity, enormity, equality, equanim- equity, eternity, extremity, fataUty, felicity, fertility, fidelity, firugaKty, fiUnrity. gravity, hostility, humanity, hamiKty. immanity, Imma. tanty, immensity, immorality, immortality, im- «omty, immutability, impartiality, impossibfl- tty^pctaosity, improbity, iimnity, incapacity, wciviHty, incongruity, inequality, indemnity, ^finity. inflexibility, instaWHfy, InviMdity, jol- "ty, lenity, lubricity, magnanimHy, au^oiity, "^^^ minority, mutability, nicety, per- P«1»lexity, perspicuity, prosperity, ;Pn^»I»*rf»Hty, probity, propensity, rarity, ^^»Ft i^f«%, niic%, seuibilily, sensual- .34 "' Y OF RHYMES, fja ify, solidity, temerity, timidity, tnmqttillilK virginity, visibility, university, irmnpeiy, apoi ogy, genealogy, etymology, simony, symphony soliloquy, allegory, armory, Actory, pillory, faculfy, treasury, usury, augury, importunity impunity, impurity, inaccniai^, inabi%, inof- dulity, indignity, infidelity, infirmity, iniqaiti^ integrity, laity, liberality, maligmty, maturilyi morality, mortality, nativity, necessity, neutral, ify, nobilify, obscurity, opportunity, partiality, perpetuity, prosperity, priority, prodigality, par. ity, quaUty, quantity, scarcity, secnrity, aevetfty, simplicity, sincerity, solemnity, steri%,atnpM ity. Trinity, vacuity, validity, vanity, vSvad^. uiwnimity, uniformity, unity, anxiety, gayety impiety, piety, satiety, sobriety, society, variety, customary, melody, philosophy, astrouoaiK anatomy, colony, ghtttony, harmony, ttOBy, gallantry, canopy, history, memory, ficloiy. calumny, injury, luxury, penury, peiiniy,«ni|^ industry. lECE, see EASE. lEF. Grief, chief, fief, thief, brief, bdief, idlcC etc. Perfect rhymes, reef, bee^ cfc iWap^ perfect rhytnes, leaf, sheaf, etc lEGE. Liege, li^, oblige, disoblige, assiege, b» si^. lELD. Field, yield, shield, wield, afield. Neae^ perfect rhymes, the preterits and partieipke ^ verh in eal, «# healed, repealed, lEN, see EEN. .:llliil^.':iee' END. lERCE, see ERSE. TEST, see EAST. lEVE, see EAVE. IFE. Rifi;, fife, kttile, wife, strife. lilb. JUkmam r^^tnes, diff, skiff, stiff, whiff, IFF, see IFE, IFT. Gift, drift, shifk, lift, rift, sift, thrifk, adril^ etc, mnd ike preterits and participles ofwrh in il^tftiihiifed, etc IG. ^» dig. gig. fig, pig, rig, sprig, twig^ m% AOmaik rhymes, league, teague, fatig«%«l8. ji mcrmMdMF of mmymms IGE, sec lEGB. IGH, see IE. I611T, im im IGUE, Mc EAQUB. IKE. Bike, like, pike, spike, strike, alike, dislike, iMifie. Alkmahk rkymest leak, speak, an ii<|iic, «tc, lidc, pick, etc. Ml, chill, ffll, drill, gill. Mil, ill. km, mill, fill, quill, rill, shrill, frill, skill, spill, still, swill, Arill, till, trill, will, distil, falBl, instil, codicil, daffodil, utensil. Perfect rhymes, all words m ile, with the accent m tke imtepenul. syMoMt, ai iratktile, etc. AUemtMt rkpmt, hfle, chyle, file, feel, reel, etc., meal, pcal, seal, etc., and words m Me, Mamniff He m€«0tt m tie ait^ifenultimate, m snitahlt, «tc ILD. Child, mild, wild, etc. Perfect rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs of one syl- itMSr, M ile, or of mone syHMts, provided the m$mi Ar m tkt Mi, as pied, reviled, etc. ABmoaile r^mes, the prefer^ mtdpmticiples of verbs in ill, as filled, vilM, etc., im oil, m oiled, boiled, foiled, etc. ILD. ,». lilLe. lime. AUmmiAk rijmm, brim, dim, time, etc IMES. Bctimii, Mmelimci, etc. Plet^ rhymes, ^pkerah ofmmms and ihirdpersoms singular, present tense, of verbs in ime, as chimes, he rhymes, etc. Allowable rhymes, the plurals of mum a$td third persms singular, present tense, of ver§i m earn, mid im, m dieans, brims, he twimi, et& IMN,aeeIM. IMP. Imp) pimp, limp, gimp. IMPSE. Glimpse: rhymes, the plurcUs of nouns and third persons present of verbs im imp^ im imps, he limps, etc, IN. Chin, din, fin, gin, grin, in, inn, kin, pin, shin, sin, spin, skin, thin, tin, win, within, ■amiii, javdn, begin. AlkmmUe rhymes, chine, dine, etc., lean, bean, etc, machine, nu^aiiiie, etc. INCE. Mince, prince, since, quince, rince, wince, oonvmce, 'Cvince. INCH. diach, finch, winch, pinch, inch. INCT. Instinct, distinct, extinct, precinct, succinct, etc., ttsid the preterits emd parOe^pht of verbs M ink, m blinked, pinked, etc. mo. Bind, find, mind, blind, hind, kind, grind, rind, wind, behind, unkind, remind, etc., and the preterits and participles of verbs in ine, »s refined. Allowable rhymes, rescind, prescind, mmd the mourn wind, as it it Ji^efum/fy pro- mommeid; akoOipurHe^pAs ef verbs im oin, as joined. INE. Dine, brine, mine, chine, fine, line, nine, pine, Mne, Mne, kine, 'Ihine^ critae; Urine. \ A DICTIONARY OF RHYMES. 4me, wine, whine, combine, confine, decline, iefine, incline, inshrine, intwine, opine, cal- cine, recline, refine, repine, superfine, inter- line, countermine, undermine, supine, concu- bine, porcupine, divine. Perfect rhymes, sign, ass%n, consign, design, etc, ABevoable rhymes, bin, thin, tin, origin, join, loin, etc., and poly, tyllables ending in ine, pronounced in, as masculine, feminine, disopHae, libertine, heroine, etc. ING. Bring, ring, cling, fling, king, ring, sling, spring, sting, string, swing, wing, wring, thing, etc., and the participles of the present tense in ing, wkh the accent on the antepenultimate, as recovering. aUering, etc. INGE. Cringe, fringe, hii^, singe, springe, swinge, tiage, twinge, inliringe, INK. Ink, think, wink, drink, blink, brink, chink, dink, link, pink, shrink, sink, slink stink, bethink, foiethink, INT. Dint, mint, hint, flint, lint, print, squint, asquint, imprint IP. Chip, lip, hip. dip, dip, drip, lip, nip, sip. np, scrip, ship, skip, slip, snip, strip, tip, trip, whip, equip, eldership, fellowship, worionan- ttip, rivalship, and all words in ship, with thioeemiom the antepenultimate. Allowable rhjmtt. Wipe, gripe, etc., leap, heap, etc. IPE. ""^P*' stripe, wipe, •wbctype, prototype. AHiwaMe rhymes, dap, % workmanship, etc. IPSE. Idipse: rhymes, the plurals of nouns and ^ persons singular, present tense, in ip. as fiP^ ttnps, etc AOoUHsble rhymes, the pksrals '/noums, mmd Omrd persons sm^uhr, premU M ipe, or gripes, wipes, etc IR, see UR. IRCH, see URCH. IRD, see URD. IRE. sni^"*!*^* ^ "J"^' iqoire. hae, ^i^^ motim. III admire, aspire, conspire, desire, inquire, entire^ expire, inspire, require, i«tire, transpire. Tyre. Perfect rhymes, friar, liar, brier, amd momu formed from verbs ending in ie, orj,m crier, dier, as also the comparative of adjectives of the same sounding termiutttims, as ni8he& shier, etc — » IRGE. see ERGE, IRL. Giri, whirl, twiri. Nearly pesfeet rJkymet curi, furl, churl, etc. IRM* Firm, affirm, confirm, infirm. Nearly perfea rhymes, worm, term, etc. IRST, see URST. IRT, see URT. IRTH. Birth, mirth. i1»^ri,riw«. earth, dearth wkkksee. ISS. Bliss, miss, hiss, kiss, this, abyss, amiss, snbmiss, dismiss, remiss. Alkmable rhymes, mice, spice, etc, peace, lease, etc IS, pronounced like IZ. Is, his. whiz. ISE. see ICE and IZE. ISH. Dish, wish, fish, cuish, pish. ISK. Brisk, Msl^ disk, risk, whisk, basilisk, tam- arisk. ISP. Crisp, wisp. lisp. 1ST, Fist, list, mist, twist, wrist, assist, consist, desist, exist, insist, persist, resist, subsist, aldie- mist, amethyst, anatomist, antagonist, annalist, evangelist, eucharist, exorcist, herbalist, hum- onst, oculist, organist, satirist, etc.. and the preterm and parHcipks verbs in iss, as missed, hissed, etc Ammable rhymes, the preterits and pariic^ ^/ verbs m ice, as spiced, sUced, etc IT. Bit, dt, hit, fit, grit, flit, knit, nit, pit, quit, «t. sidit. twit, wit, whit, writ, admit, acquit, commit, emit, omit, outwit, permit, remit, sub> mit, transmit, refit, benefit, perquisite AOot^ ible rhymes, beat, heat, etc, bite, mite^ light etc. 53* A DICTIONARY OF MMYMSS, ITCH and ICH. Ditch, pitch, rich, which, fitch, bitch, flitch, litch, itch, stitch, switch, twitch, witch, be- witch, nich* enrich. ITE Mui IGHT* BitB, cite, kite, blite, niite, gnite, rite, smite, ipilie, trite, white, write, contrite, disunite, des- flte, indite, invite, excite, incite, polite, requite, iccite, unite, reunite, aconite, appetite, parasite, proselyte, expedite. Perfect rhymes, blight, iMiiifht, fari|^ ifht, iifht, lri|^ hdg^ light, Imight, mifht, night. pUffat, right, tight, slight, fright, wight, affright, alight, aright, light, delight, despite, unsight, upright, |ht, bedight, oversight. AUtrwakk rhymes^ •Iglit, height, weight, etc., bit, hit, etc., Ikvorile, Ifpoctiie, ininite, requisite, opfMiite, affioiite, ITH. fiti, tmith, frith. ITHE. Hithe, blithe, tithe, sqrthe, writhe^ lithe. dUmmtilt r^fme, with. IVE. fbe^ dive, alive, gyve, liive, OM, idoliae, imaovtaliae, pnouae, leviie. sacrifice, sjrmpathize, tjrrannize, imd the ftmrak of nouns and third persons singular, present tense, of verbs in ie or y, as pies, lies, he re- plies, etc. AUe/moMe rfymmt miss, hits, pee* ciptce, etc. 0, tee 00 and OW. OACH. Broach, croach, poach, abroach, approaA, encroach, reproach. Ptyftd rfyme, ImA, ABmmMt rJ^es, botch, notch, tic, nnch. hatch, etc. OAD, see AUD and ODE. OAF, see OFF. ' wAlK, sec OAJLt see OliE. 0AM, CUE. OAN, see ONE. OAF, see OPE. OAR, see ORE. OARB,seeORO. OAST, see OST. OAT, see OTE. OATH, see OTH. OB. Fob, bob, mob, knob, sob, rob, throb. Per' Jiei ri^mmt swab, squab. AUmmMt ri^m*t% danbb i^bbe, fobe, dub, etc. Globe, lobe, probe, robe, conglobe. Allow- eibk rhymes, fob, mob, etc., rub, dub, etc« danb, etc. OCE, see 068* OCK. Block, lock, cock, clock, crock, dock, frock, flock, knock, mock, rock, shock, stock, sodc AUemMi rkywm^ oak, pofce, dbke, etc.. look, to ffk , fltffii , 'bnck,. snclc, etc. OCT. Concoct : rhymes, the preterits and partidplet of verbs in ock, as blocked, locked, etc. AUam- able rhymes, the preterits a$td pariie^pkt of xm4s in oak and ■lodc, episode, etc. Perfect rhytftes, road, toad, goad, load, etc., and the preterits and pmrtieiples ef verit in ow, m owed, showed, ■ic A&mMkk rJ^mm, blood, flood, clod, bodt, nod, hroad, finand, etc. See OOD. OE, see OW. OFF and OUGH. Off, scoC etc Perfect rhymes^ cough, Ironi^ etc AMmatle rfymes, oaf, loaf, etc, ppoo^ raof, etc See OOF. OFT. Oft, craft, soft, aloft, §ltiB^ mmd Sk* pnttr&g MMv pmiwU^ee* ^ verwi $m 'mmmwttfmt' OG. Hog^ bog, CQf^ dog, dog, fog, frag^ log, jog, etc PwfMt f^mm* dialoffne, epilogne, agog aynagogne, catalogue, pedagogne. ABmaUe wfymes, rogue, vogue, etc OGUE. Rogne, vogue, pton^e, coUogu^ disaem bogne. AMmmaMt rUg^ma, hog, log, dlalcfiK, DICE. Cboiee, voice, rejoice. AUowablt rhymes^ 96m, vice, nee, etc. OID. Told, avoid, devoid, etc, mmd A§ pnttHt mid participles of verbs in oy, as buoyed, cloyed, etc Allowable rhyt/ies, hide, bide, rid^ etc OIL. Oil, boil, coil, moil, soil, spoil, toil, despoil, •Bihrail,ieooil, turmoil, disembroil. AOsmmNe nifiMit, islCfWlule, tile, etc OIN. Coin, join, sulgoin, grain, loin, adjoin, con* join, disjoin, enjoin, purloin, icjom. AHmmMt rhymes, whine, wine, fine, etc See INE, OINT. Oint, joint, point, dii|oint, anoint, appoint, diaappoint, cooaterpoint. AMmaMt wkymt. Poise, noise. OISE. counterpoise. equipoise, etc., WdMf pfytrait of mmm, amdtkird persons pliar, pmmi Um$e of wrh im tff, m boys, cloys, etc. AMmmMe rkynm, wise, site, prize, ^id the ^hmmk oi mourns, and tUrd /mmm 533 #f 'it'«r J, mi sit^gmiar, fmmiim$e, if pics, tries, etc. GIST. Hoist, moist, foist, etc, Perfea rkymn, tki preterUs mmd pai^iples of verit im oioe, mt rejoiced. AUmmNt rJ^^mes, tk§ Jfvtuiti mmd pmwHeiplaofmrh m ice, . World rhymes perfectly with the pretenis ana participles of verbs in uri, as hurled, curled, etc ORM, see ARM. Form, storm, conform, deform, inform, pet* form, reform, misinform, unifonn, mnltifotm, transform. AlkmaMe rhymes, form {m JwH), and worm. ORN, rhyming with HORN. Bora, corn, mom, horn, scorn, thorn, adorn, subora, unicorn, Capricorn. ASowa^ie rhyma, the participles borne, {suj^ed,) shorn, etc., j4s verb mourn, the nouns urn, turn, etc. ORN, rhyming with MORN. Born, shorti, torn, worn, lora, forlorn, love- Jotn, sworn, fonwom. over-born, forbonv A 3ICTIOMAMY OF MMYMM& fiiniy dc*f wiif tnnif etc* Horse, endorse, unhorse. Attcwabh rhymes^ worse, corse, etc., remorse, couie, course, ORSTf URST» ORT. see ART. ORT, rhyming with WART. Short, sort, exhort, consort, distort, extort, rasoft, retort, snort. Allowable rhymes^ fort, •mnt, poftf fCfiait, etc., liiit, sliiit, etc., voft, teit, etc ORT, rliTmiiig with COURT. Fort, port, sport, comport, disport, export, ■qport, sufiport, trmnsport, report. AiiffwaMe fli^yMMSv, ifiwif^, sort, etc* dirtf hurt, etc ORTH* Foftli, fourtli. AMmmUt rjlgm€t, noiti, VPiilVlSli|i l il N Hflllllljt €MUrtith|ii C^iC!* OSE, sounded OCE. Gose, dose, jocose. Perfect rhymes, morose, gross, engross, verbose. AUomabk rhymes^ ■Kws, cross, etc., us, thias, etc noM,, '|)MM^ tlMM^' vote, cooipose, depoMs, iHb* close, dispose, discompose, expose, impose, in- close, interpose, oppose, propose, recompose, M|MMe, suppose, transpose, arose, presuppose, IbracinM, 'Ctc, emi tk* /iiroiSt tf momm mmd ow, oe, o, etc., as rows, glows, foes, goes, etc. AHowabh rhymes, the verbs choose, lose, etc., ZHd the plurals ofnotms and third persons sin- pilar of verbs in ow, rAjml^f with now, as **** OSS. Boss, loss, cross, dross, moss, toss, across, emboss. Allowable rhymes, the nmmSt dose, dose, jocose, etc., and us, thus, etc OST. Cost, firast, lost, accost, etc., amdMi pr^kr&i midpmifk^ks of words in oss, as mossed, mm- bossed, etc., the verb exhaust, and the mmm holocaust. Allowable rhymes^ ghost, host, post, compost, most, etc., coast, boast, toast, etc., bust, •Mist, etc., roost, and the preterits and partici- fits ifvtrh im oose, ms loosed, dc OT, S0c A.Ta CloC, Uflt, got, liot, joti lot, loMl, no^ plot, pot, scot, slMt, sot, spot, tfvioot, trot, rot grot, begot, forgot, allot, besot, complot, coun. terplot. Allowable rhymes, note, vote, etc., boat, coat, etc., but, cut, etc. OTCH. Boldi, notdii^ etc JPerfett i^lgftM^ watch. ABtw^Ne riljniMf , imicii, Midi, dc OTB. Hots, volt, note, qnote, vole, wrote, smote, denote, pramote, remote, devote, anecdote, ante- dote, etc JPSerfect rhymes, boat, coiit, bloat,, doat, float, gloat, goat, oat, overfloat, afloat, throat, OMMt. j4ifiMMi^&r>ijm«r, bout, flout, etc.,. ImB^ji ^Solfp ((ln>*ijii Imtju CEUjlnp ^BJb(5 OU, tee 00 and OW. OUBT, see OUT. OUCH. Couch, pouch, vouch, slouch, avouch, crouch. Allowable rhymes, much, such, etc., coach* roach, etc. OUD. Shroud, cloud, proud, loud, aloud, croud, overshroud, etc., and the preterits and partici' pies of verbs in ow, as he bowed, vowed, etc. AlkmaMe rhymes, the pr^erits a»dpttriie^ks if vtrh m ow, m owed,, flowed, 'etc. Mood, 0¥E. Wove, inwove, interwove, alcove, clove, grove, rove, stove, strove, throve, drove. AUotv- able r^mes, dove, love, shove, glove, above, etc., move, balKivie, approve, disprove, dis* 'Biipraife, 'improve, groove, prove, tvpmoi, etc . OUGH, sec.. OIF, OW, and UFF. OUGHT. Bought, thought, ought, brought, forethought, fought, nought, sought, wrought, besought, be thought, methought, etc. Perfect rhymes, aught, naught, caught, taught, etc., mme^mm^ dfaiight. A mCTIONAMY OF MMYMM& 537 Allowable rfymes, not, yacht, etc., note, vote, etc., butt, hut, etc, hoot, root, etc. OUL, see OLE and OWL. OULD. Mould. Ferfeet rhymes, ibid, old, cold, etc, mmd the preteriis amd pttr^^^ of verbs in owl, ol, and ole, as bowled, tolled, cajoled, etc. Allowable rhymes, the preterits and parti- c^s of verbs in ull, as gulled, pulled, etc. OUNCE. Bounce, flounce, renounce, pounce, ounce, denounce, pronounce. OUND. Bomd, found, mound, ground, hound, I poiuid,rouod, sound, wound, abound, aground, around, confound, compound, expound, pro- found, rebound, redound, resound, propound, surround, etc., and the preterits and participles of the verbs in own, frowned, renowned, etc. AUawM rhy$nes, the preUrits and participles of verbs in one, oan, and un, as toned, moaned, sunned, etc., conseptesUly fund, refund, etc., md wound (a hurt), prmoimced woaad. OUNG, see UNG. OUNT. Count, mouut, fount, amount, dismou t, re- mount, surmount^ account, discount, miscount, lecount. AUmmAk rhymes, want, font, don't, won't, etc OUP, see OOP. OUR. Hour, lour, sour, our, scour, deflour, de- vour, etc, rhymes perfectly with bower, cower, fewer. ,»«r. tower, ac, mm*T, tow'r, etc. AHommMe rhymes, bore, more, roar, pour, tour, moor, poor, etc, pure, lure, etc., sir, stir, bur, cur, etc. OURGE, see URGE. OURN, see ORN and URN. OURS. Ours rhymes perfectly with the plurals of mtmx m$d ^iml perstm pment of verbs in m, and ower, as hours, scours, ddburs, lowers, showers, etc Allowable rhymes, the Plurals of nouns and third persons present of ^erbs in oor and ure, as boors, moors, ctc, n«e»i endures, etc. OURS. Yours rhymes perfectly with the pbsrals of neurn emd tidsrd persons presetU of verbs in ure, Of cures, endures, etc Altmem rl^me, mm, and its perfect rhymes and the phtrab tf nouns and third persons present of verbs in oor, ore, and ur, as boors, moors, etc., shores^ pores, etc, burs, slurs, stirs, etc. OURSE, see ORCE. OURT, see ORT. OURTH, see ORTH. OUS, see US. OUS, pronounced OUCE. House, mouse, chouse, etc. Alltrwablt. rhymes, the nmm close, dose^ jocose, etc». deuce, use, produce, etc, lUi thw, etc, inooi^ and the noun noose. OUSE, pronounced OUZE, see OWZB. OUT. Bout, lout, out, clout, pout, gout, grout*, rout, scout, shout, snout, spout, stout, sprout,, trout, about, devout, without, throughout, rhymes perfte^y with doubt, redoubt, misdoubt^ drought, etc. Allowable rhymes, note vote,, etc., boat, coat, etc., lute, suit, etc, got, not,, etc., nut, shut, hoot, boot, etc. OUTIL Mouth, south, when nouns have the th sharpy. The verbs to mouth, to south, etc., m^aSom^ ah^ rhyme with booth, smooth, etc., whicA jww. OW, sounded OU. Now, bow, how, mow, cow, brow, plow^ sow, vow, prow, avow, allow, disallow, en- dow, etc. Perfect rhymes, bough, plough,, slough (mire), etc., thou. Allowable rhymes^ go, no, blow, sow, etc. OW, sounded OWE. Blow, stow, crow, bow, flow, glow, grow,, know, low, mow, row, show, sow, straw, atow,. slow, snow, throw, trow, below, bestow, fore- know, outgrow, overgrow, overthrow, reflow,. foreshow, etc Perfect rhymes, go, no, toe, foe, owe, wo, oh, so, lo, though, hoe, ho, ago, forego, undergo, dough, roe, sloe, and the verK^ to sew {nvith a needle). ABowable rhymes, now, cow, vow, do, etc. See the last article, OWL, see OLE. Cowl, growl, owl, fowl, howl, prowl, etft- flS ■Sn^ r%must scoul, foul, etc. AMamaMi '#i%MMt|, Iwwly MNiit liol% goslf cie>t dulI, gnllf OWN, see ONE. Brown, town, clown, crown, down, drown, frawn, gown, adown, c«nown, embrown, etc. J^offt^ .ri^mtt nmtn. AMommMt r^fwm^ tone, fioiie, moan, owiig Muf ' tkt jfiawiig^fiilttt tliramit OWSE, sec OUSE. Blowie. Perfect rhymjs, browse, trouse, rouae, tponse, carouse, souse, espouse, the 9tfh to bouie, mooc^ etc., amd ike pmrah ^ HMMif mmd iMrd penom prmmi iemu of verbs in ow, as brows, allows, etc. Alkm* eihk rhymes, hose, tliose, to dose, etc. OX. Ox, box, fox, equinox, orthodox, heterodox, •Ic Atii€iri^mm,Me/fytrmitafm0mum$d -ttodcs, etc A&mtMi rkywm, iM§ ftmmk ef noum emd third persons present of verbs in oke, oak, emd uck, as strokes, oaks, cloaks, sucks, etc OY. Boy, buoy, coy, employ, cloy, joy, toy, alloy, aninf, convoy, decoy, destroy, d^oy* «mploy. OZB, :see 'OSB. UB. Cub, club, dab, chub, drab, grub, rub, snub shrub, tub. AlkmeAk rhymes, cube, tube, etc, cob, rob, etc. OAm, mta. Attmrnik r^mm, dn\ cub, UCE. Truce, since, spfoctt imm, coodnee, de- duce, imdnce, introduce, produce, seduce, traduce, juice, leduce, etc., rhymes perftetfy wUk ik« mmns use, abuse, profuse, abstruse, dbna^ excuse, misuse, obtuse, recluse. UCH, see UTCH. UCK. Budi, lack, pluck, suck, aCruck, tuck, truck, duck. dMmuMi r^mm, puke, duke, etc., ioolt,. 'tOOka' 'dc* UCT. Ccniinct, deduct,, iMiruct, obstract, M|ue* e^kt ^ mrhs m uck, as ducked, sucked, eta. AMmMi r^jmm, tik pvitriit ami partu^kt ^ wr#« m uke, amd ook, as puked, kooke4. etc UD. Bud, scud, stud, mud, cud, r^mes prfecefy with blood ai$d flood. AlkmaMe rJfymet, good, hood, etc., rood, ibod, etc, beatitude, UDE. Rude, erode, prude, allude, conclude, de- lude, elude, exclude, exude, include, intrade, obtrude, seclude, altitude, fortitude, gratitttde, interlude, latitude, longitude, magnitude, mul- titude, solicitude, soliiude, vicissitude, aptitude, habitude, ingratitude, inaptitude, lassitude, plenitude, pramptitnde, sefvitwle, ■iiwiijf^niy , etc Perfea rfymes^ lead, feud, etc., and JOii preterits and participks of verbs in ew, as stewed, viewed, etc. Allovoabk rhymes^ bud, cud, etc., good, hood, blood, flood, etc. UDGE. Jttd^, drudge, grudge, trudge, adjudge, pre jmlgtt UE, see EW. UFF. Buff, cuff, bluff, hnfl^ gruff, lull^ puff, snuff, stul( ruff, rebuff, oounterbuff, etc. Perftd rkyma, tough, enough, slough (vofshii)nre. a^ure, aliuK^i assure, demure, conjure, endure, manure, enuc^ insure, immature, immure, mature, obscure, pro- cure, secure, adjure, calenture, coverture, epi. cure, investiture, forfeiture, furniture, miniature nouriture, overture, portraiture, pnmogeniture temperature. AUowabk rfyme$, poor« mr power, sour, etc., cur, bur, etc URF. Turf, scurf, etc. URGE. Purge, BifC, surge, scourge. Perfect rhymes, fcrge, diverge, etc. AUtmabU rhymes, gorge, George, etc., forge, etc. URK. Laifc, Ttefc. Pirftd ri^m*, ivork. Marfy URL, Mc IRL* Chwl, oirl, fail* hurl, poii, nnm^ wrftarl. Mmr^ t^mm, fprl, twiii, ■«!■.» fcwl, URN. Bim,. ciiiin, »|miii, tmi, nni, letuni, oftr- .Av^iwf rJj^iiKft ■•Of' re- URSS* t, liSstiniw, ia* Dburse. Fir^ rJ^m*, Sf etc. 0RST. Bnnt, cnnt, linit, acewl dlmwt, fiint, ii«iit,. int URT. Blurt, hurt, sport. /Vr/k/ r-*j«««r, dirt, shirt, flirt, squirt, etc. AikmMdk r^im, port, court, ilicyrt, snort, etc. US. Us, thiit, boas, tmis, discuss, iucuhus, over- fills, amorous, boisterous, clamorous, credulous, iangcrous, degenerous, generous, emulous, libulous, frivolous, hazardous, idolatrous, in- famous, miraculous, mischkvoas, moaataiuotts, mntiuoiit, MGcaitous, nmnerom,. ominous, perilous, poisonous, populous, pmperous, lidicnloos, riotiMi, ruinous, scandalous, scrupu- lous, sedulous, traitorous, treacherous, tyran- nous, ven<»ous, vigorous, villainous, adventur- ous, adulteroDs, ambiguous, blasphemous, dokirous, Inttnitous, sonorous, gluttonous, gntaitons, inatcduloiit, lecherous, libidinous, magnanimous, obstreperous, odoriferous, pon- derous, ravenous, rigorous, slanderous, solicit- ous, timorous, valorous, unanimous, calamitous. AMmmMe rkymeSf ikg mamm use, abuse, diiiiie, ticnse, ll# vet4 to loose, mmd llv' tmms foose, 'Icncc, juice, tract, flic, cloi% 'doM, house, USE, with the j pur?. TAe nouns use, disuse, abuse, deuce, tnin^ Perfect rAjmes^ the verb to loose, the h0uh\ goose, noOM, moose. AHmmMe rhymes, us 'thus, boss, etc. USE, sounded UZE. Muse, the verbs to use, abuse, amuse, diffuse, excuse, infuse, misuse, peruse, refuse, suffuse, transfuse, accuse. Fmrfkt rhymes, bruise, emd the ^rak tfmmmi mmt third persons sii^mkm ^ twpJir Ml ew, emd uc, «ff 'd«iff% 'imbntt, etc AibmMe rJ^mm, buzz, does, etc USH. Blush, brush, crush, gush, flush, rush, hush. AUovMible rhymes, bush, push. USK. Busk, tusk, dusk, hudc, musk. UST. Bust, cruat, dtist, just, must, lust, rust, thrust,, trust, adjust, adust, disgust, distrust, intrust,. mistrust, robust, unjust. Perfect rhymes, the preterits and participles of verbs in uss, ox trussed, discussed, etc. UT. But, butt, cut, hut. cut, glut, jut, nut, shot,, strut, englut, rut, scut, slut, smut, abut. Perfect rhyme, soot. AllowcMe rhymes, boot, etc., dis- pute, etc., boat, etc. UTCH. I Hutch, crutch, Dutch. AiqM r4|Mi% UTE. Brute, lute, flute, mute, acute, compute, con- fute, dispute, dilute, depute, impute, minute,, pollute, refute, repute, salute, absdate. attri* bute, oomitnter doititntfl, dinolule, exflcnl% institute, irtesolute, persecute, praMcnIe, pm' titute, resolute/ substitute. Perfect rhymes^ fruit, recruit, etc- Allowable rhymes, boot, etc., boat, etc., note, etc., hut, etc. UX. flMt,itli3E,«tc I^^i^mes,thiplm^ of momm emd third permu ofmrh im uck, as ducks, trucks, etc. Allowable rhymes, thepht' rals of nouns and third persons of verbs « ook, uke, oak, etc., as cooks, pukes, oaks, ete^ Y, sec IB. H^ME AMUSEMENTS. 54- Embracing Brief and Comprehensive Rules for the Mosb Fopidm* cmd Amusing Chimes^ i^twts, and Plays, Both In-door and (kd-door, for Both Sexes, Old and Young, Showing HOW TO MAKE HOME H APPY. OUT'DOOR AMUSEMENTS. As this is peculiarly a lady's game, althoogh played by botb 8eies» «e a MU , In what follows, speak of the player female. The rules which follow are based upon the experience of the best playeis, and are regarded, both in America and in England, as authoritati¥e upon the subject. Arranging the Grmmd. A full-sized croquet-ground should measure forty yards by thirty yards ; but the game may be placed in a smaller space. In all cases the botmdailes of the ground should be accurately defined. A smoothly cut lawn is the best for the game; the grass forming a soft cushion for the balls. There are several ways of arranging the hoops. The method commonly used m this countrj requires ten hoops, and two pegs. The pegs are set a few feet from the upper and lower ends of the lawn or space used, and are driven firmly into the ground. A hoop is then set into the ground a few feet (according to the size of the lawn) in front of the peg or stake, and in a line with it, and a second hoop is placed at a similar distance in front of the first one. A second tttke or peg is then driven into the ground at the opposite end of the lawn, and tm hoops are set up in front of it, at equal distances, as above. Now set ^« hoop on each side (rij^ and left) of the second hoop from the stake, set up the remaining hoops, one mMiiay between the two left-hand hoops. 143 HOME AMmMMEMTS, ■Mi tlw Oilier midway betvcen the two right-haml Iioopi, and tlie giiniii& b 'raid J te' tliC' game. Jm^pkmrnfU Wmi m tk$ Gam, He implements uacd in dofoet am Im In nnmlier, ?ii.: balli, mallets, lioops, and stakes. J^a//s.—Tkem should be made of box or some other hard wood, and sboiild be about ten iaclies in circumference, and weigh ^bout five and a half ounces. They should be painted of different colors, and as brightly as possible. The usual colors are red, blue, orange, brown, pink, green, yellow and black. The Ma//efs.— These instruments ought to weigh at least twice as much as the Some makers famish mallets which are absolutely lighter than the balls. This is a manifest absurdity. The propelling instrument ought always to be much heavier than the object which it propels, otherwise the player is obliged to supply the want of the weight by throwing extra force into his stroke, and thefcfore to disarrange his aim and to destroy all delicacy of play. This self-evident role is carried out in all other games where balls are struck, and there can be no reason why croquet should form the solitary exception. The length of the nMifet-handle is another point of great importance. As a IPWil thing the handles are much too long. Two feet four inches from the head of the mallet is amply sufficient length for a mallet-handle, and we should always be' inclined to lemifie an inch ewm inm thiS' length. ¥ety tall persons will of course lequiie longer handles, but for pasons of oidinary height a mallet ought not to exceed two feet six inches in total length. Ladies, especially, do not need long mallets, and we are sure, from practical experience, that every inch of mdim length dcfUacts fiom the real power of t^ placed .guim the wires on the non-playing side. «■ '«»W»OOWt»TONw-SiWKiR',B«H.-^ ball driven thro CM MOMM AimSMMMMm m igainst tlie tuming-^take, by any stroke not foul, whetlier of its own ur of tlie advene side, counts tlie point so made. 9. Pwra MAD* fom Ad¥HI«a»y's Ball.— if a point be made for an adver- wmfM ball, the striker must inform ber adveiiary of it. Sbould tbe strikei neglect tO' do so, and tbe .adversary make the point again, sbe nay conttBie bsi 'tnni m tbougb she, had played, for hm right point.. 10. Th« TimN.— a player, when ber tnrn comes round, may roquet each ball once, and may do this again afler each point made. The player contiaiiet hei turn 10 long as she makes a point or a roquet. 11. CiOQUKT iMFliATiin AFTiR RoQUET.— A player who roquets a ball must take croquet, and in so doing must move both balls (see Law 25). In taking croquet, tbe striker is not allowed to place her foot on the ball. 12. IN HAND AFTER RoQUET. — No point Of Foquct can be mude by a ball which is in band. If a ball in hand displace any other balls, they must remain where they are driven. Any point made in consequence of such displacement counts, notwithstanding that the ball displacing them is in hand. 13. Balls Roqueted simultaneously. — When a player roquets two balls simultaneously, she may choose from which of them she will take croquet ; and • second roquet will be required before she can take croquet from the other baO. 14. Balls found Touching.— If at the commencement of a tum the striker's liall be found touching another, roquet is doemed to be made, and cfoqoet must be taken at once. 15. .RoQiiiT AND Hoor MADB BY SAMS Steokb.— Should a bstt, in Miking its boop, roquet another that lies beyond the hoop» and then pass through, the hoop ciiiintS:.as wd as^ tbe 'loqnet. A ball is deemed to be. beyond tbe boop if it 'lies to that it cannot be touched by a straigbt-edie pbu:ed agiunst .the wiies m the plsying' side.. Should any part of the ball thai is roqueted, be lyiiif on Ae playing side of tbe hoop, tbe 'roquet 'COnnts, but not the hoop. 16. Pieowo ©UT. — ^If a rover (eicept when in band) be caused to hit tbt vinning^tike by any 'Stroke of tbe ^saoie side, not foul, the rover is oat of the' pme, and must be lenoved from the ground. Aiovcrnay simikrly bef^ggid •nt % an advcise roter. ly. Rofin OTWGiD OUT iy Roquet.— A player who pep out a rover by a loquet loses tbe rcniinder of her tum. 18. Balm snrr Off THE Ground.— A ball sent off the ground must at once be replaced 3 Icet within the boundary, measured from the spot where it went off, and at right angles to the margin. If this spot be already occupied, the ball last sent off is to be placed anywhere in contact with the other, at the option of the player sending off the ball. 19. Ball sent off near Corner. — ^A ball sent off within 3 feet of a comer is to be replaced 3 feet from both boundaries. io. Ball touching Boundary.— If the boundary be marked by a line on tbt mC a ball touching the line is deoncd to have been off tbe gioond. If At I i HOME AMUSEMENTS, S45 i 21. Ball sent off and returning to Grookd.— If « Iril be sent off th. I sTOund^^d return to it, the ball raust be»imibriyiq*K»I, „««ring from ^ * point of first contact with the boundary. . ""awnng worn Uie B*"- ^^h™ 3 FHET OF BouNDARY.-A baU sent within , feet of ^e bound^y, but not off the ground, is to be «pl««d as though it had be« sent off-«cept m the case of the striker's ball, when the «rik« h.. the o,^ of bringing her ball in, or of pUying from where it Ues ™" ^TT''' STROKE.-If it be found that the heidii of the boundary interferes with the stroke, the striker, with tLT^Si m its course bv af ad™^ Striker mm elect whether sh^ win *^k- * i - aaversary, ««y ciccc wnecner she wdl take the stroke again, or whether the haU 54^ HOME AMUSEMENTS, sIttH itniAln wlwrt it stopfMSil, be ptend wlioe, in the JuilgiDeiiC of tlie mpiCy it would have rolled to. t J. Balls stoppid or divietid by Umfhie.— Should a ball be stopped or difcrted ftom its counc by an umpire, she ii to place it where she considets it would have rolled to. flS. Playing out of toun, oh with the wrong ball.— If a player play out of torn, or with the wrong ball, the remainder of the jprn is lost, and any point or roquet made after the mistake. The balls remain where they lie when the penalty is claimed, or are replaced as they were before the last stroke was made, at the option of the adversary. But if the adverse side play without claiming the penalty, the turn holds good, and any point or points made after the mis- take are scored to the ball by which they have been made— that is, the ball is deemed to be for the point next in order to the last point made in the turn— except when the adversary's ball has been played with, in which case the points are scored to the ball which ought to have been played with. If more than one l»ll be played with during the turn, all points made during the turn, whether Ijefore or after the mistake, are scored to the ball last played with. Whether the penalty be claimed or not, the adversary may follow with either ball of her own side. 99. Playing foh wrong point. — ^If a player make a wrong point, It does not count, and therefore-^unlew ihe have, by the same stroke, taken croquet, oi made a roquet— all subsequent strokes are in error, the remainder of the turn ia lost, and any point or roquet made after the mistake. The balls remain wliere they le when the penalty is claimed, or are replaced as they were before the last stroke was made, at the option of the adversary. But if the player Bi ffc # another point, or the adverse side play, before the penalty is claimed, thu tim holds good ; and the pkyer who made the mistake is deemed to be for the foiiit next in older' to^ that which she last made. 30* iMroiMATioN AS Tt) sooRi.— Every player is entitled to be informed illiidi is the next point of any ball. 31. Wires knocked out of ground. — Should a player, in trying to run her Imp, knock a wire of that hoop out of the ground with her ball, the hoop does not count. The ball must be replaced, and the stroke taken again ; but if by the same stroke a roquet be made, the striker may elect whether she wiU claim the roquet or have the balls replaced. 3a. Pegs or hoops not upright.— Any player may set upright a stake or hoop, except the one next in order; and that must not be altered except by the umpire. 33. Ball lying in a hole or on bad obound.— A ball lymg in a hole or on bad ground may be moved with the sanction of the umpire. The ball must be put back— f. away from the object aimed at— and so as not to alter the Mm of aim. 34. Umpires.— An impure shaU not five her ofinion, or niltkt nqr •fW*' f HOME AMUSEMENTS, 54/ that may be made, unless appealed to by one of the playere. The decisioa of an umpire, when appealed to, shall be final. The duties of an impire are : (n.) To decide matters in dispute during the game, if appealed to. {k) To keep the score, and, if asked by a player, to disclose the state of it {€,) To replace balls sent off the ground, or to see that they are properly adjusted. (dT.) To adjust the hoops or stakes not upright, or to see that they are properly adjusted. 35. Absence of Umpire.— When there is no umpire present, permission to move a ball, or to set up a stake or hoop, or other indulgence for which an umpire would be appealed to, must be asked of the other side. 36. Appeal to Referee.— Should an umpire be unable to decide apy point at issue, she may appeal to the referee, whose decision shall be final; but no player may appeal to the referee from the decision of the umpire. Tkm% qf me Gam, The game of croquet is played by opposite parties, of two or more on a side, each pkyer being provided with a mallet and her own ball which are dii- dnguished by their color. The players each in their turn place their balls a mallet's length in front of the starting stake, and strike them with the mallet, the object being to pass through the first one or two hoops. The turning or upper stake must be struck with the ball before the player can pass her ball through the returning hoops. On returning to the starting point, the ball must strike the starting post before the player can be considered a winner. The side that gets its balls out first wins the game. Suggestions to Players. The Croquet.— Having mastered .the art of driving her own ball in a straight line m any requisite direction, so as to strike another baU or to pass through 4 hoop, and the more difficult art of "placing" it— that is, of so judging the strength of her stroke as to make the ball roll exactly as far, and no farther, ^^i^^^^^ P^^^t^ "^"^^ ''^^y ^ practice of thus mrerting and placing two balls-that is, she must make herself a proficient in tne "croquet." In the earUer days of croquet there was much to be said and learnt upon the ngnt method and judicious employment of " tight croquet "—a feature in the P«nc now happily abolished. The stroke was made as follows: The striker the two balls together as in "croquet " proper, put her foot upon her wn ball, and then delivered the stroke. If this was done properly— and it was ™ly possible for a player who had had any practice to fail, except from ex- mam carelessness-the object-ball was driven off at a velocity proportioned to ^ Vigor of the stroke, aad in a direction in accordance with the relative posi- I4S MOMM AMUSMMSNm lions of the two balls, as we have explained further on, while the striker's bail remained firm under her foot. It has been found that all the advantages of this old " tight croquet " maybe obtained by skill in the use of the mallet unaided by the foot j and therefore for this and other reasons, not necessary now to specify, its use has been abolished. To drive your own ball wheie ym will in a straight line is a matter of com- parative facility, and some skill in "judging strength " is not difficult of attain- ment, nor by any means uncommon ; to treat in like manner the object-ball, while your own is held irm with your fioot, is not only not more difficult, but pofitively much more easy, and far less liable to failure ; but to be able to place Ml balli at will eiactly where most wanted— cither following each ptiier, or each going off at a different angle, and having to traverse a different distance— tUi, inde«d, is a very triumph of skill and dexterity, and entitles a player to a place among the very irst, so lar as mere mechanical proficiency is concerned. It is in the croquet that are to be found all the scientific possibilities of the game; and, therefore, the player who desires to excel cannot take too much trouble in making hoielf as iv at possible mistress of this^ lascinating branch of its practice. In order to do this with any success, she must possess or acquire a thorough knowledge, theoretical or practical, or both, of the natural laws which govern the motions of the balls when brought into contact with one another. We need not go into any abstruse scientific details ; they are not necessary for the due attainment of our object, which is to take a practical rather than theoretical view of the subject : a reference to one simple rule of mechanics will answer every purpose. If one ball be driven by another ball coming in contact with it, the former will fly off from the latter in the direction of the straight line joining their centres. This rule holds good also when the two balls are in contact at rest, and one is struck as in " the croquet." Attention to this rule will make the Mmiim of the croqueted ball a matter of mathematical certainty. Get this line correctly, and it matters not how you strike your own ball : the croqueted ball must take the right direction. There it not much difficulty in placing either tk croqueted or the croqueting ball singly ; but when both have to be " placed," or still more when both have to be taken through a series of hoops together, then the player will indeed be required to put forth her utmost skill-— to do all she knows. The movements of the croqueting ball depend entirely upon the handling of the rtallet. A simple formula will, perhaps, prove more serviceable here than pages of instruction. Bear this, therefore, in mind: " Short sharp strokes tmmxK C«1AT AMOLls ; long sweeping strokes, fine angles." The former drive the croqueted ball, and hardly stir the other; the latter drive the cmiueting ball, and, unlets the angle be fine, scarcely move the croqueted. MOMM AMUSEMENTS. ^ In making the sweeping or driving ttmke, the mallet must be grasped wiili rigid hand and wrist as firmly as possible, and quite low down, and mutt b. made to follow well after the ball. Great firmness and decision are required til make this very useful stroke effectively. ^ The short sharp strokes must be delivered with a loose wrist, the mallet not being held too tight, but rather allowed to play in the hand. Care must be taken, too, to arrest the mallet's motion at the very instant of delivery if it be aUowed to foUow the ball in the least, it will not only modify the angle,* but will impart t^ the ball more or less of its own forward impetus. To avoid this the mallet should be brought up shaip with a kind of jerk-a knack not very difficult of acquirement. A thorough command of this method of making the croauet is exceedingly valuable, and, indeed, to a first-mte player, is simply indispensable ■ in every game she it ture to find abundant opportunity of making it service! aiiie. It is exceedingly difficult to a«ke these short sharp strokes with any certainty bod7 ""^ " """^ P*""* ""^ P°^''>'^ l"^,""' ^P^f»"y 'hen this stroke occurs in the game, to lav Tt X K 7 f' '° "*kfi of the small one. This bLg Usually lighter thai, the balk will have a tendency of itself to fly back when the stroke .s dehvered, and will therefore require little of that sudden jerk back which is ma ter"lln T"''' u'^- " "^"^ * "^"^ oomp««ively a mauer of unimportance by its immeasurably inferior momentmn. extS^Vv ^fZ" ""'h ' I'"'" P'"^" bdl tothe«,y «t.em,ty of the ground, and yet not move her own ball from the mot. Thi, ^ t rrr ' ^ "'"^ '"^^ "° ""'"'p' « ^ ^p"«»8 ■> ^ .ow.^ra"!;;.roZtot'o;^sot/ ""•^ ^^e«M one more maxim which we wish to impress upon our reade.,: Kekp »«« 0W» B*Ufl tOOETHW, AND YOtm ADVERSARY'S APART. In this lies the ^l^f mai-gement of a game. However hard it may seem at ^. ' P"^"™" ™« ^ to go back and help dlXl^'^' V *° "T. « of *e enemy, it ««„/be done, anS iZ^TTT^ too, nt H^. One ball by itself is a ve^r lame and ■loiwtent a&ir : two together become a host. do « ^"".""^ of a brok you find nothing immediately to your hand for you to no™^ ?r '"PP"', y»« «»m»s made rfl or most of it, it De °" T "P '° ^ ""l^. «f Place ™ '^^ ^y ** '^t*T suicidal. You dms pace your enemy in this position : Either she must go on wia her game, and a letting jrou m with your twa bdh togeth*-, thing no phyw moM tbM of, unless she had « series of absolutely certain strokes before her, which would make it worth her while to brave the aller risk^ — or jm compel her to leave hef piiie» and come and separate your balls. In either case you retard her game, which it the same thing as advancing your own. We have iccfi many a game lost and won b j attention or neglect of this simple rale. The game needs* int of all, a amootii, kvd ground, which may be eithei lard^rollcd earth, asphalt, or (probably best of all) well-rolled, closely cut turf. A set consists of four racquets, four India rubber balls, 3^ inches in diameter and i}4 ounces in weight, and a net attached to two posts, 24 feet apart, at a height of 5 feet from the ground at the posts, and sagging to a height of only 4 Ifeet at the centre. The best dimensions for the ground, according to the rules of the Marylebone Cricket Club, are 30 feet wide at the base lines (the end lines), 24 feet wide at the centre, where it is s|mined by the net, and 78 feet long. The ground is divided lengthwise by a central line, and on either side of this, as one stands facing the net, are the *' right court " and ** the left court." The courts are again divided by a *• service line," drawn parallel to the base lines at a distance of 26 feet from the net. The ground may be longer than this, according as four, six or eight players are engaged; but the service lines should always be at two-thirds of the distance firom the net to the base lines. A ground may be easily and quickly measured and marked out with a loo-foot tape-line and some plaster of paris and water or whitewash, or, indeed, almost any luliitance which will make z distinct line on the turf. To play the game, sides aw formed, each occupying its own side of the net, and the choice of courts may be determined by spinning a racquet in the ahr, while an opponent calls out " rough " or * ' smooth " before it idls to the ground with one of those liices uppermost. The side which loses the choice of courts may elect to begin as "hand-in" or " hand-out." Hand-m is the one who " serves " thoOiall, that is, begins the game (standing witk one foot on either tide of his base line) by serving (striking) the ball so that it shall pass over the act and come to the ground in the diagonally opposite court between the oppo- nent's service line and the net. If he serves the ball into the wrong court, into the net, or into the diagonally opposite court, but beyond the service line, he makes a " fault." Hand-in becomes hand-out (and his opponent becomes the server) when he serves the ball outside of court, or when he makes two succes- iiirc feults: or when he fails to return the ball so that it shall fall into one of his opponent's courts. When hand-in makes a " good service " (serves the ball into the diagonally opposite court within the service line), the hand-out, who is {hoarding that court, attempts with his racquet to strike the ball as it boxmds from the ground, so that it shall return over the net into either one of hand-in ? MOMM AMUSEMENTS. courts. Hand-in, or his partner, may then strike the ball before it bounos (that is to say, *• volley " it), or, after it has bounded once, returning it again within hand-out's courts, and then hand-out has like privileges with it. The ball can thus be struck any number of times back and forth over the net until one or tlie other fails to return it, or returns it so vigorously that it falls outside the oppo- nent's courts, or allows the ball to touch any part of his clothes or person. DIAORAM OF A LAWN TENNIS COURT. if tt is hand-out, or his partner, who fails to make "good return," or if thf> service is volleyed, one point is scored for hand-in. Hand-in then again serves the ball (serving from his right and left courts alternately), and if he makes a good service and makes good returns until hand-out finally fails to make a good return, another poiht is scored for hand-in, and he continues to serve and add to his score until he fails. When hand-in foils to make a good service or a good return, or makes two iuccessive faults, no point is scored, and one of his opponents becomes th« server. The side which first scores fifteen points, or " aces," wins the game. But, if ^ Mng and thirty fe«t wide. The net is stretched across the hall or lawn, and Hm $3M MOMM jtMUSMMMMm tord, having been affixed at top and bottom to the standard, is to be secured to a stake or peg driven into the ground at each end of the net. The net divides the ground into two parts ; each part must again be divided into two by marking with chalk or by a cord through the centre of the net. At three feet distance on each side of the net a line is to be drawn, and this is termed the serving crease. Four playeis on each side, or eight, are the ordinary number. If the players •re many, the score of the game is 29 ; if few, 21. The side first to serve is de- termined by lot, and in order to equalize the chances, only half the number of playcis this selected serve in the iist innings. After the first innings all the opponents serve, and then all the others in rotation. The battkiloor must never be raised higher than the elbow, and the shuttle- cock must be stmck invariably underhand the first play. At other times it may be stmdk either' over or nnder, but only under when serving. The game begins by the serving player standing in the court on hii right hand, and throwing or serving the shuttlecock into the opposite diagonal court. If the opponent player does not meet and drive it baiak before it touches the ground, then the first player scores one, and at once removes into the court to the left of that in which he stands, and another server takes his phux, and throws the shuttlecock. If the adversary termed the servce strike the shuttlecock back, and the server, or first player, miss it, then the latter is out— this is called a " hand out "—and a|a||er player of his side takes his place, but then the servees wort one. If the •Siw miss the shuttlecock in the act of serving, or strike it overhand, he is out. If the shuttlecock does not clear the net, or if it fall within the serving crease on the other side, if he serve it into the wrong court, or beyond the boundary, he is out, and the others score. When all on one side have served, the other party become servers. The servers score a point each time that the shuttlecock is missed by the adversary, or not struck back clear of the net, or if struck beyond the boundary. The winners of a game become servers in the following one. This is a very old English gmie, and was known in the days of Queen Eliza- beth, who declared it to be "the best sport she had seen. For this game a garden wall, or the side of a house without windows, with a piece of smooth ground before it, is necessary. A line is drawn with chalk on the wall at a distance of about a yard from the bottom. On the ground a long line is marked out, with two other lines at right angles with it, reaching to the wall, forming an oblong square. This space marks the "bounds." The players stand in a row outside the boundary line, a player on each side atanding alternately; for, of course, as it is a trial of skill, the players divide, m in croquet. the first player begins the game hf b(iiiiicii« ihe Ml m m §tmmA in MOME AMUSEMENTS. ||| Oiinese inanncr of playing ball. On its rebounding, he strikes it with the nalm of hi hand Ihe Wall in such a manner that at its descent it shal m ovtside "bounds." This is done only for thtj^rsi strike ; after it the ball must be struck so as to fall within bounds^ otherwise the opposite party scores "one." The players strike the ball in turn— first one side, then the other If any player misses the ball at the rebound, or strikes it beneath the line on the wall, or hits it out of " bounds," the opposite side count "one." "Fif- teen is the game, and the side which first counts it, wins. Prisoner's Base used to be considered a game for boys only; but the hardier education of the young ladies of the present day has caused it to become a game for both brothers and sisters. The exercise and animation of this pastime will render it delightful on a cold winter afternoon. It is played thus: A long straight line is marked out on the ground parallel with a wall, hedge, laurel fence, etc., but at about two or three yards distance from It, and this space is divided into two equal portions. These are called bases. One belongs to the first of the two parties or sides into which the playeis are divided, the other to their antagonists. At some tolerable distancefrom the bases, two prisons are marked out parallel with each other, with a good spa^ between them; each prison must be opposite to its own party's base ■nie playeis should consist of an even number, and should have two leader* or chiefe, under whom they roust be equally divided. 1W range themselves in a long row, just behind the front line of their ZTfiSZ g^tme begins by one player (called "the Stag") run- wng from his own base m the direction of the prisons. When he has Tun a few paces he shouts " Chevy 1 " at which sigiial one firom the opposite party rushes «it and tnes to touch him. Instantly another player from the stag's party darts off to intercept the pur- !«er, whom he endeavors to touch before he can reach the one who began the game, and who, of course, makes for his own base again. Demg touched by one. Those who are touched on either side have to go to prison. ^^l^TT ^'^^ to rescue the prisoners from their adver* ^es, which they may do if they can reach the prison, and touch their captive louowers, without being touched by the enemy themselves; but it is very diffi. cuu to achieve this, as a good look-out is kept over the prisons. The game is ended when all the players on one side are in prison, with the ■e^ier, who alone can rescue them. »i 'iK^n? it i» « drawn g«ne, ta&ii^ $54 The game of CridECt has long been one of the most popular and prominent the national sports of England. Of late years it has been extensively adopted in this country, and is rapidly winning its way to popularity here. It is one of the most manly and enjoyable of out-door games, and we commend it to the attention of our readers. The rales given below are those adopted by the well-known Marylebom Cntkti Cbd, of England, which are recognized as authoritative throughout the The BaU I. Must weigh not less than five ounces and a half, nor more than five ounces ■ad tHree-quarters. It must measure not less than nine inches, nor more than nine inches and one-quarter in circumference. At the beginning of each inningp dtlier party may call for a new ball. niff Boi t. Mtat not exceed four 'and a quarter indM' in tlie wiiltit purt; Ijt^ wnft^ inc. liB imipB' fiUB tiiirtv*dflFlit inclieS' in leDstii. The Stumps 3. Must be three in number ; twenty-seven inches out of the ground ; thfi bails eight inches in length, the stumps of equal and sufficient thickness to pre- «n,ti»b.Uftom pasting U«ough. 4. MiMt be in a line with the stumps; six feet eight indies in length, the stnnp in the centre, with a return crease at each end towards the bowler il Tke Bipfmg Crmm 5. Mnst be jbur ieet &om the wicket, and paialld to it ; tmlimited in hsa^fih not shnrtcr than this bowling cxeaae. The Wkheti 4k Migt be nitrfiffi oppoiite tO' f uc l t ot h w by Hie i Mn i wi , it the 4ift^"** 111 ■■■■■ • "' ' tM^^rilHIIUlll*IMB ifr^^Blitf'h WPflftflHIillill CMMtfXMTTm S S 5 7. It shall iioC be lawfiil for either party during a match, without the consent of the other, to alter the ground by roUing, watering, covering, mowing, or heating, except at the commencement of each innings, when the ground may be swept and rolled at the request of either party, such request to be made to one of the umpires within one minute after the conclusion of the former innings. This rale is not meant to prevent the striker fi-om beating the ground with his bat near to the spot where he stands during the innings, nor to prevent the bowler from filling up holes with sawdust, etc., when the ground is wet. After rain the wickets may be changed with the consent of both parties. The Bowler 9. Shall deliver the ball with one foot on the ground behind the bowling crease and within the return crease, and shall bowl four balls before he change wickets; which he shall be permitted to do only once in the same innings. 10. The ball must be bowled. If thrown or jerked, the umpire shall call "No ball." 11. He may require the striker at the wicket from which he is bowling to stand on that side of it which he may direct. 12. If the bowler shall toss the ball over the striker's head, or bowl it so wide that in the opinion of the umpire it shall not be fairly within the reach of the batsman, he shall adjudge one ran to the party receiving the innings, eithei with or without an appeal, which shall be put down to the score of "wide balls;" such ball shall not be reckoned as one of the four balls: but if the batsman shall by any means bring himself within reach of the ball, the run shall lot be adjudged. 13. If the bowler deliver a "no ball" or a "wide ball," the striker shall be allowed as many runs as he can get, and he shall not be put out except by run- ning out. In the event of no run being obtained by any other means, then one run shall be tfdded to the score of "no balls" or "wide balls," as the case may be. All rais obtained for "wide balls" to be scored to "wide balls." The names of the bowlers who bowl "wide balls" or "no balls" in future to be placed on the score, to show the parties by whom either score is made. If ihe ball shall first touch any part of the striker's dress or person (except his hands) the umpire shall call " Leg bye. ' ' 14. At the beginning of each innings the umpire shall call "Play; *? fen ihat time to the end of each innings no trial ball shall be allowed to any bowler. The Striker is Out 15- If either of the bails be bowled off, or if a stump be bowled out of the ground; 16. Or, if the ball, from the stroke of the bat or hand, but not the wrist, bo held before it touch the ground, although it be hugged to the body of thir fiKcher; 550 17. Or, if in striking, or at any otber tine when the boll shall be in play, 'iKHh Us feet shall 'be over the' popiiiiif crease* and bis wkket 'pit dnim, dcept his bat be grounded within it; iS. Or, if in striking at the ball he hit down his wicket; 19. Or, if under pretence of running, or otherwise, either of the itrikers pro- tent a ball from being caught, the striker of the ball is out ; 20. Or, if the ball be struck, and he wilfully strike it again; 21. Or, if in running, the wicket be struck down by a throw, or by the hand or arm (with ball in hand) before his bat (in hand) or some part of his person be grounded over the popping crease. But if both the bails be off, a stump must be struck out of the ground ; 33. Or, if any part of the striker's dress knock down the wicket ; f 3. Or, if the striker touch or take up the ball while in play, unless at the request of the opposite party; t4» Of, if with any part of hit peison he stop the ball, which, in the opinion of the umpire at the bowler's wicket, shall have been pitched in a straight line 'inoni it to the striker's wicket, and would have hit it. 15. If the players have ofOMed each other, he that runs for the wicket which it put down ia out. ai. A bill, being caught, nO' run shall be reckoned. 17. A striker being ran out, that ran which he and hit partnarwere attempt* ing thill not be reckoned. •8. If a lost: ball be called, the striker thai be' allowed tlx runs; but if more ^han six shall have been run before " Lost ball" ihall have bean called, then the striker shall have all which have been ran. •9. AHer the ball shall have been inally settled la the wicket-keeper's 01 bowler's hands, it shall be considered dead; but when the bowler is about to deliver the ball, if the striker at his wicket go outside the popping crease belbre such actual delivery, the said bowler may put him out, unless (with relerence to the list Law), hit bat in hand, or some part of hispeis on be within the popping 30. The striker shall not retire from his wicket and return to it to complete his innings after another has been in, without the consent of the opposite party. 31. No substitute shall in any case be allowed to stand out or run between wickets for another person without the consent of the opposite party; and in case any person shall be allowed to run for another, the striker shall be out if either he or his substitute be off the ground in manner mentioned in laws 17 tnd ai, while the ball is in play. ja. In mil cases where a substitute shall be allowed, the consent of the oppo- site party shall also be obtained as to the person to act as substitute, and the plAoe" iii^ tlie .ieU which he' shall take. 13. If any ieldtnian ttop the ball with hit hat, the ball shall be considered dead, and the opposite party shall add five rant to their score; if any be ruo they shall have five' In all. CMiCKET, 34. The ball having been hit, the striker may guard his wicket with his bat, #r with any part of his body except his hands, that the 23d Law may not be disobeyed. 35. The wicket-keeper shall not take the ball for the purpose of stumping until it has passed the wicket ; he shall not move until the ball be out of the bowler's hand ; he shall not by any noise incommode the striker ; and if any part of his peiton be over or before the wicket, although the ball hit, the strikei shall not be out. 36. The umpires are the sole judges of fair or unfair play, and all disputes shall be determined by them, each at his own wicket; but in case of a catch which the other umphe at the wicket bowled fi-om cannot see sufficiently to decide upon, he may apply to the other umpire, whose opinion shaU be conclusive. 37. The unpites In all matches shall pitch fair wickett, and the parties shall toss up for choice of innings. The umpires shaU change wickets after each party has had one innings. 38. They shall allow two minutes for each striker to come In, and ten minutes between each innings. When the umpire shall call-"Play," the party refiising to play shall lose the match. 39. They are not to order a striker out unless appealed to by the adversaries. 40. But if one of the bowler's feet be not on the ground behind the bowling crease and within the return crease when he ^1 deliver the ball, the umpire at his wicket, unasked, must call " No ball." 41. If either of the strikers run a short run, the umpire must call "One short." 4a. No umpire shall be allowed to bet. 43« No umpire is to be changed during a match, unless with the consent of both parties, except in case of violation of the 42d Law; then either party may dismiss the tran^reasor. 44- After the delivery of four balls the umpire must call "Over," but not until the btU shall be finally settled in the wicket-keeper's or bowler's hand; the ball shall then be considered dead ; nevertheless, if an idea be entertained that either of the strikers is out, a question may be put previously to, but not after, the delivery of the next ball. 45- The umpire must take especial care to call " No ball " instantly upon delivery ; " Wide ball " as soon as it shall pass the striker. 46. The players who go in second shall follow their innimp, if they have obtained eighty runs less than their antagonists, except in all matches limited to only one day's play, when the number shall be Hmlted to sixty instead of eighty. 47- When one of the strikers shall have been put out, the use of the bat shall not be allowed to any person until the next striker shall come in. Note.— The Committee of the Maiylebotie Club think it desirable that, pt* CMICKMT, ficmsiy to the coniiiiaiceiiieiil of a matcli, one of eacli lide sliould be dednftd «Jie manager of it ; and. tliat tlie aew laws witli feipecl to 'substitutes may bt carried out in a spirit of fairness and mutual concession, it is their wish that such lubstitutes be allowed in all reasonable cases, and that the umpire should inipire if it is done with the consent of the manager of the opposite side. Complaints having been made that it is the practice of some players when at the wicket to make holes in the ground for a footing, the Committee are of opinion that the umpires should be empowered to prevent it. Ifcr W^m 0f i0«Uie Wtltt I. When there shall be less than five players on a side, bounds shall be placed twenty-two yards each in a line from the off and leg stump. a. The ball must be hit before the bounds to entitle the striker to a run, which cannot be obtained unless he touch the bowling stump or crease in a line with his bat, or some part of his person, or go beyond them, returning to the popping crease, as at double wicket, according to the aist Law. 3. When striker shall hit the ball, one of his leet must be on the ground, and behind the popping crease, otherwise the umpire shall call " No hit." 4. When there shall be .lets than five players on a mdt, neither bycs' nor ovei^- throws shall be aiowed, nor 'shal the striker be caught out behind, the wicket, 5. The fieldsman must return the ball so that it shall cross the play between the wicket and the bowling stump, or between the bowling stump lad the bounds ; the striker may run till the ball be so returned. 4 Alter the striker shall have made one run, if he start again, he must touch the bowing stump and turn before the ball cross the play, to entitle him to another. 7. The striker shall be entitled to three runs for lost ball, and the same num- ber for ball stopped with hat, with reference to the aSth and ^jd Laws of double wicket. 8. When there shall be more than four players on a side, there shall be no bounds. All hits, byes, and overthrows shall then be allowed. 9. The bowler is subject to the same laws as double wicket. 10. Not more than one minute shall be allowed between each balL ^H^wwUmi HI JMfff B, 4, and §» The use of the ^mMiiff irmu is to ininre the delivery of the ball finon a point not nearer' to the 'batsman, than, 'the opposite wicket ; the' bowler wmy ddiverf though he would hardly care to do so^ firom any distance behind the crease; the nk mlr iittte that kM «ie foot shdl be bdund it. The r^mm tnmse is to keep the bowler within leisonable limits as to lateral deviation finom the wickets. This is a natter of no slight importaace« as it is ■viieni that any material edging off to one' ildt would, coraplele^ s^tiQr all itttempts of the batsman to obtain a correct guard, and would, moreover, leave him constantly uncertain as to the precise spot from which the ball would be delivered, and thus render anything like a correct defence impossible. I^e use of popping crease is to confine the batsman to his wicket, and to inark out some definite space as his ground, beyond which he can stir only at the rak of being run or stumped out. Were there no distinct mark, umpires would be unable to come to a satisfactory decision in cases of delicacy, where an inch inore orients a matter of life or death to the batsman; and umpires should thotfiire, be^very careful that the popping crease is accurately and distinctly one side of hi^ground, a practice not much to be commended, certainly when unnecessary, but one which is sometimes unavoidable in case of a rush of fielders between wickets A player should of course, when practicable, take the nearest, and, therefore, the straightest line between the wickets ; but when the wav is not clear, a slight run round is often good policy. i.c.| ■ s t t Sin. 1 « sn. ^ - *J».?S"P?; »• c. Return Crease. » C Bovfing Crease. p. c. Popping Crease. Rule 9. One foot means here any part of one foot. Some umpires, esoo cially comitry amateurs, of whom I have more than one now in my^e are strongly impregnated with the idea that it is possible to deliver a ball with one' foot before the crease and the other behind it, but off the ground, and call " No ball " accordingly to the extreme discomfiture of any round-arm bowler with a lively iiity ; the real fiict is, as every one who will take the trouble to think Me at once, that tlie ball •mmfff be " lioirM " with any force or bias exciiit fifom the firm fiilcnim of the hinder foot, and couequentlj that any appeamnce of movement de/&re the ball is delivered arises from defective judgneBt on til part of the umpire as to the correct sequence of the two events. " Shall howl/mr balls." This rale may be, and is subject to, agreement be* tween the two parties playing. It is iMial to play/|ir balls or jw to the ovci in one-day matches. " Shall change winnings only once in one inninp." This is to prevent an unfair advantage being taken by changing constantly a cuck bowler Ifon end to end to the manifest detriment of the opponents. Rule lo. " The ball must be dtm/ed, not thrown or jerked." The difference between throwing and bowling is very difficult to define in words, though in its main features easy enough in action ; there are, though, forms of bowling very difficult, if not impossible, to distinguish from throwing. These must be left to the nmpire. Practically an umpire will not interfere, unless the bowler's style be palpably unfair. A ball is jerked when the hand or arm is at the moment of delivery arrested suddenly by contact with the side. This jerking imparts to the ball, in some mysterious way, a life and fiiry highly dangerous to the bats< man; and is for this reason sternly prohibited. No umpire, however lax upon the subject of throwinf delivery, wouil tolerate Ibr a moment the least approach to a , jerk. Rule 12. The umpire in this case, as in others, must use his own judgment a& to the ball passing witMn reach. A great deal depends upon the height of the batsman, a tall man having, of course, a longer reach than a short one. Should a ball that has been called "wide" be hit, the "wide" is, Jmftf, annulled, and must not be scored. Rule 13. **All runs obtained from wide balls to be scored to wide balk'* This only applies to runs got from then as "byes"— upon the principle thai the bowler, and not the long-stop, is responsible for any deficiency in the ield^ ing. Hits— as see last rule— are not contemplated in this direction. Rule 14. " No trial ball shall be allowed." This does not inhibit a bowlci from taking advantage of a pause in the game to try his liand with a ball or twe at the side of the wickets i he must only be careful not to impede the course 0/ the game. Rule 17. The ground is measured from crease to crease — /. e., from the pop- ping crease to the bowler's crease ; the foot must therefore be ms/i/e the popping crease. If it be only m the crease, and the wickets be put down, the player is out. Rule 19. The umpire must judge whether the interference with the catch ha& been accidental or incidental, and decide accordingly. Rule ao. A player may block or knock the ball away from his wickets after lie has pkyed it ; he only may not strike it with a view to run-getting. Rule §4. There is a good deal of difficulty about the application of this rule. As it stands, no round-arm bowler not bowling over the wicket ever can get a CMICK&T. pan out " leg-before,"unless i«itha"break.back" ball. It has been prooosed With some show of reason and expediency, that the rale shall stand thus : ^nJ ball that, in theopmion of the umpires, would have hit the wicket " The test of actual practice can alone prove the real value of the proposed amendment It must be remembered that a man may be out kiad before wicket : the onlv Dart of the person excepted is the hand from the wrist downward Rule 29. Here, again, the umpire must rely wholly upon his own discretion. He must judge by the wicket-keeper's manner whether the bail be settled 01 not* Rules 30, 3r, 32. Courtesy will always grant the required consent in all can advantage sha^l be taken of the concession. If a man be partially incapacitated after a match .s made up, a request for consideration is quite « r,^/.7batno n°u f ""^'^'"^ "'^ foreknowledge of his inability to d^cMrge all^h,s duties, and with the intention of supple,,^ his weak poLts \ '"'^''^ 'P*''^ '° "''^ ™le- As an actual 21^. ^ ''"''^^'r'''"^'^"'^"^"''^^"'^ requirements and .^HOiDoai. une reason is, that with a sharp, eager wicket-keeper it makes no t^r.^^^ r^'f ' ^""^ ^"'■"^^ 'he rule in Miwtegnty, not to mention the necessity of no little firmness and decision, in j dKcUng any infiaction of its regulations. "«-iaon, m KiUesS. This mle is aimed against those people, of whom, sad to sav there «e ttO n-ny in the world who ate ready to take advantage of every o!^" sion and aaw m a nile or a lan^he principle is the same-that can for the moment turn to their own benefit. In playing die game each side should play to win, and play its very best ; but a victory won by sharp practice is no nctoty at all, and a defeat staved off by similar means is a defeat stilL The Lains qf Single Wkkel. Single wicket is not to be spoken of when double wicket is practicaWe ftough I would qualify this if the double wicket only pomb^^l^ ..d of a tail of m enor players; better play a short-handed game at single w^ket with good players than a full-sided game at double wickHith inS . P^yers^ There ,s nothing more deteriorating than phy with inferior pUyers: ^inrSu! only two good »«m,^ field to get the one run. To any one deficient in hi^ fo^ h^ir^'Tt "° P'^'"^ ^ °f ""f* ticket. I can «i« Z:**^ te«t.fy««»gly to the efficiency of the p4cription. ^ -Wng about m one', blockhole is all very well, sometimes at dLlewi^ I j6i CMICMMT, when the other batsman is making the runs, and all depends upoi wickets up, but it does not pay in the long run, and irbal is noi to the pur pose, it ii not cricket. The equipment of s cricket player consists of a bat, a ball, and two wicket« These may be obtained in almost any town of importance in the country. The articles enumerated above are absolutely essential. Should the player desire it, he may add to these the gloves, leggings, cap and shoes, used by professional players. These are not essential, however, as many a good and hearty game has been played without them. Thev can be obtained of any dealer in sporting goods. It is best to purchase amcies of * good quality. Inferior equipments will soon give way, while those of a gooa grade should last for years if properly ticaled. The science of fielding naturally resolves itself under two heads. First, stop- ping the ball by a catch at the hop or on the ground ; and second, by returning it to the wickets. It might be thought by the uninitiated that the mere return of the ball, after having succeeded in stopping it, is a matter of the simplest kind, and hardly worth speaking of, much less investing with the dignity of a scientific disquisition. Every ball mgfa to be stopped by the hand or handi. In stopping the ball the player has two thinp to comidef : fint, to stop the bai ; secondlir, to do 10 at the least possible inconvenience to himself. Fi»t, then, to stop a hrfl in the air, or in other words, to catch it. It matters not whether the hall tones fast or slow, the method of receiving it is the same, ami is this : the hands mist be heM with the fingers well spread out and slightly curved inwanls, like m many hooks or claws : the thmnb most be stretched well back, also slightly cnrved, and the pahm must be made to assume a slightly cup-like form ; the result of this arrangement is that the impact of the ball ahnost closes the hand by its mere action on the tendons, the palm is driven backwards, and *h$ Ingers close almost involuntarily upon the ball. To avoid very unpleasant consequences to the fingers, such as broken bone* or dislocated joints, the hands should never be held with the line of the fingea. reckoning from the wrists to the tips, pointing in the direction of the course of the ball— this line should always be at right angles to its course. That is, if the ball be well in a line with the body and above the choit, the fingers should point upwards; if much below the chest, they must point downwards; if the ball pass much to either side, the line of the hand must be across its course In a falling ball the palms must be upwards ; for a rising ball downwards. Of course the position of the palm and fingers above mentioned must be preserved In uslnff both hands for a low ball, the little fingers mist be brought together (hodiPiltiiB^ to the front), and sUghtly interlaced; for' a high ball, the 'thnmtr I CMiCMET. 5611 ttict be brought together in like manner. Further, to save the hand and wrist from unnecessary Jars, the hands should be always held in such a way, that either by the ileiion of the elbows, or the yielding of the hands, the ball' may be received as upon a spring, and not upon an unyielding body. In taking a ball directly in his front, the player must take care that his hands are not driven upon his body by an unexpectedly sharp ball ; if the part with which his hands come in contact be hard, woe to his hands I if soft, woe to that part ! To acquire this art of stopping the ball correctly, it is well to begin with catchmg it from gentle tosses at short distances, gradually increasing both dis- tance and speed of the ball, being carefiil the while, at each attempt, to note whether the position of the hands was in role, and endeavoring to correct the defects as they show themselves. The same practice should be tried with a rollmg ball, and then a bounding ball. A fair proficiency having been acquired m these initiatory practices, the tyro may proceed to the more ambi- tious pomts m fielding. But first he must learn to stop the ball, both on the ground and m the air, with right or left hand alone, and must not rest satisfied until he can thus use either hand indifferently, and with equal certainty. With most men the left hand is weaker and less under control than the right, and should therefore be more exercised. It will be found a useful plan to practise principally the weaker hand, paying little attention to the stronger, which IS sure to take care of itself. Not only must the ball, to be properly fielded, be handled neatly and returned sharply, it must be met. ' The fieldsman must not be content to stand still to let the ball come to him, running only when the ball would pass him on one side or the other: the ball must be met. A good fieldsman starts instinctively forward to every ball that comes his way. Not only, too, must the player run to meet the ball, but he must continue to run until the ball has actually left his hands on the way back to the wickets. Many playeis-too many, indeed-run until just upon the ball, and then stop to field it, not rec- ognizmg the value of the time thus lost. What with the difference between the Place where the ball might have been taken and where it was taken, with the OSS of energy of action resulting from the dead stop, the loss of the distance tne player would have passed over in the necessary step or two afler taking the Dan and before returning it, and finally the loss of additional impetus in the eturn to the wickets, a very tolerable case of woful waste of time miffht be maae out. * ihml^- """"^^Po^t^"^^ ^ quickness in return is straightness. A ball well ^own m snould come in as nearly a straight line from the fieldsman's hand to «e baik as possible. The great aim of a fieldsman in returning the ball should rm!« ^,1' ^^^"^'^^ ^ ^"^^'^^y ^ possible, and in such ^oner that the least possible movement may be necessary to displace the CMICKET. Bowling. The bowling of the present day is of two kindi — ^round^nn and nndertiaiid. Of these two, the first is the only form tolerated by young playeil, and evfn by many of more experience, who ought to know better. Round-arm bowling is chiefly valuable for the increased power over the velocity of the ball, but this increase of power is only gained by delivering the boll from an unnatural position, and with an unnatural action — an action and position, in fact, purely artificial from beginning to end ; and in consequence, except in extraordinary cases, as above noticed, as much or more is lost in point of accuracy as is gained in velocity. Underhand bowling, on the other hand, requires no extraordinary exertion of the muscles, no swing of the body, the ami being allowed to swing in its natural line of motion, as a pendulum, and yet it allows of great precision, gives room for the development of bias in the ball, iur more destructive than mere speed, is not incompatible with a very con< tidamble .amount of swiflness; and intllyt but not least, is not by manydegrea so fatiguing as round-arm delivery. The primary object of a bowler being to hit the wickets, the most obvious way to attain this object would be to pitch clean upon them, but unfortunately far this method there is a batsman in the way, whose obfect it is, iist, to keejv tile ball from hitting the wickets ; secondly, to drive it away as far as he can, and for both these purposes there is no better ball than the one described. The bowler has, therefore, left to him two alternatives — one to bowl all along the ground, as in the legitimate game of bowb, and the other to make the ball take the ground out of the batman's reach, and then come into the wickets on •he hop. The former of these two is open to pretty much the same objections iS the full pitch. The latter is the only method left to the bowler. A fiill pitch is now and then tried, it is true, but only to take the batsman off his guard, or break the regularity of the bowling. The position of the batsman is a matter of great importance. He must stand with his right shoulder to his own wicket, and his left towards the bowler's, his right foot parallel with and just inside the popping crease, and the toe about two or perhaps three inches from the guard, and the left foot somewhat advanced and pointing forwards. The bat must be held with the face towards the bowler, the point touching the guard, and the hand slightly inclined forward towards the bowler. The right hand grasps the handle of the bat a few inches from the shoulder and in the rear, the left holds the handle a trifle higher up, but from the front ; the hands being thus on opposite sides of the handle. This is the fuUian; now for the attitude. For this the player has only three simple rules to remember : To stand as upright and easily as possible ; to balance the body on the right leg, leaving the left free for any movement; and to turn the face easily and naturally towards the bowler, watching him over the left dioulder, I CRICICMT. which must be kept well forward, the left elbow well up. Many good batsmen indeed mos^t of our very best, having " taken guard " in the manner described! rise to their full height, holding the bat still in the line of the wickets, but swingmg a few inches clear of the ground. This attitude, though apparently less cautious than the former, is in reality, in the case of an experienced player far more effective even for defence, since the increased height of the eye give^ a better sight of the ball, and the bat is more ready for " bailers," /. e balls that rise high to the bails, without losing, in my opinion even gaining, in the power of being down upon " shooters." For be it remembered, it is for easier to drop the bat than to raise it. Moreover, the batsman standing upright has his muscular powers more at his disposal than when stooping. The player is now ready for the bowler to deliver the ball; but something further is necessary before he can defend his wicket or strike with full effect The bat is merely hanging from his hands perpendicularly in front of the wicket' in order to put it in a position to block-/, e., stop the ball, or strike, a furthei movement is necessary. As the ball is delivered, the point of the bat should be thrown lightly and smoothly back towards the bails, the right hand beintr used as the pivot, and the left being changed from front to rear, until the whole bat lies m the line from the top of the middle-stump to the bowler's hand This position allows the batsman, by the mere dropping of the bat to its previous position if the ball be straight and difficult, to stop it quite as effectually, as if the bat had never been moved, with this further advantage, that the bat strikes the ball, not the ball the bat-a point always to be gained if possible—thus offering the chance of a run, where otherwise the ball might have Mien dead. And If the ball be hitable, the bat is ready raised for the purpose, so that the bats- man IS enabled to wait till the last moment, and hit or Mock as it seems best. Feirward Hay. The ball once delivered, the batsman has to make up his mind how to stop it we are only at present discussing defence, MHing will come after.) A straight length-ball may either be played forward or back; that is, the batsman mm either reach forward, so as to catch the ball at or soon after the pitch, or dmw back to get a longer sight of the ball. All balls may be pkyed back, but manf Z.^w'T?^^' ^\ ^"""^^^ '^^ P^y«' step out with his left foot, keeping the right, or pivot foot, inside the poppmir 'T^ ^"""""^"^ ^ ^''^^^ overbalancing, th^h^ ^yorward to the full extent of the arms, and inclined weU toLds the wwler, the left shoulder well forward, and the left elbow well up. This move- ment must be so timed as to meet the ball just at the rise, not too soon (or the ^1 may deviate slightly, and take the wickets, or give a catch off the edge of bat, or at best meet dead wood, and fall lifeless), and not too late for very Obvious reasons. The bat should be clutched tight, and be brought forcibly ^u the baU, driving it well back to, or perhaps past, the bowler, in which •atter case a run is nearly always safe. CMiCKMT, Back Hay. Whm the ball pitches too short to be met forward, but too far for a long hop, it should be stopped for bock play. The left foot stands fast, and the right ■iqM bock towards the wicket ; if the ball comes high, the bat is brought close to the wicket, and hangs perpendicularly (or lightly inclined forward) from the wrist If the ball comes in a " shooter, ' * the point of the bat is dropped sharply upon it, the harder the better, just beibce it reaches the wicket. This play against very last bowling is perhaps mki than the former, for the ball* if it glances from the bat to either side of the wicket, is pretty safe to make runs in consequence of its own wlocity ; but with medium pace and slow bowling, this advantage is wanting, and forward play, therefore, is more serviceable. Fast bowling, too, does not twist so much as the slower varieties, and it is not, there- §m% of io^ much consequence to kill it at the pitch. Sitting. Hitherto we have talked only of defence ; we now come to the real purpose and end of the batting — run-getting. The score is the real criterion of a bats- man, and if he be not competent to make runs, however difficult it may be to get his wicket, I must at once pronounce him no cricketer ; mere poking about the block-hole is not cricket ; it is mere waste of time. Defence is the first consideration of a batsman, but it is so only that he may have more opportuni- ties of hitting. The first point in hitting is to insure the flight of the ball from that port of the bat which will propel it farthest. This is called "the drive," »d lie. .bout five inches from A. point of the bat, varyng slightly accorfing %6 the weight and make of each bat, but very easily discoverable by experiment. The next point is to time the hit so as to catch the ball just as the bat is moving at its greatest velocity, and this can only be done by hitting as late as possible, not with m heavy dead swing of the bat, like the sway of a sack, but with a sharp rapid 'action, as though wielding a switch. In striking a ball as it passes, i. e., from an erect position, the whole power of the hit comes from the swing of the bat ; but in forward Jiitting from the position of forward play, the main power is derived from a sudden thrust of the right arm and shoulder, meeting the ball just as in shoulder hitting in the noble art of self-defence. The most forcible forward hitters rise slightly upon the toes to gain more height, and then drop forward from the vantage ground thus formed with all the force and impetus of their body to back up the mere mus- cular action of their arms. The lightning velocity with which a ball thus met flies from the bat is rather startling to an unaccustomed bowler. Hitting may be roughly divided under two heads — aground-hitting and sky-hitting. The latter, especially from a "half- volley," /. a ball picked up just as it rises from the ground, is the most alluring to the batsman, and most appreciated by the unscientific spectators ; but a low skimming hit, the ball flying about three or lour inches from the ground, is the safest, as not being liable to be caught. CRICKET. 567 the most difficult to stop, and the most telling on the score. An habitual sky. hitter is a man of short scores. Bad fielding and bowling may, if he have a good eye, givtf him an occasional run of luck, but with real players his term of life—in the cricket sense— will be very short. I should strongly advise the beginner sternly to deny himself during practice hours the indubitable pleasure of high hitting. A habit formed at practice is very apt to lead one astray in a match, and one mistake maybe fatal; high hitting, too, requires no practice. is made by allowing a ball on, or a little wide of, the off stump to glance from the edge of the bat, care being taken, in this hit and in all others, to keep the ball dawn, or "caught out" wiH be the result. If the ball be two or three inches wide, and near the ground, it may be sent with considerable velocity between the lines marked M the slip and the cut, by dropping the bat on it sharply just as it is passing the wicket, the later the better. This is done by a sharp, quick action of the wrist and a down drop of the shoulders. It is tech- nically termed "snicking," which word I must use in defitult of a better. The Cut proper is made by hitting a high rising ball with a horizontal bat just as it reaches the wicket. Another form of the cut is made off" a lower ball, and with an upright bat ; it is not so brilliant a hit as the cut proper, nor so effective, but it is lar safer, the attitude in the cut proper making it quite impossible to stop a shorter or keep out a breaking ball— i. one that pitches wide of the off-stump and turns into the wicket. The other hits, until we come to the square-leg, are not so peculiar as to require a special description. Square Leg may be made either by playing forward, as before directed, upon a ball slightly wide of the leg-stump, which will then fly off" square to leg; or by the Cam- bridge poke, which is very useful for a high rising ball on the leg-stump. Draw. By which a ball is allowed to glance off* the bat to leg, is useful with balls like the preceding, but difficult to meet forward. The attitude is the same as in back play. Leg Hit. Very useful against loose bowling. It is best made by stepping slightly for- ward with the left foot to an over-pitched leg-ball and hitting square to leg ; the combination of the two forces, the original impetus of the ball, and the fresh impulse imparted by the bat, will carry it in the direction of leg. A hit is some- times made by reaching forward to a short piched ball, and swiping across, the bat pointed to the pitch. This is all very well if successful, but the least devia- tion of the ball may either take it past the bat, or, more disastrous still, send it skying into the air off" the edge. It ill NATIONAL PLAYING RULES — OF— PROFESSIONAL BASE BALL CLUBS, As Adopted Jointly by the National Liagci and American Assooa- TioN, AMD Governing all Clots Paxties to the National Aorebment. 1^ B@ll Qmmf. Rule i. The Gimmd must be an enclosed field, gufficient in liie to enable each player to play in his position as leqiired by these Rules. Rule a. The Infield must be a space of giound thirty yards square. m « Bases. RULE' J. The Bases must be Seoton I Four in numbei, and designated as Mm Base, Second Base, iniro. ifase and Home Base. Sec. a The Hone Base must be of vhitened rubber twelve inches square, so filed in the ground as to be even with the surface, and so placed in the comer ^the infield that two of its sides will form part of the boundaries of said Sic. 3. The First, Second and Third Bases must be canvas bags, fiteen inches square, painted white, and filled with some soft aateriri, and so placed that the center of the second base shall be upon its comer of the infield, and the center of the first and third bases shall be on the lines running to and from ^Tt u n^K '""^ ^""^^ ^ *^ ^ I«^«ing that each base shall be entirely within the foul lines. ^\ ^ '"'"'"^^^ » ^ ponitions, and so paced as to be distinctly seen by the Umpire. (S«) B^S£ BALL. 569 The foul Lines. ^J'tJ^f^'V'''^^ must be drawn in straight lines from the outer ZZ^:i^:Z^^^^^ ^"^^^ '''' Bases, The Position Lines. of^"^ ^'f?'' ^'"^ ^ ^'--^ight lines forming ,he boundaries ■A "'^.f •he. nfieW, five and one-half fee. long by four f^ wide. dMut fifty feet f^m the center of the Home Base, and so ZlZ t^ ^It ^rf^'^ 'TJ"^ f-- «ti h •ttMght hne pasMDg throi^h the center of the Home and Second Bases Each comer of this space must be marked by a flat round rubber plate six nchi il diameter, fixed in the ground even with the surftce. 1- "cues in Rule 6. The Catcher's Lines must be drawn bom the odMiorner of the Home B»e ,„ continn«io„ oT the Foul Lines, straight toTS of he Ground back of Home Base. °* Rule 7. The Captain's or Coacher's Line most be a like fifteen ^ fW.™ and parallel with the Foul Hnes. «tid lines commencing .tTu^Z^, ™.h and seven tv-five feet Hkfanf fr«r« ^i,^ * t. . » . parallel with .he linnts of the founds ' «° liit^nf !k V" ^^77'/ ^ fro" "><= Catcher's Line. ,0 Ae of a^ on the^^hTld r ""^ '°™"« thebaund«i« s^LT?!! °K / ^ : ^ 'P^" °" 'he left, of the Home Base «be Ce ^' '™ distaa, six iacbe. fi«„ 0^"Ll^^. ^"4^'"" r ' ^ = J'™" « point o- l-el Lm1%^ ^ '° ^"'i ^'J^^'Hy distant from such tae^ dirfl be dtawn a Uae on Foul Ground, at a right angle to said Foul l1^7 F^Liner* *'^/^f'"* .hence'mnning p4t with ^d R.^E^t r" ^'""^ '° P-"' of beginninf U™p?e -Jhtt snitabk material, so as to be distinctly seen by the ->d Hayer^inT^r^ ^ ^'K'^*^ ^""P' "^^ ^aptL's A iciyer s L,ines, which must be so marked for a rlkfan^« «f i . i • five yatds from the Ortcher-. Lin " " °^ The Ball ^'^^ CTiON I. Must not weigh less than five nor more than five and one^qmrttt mmom swmdupoh, and measure not less than nine nor more than nine and one- quarter inches in circumference. The Spalding League Ball or fnc Reach American Aasocktion Ball must be used in all games played under them rules. Sk. a. For each championship game two balls shall be furniilied by the Home Club to the Umpire for use. When the ball in play is batted over the fence or stands, on to foul ground out of sight of the players, the other ball shall be immediately put into play by the Umpire. As often as one of the two in use ihall be lost, a new one roust be substituted, so that the Umpire may at all times, after the game begins, have two for use. The moment the Umpire delivers a new or alternate ball to the pitclier it comes into play, and shall not be exchanged until it, in turn, passes out of sight on to foul ground. At no time shall the ball be intentionally discolored by rubbing it with the soil or otherwise. Sec. 3. In all games the ball or balls played with shall be furnished by the Home Club, and the last ball in play becomes the property of the winning club. Each ball to be used in championship games shall be examined, measured and weighed by the Secretary of the Association, inclosed in a paper box and sealed with the seal of the Secretary, which seal shall not be broken except by the Umpire in the presence of the Captains of the two contesting nines after play has been called. Sic 4. SIiimM the ball become out of shape, «»r cut or ripped so as to ex- ....fOM Ihie^ 'yam, or' m mf way m injured as to be^in the opinion of 'the Umpire —unit iir fair ite, the Umpire, on being appeakd. m by either' Ca|itiin;, ih# m mm put the dtcmate ball into play and adi. lor t new one. The Bat, RULS 13. The Bat Sixmoir I. Must be made wholly of wood, Ckeepl that the handle nay be wiMnil with twine, or 1 gianilaled nbstanee a{i|iiied, not to exceed eighteen inches Irom the end. Sk. a. It must bt round, 'except that a potiion of the surfiice may be iat on one side, but it must not exceed two and one-half inches in diameter in the titickcft part, and mnit^ not exceed ftnty-two inches in length. Tim Pl(sym md thmr Pmriims, RuLK 14. The pbyers of each Club in a game shall be nine in number, one of whom shall act as Captain, and in no case shall less than nine men be allowed to play on each side. RuLB 15. The players' position ihal! be such as may be' assigned them by their Captain, except that the Pitcher must take his position within the Pitcher's lines, as defined in Rule 5. When in position on the field, all playen^ will be iisignated " Fielders " in these^ Rules, MASS BALL. Rule 16. Players in uniform shaU not be permitted to seat themselves among the spectators. Rule 17. Every Club shall be required to adopt uniforms for its playersi. and each player shall be required to present himself upon the field during the said game in a neat and cleanly condition ; but no player shall attach anything to the sole or heel of his shoes other than the ordinary base ball shoe plate,, fife Pitcher's Position. Rule 18. The pitcher shall take his position facing the batsman with both feet square on the ground, one foot on the rear line of the " box. " He shall not raise either foot, unless in the act of delivering the ball, nor make more than one step in such delivery. He shall hold the ball, before the delivery, fairly in front of his body, and in sight of the Umpire. When the pitcher feigns to throw the ball to a base he must resume the above position and pause moment- arily before delivering the ball to the bat. The Batsmen's Positions-Order of Batting. Rule 19. The batsmen must take their positions within the Batsmen's Lines, as defined in Rule 9, in the order in which they are named on ike score, which must contain the batting order of both nines, and be submitted by the Captains of the opposing teams to the Umpire before the game, and when approved by him THIS SCORE must be followed except in the case of a substitute player, in which case the substitute must take the place of the original player in the bat- ting order. After the first inning the first striker in each inning shall be the batsman whose name follows that of the last man who has completed Ms turn— time at bat — in the preceding inning. Rule 20. Section i. When their side goes to the bat the players must im- mediately return to and seat themselves upon the players' bench, and remain there until the side is put out, except when batsman or base runner. All bats not in use must be kept in the bat racks, and the two players next succeeding the batsman, in the order in which they are named in the score, must be ready with bat in hand, to promptly take position as batsman; provided, that the Captain and one assistant only may occupy the space between the players' lines and the Captain's lines to coach base runneis. Sec. 2. No player of the side at bat, except when Batsman, shall occupy any portion of the space within the Catcher's Lines, as defined in Rule 6. The triangular space behind the Home Base is reserved for the exclusive use of the Umpire, Catcher and Batsman, and the Umpire must prohibit any player of the side "at bat " from crossing the same at any time while the ball is in the hands of, or passing between, the Ktcher and Catcher, while standing in their positions. Sic. 3. The playets of the side " at bat " must occupy the portion of the M^SM MALL, field allotted them, but must speedily vacate anjr portion thereof that may be in the way of the ball, or of any Fielder attempting to catch or field it. Phipm' Bencims. RULB 21. The Players Benches must be furnished by the Home Club, and plaiced upon a i)ortion of the ground outside the Players' Lines. They must be fwelve feet in length, and must be immovably fastened to the ground. At the end of each bench mtist be immovably fixed a bat rack, with fixtures for holding twenty bats ; one such rack roost be designated for the exclusive use of the Tisiting Club,, utd the other for the exclusive use' of the Hont Club. The Gam. Mmle ta. Sic. I. Every Championship Game must be commenced not later than two hours 'before sunset. Sk. t. A 'Game shall consist of nine innings to each contesting nine,, ex- cept that, ^ (a) If the side first at bat scores less runs in nine innings than the other fide has scored in eight innings, the game shall then terminate. (b) If the side last at bat m the ninth inning scores the winning run before the thiid nan 'is 'UUtt the' gamC' ^ihall tenniiaate* A Tie Game. Rule 23. If the score be a tie at the end of nine innings to each side, play shall only be continued until the side fiist at bat shall have scored one or more runs than the other side, in an equal number of innings, or until thC' other side ■hall scene 'One nr nmie rant than the side' list at bat. A Drawn Game. Rule 34. A Drawn Game shall be declared by the Umpire when he ter- minates a game on account of darkness or rain, after five equal innings have been played, if the score at the time is equal on the last even inninp played ; but if the side that went second to bat is then at the bat, and has scored the same number of runs as the other side, the Umpire shall declare the game drawn without regard to the score of the last equal innings. M GaM 6mm, Rule 35. If the Umpire calls '* Game *' on accoimt of darkness or rain at any time after five innings have been completed by both sides, the score shall be that of the last equal mnings played, unless the side second at bat shall have scored one or more runs than the side first at bat, in which case the score of the game shall be the total number of runs made. M Farfeiled Gam, Rmi 26. A forfeited game shall be deckred by the Umpire in favor of the club not in fault, at the request of such club, in the following cases : Sic. I. If the nine of a club fail to appear upon a field, or being upon field, fail to begin the game within five mmutes after the Umpire has called " Pla/" at the hour appointed for the beginning of the game, unless such delay in appearing or in commenciiig the game bC' unavoidable. MASM BALL. - _ ^ 573 Sic. f. If, ater the game has begun, one side refitaes or fails to con- Umpire "° ^ suspended or terminated by the Sic. 3. If, after play has been suspended by the Umpire, one side fails to resume playing withm one minute after the Umpire has called " Play." viokted^ *° opinion of the Umpire, any one of these rules is wilfiilly c^^tc^'c ^^Kf!:^^tf^^^''^^ r'^^'Z'^ f a player, as authorized by Rule 57, bee. 5, said order is not obeyed within five minutes. Sec. 6. In case the Umpire declares a game forfeited, he shall transmit Lura there^to *° President of the Association within twenty-four No Game. RiJLE 27. "No Game" shall be declared by the Umpire if he shall ter- Simpfetei? °° or. darkness, before five innings on each side are Subsiitutes, Rule 28. Sic. i. In every championship game each team shall be required to have present on the field, in uniform, at least two or more substitute players bEC. 2. Two players, whose names shall be printed on the score card as ^^^Zfr^^Sin^l ^ 1"^^*^^"^?^. any time by either club, but no other player so retired shdl thereafter participate in 'the game. In addition thereto a sub- he?L^^7nwi '^n P^^*:^^*" ^ P^^y^"* ^^^^ the game then being played, by reason of illness or injury, of the nature and extent of which the Umpire shall be the sole judge. Sec. 3. The Base Runner shall not have a substitute run for him excent hv consent of the Captains of the contesting teams. ' ^ ^ Choice of Innings— Condition of Ground. n^^^^^x^: ,''^?'*'f ""i g^'^'^" to t^^e Captain of the Home Club, who shall also be the sole judge of the fitness of the ground for nqjinnrng a game after ram. m Deliwry of the Ball-Fair and Unfair Balls, wKni?*^ J* * ' ^ not ^z^'^z''- - ^ in^i^'lldsVa rTeldeTu^nl^ fomelr^ V\P'*^' *e baU is entitled to occupy . L .^m E"'?" i'- '?'"'^'"« ^ ^ he him; but (excepti^'n-as^R^f B^x'fn'^^nte to' F.^t " f " '''"^''"8 mn said base without being put out for bei^r^ff^c,°i'V ^T' it. provided he returns at once and "touch«^l h ^.'^ ^^l^^ yr^^A^V^ to his left fron. the^o.. fete-lHSSf ^^^^^ Runner in aff™;„.?r^'. the Base Runner with it: but if the Base <"■>. be sMl bTdSeS^ • "^"^ being-touched or forced Runner »oo.^=nt , il: ^^ird Bases be occupied, any follo,vi„g"S2'S^'^f nn^ut an/''"" 1° ^ """'""^ '° ^old it, ^until an? '« 'g louchTby the ban Tthe h^nl^'' ''^•1? ^ase or by ""'"'ng to First Ba« at f i f °^ * f if'"*" *e same manner as m Sic. 13. If, wlieii niiiiiiiig to a base or Ibrced to return to a baae, be fail to touch the intervening base or bases, if any, in the order prescribed in Rule 45, he may be put out at the base he fails to touch, or by being touched by the ball in the hands of a Fielder, in the same manner as in running to First Base. Sic. 14. If, when the Umpire calls " Play," after any suspension of a game, he fails to return to and touch the baie he occupied when ** Time " was calletl before touching the nejct \mt, Whu Batsman or Base Runner is Out. ]illLK49. The Umpire shall declare the Batsman or Base Runner out, without waiting for an appeal for such decision, in all cases where such player is put out in accordance with these rules, except as provided in Rule 48, Sections 10 and 14. Cmckmg Rules. RuLi 50. The Captains and Coachers are restricted in coaching to the Base Runner only, and arc not allowed to address any remarka eicept to the Base Runner, and then only in words of necessary direction. Rule 51. The Umpire shall not be changed during the progress of a game eicept. fan reason, of illness, or injury. His Powers ami Jurisdiction. Rule 52. Sec. i. The Umpire is master of the Field from the commence- ment to the termination of the game, and is entitled to the respect of the specUtors, and any person offering any insult or indignity to him must be promptly ejected from the grounds. Sic. 2. He must be invariably addressed by the players as Mr. Umpire ; and he must compel the players to observe the provisions of all the Playing Rules, and he is hereby invested with authority to order any player to do or omit to do any act as he may deem necessary, to give force and effect to any and all of nch provisions. Spedai Duties. RiiLi 53. The Umpire's duties shall be as follows : Sic. I. The Umpire is the sole and absolute judge of play. In no instance shall any person be allowed to question the correctness of any decesion made by him except the Captains of the contending nines, and no other player shall at such time leave his position in the Held, his place at the bat, on the bases or players' bench, to approach or address the Umpire in word or act upon such dimuted decision. Sic. 2. Before the commencement of a Game, the Umpire shall see that the rules governing all the materials of the game are strictly observed. Sia 3. The Umpire must keep the contesting nines playing constantly from the commencemeni of the game to its termination, allowing such delays only as are rendered unavoidable by accident, injury or rain. Sic. 4. The Umpire shall count and call every ** unfair ball " delivered bv the Pitcher, and every "dead ball," if also an unfair ball, as a "ball," /"Jj he shall also count and calle very ' ' strike. " Neither a " ball '* nor a " strike shall 'be' counted or 'Called until the ball :has passed, the Home Base. He shall BAS£ BALL. " Balk^"*"" " I>«ad Ball," « Block," " Foul Hit," " Foul Strike," and RuLl 54. For the special benefit of the patrons of the game, and because the oifcnccs specified are under his immediate jurisdiction, and not subject to ^I^^l^l tV^' ^"^"''5° ^™P*^^ ^« particularly directed to possible violations of the purpose and spirit of the Rules, of the following character: lii!:^ i^zmess or loafing of players in takin- their places in the field, or l!?l?^^f "^"^'^ ^^d^' t'l^ bat, and especially ^7n( i f ^^^V"" '^^^^ P^^^id^d them ; to be readv (two ^xcem wh^n!.r' Batsmen, and to remain upon the Flayeis' Lench, except when otherwise required by the Rules. «thaT;h«„ ^"r^' players of the side at bat, by calling to a Fielder, ^nlnl Xrlir^^^ ^ ball, or byanyothei equally disreputable means seeking to disconcert a Fielder. Theri is no accomplishment of more value, or a source of greater pleasure than the art of swimming. Wherever possible, it should be acquired by both sexes* Mom to Begin. As the very essence of swimming lies in confidence, it is always better fo^ the learner to feel secure that he can leave the water whenever he likes! •Oierefore let him take a light rope of tolerable length, tie one end to some firm object on the bank, and let the rest of the rope lie in the water. " Manilla " IS the best kmd of rope for this purpose, because it is so light that it floats on the surface instead of sinking, as in the case with an ordinary hempen rope If there is only sand on the shore, the rope can be moored quite firmly bv tying It to the middle of a stout stick, burying the stick a foot or so in the sand, and filling up the trench. You may pull till you break the rope, but you win never pull the stick out of its place. If you are nervous, tie two sticks in the shape of a cross, and bury them in like manner. The rope need not be a large one, as it will not have to sustain the whole weight of your body, and it will be found that a cord as thick as an oidinan washing Ime will answer every purpose. On the side of a stream or pond tie the rope to a tiee, or hammer a stake i^ 58o SmUMIMG, tlie groimd. A stake, eigiiteeii incliei in length, and as thick as an ordinary broomstick, is quite large enough. Hammer it rather more than two-thirds into the ground, and let it lean boldly away from the water's edge. The best way of fixing the rope to it is by the " clove hitch. " Now, having your rope in your hand, go quietly into the water Mekmards, ieeping your face towards the bank. As soon as you are fairly in the water, duck completely beneath the surfice. Be sure that you really do go fairly under water, for there is nothing more deceptive than the feel of the water to a novice. He dips his head, as he fancies, at least a foot beneath the surface; he feels the water in his nose, he hears it in his ears, and thinks that he is almost at the bottom, when, in reality, the back of his head is quite dry. The best way of " ducking " easily is to put the left hand on the back of the head, hold to the rope with the right hand, and then duck until the left hand is well under water. The learner should next accustom himself to the new element by moving about as much as possible, walking as far as the rope will allow him, and jumping up and down so as to learn by experience the buoyancy of the water. The first great object is to feel a perfect confidence in the sustaining power of the water, and, according to our ideas, the best method of doing so is by learning txi fioat m the back. FkatiMff m the Saek. Take care that the cord is within easy reach, so that it may be grasped in a moment, should the novice become nervous, as he is rather apt to do just at firat. Take it in both hands, and ky younelf very gently in the water, arching the spine backwards as much as possible, and keeping the lep and knees perfectly straight and stiff. Now, press the head as far back as possibly can be done, and try to force the back of the head between the shoulder blades. You can practise this attitude at home, by lying on two chairs and seeing whether youf attitude corresponds with that which is given here. When you have thus lain in the water you will find that you are almost en- tirely upheld by its sustaining power, and that only a very little weight laid in the water. On reflection, you will also discern that the only weight which pulls on the rope is that of your hands and arms, which arc out of water, and which, therefore, act as dead weight. Indeed, you might just as well lay several iron weights of a pound each upon jrour body, for the hands and arras are much heavier than we generally fancy. Just break an arm or a leg, and you will find out what heavy articles they are. Now, let your arms sink gradually into the water, and you will see that exactly In proportion as they sink, so much weight is taken off the rope ; and if you have only courage to put them entirely under water, and to loose the rope, your bodv ■Vii M supported by the water alone. SWIMMING 581 A considerable part of the body remains above the water, but it is the wrong part, as far as the preservation of life is concerned. We want to breathe, and it is very clear that we cannot breathe through our shoulders. Therefore, tne first point In swimming is to reverse the natural order of things, and to bring the nostrils above the surface of the water. The mouth may be set aside altogether, because there is no necessity foi that aperture in swimming. It is meant for eating and for talking, but was never intended for breathing, which is the only function that a swimmer regards. Swimming, therefore, resolves itself into the ability to keep the nostrils •hove water, and the difficulty lies in the fact that the nostrils are set in the heaviest part of the whole body, and that which is absolutely certain to sink below the surface unless continual efforts are made to keep it in its right position. Let, therefore, the learner be on his back, let him arch the spine in directly the opposite direction, and bend the head backwards instead of letting it hang forwards. The result of this change of posture will be at once apparent. The heaviest part of the body, the back of the head, will be partly supported by the water, and partly by the air which fills tlie lungs. The nostrils will then become the lightest part of the body, and will, of course, be above the surface when the remainder is submerged. Practically, the bather will find this result. If he will assume the attitude which has been described, and will be content to keep his lips tightly shut and his limbs perfectly still, he will find that when he takes an inspiration the face will rise almost entirely out of the water. At each expiration the face will sink as far as the eyebrows and the lower lip, m fmfker, the nostrils being always left free for the passage of air to the lungs. Any one who will give this plan a fair trial will gain more real knowledge of swimming in an hour than can be obtained in a year by mere practical teaching. So powerful indeed is the buoyancy of the water that if any one, whether he can swim or not, will only lie in the attitude that has been de^ scnbed, and will not stir hand or foot, he cmmt sink ifke irks. A cork will iink as soon as he. Swimming on the Back. The power of floating on the back is invaluable to the beginner, but he soon begins to acquire something more. It is very well to be able to float like a cork, but a swimmer wants to direct his course as well as to float like an inani- mate object. When the learner has learned to lie on his back without moving hands of teet, let him gently paddle with his hands, keeping the fingers together firmly, ana scooping the water, as it were, towards his feet. He must be careful to keep the hands below the surface, and the head well •>ack. Most persons, when beginning this movement, are tempted to raise the / S$2 SWIMMim. head 10' at to see whether they jue inoTing, or, if so, in which dtinctioii Goii' lequently, the water no longer snpportS' his head ; its weight is "'thrown on the 'liciMJIjr iijiiji '^dioyiii jgi^Q^^ lt]it# swi m unci* When the learner can. propel Mniself at a nodente pace head first, he should torn his hands round and scoop the water towards his head, thus propelling himself with, .hls^ .feet first. It will be found that the come can cisDj dirtcted merely by using one hand rather more forcibly than the other. Having learned this simple piddling ptoceis, the young swimmer now begins to use his legs. It is possible to paddle for a considerable distance by using the hands alone, tnd there are sometimes circumstances when this process is invaluable. If, for example, the swimmer should be seized with the cramp in his legs, he is certain to be drowned if he does not have recourse td this expedient. Still, although the swimmer rdt« propel himself, it is a very slow process, and he naturally will wish to get on at a faster rate. This is done by striking out the legs, with the teet wide apart, and then bringing them together again. These directions are simple enough ; but something more must be mentioned. People generally fancy that the progress of the swimmer is only caused by the pressure of the soles of the feet against the water, and the usual opinion is that the fastest swimmer is he who has the broadest and the flattest feet. Of course, the pressure of the feet has something to do with it, but the chief part of the work is done, not by the feet, but by the lep. When the lep are .spread, they enclose betW'Cen them a mass^ of water of a wedge-like shape, and as 'they are drawn together, the' body is propelled for- wards 'On exactly the same principle that a vessel is propelled by a screw. Steering the course is easily managed by means of the legs. If the left leg is allowed to remain still, and the right leg is used, the body is driven tp tibe left* and tfkt persd when the leH leg is used and the right kept quiet. The young swimmer must remember that when he brinp his legs together they must be kept quite straight and the knees stifi*. The toe should also be pointed, so as to offer no resistance to the water. Swimming on the back is a most useful branch of the art, as it requires com- paratively little exertion, and serves to rest the arms when they are tired with the ordinary mode of swimming. Ail swimmers who have to traverse a considerable distance always turn occasionally on the back. They even in this position allow the arms to lie by the sides until they are completely rested, while at the same time the body is gently sent through the water by the legs. Let swimming on the back be perfectly learned, and practised continually, ■o that the young swimmer may always feel secure of himself when he is in that position. The feet should be kept about twelve or fourteen inches below the suriace of the water, as, if they are kept too high, the stroke is apt to drive the upper pi* tf thf *««ad and eyes under the water. swiMmiim, 583 tx mast always be remarked that it is impossible to arch the spine too much, 0r to press the head too far between the shoulders. Swimming on the Chest. We now come to swimming on the chest, which is the mode adopted by most persons, and which, together with swimming on the back, will enable the learner to perform almost any aquatic feat. In order to begin with confidence, walk into the water until it is almost as high as the chest, and then turn towards the land, so that every movement may carry you from the deeper to the shallower water. Next, place your hands in front of the chest, the fingers stifi" and pressed together, and the thumb held tightly against the forefinger. Do not press the palms together, as too many books enjoin, but hold the hands with the thumbs together, the palms down- wards and the backs upwards. Now, lean gently forward iir>the water, pushing your hands out before you, imtil the arms are quite straight, and just before your feet leave the bottom, give a little push forwards. You will now propel yourself a foot or two towards the land. Try how long you can float, and then gently drop the feet to the ground. Be careful to keep the head well back and the spine arched. Repeat this seven or eight times, until you have gained confidence that the water will support you for a few seconds. Now go back to the spot whence you started, and try to make a stroke. Lay yourself on the water as before, but when the feet leave the bottom, draw them up close to the body, and then kick them out quickly. When they have reached their full extent, press them together firmly, keeping them quite straight and the toes pointed. This movement will drive you onwards for a short distance, and when you feel that you are likely to sink, drop the feet as before. Start again and make another stroke, and so on until the water is too shallow. At first, you will hardly gain more than an inch or two at each stroke, bit after a little practice, you will gain more and more until you can advance three or four feet without putting the legs to the ground. It is a good plan to start always from the same spot, and to try in how few strokes you can reach the knd. There is a great interest in having some definite object in view, and one gets quite eicited in trying to reduce the number of strokes. The next point is the movement of the arms. In reality, the arms are more valuable in swimming than the legs, and for this simple reason : any one who has the use of his limbs at all is obliged to use his lep daily, and that to a considerable extent. However sedentary he may be, he must walk up and downstairs twice at least in the day. He must walk fiom one room to another. He must get into and out of his carriage, and walk a few paces to his office. And in all these little walks his legs have to carry the weight of his body, which, to set it at the least figure, weighs firam seventy to ninety pounds. 5^ SWIMMING. The legs, therefore, mt tticngthened and hardened by contmual practice- the arms have scarcely anything to do. They hang quietly W the side they rest on the knee or on the table, and their awiage work is comprised in turning over the leaves of books or wielding a pen. They are imacLtomed to hard work of any kind, and therefore Ml as soon as they are pit to sever*, and novel labor. They soon become tired, the mnscles refuse to obey the orders of the mind, and in a few honn the arms are so stiff that tbey ctti hardly oe used at ail. In a swimming match of any length we should always look at the arms of the the man with the broadest and deepest chest, and the most wiry arms. Now for the use of the arms. Place yourself with your face to the shore, as already directed, and mike the ■tFoke according to the regulations. Bnt, just before the force of the leg-stroke is exhausted, spread the arms as them towards the hips with a steady, regular sweep. This movement will have two effects. It will support the body, and it will continue the propulsive force which was just given by the legs Be very carefal not to hurry this stroke, and especially not to shorten it ftVnneis generally make six or seven little strokes, keeping their arms bent dunng the whole time; but in correct swimming the arms should be sent Ibrward to their utmiMi length, and the hands brought to the hips in a slow uniform .««eqp» * Let this be practised over and over again, until it is perfectly learned. Even at home and on dry land it can be practised with toleimble snciiess, by lying on a chair m front of a large mirror, and making the stroke repeatedly until it looks quite exact. About eighteen or nineteen strokes to the minute is quite to enough for all ordinary purposes. In a short race of a hundred yards Z so, the quickness is, of course, increased, but if we were to swim a nee of one or two miles, we should be content with eighteen, or, at the most, twenty, strokes per minute. In ordinary swimming, sixteen is our usual avenge. Still we cover so much water at each stroke, that in the long run we come in far ahead ofmore showy swimmers, who wear themselves Oit ii the iiat hall^inile, and tHen are caught and passed with ease. A Common Fault men swimming on the chest, take particular care to avoid an error into which the beginner almost invariably falls. Being extremely anxious to keep the nostrils well above the surface of the wrter, the swimmer is apt to press downwards his hands, so as to raise his tall and leck, and often part of the chest, completely out of the water. liow it is scarcely possible to make a worse mistake than this. By so doing, # SWIMMING. 585. fhe swimmer actually supports a considerable weight in the air, and might just- ss well hang some four or five pounds weight of lead round his neck. In the- sccond place, he tires his arms most needlessly by forcing them to perform a. totally unnecessary action. They will have quite enough work to do in making the ordinary stroke, without adding to them the labor of supporting the head above water. The very principle on which all swimming is founded is that of making the water support the body, and, therefore, of supporting every part of the body by the water. If even a finger be lifted above the surface, the unsupported weight of that finger tends to press the body under water. A showy or " high " swimmer may look very well to an inexperienced eye, and may take the iancy like those: lofty-actioned trotting horses, which are so appropriately called "flat-catchers." But there is no endurance about either one or the other; and it may be assumed as a self-evident fact that if two persons of equal strength enter in a. match of any athletic exercise, and that one uses exertions which the other does not employ, the former will be tired sooner than the latter. So our advice to our readers is: First practise the stroke quietly and repeatedly, putting down the feet after each stroke is completed. Then try to* manage two strokes without putting the feet to the ground. Then try three- strokes, and so on, until you can make some four or five strokes without distressing yourself. Having achieved thus much, make your mind easy. You have conquered the art of swimming. If you can make five strokes, you can make fifty, provide* that you do not hurry them in trying to cover too much water at each stroke. Should you feel yourself getting tired, or if a feeling of nervousness should come- over you, the remedy is easy enough. Turn on your back, and paddle along quietly until your arms are rested. Then turn over and proceed on your course. So important is this one rule, that we repeat it again : Do not hurry YOUR STROKE. It is hardly possible for the learner to be too slow. One very good phm of learning a long and steady stroke is to try in how few strokes a given distance can be traversed. In connection with the ordinary breast-stroke we must mention one very im- portant point, namely, the manner of taking breath. If the swimmer lies, as he- Should he, as low as possible in the water, he will find that at each stroke the- water reaches to his lips, and will sometimes curi even* over his nostrils. If, therefore, he were to take an inspiration while he is making the stroke, he ^ould immediately draw some water into his lungs, and the only result would be mat he would begin to choke and to cough, and would probably sink. liut, If he makes a habit of expelling the air from his lungs as he makes the- stroke, he need fear no danger of the kind, for the expelled air will drive away me water, and even if his nostrils should be covered, they would not take in one «»gm drop. It naturally follows that the proper time to take breath is while the ^ are just beginning to make the stroke, and when the force of the l<^g-stiok« »s almost expended. SWiMMJMG, Tlie 1^, tlwrtlbre, mt streiigtheiied and hardened by contiimtJ firactice- iiit tlie arms hairc scarcelj anythiiig to do. They hang quietly by the side' they rest on the knee or on the table, and their avenge work is comprised in teming oirer the icaw. of books or wielding a pen. They are nnaccustomed to hard work of any kind, and therefore ^1 as soon as they are put to severe *nd novel labor. They soon become tired, the muscles lelw to obey the orders of the mind, and in a few hoiui the arms mt so stit that they can hardlv DC used at all. ^ In a swimming match of any length we should always look at the arms of the competitors rather than the legs, and we would invariably select as our favorite tnc man with the broadest and deepest chest, and the most wiry arms. Now for the use of the arms. Hace yourself with your face to the shore, as already diiected, and make tie stroke according to the regulations. Bnt, just before the force of the leg-stroke is exhausted, spread the arms m u^' P''"' ^'"^^ " "^^^^ ^ bring tliem towards the hips with a steady, regular sweep. This movement will have two effects. It will support the body, and it will contmue the propulsive force which was just given by the legs Be very carefal not to hurry t^s stroke, and especially not to shorten it Beginneis gcneiaUy make six or seven little strokes, keeping their arms bent during the whole time ; but in correct swimming the arms should be sent forward to their utmost length, and the hands brought to the hips in a slow 'unifom sweeps. ' Let this be practised over and over again, until it is perfectly learned. Even at home and on dry land it can be practised with tolerable success, by |y«g on a chair in front of a laigs mirror, and making the stroke iqieatedly until It looks quite exact. About eighteen or nineteen strokes to the minute is quite fast enough for all ordinary purposes. In a short race of a hundred yards or so, the quickness is, of course, increased, but if we were to swim a race of one or two miles, we should be content with eighteen, or, at the most, twenty, strokes per minute. In ordinary swimming, sixteen is our usual average. Still we cover so much water at each stroke, that in the long run we come in far ahead of more showy swimmers, who wear themselves out in the int half-mie, and tHen are caught and passed with ease. A Common Fault. When swimming on the chest, take particular caie to avoid an error into winch the beginner almost invariably falls. Being extremely anxious to keep the nostrils well above the surface of the wttw, the swimmer is apt to press downwards his hands, so as to raise his lead asd neck, and often part of the chest, completely out of the water Mow it is scarcely possible to make a worse mistake than this. By so doing, I SWIMMING, fhe swimmer actually supports a considerable weight in the air, and might just- is well hang some four or five pounds weight of lead round his neck. In the second place, he tires his arms most needlessly by forcing them to perform a. totally unnecessary action. They will have quite enough work to do in making the ordinary stroke, without adding to them the labor of supporting the head above water. The very principle on which all swimming is founded is that of making the water support the body, and, therefore, of supporting every part of the body by the water. If even a finger be lifted above the surface, the unsupported weight of that finger tends to press the body under water. A showy or " high " swimmer may look very well to an inexperienced eye, and may take the fency like those lofty-actioned trotting horses, which are so appropriately called "flat-catchers." But there is no endurance about either one or the other; and it may be assumed as a self-evident fact that if two persons of equal strength enter in a. match of any athletic exercise, and that one uses exertions which the other does not employ, the former will be tired sooner than the latter. So our advice to our readers is: First practise the stroke quietly repeatedly, putting down the feet after each stroke is completed. Then try to* manage two strokes without putting the feet to the ground. Then try three- strokes, and so on, until you can make some four or five strokes without distressing yourself Having achieved thus much, make your mind easy. You have conquered the m of swimming. If you can make five strokes, you can make fifty, provided* that you do not hurry them in trying to cover too much water at each stroke. Should you feel yourself getting tired, or if a feeling of nervousness should come- over you, the remedy is easy enough. Turn on your back, and paddle along quietly until your arms are rested. Then turn over and proceed on your course. So important is this one rule, that we repeat it again : Do not hurry- irouR STROKE. It is hardly possible for the learner to be too slow One very good plan of learning a long and steady stroke is to try in how few strokes ^ given distance can be traversed. In connection with the ordinary breast-stroke we must mention one very im- portant pomt namely, the manner of taking breath. If the swimmer lies, as he Should he, as low as possible in the water, he will find that at each stroke the^ water reaches to his lips, and will sometimes curl even' over his nostrils. ^...^1 ""'a - ^ ^ inspiration while he is making the stroke, he would immediately draw some water into his lungs, and the only result would be that he would begin to choke and to cough, and would probably sink. iJut, If he makes a habit of expelling the air from his lungs as he makes the- troke he need fear no danger of the kind, for the expelled air will drive away ZZ a^'' X • ''^^ '^''"^^ ^ ''''''^'^^ ^^^y not take in one s^?m drop. It naturally follows that the proper time to take breath is while the ™s are just beginning to make the stroke, and when the force of the leg ^itiok« »5 almost expended. " . .. f 586 SWIMMim. The Side Stroke. This is so called because the swimmer lies on his side. There is no stroke that enables the swimmer to last so long as this does, and for this reason : in- ttead of employing both Lrms and legs simultaneously in the same mannei, the tide stroke employs them simultaneously but in different manners ; so that when the swimmer is tired of exercising one side, he can just turn over and proceed with the other, the change of action resting the limbs almost as much as actual f epose would do. The side stroke is thus managed. The swimmer lies on his right side, stictcMig his right arm out as fer as he can re ach, keeping the fingers of the right hand quite straight and the hand ii^clf held edgewise, so as to cut the water like a shark's fin. The left hand is placed across the chest, with the back against the right breast, and the swimmer is then ready to begin. He commences by making the usual stroke with Ms legs, and the right kg, being undermost, doing the greater share of the work. Before the impetus gained by the stroke is quite expended, the right arm is brought round with a broad sweep, until the palm of the hand almost touches the right thigh. At the «aroe moment, the left hand makes a similar sweep, but is carried backwards as iir as it can go. The reader will see that the hands act directly upon the water like the blades a pair of oars, and do not waste any of their power by oblique action. In ordinary swimming we seldom use the left arm, but allow it to hang quietly in the water, so that it may be perfectly ready for work when wanted. Then, after some little time, we turn round, swim on the other side, and give the left mrm its fair share of labor. There is a modification of swimming on the side, which is sometimes called THRUSTING, and sometimes the Indian stroke, because the North American Indians generally employ it. These terms are rather vaguely employed, but the former is generally used when the swimmer thrusts his arm forward, and the latter when he swings it. In performing this stroke, the swimmer starts upon his right side, and sweep! his right hand through the water, as above mentioned. While that arm is passing through the water, the left arm is swung just above the surface with a ijold sweep, the hand dipping into the water when the arm is stretched to its utmost. This movement hrinp the body over to the left side, when the two hands change duties, the left being swept under the body while the right is swung forward. Ttmimg Wakr. Hiis is employed when the swimmer wishes to raise his head as high out of tie water as possible, and is particularly useful if he is reconnoitring, or if he 11 trying to save a drowning person, or if he wishes to grasp a bough or a rope above liia head. The best method of making the stroke it as follows: Keep 4 SWIMMING. the body perpendicular, and make precisely the same stroke with the legs as is done in ordinary swimming. This action will keep the head freely out of the water, and if assisted by the hands the body will rise as far as the shoulders. Some persons literally "tread " the water, striking each foot alternately as if they were ascending a staircase. We have thoroughly tried both methods, and nach prefer the former. Swimming like a Dog. The name of this method explains itself. The swimmer lies on his chest, and moves his hands and legs alternately, exactly as a dog does when swimming. The chief use in this stroke is that it affords a change of action to the musdes, and if the swimmer has to traverse any considerable distance, say a mile or two, he will find that a few occasional minutes employed in swimming like a dog will be very useftd in relieving the strain on the muscles of both legs and arms. Having become tolerably expert at these exercises, the young swimmer should now learn to support and propel himself, first, without his hands, and next, without his legs. He should therefore place the hands along the sides of the body, sink the legs much deeper than in ordinary swimming, and make a succession of strokes with the legs. These strokes should be much shorter and quicker than are used when the hands are at liberty. Next, suppose that the hands are tied at the wrists, and that the swimmer is a manacled captive trying to escape across a moat. Press the hands tightly to- gether, with the fingers close to each other, and the whole hand made as flat as possible. Turn slightly on the left side, making the ordinary stroke with the legs, and bring the hands towards the left hip with a quick sweep, taking care to part them from it as soon as the stroke is made. Then, try to swim without the legs. Allow the feet to hang as low as they like, keep the head well back, and make the ordinary stroke with the hands. But, instead of merely bringing them back, press them down at every stroke, so as to lift the chin well out of the water. This is a very slow business, but still it should be practised, as the swimmer may happen to disable his legs and ought to know how to manage without them. Lastly, he should learn to swim when both hands and feet are tied together. This feat is a very superior one, and always elicits much applause from spectators, heing what is technically named a " gallery " stroke. Yet it is really very easy, and can be performed by any one who has practised the two former exercises. Hold the hands together, as already mentioned, and press the feet together at the ankles. Then, giving short, sharp strokes, the hands and feet working about, but not quite simultaneously. If you are performing this feat before spectators, add to the effect by tying the hands and feet with handkerchiefs. Swimming is not made more difficiilt hf tht ligatures, while the appearance of difliculty is very much increased. SWIMMING. / Diving. Having now tolerably mastered the surface of the water, the letmer must proceed to explore its depth. It is, of course, a great thing to be able to sup- port the body in the water; but the swimmer's education is only half completed niitil he knows how to dive. Many lives have been saved by the ability to dive many have been lost from its absence. ' The first object is to keep the eyes open while under water. In order to do this, sink yotiisdf well under the surface, hold your hand before your face and try to look at it. Don't be afraid of water getting into the eyes. A chance OOM dMUSEMEMTS. wuat time secure themselves against detection and punishment, concealed then cliess-men in these imitations of books. Another curious fact in connection irith chess history is, that one of the first books (generally thought to be /Af , iist book) printed in the English language, was a treatise on the game of .Anjthiiif like a history of this fgum would be out of place in a merely ele^ mcntary work like the present. Suffice it to say, that Chess — ^ancient as it is^ still holds its own against all '*new>bom gauds." It is still the favorite game among the educated, and is considered an essential accomplishment in most iunily circles, where, beyond doubt, it is beneficial in assisting the mental de- velopment of the young. The number of writers on the subject is legion. Mr. Walker, in his treatise, which was written in 1832, gives a list of several hun- dred works in different European languages. Such is the variety of the game that • I^^^ <^^°ot effect a checkmate in fifty «K>ves It may be declared a drawn game. left bli^T^"^"^ u^^' ^^"^ players hasnothing luB King, which IS so placed that, although not in check, he caaM without going into check. ^ cwumw 3« I $P4 mi>OOM AMUSEMENTS. Cuswum is a doiibk iipciitMiD» accomplliliGd by moYing the King uul cum of tlie Rooks M t!ie sane time. When the removal of the Bishop luid the. Knight on the one siik, or of the Bishop, Knight and Queen on the other, has cleared the intervening iqiiaies, the King may cmik with either of his Rooks. If it should be done on the King's side of the board, the King is to be placed on the Knight's square, and the Rook on the Bishop's; if in the Queen't nction, the King must be moved to the Bishop's square, and the Rook to the Queen's. In other words, the King, in either case, must move two squares, and the Rook be placed on the opposite side of him to that on which he stood liefore. It is universally laid down that the King shall not castle when in cheeky nor when he has previously moved, nor with a Rook that has moved, ©or if a square over which he has to pass be commanded by an adverse piece. En Prise. — piece is said to be en prise when under attack. En Passant (/« passing). — If your adversary has advanced one of his Piawns to the fifth square, and you move one of your Pawns in either of the adjoining files two squares, he is entitled to take your Pawn, en passantt as though you had only moved it one square. Thin peculiar mode of capture can only be effected by Pawns. Ranks and Films.— The lines of squares mnnimg from let to tight are known as Mmks, and those perpendicular to them, nmning fmm mm player to the other, ^are called Mies. Passib and Isolated Pawns.— A Pawn is said to be " poaied " when it is so far .advanced that no Pawn of the 'advenary't can oppoae: it. Aa laoliled Pliwn is one that stands, alone and nnsupported. BoiliLB Fawn. — ^Two Pawns on the same file. J'adouiii" (signifying / m^mst^ or / arrm^) is the expression generally Hied when a player touches a piece to arrange it without the intention of making a move. Perhaps it is not absolutely necessary that he should saj "J'admdef" but he must at any rate use an equivalent expression. To Interpose. — This term explains itself. If your King or one of your pieces is attacked, and you move another of your pieces between the attacking piece and the piece attacked, either for the purpose of covering check, or as B means of protection, or with any other object, you are said to *' interpose." WiNNrNG THE EXCHANGE. — You are said to win the exchange" when you gain a Rook for a Bishop, a Bishop for a Knight, or, in short, whenever you gain a superior piece by giving an inferior. Queening a Pawn. — You are said to " Queen a Pawn" when you advance it to the eighth square on the file. You may then claim a Qoeen, or any other piece, in exchange for it. Formerly the rule was that you might substitute for it any piece you had previously lost, but, according to the modem game, three or more Rooks, or Bishops, or Knights, nay be obtained in thii way. Gambit. — Thii term, which is derived Irom. the Italian, .describes an opening In which a PSawn is purposely lacrificcd at an early itag^ of the piii% in ovdit JtMIfOOJ? AMUSEMENTS. 595 ^bsequently to gain an advantage. Several Gambits are distinguished by the names of their inventors, such as the Cochrane Gambit, the Muzio Gambit, the Salvio Gambit, etc. There are also the Bishop's Gambit, the Queen's Gambit, etc., etc. Mating Power.— The force requisite to bring about a checkmate : a King and Queen against King and two Bishops, King and two Knights, King and Bishop and Knight, or against King and Rook, can effect checkmate. King and two Bishops can mate against King and Bishop, or King and Knight. King, with two Bishops and Knight, can mate against King and Rook. King, with Rook and Bishop, can mate against Rook and King. King can always draw against King and Bishop, or King and Knight. King and Rook against dther a King and Bishop, or King and Knight, makes a drawn g^e, etc. Laws of the Gam. The following "laws" are in force in all the principal clubs in this country: I— If a player touch one of his men, unless for the purpose of adjusting it, when he must say ''fadoube'' {see Law IV.); or it being his turn to move, he must move the piece he has so touched. [Walker gives the following remarks on this law— "When you touch a piece with the bond fide intention of playing it, the saying 'fadoube' will not exon- erate you from completing the move. A Chessplayer's meaning cannot be misunderstood on the point; and were it otherwise, you might hold a man in your hand for five minutes, and then saying 'fadoube' replace it, and move dsewhere!"] II.— If the men are not placed properly at the beginning of the game, and this is discovered before four moves have been made on each side, the game must be recommenced. If the mistake should not be found out till after fouf moves have been made, the game must be proceeded with. lU.— Where the players are even, they must draw lots for the first move, after which they take the first move alternately. When a player gives odds, he has the option of making the first move, and the choice of men in every game. [In giving odds, should it be agreed upon to give a P^wn, it is customary to fake the K. B. P. If a piece is to be given, it may be taken fiom either the King's or Queen's side. J IV.— If a player should accidentally or otherwise move or touch one of his inen without saying "fadouber his adversary may compel him to move either the man he has touched or his King, provided the latter is not in check. v.— When a player gives check, and fails to give notice by crying "Check," ills adversary need not, unless he think proper, place his King out of check, nor cover. o ^ » [If it is discovered that the King is in check, and has been so for several moves past, the players must move the men back to the' point at which they «ood when check was given. If they cannot agree as to when check i^s 59^ ii^nOOR AMUSEMENTS. first given, the player who is in check must retract his last mote, and defend his King.] VI. — The player who effects checkmate wins the game* VII . — Stalemate constitutes a drawn game. VIII. — If, towards the end of the game, one of the players has what is called the "mating power," his adversary may demand that checkmate shall be given in fifty moves. If this is not accomplished, it shall be declared a drawn game. IX. — The operation of "Castling" cannot be effected when the King is in cheek, nor when the King or Rook has been previously moved, nor when the •pace be not clear between the King and Rook, nor wim any of the squares over which the King has to pass are commanded by the adforsary. X— So long as you retain your hold of a piece you may mow it where you will. [Great dissatisfaction is sometimes caused by the latitude which this law allows. It has often been said that this law would be improiwi if it were mads compulsory to move the piece in the direction in which it had been inclmeci, and that when it has been rested on a particular square it should remain there, and the move considered complete. "To finger the squares of the board whilst planning your move," says Walker, "is strictly legal, but a most villa- nous habit."] • Xr. — No limit is fixed to the time allowed for the consideration of each move. Where great delay occurs, a third party may be appealed to j and if he should pronounce the delay vexatious, the player refusing to move loses the game. [This is a necessary law, but it would often be desirable to come to a mutual agreement as to the time beforehand. No greater bore can be imagined than an excessively cautious player. In matches of consequence the time is gener- ally stipulated.] XII. — Should you move one of your adversary's men instead of your own, he may compel you to take the piece you have touched, should it be en prise, or to replace it and move your King ; provided, of course, that you can do so without placing him in check. XIII. — Should you capture a man with one that cannot legally take it, your adwrsary may compel you either to take such piece (should it be en prise) with one that cmt legally take it, or to move the piece touched ; provided that by 10 doing you do not discover check, in which case you may be directed to move vonr Kinff. XrV. — Should you move out of your (urn, your adversary may compel you either to retract the move, or leave the piece where you placed it, as he may think most advantageous. XV.— If you touch the King and Rook, intending to Castle, and have quitted hold of the one piece, you must complete the act of Castlipg. If you itiaiil four hold of both, your adversary may compel you to move either of tten. INDOOR AMUSEMENTS. 59^ XVI. — The game must be declared to be drawn should you fail to give check- mate in fifty moves, when you have King and Queen against King King and Rook " King and 2 Bishops " King, Bishop, and Kt. " King and Pawn " King and 2 Pawns " King and minor piece " XVII. — Drawn ^ames of every description count for nothing. XVIIL— Neither player may leave a game unfinished, nor leave the room without the permission of his adversary. XIX. — Lookers-on are not permitted to speak, nor in any way express their approbation or disapprobation while a game is pending. XX. — In cas/ a dispute should arise on any point not provided for by the laws, a third party must be appealed to, and his decision shall be final. ComparaUm Value qf the Eeees, The Pawn is always accounted the lowest in value. Its importance, how- ever, like that of all the other pieces, changes as the game progresses. Towards the end of a game its value is considerable. The Knight is of more value in the first attack than in the final struggle. It loses force as the game proceeds. In certain situations the Knight is of incomparable value. Its peculiar vau/^ing power gives it considerable impot- tance in complicated positions. Walker considers it of equal value with the Bishop. The Bishop.— Mr. Walker gives a list of the advantages which the Bishop and Knight possess over each other, and sums up by expressing it as his opin- ion, "founded on practical experience, that the Bishop is superior to the Knight only in imagination ; and that the two pieces should be indiscriminately ex- changed by the learner, as being of strictly equal value in cases of average position." Most other authorities, however, maintain that the Bishop is, upon the whole, slightly superior to the Knight. The Rook is reckoned to be about equivalent to a Bishop and two Pawns, or a Knight and two Pawns. It is seldom called into active play at the com- mencement of a game, but it gradually rises in importance, till towards the close It may almost be said to command the game. In actual play, it is prob- ably oftener instrumental in giving checkmate than any other piece. With the Kmg, a Rook can mate against a King— a power possessed by no piece besides ine Queen. The Queen decreases in power as the game proceeds. Throughout, how- ever, she holds by far the first position in value. The King, though seldom of much use for purposes of attack at the hegit ipS IMDOOM AMUSEMENTS. 111^, acqilws coniidcalite tmm m the gjune becmnes narrowed. His powet ©f mciviiig in any direction, and attacking any piece besides the Queen, is often of great value. Tlie plan of comparing, by means of figures, pieces of which the value varies to considerably, is obviously somewhat impracticable, and the estimate cannot in all cases be relied on. To the learner, however, it may be of some service in conveying to him a vague idea of their relative value. Suppose the Pawn to stand as i; the value of the Knight may be estimated at rather more than jj that of the Bishop rather less than 4; that of the Rook at about 5; and that of the Queen at about 7^. Binh fmr €mmmm§ Gmm. To open the game well, some of the Pawns should be played out first. The Royal Pawns, particularly, should be advanced to their fourth square; it is not often safe to advance them further. The Bishop's Pawns should also be played out early in the game ; but it is not always well to advance the Rook's and Knight's Pawns too hastily, as these afford an eitcclcnt protection to your Ring in case you should Castle. Philidor describes Pawn-playing as ** the soul of Chess." When they are not too far advanced, and are so placed as to be mutually supporting, they present a strong barrier to the advance of your ad- tenaiy, and prevent Mm from taking up a commanding position. If you play your pieces out too early, and advance them too far, your adversary may oblige you to bring them back again by advancing his Pawns upon them, and you tiras lose time. "The art of playing well at Chess," says Walker, "consists principally in gaining time," so you will see how desirable it is to avoid the neceiiity of retracing your steps. At the same time, you must not keep your pieces back till you have moved all your Pawns; otherwise you prevent your- ■elf from framing a strong attack. Indeed, you will probably be called upon to defend yourself before your attack is ready. In this, as in so many other things, it is best to observe the jusU milieu. Much depends upon the particular opening that you choose, and quite as much upon your own judgment. Do not commence your attack until you are well prepared. A weak attack often results in disaster. If your attack is likely to prove successful, do not he diverted from it by any bait which your adversary may purposely put in your way. Pause, lest you fall into a snare. Beware of giving check uselessly—/, e., unless you have in view the obtaining of some advantage. A useless check is a move lost, which may, particularlf between good players, decide the game. It is generally injudicious to make an exchange when your position is good m when, by so doing, you bring one of your adversary's pieces into good play Maw make an exchange without considering the consequences. When youi lanw is crowded and ill-arranged, and your position inferior, it is advantageous m-DOOR AMUSEMENTS. 599 to aichange. Sometimes, also, when you are much superior in force, it is worth your while to make an equal exchange. The operation of Castling often relieves a crowded game. A lost opportu- nity of Castling, or Castling at the wrong time, is a disadvantage which may be turned to account by your adversary. Never put your Queen before your King in such a way that your adversary may bring forward a Bishop or Rook and attack her, and the King through her. In such a case, unless you can interpose another piece, you will inevitably lose your Queen. It is good play to "double" your Rooks—/, e., to make them mutually sup- porting. Don't bring your Rooks into active play too soon. They can gen- erally operate most effectively at a distance, and they are therefore of most value towards the end of a game, when the board is comparatively clear. At the close of the game, do not let your King be idle. He may be useful in many ways. The Bishop, too, can in most cases effectually obstruct the advancing Pawns of your adversary. Says Walker, " Direct your attacks against the King, in preference to hunt- ing smaller game." If, upon calculating several moves ahead, you see a pros- pect of giving checkmate, you need not be carefiil to preserve those pieces which are not necessary to checkmate. Your Queen, Rook, and Bishop can operate better at a distance from the adverse King. If they are too near, a stalemate often becomes possible. From time to time take a revi^ of the game. Although an incurably tedious player is a general nuisance, it is mere folly to play without "knowing the reason why." To take an occasional review of the game gets you into a systematic habit. When near the close, take notice of the position of your adversary's Pawns, and if you find that you can Queen before him, make all haste to do so ; if not, attack his Pawns, so as to prevent him from Queening. If your adversary possesses a decided advantage, look out for a means of draw- ing the game. Do not stick to one opening, but learn as many as you can. Always be willing to accept odds of a better player, so that the game may be interesting to him. If you should lose, it is natural that you should feel in- wardly chagrined, but do not let your disappointment be perceived. "Keep your temper " is a golde%rule. Do not throw up the game before you are quite sure it is lost. On the other hand, you should not too hastily jump to the con- clusion that you have won it. It is necessary that you should occasionally study some of the best book games, but without actual practice proficiency can seldom be attained. Endeavor to understand the reasons which lead to your adveraary's movei* md take measures accordingly. liOO IMJ}OOJt AMUSEMENTS, J^T^"^ by various authors of the origin of Draughts, if not vague, W at any nte so comnidictory that it seems impossible to decide with any^ins like certunty how, when, or where the game did originate. Many writers sav tiM in point of aotiqpity it takes precedence of chess, and this appears to be citemdy probable, became in the irst place it is a much less complex game Indeed, it is very likely that chess is an after refinement of the game of draughts' It appears that draughts was known among the savage tribes of New Zealand and upon the whole it may be fairly conceded that those who stand up for the peilcr antlfiuity of diaiif Its aie entitled to exclaim— ••Antiquity's pride we liave on our side." However, without any great loss to the reader, we may leave this question of the nval claims of draughts and chess to priority on that point to be discussed, if not settled, by the antiquarian. Draughts is entirely a game of mathematical calculation, and although fiir too much stress has been laid on its merits as a means of developing the intellectual feculties of the young, it can at least be said that if innocent intellectual amusements are at all beneficial, then there is something to be urged in behalf of the utility of draughts. The game does not appear to have been much practised in Europe till the Biiddk of the sixteenth century, and it was not until about a century afterwards, I. in 1668, that a work of any importance on the subject was published In 1156, Mr. William Payne, a mathematician, published his still celebrated intro- duction to the game of draughts. Other works followed, but they have all been ■ipeisedw^ "The Guide to the Game of Draughts, by Joshua Sturges," jiuUisbed in London, in 1800. This Vork is still the greatest authority on the fnbject. Having said so mudi by way of introduction, we shai now proceed to give the The game is played on a board exactly similar to a chess-board, containing Bxty-four squares, colored black and white alternately. Throughout the game only tec set of squares must be used ; in other woids, if tlje players elect in the first instance to play on the white squares they cannot at any future stage of the game make use of the black squares; and i«V* mrsa. In England it is customary to flaj on the white, but in this country the black squares are generaUy used. Assuming that black is selected, the board must be so placed that a double black comer is at the right hand, as in the folloving diagram, which shows the men properly placed at the commencement of the game. It will be seen from the diagram that one player begins with twelve wWtr &Mn, and his adversary with twelve Mack. The white nen occupy the iisl m-BrnM AMmEMENTS. three rows at one end of the board, the three rows at the other end bdng. occupied by the black men. The object of the game is to capture all your adversary's men, or to "pin " them, or hem them in so that they cannot be moved. The player who succeeds. In doing this wins the game. Method qf Moumg, The men can only be moved one square at a time. They must also be moved forward, either to the right or to the left, nntil they have been advanced to one of the top squares of the board, upon which they become kings, when they may be moved either backwards or forwards as the player finds best. When one of the men is made a king, he is crowned by a captured man of the same color being; placed on the top of him. The men take in the direction in which they move, by leaping over any adverse piece or pieces which may be next to ©r in fixmt of them A capture can be made only when there is a vacant square behind the piece to be captured. Several pieces may be taken in one move, provided of course that they are in certain positions. It is of great importance, even at the very opening of the game, to push on for a king, for, possessing the privilege of moving either backwards or forwards, he is of considerably more value than a common man. As we have already stated, the game is won by the player who first succeeds m capturing or blocking up his adversary's men; but it often happens that the forces on each side are so reduced and rendered so equal, that neither player can hope to bring the game to a decisive conclusion. The game is then relinquished, and is declared to be drawn. It may generally be given up when the force on each side is two kings, the position on both sides being equal, or when there b- only one left; otherwise, they might keep on playing for houis without any possibility of inishing the g«m& 1103 Laws of the Gam, I. The board must be placed so that there shall be a »en. The player wto Z the move has the best chance of wimiing, provided he can r«ain it. ioliitlt irangbtii. ™„!Il^" ? variety of the game of Draughts, though it has never bee« much prachsed m ths country. Hoyle, in his instructions on the game, rem^ hundred squares d.«ded into ten rows, and in a manner similar to the com ■non game, except that in this pieces a« taken either backward or forward • but are not to be moved off the board mitil the man or king taking the same' has a^kHh 6r as he then can gof and aL in execut^ t ». not to move more than once over any of his captives • Z f f f tS^TtiT" -o"* off the boai, the captCln to case IS forfeited or hulled, at the option of the antagonist, «id Z act of S Z . ^ reckoned as.move. Aplayer may decline the huff by co^- o^~r '""Z " '^y^y'i^i^ eit«>er, and if seven! of the op^nent s pieces be in situations to be taken, it is requisite to p«x»ed «> as to insb unT h't""'r''™« The^tagonist Su^r^l'k "'".'^'"^ ""^ "=■"^'"'"8 ««» of the said passage be free, both from his own color and the advenarV^ provided «cb iO§ IMIfOOM AMl/SMMMmS. •ii. advenmet mt lot in a poeiti«i:tii'':bc tnkaij. awl tiaviag adversaries to take, tin kiBf majat once timvene over seveml squares, provided those squares are empty; or over squares occupied by the adversary's pieces, should they be in a situation to be taken ; so that a king ollen turns to the right and Iti, making almost the whole range of the board. When, towards the conclusion, the players happen to have, one three kings, the other one king only, on tht board ; if the single king be upon the centre diagonal line, and there be no im- mediate stroke in view, the game, after a tew moves, should be relinquished, and considered as a drawn game. But if the single king do not occupy the said centre diagonal line, it is usual to play on till twenty moves shall have been respectively repeated before the game is pronounced drawn. When towards the end of a game, only a king against a king and two men, or two kings and one man, remain on the board, the player having the solitary king may compel the advevsary to have his man or men crowned directly, in order to lose no time in beginning the aforesaid twenty moves. If at any time a false move be made, it depends upon the adversary whether it shall be recalled ; and when a piece is touched, unless for the sake of arranging the same, the adversary may insist upon that being played, if it can be so done." The game of Go-bang hat lately become iashionable. It is stated that we owe the game to Japan. Go-bang boards with loir hundred squares and innumerable counters are sold at all tie fancy shop ; but the game can be just at well pUyed witl\ an ordinary dnqght-board and men. Each player takes twelve men of one color, and each alternately places a man OB any square (of any color) he chooses, until all the twenty-four men are placed,, orvtil a go-bang is made, when the game is ended. Go-bang 'Consists in get- ting §m men of one 'COlor in a row without any intervening man -of another color. The tow may be either straight, like the squares commanded by a rook at chess, or diagonal, like those commanded by a bishop. If all the men are put on without a go-bang, the players then move alternately. Any man may be moved one square in any direction, like a king at chess, but he cannot move on to a square already occupied by another man, and there is no taking. The players continue to move until a go-bang is obtained, or the game is given up as drawn. Go-bang is very amusing, but, so far as we can see, with good play on both sides it must end in a draw. It is, in fact, an ingenious development of the game of our childhood, Tit-tat-to or Naughts and Crosses. The first move is very important and a great advantage. The second player must be wholly on the defensive for the first six moves at least, unless the assailant wastes a move. The best defensive moves will be on the points towards which two lines of attack converge, or where they intersect. Try to prevent the formation of open threes. m-mm AMUsMMEHfm 607 especially on the oblique lines. Don't attempt a counter-attack till you see how to carry it on effectively. Place your stops on the clear side of the attacking force, heading your adversary back towards the squares you have already occu- pied. Place them without apparent connection, but, if possible, so that one man interposed may bring them into line. Some players give the winner the irst move, but the first move should be strictly alternate, as at chess. If you wish to give odds, give the first move : you cannot give two. The game can be forced by the first player with those odds. In attacking, bid for a series of threes on the oblique files, and carry them on as far as you can before you begin filling up the direct lines. In other words (on a board , properly colored), try to make your attack at first all on one color, and then fill up this skeleton pattern with the other color. Three men forming a right angle, with a clear space be- yond, give an almost irresistible attack. If you have a fair attack on one point, but don't see your way to winning, leave it when half developed, and distract your opponent's attention by a new one elsewhere. Above all, beware of enabling him to form a fatal counter-attack while apparently only defending. I have repeatedly seen the defending player forced to win, and actually winning unawares. The beauty of the game, in fact, lies in this: that every move has a twofold bearing, and, though immediately defensive, may afterwards form part of an attack. Inh'oduetory, The game of Dominos is frequently looked upon as a trivial amusement, Imi those who are well acquainted with it agree that it affords room for much curious calculation. It is by no means a mere game of chance. Let any ordinar]^ player enter the lists against an old and experienced hand, and he will soon dis- cover that it requires something besides good weapons to come off victorious in this as in most other contests. In fact, it is as much a game of skill as any of the card games. A moderately good player can generally tell what his adversary has in his hand, by his style of play; and by calculating two or three moves in advance, he may either block the game or leave it open, just as he finds it will suit his purpose. The ordinary game— technically termed "double sixes"— is played with twenty-eight dominos. Hm to (kmmeme the Game , After the dominos have been well shuffled, each player draws one, and h« who draws the domino containing the smallest number of pips wins " the down ; " in plainer English, he wins the privilege of playing first. Sometimes a different method of deciding who shall have "the down" is adopted. One of the players draws a domino, and without showing it, asks if it is odd or even. If the adversary guesses right, he wins " the down ; " if on the contrary, he losek it. The latter method is the more common of the two. A third method ii ii. m-DOQR AMmMMMMTS. 41SC on the Continent. The person holding the highest lifMihlis han the "pfsw"" ■m ' ' down, ' ' and he commences by phf ing that domino. If theie should be no d one other of the same number, play both con- ' ^^"^"'^^^^ "^'-'--^ - - ^et the 10. In playing against "the down," endeavor to deceive your opponent by plapng a domino or two at each end indifierently. This is better than playing to bs last dommo, as it leads him to believe you cannot go at that end while at the same time you may be simply keeping both ends open 11. If your adversary has possession of one end, make the other of a numbci of which you hold several, with a view of forcing him to play at his end,^ shuttmg It agamst the dominos he was keeping it for 12^ If you hold several doubles, wait till your adversary makes the number .or them, m preference to making them for you,.elf; oZndse, a good pW V 111 see what you are aiming at, and will block the double. Bu ifZ hoH^ double with several duplicates, and can bring that number at both end^do 1 ^t end, It IS better that you should play at the other as long as you can When you an. Wocked at that end, you may then play youf Lbfe Td y^^^^y wm then in most cases be obliged to o^ theX; ^ is tht w f considered that a light hand, yet with no number missing, ^ he b« for ordinary play. The following, for example, would be a very fin^ h h f» h o> 8- An example of a bad hand would be- I f 1 i * i - hn. the worst possible hand would be the following: |, |, |, m%V' ^The latter however, would seldom occur in actual play. ^ me latter, 15. It does not necessarily follow that, because a hand is heavy, it must therefore lose. Provided it is equally varied it has an eonni rh.Z7 r witJi a ii«k*. k««-i 1*1. J- ^ H"«"j varicu. It nas an equal chance of success blnlT^ T ^ dB«lvantage of a heavy hand is shown when the game becomes blocked, and has to be decided by counting. ' hand consisring of a high double and several hghj dominos, lead the double, «>d afterwards endeavor to obtain tthyt L ofThel a^d «» P»«y », as ^ other doubte can be t»Ln L"ll'n Why is a dock the most modest picee of furniture? 15- Why is U the gjiyest letter in the alphabet ? 16. Why are 09111 and potatoes Uke Chmese idok ? Which is the merriest sauce? 18. Why is a cat going up three pairs of stairs like a high hill? >9- Why is a lead-pencil like a perverse child ? 90, Why i» a horse like the letter O? M. Why ar* penmakers inciters to wrong- doing? i 22. Why should we never sleep m « nHvm 23. When is a boat like a heap of snow 7 24. What *btts has found room for the giealest number of people? 25. Who is the first little boy mentioned ty « slang word in the History of England? 26. Why is Macassar oil like a chief of the Fenians ? 27. Why is a nabob like a beggar? 28. What sort of day would be good for running for a cup ? 29. What is the difference between a spend* thrift and a feather bed ? 30. Is there any bird that can sing the "Iifi of Ancient Rome?*' 31. What have you to expect at a hotel? 32. What comes after cheese ? 33. When does a man sit down to a mela» choly dessert? 34. What notes compose the most fkvoclte tunes, and how many tunes do thef^ compose ? 35. When may a man be said to brcaktSUl * before he gets up? 36. Why is a hotel waiter like a nce» horse? 37. yfhen is the soup likely ti run out of thi saucepan ? ^8. What is that word of five letters, of whicl% when you take away two, only one remains? 39. When are volunteers not volunteers? 40. Why is the letter B like a fire? 41. Why is the letter R a profitable letter? 42. What word may be pronounced ^ck>iB hf adding a syllable to it ? CONUNDMUm. 4J. Wiat it 'li* *■««■« » maiii aiMl asmllov? 11^ Wlucli. MiMMi lias the most pra|}ertf to Ctrrf with him >vhen he travels, and which two have the least? H, How many sticks go m 'tlw 'tMiMing of' • «tinr*tiMai? 4ik Wfcf was Robinson Cmm not: •tIo««' «■ his desert island? 47, Why are there no eggs in St. DomiofO? 4S. What is invisible blue ? ^ WlMch ii. th€ mnt womterfiil, mimA i« lilt fam'jwll jOb Wliidi fmm wmm t!i« laiftsl hat? yi. Wlitn does beer become eatable ? p. Whf is a patent safety Hansom cab a dtngeroos caniagt to drive in ? jj. Why mm bdteit wty leMwyiaf pwple? ,14. Wlif h i»Iiiif«i«« in »• * Itafiiiniik-note? IJ. 'midi giiw t tHaiion •■•■Mtt an ^fty fire-place? 56. What i. the last »n«if for n anofcy cMnmcv? j|. 'Wliat idatinn. k llat dmld to iti Inllicr who is not its father's own son? |8. When does a cow become real estalt? If. WTiy are dissenien like spidera? 'ia Why did Marena Ciitina iMf into 'llw gmlf in Rom«'? it. Wlif is n :mUI« aw a vine ? fa. Which is heavier, a half nr a fuH moon ? in. When should yon avoidthc edft of the river? 1^ Why nMUt a ishcnaan bt vtiy wtallliy'7 if. If llw fender and fiin-innt coat Ohm IMMnds. vial will s tm of canlt'Caa* to? ifb Why are the fourteenth aai fflctntli letters of the alphabet of mm i«f» 'Omcntlmn'tbnoiiici*) if. Wlialiitiniiif tomafce'TowenrtlaM? it. Whf h m alPplor 'Hit Mt. dactillnl of animab? 69. Why is it impossilile tliat ifciii ho a best horse on a |a Whf mm iwrb •eammkal fi. "'Wiiii ■■I ■ 1 '~ ' * ys. lifbnl inlation An dnnc*BMft In Ifti' scraper? 73. What vegetable moat resembles Uttia Fanny's tongue ? 74. Wif it fooaeberry jam ikn mmtmUt ■onay? 75. What is that which has never been felt, aecn, nor heard — never existed, and stil has a name ? 'f& Why is a congreve-bo« wilhont MUis;.. anperior to all other boms? yy. Why is a pasim«n in dangffr of kiiif'l^ way ? 78. What is that which comes with a coach, goes with a coach, is of no uae to An cnacli, and yet the camk eani |0 witboul it? Tf. WlMt three Itliera fife the mum of » famous Rttman general ? Sa Why would it affront an owl to mistake him for a pheasant ? 81. If your nude's lister' it not' yonf nnH, 'lAii ■elation does ihe bear to yon? Ss. Of what profession is every child ? 83. Why is the letter i in Cicero like Arabia f 84. Why is tiwyweight like an unconscicntioaa person ? 85. Why it chlowfor« like Mendetaohnl 84 When it a tnilor not a sailor? 87. Why doet. a 'deck pnti its^ .head mdea water? 88. What wild animals may be concctly M op in the wme enchmmel 89. 'Whntmaketapiirofbooltl 9a Cm yen idl om' «iqy A hypocrite sly m. Is the man who best kuuat ^^^^^^^^^^^^^i Upon how many toes li Apostyhiws? 112. Spell an interrogation with one letter. 113. When is a bill not a bill? 114. What pen ought never to be used for vrittng? I'lj. When it a tnlieet beneilh onc*t no> tioe? 116. Why is a lojral gentleman like a miser? 117. Why is the leUer W like the Queen's . 118. What tnne maket everybody glad? 119. Why are Dover clilb like the letter D? field? lai. Why is a fith-book like the letter F? isa. What letter it that which is in-visiUe, but ntrcr ont of i%ht? ISJ. How would yon expreaa in two letlen that you were twiee Ihn bnlk of companiona? UA. Why is nnwflf Miei never moved with- 125. If the Greeks had pushed Pan into the Bay of Salamis, what would he have been when he came out ? lai. When is a lady's arm not a ladyl arm? 137. What is that which occurs once in a min*- ute, twice in a moment, and not onot in a hundred years ? 12S. What is an old lady in the middle of n river like? 129. When is a fish above in station? I JO. When do wewitneas cannibuliani in Ma^ land? 131. W^hen is a boy not a boy ? 132. When is a piece of wood like a qtuen ? 133. When is a tkein of thread like the root of an oak? 134. What is that which has a mondi but never speaks, and a bed but never sleeps in it ? 135. What word contains all the vowelt in their proper order? 136. What letter wed tobe diattibnted nt 1 naments? 137. Why is a carriage goinf down s i like St. George? 13b. Why is I the happiest of all the vowels? 139. Why should yon never employ a tailor who doet not vndcrttand hit trade? 140. Why are 'your 'Cyet 'ffifce fiiendt' ic|iniiiei by distant climes? 141. Why is a bad-tempered hone the beat hunter? 142. Wliat tort of n laoe doet aa nMlionaoi like beat? 143. Why it the letter F like n cow*t tafl? 144. What is the difiterence bctwean n bandman and a sempstress ? 145. What b it of which we have two every year* two every weeKy ana iwo every day? 146. How doet a boy look if yon hvtt Mm I 147. What medicine to be fiven In misers ? 148. Why do British soldiers never ran away? 149. What weif^ or mcaanrc wonld no eo» petitor wish to be? IJO. What part of a railway carriage 'tmamMm Fanny when she is sleepy ? 151. Why is the letter R matt knfomi ti young people? $24 COmNDRUMS. '>p. 11% Urn ImMIij' hctf !ikt BuflaMi? §13. When is a hook like a ftimmm m iIm Slates of Barhary ? 1 14. Whal wioil wuuUl a hungry sailor pvefer ? ISS' ^ wiidi wk poor aaaal m Wkf ittkakltorAlika aooal joj. Why it a f««-piaad aMt amra 'Ikta sovereigns ? aof. When was the greatest dcstradion of poultry? light iioai darkness ? When it a yoang lady's ckeek aal • cheek ? 207. When is her nose not a nose ? ao8. When it a boy not a hoy ? 309. Whan it a ship (bolithly ia lottf 210. Whea it a ship like Harry's manunal 111. What part of Londoa fuM a IM aKXt like to live in I •la. 'What do yon {Mt before nine to aiake it. three less by tke addition ? •13. Why should you never atlcni|it to catch the 12.50 train ? J 1 4. Who is the best pew -opener ? 115. Given A B C, to find Q. 216. Wkadi is the easier profetaton, a doctor's or a clergyman's ? J17. What word of four syllables represents Sin riding on a little animal ? 218. If I were in the sun and you out of it, what wonld the tun becoaie ? •19/ Wiiy is a tallow chandkr Hie BMMt nnfoftnoate of all aiaakind? 220. What is it that wallet with its head downwards ? 131. Wlqr are the hours from one to twelve lilte good Cbrisitiaas ? likt a oon&piracy ? taj. On which side of the diaicii it the yew-tree planted ? }JIUMS, 625 S24. Why cannot Hapoleoa IIL Intare Ut life? 225. How many wives does 'the Prayer-boak. allow ? 226. Why have ducks no hereafter? 227. W^hy is a dog with a lame leg like a baf at aiilhnieiic? 228. Why. 'is an engine-driver fikt a school' Blaster ? 229. What will a leaden bullet bcooma ir water? sja Why is a person of short tiatnre like aa almanac? 231. Why is lha areohc oC tbhtaca Ilka lail wine? 232. Why is a photograph like a member ol Parliament ? 233. Why is Londoa Bridge like merit? 234. That which every one leqniret, Iktf which eveiy one gives, that which avaif one asks, and that which very §m take. 4. I. Into his fortieth yaar. a. The elder tree. J. lepper and salL 4. Bactare they practiM their piofeaiioBt. 5. She fidled his ears and trad oa hit com. 6. Because they are the weaker vessels 7. When long experience hai made him sage. 8. Englishmen. In Scotland there are men of Ayr (air), in Ireland men of Cork ; '9* K« {Cayenne^ Because when yon separate the head from the body, yon don't lake it ian the trunk. 11. The footman. 13. Saio4cing and aaa4citig. 13. Whea it has a hole in it. 14. Because it covers its face with its hands, and runs down its own worics. 15. Because it is always in fiin. §4 Bicaaw they have ears which can't hear, cyit whidi eaaaot aat. 17. Caper saace. IK Bccaare she's .»Binaamait 19. It never does ripht (write) of iticlfl 20. Because Gee (G) makes it ^of 21. Because they make people steel (steal^ pens, and say they do write (right) 22. Tlr r iiiir thr train tlurtpr mm nrrr ■lirpni. 23. When it is a^rifi|| 24. Qolum^vr. 25. Chap. I. 26. Because it is a head (s) centre. 27. He is an India gent (indigent). 38. A mufgy day. 29. One is hard up and the other aoft dowa. 30. Yes; they are Macaw-lays^Macaabp^ 31. Inn-attention. 32. Mouse. 33. When be silt down to wine (whine) aai pii^t. 34. Bank notes, and they make (four) for tanea 35. Wlien he takes a roll in bed. 36. Because he runs lor cups, platet* aa^ .xiakcN (aleaks). 37. When there*t a leek (leak) in tt, 38. Stone. •if; * fa It makes oil, ML. 41. BtcamMll: .41. One ttephanl the roost, becaase he carries TIk fux and cuck the least, as haw mtf ft hnnli mA mmh bt- *5- S3* 55- $7- $i. None; ihcy arc all canrM I* i. Because there was a heavy swell on the beach, and a little cove ranunf up into the land. (Una riddle is a slang one.) A policeman when he is wanted. A pig. because he it killed fifs^ and cured afterwards. HW' mm wha las lie It is a I wlf ' lait. Ike lahMSB. al< your head. Because they sell what they knead (need) thenuelvcs. lecaaw il la (aload). The Great B|l Putting the fira «■!• His daughter. la it i mm i lato a did* kt tlwNighli k a a foong man. Cl. Because he is 'listed, trained, has ten drills (tendhls), and shoots. Im fall MMS Is as l^pn Aa Wl-rushes out. fint. he shows an open the act of taking you in. la 13. A 74. Bacaaw it m not cnncnl { 75. Nothing. 76. It IS matchless. 77. Because be is guided faf tha 78. A noise. 79. C P O (Scipio). 80. It would he making game of 81. She is your mother. S3. It h between, two saas. (Ck|. 84. It ha» no icrafles. 85. BccanaeillsoneiirthegFest 86. When be is a>ldt 9g, For diver's fcai — a. . 88. Sixteen Muicas is oaa: Sil'Two hoots. 90. A hypocrite neat Can best count her feet (connterfalt) ; And so, I supfmse. ft. Cake, because it is enly while wine is often drunk. 9J. Because it ought to be carried 94. BecantC' he oiken faali a g|Nil' (boaid). fS. When he is wkhin the fmmL 96. Striking her own flag. 97. It had belter be sown (sewn). 98. Because il is devoid of ease M« no k.*» in tia»iii ia B g ti 4 9f. Tarn Ta (to tease), too. XL lent (eaatllsntj, 101. When it is cnmed. 102. Because it often changes its notes. 103. He knows bow lO' slielcb bis bilL 104. C D (tceily). 105. Tha " Weekly (weaWf) lieaw.* 106. Poe. 107. A gate. 108. When he ii Mi (bail). not. Ill* « 627 Y(arbjr?). A shacp»|Mii.- When it is under consideration. He knows the value of his sovereign li is always in waiting. For-tone. They are nest the sea (C). Whan it is a rye (awry) field. Becaase it will make an eel^^d. I. I W (1 double you). BiecaMe it is sent (scent) vhevevar it goes. A dii|i|nng Pan. When it is a llula beat (bear). Letter M. Like to be drowned. When H rises and takes a iy. Wban are see a rash aian eating a rasher. Whao. 'ha Is a 'legvlar brick. When it is made into a rater. When it is full of knoU. A river. ftS. 1 13* 114. IIS- 116. 117. lis. 119. III. 122. • 2J- 125. 126. 127. 128. 129. IJO. 131. 132. »33 134 135- 136. 131. 138. 139- 141. 'Beeaaae he soonas oflfifnce). 142. One thai is for- bidding. 143. It is the end of beef. 144. The me gatben 'wbat be sews arbal she giaibeis. 145. Vowels. 146. It makes him yell *' Oh " (yellow). 147. Anti-mo^ (antimony). 148. Bcenatttliqf beloaKloiha 149. The last I ;o. The whed, because It is tired. 151. Because without it we should have neither Chiiataias nor a New Year. IfS. He p Bs ieww a fpod censtitBtion. III. One that bloiit fwl (M) tad (•). It is drawn with a drag on (dragon). Be caa s e it is in bliss while aiost of tbe others are in Purgatory. Because you would get bad habits from ^akc • tbg odier (i8» put 155. The outside. 156. When it can't bear ; 157. Scissors. 158. because their existence is only i 159. A pillow. 160. She is full of airs. 161. He is not at all black (a tall black). 163. Becsoae they make a noise they are tolled (told). 163. Because they are always in tears). 164. Nothing satisfies him. 165. They ought to be taken n|k 166. Becaase we call tbem to take ■§ 167. When be takes 1 16S. When it is in 169. A lamp lighter. 170. Debts. 171. She indnlges in-fancy too 1 172. Because' yon bear bolb ! 173. When he is going lo Bnf . 174. Her coachman. 175. Because the sooner it is better. 176. When it is eye water (b%h walar). t77- A wbeclwrigbt. 178. Fuller, 1 79. Because it is an invisible force. 180. When it is under canvass. 181. People plant them and they shoot 182. Cork. 183. Cadmus. He carried letlere fnas i nicia to Greece. 184. He is the sun and air (son and heir) of ^ England. 183. BnatuiaL |S6. One tans kis rapes, Ike 'Otkar tent. 187. He gets his grub by the ploogb. 188. It shoots firom the eye. 189. It is a Walkinfbamr (walking , 190. Ackcs. 191. Nothing. 192. They are skilled ia the aft of (healing). 193. Falsehood. 194. Deternu-nation. 19s. When it is made into litde Fata 196. Odawayew (O'Doaqghne), mmivMM^mLLiNG. ■if- aio. 211. ^ONrmbi' ilk Si Hfliiifvvit' ^vl/i !H' I It m vmy mw-icw (io>so) iocktf. M. It mmm m &m miMk of tlw 4af, when 70a pat it in your pocket yon double it, and when joa take it out you find it in creases. When King Claudius of Denmark did -mmdm trnm hd " (fowl}. QBC WW fOWIMfl iff dflJfS (dflys)f tht other by knighis (nights). When it's a little piltr (pail). When it's a liule reddt:>h (radisli). wncn nc ■ ipiMina WhflB iliB ii andMiriiiff fluakcfinff) illv ft swell. When she is attached fo a hwif (hof ). Gr.iy'<« Inn (Graxing) Lane. S IX (S added). BtcaiM it wuald be 10 Uil if fw caught II • Ont U (I. on* skillinf ). Take CAB, and drive ihromli HMmt- to find Kew (Q). SIC A 217. Sin-on^n-i ai8. Sin. ai9. Because all his works are wick-cd, and al his wick-cd works art faraaflit to lig|it WO.. A nail in • ilioc. aii. BMMMe they are aluift on. Iht Wilcli. 232. It is a fowl (ionl) pocadi^f. 223. The ouuide. 334. Because no man living is able to omIn out hb pdicjr. saS- Sixteen: Sm (four) lidicc. for (fiiaff| 'pooicff, for worse. 2a6. Because they have their necks twirled is this. (Next workl sounds like neds twirled.) saj. He {Mis. down three and tal. Becniue one trains the other aindS' the train.. SJ9> Wet. aja fiecanse he is often otefloohcd 131. Becnnae it 33a. Becaose it is n 233. It is often 334. Advice. Tmm k a very intcrcstinf fune, .and nay be pkyed by ^any mmiber of ,pef- A board it 'made and divided into eleven squares each way, as^ iImivii in tbe diagiain given hcfc, the Igiiie one being in the centre. Each sqnaie' nmat be imnibercd as in the diagram. The person who wishes to try his. fortune niiHt place his forciiigier on a square wiJiout looking at it ; then refer to the list for the niBbcr narked on the square touched, and you will obtain an amwcr, which, like those given by proiesHd Ibrtnne-tellers, will often prove false or aa» lor in«aiMae» wlwii m mifiid. lidy ia^ toM that she longs to bt j-O/t TUNE' TEUMi^' ■ tliat he inllbe nanied thii • A /a/\ nr a child of seven is mfonnecl Uiai nc wmwi- Sl^JiV: «; — g gan>e „o.with.unding. 019 117 116 "5 114 "3 118 119 82 83 84 78 1 79 80 81 5° 77 47 76 112 III 75 46 48 24 49 26 51 27 10 45 i 23 74 44 " 8 II 3 4 5* 28 12 85 53 29 30 73 i 43 2 I no 109 72 71 108 70 107 106 42 ! 41 j 40 69 68 19 39 18 1 13_ »5 86 j 87 54 j_88 55 i_89 56 i 90 32 57 9» 17 16 38 X05 104 67 103 66 102 37 1 36 33 34 35 58 I 9^ 93 59 60 04 61 65 lOl 64 100 63 ! 62 99 i 98 95 97 1. A life full of changes, die rich. 2. Early marriage and prosperous. 3. UvKf Inters, but die single. 4. A speedy journey of great importance. 5. Become rich through a legacy. 6. Hours of pleasure, years of care. 7 \our present lover is false, t. Yott will marry your present choice. 9 Wed thrice, mA die in widowhood. I» You will travel over land and sea. If no: already wed, you never wiU be. Gaming will be y.)ur ruin. 53, You will be very happy in 14 You will change your lote 1$. A Umg life end prospenHtt. 16. A rival will cause you tetii. Beware of a false friend. Fate decrees you two partner*. A large family of pw»perou» diildiea. Yoe win not wed your present lover. ... You will «oon fall desperately in love. 12. You will soon be in mourning. ^ YoB will gain an estate by industry. II. 12 17. 18. 19. 21. You will tetter yourself by maniegfc You will soon lose by fraud. You will marry an ilUempcied peiMP ^ sudden rise attends yon. Yo« will «■ Many enemies, but finally triumph. A bad partner, but happy reformation. A speedy proposal of marriage. A present, and a new loter. Invitation to a gay parly. . A serious qnariel. . A disgraceful intrigue. . A run of ill luck. Giff^ of money. 1. A good partner in mmtmpt- ). Yon will beeoine rich. X Money throo|^ lo*«. I. Cash by trade. I. A long journey. 3. Important news soon. ^. Mind what you say to • loWfc 5 A present from adinwict. 6. A^apmwi^^r»^^ mMTmM-mijjm. in Akwait 49. AdvaacciiMBt in liii. Love at first sight. JI. A prut worth having, fa. WcaMi, g°*'7t booor. SJ. Tnt 'In • fonign ted.. 15. A maltitude of canfa. 56. Pldmntnt through a friend. S7* Second paitner better than fiiit 5&. Snmoant many difficallMa. il. A dlMft in your affiurs. 62. A ramble by moonlighC. 63. Injured by scanflal. if. tlnp li i a i nn l, lidinp. 'Mb Ahwl tin ■■■nd ■ fhiriminii^ Cf. Change of situation, tlk A handsome present soon. 19. An inviiation to a marriage. .flMHani imtiifcnce kvm almni,' 13. An agreeable partner. 74. Yoa are in love, thougli you wont avov 'it 7S* A qaaml villi jmi iadeMieiL. fi. Oiniifiointment in lam, 77. Yon will fall in loMwili WMwio it already engaged. 7t. Yon will inherit an estate shortly. 79. An iuiea|MCtail daalli. 82. Crosses and disappointnents awiH yon. 83. Yoa have three strings to jronr bmr. 14. You long to be married. fPS* YonrlMMilMi ii latlitMroaad yellow M A l^ifnl if MMfaiid « lafMof cMI- dren. Yon will wutf A vidflv wMow* tS. Yon will have few fricndk In Yon wUI be married this fur. fa Yon win 'be apt to bimli yonr poaliti 9S* Yon am in dsn|Cf ' of loiiif yonv iwii heart. 93. Beware of changing for Iht wonti 94> Yon ihall. have aunqr oflnik 'if. Yon will be 'ha|iff if ceninnlnd. 96. Yoa will liiartly obtain yonr 97. An advantageous bargain. 98. Yon will see your intended next Snnd% fiv the int tinM. 99. OlhiiB will oovcl: yonr good luclc. 10a Travel .in a .iwcign land. 101. Venture llttif and yon will certain^ gain. 102. Your present speculations will succeed. 103. Yon love one who doea .nol love yon. lOf. Wealth (ran a quarter yon Bitli inapcct Mja Yon will obtain yonr vialMs thiongli a friend. loA. A fortune is in store for yon^-persevere. 107. Alter your intention ; you cannot luccced. wdk Reninin at honw far tlic pnacat 109. lU lueli awaits yon. 1 10. Piepare for a journey. lit. You will succeed aeoaidiiv In jwi wishes. iia. Beware of enemies who seek lo do M V Hl UriBiiifWt"MlMdl SA' fillip jMliBniiiiliMft m^^^ • wijuP' fl^M ■OTVvui vunwn^p w Wal'JHi HPuPw IWSHHBPB'HW^ uHVw tUKKB^ piness after. 1 14. Prosperity in all your undertakings. 115. Rely not on one who pretends to be yoni 111. ''Chnngt yonr' ailnn l i Bn. and ;|on wil it better. ner. 118. Your love is whimsical and changeable. 119. Yon will Mel 'wilh sornyw and Honbln.. tm Yonr Invt wiskes m "bt ynmi. iMi moment. lit. Yoairilliainnolliii^lf Miiiiip TWM oMAcmtm. 631 Jim Oracnlmii lililcli ibUoirs is a most amusiwf game. By fome penmit it Im tetn i^arded as mor^ than a pastini' The great Na|Kileoii cmistiiitlf fSoii '■alted it. It is, of cooise, given here merely as a pastime. The Oraoilmn is gifted with every re«iuisite variety of icsponse to the foUowiof loeftiona: 1. Shall 1 obtain my wish? 2. Shall I have success in ni}- undertakings? | 3. Shall 1 gain or lose in niy cause? 4. Shall I have to live in foreign parts? 5. Will the stranger returri ? 6. Shall 1 recover my property ? 7. Will my friend be true ? 8. Shall I have to travel ? 9. Does the person love and regard me? 10. Will the.inarriage be prospcroos? 11. What sort of a wife, or husband, shall I luwe? IS. Will she have a son or daughter? 13. Will the patient recover? 14. Will the prisoner be released ? 15. Shall I be Iim ky or unlucky? 16. What does my dream signify? Mm to Work the Oraeidum, ^Make maiks in ibur lines, one under another, in the following wammm, uniiiif lot in each line, according to your fancy : »♦♦♦»♦♦»♦* • ♦♦♦•♦*♦**♦ ♦ ♦♦»»♦****♦•.., , Then reckon the number of marks in each line, and if it be odd, mark down one dot ; even, two dots. If there be more than nine niiifc% reckon the PvpliB ones over that number only, viz. : The number of marks in the first line of the foregoing are odd ; therefon make one mark thus * In the second, even, so make two, t+ius In the third, odd again, make one mark only.. * la the fourth, even again, two marks * * To (Main the Amam, * • Yon nwnt refer to Tlii Oraculum, at the top of which yon will ind a row of dots similar to those yon have produced, and a column of figures corresponding with thoK profiled 10 the iiiMtions; guide yonr eye down the cohnn, at Hit jja Th£ OKACOLVM. „* vtiich TOB ftwl the dots icsemUing your own, till you come to the hWr t?. ul^trith^ -mber of the question yorf are trying ; then refer to tte p..* Srii ktW « the top, and on a line with the dots which are to woiir own. >oa will find your answer. 'I^.^^ng are unlucky days, on which none of the f^^^^^ waited, or any enterprise undertaken : January 1,^,4. 6. ««. *»• TvT^ March ,4, ^6; Ap.il .o. a?. a8; May J. 8; J»»e "SJ J^J- « ' «a; September 5. 30 j October 6; November 3. »9J It is not right to try a question twice in one day. _ — . — — I • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • m • • M *• «• • • • • • M M m 1 Z • • • m • « • m « M • . D 1 r\ 1 I Shall I obtain ay wuht 1 At Bi CI D 1 E i F 1 G 1 H 1 I 1 K| 1. 1 a 1 s« 1 1 tl •1 Sllail 1 have luccai te«f laiw 1 •f cl D '1 M »! H '1 K L M K 1 o p i P Q 1 Q A 1 A B 1 a 1 «ih:ill 1 niB or loM in ay «anM? 1 C 1 E| 1- t G 1 HI 1 t ft^ 1 >< 1 Ml N| 3l '1 S'hain haw » i« ttwlfp | ■>! '1 F o| "I '1 K 1 M N *l »! <=! 4 '1 E 1 '1 °l «l ■1 "1 L M "1 O '1 »« «■ *M»i«nJ IM 1 ^ A B D £ 1' 1° I- !■ \^ ic 1 -?**PIB!BTCdLsA ana.. fl» A dangler? 1 M IN IP IQ 1 A 1 B |C 1 D IE IF |C |H 1 1 IK |L 1 •»! 1 ■! flriffSa tfiiiiiiiiii ncufw troa his 1" |o P l« A B C D F G 1 ^ l« IK 1" I"- |M t3 1 M 1 lA IP IQ |A IB |C ID IE 1 F |G |H 1 1 ■ i« ■fwiirtlie wisooer tw wlMMa T TShaH I be lucky, triaiiielqrw** I' 1* B 1= 1" |c F !<= H I R 1" V 1° |«s 1 li 1 WIM ay dM Hg>ify t IQ IB |C t t |C IB 1 I IK i L |o 1 P A. t 1 A very handsoM dra|M«. ImI • PAINFI L one. T What wlA !«■■ »«U OBTAIN. , ,1 \ You will havt: a virtuous WOOMI Or man. for your wife or husband. Sgnifies tronbte and sorniw. f If you marry this person, you win have enemies where you little expecL Be very caaiioos what you do THIS day. lest trouble befill you. * * ** ** You had better decline THIS love, far it b ntitlier conitaiit nor true. .1 1 1 theprisoner dies, and w regretted 1 'Iff lit Iritnds. * * * ** 1 Decline yoor travels, for ihtf will not l)c to vour advantage. 1 " Lift will »pM«r his assihtain his pardon or release. 1 1 .1. .> nr^ainsd for VOU will The luck that is oraauiBtt y*"* " mm 1 »* ' i 1 W coveted by others. 1 ;;rhe patient will ybt enjoy health IM pfOifMsfity* ** * >\ hatever your oesire* present decline thetn. 1 1' ** She will have a daughter, and will require attention. Signifies a favor or kindness from some person. 1 * ? * 1 The person has NOT a great fortune, but is in middling circumsiuiiciu. 11 There are enemies, who would ae- fraud and fender you unhappy. & 1 Decline this marriage, or else yo« may be sorry. With great difficulty he will owwii pardon or release again. I II 1 * Decline a coortdiip which MAT bt your deiiniolion. 1 1 The prtient sliottld be prepured to UtAVE this worM. *^ 1 Your travels art IN VAIN: you IbA better rtay «t home. She will have m •Oii» who wiu w i 1 Tl learned and wise. You MAY DEP«iiD on a two i«d cere friendship. A EiCH paflnor is ordained for you. #1 11 Yw must not expect lo f^ui» tiMt wbicb you have loat. By THIS nuirriage you will haw great luck .and prosperity. i * SicKNFSs pretouts the truveUer tram seeing you. This love comes from an upright anc I *** 1 **■ sincere heart. i ^ It will be your ftte to itny where you now are. « [ God will surely travel with you, an« 1 bless you. If i I Beware of friends who are false aw 1 deceitful. 1 # 1 You WIIX recover your propcrty- 1 la^pectedly. 1 ' ' You WILL obtain a great fortuno to saocher country. 1 Love prevoili hit ittum home ^ 1 present. It ^ By venturing freely, you WILL cer- tainly gain doubly. 1 Your stay is iwr litiut bo Hiffefo" 1 prqiarcd for a coaagt. 1 $ 1 God WILL change your misfoituM 1 into succew and bappine". 1 You will hav NO CAIN J thcicia 1 be wise and caiefuL ** 1 ? 1 Alter your intentions, or dM jm 1 MAT iBWtfOfwqr ■w'diiiin illllpHI"' T ..•■Jill:-"' ' . ,1. ■ 4' " 634 rJW &MACULUM, ^ 1 in accoiu{)liiihiiif your pvniiitB. { 1 She will have a daughter, who will bo honored and respected. « j Wluttever n^y pouess your incUna- ^ 1 tMMH llin day, sbuidiM llicai. •* « Your partner WILL be fond of liquoi; and will debase hiamaiff ilicfaliy. i The prisoner wiixget free ajjam this JL 1 This marriage will bring you to pov IS [ cny, :bc then-fore discfeet. tht iMticnt'i illncas wilt hs Itnferimg • • Their love is fall* to you. aad tnic la olheri. 4 9m will law a ilitlfat ami hanii^ mme son. I Declike your tiavelK for llw ppetcnt, for they will be dangevona. Tlw ptMMi will be LOW ift cilCMII* • This pefMn is seriona^ aad^ 'IPiii mi. dewvcs 10 be 'respected. Si A marriage which wiiL ADD to four welfare and pfoRfierity. You will not 'lecoffg Ifct ;|nw|>til| you have Uwt. Yon love a 'person who iloit not. s|ieak well of you. • Yonr ttawls will be prasficroaa, if guiJii by prudence. By peiievering you WILI. ito»»if yonr property again. He means not what he says, for his hewtisfalse. s • It is out of tlie stranger's power la return. • w With some tronhlt and expense, fon may regain yonr' prapcrtf . tl Ynu will GAIN, and bt •acccnfiil la foreign paits. Yon muit MOT expect to see the stranger again. ? *« A great fortttne it ucdaiaai for fmii. wait patiently. IS 1* w There is a great hiadiaiica to 'fow success At present. 1 The stranger vnu> WIT return 10 soon as yon eiptiL m Yonr 'wislMt art in TAIM at prtMnil. ■^^^ Reaain amoaf ' yonr fricndat and you will do well. m i Signifies there is sorrow and dangei bcfMC' yon. ^^^^^^ You will iMieallcr QMH what ym seek. f This day is unlucky; therefore, alter yonr inltntaon. I Yon have MO luck— pray to God. and stfive honestly. ts The prisoner will be loiared M lilieity and freedom. mi Yov will obtain your wishes by means of afkieniL 1 The patient's recovery is doubtfuL S%niiet you have eneniiat whO' will endeavor to ruin you. )|t'3|l ^ j She will have a very fine HOT. 1 Bewnw aa eMmy is endeavoring to bring you to strife and mislbrtttae. A worthy pcfRon, and a ina foituaa. d 1 The prnoficr's sorrow snd anxiety aft J 1 gfcaif ■wl lus BiHiJi'iaiii* * * Your intentions would deHHf .fmi rest and peace. t 1 The patient WIIJ, mm WHPW— ■ 1 Ikcn H no daafcr. 1 1 This love is tna^ad constant: f» 1 sake tt noC m£ ORACULUM. % u rill not have came to lepent it. If yon trust THIS friend, you may % live cause for sorrow. • = '-=^- — — I G. ^ I 1 This friend exceeds all others in n sverv respect. * Yon must bear your loss with forti- tude. . 1 1 The stranger will return unexpect- i edly. XI Remain at HOME with your frienns. and yon will escape misfortunes. Yon wUl maet no gain m yow pnr- sniu. R 1 & 1 Heaven will bestow its Messing^ on you. II No. 1 1 Signifies thnt you will shortly be out 1 of the POWER of your enemies. S •i 1 Ill-luck awaits you— it will be 1 difficult for you to escape it. X • ** The prisoner wUl be RELEASED by death only. ** By the blessing of God. the patient WILL leeover. * A daughter, but of a very sickly coo- dilution. You will get an lioncst, young, and liandsome partner. • Decline this marriaf*. else U maf be • to your sorrow. * •* 1 Avoid this love. 1 Prepare for a short journey ; you will \ be recalled by unexpected evenls. H. 1 1 Commence your travels, and they 1 will go on as yon oonld wish. 9f 1 Your pretended friend b^tas you *p 1 liwi'iiiiy* * jai If. ^35 Your hopes to recover /am jw-r^l-f re vain. ** 1 A certain affair prevents the stteager^ \ return imroediaiely. tt ** d Your fonune you will find i» dmm ance abroad. ? DecBne the pufsnit, and 'fon will 4* rell. V 1 i h Your expectations are vain— foo will lot sncoeed. Yon wai obtain what yon wish *«. n 1 Signifies that on this day your km tune will change for the belter. ! 1 Cheer up your spiriu, your luck is c hand. After umt imprisonment he will IM iclcasad. * The patient will be relieved iwH She will have a healthy soH. * * * You will be •airied to fonr Ofual la a short lime. If you wish to be ImgW* ** marry this per&on. ^ i This love is from the heart, and wil continue until death. L * J The love is fmt,but will cauaafia* I iealottsy. H wffll be in vain Sur fon la * ** * * Your friend will be aa sincere as yofc eooM wish Idm to be. ill *J* I ** 1 You will recover the stolen 1 thfougb a cunning person. n 1 The traveller will soo* ~] Y<»u will not be ftospewma at 1 tunaie in foreign parts. ou 1 Place your trust in OoOfcWfca ii tfc Idi^KJserofhsppinesR. 4 111 * *;,? "■ *f ' ," "' ' ■„ ft i. i i" i lir I V If 1 ^IlLlnStilT*^ «hortlf be- changed # 1 Tt.friM.iriBb.nM ^ 1 Ym anccMi pa Ml*. 1 • The patient will depart thia life. Signifies tbai tiM '■isfiirtnnc wlueli ihrcaiciui will be prevented. • « mm She will have a son. X 1 8 1 Beware of fuor «MnM»wlio Mcklo do you liann. «« •* It will bt diiicali |«« to fil • partner. After a thort lime youf anaiHf lor tlW' iMriaoiMf will cease. • • • God will givn ifca patiMi lifallh and T 'Sit 'wil hatt • vcfy int 'dangliicc. You will get a very handioait ptnoa for your partner. «* Ym wil niartf a person with whom jm will have little ownlbit.. Yarifius niiiiwtunei« will attend ihil ijifptfiage. S 1 1 Tilt marriage will not aaawtf jwmt * ** t This hm wbinnical aad chanft- T •m Yoa will bt anladiy ia yam Hat^ After nacli mmSmtam yvm will lit B m This person's loifc ia jait aad trot. You may rely on it. 1 A aiwm hm tmm m nprtght htait. •* 1 Yoa will lose, but the thief will sate 1 most. t Ye* wil 1i« pwnftwina in ymir jam- ney. 1 1 The stranger will soon return witb 1 plenty. ■ Do not BB.T on ihe friendship of this person. ? If you remain at boait, yoa will hata success. T 1 The propeitj is lost forever; but 1 tlM iM will In pamished. • * * « 1 Your gain will be trivial. j Jtm mmSm will bt abiaat mm* 1 'Caaiidtialilt tin*. I You will meet sorrow aad Ironbla. - • Yoa win matt lack and happintta in a fwtiga tMiaiiy* mm iH Yoa. will' 'lactttd ataatdf^f '10' yaav xX 1 Vim Wlli ■IP $ IpMt. Signiies thu yaaifillgit mmty. S Yna wV lacctid la joat' andai^ taking. « *« ** ♦ 1 In spit of' cntniitt..yoa will, 'do 'WtlL • „, 1 1 Changt' finr liMniMNit, and. jim. vill 1 do wclL « * mm The prisoner will pass many daya ia coafintnwnl. * ♦■• ** 1 Signtfiat thai Ikaia afe rogues at 1 hand. m **« S 1 Be reconciled, yoar circuinstances 1 1' 1 Sha will have a daiigjilf. % . 1,^ 1 j» i ' .. r ' lT '''''*' ' * ^^^ ^ ^^^^^^ TiTE ORdCULUM, 1 i She will have a ioa, who wiU gain 1 1 wealth and hoaor. ^ 1 m 1 You will get a partner with great UMleilalungs and much money. ** 1 W 1 The marriage will be prosperoaa. | • She. or be. wishes to be yours this moment. j tx \ m* 1 *■ • Your journey will prove to your ad- vantage. I ? 1 mm 1 » 1 Bact no groat tmst in that person. i Yoa will find yoar property ata cer- tain time. 1 9 1 The traveller's i«tvin is rendered doubtful by his conduct. | u 1 Yon wilt aaccetd as yon desire in fnceign parts. 1 1 m* I Expect ao gain; it will bt hi vain. V 1 CI You will have more luck than you expect. * ** ** ** Whatever your desires are, you will speedily obtain them. • mm m Signifies you will be asked to a wed- ding. m m m You will have no occasion to com- plain of ill-lnok. * V Some one will pity and release tbe prisoner. The patient's recovery is unlikely. i r The patient will lecorcr.bat bis days 1 are shoift • 1 8k..ini»e.d««h.er. 1 You will many iaio a vary Kspect> 1 able family. I By this manii^ yoa wiU gaia H 1, Await the time and you wil faille ^ i Venture not from home. t I This person is a sincere friend. II You will never recover the ihefl. II The stranger will icturn, bat Mi quickly. ^ 1 When abroad, keep from evilwomts or they will do you harm. *^m m 0* m* You will soon gain what yon littla expect. ** 1 ** 1 Yoa will have groat saoeeia. '* mm mm Rejoice ever at that which b ordained for yoa. t Signifies that somiw will depart, aad joy will return. * ** Yoar luck b in r>'..--?om; it arS soon be at band. ♦* ** Death may end the imprisonment. 1 o. I * 1 * * 1 * The prisoner will be released witb joy. 1 ♦* 1 * 1 * • The patient's recovery b doubtful. 1 ** % She win hmwt a son, who will live It a great age. 1 ** 1 mam You will get a virtuous partner. 1% I m* \ * 1 Delay not this marriate— iron wil 1 meet aiadi happinrss. 1 1 zz Noae lotas fon better ia iiit woiM. T 1 Yoa may proceed with floaidtnot. f 1 nm a fiiead, lat a aaarot mm§m 1 1 IK^VR win SOWi SBCMBWHT fiB ^I^bIWI^ 1 m ' 'X il wm ojucozim I huK* ymr foitnnc ! ( lack. * What fm wwk will bt unnitd. m you. That yoo &hould be very dkreful till day, lest any accident ociiiU yo«. § 1 Yoor misfortuMt will va jush and i 1 T ! j^guBwuiii ■ikudiufluik J ^^^^ Sl^h. ^ a. 1 S VpHT HNVME H Ui. wVUIQr''''''''4w NM ihms j; 1 1 Umi fuNi wil tarn Imw Signifies Mch jof' MmI. Iwppitg between fiienib. & 1 ilNra M' MMOilMMt %f»'ifig aibmit I ■ -P-M^-iMiwm ^mww*' S 1 yoiL ** « • This day it not vtif lMkf,.bat ntlw the reverse. p. « He will yet com lo hmotp iltihiom^ he now suffers. II ^^^^^^^y brings yoa aa in creaM of Recovery is dotibtfttl; lliercfon, bt prepoicd for the wont II ^^JThc priiMMr win qait tha fmrarof ^ 1 She will have a ion, who will provf 9' 1 ioffwwd* ti ^^Thi pMlHt «ai iteovcr Hid Hvc ift^^ A rich paitntr, hot « bid icapcr. { 1 She will have two daughters. m 1 • 11 By wtddii^ this ptniMi job bum your ba{>|>iDe>^s. partner. p«i« f 1 The pcnon has great Ioi« fm fw% but wishes to CTtiffnil its §1 Hasten your hurriifi ill $ 8 You may ppDOMd m foar jomaf without kar. deceitfal. f |: Via will aat praipfv 'llwai haaMu In a very singular Bnaaiit |«m nil recover yonr property. t 1 This frioad k wmn vaioayi flaa 8- Yon will Nsvxa recetf* foar goadi. # 1 ^J^^^^ abroad in comfort and s«ss w 1 If yoa win deal fairly, jon wiU sorely i 1 Depend wfm faai'aw iadaittf ,aBd 1 1 Yon will yet Hv« la spiaidir lad plenty. li g 1 ^^^^ ImmM, ^ 639 The foHowing games are extremely interestiny and amiMing, and mrm> «ft 4 ^ ^n^ ihat they irt^y be easily understood and attempted. In playing forfeits, it is well for ^ feiioii 4enyuidiiig the §misak inot to bt too extreme in his or her demand, ^ /The Tidy Parlor Maids, ■ Two Luojiiss. First Lady.— Shall we dust the dmwing-nxMa oniaiiieii|% Beiinda? Second Lady.— Yes, Lucinda. {Tb^ go round, and, with a feather brush, dust all the gentlemen in the roan. If «Miiflr fllf fluids or the gentkmen laugh, the person so ofioidiag niiit pi^ a fofl^ Batamedl Quettions, All the Ladies and One Gentlemak, GBHIUDiAN. — How many pretty noses goses To make a bunch of roses ? The question is jttked of each lady, who aiusfft*^' I suppose two noses Make a bunch of roses. , pfctie ««rdi aunt be upoken with perfect gravity. Any one laaMg oMIjil la Mpd| them nntU he or she ^ do so ffavdj.] ^ ,, Setting Aimk. ^ One Lady and One Gentleman. The gentleman must stand on a chair in the^ptse of the lOom, wliik Hit 'ady-auctioneer, pointing to him, says: "Adonr fcr sale TV Sli« must then enumerate all his qualities, charms, and attractions. The company then bid anything they please for him— such as a red-herring, a tea4Mrttle, a curb-bridle. I* magic-lantem, the old grey goose, a lump of sugar, etc. The bidding is to p«i till one bids a pound of soft-soap, when the lot is taken to him by tke •Wiooeer. No one is to laugh on pain of pajp^ a forfeit. t INTEHTIOHAL SECOND EXPOSURE "J . "■17 wm mdcmtm Unuiger will not return again. IS A fureign woman will bailee your fortune. 4 I g I Yi»«ii.btcltanlcil(Mitar'pMir gain. « Your mtsrortunca will mmk aaA jom will be bappy. Your hope is in win— foitnnc stmai fom m Hit yon will soon hear agreeable II: arc mislbrtttnes lurking aboni I This daf iri^gs^ jm m happiness. The prisoner will quit the power of hit •■ ^^i^. will recover and live She will have two ima^timB. II A fidi pcfiOB will W yonr Hasten ZX fiM wiii { I This friend it Ymi will 'WKwrn 'MBtSm jam .gooda. He ii'' nslj ill, and cannot yet n Defend npoB fowowa Indnstfy^and remain at home. I I ^Defend not loo nwck m fmm §mM •if I luck. What yon wish wiU be £.i«ni«d ti .yoi. That you should be very (fareful lUl «« I day, leu any accident beiall you. Q. I Signifies much joy and happincv i » between :>"■ This day is not very lacky, but ntlM the revene. • • m He will yet lit now snifers. to s Recovery is doubtful; thtrtfoffi. It prepared for the worsL II ^^^^ewill h». . m, wte «U fran ink 1^ hJMIi l''fiiC!lfali |34Bl1tllrit^ tyflrit tilt Iswudi V4£ID|pNEflr i By wedding this person yon insura happtnc ft The perKin has great love ior yo^ but wishes to conceid it. 8 You may proceed m fmu jowaef without fear. I i Trust him net; he it ^ I deceitful. In a very singular recover your property. g I Tlie Mrtnger wiU tetwB fcty ink 5 You will dwell abraed in happii If yon will deal ^rly.yon will mn% ^ I Yon will yet live in ^cndor and I plenty. GAMES, FOMFMITS, ETC «39 The fol^pwing games are eitfeiiiely mtenjsting and amusiiig, and are so simple that they m^y be easily nnderstood and attempied. In playing forfeits, it h well for tlie fama demanding the forfeit not to Iw too extreme in his or liar demand. , The my Parlor Maid$. Two Labiis. FtesT LABr.^hall we dust the drawiqg.ioom omamait% Belinda? SiooND LADY.—Yes, Lucinda. [Hi^ fo round, and, with a feather brush, dnst all the gentkmen In Hie loon. W\^tim Ifct naidi or the gentlemen laog^ the person to oflendiiig mtA fK§ n fcdUt] Botankal Questions. All the Ladies and One GmruEiiAir. GlNTLlMAN.-~How many pretty noses, goses To make a bunch of roses ? The question is asked of each lady^ who ansvero^ I suppose two noses Make a bunch of rose& » Iliat woidi aM be 9ilMi witli perfieet gisvi^^ Aar om fan^diV it «fai%ei to ten ontil he or ike pui do to gfKfdf.] Selling Adonis. Oni Lady ami); Owi Giii|i,»iAif. the gentleman must stand on a chair in the centre of the room, while Ifat lady-auctioneer, pointing to him, says: "Adonis for sd*! " Sh« must enumerate all his qualities, charms, and attractions. The company then bid anything they please for him— such as a red-herring, a tea-kettle, a curb-bridle, a magic-lantem, the old grey goose, a lump of sugar, etc. The bidding is to go on till one bids a pound of soft-soap, when the lot is ta^yn to luiii by the «ictione«. Nooneistoki^ghonpainofpajpnf a foticit. TkB Jjumuf Mother^ Oim GiNTLBiiyiif and Fivi 'Liidiis. A g^tlemaii, in a cap and shawl, is seated witli danghteis before liiin, sitting in a mw, when He Instrads tliem, by example, kMr to smile, Uniper, look bMiiiil, knipiishint* iiiig, titter, and lungb. A bri|lit and lively fenlleman AUt TUS LaD^IS AMD OmB^ GBNTUiUlir. Tlie gentleman goes rotmd and says to each lady, " Poor Boss," to which she must gravely answer, " Me-ew I Me-cw 1 " Whoever laughs or smiles must pay a forfeit. The fun lies in the ftidt that one or more will ind it impossible to « refrain from laushinff. Four Gbntlkhbn. They most be seated in a row, and throwing themselves back in their chairs, must all snore in different keys; the Dead March in Saul being played over three times as an accompaniment. Any one who laughs is to be punished at the discretion of the company. MiUe. PoiolosM md Eer Bmrng Bear, Onb Gintlbman and Onb Lady. The lady, holding the gentleman by a string or ribbon, makes him dance or perform whatever antics she chooeet, ht being obliged to obey her ordeii. | . 4 i m rtifng is. to be 'uunishcd bv a forfoit. Tim Mmmai Bmh Om GiimiBfAN .AMD Omb Lady. Tlie gentkmaa chooses any lady who can sang^ and she is to sing, to any ait she pleases, the words Quack I quack 1 " using no other word% and singing the air cortectly. Miss Am and Jane Smith's Tabby Cats. Two Gbmtlbmen and all thb Ladies. The ladies all remain in their places, and two gentlemen in shawls and bon- nets or caps go round, one with a saucer of milK, the other with a teaspoon, with which she gives a sip of milk to each, saying, " Take that, my pretty puss ! *' tu which, after taking it, "puss" must gravely answer "Mew." Laughter nnit be severely punished. Onb Gbmtlhiam. it' to answer, " You horrid man I ** Any one who laitghs^'is to pay a iifliit GAMES, FORFEITS, ETC. The Rebuff. A Lady or Gentleman. Tlie hMiy or gentleman go and perform a sneeze to each of the gentlemen if t lady, and w^^f W. The answer is to be I'm not to be sneezed at " No one must laugh under penalty of paying a forfeit. Those who can command their gravity must mdeed have a rare control over themselves. JPat a Cake. Two Gentlemen— Ladies ad h'^ The twi^gentkmen sit on low stools, patting each other's head. The ladies dance mmi three times, singing— Plat a cake, pat a cake, baker's man, Make it and bake it as fast as you can ; Make it, and bake, and mark it with B, The letter for Beauty, then give it to me. The l^jr Alia. The set stand up and dance, the music constantly changing time Each pilfer must keep time, and maintain his gravity unL pen^4 orp^yi^gl Cm^ldmees. The Whole Company. ■n»is game is an amosing iUustnfloii of how a tale gains in telline A lad, »«iHu^ her nextjdoor neighbor (.-. the pf.on ht t ^ °f P«^"' has said of done. The ^TZJ^wLl^ 1^ '° ^ " seated by her • thm^'^ ; •* '^'^ ^ ^ no doubt, that either -^.it has g«„ed considerably in its p^^e the^eroiL^ of t ^l' "^^'^ °^ ^ » till it ™ ^ this " confidence " is repeated aU around the room t.lU reaches the last person, as before. Example of the game : ^ thb momfnl ^ toW me that he ..w a genttemi. ^ornmg smoking a cgar outside «. omnibus, who looked ^ iCH fiuniia, and he was smoking a cigar." Fourth Gentleman (a little deaf)—" Smith saw a crnt^-n, smokinir a ciimr L ti.. « k • t. "* ^ mominf , aa he rmTc ^ omnibus with a gentleman." lunoKUig a cigar with another gentleman. " «w '642 GAMES, FOMFBITS, Mfv. Sixth Speaker — " Mr. Smith saw the goril'a to-day. It was on an omnibus,, with its keeper, and it was smoking a cigar." Seventh Speaker^ — " Smith saw Monsieur de Chaillu this morning with his. fwilla on an omnibus. They were both smoking cigars." Eighth Speaker—'' Smith saw Hons. #tliaillii this morning on an omnibus;, lie had two gorillas with him, who weie t.noking cigais.*' Hintli Speaker — Sinith lat by De Chaillu and his gorilla this morning on. tlie onmibiB, and the gorilla actnally smoked a cigar with hira." Tenth Speaker — " I 'have just heard., with mnch surprise, that. Smith traveUed m m CMmilMis thit morping with Monrieur de Chailk and his gorillas, and that Smith .gave the monkeys a cigar. The' two monkeys^ smoked is wel as^' :Mr. Smith can..**' Eleirenth Speaker^ — " Smith went on a 'bus this morning, .and by his side were De Chaillu and his gorillas. Smith gave them a cigar, and. the two' monkeys 'Smoked together.'* Twdih Speaker (repeats aloud) — " I have just heard Smith called a monkey by Miss Brown — since the story comes originally from her. It seems, that she says, that Smith went on an omnibus to-day with Monsieur de Chaillu and the gorilla ; that Smith gave the gorilla a cigar and took one himself ; and that the two monkeys, /. e., I suppose, Smith and the gorilla, smoked together ! " Mr. Smith bows his thanks. The irst lady repeats vertaiim her whisper, to the amazement of the circle. ThB Divination qf the M&maU, Am Ou>' 'Scotch. Gamb. A row of soup-plates, is put 'On the table. One plate holds water,, another earth, another air — i. it is let empty ; in another is a pistol. Any lady wishing to learn her foture' fate is taken from the room and blind- Mded ; the plates are moved and change places meantime. Then she is led t» the table and told to put her hand on a plate, whichever she choosesi If she puts her inger in the water, it is a sign that she will marry a sailor, or take long voyages. ; if she toich the 'Carth, she will 'be a stay-at-home, or marry a. civilian, either a merchant or a professional man ; if she touches the empty or air-plate, she will live single, "free as air;" if she touches the pistol, she will marry a soldier. This funny divination can be adapted to gentlemen by making the water represent a fair and ickle wife or long voyage ; the earth, a dark and domestic wife, with a landed inheritance ; the air, or empty plate, old bachelorhood j the pistol, a quarrelsome wife, etc. Another and prettier way of playing this game is by arranging three soup plates on a side table covered with a cloth. In one is clean water ; in another dirty water ; in the third, earth. GAMES, FORFEITS, MTa 4|j .2tlot::i^^^ I ''^"5^^*^"^^ '""^ ^ changed ^ts ler hand^ ^'"^ ^ ^-ble and her hand out, and whichever plate she touches, is significant of her future If she touches the clean water, she will marry the man she loves. If she touches the dirty water, she will marry unhappily. If she finds the earth, she will die mimarried. The same divination cao of coarse, be used by gentlemen. aivination can, of The Qukt Little Dears. Three Gentlemen. They must sit in the middle of the room with books on their laps on whi.H they must each build a card house. They are not to move unTl\he houses are standing together. The Mm who is too Happy, One Gentlebian and Six Ladies. ■Hie gentleman sitting in the middle of the room mnsr Hp • . j ^ paid attention by each lady in turn. Without "17^0 is to rZ^^^ "^"^ ipecies of grateful manne/; first murmuring n ^i^^^ "J^^ h' mcreasing in the tone of his voice each timf, tm re^'the hlLt rashes out of the room. ^ highest note, he The Quakers' Meeting. The Whole Company. TTiT^*!;^"*',*^'""^' "^8" ^°™P^"y - - circle as Quakers her .H»„uf™« Then^/Jt dwect a gentleman to reoeat aft<»r him ;„ o ^ i- " Verily, verily, I do say." ^""^ '^^^^^ by all the gentlemen, the fim must say • "Verily, verily, I do say That I must go to-day." me words are to be echoed in like manner. Then the first speaker adds : "Verily, verily, I do say That I mast go to-day, To visit my sick brother, O-BA-Dl-AY." rises, goes into the middle of the room, and kneel, down ^ nearest gentleman follows, and kneels close to him ; th; next^l^ tt^. ~ W GAMES,. FOXFMJTS, ETC. last, and m on, till tbej form a. Itiie. Hwn tlie kaiier of llie game must place hinnclf .tet, kneeling abo ; and, by giiring a sudden push to the last player, lie vitl cause' the whole row to lall down like a row of a»ds on the carpet:. The ladies are strictly forbidden to lan^^h at the catastrophe, or to cease twirling their thnmbs, under' pain of pjing m forfeit. To Tell Any Number Thought of. Ask a person to think of a number ; then tell him to subtract i from that number ; now tell him to multiply the remainder by 2 ; then request him again to subtract i , and add to the remainder the number he first thought of, and to inform you of the total. When he has done this, you must mentally add 3 to that total, and then divide it by 3, and the quotient will be the number first thought of. This is an excellent arithmetical pastime, examples of Which we give below : 10 15 18 33 9 3 18 I 17 10 a? 3)3;^ 10 3 38 I 37 II 43 -1 3)45 15 3 34 'I 33 18 S« _3 3)54 18 33 3 43 33 "66 3 3>^ 33 The U0t§ Mug. A leader Is choaen, and the remainder of the company must follow every motion that he makes, while he sings the description. I put my light Iwnd I pot ny fight hand out, giw iny »iglit: hawl a alwiff, thakc^ sluice, I tini luy iclf bout The leader should stand ftcing thC' others, and his gestures 'are' exactly is hs GAMES, FOXFEITS, ETC, fi^C laADiiL {Sin^ng mdmsMng the ^^^iaie gminrgs, which mliimmie,) I put my right hand in ! {extmMmg th€ nghi hmik^are him,-) I put my right hand out I {turning half round, and again extending the right handS} ^ 1 give my right hand a shake, shake, shake! {shaking the right hand,^ 1 turn myself about! {turns back to first positum.^ The tame gestures are performed with the left hand while singing, I put my left hand in I I put my left hand out I I give my left hand a shake, shake, shake I I turn myself about 1 The same performance is gone through with both hands, while singing, I put my both hands in, etc. ^At^the conclusion of which, the leader continues the gestures with hi« riglit I put my right foot in ! I put my right foot out ! I give my right foot a shake, shake, shake] I turn myself about I The same thing is done with the left foot, with the words: I put my left foot in, etc. The head is the next member brought into active service. I put my ugly mug in I {stretching the head and neck forward. ) I put my ugly mug out ! (turning half round and repeating the same motion \ Jfu^asr^^^'^^^ ^-^^^^^^^^^^^^ If the p»vity of the company will stand this test, knowing every smile most The HuteUmm Family. loSh^^v,"*;." ^ r ^ °' be selected » leave the room, while the otheis are ii«tructed in their parts. One of the Th "'^""J^ 0^ introduced as Mr. or Miss H«tchimo„ by th s m'mlr of the H^J- f^.,^*^ every movement mad. tion T^^T Hutchinson iamUy, even of the most trifling descnp- Je I'vlenrr Tf >° «^«™ in the comfLy mak« every one rr " ' °^ » * °' ^"""^ ryone m the company assumes the same expression ; if a wondering lo«* \ €^ GAMES, J'OMFE/TS, ETC. b given juroimd the room, the head moving to each side, all make precisely tht lacx gesture. This procedure is continued until Mr. or Miss Hutchinson fiumber One sees into the little game, and ends it by taking a seat in motion- less quiet. Hutchinson Number Two is next ushered in to go through the •ame ceremonial, and the game is repeated until the Hutchinson family is extinct. It sometimes happens that a quick-witted Hutchinson will find out the tiick before acknowledging the discovery, and lead the others a dance they did not •nticipate, as one merry young lady, "seeing the point," walked slowly and with great gravity up and down a long drawing-room, and out of one door into the hall, across this into the room again, and round the room, all the others following her till they cried for mercy. A gentleman, after staring, yawning, and making horrible grimaces at his Imitators, suddenly commenced a series of taps on each side of his nose with the foreingers of both hands, and with constantly increasing rapidity, all trying to foUow him, till they were so convulsed with laughter that they were forced to admit the joke was all u his liands» T/te Mesiengir. The party are seated in line, or round the sides of the room, and some one previously appointed enters with the message, " My master sends me to you, madam," or "sir," as the case may be, directed to any individual he may ■elect at his option. " What for ? " is the natural inquiry. " To do as I do; " and with this the messenger commences to perform some antic, which the lady or gentleman most imitate — say he wags his head from side to side, or taps with one foot incessm^tly na the floor. The person whose duty it is to obey com- mands his neighbor to the right or to the left to " Do as I do," also ; and so on until the whole company are in motion, when the messenger leaves the room, re-entering it with fresh injunctions. While the messenger is in the room he must see his master's will obeyed, and no one must stop from the movement without suffering a forfeit. The messenger should be some one ingenious in making the antics ludicrous, and yet kept within moderate bounds, and the game will not fail to produce shouts of laughter. Among the other tricks which may be commended are such as rocking the body to and fro, wiping the eyes with a pocket-handkerchief, yawning, whist- ling, stroking the chin or the beard, and making any grimace. Another game, of much the same character, is known by the title, " Thus lays the Grand Seignor. " The chief diierence is that the irst player is stationed in tlie centre of the room, and pre&ces his movements, which the others must an Mlow, by the above words. If he varies his 'Command by framiii|f it, "•Sb ays tht Grand Seignor,"' the party must remain stil, and decline to follow his ciample. Any one who moves when he 'begins with " So,'''' or does not follow - liim. 'wiien ^lie commences with "Thns,"' haa to pay i forfeit MAJCING SCREENS, 6^7 Mm to Make a Scrap Screen, ^|ic first step towards a screen is to get the frame of it made by a carpenten This may be either in wood round each panel and across, and coveted with can* vas, or entirely in thin wood like a door. The first plan looks best, and is lightest, but has one disadvantage : the paper being very tightly stretched, is apt to get broken if the screen receives a knock, whilst the wooden one would resist a strong blow. In both cases your first pro- ceeding will be to cover, or have done by a paper-hanger, the entire screen with paper. This should be of some even color that will take varnish. French grey, lavender, egg-shell blue, sea-green, or crimson, are the prettiest colors for either prints or colored scraps to be mounted on. The great mistake people fall into in making these large folding screens is to load them so with pictures and color as to destroy all taste, and give them the appearance of grocers' windows decorated for Christmas-time ; therefore, he careliil not to overload your screen either with subjects or bright tints. Having covered one side of the screen with gray paper, proceed to paste on the pictures which you may have amused yourself collecting and cutting out some months before. An immense quantity are required to ornament four panels five feet high on both sides, and the better plan is to have them all leadjr before starting, otherwise one panel may get over-filled, whilst another is but thinly covered. Paste as much better than gum, and can be made very strong by boiling until it becomes glutinous, and adding to it a sixth part as much powdered alum m you put flour. ^ Having decided what your design is to be— whether a border of flowers with medallions in the centre, or a border of medallions interspersed with flowers and a bouquet in the centre, or a lot of pictures thrown down as if carelessly in the middb, and dancing figures or Arabesques all round— make a little drawing of it roughly in pencil on a piece of paper, and let that be your guide. You cannot paste a flower on without its leaving a mark if you pull it off again, and an ungraceful group will only be rendered more hideous by putting anything over it to hide the defects ; therefore, do not place a single leaf oft without intention. If you think of ornamenting it with medallions, cut them all evenly, the same sized oval or round, and measure the spaces, and mark with a pencil before finally fixing them. If you wish a panel or space filled with prints, as if carelessly thrown down, they must not be stuck one over the other, but must only join like a Chinese puzale To make them fit in this manner, first measure the space they are to occupy; then clear a large table, and paste some thin strips of white paper on to it the exant size of that space. Place your prints within the radius of the strips of paper, taking care that the most important portions of the pictures an tbose unconcealed. As |ou place your prints, put a weight, stone, vase, bool^ I MdMTIMG SCMMENS, m anything on each picture, to keep it steady; then with a pencil draw a line WUnd tlic outside rim of each. When all have been treated in the same way, remove the first, and cut with scissors along the pencil-line, and replace in its original position, and so on until they are all done. Begin to stick them on the •creen in the same feshion, and the result will be a perfectly smooth surface Wliich, wlicn varniilied, will look exceedingly well. * liniili off the screen with a colored stamped leather round the edges of the pmeli, a row of lirait naik, and a conplc of embossed brass handles to lift it up hf wlien wanted t& ht 'moved. It wit be iMt to let an upbolsterer vtrniih it, as it is a diffiotlt procoi fo» an amateur. It should have two coats of white sise first, and tlien two of white iaal.li. when it will allow of the pictures being cleaned with a wet rag. Sermm* Screens and fans in feathers are both pleasant and ornamental work. To make a screen, begin as follows: Mould a piece of wire into the shape of a heart, and cover this, by means of a needle and thread, with dark cola^cd gauze or tarlatane. Round the edge of this frame fasten a row of peacocks' feathers with gum. A very little gum put under the quills, and left to dry with a weight on them, will make them easily adhere. Place a second row of feathers, so that the eyes of them come just between those of the first row. Next make another frame in the same manner as before, only let the edge of it only extend as far as the quills of the second row of feathers. Border this with the side fringe feathers of the peacock's tail, and then dispose of some red ones at the top, or any kind fimcy may dictate or you possess, finishing off with a bnach of gray fluff feathers, or a knot of crimson ribbon and a gilt handle. For the back, cut a piece of cardboard the exact shape and size of the founda- tion of the screen, cover it with crimson silk, and gum on behind. Another even prettier screen is made as follows, both sides alike : Ptepare a frame— ciicular in 8hape-« before, edge it thickly all round, by acaiii of a needle and thread, with the fringe featheis of the peacock's tail. Then put alternately in the six spaces, between the points of the stuj, rows of the small brown, gold, and green feathers from the neck and back of the bird. Cut ont a star in cardboard, edge it on each side with a small red feather, and cover the whole of the rest— by means of gum— one dose over the other, with the bright blue feathers from the peacock's breast. Cut ont a small cirele in card- board, which edge with a row of canary bird or any dyed yellow feathers, letting the centre be scarlet. On this a gold monogram in repmsd work may be placed. A gilt handle and knot of ribbon completes so elegant a fan that one made for a wedding present was supposed to be the finest Braxilian work. Mats made of cloth or straw are very pretty with a border of featheis. Ihese may also be utilised for trimmings of hats, mufis, or jackets, particular^ COLLECTING AND i'MMSBMVIMG FLAMIX ^ liheasants' and pea-fowls'. Trimmings are made by sewing the feaheit on in rows of three and two, or three and four, one over the other, on a narrow ribbon of the same color. Collecting and Preserving Plants. A collection of dried plants is not only very useful and instructive, but care and neatness in the execution may make such a collection very pretty. Such collections are usually called a Herbarium, and every American botanist ]s ambitious to possess a herbarium of American plants. For such a purpose a few plain rules and instructions are ail that is necessary, provided a good will is ready for the work. Having resolved upon forming a collection, it will be prudent to prepare the tools beforehand, and these should consist of a pocket-lens, a tin box or vascu- lum, such as a japanned sandwich-box. A few quires of paper of a spongy nature, so as to absorb moisture -such as grocers employ for wrapping sugar— will answer the purpose; but the size should be a little larger than that of the paper on which it is purposed ulti- mately to mount the specimens. A very good size for a sheet, when folded in half, is seventeen inches by eleven inches, or it may be this size and no* folded, which is perhaps most convenient. A stout deal board for the top and the bottom, and this also half an inch larger each way than the paper, should be provided. Three or four bricks tied up in brown paper wUl serve as weights, each brick forming a parcel. This will be aU that is really essential vma the plants are dried and ready for mounting. As ferns are very good plants to commence with, and perhaps the easiett of any to preserve, we will apply our remarks to them, and when the method of drying is acquired by experiments upon them, other plants may succeed. The collection of ferns for transplanting and the collection of fronds for preservation as botanical specimens, are to be pursued at very different periods of the year. It may be premised that for botanical purposes fronds destitute of fructification are worse than useless, unless they belong to species which pro- duce distinct fertile and barren fronds, and in which the characters and appear- ance^of these fronds materially differ. In such cases the two kinds of frond, ihould be collected and preserved together. The period for collecting ferns for the herbarium is, therefore, manifestly that when the Notification has nearly attained to maturity, and it is always better to collect them on a dry day than on a very wet one. The collector «hould go ont prepared for coUecring ferns, if she desires that her herbarium •hould present a neat and respectable appearance when completed. Some recommend a vasculum, some a bag, and some a large book under the arm ; but commend us to two half-inch deal boards, about eleven inches by seventeen inches, with a strap and buckle for each end, and twenty sheets of good bibu- •ous paper, cut to the same siae and placed betweun them. Having selected a / If 650 COLLECTING AND PRESERVING PLANTS. food frond or two for preservation, taking care not to break the stipe or stalk. Hut to separate it from the rhizome or root-stock, bend back the stipe just below the lowest leaflets of the frond, breaking the woody portion, but not dividing it from the rest of the frond, and lay it carefully between a sheet of your bibulous paper, and secure it with the spare paper between your boards; then proceed in search of more. Fronds which, with their stalks, are not too long for the paper, should be laid in without bending. In selecting fronds for preservation, it is not the largest that are required, but it is rather advisable to collect such specimens as will lie comfortably between the paiKis witiiciut bending, tlian to aim at procuring fine' specimens, which may only prove to be a nuisance. A perfect firond of nine Inches in length is better than a folded or otherwise mutilated one of nineteen inches. In selecting fronds, the fruit should not be too ripe, or, instead of spores, you will only find empty cases, not to mention the rusty dust that will continually tint your papers. It is better that the spores should be scarcely matured. Then, again, ft should be noticed whether the frond is eaten by insects, broken, or in any other way imperfect. Such specimens are to be avoided if others can be ob- tained. Finally, the specimens selected should be well grown, and not dis- torted, unsymmetrical, or exhibit a tendency to sporting, or departure from the general type of the neighboring fronds. Having collected what specinwiis are required, and conveyed them home, the next process consists of drying them for the herbarium. This is accomplished by removing them from the papers in which they have been collected and trans- ferring them to fresh paper. Some persons are content with a stout unsized paper, such as employed by grocers for wrapping sugar ; others will proceed to blotting paper, whilst the majority will admit that Bentall's botanical paper is decidedly the best. The ferns should be transferred to a sheet of drying paper; two or three thicknesses, or even four or five, may be placed upon it, and then another specimen, and thus ad UMtum, When all are in this manner trans- ferred, the pile should be placed in a press, or with a stout board above and below, loaded on the top with some heavy weights-*-«tones, bricks, old books, or anything applicable for the purpose. Twenty-four horns al the least, and %rty-eight at the most, they should remain unmoved. At the expiration of this period each specimen should be transferred to a dry sheet of paper, with three or four thicknesses of dry paper between each specimen, and again put under ■pressure for the same period. The damp paper from which the specimens are taken should be at once dried in the sun or before the fire. It is always advis- able to change the sheet for each variety. The specimens should be laid on the paper, with the under or fructifying surface uppermost, and the barren side of the frond applied to the paper. Small strips of gummed paper, about one inch In length, and not more than an eighth of an inch in width, should be laid across the principal and secondary ribs or branches of the frond, and each end fastened iowB to the sheet of paper ; other pieces may, in like manner, be placed across COLLECTim AND PRESERVING PLANTS. 651 the tips of the fronds, or wherever else appears to be necessary to secure the specimen to the paper. It may be suggested that too many such slips disfigure the specimen, and if there are not sufficient it cannot be retained in its place. Experience must be the best teacher. Some object to fastening the specimen! to paper at all, others recommend gluing them down by the whole surface. Both these plans appear to us to lie equally objectionable. If the specimens are loose, they are not only in danger of being broken or damaged, but of being misplaced and dissevered from the label which belongs to them. If wholly glued down, they cannot under many circumstances be removed from the paper, either to be transferred to other paper Oi for closer examination 01 tomparison* .Each specimen having been mounted, the label which accompanies it should be fastened down beside it. This may be pasted. Finally, its generic and spe- cific name should be written legibly at the lower right-hasiA comer. All the specimens belonging to one genus should then be collected together and placed between the folds of a sheet of paper, half an inch wider and longer when folded than the half-sheets upon which the specimens are mounted. These " genera covers " may be of the same paper, or a smooth brown paper may be employed for the purpose. On the outside of the genera covers, at the lower ^-hand corner, the name of the genus should be written in a good bold hand. The whole may be transferred to a deal box, the front of which is movable as well a« the lid, being hinged to the bottom, so as to fall down and lie flat on the table. The lid may be so contrived as to hold the front in its place when closed. A deal box, nine inches deep, thirteen inches wide, and twenty inches long, will hold a good collection, and if this ever should prove too small for the number of specimens obtained, a second box of the same dimensions will remedy the evil. If it is considered desirable, a little camphor may be kept with the specimens, but the best preservative will be to look them all over, and thus allow the air to have access to them, once in every six months. With such precautions a collec- tion may be preserved uninjured for years, provided always that it is kept in a ^ place— not moderately, but thoroughly dry— or "mould" may inju«« irreinediably what insects have spared. A neat little collection of ferns, of smaller pretensions, and less claims to be regarded in a scientific light, may be arranged in a kind of album or scrap-book, with "guards" introduced by the binder sufficient to compensate for the extra thickness caused by the insertion of the specimens. A tinted paper is often used in the manufacture of these books, which good taste may transform into a very interesting volume for the drawing-room table. In collecting flowering plants it is essential that the plants should be collected when in flower, and, if possible, specimens in fruit should be collected and dried therewitli. This will seldom be possible, but a later visit to the same spot ma; ftirnish firuiting specimens, whiiOi my be dried and placed with the io««iiii^ I 652 FX£S£MFIM€ FLOWERS. portion. Wherever the plant is small, or of moderate size, the whoie of it, ink eluding the root, should be gathered, as this will make the specimens more valu- able for referei£« ind comparison, and give a better idea of the plant. If the •ceii me tieing shed, they shouM be collected and placed in a small envelope which may be fastened on the sheet beside the plant when it is mounted fop tie herbariuin. Stems which aie too thick to lie flat, especiallj such as are woody, should be pared down at the back with a sharp kni^, care being takeoi inot to interfere with the front or exposed portion of the specimen. Caution. — ^Never omit to place a label with every specimen, stating wheie- ft was fotmd, and the date of the month and year in which it was collected. A good collection in all other points is almost valueless if this caution is nof 'tcgarded. Never put dried plants away, or enclose them in a bm, until ^Imm^^ dry,. Mr they wiU become mouldy. Take care to keep 'them, when diy, in a dry place*- Preserved Flowers. The Preservation of Flowers, in their natural forms and colors, is an entirely new article of trade that has arisen in Germany. Erfurt, the city of nurserymen and florists, excels in manufacturing bouquets, wreaths, floral decorations for pooms, dinner tables, etc., made of such flowers. We are glad that we are enabled to lay before our readers the modus operandi, by translating for them the following article from the ** Deutsches Magazin fur Garten und Blumenkunde." First condition : Get a good quantity of fine sand, wash it till all the soluble particles are gone : you can test it by pouring the water off till it looks quite clear; when you are quite sure of the fact, pour the sand on stones or boards placed aslant, so that the water can run off, and let it get dry either by sun or ire — ^perfectly dry. Then pass the sand through a sieve, so that all dusty par- ticles disappear from it, m them will be such, which washing and drying will not. hsm removed. Then 'pass it through a 'Coaise sieve, lO' as^ to get rid of too laigr grains* When that is done, your' sand shall 'be a mass^ of ine 'particles, of nearly- equal siJte, as Is, for instance, the so-called silver 'sand, used for writing. .Kecp- thC' sand .in a very dry, and, 'if possible, alsO' in a warm place, that no ntaliatng: i|uality may remain in it. Cut the lowers in a fully developed, state, taking care that they are neither wet nor moist by dew, rain, etc. If you cannot obtain them in any other con- dition, then the following troublesome proceeding will render them dry. Take one 01* two flowers at a time, and put them into a glass, into which pour just enough water for the ends to stand in ; the flower will then dry, and still suck I up water enough not to fade. Next, get a box or pot, or anything large enough to receive your flower or Howers; pour sand enough into it to enable them to stand by themselves, their steisis embedded in the sand. And now for that part of the work which calls upon s^jctr whole skill and your most delicate fingering. You have to fill up tbt- TO MAKE AN MOHAN HARF. 653 ibox above the level of the flowers with sand, so that the flowers are completely- embedded in it. By means of a tube, or a funnel, or a sieve, you can do it 'in such a way that every particle of the flower rests in sand, and that your filling My shall not have crumpled or displaced the smallest petal. Of course, such % thing can be done only in a very slow way by a beginner. Take care not to shake your box, lest the flower inside might get hurt. Carry it to a place both dry and warm, that all the moisture in the flower may pass into the sand, which, being porous, is in turn acted upon, and will let the moisture pass entirely out and get evaporated, Avoid, however, positive heat, or the -colors of the flower wiU fade; whilst at too low a temperature, the moisture in the flower will not dry quickly enough, and so rot it. The warmth should, as a general thing, never exceed 100". When you are sure that your flowers have fully dried— a thing a very little practice in touching the box wiU teach you— the thing is done. Open the box, and by holding it in a slanting direction, let so much sand run out that you can lift the flower by the stem ; by turning it upside down, shaking it gently, and, if necessary, blowing on it, all the sand will be removed, and you ha4 the flower in its most perfect form— a little brittle, to be sure, in such a dry as this, and therefore requiring careful handling; but a few days' exposure to the atmosphere wiU have imparted moisture enough to it to make it considerably less brittle. You now see why we cannot do with the larger grains of sand : they would press unequally, and spoil the flower, which forever retains all the marks of such pressure; nor with the dusty particles of the sand, because they, as well as the soluble particles which we have removed by washing, would adhere to the hairy and velvety parts of the flower, would never be got rid of, and would materially impair the original beauty. The very newest feature about this art is, that the discovery how to preserve flowers in their natural state is quite an old aff^air, long forgotten, which has been «stored on account of the increasing demand for bouquets. To Jfii^ on MMm Sarp, An instrument of the kind about to be described seems to be of very ancient origin, but was reintroduced during the last century. The iEolian harp pio- duces a very pleasing, melodious sound, especially in the open air, and is not difficult to construct. A long, narrow box, the length of a window, or the position in which it is to be placed, is the first requisite; it must be made of thin deal, four inches deep and five in width. At the extremities of the top glue two pieces of oak about half an inch high and a quarter of an inch thick, tor bridges to which the strings are to be fixed ; within the box, at each end, glue two pieces of beech-wood, about an inch square and the width of the box.' into one of the bridges fix seven pegs, such as are used for ^mm strings; mm the other bridge fasten the same number of small brass pins; and to thess 6$4 MLMMSMTAMV GYMMASTICS. pins fix one end of the strings, made of small catgut, and twist the other end of the strings around the pegs ; then tune them in unison. Place over the top of the strings a thin board, supported by four pegs, and about three inches from the sounding-board, to procure a frcte passage for the wind. The harp should be expofied to the wind at a partly open window; to increase the draught of aiilHP the door^ or an opposite window in the room, 'should be open. The stri.ng$, in m cment of air,, sound :in wmm ; and 'with the increasing or decreasing force of the' cniient, the melody changes into pleasing, so.il, low sounds and diatonic scales, which un.i.te and occasionally form ¥erj delightful musical tones. If the harp' can be^ placed in a mtable 'position, sO' as 'to receive a sufficient draught of air, in a giotto, or romantically situated arbor, or hidden in some shady nook near m waterlall, thC' eftcl of its .sweet sounds is very charming. d Series of Mides for HeaMhful Exercises Be-- signed to Dmehp the Bodily Sbrm0h and ^^mote the HeaMh of the Young. Tbb art pninastic consists in regulating the voluntary motions of the body^ and giving them more strength and precision. The immediate^ effect is m increase: both in. sixc' and power of the parts exercised,, 'in 'consequence of an aimiiabk' kw, which obtains in living bodies, that (within certain ' li.Bits) in. proportion to the exertion which is required to be made, a part increases, not only in strength and fitness, but also in size. This effect is not only local, but the whole of the fimctionsof the body participate in the increased activity, and the mind (if it at the same time he Jiidiciously cultivated) acquires strength,, and is made more capable of pfotafttl exertion. If, then, bodily exercises are neglected, as they too often are by those who follow a sedentary occupation, the ill effects are soon exhibited, not only by people who are employed in-doors, but by others who neglect to tak^ some active exercise in their leisure hours. The difference which is apparent in the appearance of the scholars in a girls* school, when compared with the next boys' school in a hrge town, can only be attrib- uted to the same cause. The increase in the mental activity would more than compensate for the loss of time bestowed on a proper system of exercises, while ^e pupils would be healthy and robust. The evils of deficiency are only equalled by the evils of excess. In this as in most other things, the vt'a nuSa ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. is the only safe road to success, health, and happiness. But girls should have a much modified course of exercises on account of their greater delicacy and less strength. Attention should be paid to the regularity of breathing. Whatever increases the capacity of breathing improves the health, and the greatest attention is given to this point by all gymnastic teachers. Good wind is necessary for all feats— for the enjoyment of out-door exercise of every description. It may be wonderfully improved by reading aloud, by taking long inspirations on first rising in the morning, either in-doors or before an o]>en window, or, better still, in a garden, at first cautiously, but it may be continued for ten minutes at a time. Few things are better as a guard against consumption, and for improving the breathing generally. ^ The dress, too, must be considered. It should be loose fitting, and, if pos- sible, of flannel, confined with a belt round the waist. Taste will dictate the color, and convenience the width of the belt. The shoes should be of soft leather, light, and made like Irish "brogues," without heels. Sudden transitions are to be avoided. Exercise to be of use should begin gently and terminate in the same manner. The left hand and arm should be exercised until they become strong like those of the right. Beware of draughts; being cooled too quickly when perspiring is injudicious. Drinking when hot and getting into a cold current of air must be avoided. A coat or wrappei should be handy to cover the body the moment exercise is over. No exertion should be carried to excess, as that only exhausts the body. Strength will come surely and gradually. Economize your power. Do not waste your energies. Avoid kicking with your legs when performing a feat with yo^r arms and hands. Do what you have got to do quickly and easily. The best gymnasts are those who perform their feats with the least effort. free Movements. Ixercise i.— Lay yourself on your back in bed, if you like, but the floor is better. Keep the body stiff, and let your arms lie close to your sides Legs and heels to lie in the same line. Now, without moving the heels, raise the body perpendicular from the hips upwards, without moving your legs How strange you could not do it easily ! Lie down and try again. Better done this time. Just cross your arms over your breast, and " try again." Practise this ere you rise, varying it by clasping the hands over the head, and raise the body as before, keeping the arms on a line with the shoulders. This is a practical illustration of domestic gymnastics, which you may try before you rise. Exercise 2.-Try and raise the right leg gradually, until it is perpendicular. Wow lower it again by raising the body until it rests by the side of the other, iry the same movement with the left leg. When you can do this easily, tiy K)th together. Rather fimny, isn't it, to have a gymnastic lesson in bed? €$6 MZEMMMTAMY GYMmSTICS. When your back will liear the strain, endeiLvor to raise the lower extremtciet and pelvis so as to touch the pillow behind yoixr head with your toes. This is not difficult, and on a hard mattress is excellent practice for the muscles of the posterior portion of the human fiame. Keep the arms extended, resting or the mattress, the Itnees stretched. Return gradually to your old position, and you will find yourself quietly seated on the floor. Now vary the movement by sittinit up, bend the knees, lay the soles of your feet flat against each other. Extend your arms, and hold the lower part of your legs steadily between yout hands. Lower yourself on your back ; carry your legs over your heels ; keep your arms full extended ; make a slight contrary movement, and return to youf original position. If you prefer it, you may try Exercise 3. — ^Tum your face to the mattress (for, of course, you are not so €fferainate as to sleep on a feather bed), and extend yourself longitudinally, sup> porting yourself by the strength of your arms and toes ; the hands must be turned inward, and the fingers point towards each other. Now allow the body to sink slowly, let the arms bend gently, still keeping the body extended, without permitting the stomach to rest. Touch the hands with the lips, and ceturn slowly to first position. Repeat the movement deliberately again and again. A very useful variation may be thus performed. While in the foregoing position, put the right hand under the right hip, leave the left hand in its place IS before. Allow the body to sink, gently bend the arms» keep the body still •extended on the toes, touch the left hand with the lips, and return to first position, and restore the right hand to its place. Repeat the movement with the lefl hand under the left hip, and you will have exercised many of the most important muscles of the body. Now you may get up and recollect that your lungs have been lying all night breathing slowly. Remember they are like a bladder in their structure, and can be stretched open to double their ordinary mm with perfect safety. Expand the chesty and defy consumption. On rising from the bed, place yourself in an erect posture, throw your chest forward and your shoulders entirely ofl" your chest. Now take a long inspiration, suck in all the air you can — inhale nature's universal medium — the common air — so as to •fill your lungs. Hold your breath, throw your arms behind, holding your breath as long as possible. Now for the sponge bath, if a shower-bath is not handy. Rub yourself dry with a coarse towel — do not be aftaid of a little firiction — and we will then proceed. When we come to deal with apparatus, we shall have something to say of a chest expander which may be used with advantage in the early morning in the bedroom. Before the gymnast proceeds further with his morning exercise, a draught of water and a piece of crust will assist him materially. He may then try Exercise 4. — This is a very simple movement. The body is placed upright, with the feet together. The arms are extended and the body thrown on alter- nate sides, until the hands nearly touch the floor. This exercise will be found useful in all cases where any ill Mit or contraction has been acquired by ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. 657 ^ury habits, as a consequence of wrong positions in sitting, writing "^P*"^' I lUiii ^^^^ IS some natural inclination to ddbrmity The z:z7^^.^ZT '^•"^ ™^ - Exercise 5— By this time the pupil will have acquired a knowledge of what rauscles he has, and of the use he can make of them. Simple as tte eaacZ have been, it will be found that some of the muscles are stiff and not eaZ moved yet U wll soon wear off, and the pupil will rejoice in the freedom of h,s hmbs He may now proceed to the "extension" movements. Place the feet close together and the toes across a straight line, so as to mark the situati» ^^f„^ r r »«getically down. Close the hands, pato, .V-ards, and bnng the fists close to the shoulders. Drive them forth, as if into *™ '""^ "-ds are level witS J«r s«i«. Repeat «ch movement again and again-up, down, forwani, ba*- ^ ThB oereise .s useful to old and young, and possesses the advantage of teng resorted to in aU times and places, and brings into play the tho^c Wl, and abdomiud muscles. ^ ^ inoraac. Exercise 6.--Stand upright. Stretch out the hands straight at the shoulders iTh'^ '^"l"'' of the hands together.' Now slowly se^a nte the hands keep them at the same level, the arms straight, and try to mL L " ""t This, to aU, at 'th^ commenceret seems to impossible; yet as the chest eqnnds it becomes perfecdy easy . ^th^gh at first u wiU make the shoHlden and chest rather stiff. ^ I JlTu"^ 7.-Stand in the same position. Grasp the left band with the nght brmg the arms behind the head, and mo«! them from one side to Ifce Xulder i«o pUy with those round the tou^rwhh ^7!T^ ^J""": ^^th^'^^l'behindandletthepdm. h^ Z u f downwards. Now turn the fingen inwardVand strr^oShtr"^^"'"^*^'^' - ^ ^ ^ ^stjdi^r the -d^rd m^:: thfm^ ^^^j^^^ ^ m D«t meAods of enlarging the capacity of the air-cells of the lunas You ^s^e the pahns and wi«s together as they pass in front. E^ J^ exercises can be done in a bed-room, parlor, or study r " >» thT^ ^"-f^ " ^f<"^- Bring the arms quickly in front as high as « t^t^- ^'"^^ -P-^. then swing them' forcibly backwtit ftotia,dowly,MayU^. Stretch the arms and place the palms togetL *q.the«m.«s«Belevd.a«l brin, the h««ls behind you, Lid try tf m^ ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. ihem meet. This movement ought to be tried night and morning, until tht hands touch easily. Exercise ii. — A very poAverful method of giving full play to the muscles of the chest, is liere represented. Bring the right hand to the left shoulder. Ex- tend the left arm on a line with the shoulder. Throw the right arm by the right side, place the left arm on the right shoulder, and change the positions litemately several times. Then proceed to the next movement. Open the hands, mm the arms sidewayB, and touch the htek of the hands straight over tlie head. 'The' foRgoing exercises M more or less tend to exercise the musdes^ of the anus, chest, neck, and to give free play to the 'respiratory organs; they may be' varied in their order, or .alternated with- any of the following, which 'Call other auscles into play, 'producing at £nt, in. 'Some. instances, a painMly delightful ■CMation. Sxetciie la. — ^Amonpt the old "extension" motioiiii taught to our'soMiers are two which ind an appropriate place here. The first practice is to stand upright, with the heels together, raise the arms straight upwards, the palms in front. Bend the body forward latil the fingers touch the grotmd. The knees must be kept straight. This unit be practised until a coin can be picked up with ease at each heel. Exercise 13. — Take a staff or stick about three feet and a half long. Grasp each end firmly over by the hands, with the ends of the fingers towards the body, now raise the stick over the head, keeping the elbows straight, and hands firm until the stick touches the thighs. This is a severe but excellent exercise. Exercise 1 4. — ^Before you commence the following movements, strengthen the toes by raising the body on them with a stiff leg and straight knees as high as possible ; do it slowly, again and again ; vary it by stepping from the toes, jumping from the toes, keeping the knees straight and the body upright. Place the hands on the hips, left leg in front, toe towards the ground, and jump for- ward on the right toe. Use both legs alternately. Sxerciie 15. — ^Thia. will prove' a somewhat difficult exercise at first, and will require the muscles of the leg and hips to be powerfully exerted. As you stand upright, lift the left foot behind, bend the right knee, lower the body gradually until you touch the ground with the kH knee. Rise again ; do it slowly wi^th tach leg in succession.. Sxercise 16. — Stand upright as before. Extend the right arm at a right angle with the body, attempt to kick the hand with the right fool. It cannot be done at first, and may be tried with each leg and foot successively. This exercise may be varied by attempting to kick the back of the thighs with the beds alternately and rapidly. A third variation of the kicking practice, is to kick the chest with the knee, care being taken that the body is upright and the chest is not bent forward. When proficient in these exercises, try to kick both tbighs together with both heels simultaneously. To perform the last feat well. ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. 659 .1 slight spring will be required. Both feet must come down cm the same spoL and the performer ought not to lose his balance. Exercise 17.— Place both feet together, and the hands on the hips. Kneel slowly until both knees rest on the ground. Rise again without removing the hands from the hips, or the toes from a given line. Vary this by crossing the toes. Bend the knees gradually until you sit down d la Turc. Rise again without moving the hands from the hips. Very hard, this. Exercise 18.— You have probably found your level ere you have become pro- ficient with the foregoing. Close your feet, extend your arms in front, raise the left leg in front, bend the right knee gradually, and sit down in the same position. Try both legs alternately. This feat will at first seem a poser, but it is not so impossible as it at first appears. Exercise 19.— This is a pleasant amusement both for old and young, and if done properly, calls, it is said, three hundred muscles into play. Place' the feet close together, put the hands on the hips, rise on the toes, bend the knees and lower the body gradually till the thighs touch the heels. Extend your arms in front and fell forward, not on your nose but on your hands and toes Keep the knees straight and body stiff. Now take a piece of chalk and mark with the right hand as far as you can. Now let your companion try and do the same By a httle competition and practice, it will be found that each trial will show in improvement in the length of stretch. You should spring from the ground at a bound, and clap your hands as you rise. Exercise 2o.-Stand with your feet close together, and hands on hips, jump ap and spread out the legs, close them, and cross them alternately. Keep the toes pointed, or else they will come into collision with each other as they cross. Exercise 21.-A pleasant feat is to jump through the hands held in front of the body, with the tips of the middle fingers together. Be carefid though of your chm or your knees will catch it, which is far from pleasant; heeled shoes will also come m contact in anything but an agreeable manner with your K w T'tT^ 'u' '° ' ''^^ ''''^ hold It with the hands about a yard apart. Stoop down, place your knucklei 2 r"". '° , ''S^' Try and step over the stick without losing your grasp or moving the knuckles from the ground hi^T^ " "^^ ^^^^ ^ f"^"^ ^ other simple exercises may be com- TZir J^'^J^!^ ^-^h other on the floor, with the soles t. ^""P ^ '''''^ ^'^^ ^^"^^ together, and pull W each other ; fim, with the knees straight ; second, with them bent ; and orZL'^'S^^ l"^/^" "^"^ ^'^^^^^S ^^^^^ °ther, with toes PIKJSite. Take hold of each other's hands, lean back and go quickly round A third exercise with two persons is to place the left hand on the hips, with the ELEMENTAR Y G YMNASTWS. Biercise aj.— Minor variations of these elementary and parlor gymnastics suggest tliemselvesi particularly if any portion of the body is not exercised by the daily avocations. Either arm may be advanced, and the hands turned inwards, upwards and outwards. Subrotatory and various twisting motions of the body may be performed, the head may be turned and twisted, and carried from side to side, the body turned partly round at the loins, or one leg may remain stationar)^ and the other moved round as far as possible on both sides. The exercises are varied in various ways, such as jumping over joined hands, by the gymnast placing a hand on the shoulder of each companion, and returning by a backward somersaulti his companions assisting him during the leap. Sxtmrn wUh Furmtim, Ere we begin with the ordinary apparatus, let lis describe a method of domestic pactice, eminently suited to the sedentary. The chairs to be used In these exercises must be of the kitchen variety, firm and 'Strong. Execclse^ 24.. — ^Place younelf between two chairs of the same' height, each hand, m the' 'back of a chair, the seats of which are turned outwaids, .itett the wimle weight. 'Of the body on both rrtsts, keeping the arms extended, md raise tiie hma part of the body into a parallel line with the wrists. This position must be preserved for some .seconds. Then allow the' inferior extremltiei' to descend gradually, and return to first position. Exercise 35. — ^The hands on the back of the chairs, and supporting the body by the wrists, as in the foregoing exercise. Bend the knees and descend gently, tEl the knees almost touch the ground. Then rise in the same manner by the assistance of the wrists and shoulders, and return to first position. Exercise 26. — Standing between two chairs, the seats of which are turned in- wards, place a hand on each edge, keeping the thumbs inwards, the knees bent, the feet close together, and the heels raised. Then raise the body on the wrists, and extend forward the lower extremities, at the same time straightening Ihem, and thus descend gently to the ground. Rise again, still keeping the lower extremities extended in front, and return to first position. Exercise 27. — Being placed between two chairs, the back of one turned in and the other out, with the right hand on the back of one and the left on the seat of the other, gently raise the lower extremities and extend them in front ; the upper part of the body to remain perpendicular, and supported on the wrists. Then raise the lower extremities, bearing the whole weight of the body on the left wrist, and place both lep on the back of the chair by a gentle and regular 'impulae. .iMnrn. to the first position by the same means, .and perioral tiie same eaeiciae on. the' 'Opposite side. Exercise t8.->4 cliair' being 'fixed on the ground so m not to move, place both Imida on tlW' sides of its back ; then raise' the body on the wrists, and elevste tin 1 ELMMSNTAMY GYMNASTICS, 661 met e»tf«niitics to a horizontal line. Allow the legs to descend eraduaUy to first position. ' Exercise 29.— Two chairs being placed with the seats inwards, put the right foot between them, the left knee to be bent towards the floor, both hands fixed on the edges of the seats, and the right knee supporting the body. Then en- deavor to bring the lips to the fioor by extending the left knee and allowing the right to go to the floor. Rise by a contrary movement, and return to first position. Repeat exercise with the left side. Exercise 3o.-An arm.<:hair being placed in the middle of the room, place yourself facmg the seat, with a hand on each arm of the chair, and raise the body on the wrists, at the same time raising and crossing the legs j then pass them for- ward between the arras, straightening the knees, and carry them over the baci of the chair without touching it. Cross them again and return to first position. Repeat this exercise many times, until the muscles of the upper part of the body are strong enough to accomplish it with ease. Exercise ^t.~(^Wi/h a bench.-)— Yxx^x. place yourself upright on the bench, with the toes close together on its edge ; then allow the body to descend gradually by bending the knees and supporting its weight upon them The elbows must be kept close to the body, the forearm extended and the fist doubled; then rising gently return to first position; repeat several times ^tfiwn/.— Being seated across the bench or form, fix a hand on each side and raise the body on the wrists, the knees bent and raised to the height of the hips the body to Ifan forwaid, and in this position move along the form to the end • then make the same movement back again. ' Exercise ja.-Bace both heels together, bend the body and knees with the e bows dose to the body; then rising and extending the arms behind, and in- chnmg the body forward, by means of a strong impulse, take a jump, at tlie same time carrying the arms forward tod descending on the toes, taking care to bend the knees. Repeat many times. This exercise can be performed with very little space. Exercise 33.-A table, four or five feet wide, being placed in the middle ot the room, the individual stands seven or eight feet from it; then take a run, with the right foot foremost, and, when near the table, put the hands on me centre of it, with the right in front and the left behind; by a strong impulse he must then raise the body by the strength of the arms, and jmnp to me other side of the table, with his feet together and the knees bent. Balancing. Anessential feature in gymnastics is the preservation of the equilibrium of we nody, called balancing. If we try to balance with one hand a small stick, ««her, or other object, we find how easy it is by a little judicious arrangement 2» few dexterous movements to prevent it falling. If we apply the same facul- ^ to the body, we acquire hardihood, presence of mind, and justness of ey^ 663 SLEMENTAMy GYMMASTICS. and ■ retdincss at aToiding a lill bj leaping. In eiorcisiiig one's aeif in tMikncing, it is usual to commence standing on one leg alternately until it can \m done with ease. When a man stands in an ordinary position the centre of pavity passes down the spine between the feet, and of course every movement of the body changes the centre of gravity ; it is never feed. The body bends forward on one side according to the weight it bears on the other. A pole is used by professional balancers, though some of the best feats are to be done by the mere use of the arms and body without any mechanical help. After a steady balance can be kept on one leg on the ground, the gymnast passes to the edge of a brick or a pole lying on the ground before he mounts either the parallel or horizontal bar. There are several ways of mounting a bar if it is no higher than the knee or thigh : the foot is placed on it, the hands are extended in front, and the body gradually raised. Another method is to sit astride on the bar, and with a sudden spring bring both feet on to the bar, the feet crossing each other at the heels, at the same time raising the body to an upright position. Unless a good balance is kept, it cannot be done. Om ths FaraM Sim, We aie mm out of doors, and we will try our strength and skill on the pmllel bars. They are formed of two piece* of wood, from six to e%ht feet long, four inches, square, rounded at the top, so that the 'hand will rest on them easily. About eighteen inches apart aid four feet high will be found to be the nMst convenient, but they may be fixed and varied at pleasure. If intended to be permanent, they can be fixed on four posts driven into the ground ; but those fixed into a stout movable frame work we like the best, as they can be used either in or out of doors. These exercises are useful in strengthening the chest and thoracic limbs, and medical men recommend them in order to extend and develop the ligament and intervertebral cartilages in spinal deviations. A thousand and one feats may be performed on the parallel bars. Exercise 34. — First Position. — Place yourself between the bars in the centre; put your hands on the right and left bars at the same time. A slight spring will raise the body on to the wrists. The legs must be kept close. The first position may also be obtained by an upward spring, and then place the hands on the bars. After the wrists become accustomed to the weight and position of the bars, try The Walk. Use your hands instead of your feet to move to and fro. It is not difficult, but tiresome. It must be done regularly, with the iead above the shoulders. The weight of the body must be kept on the rigid arm, while the other moves forward. The Swing may be next performed. Communicate to your body a gentle movement backwards and Ibrwards, until It mows freely ; the knees straight, and the feet touching each other. The '■wiiif may be increased, until in both the backward and Ibrwaid movements j iic Icp are nearly upright over the head, the arm-sockets forming the pivot. Imciie 15.— Rising and Sinking. — Being in the' fifit position, place 1^ EZEMMMTAJgy GYMNASTICS. 663 togs backwards, the heels close to the upper part of the thighs. Lower yourself gently frona this position, until your elbows nearly meet behind ihe back. Remain in this attitude a short time, then rise gently, carefully avoiding touching the ground with your feet. You may vary this exercise by sinking gradually dcwn as before, and kissing the bar behind each hand alternately. This is a graceful movement, but do not spoil it by touching the ground with your knees. Exercise 36.— A good and usetul position is the Letter L, as it is fancifully called. The legs are dmwn up at right angles with the body, while the knees are kept straight. It may be varied by the hands being clasped outside the bars whilst standing on the ground and forming the same figure underneath the bars. Exercise 37 — The gymnast will now be able to vary the preliminary exercises by throwmg his legs over either bar whilst swinging, and sit on the bar, or he may give himself a greater impetus and throw himself entirely over the bar on to the ground. He may proceed along the bar by a series of jumps with the hands more or less quick, or he can drop on the forearm, and let the elbow and wrist be supported by the bar, and swing in that position. Rise and drop into that position until it can be done surely and without effort. A nimble movement is to take the right hand from its position, and to touch the left-hand bar with the right hand. Try the same movement with the left hand, and when it can be done easOy, try and perform the same movement by passing the hands behind the back in touching the bars. Exercise 38.— Several pretty feats on the parallel bars require some little agility, but if the elementary free movements have been practised, they can be easily performed. To stand on the bars, you must secure a good balance whilst astride on one of the bars. The sole of one foot may now be placed on the bar, and the toe of the other foot slipped underneath it. By means of this toe draw yourself to an upright position, and bring both feet together. To do this properly, you will have to practise balancing, as before described, or you may get an ugly fall. Stand in the first position, throw one leg over each bar, and rest your hands on the bar behind the legs. Remember your swinging practice. Disengage the feet, swing boldly through the bars, and when your legs are fairly through the bars, extend them and seat yourself astride, with your face in the opposite direction. Swing at one end of the bars, and when in fiill course spnng forward, catch the bars with the hands, when the body, if it is gracefiiUy done, will be in the position of the lowered body. If not done carefiilly, be- ware of how you fall. The curling movement commences with the second style of the letter L. Count eight or ten, and then turn slowly over, keeping the knees straight until you hang in reverse. Come slowly back, until you assume the original position. Another good movement is to slide the hands torward and the legs backward; put the toes over the bars until you form the ^lan Qradle. This does not give a pleasant sensation. After a short in- tervd^raw yourself up again. These exercises are not necessarily performed It me OBd'^r given. They may be varied almost ad infinitum. ^ MLMMMMmXY GYMNASTJCX Climbing, lieffcise 39.— Procure a stout board, and, according to its length, set it qgMiist tlie wall at an angle of from 30° to 45°. Seize both sides of the board, plice the feet flat in the centre, and ascend by moving hands and feet, in short Heps, alternately. This exercise throws great stress on the muscles of the loin lad hack, as well as the extensor muscles. A pole may be ascended in the tame manner, but caie must be taken that the shoes are not slippery. This movement can be pcrlbrmcd in a room. Exercise 40.— Procure a ladder, and raise the body by seizing hold of the nmdks alternately underneath. Bring the elbow of the lower arm sharp to the ■idc, previously to pulling up the body by the other. The lep should be kept as close as possible. Exercise 41.— In climbing up a scaffold or other pole, which may be done by grasping it with both hands, the right above the left, the lep should alternately grasp the pole in the ascent by means of the great toe, which is turned towards, the pole. In descending, be careful not to come down too last. The friction must be thrown on the inner part of the thighs, and the hands left compara- tively free. In climbing trees, care should be taken to use the hands more- than the legs, and great caution should be used in laying hold of withered branches, or they may suddenly give way. Try each branch separately with the hands in going up, and with the feet in going down, ere you trust your- body to it. Exercise 42. — ^Rope-climbing is an excellent as well as a most useful exercise. It is comparatively easy to climb a knotted rope, or one in which short cros^- pieces are inserted; but the true gymnast despises such aids, and pulls himself up by his hands alone. But ere he can attain this dexterity he must make use ®f his feet somewhat. A sailor passes the rope from the hands between his thighs, twists it round me leg just below the knee and over the instep. The Other foot presses on the rope, and thus a firm hold is secured. When descend- ing, bewaiv: of letting the rope slip, or the skin will be torn from the flesh. Put one hand under another. Some clever climbers descend head foremost, and this is by no means difficult, as the rope is held by the feet. Exercise 43 — Seize the rope about a yard from the ground, and run with it as far as you can. Let go and swing yourself forward, marking the spot wheic the toes touch the ground ; but this leads us to The Giant Stride. This curious piece of gymnastic furniture is familiar to most school-boys. It is like a gigantic umbrella stick, with ropes in place of the familiar whalebone and gingham. This "flying step" is generally much abused: the boys run round it, instead of taking flying jumps over a ten-foot pole, to set the blood iflow, and perform a series of evolutions which, for grace and agility, would make a poor dyspeptic patient blush for shame. The ropes attached to the- MtEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. ^5 revolving iron cap should be fitted with a stout cross-bar of elm or ash, about two feet in length. Hold these staffs at arms' length, and run round the pole until the whole body assumes the same line as the rope, and the feet touch the ground only at intervals. Practise this from left to right and right to leii When the plain circle can be done with ease, a series of smaller circles with the feet whilst going round the pole. A string from the upright may be passed ■intside at various heights, which may be leaped by the mere action of the cen- trifiigal force, as high as ten feet, easily by a boy. Be careful, however, not to lose your balance 1 0» ths Horizontal Bar. Every one knows what a horizontal bar is, and its construction. One of the best of many modes of construction, particularly where the space is limited, is to have two strong upright posts, firmly fixed in the ground, from fourteen to^ sixteen feet high, fitted with mortice holes to admit the horizontal bar. One of the posts should be fitted with notches, to allow the gymnast to reach the top easily or to descend. The bar at first should be placed just out of reach of the hands of the gymnast, that a small spring is necessary to grasp it Many of the feats on the horizontal bar here described may be performed on a wringing bar, as proficiency is attained. At first the bar should be firm and the gymnast should grasp it with the hand, not with the thumb and finders The thumb should rest by the side of the fingers, which should assume a hookl like form. Exercise 44.--The first exercise is to hang on to the pole, the body remainino mm and rtmight in a natural position. Gradually let the body hang by one • hand until the arms are accustomed to the weight of the body. Be cool and do not twist, or down you will come. When the arms axe used to the weight of the body, attempt to walk along the pole, moving first one hand and then the other. The body must be kept as still as possible. You may vary this by pl^mg one hand at each side of the bar. It will soon become easy. Exercise 45— Seize the bar with both hands and attempt to raise the body up to the bar until it is on a level with the breast. Lower youmlf graduaUy arid continue the exercise until it is easy and familiar. A good gymnast can do - mis a dozen times successively without experiencing fatigue. When it can be cne muscles powerfully, and requires a strong effort. «.„iT'1^^'~"^'''' ''^ '"^^"^ ^' It gives a peculiar v^u l T ^""^ Tl ^"'''^^ ^^customed to it. When at the swing, accustom yourself to let go the bar and spring forward or backward on to the feet. I£36ercise 47.~-Raise the body as high as possible, throw the arms over the holding firmly by them. This relieves the pressure on the wrists, and is ^ usefol exercise, particulariy when the body is raised from the ground and Wd up by one arm. To do this, however, the arm must be passed underneatl ^ ELEMENTAMY GYMNASTICS, llie bar, which must be pressed fimly between the banil .and ihoiiMer. Each dMMld bt tried alternatelj. Eaefcise 48.— Afler raising yourself to the full extent of the arms, change jmt bands, and curl over the bar, dropping lightly on to the feet. The chang- ing hands i? to reverse the position of the finger points on the bar, and in this instance tbey must be turned towards the body. Exercise 49.— Kicking the Bar.— This feat is performed by hanging by the hands and drawing up the feet until the instep touches the pole. The head must be thrown well back, to counterbalance the legs and feet. Do this slowly, and beware of unnecessary jerks and straifts when this can be easily accomplished. Exercise 50.— May be tried. The legs are raised as in kicking the bar, but the feet are passed underneath the pole until the body hangs down with the arms twisted. The gymnast may drop on to the ground after this, or he may try to bring the body and legs back again. This will be found very diffi- cult to all but the very young and supple. The strain on the twisted arms is very great. Exercise 51.— A series of movements to sit on the bar arc thus performed. When hanging on the bar, pass one foot between the hands as in kicking the .bar. Hitch the leg over' the bar, the other leg must hang as. low as :p08sible.. Give a swing backwards and come up right on the bar. The other leg can be lifought over so as to sit on the bar. The same attitude is often assumed by passing both feet under the bar and stretching them straight into the air until the head points to the ground, and the heels to the air. Draw yourself upwards until the weight of the legs and feet bring you upon the bar seated. In both t.iese movements the beginner generally overbalances himself. You may leave the bar when seated on it in two ways. One of which is to put the hands on the bar with the finger points forward, slide backwards, keeping the knees bent, roll over backwards, and come down on the feet. The second is the vaulting practice. Place both hands on one side, with the fingers away from the body, then with a slight spring bring the feet over the pole and vault to the ground. liircrcise 52.— Hitch one leg over the bar and hold on with the hands, on€ on each side of the bar. Now give a swing backwards until you can give your- self such an impetus as to come right round the bar into the same position. Try the same movement with different legs and with both hands on one side of the bar until you can do it a dozen times without stopping. The hands may be placed on each side of the bar, and the legs raised one on each side and crwicd above the bar. Now try and spin round the bar like a fowl on a spit j when you can do this easily, try the reverse way, bring the legs backward over the bat md spring in the Indian Cradle position. This is very difficult. Exercise 53.— From the letter L, as on the parallel bars, count fifty before yon drop. Bring the feet through the arms, keeping the knees straight all the time. Place one hand on each side of the bar, form letter L, then bring thu kns npwards. and repeat the mofwnent is before, Iwt keep the arms iaiidc the t ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. 667 Exeicise 5/.— Sit on the bar, point the fingers to the front, grasp the bai firmly on lide, let your body slide forward until the bar crosses the small . of the back, and the elbows project upwards. Draw yourself back again and mmm the sitting position. Sit on the bar as before, then suddenly slide back wards and drop, catching yourself by your bent knees. Be carefuLto drop per- pendicularly, and do not communicate any movement to the body. When thb can be easily done, first one leg and then the other may be unhooked The released leg may be thrown over the instep or hang loosely. When the begin- ner feels confidence, he may hitch both insteps over the pole, forcing the toes upwards^ Loosen the hands from the pole and let the body hang pcipendiai- larly. Drop on to the ground on the hands and spring to the feet. Exercise 55.— Two diflicult movements are called the "trussed fowl," and tne -true lover's knot." To perform the first, you hang on the bar, draw up the feet and place the insteps against the bar. Push the body through the armi and remam in that position as long as you can. The latter is a school-boy's tnck, and very difficult to do. Grasp the bar, pass the left knee through the right arm until the inside of the knee rests against the inside of the right elbow Now pass the right knee over the instep of the left foot, let go the left hand, andl with It grasp the right foot. You will now hang by the right hand in an atti- tude that professional tumblers can seldom assume. the Wmdm Horse. Ev^ry one likes the exercises on the wooden horse. The apparatus is easily mwk. li only requires a piece of the trunk of a tree, barked and smoothed firmly fixed on four posts, or legs, so that it cannot be easily pushed over l[ should be the height of the gymnast's nose. A little nearer one end than the other, a rough, stout saddle should be placed, with the wooden pommels covered vnth common leather. The hind pommel should be rather higher than the other. On the off side of the hoise, a sawdust bed, some four feet square, should be made, on which the gymnast may alight after his jumps. On the near side a spring-board is desirable, but not essential. A slight covering of sand on the near side is, however, absolutely necessary to avoid slips in taking the leans. i^xercise 56.-Commence by standing on the near side of the horse with one hand on each pommel. Spring up, bring the arms straight, until the body is supported by the hands, and the knees rest against the body of the hoL bpring lightly down on the toes, and continue to practise this until it become^ easyand natural. Then jump a little higher, throw the right leg over the saddle, mmovmg the right hand, and you are mounted. Practise mounting both ways. 10 dismount, place the left hand on the fore pommel, and the right hand on tne saddle. A slight raising of the body, and you can throw yourself off easily, ^deavor also to sustain the body by the hands and arms, whilst the feet are «ff the ground, by throwing yourself a little way from the ho«e, so as to pn pare yourself against the resti veness of a real nag i68 MZMMMMTAMY GYMNASTICS, SiCffciie 57. — ^Now tlien for tte' knees. Place jour bands on llie pommfflft. leap up and place the right knee on the saddle j down again,, and up with Ihr Sell knee on the saddle, when you can do it well and quickly by both kneest but beware of going over. To avoid this by no means uncommon occurrence, practise leaping with both knees on to the saddle, and then lean forward, make a spring and clear the legs from the saddle, and come to the ground. Youi motto in this, as in many other feats, should be "dare and do." B3arcise 58. — Mount and seat yourself behind the saddle. Place the left liand on the fore-pommel and the right hand on the hurdle. Swing the body completely round, so as to seat yourself before the saddle. Change hands, and bring yourself into the position from which you started. You may vary this as Ibllows. When mounted, place both hands on the front pommel. Swing your- self as high in the air as you can. Cross your legs whilst doing so, and twist the body so as to seat yourself again on the saddle, but looking in the opposite direction. Try the reverse action, and resume your original position. This is more astonishing than useful. Other feats are performed on the wooden horse, such as vaulting, leaping on to the saddle with one hand on the pom- mels, and turning somenauits over the saddle, jumping through the arms, leap- ing to the ham as if it had a side-saddle on, but these do not require amy special diiectioiis. Leaping and Vaulting, Exercise 59. — Leaping was a fiivorite exercise of the Greeks, and is one of the most useful of the gymnastic exercises. It admits of great variety. There is the standing jump, the jump over the hurdle, bar rod, string, or cat-gallows. Leapers first raise the feet and knees in a straight direction, not separating the legs. The body should be inclined forward, the run not too long, and in coming to the ground the fall should not be on the heels, but on the toes and soles of the feet. This is of great importance. Unaided by a pole or other implement, a man can jump, at best, something short of his own height. In a low jump the knees are raised with the spring of the body, but in highei leaps the legs must be kept well under the body. In leaping from a height the balance should be well preserved, as there is a tendency to come down on the nose. In leaping upwards the body must be kept well forward, as there is a^ tendency in this instance tO' .&11 backwards. In long leaps, the ineiperienced foiemlly throw the 'body over, instead of jumping iwt Ibrenoit and recovering. .Ilicir balance by the spring of the body. mm "mm • Vmum§, Exetcise lb. — ^To vault with grace and agility is a nice and uselbl accom- plishment. The hands should be placed on the obfect, and the body and tht 'lep thrown over it, m illustrated by the exercises on the wooden horse. Tanltor wm tliiow themselves over a height of ive feet six inches to mw Ibel. \ ELEMENTARY GYMNASTICS. 669 PtiLi LiAPiNG is now becoming much in vogue. The pole should be strong «,ough to bear the weight of the feaper without bending, Td sound enough nol -to fracture at the critical moment. The pole for beginners need not be more thrf.n seven feet long, and an attempt should be made to spring short distances with it. The hands should not be placed higher than the head, the right hand at the top, and the left may be placed in the most convenient position. The spring must be taken from the left foot at the instant the pole touches the ground, and a short run may be taken to give the necessary impetus. Now, in our school- days, we always held the pole until the ground was reached, and of course came down with our face towards the spot from whence we started. But since that period high and perpendicular leaps are taken over a six-feet and higher bar, and the pole is left behind. Care must be taken to place the hands high enough, and to have the end of the pole pointed, so that it will remain sticking in the ground. By letting the pole go as the body goes over the bar, the leaper descends straight forwards as in an ordinary jump. When you loose the bar, push it behind so as to make it ML backwards. As the leaper goes over the bar, the knees must be bent, so thiit on touching the ground they will form a spring* and the force of the lull broken. With a light pole and low jump, it is sometimes carried over. In long leaps, •8 much as eight or ten yaids may be cleared. Leaps from a height may ba practised, always bearing in mind that the pole must bear your weight, and that on reaching the ground the knees must be bent for the spring. If these directions are followed, you iliay attain health and agility though you may not attain the skill of leaping over a bar upwards of eleven feet in height, or emulate the professional gymnast on the "bars," "wooden hoise," c- "swing-poles." Qmrng Pra^Ueid Directions for Cooking, and Preparing Various Articles J^eeded ahoiub the Mamse in the Most JEeonomicai Manner. Clmmr Cm^s Foot Juxy.— If yoii require only a small quantity of jely» an ox-foot or two calf s feet will make a pint and a half, or perhapt more. Take 'Caie tO' .lelect nice' laiige, wMte-looking, fresli-boiled feet ; and if you can buy tkcm ready cleaned and scalded, it laves a great deal of trouble. Ctit them into pieces, taking out any dark-looking bits ; put them into a stewpan with laz pints of cold water and the rinds of two lemons peeled very thin. Let them boil without ceasing live or six hours, until the liquor is much reduced. Strain it through a cullender or sieve, and let it stand all night. Next morning, take off all the grease you can with a knife, and wipe up the rest with blotting- paper. Put your rough Jelly into a stewpan and melt it over the fire. If the Jelly is for an invalid to whom wine is not allowed, add the ju?ce of six or eight lemons ; if not, the juice of three lemons, three-quarters cf a pint of sherry, and a tablespoonful of brandy. Sweeten to taste. Mix these together, and let them just boil. Then take the jelly off the fire, and let it stand till no more than milk-warm. Then set it on the fire again, and stir in the whites of six eggs without beating them, and half the shells broken small ; keep stirring it constantly with a tinned iron-wire whisk until it boils up with a fine white head. Let it stand to settle a few minutes. Have your flannel jelly-bag, quite clean, ready at hand ; dip the pointei^e^^ into boiling water ; squeeze the water out again, and then with a teacup take out the egg-shells and what Jelly comes with them, and put them first into the bottom of the jelly-bag ; after that, pour the jelly very gently by cnpiils into the beg, and let it strain into the basin placed under it. If at the first straining it is thick and cloudy, it must be 'passed 'through the bag two or three times mtil it runs cl^ir. AmM MA]tiiAUBB.^immersome apples in water until they become tender, tten let' them drain. AHerwards^ stnin them through, a sieve, and boil them with a itfong lyrap containing three-quarters of a pound of sugar to eacb pound of 'finit. Mix. the whole well tofccther, and pfoent it l» 'poU or HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS, 6/1 ilffL* Cream.— Peel some apples, remove the cores, and cut them in thin slices. Put them into a saucepan with crushed sugar, sliced lemon -peel, and ground ginger, with a little red wine. Let them simmer until they become tender; put them in a dish, and allow them to cool. Then, boil a quart of cream with some nutmeg, and add the apples to it, with a sufficient quantity of sugar to sweeten it. Lemon Lozenges. — Put a quarter of an ounce of gum tragacanth in a little water. Add to it some lemon-juice, and the peel cut in very thin slices. Stir them frequently for three or four days, until the gum forms a mucilage. Then strain it into a mortar ; mix with it a pound of powdered lump-sugar, taking care to add the sugar by small portions at a time, and not to put another por- tion in it until the previous one has thoroughly mixed with the mucilage. When a white and flexible paste has thus been prepared, roll it into a sheet about as thick as a halfpenny, and cut it into diamonds with a knife or cutter. Arrange the lozenges on a plate, and dry them in a warm oven. Gooseberry Jam. — Take some gooseberries that are not too ripe, pick them carefully, and lay them at the bottom of an earthenware pan, and cover them with sugar. Keep on doing this until the pan is almost filled, and then add a pint Of water to every six pounds of gooseberries. Put the pan in a moderately heated oven until the sugar is converted into syrup, and the contents begin to boil. Then remove the preserved fruit, and put it while hot into small jars» Piich should be securely covered with several layers of white paper. Gooseberry Jelly.— Bruise a quantity of gooseberries and pass the pulp through a somewhat coarse cloth, and add three-quarters of their weight of lump* sugar. Boil the fruit with sugar into a jelly, so thick that when a little is dropped on a plate it will not adhere to it, and then strain it. Partridge with Cabbage. — Singe and truss two partridges, cover them with slices of bacon, and keep them in shape with string tied round them. Place them in a stewpan with slices of bacon, a polony sausage, and meat or game. Add also some carrots and a few onions in which cloves have been introduced, some bay-leaves, nutmeg, and pepper. Be very careful, if salt is added, not to put much, owing to the salt contained already in the bacon. Then blanch some cabbages, and having drained them, tie them round with twine, and put them in the stewpan with the partridges. Pour some stock broth over them, and let them stew over a slow fire. When the partridges are done, remove them from the vessel, and put them in a warm place by the fire. Also remove the cabbages as soon as they are done, strain the gravy in the pan, and boil it down to a proper consistence. Thicken it also, if required, with a few roasted chestnuts or a little flour. Then place the partridge in the middle of a dish, surround it with the cabbages, mixed with carrots, and slices of polony from which the skin has been removed, and pour the sauce over it. Rabbit Chopped up. — Remove the bones from a roasted rabbit, and aftei taking away the tendonSj and similar portions, chop it small. Then put in a MOmMffOLD RECEIPT'S. stewpon a piece of butter, with the bones of the rabbit well bruised, some slioti of veal cut in squares, some ham, or ham lard, cut up in the same manner, to- gether with salt, pepper, and grated nutmeg. When sufficiently done, mix a spoonful of flour with the contents of the stewpan, and afterwards add some milk, and boil the whole for an hour, continually stirring the materials while on the fire. Then strain the liquid, and boil it down to the consistence of por- ridge, taking care t o stir it constantly to prevent its adhering to the sides of the vessel. When siHIlRly' boiled, add to it the pieces of rabbit |»evioi]sly chopped up. AoaoND Tart. — ^RoU out a sheet of good paste an inch thick, make it in the shape of a tart, and place on it some almonds, blanched and beaten into a paste, with an equal weight of sugar, and also some cream, grated nutmeg, and bread* crumbs. Bake the tart in an oven at a gentle heat, taking care not to close the 'assed through a solution of warm yellow soap water, to fix the alum in the in- terstices of the cloth, and enable it to resist the action of water, and so render the fabric waterproof. Then the cloth is washed and pressed. The proportions t>f ingredients for this process are as follows: 15 lbs. of materials; v% lb. of rock alum; 1% lb. of common whiting; and 3 gallons of water. Soap solu- ton, temperature 100° Fahr. : 3 lbs. of yellow soap, 30 gallons of water, to m Ihi. weight of cloth. ' ^ \ (Jjfi MOUSEHOLD MECEIPTS. Another metliod is by immersion in a preparation composed of a oz. of pul. wifed alum dissolved in i pint of distilled water ; and i oz. of dry white-lead nibbed down in one pint of water. The two solutions are mixed and allowed to settle ; the liquor constitutes the required agent. Another method by immersion : i oz. of dry white-lead rubbed down in hiUf a pint of water ; i oz. of pounded alum dissolved in half a pint of water; mix," •nd add 2 fluid drachms of acetic acid, and allow to settle. When the cloth has been immersed in the HfHinr resulting from either of the above solutions, it is passed through a solution of quicklime, and a third time through a solution of Irish moss, which acts as a mucilage. Waterproofing in the household maybe easily managed thus: Boil half an ounce of Russian isinglass in a pint of soft water till dissolved ; dissoli% an ounce of alum in a quart of water ; dissolve a quarter of an ounce of white noap in a pint of water ; strain these solutions separately through linen, and then mix them all together. Heat the liquid till it simmers, and apply it with a broth to the wrong side of the cloth on a iat table. When dry, brush the cloth lightly with water. This process renders the cloth impervious to water, but not to air, and is therefore a healthy manner of rendering articles waterproof. To RiNDiR LiAiHiR Boots Waterproof.— Melt over a slow fire, one cpiart of boiled linseed oil ; one pound of mutton suet ; three-quarters of a pound of yellow beeswax; and half a pound of common resin ; or smaller quantities in these proportions. With this mixture saturate the leather of new boots and shoes, having previously made them rather warm. Stiil Pins.— Half the steel pens which are thrown away might be rendered as good as new by dipping in ink, and wiping two or three times, and then scraping inside and outside carefully with an old penknife or scissors, or by boiling in hot water and soda. They simply cease to write well from being clogged with the impurities in which some inks abound more than others. Some persons consider they re-nib steel pens by deftly throwing them as one would throw a javelin in a bare floor or deal table. They must be thrown so as to stick upright in the wood. Three or four throws are sufficient to mend a pen. If not satisfactory, wipe, and throw again. To Ascertain Whether Butter is Adulterated.— When butter is mixed with tallow, it may be usually detected by melting a little of the butter in a spoon, and smelling it, when the smell of the tallow may be at once perceived. Another way to learn whether this substance has been added, is to melt a small piece of butter at a heat not exceeding that of boiling water, and pour it into a wine-glass. Then immediately pour over it two fluid drachms of commercial nitric acid (aqua fortis), and shake them slightly. If the butter employed was pure, it will rise to the surface, and not become opaque for some minutes ; but if it contains much tallow, it will quickly become a more or less opaque white man, the nature of the change, and Hie- time required, depending on the amount 'Of fat present in the adulterated article. 'Sometiniet"lNitter is adulterated with . HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS, 677 hofse-bone oil. In this case, the butter is to be shaken up with hot water, until melted, and allowed to collect upon the surface. Remove five drops of this and place them on a watch-glass, and immediately add ten drops of strong sulphuric acid. If the butter lias been adulterated with horse-bone oil, a deeper color will be produced than if the butter did not contain that substance. To Prepare Black Ink from Elderberries.— Put a quantity of elderberries mto an earthenware pan, bruise them, and let them ferment for three days in a warm temperature. Squeeze out the juice by compressing them in a thick cloth and filter it. Then add half an ounce of sulphate of iron (green cop- peras) to each six pints of juice, and mix with it half an ounce of common acetic acid. This ink writes very freely, and flows readily from the pen, nor does ,t become thick when exposed to the atmosphere, like ordinary writing ink. When this mk is first used, the writing appears of a violet color, but it gradually assumes a deep blue-black hue, owing to the absorption of oxygen from the atmosphere. To Preserve Bread for Long Periods.— Cut the bread into thick slices and bake it in an oven, so as to render it perfectly dry. In this condition it will keep good for any length of time required, and without turning mouldy or sour like ordinary bread. The bread thus prepared must, however, be carefully pre' served from pressure, otherwise, owing to its brittleness, it will soon fall to pieces. When required for use, it will only be necessary to dip the bread for an instant into warm water, and' then hold it before the fire till dry, and then butter It, when it will taste like toast. This is a useful way of preserving bread for sea vo^es, and also any bread that may be too stale to be eaten in the usual way Removing Ink-stains.-As furniture, books, papers, and other articles of va^ue are liable to become disfigured by ink-stains, any information about the safest means of removing them is of value. Owing to the black color of writing- mk depending upon the iron it contains, the usual method is to employ some dilute acid in which the iron is soluble, and this, dissolving out the iron, takes away the color of the stain. Almost any acid will answer for this purpose, but It IS of course necessary to employ those only that are not likely to injure the ar- ticles to which we apply them. A solution of oxalic acid may be used for this purpose, and answers very well. It has, however, the great disadvantage of tJemg very poisonous, and thus requiring caution in its use. Citric acid and tar- taric acid, which are quite harmless, are therefore to be preferred, especially as they may be used on the most delicate fabrics without any danger of injuring them. They may also be employed to remove marks of ink from books, as they ^0 not injure printing-ink, into the composition of which iron does not enter. I*mon-juice, which contains citric acid, may also be used for the same purpose* wit It does not succeed so well as the pure acid. To Cure the Sting op a Wasp or Bee.— It has been found by experience a good remedy for the sting of wasps and bees is to apply to the part af- TO« common culinary salt, moistened with a little water. Even in a case 678 MOUSMMOLJ} RECMIPm where the patient had incautiously swallowed a wasp in a draught of beer, and been stung by it in the windpipe, the alarming liyraptoms that ensued were almost instantly relieved by swallowing repeated doses of water, saturated with adt It is also a fact worth knowing, at the season of the year when wasps are troublesome with their stings, that no application will afford such instantaneous relief as a drop of liquor potassae (potash water) ; indeed, its effects are so unfailing, that it may be called a specific cure. It operates by neutralizing the injected poison. Families and persons who have the care of children, will do well to haire always at hand a small quantity of this solution, which should bt kept in a stoppered phial. It is not an expensive application | a quarter of an ounce will be quite sufficient to order at once, and a single drop placed on the wound — ^which should be first slightly opened— is all that is required. Sweet oil Is also oflen lecommended, if applied immediately. The sting, if possible, should be eitracted with hair pincers or tweezers. The swellings which arise fipom nettle-stinp, etc., may be immediately removed by gathering a sprig of the nearest aromatic plant at hand, such as thyme, mint, rosemary, or dock, and rubbing the wound with the juice of it. German Method or Keeping Cucumbers for Winter Use. — Pare and slice (as for the table), sprinkle well with salt, in which leave the cucumbers twenty- four hours ; strain the liquor well off, and pack in jars, a thick layer of cucum- ber and then salt alternately ; tie close, and when wanted for use, take out the quantity required, which rinse in fresh water, and dress as usual with pepper, vinegar, and oil. To Prevent Broth from Turning Sour. — Broth may be preserved in a good condition for some days, by taking care when first made to skim it well, and strain it, so as to remove every portion of fat from its surface. The broth should be kept in an uncovered vessel in a cool place. In summer the broth should be strained daily, and poured into a clean vessel. To SofTEN THE Skin AND IMPROVE THE COMPLEXION. — Mix a little iowers of sulphur in t^cmmn milk — about a wineglassful. Let it stand all night, to be used before washing the next morning. The milk only is to be applied to the skin, without disturbing the sulphur. It must not be used when kept longer than the morning; What to do wrra Stale Bread. — ^When stale bread has become so hard that it cannot be eaten, it should be grated into coarse powder, and preserved in wide-monthed bottles or jars. When kept well-covered up, and in a dry place, ft will keep good for a comiderable time. Bread thus powdered will be found very useM for the preparation of pnddinp, stuffings, and similar purposes. How TO RilSERVE Butter. — Expose the butter to a gentle heat in a metal vessel ; when it melts, a quantity of impurities will fall to the bottom of the vessel, and a scum will also rise to the surface, which must be carefully removed. The heat of the fure must now be increased until the butter begins to boil — th« •chu hdog continnaUy removed, and the butter stirred to prevent the impy rubbing the blades with raw potato, and then polishing on the kniiMboanl in the usual, manner. A- Cbbaf StTBsnTUTi Fom Soap.— *The leaves and iowcri of the plant called 'loap-wort are' sometimes boiled in water, and the liquid used instead of soap ta wa^ clothes with. It acts through conteining' a large quantity of alkali. .BOMJiDB. — ^Two ounces of lard, two ounces of olive oil, half an ounce of rose oil, and scent to fancy. A Hiirr oif ' Bakiii g.— A basin of wittr :piit into tiie oten 'vith cifcei' or pastry wil- keen them from buminic* I HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. 68 1 PresBrvation of Eggs. — No item of food is perhaps more invaluable in liomestic economy than the egg. There are several methods of preserving eggs —some for longer times and some for shorter. V/hen it is required to preserve them only for shorter times — say several months — it is inexpedient, as well as undesirable, to adopt those processes calculated to preserve them for longer times — say a year or more. It must be borne in mind, that in all processes of preserving eggs, it is essential that the eggs should be new-laid when submitted to the process. Modes of Preservation for Longer Times.— i. Take a box, barrel, or pan, and cover the bottom with a layer of pounded salt, about half an inch deep ; lay upon it a layer of eggs as close together as possible without touching each other ; throw in pounded salt so as to fill up all the interstices between the eggs, and Just to cover them ; lay in a second layer of eggs as before, and repeat the process until the box is full. Let the layer of eggs at the top of the box be covered an inch deep in salt, and let the salt be pressed down as firmly as con- sistent with not breaking the eggs. Cover the box tightly with a close lid or double sacking, and keep it in a dry, cool place. Eggs are sometimes placed in a net, a sieve, or a cullender, and immersed for an instant in a cauldron of boiling water immediately before packing them away. 2. Take a bushel of quicklime, three pounds of salt, and half a pound of cream of tartar; place them in a barrel or pan, and mix them, with water, to the consistence of thick cream, just thin enough for the eggs to float in. Place as many eggs as can be contained in this liquid, and cover over with a sack or old blanket. In this way eggs may be kept for a year or two. 3. Place eggs in a tub or barrel, and fill in the tub with a thick batter of lime, made by mixing quicklime with water. Let all the eggs be fully covered, and the vessel full to the top. Cover over with a blanket or sack, and keep in a cool place. The eggs may, at pleasure, be immersed for an instant in boiling water, as in the former processes. Modes of Preservation for Shorter Times. — i. Place the eggs in a strong string or worsted net, and suspend the net from the ceiling ; constantly — say daily— ^-hang up the net of eggs by a different mesh, in order that all the eggs may be turned and exposed on all sides to the action of the air. By this pro- cess, eggs may be preserved for a limited period, and the yolks prevented from sticking to the shells. The period they will keep under this process may be increased by their being preliminarily immersed in boiling water for a period firom the space of an instant to two minutes. 2. Rub the eggs, while new-laid, with fresh butter, lard, or gum-water, any of which serve as a preservative, by means of excluding the air from the pores of the shell ; place the eggs in a net or basket, and keep turned twice a week. Eggs should always be kept in a dry place, but cool, as in the damp they generally become musty. 3. Parboil the ^gs — that is, plunge them in boiling water for a minute, or at most two, and store them by in a net or basket, being careful to keep them turned as in thi imner processes. After being parboiled, they may be rubbed over, while hoi with lard or fresh butter, which will greatly extend the period for which thej will keep. We would especially call the attention of all mothers of families and careful housewives to these simple and easy methods of preserving eggs, by which from fity to one hundred per cent, may be saved by a little forethought and pnir dence. £ggs for the Christmas custards and puddings cannot be bought cheaper than twenty-five cents a doien, wheieiM in May good fresh eggs may be bought at the markets at the rate of ten to fifteen cents a doien, and be p«aerv«d for the winter, equal to those to be then pufchaied at twenty-five cents a doxen. Gooseberry Champagne.— Provide forty pounds of full-grown but unripe gooseberries, of the Green Bath or any other kind, with a little flavor ; rub off the blossoms and stocks, pick out unsound or bruised berries, and separate the small ones by means of a sieve. Put the fruit into a fifteen or twenty-gallon tub and bruise it in small portions, so as to burst the berries without bruising the seeds. Pour upon them four gallons of water, carefully stir and squeeze thero with the hands, until the juice and pulp are separated from the seeds and skins ; in twelve or twenty-four hours strain the whole through a canvas bag, and pass through the fruit one gallon of fresh water. Next dissolve in the juice thirty pounds of loaf-sugar, and add water, if requisite, to make up the whole liquor to eleven gdlons. Let it remain in the tub ; cover it with a blanket, over which place a board, and let the temperature of the place wherein the tub is set be from SO** to 60** of the thermometer. In a day or two, according to the symp- toms of fermentation, draw off the liquor into a ten-gallon cask to ferment, keeping it filled up near the bung-hole. When the fermentation becomes some- what languid, drive in the bung, and bore a hole by its side, into which fit * wooden peg. In a few days loosen the peg, so that any air may escape,* and when there appears no longer any, drive in the peg, or spile, tightly. The irine being thus made, it should be set in a cool cellar, and remain there untE the end of December, when, to insure its fineness, it should be racked into a fresh cask, to clear from its first lees ; or, should it then prove too sweet, instead of racking it the fermentation should be renewed, by stirring up the lees, or b> rolling the cask. Sometimes, if the wine be examined on a clear cold day in March, it will be found fine enough to bottle, without farther trouble. If it be racked, it should be fined with isinglass. Raisin Wine.— The following receipt is an improved method of making raisin wine, and is from the experience of Mr. Arthur Aikin, Secretary to the Society of Arts. It is worth the space it occupies, from the well-known accu- racy of the writer. Mr. Aikin had been for some years in the habit of making, for use in his own family, a light, dry raisin wine ; and the following is the result of a series of his very careful experiments. He found that, with black currants and other of our native fruits, none of them are so well adapted to ■lake light, dry wines as the better kind of raisins; a further advantage of . tmploying thl* fruit being that the wine may be made at the season when thi HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. 683 icmperature is most favorable to the fermentation. The Muscatel raisins aia preferred, and these are sold at a much cheaper rate than when Mr. Aikin made his experiments. The matter, whatever it be, which, in fermentation, con- verts a solution of sugar into vinous liquor, exists in raisins in sufficient quantity to change into wine a greater quantity of sugar than the fruit itself contains; also it is advantageous, both as to price and quantity, to add to the raisins from one-tenth to one-third of their weight of sugar ; and it is advisable to use good loaf-sugar. The raisins being picked, they are to be chopped finely with a mincing-knife, the stalks being put aside for a use to be mentioned here- after. Ater several trials, Mr. Aikin found the best proportion to be three pounds of raisins and one pound of sugar to an ale gallon of water. The must is sometimes prepared by mashing, sometimes by maceration. For mashing, the chopped raisins being put into an open tub, or earthenware pan, pour on them hot water, in the proportion of about one quart to four pounds of fruit ; the water should not be heated higher than 120° of Fahrenheit's thermometer. The water and fruit being mixed after standing a quarter of an hour, the whole should be stirred by hand, taking care to break down all the lumps. The fruit should be placed on a sieve, over a tub, there to drain for a short time; the husks to be then lightly pressed by hand, and returned to the mash-tub. The second mash is made in the same manner as the first. The water for the thiid mash is put on at 150^ or 160°, when the liquor is acidulous, having the flavor of the raisins, and but little sweetness. If an astringent wine is wanted, the last mash is prepared by pouring boiling water on the stalks in a separate tub, and in a quarter of an hour the liquor is poured on the husks, and in another quarter of an hour the liquor is put on the sieve, and the husks are well squeezed by hand. While the last mash is preparing, the liquor of the first three mashes is put into the fermenting tun, and the sugar is dissolved in it. Then add as much of the last mash as is requisite— viz., one ale gallon of must to three pounds of fruit and one pound of sugar, the temperature of the must being about 70°. The fermentation will begin from twelve to thirty-six hours, according as it is treated. If th« fermentation is languid, keep on the cover of the tun, stir the scum daily into the liquor j if too rapid, take ofl" the cover and remove the scum as it rises. The liquor is now vinous but sweet; and, after carefully skimming it, put it into glass carboys, containing six or seven gallons, or into stoneware barrels of the same size. Insert in the bungs glass tubes, and on the second day pour into them about one inch of quicksilver, to exclude the air. The bunp are covered with a cement of wax and rosin. The wine ought to remain an entire summef in the barrel or carboy, in order that the fermentation may proceed so far as almost entirely to decompose the sugar ; and as the usual rimes of wine-making ai» April and October, the wine made in the former month should be bottled about *he end of September, or a week or two later, according to circumstances. Rice Dressed in the Italian Manner.— To prepare this dish, eight ouncer of rice must be first wasiied very carefully. Then four ounces of bacon m tw ♦ I 6S4 MOUSEHOLD RSCEiPTS. be cut in pieces, and also a Milan cabbage, which must be likewise chopped up. The cabbage and bacon are to be cooked together at a gentle heat and seasoned with some parsley chopped up, garlic, pepper, salt and a little fennel. After the cabbage has been cooking for three-quarters of an hour, add the rice, and allow the whole to cook for a quarter of an hour. It is to be served at table with Parmesan cheese. Another Way or FIiiparing thi Samk.— Wisk eight ounces of rice and cook Hiem for a quarter of an hour with a spoonlul of stock and lour ounces of butter. Now piepore a mixture of the yolks of four eggs, to which two ounces of Par- mesan cheese and a little coarse pepper have been added, mix them all with the rice, and serve in the manner directed, for potage. Rici DussBB' IN TUB TonKiSH MiiNNBii.— Take eight ounces of rice, and 'Wash them many times in water, steep them in some hot water, drain them, and put into a saucepan. Then swell the rice with some good gravy soup, taking care not to add too nmch. Divide the rice into two portions, taking one-half and beating it with some ground saffron, four ptpper-coms in powder, a piece of butter, some beef marrow, and a little jelly prepared from a fowl. Mix them all together, and serve up in a soup-tureen or deep dish with the gravy soup by itself. To Remove Grease from Silk. — ^Lay the silk on a table, on a clean white cloth. Cover the damage thickly with powdered French chalk. On this lay a sheet of blotting-paper, and on the top a hot iron. If the grease does not dis- appear at once, repeat the process. To Remove Port Wine Stains. — If a glass of port wine is spilt on a dress or table-cloth, immediately dash all over it a glass of sherry. Rub vigorously with dry soft cloths. No stains will be left. To Clean Ladies' Kid Boots. — Dip a rag in almond oil, and remove all the mui^ from the boot, a piece at a time, drying as you go, and never leaving the leather moist. Polish with clean rag and more oil. If you dislike the dulness this process leaves, when quite dry polish with the palm of the hand. Kid is thus both cleaned and preserved. Cleaning Coppir. — ^When it is desired to obtain a clean, bright surface upon copper, it is customary, in all countries, to use nitric add. In this way the dcsifed sur&ce is obtained with little trouble, and at once. There is, however, the obfection that a considerable quantity of nitrous fumes are given off, and these I d vapors are not only extremely disagreeable, but are very prejudicial tO' health. The production of these vapors 'may be avoided by adding a little wlution of bichromate of potash to the dilute nitric acid. Experiment proves that this answers perlectly. The copper surface is brought out clean and bright, withimt any disengagement of vapors. On sanitary grounds, this method of operating deserves to become extensively known. In the manu^icture of cop- perware, a great deal of this cleaning is done, and the frequent exposure to the inef- cannot but be very injurious to the workmen. In Naples there is a street BOUSEMOLD RECEIPTS, 685 of coppersmiths, and in pleasant weather they carry on their work in the street itself, which is filled with workpeople plying their trade. The cleaning, espe- cially, is done out-of-doors, and it is not uncommon to see quantities of red fumes floating upon the air, and poisoning it with hyponitrous acid, which irri- tates the throat and chest extremely, and, when inhaled frequently, cannot but lead to serious injury. Brine for Pickling Meat or Fish.— By reason of no defined system being generally known for ascertaining the intensity of brine, meat is occasionally spoilt, as it will become tainted in parts if the brine is not sufiiciently strong to meet the temperature of the weather ; the other extreme, of salting meat in very strong brine, is equally objectionable, as it renders the exterior of the meat disagreeably salt and hard, while the interior is next to fresh, the flesh remaining soft and unset. Much perplexity, too, is often felt by the housewife to decide whether the meat is sufiiciently salted, as the time required for salting will depend on the intensity of the brine. This, too, may be saved by observing the simple yet scientific method which we shall prescribe: In temperate weather brine should be composed of about twenty-four parts of salt to seventy-six parts of water, its specific gravity being to that of water as 1180 to looo. Thus, by taking a bottle that will hold ten ounces of water, salt your brine until the same bottle holds eleven ounces and three-quarters. In very hot weather the brine should be stronger— twenty-eight parts of salt to seventy-two parts of water. A French Preparation for Removing Grease or Oil Stains.— Take some dry white soap, scraped into a fine powder, and mix it up in a mortar with a sufficient quantity of alcohol, until dissolved. Then add the yolk of an egg, and mix them together. When sufiiciently mixed, put in a small quantity of spirits of turpentine, and make the whole up into the consistence of thick paste by the addition of a suflicient quantity of fuller's earth. When required for use, this preparation is to be rubbed over the grease or oil stains, which should be previously moistened with warm water. When the spots are got rid of, remove the composition with a sponge, or soft brush. This composition may be used for every kind of stain, except those caused by ink or rust. A Liquid Preparation for the Same Purpose To prepare this cleaning liquid, mix together in a phial, furnished with a stopper, equal quantities of ilcohol and rectified sulphuric ether, with eight times the quantity of rectified oil of turpentine. A little essential oil of lemon may also be added, to remove the smell of the turpentine. That kind of alcohol and sulphuric ether which is prepared firom methylated spirit, which is very cheap, wiU answer as weU as that made from pure spirit, which is much dearer. It is necessary that the stopper of the bottle should fit as accurately as possible, owing to the volatile nature of the liquids employed. When it is wished to remove an oil or grease spot, the liquid should be applied to the spot, and rubbed over it with a piece of soft sponge. When we wish to get rid of an old stain, it is advisable to warm il previously to applying the liquid. ,1 liS6 MG'USMHOLD MMCM JIX Pickled Lemons. — ^Take small lemons with thick rinds, and rub them with a piece of flannel ; then slit them half down in four quarters, but not througn to the pulp ; fill the slit with salt pressed hard in ; set them upright in a pan for four or five days, until the salt melts ; turn them thrice a day in their own liquor until tender. Make enough pickle to cover them of good vinegar, the brine of the lemons, Jamaica pepper, and ginger ; boil and skim it, and when cold, put it to the lemons with two ounces of mustard seed, and two cloves of garlic to every six lemons. When the lemons are used, the pickle will be useful in fish and other sauces. More easily made than green picklesi and more generally approved are hot picMies.. The' Mlowtng is a good receipt for Yiixow' PiCKLX. — To each gallop of .malt irinegar take a {|iiarter of a pound of brown mustard seed, two oimces of long pepper, two ounces of black pepper, two onncei of garlic, one ounce of 'turmeric, quarter of an ounce of 'mace, half a pound of salt, and a few roots of horse-radish. Let the salt and spice be well dried, and put them into the vinegar cold. Gather your vegetables on a dry day, strew over them a little salt, and let them stand two or three days, then put than on a hair sieve, either in the sun or by the fire to dry. Put them in a large jar with the vinegar, and let it stand by the fire for ten days ; it must naty however, be allowed to become any hotter than new milk. The above pickle is much relished by those who like very hot things, but finr ordinary palates the receipt given below is more confidently recommended. Indian Pickle. — ^To each gallon of malt vinegar (cold) add half a pound of mustard, six ounces of turmeric, a handful of salt, and a little grated ginger; boil the vinegar and spices together, and let the mixture cool. Boil or scald the vegetables with vinegar — taking care to have among them a little garlic and some onions ; put them in your jar, and pour on the pickle. Afterwards put in the jar a bag containing a quarter of a pound of ginger, one ounce of long pep- per, one ounce of black pepper, one ounce of cloves, and half an ounce of cayenne. For general household use this " Indian pickle " is one of the best that can be made. It is well to keep it in two large jars, each of which should hold suffi- cient for the year's conaumption ; from one of these the pickle can be taken for eating, 'while the other is^ being filled and is getting ready for use. A variety of veg^bles may be put in this pickle — ^F!rendi beans, 'mushrooms, cucumbers, canlifiowers, apples, cabbages, celery, radishes, radish-pods, etc. French beans should be taken when small, and put in whole; cauliflowers should be cut into separate branches; and cucumbers and apples should be cut in slices, or quar- tered if not too large — ^if cucumbers are not to be had, vegetable marrows may be used instead of them. Red cabbage should not be used in hot pickles, or it will spoil their color (as will also wihsuts) ; small white cabbages should be quartered, salted for three days, squeezed, and set in the sun to dry ; celery •houM be cut into tbiee-iadi lengthy and the green tops should be cuf ill ..:::'i!ll|£J> MMCMiFm if preferred. Beat them up far an hoiii, aad then Juid loiiic caraway-aecds in powder and two pounds of the best ioui, and proceed as already directed. To Pripamm FiATHiis.— Make two bags of coarse cloth or calico, one l.> hold the goose feathers, the other fa those of chickens and other birds. When phicking poultry, cut off the winp and pick them carefully; then the largei tethers Aould be stripped foom the quill and added to them, and be carefi:) that no skin or iesh adheres to any of the tethers. The bags are then to b« placed in a brick own used for baking bread, and kept there always except when in use for baking. The bap should be occasionally hung out in the wind, and beaten with a stick. As soon as you have sufficient for a pillow, buy some tick, inir and stitch the case round on the wrong side with strongly waxed thread ; toil on a table, and rub it over on the wrong side with white wax-^r com- «on yellow soap will do as well. If wax is used, it must be warmed first, and then applied. Soap is preferable in case of the ticking being washed at any time, as it imhes easier than the wax would do. If neither pillows nor bolsters are required, the feathers can be put into beds that have become a little empty^ The goose and duck feathers should be used for best beds, and the miiea feathers for those that are inferior, as they have not the curl that the goose feathers have, and therefore do not shake up so well, but lie heavier aid in masses It happens sometimes that feathers done in this way have a putrid, un- pleasant taint, caused by having some of the skin adhering to the quill ; thif may be perhaps, thought an insurmountable difficulty to overcome; but if, after a fkmily wash, the bag, tied cksely at the neck, is dipped into the copper of soapsuds while boiling, and moved about with a stick for t short time, then lifted up and squee^ with a stick against the sides, then taken out and hung mil IB the air and shaken several times, in the course of a few days, when the tetheis tel dry and light, and aie fipce from smell, they «*J be again put m the oven and kept aired for use. ^ a f Csmm Bwwiw.— Put twenty-four pounds of ripe chemes, stoned, and tour poinds of strawberries in a cask ; bruise them well with a stick, and then add tlx pounds of sugar, twenty-four cloves, some cinnamon and nutmegs, together with the kernels of the cherry stones ; pour over them three gallons of brandy. Let the cask remain open for ten or twelve days, and then close it, and let it fcmain for two months, when it wil be fit for use. SPAMiawc G«APi Wmi, or English CHAMPAGNE.-Remove the stalks and decayed gn^, bruise the fruit, and to every pound put one quart of cold water; kt it stand in a convenient vessel three days, stirring it twice or three times 2 dav: then strain, and to every gallon of liquor add three and a quarter pounds of lump sugar; dissolve this as quickly as possible, and put the whole at once into the cask. Ten days afterwards put into the cask to every five^llons of wine one pint of brandy and a quarter of an ounce of isinglass. This shouio fte bottled in champagne bottles, when the vines are in bloom the foUo'""* sammer, and the corks will require to be tied or wired down. The grapes » making it should be tolerably but not fully ripe. HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. 6g| SWEET Grape Wine -Pick the grapes as above, crush and strain, and to eaci ga I on of jnice add three and a quarter pounds of lump sugar; puHt imm^ ately into the cask, and bottle when the vines blonm * J fin • The gntpes should be fully but not over^npe ^""^^"^ Sparkling Green Gooseberry WiNE.-Pick out the defective gooseberries remove the stalks and tails, and bruise the fnnf in i gooseoemes, the seeds- to everv nnnn^ r / ^ ^ "ot to crush nr fnTH.' II ^ """" ^^^^^^ ^his must be let stand three !f tril .r 1 r ^'""^^ '"^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^ ^ <^^iy^ put It into the cask, and to every five gallon, of wine add one pint of brands r^mTnZnl^ i!^"""^ T '''''' -"owed to remain longer. The gooseberries should be taken when fully grown, but before they begin to turn ripe. ^ ' ® Ripe Gooseberry Wine (STILL>.-Kck and bruise the fruit in a convenient tub or other vessel^ and let it stand twenty-four hours; then strain, and eTu the skins and seeds to the tub, and pour on them tolerably hot ;ater, in Z hZ and ""^^ !r '^''^ ^""^'^ gooseberries; let this stand twelve houn and then strain and mix the water with the juice. To every five gallon. then skim off the head, and draw off as much of the liquor as will run clear' put this in the cask, and add to every five gallons two quarts of brandy. To bi un TTJfT T may be used^if neces- •ary, at the expiration of twelve months. Ctorant Wine.— Bruise ripe currants with their stalks, and to every fonrteM pounds put eleven quarts of water. Let them stand tw;nty.frZ^'^^ «mm. add one pound of lump sugar to each pound of curnmts, and stir ^urteen pounds of currants is considered an improvement. To a,A,y, «^ wtne some persons add a few bitter almonds, pounded. Currant ^to^ penod. Rrpe gooseberry wme may be made by the same fonnula. if W™^-B™ise three gallons of either fruit, and !h?. ^ ^"^ measure of water J let them stand twenty-four hours- the. two gallon, of cider, eight pounds of lump sugar, the rfnd of aTem;n c" hin^d one ounce of powdered red tartar. Put into the cask with one gallot luMitity of water, will be an improvement. in a tT" e^"'^ of <^«^ pour four gallons of boiling water "ety day with the hm shrinking. When nearly dry, put them again on your hands, and keep them on till quite dry. To Mend China.— A very fine cement may be made by boiling down a Kttle isinglass, and afterwards adding to it about half the quantity of spirits of wine, which should be applied while warm. This cement is especially valuable in mending glass, as it is free from any opaque appearance. A very strong cement may be made in the following manner, and kept for application at any time:— Heat a piece of white flint stone to a white heat, and cast it, while at this heat, into a vessel of cold water, which will reduce it to a fine powder. Carefully preserve this flint powder, and mix it with rosin to the consistency of thick paste. The rosin should be heated in an earthenware pipkin. To apply this cement, heat the edges of the pieces of the article to be mended, rub upon them this cement, and place them neatly and well together. When dry, scrape off all excrescence of the cement, when the article will be perfect. Damp Walls.— Boil two quarts of tar with two ounces of kitchen grease in an iron saucepan for a quarter of an hour; to this mixture add some slaked lime and very finely-pounded glass, which has previously been through a hair-sieve. The proportions should be two parts lime to one of glass, worked to the thick- ness of a thin plaster. This cement must be used as soon as made, or else it will become too hard. One coat, about an inch thick, has generally answered ^e purpose, but if the wall is very damp, it may receive two coats. Paint over the cement or plaster, and paper may be used to cover it. A Pleasant Strengthening Drink.— Boil very gently in a saucepan the following ingredients:— The rind of a lemon, a small piece of cinnamon, and a teaspoonfid of pearl barley, in about one pint of cold water. W':.en the barley IS tender, strain through a fine sieve, and sweeten with a spoonful of treaclo honey, or sugar, accordimr to taste. 100' MOUSMMOLD MSCMIFTS, To RlSTORE PlATID' CrUIT^StANBB, CaNDLISTICKS, etc., WHEN' TBI SiL. f IE IS woiN OFF.— Purchase at the chemist's four cents' worth of mercury, and two cents' worth of prepared chalk, mixed as a powder. Half the chalk may be uMd. Make it into a paste with a little water, in a saucer, and with a small psece ©f leather rab the article until the tarnish quite dimppears. PoHsh with a leather. If this powder is used about once a week to plated articles, when worn, they will be kept as white as silver. iMOCLis.— To remove ireckles, take one ounce of lemon-juice, a quarter of a drachm of powdered borax, and half a drachm of sugar ; mix, and let them stand a few days in a glass bottle, then rub it on the face and hands occasionally. PteATO Bread.— Boil the required quantity of mealy potatoes in their skins ; drain, dry, and then peel them. Crush them on a board with a rolling-pin, till they are a stiff paste without lumps. Then mix your yeast with them, and .flour equal in quantity to the potatoes. Add water enough to make the whole into dough, and knead the mass well. When risen, set into a gentle oven. Do not close the door immediately, but bake a little longer than for ordinary bread. Without these precautions the crust will be hard and brittle, while the inside still remains moist and pasty. Other flours can be in like manner made into bread with a mixture of potatoes, but they are best cooked as cakes on the hearth, or in the way given below for potato cake. In Scotland oatmeal is fre- quently mixed with wheaten flour in making cakes, and in the west of Ireland with mafae iknir in making stirabout. Potato Cake.— Very acceptable to children at supper, especially if they have had the fun of seeing it made. Cold potatoes, if dry and floury, will serve for this. If you have none, boil iome, as for potato bread. Crush them with butter and salt; mix in a small proportion of flour (wheaten, oaten, rye, or maize) and a little yeast (the last may be omitted at pleasure), and with milk work the whole to the consistency of very firm dough. Roll it out to the thickness of an inch and a half or two inches. Cut it out the size of your fry- ing-pan, the bottom of which you smear with grease, and in it lay your cake, after flouring it all over. Bake, covered with a plate, on the trivet of your stove, over a gentle fire, or better on the hearth, when wood is burnt. Shake and shift it a little from time to time, to prevent burning. When half done, turn it, and cover with a plate again. Other cakes of unfermented pastes may be baked in the same way. To Clean Furniture. — ^The cleaning of furniture should depend on the mode in which the furniture was originally polished. The method at present most generally adopted is French polishing, and in such case a little spirits of turpentine should be employed, which will clear off grease and dirt without softening the varnish ; it should, however, be rapidly done. If the fttmiture was originally polished with furniture-paste — composed of beeswax dissolved in spirits of turpentine by means of heat, and a little copal varnish, or resin (finely powdered), with a little Indian red added— it should be renovated by the same MOUSEMOLB RECEIPTS. 70I cmnposition. In the case of furniture polished with oil, renovating (commonly termed cleaning) should be effected by means of linseed oil, slightly colored by a little alkanet root, which dissolves in oil aided by slight heat To Clean Dirty or Stained Furniture.— If the furniture is in a bad state, but not stained, it will be sufllcient to cleanse it by well washing with spirits of turpentine, and afterwards polishing with linseed oil colored with alkanet root. When, however, the furniture is stained or inky, it should be washed with sour beer or vinegar, warm; afterwards rubbing the stains with spirit of salts, rubbed on with a piece of rag, which will remove all the stains. The wood may then be polished, either with linseed oil colored with alkanet root, or with beeswax, dissolved in turpentine, with a little copal varnish or resin added. To Render New Mahogany Like Old. — This is of service in the cases of furniture repaired, or when lacquered handles have been changed for mahogany ones. Soap and water will darken to some extent ; but if darker is required, use oil ; or for very dark, lime-water. To Clean Lacquered Brass- work of Furniture. — Wash m warm water, using a soft rag. If the work will not clean by this means, it must be re-lacquered. To Make Colored Drawings or Prints Resemble Oil-Paintings. — This is a iavorite plan of treating pictures, as it gives them a showy appearance, and pre- vents their requiring glasses. Wash over the drawing or print with a solution of isinglass, and when dry, apply with a very fine soft brush a varnish, composed of two parts of spirit of turpentine and one of Canada balsam, mixed together. AsPHALTE FOR Garden- Walks, Fowl-Housis, Sheds, etc.— Having laid the walk quite even, and beaten it firm, pour upon it a coat of hot tar; while hot, sift thickly all over it road-dust or cinder-ashes. When cold, repeat the same process several tunes, and a good, hard, durable, and wholesome flooring will be effected. It is particularly recommended for the purpose of fowl-houses, as being very healthy to the stock. To Sharpen and Temper Saws and Edged Tools.— Many good saws have been spoiled by persons attempting to sharpen them without sufficient knowledge of how to do it. A file should be run along the edge of the teeth until they range evenly, after which the blade should be laid on a smooth leaden surfiice, and a moderate rap given on every alternate tooth by means of a square steel punch and a hammer, turning the blade then on the other side, and repeating the process, taking care to see that the teeth are equally set. This done, the teeth may be sharpened by the file, beginning at the handle-end of the saw- blade. The file should form, with the saw-blade, about two-thirds of a mitre angle, and be held at an opposite inclination ioi every alternate tooth, each tooth being brought to a good sharp point. In good tools the quality of the steel is alike throughout. It is desirable to observe, in purchasing tools, that they be rather too hard than soft, as the temper will become reduced by wearing. To temper a tool : Having brightened its surface, melt sufficient lead to immerse the cutting part of the tool, into which place it for a few minutes, until it be- comes hot enough to melt tallow, with which rub it, and then replace it in th« melting lead until it becomes of a straw color. Should you chance to let it re- main until it turns blue, rub it with tallow and let it cool: then repeat the pro- cess. Should you, after this operation, find the tool too soft, repeat the prcKcss without using tallow; and when at the temperature above directed* pluQge it into very cold water, or vinegar and water. A saw may be tempered in the »me way, but it requires to let it remain a little longer in the metal, antn beginning to become blue ; as, in this condition, steel is more elastic and ■uffciently hard. To Repair Broken Waoa— Mix with water equal parts of plaster of Paris •nd white house-sand, with which stop the broken place in the wall. T«) Clean Looong-Glassis.— Having dusted the gkss with a soft duster quit* free from grit, in order not to scratch the glass, sponge it with diluted spirits of wine or gin, and dust over it a littk very fine powdw through a muslin bag • mb the ehm, with a light hand, with the soft duster, and finish off with a soft piere of silk, or old bmdkerehief. To Clean Stone Steps and Stairs. — ^Whcre there are large flights of stonr «tcps and flagged pathways, the process of cleaning is a long and tedious one. The common method of cleaning with hearthstone, or caked whitening, not only gives a smeary appearance, but washes off with a shower of rain. The preparation which we here give not only has a great preference in appearance, but in the long run saves labor; as with it twice a week is sufficient for whiten- ing, and the remaining days washing will be found sufficient. Take a gallon of water, and color to the intensity of deep-colored blue water with stone-blue. Boil in it a pound of white size, and dissolve in it a quarter of a pound ot whitening and three ilii of pipe-clay, stirring it well about. Wash over the steps with this solution in a slight, quick manner, and afterwards finish with clean water in the usual way. To Loosen Glass Stoppers. — very common source of trouble and vcxa* tlon is the fixed stoppei of a smelling -bottle, or of a decanter ; and as in the case of all frequent evils many methods hmt been devised for its remedy. Some of these niethods we shall enumerate, i. Hold the bottle or 'decanter firmly in the hand, or between the knees, and gently tap the stopper on alter- nate sides, using for the purpose a small piece of wood, and directing the strokes upward, a. Plunge the neck of the vessel into hot water, taking care that the water is not hot enough to split the glass. If after some Immersion the stopper is still fixed, recur to the first process. 3. Pass a piece of list round the neck of the vessel, which must be held fiist while two persons draw the list backwards and forwards. This will warm the glass, and often enable the hand to turn the •topper. 4- Warm the neck of tjie V||Bel before the fire, and when it is neariy hat, the stopper can be generally moved. 5. Put a few drops of oil round the Hopper where it enters the glass vessel, which may then be warmed before the ■me, Nffltt take the dMlter or bottle and employ the process No. 7, described above. If it continues fixed, add another drop of oil to the stopper, and place the vessel again before the fire. Then repeat the tapping with the wood. If the itopFr continues still immovable, give it more oil, warm it afresh, and rub it anew, untU it gives way, which it is almost sure to do in the end 6. Take a iteel pen or a needle, and run it round the top of the stopper in the angle formed by it and the bottle. Then hold the vessel in your left hand, and give it a steady twist towards you with the right, and it will very often be effectual, as the adhesion is frequently caused by the solidification of matter only at the point nearest the air. If this does not succeed, try process No. 5, which will be fecilitated by it. By combining the two methods numbered 5 and 6, we have extracted stoppers which had been long fixed, and given up in despair after trying the usual plans. Broken stoppers are best left to professional hands. Liquid Glue and Cement.— Take of crushed orange-shellac four ounces, of rectified spirit of wine (strong), or rectified wood naphtha, three ounces. The rectified spirit of wine makes a far superior composition, but the other is good enough for all ordinary work. Dissolve the shellac in the spirit, in a corked bottle in a warm place ; frequent shaking will assist it in dissolving, and It should also be shaken before use. This composition may be used as a varnish forunpainted wood. Perpetual Paste.— Take one ounce of gum tragacanth or gum dragon; pick it clean, and put it into a wide-mouthed vessel of glass or white ware capa- ble of containing a quart. Add as much corrosive sublimate as will lie on a five-cent piece. Then pour on a pint and a half of clean soft water, cold Cover the vessel and leave it till next day, when the gum will be dissolved, and will neariy fill the vessel. Stir the mass well with a piece of stick— not with metal, because the corrosive sublimate will blacken it. Repeat the stirring several rimes during the day, when it must be left, and it will form a thick «rhitc )elly. It must be kept closely covered, and under lock and key, as the •corrosive sublimate is poisonous. It will keep for any length of time if the air « excluded, and if it is not put into a vessel of metal. For paper and many other things it forms a strong and colorless cement ; and since it maybe always at hand, it may tend to induce persons to do a number of small usefiil jobs, which would be neglected if paste had to be made. If the above rules are fol lowed, especially about not allowing continued exposure to the air, and not keqK wg it in metal, it will be very slow to spoil. Polishinc^ Paste.— Half a pound of mottled soap cut into pieces, mixed with »^f a pound of rotten-stone in powder; put them into a saucepan with enough of cold water to cover the mixture (about three pints) j boil slowly till dissolved to a paste. Cement for Mending Broken Vessels.— To half a pint of milk put a suffi. «i^t quantity of vinegar in order to curdle it; separate the curd from the whey, •na mix the whey with the whites of four eggs, beating the whole well together; 704 aoUSMMOLD MMCMIFTS. wlm miied add m little qulck-ltme tbrapgh m sieve, until it ac<|iiiitB Um consitc. cncy of a paste. Witli this cement broken veaels or cracks can be refnired; il dries quickly, and resists^ the action bf fire and water. To Mind Chima.— Mix together equal parts of fine glue, white of eggs, and white lead, and with it anoint the edges of the article to be mended ; press them together, and when hard and dry scrape off as much of the cement as sticks about the joint. The juice of garlic is another good cement, and leaves no ,inark where it has been used. Waterproof Boots. — have had three pairs of boots for the last six years (no shoes), and I think I shall not require any more for the next six years to come. The reason is, that I treat them in the following manner : I put a pound of tal- low and half a pound of rosin in a pot on the fire ; when melted and mixed, I warm the boots and apply the hot stuff with a painter's brush, until neither the sole nor the upj^er leather will suck in any more. If it is desired ihat the boots should immediately take a polish, melt an ounce of wax with a teaspoonful of lamp-black. A day after the boots have been treated with tallow and rosin, rub over them this wax in turpentine, but not before the fire. The exterior will then have a coat of wax alone, and will shine like a mirror. Tallow, or any othei grease becomes rancid and rots the stitching as well as leather; but the rosin gives it an antiseptic quality which preserves the whole. Boots and shoes should be so large as to admit of wearing cork soles. Mcrms.— If furs or apparel be enclosed in a box with a little oil of tmpentinei tbey will remain free from the larv» of moths. Ricsipt FOR Corn Bread. — ^Take half a pmt, mmsMre, of white Indian meal, which should be rather coarsely ground; mix it thoroughly in a large bowl, with one pint of fresh milk, and do not imagine, because it seems so thin, that I have made a mistake, or suspect the printer, but do as you are bid. Bit in what salt is necessary, and into the batter break one fresh egg, and with a Mtchen fork beat the whole together quickly and thoroughly. Have your own pretty hot, but not scorching. Into a splay-sided round tin pan, of say four incrhes diameter at the bottom, and two and a half to three inches deep, pour your batter (which will about half fill the pan), and put it into the oven instantly. It ought to bake, if the oven is properly regulated, in about half an hour. It must be perfectly done to be good. It is to be eaten hot, before the upper crust falls, and buttered to taste. To Erase Stains of Ink, Grease, etc. — A very weak solution of sulphuric acid will readily take ink-stains from the hands, but must on no account be used with textile fabrics. For the latter, the best preparation we have tried is Perry V ink-eraser, which can safely be recommended. The same manufacturer has also produced a preparation for removing grease stains, cleaning gloves, and similai operations, which may be thus readily and satisfactorily done at home. Shoes. — However worn and fiill of holes the soles may be, if the upper leatb ers are whole, or soundly mended, and the stitching firm, the soles mav be co^ mUSEMOLD RECEIPTS, 70$ •red with gutta-percha, and at a very small expense the shoes will be fitted for a oew term of service. We have seen shoes, in appearance not worth carrying home, made quite sound and respectable, and to serve many months in constant wear, by bemg thus soled for the outlay of a few pence. Thin shoes that have been worn only in-doors, and which are laid aside on account of the tops being shabby, perhaps worn out, while the sewing is sound, may be made very tidy by covermg with woollen cloth, or with a bit of thick knitting, or platted list stitched on as close as possible to the regular seam. I have seen a pair of boots covered with black jean so neatly that without very close inspection they migt easily be mistaken for new boots bought of a regular maker. This is surelf uetter than wearing them in slatternly holes tiU they drop off the feet and are thrown away as good for nothing. Candied Horehound.— Take some horehound and boil it till the juice is extracted, when sugar, which has been previously boiled until candied, must be added to it. Stir the compound over the fire until it thickens. Pour it out Into a paper case dusted over with fine sugar, and cut it into squares or anf other shapes desired. ' flpriRMiNT Drops.— A brass or block-tin saucepan must be rubbed over inside with a little butter. Put into it half a pound of crushed lump sugar with a table- spoonfid or so of water. Hace it over the fire, and let it boil briskly for ten minutes, when a dessertspoonful of essence of peppermint is to be stirred into it It may then be let &U in drops upon writing paper, or poured out upon plates which have been rubbed over with butter. Ginger Drops.— Mix one ounce of prepared ginger with one pound of loaf- sugar; beat to a paste two ounces of firesh candied orange in a mortar, with a Uttle sugar. Put the above into a brass or block-tin saucepan with a little water. Stir them all well, and boil until they are sufficiently amalgamated, which wiU be when the mixture thickens like ordinary candied sngar. Pour out on writing paper in drops, or on plates as for peppermint drops. Lemon Drops.— Grate three large lemons ; then take a large piece of best lump sugar and reduce it to a powder. Mix the sugar and lemon on a plate with half a teaspoonful of flour, and beat the compound with the white of an egg until it forms a light paste. It must then be placed in drops on a clean sheet of writing paper, and placed before the fire— to dry hard rather than to bake. Damson Drops.— Take some damsons and bake them without breaking them. Remove the skins and stones, and reduce them to a fine pulp by pressing them through a sieve. Sift upon the pulp some crushed lump sugar, and mix it with a knife or spatula until it becomes stiff. Place it upon writing paper in the form of drops; put them in a gentle oven to dry, and when dry take them out and turn them on a sieve. Then wet the paper, and the drops will separate nom it, after which they are again to be placed in a very slack oven, and dried mm they are hard. They are placed in layers in a box with paper betweei? layer, and in that way wiU keep well, if air and damp are excluded. 45 706 HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. JUsnnRY Drops. — Gently boil some raspberries with a little water, and am icmove tlie skins and seeds, after which a pulpy juice will remain. To one pound of this Juice add the whites of two eggs and one pound of sifted lump sugar, well beat up together. The addition must be gradually made, and the mixture well beat up for a couple of hours. When arrived at a proper degree of consistency, the composition is to be placed in large drops upon paper slightly rubbed over with butter. They may be dried either in a warm sun or before a slow fire, but not hastily. A larger raspberry drop or lozenge is made as follows: Take of raspberries two or three pounds, and boil them dowly, stirring them until there is little or no juice left; then put into the saucepan as nmcli moisl or crusted sugar as there was finiit at first ; mix the two off the fire, and when thoroughly incorporated spread the compound upon plMct-^hina or ironstone are best— and let it dry either in the son or before a slow fire. When the top is dried, stamp or cut into small cakes of any shape you chooie ; set these again down to dry, and when ready lay them in boxes, with a sheet of paper between each layer. Like all similar preparations, they are best kept quite firee torn all damp; and, therefore, tin boxes, with closely- fitting lids, are better than any other. At the same time more depends upon the dryness of the place they are kept in than upon the material of the box. Eed Ink.— Take of white wine vinegar one quart, powdered Brazil-wood two ounces, and alum half an ounce; infiise them together for ten days, then let them gently simmer over a slow fire, after which add a good half ounce of gum aiabic. When the gum is dissolved, strain the mixture and bottle it for use. Ink thus prepared will keep its color for many years. Violet Ink. — Boil a good quantity of logwood chips in vinegar, and add la the mixture a little alum and gum arabic. The depth of the tint may be modi- fied by varying the proportions of logwood and vinegar. Black Ink.— Heat a quart of rain water till it almost boils, and then put into it two ounces of green copperas; when cold strain it, and add to the liquor five ounces of powdered galls and two ounces of loaf-sugar. This ink keeps its color well. Paste for Moulding.— Melt some glue in water, and let it be tolerably strong. Mix with this whiting until it is as firm as dough; then work it into the moulds, which must be previously oiled. Polish for Marble.— Melt over a slow fire four ounces of white wax, and while it is warm stir into it with a wooden spatula an equal weight of oil of tur- pentine; when thoroughly incorporated, put the mixture into a bottle or other vessel, which must be well corked whenever not in use. A little of the above ii put upon a piece of flannel and well rubbed upon the marble. Another : Fine rotten-stone, with olive oil, rubbed upon the marble till the desired lustre ii attained. Polish for Furniture.— White wax and oil of turpentine, as in the direc tions for polish for marble. A small quantity applied with flannel or othe» HOUSEHOLD RECEIPTS. woollen cloth, and well rubbed, is excellent for mahogany and walnut If it is desir^ to give a yellowish tint for light-colored wood, the turpentine shomd have infiised into it, for forty-eight hours before mixing, a small quantity of quercitron, or dyer's oak. To give it a reddish tinge, a little alkanet may be used m the same way as the quercitron. Gregory's PowDER.^Half an ounce of ginger, one ounce and a half of rhubarb, four ounces of calcined magnesia. Mix. Dose : from twenty to thirty grams. Stomachic, antacid, and laxative. . India-rubber Varnish for Boots.— Dissolve half an ounce of asphaltum in one ounce of oil of turpentine, also dissolve a quarter of an ounce of caoutchouc m two ounces of mineral naphtha. The two solutions are to be mixed before application. Opodeldoc— Opodeldoc and soap liniment are the same thing. It is a popular external application for local pains and swellings, bruises, sprains, ailo rheumatism. There are several ways of making it. One recipe is: One ounce of camphor, five ounces of Castile soap, one drachm of oil of rosemary, one and a quarter pints of rectified spirits of wine, and one and a quarter pints of water This requires to digest for a week, and to be occasionally stirred. When ready! filter and bottle for use. ^' Eau de CoLOGNE.-An excellent form of eau de Cologne may be thus pre- pared: Take two drachms of the seeds of the lesser cardamom, and put them into a still with two quarts of rectified spirits of wine, and add twenty-four drops of each of the following oils: bergamot, lemon, orange, neroli, rosemary, andcedrat; allow them to remain for a few days, and then distil three pints of perfiime. Sometimes a stronger preparation is made by employing half the quantity of spirit to the same quantity of materials. This preparation may also be made by omitting the seeds, ana dissolving the oils in the spirit without distil- lation. In this case the perfume will be improved by allowing the eau de Coiome when made, to remain at rest in a cool place, such as a dry wine-cellar, for "two or three months before being used. A good kind of eau de Cologne is thus prepared: Take a quarter of an ounce Of tjic oils of lemon and bergamot, and half that quantity of oil of orange peel, half a drachm of oil of rosemary, and forty drops of the oil of neroli, and dis- solve them in one pint of rectified spirits of wine. This preparation will be much improved by the addition of a few drops of the essences of musk and ambergris. A very superior kind of eau de Cologne maybe manufactured by distilling thjrty drops of each of the oils of orange peel, bergamot, and rosemary, dis- solved m half a pint of rectified spirits of wine, with thirty grains of cardamom seeds, and half a pint of orange-flower water. The materials are mixed together an<^^allowed to remain for a few days before distillation, and then half a pint Of the perfume is to be distilled from them. This perfume may also be obtained I>y dissolvmg the oils mentioned, together with half the quantity of the oil oi neroli, in the spirit, and allowing them to remain a few days before use. jog mOUSMMOLB MMCMiPTS. Another fonn for preparing eau de Cologne, directs the employment of tau di mtlisse des carmes, three pints, and the same quantity of compound spirit of balm, one quart of spirits of rosemary, three ounces each of the oils of cedrat, lemon and bergamot, half that quantity of the oils of lavender, neroli and roic- raary, and three-quarters of an ounce of the oil of cinnamon ; the whole to be dissolved in three gallons of rectified spirits of wine. The form now given is that of the Paris Codex, and the materials are directed to be diptted for eight days, and then three gallons distilled. An excellent kind of mm de Cologne may be prepared, which is scented pria cipaily with beigamot, as in the Wlowiig recipe: Take one diachm of the oE of beigamot, dissolita it in half a pint of rectified spirits of wine, and add eight drops of the oil of lemons, four drops each of neroli and rosemary, six drops of the oil of cedrat, and a drop and a half of the oil of balm. To Clean akd Rinovatb Velvet.— With a stiff brush, dipped in a fluid composed of equal parts of water and spirits of hartshorn, rub the velvet very carefnlly. When the stains have disappeared, the pile of the velvet may be laised thus: Cover a hot smoothing iron with a wet cloth, and hold the velvet •pnul over it. The vapor will faisc the pile of the velvet with the assistance of an occasional whisk from a brush. To Remove Grease Spots from Dresses (Woollen), Furniture, Carpets, Table-Cloths^, etc.— Make the poker red-hot. Hold it over the grease spot, within an inch of the material. In a second or two the grease will disappear. Be sure not to let the poker touch the material to bum it. CHOICE SELMWOm FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. From Popular Authors, For Redding or BecitaMon. ELEGY WRITTEN IN A COUNTRY GHUBQHYMD. BY THOMAS GRAY. The curfew tolls the knell of parting day; The lowing herd winds slowly o'er the lea. The plowman homeward plods his weary way, And leaves the world to darkness and to me. Now fades the glimmering landscape on the sight, And all the air a solemn stillness holds, Save where the beetle wheels his droning flight. And drowsy tinklings lull the distant folds; Save that, from yonder ivy-mantled tower. The moping owl does to the moon complain Of such as, wandering near her secret bower. Molest her ancient, solitary reign. Beneath those rugged elms, that yew-tree% shade. Where heaves the turf in many a mouldering hetfk Each in his narrow cell forever laid, ^ The rude forefathers of the hamlet sleep. The breezy call of incense-breathing morn. The swallow twittering from the straw-built shed. The cock's shrill clarion, or the echoing horn, No more shall rouse them from their lowly bed. For them no more the blazing hearth shall bum. Or busy housewife ply her evening care; No children run to lisp their sire's return, Or climb his knees the envied kiss to share. Oft did the harvest to their sickle yield, Their furrow oft the stubborn glebe has broke; How jocund did they drive their team afield ! How bowed the woods beneath their sturdy stroke 1 mOICE SELMCTiOm FROM THE BEST dUTMOMS, Let not Ambition mock their useful toil, Their homely joys, and destiny obscure; No Grandeur hear, with a diidainiil smile. The short and simple amials of the poor. , ■ The boast of heraldry, the poipp of power. And all that beauty, all that wealth e'er gave. Await, alike, the inevitable hour — The .paths of glory lead but tO' ihe',gfa«e* Nor you, ye proud, impute to these the fault. If memory o'er their tomb no trophies raise, Where, through the long-drawn aisle and fretted vaults The pealing anthem swells the note of praise. Can storied urn, or animated bust. Back to its mansioii ctU the fleeting bieath? Can Honor's voice provoke the silent dust, Or IlMtery soothe the dull, cold ear of death? Perhap, in this neglected spot, is laid Some heart, once pregnant with celestial fire- Hand, that the rod of empire might have swayed. Or waked to ecstasy the living lyre : But Knowledge to their eyes her ample page, Rich with the spoils of time, did ne'er unroll; Chill Penury repressed their noble rage, iM froae the genial current of the soul. Fall many a gem, of purest my serene, Tlie dark, milathonied caves of ocean bear; Vni naiiy a flower is bom to blush unseen, And waste' its sweetaeis. m the desert' air. Some village Hampden, that, with dauntless The little tyrant of his fields withstood — Some mute, inglorious Milton here may rest, Some Cromwell, guiltless of his country's blood The applause of listening senates to command. The threats of pain and ruin to despise, To scatter plenty o'er a smiling land, .And "lead their history in a nation's eyes. CMOICM SSLMCTfOm FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, Their lot forbade j nor circumscribed alone Their growing virtues, but their crim^ confined;— Forbade to wade through slaughter to a throne. And shut the gates of mercy on mankinds The struggling pangs of conscious Truth to hide. To quench the blushes of ingenuous Shame Or heap the shrine of Luxury and Pride * With incense kindled at the muse's flame. ^^J^ ^ maddening crowd's ignoble strife. Their sober wishes never learnt to stray ; Along the cool, sequestered vale of life They kept the noiseless tenor of their way. Yet even these bones from insult to protect. Some frail memorial still erected nigh. With uncouth rhymes and shapeless sculpture decfceiL Implores the passing tribute of a sigh. Thdr names, their years, spelled by th' unlettensd Muse. The place of fame and elegy supply; And many a holy text around she strews. That teach the rustic moralist to die. For who, to dumb forgetfulness a prey, This pleasing, anxious being e'er resigned,— Left the warm precincts of the cheerful day,' Nor cast one longing, lingering look behind ? On some fond breast the parting soul relies, Some pious drops the closing eye requirei • Even from the tomb the voice of Nature crie% Even in our ashes live their wonted fires. For thee, who, mindful of th' unhonored dead. Dost in these lines their artless tale relate • If chance, by lonely contemplation led, «oine kindred spirit shall inquire thy fate— Hipfysome hoary. headed swain may lay:^ "Oft have we seen him, at the peep of dawn. Brushing with hasty steps the dews away. To meet the sun upon the upland lawn. GM0iCM SMLMCIWMS FMOM TMM MMSr ** There at the foot of yonder nodding lieecli, That wreathes its old, fantastic roots so highi His listless length at noontide would he stretch. And pore upon the brook that babbles by. "Hard by yon wood, now smiling as in scorn. Muttering his wayward fancies, he would rove J Now drooping, woful-wan, like one forlorn, Or crazed with care, or crossed in hopeless love. "One mom I missed him on the customed MI1| Along thC' heath, and near his iivorite tree; Another 'Caae,— nor yet beside the rill. Nor up the kwn, nor at the wood wm he ; "The next, with dirges due, in sad array, Slow through the church-way path we saw him borne;—* Approach and read (for thou canst read) the lay Graved on the stone beneath yon aged thinii." nS KPITAfH* Here rests his head upon the lap of earth A youth to fortune and to iune unknown ; Fair science frowned not on his humble birth. And melancholy marked him for' hcf oviia Large was his bounty, and his soul sincere ; Heaven did a recompense as largely send ; He gave to misery (all he had) a tear, He gained Irom heaven ('twas all he wished) a firkad* No further seek his merits |p (pisclose, Or draw his frailties from their dread abode,— (There they alike in trembling hope repose,) The boson of his Father and his God. ROLL CALL. "Corporal Green ! " the orderly cried ; "Here ! " was the answer loud and clear, From the lips of a soldier who stood near. And " Here ! " was the word the next replied. " Cyrui' 'Drew ! " — ^then a silence fell— no answer followed the call : Only his rear man had seen him m. Killed or wwindei, he could not tell. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHOM' There they stood in the failing light. These men of battle, with grave, dark looks, As plain to be read as open books. While slowly gathered the shades of nigiic. The fern on the hill-side was splashed with blood. And down in the com, where the poppies grew. Were redder stains than the poppies knew; And crimson-dyed was the river's iood. For the foe had crossed, from the other side, That day in the face of a murderous fire, That swept them down in its terrible ire ; And their life-blood went to color the tide. " Herbert Kline ! " At the call, there came Two stalwart soldiers into the line, Bearing between them this Herbert Kline, Wounded and bleeding, to answer his name. ** Eira Kerr ! "—arid a voice answered " Here I " " Hiram Kerr I "—but no man repHed. They were brothers, these two, the sad winds sighed^ And a shudder crept through the cornfield near. " Ephraim Deane ! "—then a soldier spoke : " Deane carried our Regiment's colors," he said J " Where our Ensign was shot, I left him dead, JiBt after the enemy wavered and broke. " Close to the road-side his body lies ; I paused a moment and gave him to drink; He murmured his mother's name, I think. And Death came with it and closed his eyes." Twas a victory ; yes, but it cost us dear,— For that company's roll, when called at nighty Of a hunted men who went into the fight. Numbered but imenty that answered " Here ! " WE LOST STEAHSHIP. BY FITZ-JAMES O'BRIBN. "Ho, there! fisherman, hold your hand! Tell me what is that far away— There, where over the Isle of Sand Hangs the mist-cloud sullen and gray? \ •f 14 CmiCE SMLBCTIOm FROM TMM BEST diTTaOMS, See! it rocks with a ghaatly life, Raising and rolling through clouds of spimft Right in the midst of the breakers' strife- Tell me, what is it, fisherman, pray?" ••Tliat, good sir, was a steamer, stout As ever paddled around Cape Race, And many's the wild and stormy bout She had with the winds in that self-same place; But her time had come; and at ten o'clock, Last night, she struck on that lonesome shore, And her sides were gnawed by the hidden rock, And at dawn this morning she was no more." ''Come, as you seem to know, good man. The terrible fiile of this gpUant ship, Tell me all about her that you can— And Iwfe's my flask to moistsn jmir li|k> Tell me how site had on board— Wives and husbands, and lovers true^' Bow did it fim with her human hoaid. Lost: she' many, or lost she few? " "Master, I may not drink of your flask. Already too moist I isel my Hp; But I'm ready to do wliat else you ask. And spin you my yam about tlie ship: "Twat ten o'clock, as I said, last night. When she struck the breakers and went aahiOi% And scarce bad broken the morning's li|^t, Than she sank in twelve feet of water, or mona "But long ere this they knew their doom. And the captain called all hands to prayer; And solemnly over the ocean's boom The orisons rose on the troubled air: And round about the vessel there rose Tall plumes of spny as white as snow, like angels in their ascension clothes, Waiting for those who prayed bdow. **So those three hundred people clung, As well as they could, to spar and ropCi With a word of prayer upon every tongue. Nor on any face a glimmer of hope. CiSWiCff SELECTIOm FMOM lUE BEST AUTHORS. But there was no blubbering, weak and wild — Of tearful faces I saw but one, A rough old salt, who cried like a child, And not for himself, but the Captain's son. "The Captain stood on the quarter-deck. Firm but pale, with trumpet in hand. Sometimes he looked on the breaking wreck. Sometimes he sadly looked on land. And often he smiled to cheer the crew — But, Lord ! the smile was terrible grim— Till over the quarter a huge sea flew, And that was the last they saw of him. "I saw one young fellow, with his bride. Standing amidship upon the wreck; His &ce was white as the boiling tide, And she was clinging about his neck. 4nd I saw them try to say * Good-bye,* But neither could hear the other speak; So they floated away through the sea to die — Shoulder to shoulder, and cheek to cheek. <*And there was a child, but eight at best, Who went his way in a sea we shipped. All the while holding upon his breast A little pet parrot, whose wings were clipped. And as the boy and the bird went by. Swinging away on a tall wave's crest. They were grappled by a man with a drowning cry, And together the three went down to rest. **And so the crew went one by one. Some with gladness, and few with fear; Cold and hardship such work had done, That few seemed frightened when death was near, Thiis every soul on board went down — Sailor and passenger, little and great ; The last that sank was a man of my town, A liapital swimmer — ^the second mate." " Now, lonely fisherman, who are you. That say you saw this terrible wreck? How do I know what you say is true. When every mortal was swept from the deck? mmcM MZMcrmm fmom tme best autmoms Where were 'jm m tint ham of 'dMiif ^ ' How do you know wtat you lelaie' f ** His answer cMxm^ in an nnilerbicatli--^ " MastCT, I was tie ieconil. mite I " THE ETERNAL CITY. BY JOAQUIN MILLER. Some levelled hills, a wall, a dome That lords its gilded arch and lies, While at its base a beggar cries For bread, and dies — and that is Rome. Yet Rome is Rome; and Rome she mint And shall remain beside her gates. And tribute take of kings and states. Until the stars have fallen to dust. Yea, Time on yon campagnian plain Has pitched in siege his battle tents; And round about her battlements Has marched and trumpeted in vain. These skies are Rome ! The very loam Lifts up and speaks in Roman pride ; And Time, outfaced and still defied, Sits by and wags his beard at Rome. WE PARTED IH SILENCE. Vf Mas. ciAWfoan. Wi parted in silence, we parted by night. On the banks of that loncljf river; Where the tagiant limes their boughs wSm We met— and we parted, forever 1 The night-bird sung, and the stais above, • Told many a touching story, Of friends long passed to the kingdom of lofit. Where the .soul wean its mantle of flory. We parted in silence,— our cheeks were wet. With the tears that were past controlling; We vowed we would never, no, never forget, And those vows, at the time, were consoling; CMOICM SELECTlOm FMOM THE BEST AUTMORS, But those hps that echoed the sounds of mine, Are as cold as that lonely river ; And that eye, that beautiful spirit's shrine, Has shrouded its fires forever. .And now, on the midnight sky I look. And my heart grows full of weeping; Each star is to me a sealed book, Some tale of that loved one keeping. We parted in silence,— we parted in tears. On the banks of that lonely river; But the odor and bloom of those bygone yean Shall hang o'er its waters forever. CHANGES, BY OWIN MIEBOITH. Whom first we love, you know, we seldom wed. Time rules us all. And life, indeed, is not The thing we planned it out, ere hope was dead; And then, we women cannot choose our lot. Much must be borne which it is hard to bear; Much given away which it were sweet to keep. I stole behind tbem, .and heard him say» *' Yoii wiU meet me, LoYe, at the close of day In the great dark church — 'tis the only way.** Then — being an honest sort of a man-i I thought of you, lady, and straightway ran Down to the palace, and would not go Till you heard my story whether or no, {4nd so, Don Casar, I pay /or your blow!) Ah 1 if those two fools only dreamed Wimi beautiful, baleful blue eyes g leamedt Here in the shadow, a-watching them, As a wild beast watches from out its den — > She will kill them both^but how, and when? What ! " go now?" I'm glad of the chance; 'Tw» growimg too warm; besides, there's a danoe Down at Jose's. Thanks for the gold. May you live to be happy, and honored, and old. And get you a lover whose heart's not so cold [Pausing at the church doffr.J Mother of God ! to-night shall see The twenty candles I promised thee Alight in a row: perhaps I may give A ring, or a — stop — a man must live. One really would think my hand was a sieve. IJOT tM¥MU i^ol iiimn, BY P> P. BUSS* I mow not what awaits me, God kindly veils mine eyes, And o'er each step on my onward wa> He makes new scenes arise ; And every joy he sends me cones A sweet and glad surprise. ClKlltjUS.~Where He may lead I'll follow. My trust in Him repose. And every hour in perfect peace ru sing, " He knows, He knows.*' CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM TME BEST AUTM&RS. W One step 1 see before me \ TIs all I need to see ; The light of heaven more brightly shines , When earth's illusions flee. And sweetly through the silence came Hit loving " Follow Me. ' ' O blissful lack of wisdom, 'Tis blessed not to know ; He holds me with His own right hand, And will not let me go, And lulls my troubled soul to rest In Him who loves me so. 80 on I go, not knowing, I would not if I might ; I'd rather walk in the dark with God Than go alone in the light ; I'd rather walk by faith with Him Than go alone by sight. UKEH OH TRIAL m BY FANNY BARROW. [Many years since a clergyman was the recipient of this droll but most coni* pvdiciisive way 'of rewarding Ms aervioes. J I^AY iMTith dewy eve was blending. Clouds lay piled in radiant state. When a fine young German larmer Eode up to the parson's gate. Clinging to him on a pillion Was a maiden fair and tall, iSlushing, trembling, palpitating- Smiling brightly through it all. Said the farmer • " Goot Herr Pastor, Marguerite und I vas coome Diesen evening to be married. Dhen mit her I makes mine home.*' Soon the nuptial tie was fastened ; Soon the kiss received and given In that moment earth had vanished— Th^ had caught a glimpse of heaven i €0OICE SELECTIONS FMQM TM£ MMST AUTMOMX. But the prudent Gerittn §uam First recalled his tniMCfl wits; Said : " Herr Pastor, herc*i fon skiUinf | Choost at present ve vas quits. But dake notice, if I finds her— Marguerite, mine frau, mine qu«cil— Ven der year vas gone, is better As goot, vy dhen, I coomes again." Twdve months sped with 'wildering fledMi Down Time's pathway post recall, Tlicii there came a barrel rolling, numdering througb the pMon't h«ll. With this note : " I send, Herr Ptetor, Mlt ein barrel of besten flour, Dhen fi've dollars— for mine Marguerite More better at' gdot it every hour. '* Dot small little baby is ein darling 1 If dhey shtay so goot, vy dhen, Ven dot year vas gone, Herr Pastor, Quick, booty soon, you hear again.' On the wedding march went singing. Sweeter, tenderer than before. At the year's end it came drumming Cmyly at the parson's door. With this note : " Here vas five' ilollait Und ein barrel of besten ionr; Marguerite und dot dear baby More better as goot is — ^more and nMiit, Now dot funny leetle baby Sucks de ink vol's in mine pen, Makes me laugh— I dink, Herr Pastor. Next year I vill coome again." Down the years the pair went marching, Hand in hand, from dawn to dawn. Bearing each the other's crosses,, Wearing each the other's crown. And &om year to year' cane willipf , Straight into the pamn't door. That " ein barrel of besten flour," Always^ '"nit §m doilaii" ttoit^. f mores SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, 72^ They have passed their golden wedding. Children's children in their train, Sweeter grows the wedding music, Gentler, tenderer the strain. Fainter now and like an echo From the bright, the better land, Restfully they wait and listen. Full of peace, for heaven's at hand ! Moral : Oh, ye men and brethren Who to marry have a mind, Pay the parson, as, with iriai. Bliss or misery you find. THE BURIAL Of MOSES. m c F. ALMXAxmwau f "And he buried him in a valley in the land of Moab, over i^gaimt Bcfl» ffmti but no man knoweth of hb sepulchre nnto this day.->I}eiit sxxiv. &| By Nebo's lonely mountain, On this side Jordan's wave, In a vale in the land of Moab, • There lia a lonely grave ; But no man dug that sepulchre, And no man saw it e'er, For the angels of God upturned the sod And laid the dead man there. That was the grandest funeral That ever passed on earth; But no man heard the tramping. Or saw the train go forth. Noiselessly as the daylight Comes when the night is done, And the crimson streak on ocean's cbe^ Grows into the great sun; Noiselessly as the spring-time Her crown of verdure weaves. And all the trees on all the hills Open their thousand leaves. So without sound of music, Or voice of them that wept, Silently down from the mountain crown The great procession swept. mmCM SMLMCTIONS FMOM TME MMST dUTm^m, Lol when the warrior dieth, His comrades in the war, With arms reversed and muffleiJ drum, Follow the funeral car. They show the banners taken, They tell his battles won, And after him lead his inasterlen stetdt While peals the minute gim. Amid the noblest of the land Men lay the sage to rest, lyid give the bard an honored pkce* With costly marble dressed; In the great minster transept, Where lights like glories fall, And the choir sings and the organ rings Along the emblazoned wall. Tbis was the b«vest warrior That ever buckled sword ; Tbis the most gifted poet That ever breathed a word ; And never earth's philosopher Traced with his golden pen, On the deathless page tmtbs half so sage As ke wrote down for men. And had he not high honor? The hill-side for his pall ; To lie in state while angels wait, With stars for tapers tall; And the dark rock pines, like tossing plufnei, Over his bier to wave; And God's own band, in that lonely land. To lay him in the grave- In that deep grave without a name, Whence his uncolined clay Shall break again— oh ! wondrous thoi^ght I Before the judgment day; AikI stand, with glory wrapped around. On the hills he never trod. And speak of the strife that won our life With th' incarnate Son of God. CmiCB SELECTIONS FROM TME BEST AUTHORS, Oh, lonely tomb in Moab's land I Oh, dark Beth-peor's hill ! Speak to these curious hearts of ours. And teach them to be still. God hath his mysteries of grace. Ways that we cannot tell ; He hides them deep like the secret sleep Of him he loved so well. THE BIVOUAC OF THE DEAD. BY THBODOaS 0*HAKA. The muffled drum's sad roll has beat The sokiier's last tattoo ; No more on life's parade shall meet The brave and fallen few. On Fame's eternal camping>ground Their silent tents are spread. And glory guards with solemn round The bivouac of the dead. No rumor of the foe's advance Now swells upon the wind, No troubled thought at midnight haunts Of loved ones left behind ; No vision of the morrow's strife The warrior's dream alarms, No braying horn or screaming fife At dawn shall call to arms. Their shivered swords are red with rust. Their plumed heads are bowed. Their haughty banner trailed in dust Is now their martial shroud— And plenteous funeral tears have washed The red stains from each brow. And the proud forms by battle gishdl Are free from anguish now. The neighing troop, the flashing blade. The bugle's stirring blast. The charge, the dreadful cannonade. The din and shout are passed— ■tmXE aLMCTIOMS FMtm TMM MMST.d&TM^ Nor war's wild note, nor glory's peal. Shall thrill with fierce delight Thoee breasts that never more may fed The rapture of the fight. like the fierce northern hurricane That sweeps his great plateau, Flushed with the triumph yet to aain Came dowi thi: serried foe — Who heard the thunder of the fray Break o'er the field beneath, Knew well the watchword of that day Was victory or death. Full many a mother's breath hath swept O'er Angostura's plain, And long the pitying sky has wept Above its mouldered slain. The raven's scream, or eagle's flight, Or shepherd's pensive lay, Alone now wake each solemn height That firowned o'er that dread fray. ScMM of the Dark and Bloody Ground, Ye nuist not slumber there, Where' stranger steps and tonguM^ icmmmI Along the heedless air ! Your own proud land's heroic soil Shall be your fitter grave; She' claims firom war its nchest spoil—'"' The ashes of her brave. Thus 'neath their parent turf they leity Far from the gory field, Borne to a Spartan mother's breast On many a bloody shield. The sunshine of their native sky Shines sadly on them here. And kindred eyes and hearts watch by The heroes' sepulchre. Rest on, embalmed and sainted deadl Dear as the blood ye gave ; No impious footstep here shall tread The herbage of your grave ! Fast from each volley grenadier and voltigeur retired. *' Push on, my household cavalry ! ' King Louis madly cried ; To death they rush, but rude their shock— not unavenged they died. 734 CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM TVE BEST AUTHORS. On through the camp the column trod — King Louis turns his rein : "Not yet, my liege," Saxe interposed, " the Irish troops remain; " And Fontenoy, famed Fonteiioy, had been a Waterloo — Were not these exiles ready then, fresh, vehement and true? *• Lord Clare," he says, you hav e your wish, there are your Saxon foes I ** The Marshal almost smiles to see, so furiously he goes ! How fierce the look these exiles wear, who 're wont to be so gay, The treasured wrongs of fifty years are in their hearts to-day— The treaty broken, ere the ink wherewith 'twas writ could dry. Their plundered homes, their ruined shrines, their women's parting cry. Their pricstiiood hiinted down like wolves, their country overthr o wn Each looks as if revenge for all was staked on Mn alone. On Fontenoy, on Fontenoy, nor ever yet elsewhere Rushed, on. to %[ht a nobler bond than these proud exiles were* O'Brien's voice is hoai^se with joy, as, halting, he commands. Fix bayonets ! Charge ! " Like mountain storm rush on these fiery taandtt Thin is the English column now, and faint their volleys grow. Yet, mustering all the strength they have, they make a gallant show They dress their tanks upon the hill to %iat that battle>wind — Their bayonets the breakers' foam ; like rocks the men behind ! One volley crashes from their line, when through the surging smoke. With empty guns clutched in their hands, the headlong Irish broke. On Fontenoy, on Fontenoy, hark to that fierce huzza ! ** Revenge! remember Limerick! dash down the Sassanach! ** Like lions leaping at a fold, when mad with hunger's pang, Right up against the English line the Irish exiles sprang ; Bright was their steel — 'tis bloody now ; their guns are filled with gore ; Through shattered ranks, and severed files, and trampled flags they tore; The English strove with desperate strength, paused, rallied, staggered, fled-* The green hill-side is matted close with dying and with dead. Across the plain, and far away, passed on that hideous wrack, Vvliile cavalier and wUtasBin oash in upon titeir tzack. On Fontenoy, on Fontenoy, like eai^lcs in the sun. With Moody ptnnea Hie Irish stand— the field is iDOght and wmt UWCit life Iflfslt. mr N. A. W. PRIIST. OviR the river they beckon to me. Loved ones who crossed to the other side; The gleam of their snopy robes I see, But theii voices are drowned by the rushing tidi. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. 73S There's one with ringlets of sunny gold. And eyes the reflection of heaven's own blue ; He crossed in the twilight gray and cold, And the pale mist hid him from mortal view. We saw not the angels that met him there— The gates of the city we could not see ; Over the river, over the river, My brother stands, waiting to welcome me. Over the rivei the boatman pale Carried another, the household pet ; Her brown curls waved in the gentle gale- Darling Minnie 1 I see her yet ; She closed on her bosom her dimpled hands, And fearlessly entered the phantom bark; We watched it glide from the silver sands. And all our sunshine grew strangely dark. We know she is safe on the further side. Where all the ransomed and angels be ; Over the river, the mystic river, My childhood's idol is waiting for me. For none return from those quiet shores. Who cross with the boatman cold and pale ; We hear the dip of the golden oars. And catch a glimpse of the snowy sail ; And lo! they have passed from our yearning heartl^ They cross the stream and are gone for aye. We may not sunder the veil apart That hides firom our vision the gates of day; We only know that their barks no more Sail with us o'er life's stormy sea; Yet somewhere, I know, on the unseen shore. They watch and beckon, and wait for me. And I sit and think when the sunset's gold Is flashing on river, and hill, and shore, I shall one day stand by the waters cold And list to the sound of the boatman's oar. I shall watch for the gleam of the flapping sail; I shall hear the boat as it gains the strand; I shall pass from sight with the boatman pale To the better shore of the spirit-land. 7|CI CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, I shall know the loved who have gone before, And joyfully sweet will the meeting be, When over the river, the peaceful river. The anfd of death shall carry me. WILL WE MEW YEAR &)ME TO-MIOHT. MAMMA? ■Y COIA M. lAiQIIt. WifiL the New Year come to>night, mamma? I'm tired of waiting so «• Mj itoddng hung by the chimney-side iiill three long days ago ; I mn to fecp within the door by morning's early light — *Tis empty still; oh, say, mamma, will the New Year come to-night? Will the New Year come to-night, mamma ? the snow is on the hill, And the ice mmt be two inches thick upon the meadow's rill. I heard you tell papa last night his son must have a sled (I didn't mean to hear, mamma), and a pair of skates, you said. I prayed for just those things, mamma. Oh, I shall be full of glee, And the orphan boys in the village school will all be envying me ; But I'll give them toys and lend them books, and make their New Year g f-f, For God, you say, takes back his gifts when little folks are bad ; And won't you let me go, iwunma, upon the New Year's day. And carry something nice and warm to poor old widow Gray? I'll leave the basket near the door within the garden gate — Will the New Year come to-night, mamma? it seems so long to wut • •••••• •••#•••*! The New Year comes to-night, mamma, I saw it in my sleep; My stocking hung so full, I thought — mamma, what makes yom wiepf— But it only held a little shroud— a shroud and nothing more; And an open coflSn made for me was standing on the floor I It seemed so very strange indeed, to find such gifts, instead Of all the gifts I wished so much— the story-books and sled ; And while I wondered what it meant, you came with tearful joy, And said, " Thou'lt find the New Year first ; God calleth thee, my boj A" It is not aE a dream, mamma— I know it must be true i But have I been so bad a boy, God taketh me fifom you? I don't know what papa will do when I am laid to wit. And you will have no Willie's head to fold upon your braast The New Year comes to-night, nuunma ; place your dear hand on my cheek, And niae my head a little more ; it seems so hard to speak. I sliai not want the skates, mamma, I'll never need the sled ; Alt vim't jm fiTO tlem both to Blake, who hurt me on my held ? m^ICM SMLMCTIOMS FROM TME MEST AUTMOM& /J/ He used to hide my books away and tear the pictures too. But now he 11 know that I forgive, as then I tried to do And If you please, mamma, I'd Hke the story-books and slate To go to Frank, the drunkard's boy, you wouldn't let me hate; And dear mamma, you won't forget, upon the New-Year's day. The basketful of something nice for poor old widow Gray? The New Year comes to-night, mamma-it seems so venr soon. I thmk God didn't hear me ask for just another Jmie. \^^^ ^ ^ '*^0"«htles8 boy and made you too much care There s one thmg moie-my pretty pets, the robin and the dove, JS^P for you and dear papa, and teach them how to love. The garden rake, the little hoe. you'll find them nicely laid Upon the garret floor, mamma, the place where last I pkyed. I thought to need them both so much when summer comes again, lo make my garden by the brook that trickles through the glen; It omnot be ; but you will keep the summer flowers green And plant a few-don't cry, mamma-a very few I mean,' Where I m asleep; I'll sleep so sweet beneath the apple tree. Where you and robin in the mom will come and sing to me. I^Lv X^^hT^'T^^^^^^^^ " I % ^ down to ikep, I pray the Lord -tell dear papa-" my precious soul to keep ; If I —how cold It seems-how dark-kiss me— I cannot see, ihe New Year comes to-night, mamma, the old year dies with me. Bill AMD JOE, BY O. W. HOLMES. CoHi, dear old comrade, you and I Will steal an hour from days gone by— The shining days when life was new. And all was bright as morning dew. The lusty days of long ago. When you were Bill and I was Joe. Your name may flaunt a titled trail. Proud as a cockerel's rainbow tail ; And mine as brief appendix wear As Tam O'Shanter's luckless mare; To-day, old friend, remember still That I am Joe and you are Bill. CMO£C£ SELECnONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. You've won the great wbrfd's envied prize, And grand yon look in people's eyes, With HON. andLL.D., In big. brave letters, fiur to see — Your fist, old fellow ! off they go ! — How are yon, Bill ? How are yoi, Joe ? You've worn the judge's ermine robe ; You've taught your name to half the globe ; You've sung mankind a deathless strain ; You've ipade the dead ptst' live again ; The world may call y daili the cup from the drunkard*! I^ind 743 eaaax sBiMcrioia ntoM tbx S£sr AuraomL m BATTLE OF tm. mr im» macaulay. iow ffaiy m the LonJ of Hosts, from whom all glories ire f And f loij to our soveieign liege, King Henry of Navarre I Now, let there be the merry sound of music and of dance, \ Through thy corn-ields green, and stmny vines, oh, pleasant land of France And thou, Rodielle, our own Rochellc, proud city of the wateii, Again let impture light the eyes of all thy mourning daughters- As thou wert constant in our ills, be Joyous in our joy, tW cold and stiff and still are they who wrought thy walls annoy. Hurrah I hurrah I a single field hath turned the chance of wir. Hurrah 1 hurrah ! for Iwy, and King Henry of Navarre I Oh, how our hearts were beating, when, at the dawn of day, fHi We saw the army of the League drawn out in long array; With all its priest-led citizens, and all its rebel peers, And Appenzel's stout infantry, and Egmont's Flemish 'Spean* There rode the brood of false Lorraine, the curses of our land t And dark Mayenne was in the midst, a truncheon in his hand; And, as we looked on them, we thought of Seine's unpurpled iood, Aiid good Coligni's hoary hair all dabbled with his blood ; And we cried unto the living Power who rules the fate of war. To fight for His own holy name, and Henry of Navarre I The kiug is come to marshal us, all in his armor dressed ; And he has bound a snow-white plume upon his gallant crest He looked upon his people, and a tear was in his eye ; He looked upon the traitors, and his glance was stern and high. Right graciously he smiled on us, as rolled from wing to wing, Down all our line, a deafening shout, " Long live our lord the King t "And if my itandard-bearer fall, as fall full well he may^ For never saw I promise yet of such a bloody fray— Fnm where you see my white plume shine, amidst the ranks of war— And be your oriHamme^ to-day, the helmet of Navarre." Hurrah ! the foes an moving I Hark to the mingled din Of fife, and steed, and trump, and drum, and roaring culvefia l The fiery Duke is speeding fiist acron Saint Andr*'t plain. With all the hireling chivalry of Ouelden and Almayne, " Now, by the lips of those ye love, fair gentlemen of France, Charge— for the golden lilies now— upon them with the lance I " A thousand spurs are striking deep, a thousand spears in rest, A thousand knights are pressing dose behind the snow-white am i And in they burst, and on they rushed, while, like a guiding tm^ Amidst the thickest carnage blazed the helmet of NavaniL CffO/CM SELECriOMS FMOM TOE BMT dmrmm 743 Now, Heaven be praised, the day is ours I Mayenne has turned bfa itiii D'Aumak hath cried for quarter. The Flemi^ Count is slain. Their ranks are breaking like thin clouds before a Biscay gale . The field is heaped with bleeding steeds and flags and cloven niail. And then we thought of vengeance; and all along our van " Remember St. Bartholomew 1 " was passed from man to man; But out spoke gentle Henry, " No Frenchman is my foe; Down, down with every foreigner, but let your brethren go." Oh, was there ever such a knight, in friendship or in war. As our sovereign lord. King Henry, the soldier of Navarre? Ho ! maidens of Vienna ! Ho ! matrons of Lucerne I Weep, weep, and rend your hair for those who never shall retani. Ho 1 Philip, send for charity thy Mexican pistoles. That Antwerp monks may sing a mass for thy poor spearmen's souls I Ho 1 gallant nobles of the League, look that your arms be bright l Ho ! burghers of St. Genevieve, keep watch and ward to-night ! For our God hath crushed the tyrant, our God hath raised the slavt And mocked the counsel of the wise, and the valor of the brave. Then glory to His holy name, from whom all glories are; And fbff to ms sovereign lord, Kin^ Henry of Navarre. FMMtB GRArS PHOTOQBAPH. 4NONYMODS. I WAMT yon to take a picter o* me and my old woman here, Jest as we be, if you please, sir— wrinkles, gray haiis and all; We never was vain at our best, and we're going on eighty year. But we've got some boys to be proud of, straight an' handsome and tsUi They are coming home this summer, the nineteenth day of July, ^ Tom wrote me (Tom's a lawyer in Boston since forty-eight); So we're going to try and surprise 'em, my old wife and I— Tom, Harry, Zay and Elisha, and the two girls, Jennie and Kate I guess you've hearn of Elisha— he preaches in Middletown, f'm a Methody myself, but he's 'Piscopal, he says ; Don't s'pose it makes much difference, only he wears a gown; An' I couldn't abide (bein* old and set) what /call them Popish wayi. But he's good, for / brought him up, and the others—Harry 'n' Zay, They're merchants down to the city, an' don't forget mother 'n' me j They'd give us the fax of the land if we'd only come that way. * And Jennie and Kate are hearty off, for they married rich, you see. Well, lud, that's a cur'us fix, sir. Do you screw it into the head ? I've heam of this phottjgraphy, an' I reckon it's scary work. Do you take the picteis by lightnin' ? U, yes; so the neighboiS'Sud; It't ^be ma, t|iaft doff it, ^4 woman ; 'n' be never was known to ^tiili 744 CHOICE SELECTIOm FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, Wall, y««, I'll be readin' the Bible ; old woman, what'll you do? Jest sit on the other side o' me, 'n' I'll take hold o' your hand. That's the way we courted, mistei, if ifs all the same to you ; And that's the way we're a-goin', please God, to the light o' the better land. I never could look that thing in the face, if my eyes was as good as gold. 'Tain't over? Do say ! What, the work is done 1 Old woman, that beats tlie Butch. |es€ think ! 'we've got our picteis took, ind we nigh 'dghty fcar old; Theve ain't many conpleS' in our town of our age that can taj aS' mticli. You lee on the nineteenth of ncit July our golden wedding comes^ on — For ifty year in the sun mA nin «e'''ve' pulled at the lame old cart; We've never' had any tnmMe to ipeak of, only our poor 'ion Jolni Went wrong, an' I drove Mm off, 'n' it about bfoke the oM woman'*!' heart— There's a drop of Mtter in every 'iwcet. And 'my old woman and me' Will think of John when 'the rest cone home. Would I forgive' him, young sir ? He was only a boy, and I was a fool %m bein' so hard, you see ; If I could jist git him atween these arms, I'd stick to him like a burr. And what's to pay in the sunshine that's painted my gray old phii ? Nothin' ? That's cur'us ! You don't work for the pleasure of working, hey? Old woman, look here 1 there's Tom in that face—I'm blest if the ctiin iin't hist Good God ! jtl# knoi^ hia^l'i ion John, the boy that we drove away 1 WE mumtH'. BY JAMIS RUSSEL LOWELL. God makes sech nights, all white an' still, fur'z you can look or listen, Moonshine an' snow on field an' hill, all silence an' all glisten. Zekel crep' up, quite unbeknown, an' peeked in through the winder, , An' there sot Huldy, all alone, with no one nigh to hinder. The wa'nut logs shot sparkles out toward the pootiest, bless her I An' leetle flames danced all about the chiny on the dresser. The very room, cos iie was in, seemed warm from ioor to ceilin'. An* she looked foil ez rosy ag'in as the apple she was peeHn'. 'TwaS' Mn' o* "kingdom coiie'** to,,. look on. such a blessed 'Cfetor', A dog-reae Mushin* to a brook ain't modester nor sweeter. He was six iMit o' man., A t, dean grit an' human natur, None couldn't quicker pitcli a ton, nor dror a ftirrer stnighter. He'd sparked it with foil twenty gals, he'd squired 'em, danced 'em, dm? 'em Fust this one, and then thet, by ^^ells'-ali is, he couldn't love 'em. But long o' her, his veins *ould run all criiikly, like curled maple. The side she breshed felt full o' sun es a south slope iii Ap'il. She thought no v'ice had sech a swing as his'n in the choir ; My ! when he made Ole Hundred " ring, she JiiMwf the Loii WM Higher* CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST A&TMCRS. An' she'd Mush scarlit, right In prayer, when her new meetin' bunnef Felt, somehow, thru its crown, a pair o* blue eyes sot upon it. That »ight, I tell ye, she looked same ! she seemed to've gut a new scul For -he felt sartin-sure he'd come, down to her very shoe-sole. She heerd a foot, an' knowed it, tu, a-raspin' on the scraper- All ways to once her feelin's flew, like sparks in bumt-up paper. He kin' o' loitered on the mat, some doubtfle o' the sekle, His heart kep' goin' pity-pat, but hern went "pity-Zekel." An' yit, she gin her cheer a jerk, as though she wished him folder, An' on her apples kep' to work, parin' away like murder "You want to see my Pa, I s'pose? " - Wall-no-I come designin' « To see my Ma ? She's sprinklin' clo'es, agin to-morrer's i'nin." To say why gals acts so or so, or don't, would be presumin' ; Mebby to mean yes, and say no, comes nateral to woman. He stood a spell on one foot fust, and then stood a spell on t'other. An' on which one he felt the wust, he couldn't ha' told ye nuther ' %s he, "I'd better call ag'in." Says she, " Think likely, Mister." TTmt last word pricked him like a pin, an'-wal, he up an' kissed her. When Ma, bimeby, upon 'em slips, Huldy sot, pale as ashes. All kin' o' smily rom' the lips an* teary roun' the lashes. For she was jest the quiet kind, whose natur's never vary, Like stieams thet keep a summer mind snow-hid in Jenooary. ^e blood clost roun' her heart felt glued too tight for all ex^iressin'. Till mother see how matters stood, an' gin 'em both her blessin'. Then her red come back, like the tide down to the Bay o' Fundy, An' aU I know is, they were cried in meetin', come nex' Sunday.' miD GRAY'S ESTATE. ANONYMOUS. Over his forge bent David Gray, And thought of the rich man 'cross the way. " Hammer and anvil for me," he said, "And weary toil for the children's bread; " For him, soft carpets and pictuied walls, A life of ease: In" his spacious halls. " The clang of bells on his dreaming broke; A flicker of flame, a whirl of snioke. Ox in travis, foige grown white hot. Coat and hat were alike forgot. I f0 mOICE SELECTIONS FMOM IMS BEST AUTMOMS. Mm ip the highway the bkcktmith tin, III iwe Bud nkien like % ciiu j mm. «« Sthool-house afire ! " Men's hearts stood still. And the women prayed, as women will, While 'bore the tumult the wailing ciy Of frightened children rose shrill and higlt Night in its shadows hid sun and earth ; The rich man sat by his costly hearth. Lord of wide acres and untold gold. But wileles. chiMless, forlorn and old. He thought of the family 'cross the way ; **I would," he lighed, " I were Diirid Gmy." The blacksmith knelt at his children's bed To look once more at each smiling head. « My dprlinp all sale ! Oh, God I " he cried, •* My lis in thy boundleii mercy hide' I ** Only to-day have I learned how great Hath been thy bounty and my estate.'^ THE FAR AWA IAN: ANONYMOUS. Nai ane's wae worn and weary, Nae ane gangs dark an' dreary r the far awa Ian'. Nae frien' frae frien' is pairtedj Nae chokin' tear is stairted, Nae ane is broken»hairted I* the far awa Ian'. Nae baims giett their deid aither. Like laipittics i' could weatlMr» I* the far awa Ian'. Nae gude wife there will sicken, Nae Strang man down be stricken, Nae sky in murk will thicken I' the lar awa In'. CffQICE SELECTIONS FROM TME BEST AUTMOMS. 747 The heights are crowned in simmer. The bums in glad in glimmer I' the far awa Ian'. As birds win till their nestie, As to its dam ilk beastie, We'll win till Gude's own bieastie r the far awa Ian*. ■"•ki, m£ EXEGUTION OF MONTROSE. Vt W. AYTOUN. C6mi hither, Evan Cameron, come, stand beside my knee I hear the river roaring down towards the wintry sea. There's shouting on the mountain-side, there's war within the blast* Old faces look upon me, old forms go trooping past. ' I hear the pibroch wailing amidst the din of fight, And my dim spirit wakes again upon the verge of night. 'Twas I that led the Highland host through wild Lochaber's snows^ What time the plaided ckns came down to battle with Montrose. I've told thee how the Southrons fell beneath the broad claymore. And how we smote the Campbell clan by Inverlochy's shore. I've told thee how we swept Dundee, and tamed the Lindsay's pridt| But never have I told thee yet how the great Mai^uis died. A traitor sold him to his foes; oh, deed of deathless shame! I charge thee, boy, if e'er thou meet with one of Assynt' s name^^ Be it upon the mountain side, or yet within the glen. Stand he in martial gear alone, or backed by armed men-^ Face him as thou wouldst face the man who wrong'd thy sire's renowni Remember of what blood thou art, and strike the caitiff down I They brought him to the Watergate, hard bound with hempen span. As though they held a lion there, and not a 'fenceless man. fhey set him high upon a cart— the hangman rode below— They drew his hands behind his back, and bared his noble brow, rhen, as a hound is slipp'd from leash, they cheer'd the common throng And blew the note with yell and shout, and bade him pass along. ^ It would have made a brave man's heart grow sad and sick that day. To watch the keen malignant eyes bent down on that array, ^ut when he came, though pale and wan, he looked so great and high, «o |oble was his manly front, so calm his steadfast eye, rhe rabble rout forbore to shout, and each man held his breath, #or well they knew the hero's soul was face to face with death. But wward— always onward, in silence and in gloom, Hie dteaiy p^tmt labored, till it reached the house of doom. CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Then, as the Gmne looked upwards, he saw the ugly smile Of him who sold his Ki&g Ibr gold — the master-iend, Argylel And a Saxon soldier cried aloud, " Back, coward, from thy place 1 For seven long years thou hast not dared to look him in the face." Had I been there, with sword in hand, and fifty Camerons by, That day through high Dunedin's streets had peal'd the slogan-cry; Not all their troop of trampling horse, nor might of mailed men, Not all the rebels in the South had borne us backwards then I Once more his foot on Highland heath had trod as free as air. Or I, and all who bore my name, been laid around him there ! It might not be- They placed him next within the solemn hall, Where once the Scottish kinp were throned amidst their nobles all. With savage glee came Warristoun to read the murderous doom ; And then uprose the great Montrose in the middle of the room. "Now, by my fiiith as belted knight, and by the name I bear, And by the bright Saint Andrew's cross that waves above us there, I have not sought in battle-field a wreath of such renown. Nor dared I hope on my dying day to win the martyr's crown I There is a chamber iar away, where sleep the good and brave, But a better place ye have named for me, than by my father's grave ; For truth and right, 'gainst treason's might, this hand hath always striven, And ye raise it up for a witness still, in the eye of earth and heaven. Then nail my head on yonder tower — give every town a limb — And God, who made, shall gather them : I go from you to Him I " Ah, boy ! that ghastly gibbet ! how dismal 'tis to see The great, tall, spectral skeleton, the ladder and the tree ! Hark, hark ! it is the clash of arms — the bells begin to toll— "He is coming ! he is coming ! God's mercy on his soul ! " There was color in his visage, though the cheeks of all were wan, And they marvel'd as they saw him pass, that great and goodly man * He mounted up the scaffold, and he turned him to the crowd ! But they dared not trust the people, so he might not speak aloud. But he looked upon the heavens, and they were clear and blue. And in the liquid ether the eye of God shone through ! ¥m a black and murky battlement lay resting on the hill, As though the thunder 'Slept within— all else 'was calm, and itilL The grim Geneva ministers with anxious scowl drew near. As you have seen the ravens lock around the dying deer. * He wouM not deign them word nor sign, but alone he bent tht knee ; And veiled his face for Christ's dear grace, beneath the gallows-tree. Then radiant and serene he rose, and cast his cloak away ; For he had. 'ta'en his latest look of earth and son and day. amCE SEtECTIONS FMOM THE BEST AUTHORS. A beam of light fell o'er him, like a glory round the shriven. And he climb'd the lofty ladder, as it weie the path to heaven. Then came a flash from out the cloud, and a stunning thunder-roll ; And no man dared to look aloft, for fear was on every soul. There was another heavy sound, a hush, and then a groan ; And darkness swept across the sky — ^the work of death was done f THE OOLUEIi-a DYING CHILD. cottage was a thatched one, its outside old and mean ; Yet everything within that cot was wondrous neat and clean : The night was dark and stormy — ^the wind was blowing wild ; — A patient mother sat beside the death-bed of her child — A little, worn-out creature — ^his once bright eyes grown dim ; It wfs a Collier's only child — they called him "Little Jim." And oh t to see the briny tears fast flowing down her cheek, As ihe offered up a prayer in thought ! — she was afiaid to speak. Lest she might waken one she loved far dearer than her life ; For she had all a mother's heart, that wretched Collier's wife. With hands uplifted, see, she kneels beside the sufferer's bed. And prays that God will spare her boy, and take herself instead : She gets her answer from the child — soft falls these words firom Mm— " Mother ! the angels do so smile, and beckon Little Jim ! I have no pain, dear mother, now ; but, oh ! I am so dry : Just moisten poor Jim's lips once more ; and, mother, do not cry ! " With gentle, trembling haste, she held a teacup to his lips — He smiled to thank her — then he took three little tiny sips. "Tell father, when he comes from work, I said *good night !* to him; And, mother, now I'll go to sleep." .... Alas ! poor Little Jim 1 She saw that he was dying ! The child she loved so dear, Had utter'd the last words she'd ever wish to hear. The cottage door is opened — ^the Collier's step is heard ; The father and the mother meet, but neither speak a word : He felt that all was over— he knew the child was dead I He took the candle in his band, and stood beside the bed : Hi I quivering Up gave token of the grief he'd lain conceal ; And see, the mother joins him !— *he stricken couple kned; With hearts bowed down by sorrow, they humbly ask, of Him In lieaven, once mum that they may meet thetr own poor "Little Jin I ■Il I tMOiCE SMLMCTIONS m&M TOM MMST MUTMOMS, WW fKftott nmob I AM the King whose mystic power commanded j I built the Temple, rained towns supreme ; Hiiam, my architect, and Charos, my right-handed, Still here beside me dream, One m a trowl, one aS: sword, wai . given ; I let them plan, and what they did was well ; My breath mounts higher, nearer unto heaven Than Libyan. whirlwindS' swell God sometimes feels it. Child of guilty kisses. Vast, gloomy is my wisdom ; demons shun To take, between high Heaven and their abysses, A Judge but Solomon. I make men tfemble, and believe' my story ; €iini|uering, they hail and follow to my feast c As King, I bear down mortals wi^tli the glory, And with the gloom, as priest. Mine was of festals and of cups the vision. The finger writing Mtm Tekel then, And war, and chariots, clarions, and collisioil Of horses and of men. Gnnd as some sullen idol's form disdoBei» Mysterioius as^ a garden's closed letical. Yet, though I be more mighty than the roMi In ncMins of May ate sweet. *Wte firom me sceptre with the bright gold laden. My throne, the archer on my tower above. But men shall never take, O sweet young maiden. From out my heart its love 1 Men dull not taloe the love, O virgin pmctt. That as in iMntainS' beans tO' 'niiraf thee, MmtlVB from out the dflwftt of 'the iMil int iong*Diiit s ainatiaiy I ;il|! illl||ll!IP!!!il|||||lll|i!l||iii{||lll||!||n!| " ' an/at sslsctiojk pmom tss BssTAVTHoxa. m WIFE AND CHILD. Wt Om. HBMKY R. JACKSON. The tattoo beats — ^the lights are gone, The camp around in slumber lies, The night with solemn pace moves on. The shadows thicken o*er the skies; But sleep my weary eyes hath iown. And sad, uneasy thoughts arise. I think of thee, O darling one. Whose love my early life hath bleat— Of thee and him — our baby son — Who slumbers on thy gentle breast. God of the tender, frail and lone, Oh, guard the tender sleeper's rest. And hover gently, hover near To her whose watchful eye is wet- To mother, wife — the doubly dear. In whose young heart have freshly met Two streams of love so deep and clear. And cheer her drooping spirits yet. Now, while she kneels before Thy throne. Oh, teach her, ruler of the skies. That, while by Thy behest alone Earth's mightiest powers fall or rise. No tear is wept to Thee unknown, No hair is lost, no sparrow dies I That thou canst stay the rathless hands Of dark disease, and soothe its pain j That only by Thy stem commands The battle's lost, the soldier's slain; That from the distant sea or land Thou bring'st the wanderer home afdn. And when upon her pillow lone Her tear-wet cheek is sadly pressed, May happier visions beam upon The brightening current of her breast. No frowning look nor angry tone Disturb the Sabbath of her rest. cifw/or sMiMcrmMs from the best autmqma Whatever fate these forms may show, Loved with a passion ilffltMt wild. By day, by night, in joy or woe, By fears oppressed or hopes begtiiled« From every danger, every foe, O God| protect my wife and child 1 THE DYINQ HEBREW. BY KIMBIK. The following poem, a favorite with the late Mr. Edwin Forreit, was omposed ^f a fonilg law student, and first published in Boston in 1858. A Hebrew knelt in the dying light, His eye was dim and cold; The hairs on his brow were silver white. And his blood was thin and old ! He lifted his look to his latest sun. For he knew that his pilgrimage was donet And as he saw God's shadow there, His spirit poured itself in prayer 1 *' I come unto Death's second birth Beneath a stranger air, A pilgrim on a dull, cold earth, • As all my fathers were ! And men have stamped me with a cuiM^ I feel it is not Thine ; Thy mercy, like yon sun, was made On me, as them, to shine ; *'And Ihefeforedmc I lift mine e|e Tlirough that to Thee before I die ( In this great temple, built by Thee, Whose pillars arc divine, Beneath yon lamp, that ceaselessly Lights up Thine own true shrine. Oh, take my latest sacrifice — Ijook down and make this sod Holy as that where, long ago, The Hebrew met his God. ** 1 have not caused the widow's teiAi Nor dimmed the orphan's eye ; I have not stained the virgin's years. Nor mocked the mourner's cry. mOitE SELECTIONS FROM THE SEST AUTWOts The songs of Zion in mine ear Have ever been most sweet, And always when I felt Thee near. My shoes were off my feet. I have known Thee in the whirlwind, I have known Thee on the hill, I have loved Thee in the voice of birds. Or the music of the rill ; I dreamt Thee in the shadow, I saw Thee in the light ; I blcMed Thee in the radiant day. And worshipped Thee at night. 411 beauty, while it spoke of Thee, Still made my soul rejoice. And my spirit bowed within itself To hear Thy still, small voice! •* I have not felt myself a thing. Far from Thy presence driven, By flaming sword or waving wing Shut off from Thee and heaven. Must I the whirlwind reap, because My fathers sowed the storm? Or shrink, because another sinned. Beneath Thy red, right arm? Oh, much of this we dimly scan, And much is all unknown : But I will not take my curse from iiiafv«» I turn to Thee alone ! Oh, bid my fainting spirit live. And what is dark reveal. And what is evil, oh, forgive. And what is broken heal. And cleanse my nature from above. In the dark Jordan of Thy love I " I know not if the Christian's heaven Shall be the same as mine; I only ask to be Ibifiven, And taken home to Thine. I weary on a far, dim strand. Whose Mansions are as tombs. And long to find the Fatherlands *hci« thei* are many hornet. 4» t fS4 €mMm sMZM'Crmm mom tmm best #*iwi?j« Oh, grant, of all fm stirrj tlmsiief, Some diin Aod ftir. Where Judali's loit tiiil scnttcnd sons May love Thet ten. aftr. Where all earth's myriad harp shall meet In choral piaist and. payer, ^ Shall Zion's harp, of old so sweet, Alone bC' wanting theie? Yet place me in Thy lowest seat. Though I, as now, be there. The Christian's scorn, the Christian's jfMk But let me see and hear, From some dim mansion in the sky, Thy bright ones and their melody." The sun goes down with sudden glean), And — ^beautiful as a lovely dieam And silently as air — The vision of a dark-eyed girl. With long and raven hair. Glides in — as guardian spirits glide— And lo ! is kneeling by his side, As if her sudden presence there Were sent in answer to his prayer. (Oh, say they not that angels tread Around the good man's dying bed?) His child — his sweet and sinless child—* And as he gazed on her He knew his God was reconciled. And this the messenger, As sure as God had hung on high The promise bow before his eye — Earth's purest h5>pes thus o'er him flung. To point his heavenward faith, And Mfe's most holy feeling strung To Mm into death; And mi his 'dangliter's stainless., hieaal The' dying HeliRiP . InimI Ms "leit: 1 A SOCIABLE! ANONYMOUS. Thiy carried pie to the parson's house. And scattered the floor with crumbs. And marked the leaves of his choicest books With the prints of their greasy tbumhiL li mOiCM SMLMCTIOm mOM THE BEST AUTHORS. They piled his dishes high and thick With a lot of unhealthy cake, While they gobbled the buttered toast and rolls Which the parson's wife did make. They hung around Clytie's classic neck Their apple-parings for sport. And every one laughed when a clumsy lout Spilled his tea on the piano-forte. Next day the parson w6nt down on his knees. With his wife— but not to pray ; O noj 'twas to scr4|)e the grease and dirt .From the' carpet atad stairs away. "" HERViBIEL BY lOBBET BKOWNOIO. On the sea and it the Hogue sixteen hundred ninety-two. Did the Enghsh fight the French— woe to France ! ' And, the thirty-first of May, helter-skelter through the blue. Like a crowd of frightened porpoises a shoal of sharks pursue Came crowding ship on ship to St. Malo on the Ranee, With the English fleet in view. *Twas the squadron that escaped, with the victor in full chase. First and foremost of the drove, in his great ship, DamfreviUe, Close on him fled great and small. Twenty-two good ships in all ; And they signalled to the place, ** Help the winners of a race ! Get us guidance, give us harbor, take us quick— or, quicker still. Here's the English can and will ! '* Then the pilots of the place put out brisk and leaped on board ; "Why, what hope or chance have ship like these to pass? " laughed they 5 "Rocks to starboard, rocks to port, all the passage scarred and scored. Shall the 'Formidable* here, with her twelve and eighty guns, TMnk to make the river-mouth by the single narrow way, IVuit to enter where 'tis ticklish for a craft of twenty tona, And with flow at fall beside ? Now 'tis slackest ebb of tide, f Reach the mooring. Rather say. While rock stands or water runs, Not a ship will leave the bay I " Then was called a council straight ; Brief and bitter the debate : Mm*! tlie Englisii at our heels ; would you have them tale in tmr AM thaff left us of the fleet, linked together item and bow, For a prise to Plymouth sound ? Better' run 'the ships aground t " (Ended Damfrerille his speech), " Mot a minute more to wait t Let the captains all and each 9ujm ashore, then blow up, burn the vessels on the beach t France must undergo her' fate. Give the worf I "—But no such 'woid Was ever spoke or heard / For up stood, for out stepped, for in struck amid all these— A captain? A lieutenant ? A mate — iist, second, third? No such man of mark, and meet With his betters to compete ! But a simple Breton sailor pressed by Tourville for the fleet— A poor coasting pilot he, Herv6 Riel the Croisickese. Andl" What mockery or malice have we here?" cries Herv6 Riel; "Are you mad, you Malouins? Are you cowards, fools or rogues? Talk to me of rocks and shoals, me who took the soundings, tell On my fingers every bank, every shallow, every swell, •Twijtt the offing here and Gr^ve, where the river disembogues? Are you bought by English gold ? Is it love the lying's for ? Morn and eve, night and day, Have I piloted your bay. Entered five and anchored fast at the foot of Solidor. Bum the fleet and ruin France ? That were worse than fifty Hogues Sin, they know I speak the truth I Sirs, believe me, there's a way 1 Only let me lead the line, Have the biggest ship to steer. Get this 'FormidaWt* dear. Make tht^ ^i^km follow nine. And I lent them most and least by a passage' I know well. Right to Solidor, past Grdve, And the're lay them safe and sound ; And if one ship misbehave — Keel so much as grate the ground — Why, I've nothing but my life ; here's my head I " cries Hervi Riel. Not a minute more to wait ! " Steer us in, then, small and great I Taise the helm, lead the line, save the squadron I ** cried Its chief. " Captains, give the sailor place I He is admiral in brie£" I Jff'OICS' SEZ£CTWm FMOM THE BEST AUTMOMX Still the north wind, by God's grace; See the noble fellow's face As the big ship, with a bound, Clears the entry like a hound, Keeps the passage as its inch of way were tlie wide sea's profound! See, safe through shoal and rock, How they follow in a flock, Not a ship that misbehaves, not a keel that grates the ground. Not a spar that comes to grief ! The peril, see, is past. All are harbored to the last, And just as Herv6 Riel hollas "Anchor ! "—sure as fiite, Up the English come, too late. So the storm subsides to calm ; They see the green trees wave On the heights o*erlooking Grdve; Hearts that bled are stanched with balm. "Just our rapture to enhance, Let the English rake the bay. Gnash their teeth and glare askance As they cannonade away ! 'Neath rampired Solidor pleasant riding on the Ranee!" Now hope succeeds despair on each captain's countenance! Out burst all with one accord, ** This is Paradise for hell I Let France, let France's king. Thank the man that did the thing!" What a shout, and all one word, "Herv^Riel!" As he stepped in front once more, Not a symptom of surprise In the frank blue Breton eyes- Just the same man as before. Then said Damfreville, " My friend, I must speak out at the end, Though I find the speaking hard; Praise is deeper than the lips, You have saved the king his ships. You must name your own reward. Faith, our sun was near eclipse ! Demand whate'er you will, France remains your debtor still. Ask to heart's content, and have ! or my name's not Bamfrerille.** C^mCM SELECTIONS FROM TME BEST AUTMOMS, Then a beam of fun outbroke On the bearded mouth that spoke, As the honest heart laughed through Those frank eyes of Breton Blue : ** Since I needs must say my say, Since on board the duty's done, Aid Aom Malo Roads to Croisic Point, what is it but a nmf-«> Since 'tis ask and have, I may — Since the olheis go ashore — Come I A good whole holiday I Lem to fo and see mj wife, whom I call the Belle Aorore t " That he asked, and that he fot— nothing more. Name and deed alike are lost ; Not a pillar nor a post Ik his Cioisic keeps alive the feat as it befell : Not a head in white and black On a single fishing-smack. In memory of the man but for whom had gone to wrack All that Fiance saved from the fight whence England bore the bell. Go to Paris ; rank on rank Search the heroes flung pell-mell On the Louvre, face and flank ; You shall look long enough ere you come to Herv6 Kiel. So, for better and for worse, Herve Riel, accept my verse! In my verse, Herv6 Riel, do thou once more Save the squadron, honor France, love thy wife, the Belle Auroret FATHER JOHN. mr PSUG AXKWKIGHT. Hi wam't no long-fliced man o' |inyer« A-peddlin' scriptures here and there, A-shootin' off his texts and tracts Without regard to dates and facts Or time or place, like all possessed, 'Till weary sinners couldn't rest; latiguin' unregenerate gents. And causin* molls to swear immense. He didn't snivel worth a cent. Nor gush to any great extent. But labored on a level plan — A priest, but none the less a man— mOICE SELECTIONS FROM TME BEST AUTHOMS Among the slums and boosing-kenap And in the vilest holes and dens. Amongst the drabs and owls and wniae— For saints in these here parts are skercej . This ward ain't nowadays flush o' them* It ain't no new Jerusalem. He preached but little, argued less; But if a moll was in distress. Or if a kinchen came to grief. Or trouble tackled rogue or thief. There Father John was sure to be. To blunt the edge o' misery ; And somehow managed every time To ease despair or lessen crime. That comer house was alius known Around these parts as Podger's Own^ 'Till two pams in a drunken fight Set the whole thing afire one night ; And where it stood they hypered round And blasted rocks and shoveled ground To build the fiu;tory over there — The one you see— and that is where Poor Father John — God give him ie«t I— Preached his last sermon and his best. One summer's day the thing was done ; The workmen set a blast and run. They ain't so keerful here, I guess. Where lives ain't worth a cent apiece, As in the wards where things is dear, And nothink ain't so cheap as here; Leastwise the first they seed or knowed A little chick had crossed the road. He seemed to be just out o' bed, Barelegged, with nothink on his head ; Chubby and cunnin', with his hair Blown criss-cross by the momin' air ; Draggin' a tin horse by a string, Without much care for anything, A talking to hisself for joy — A toddlin', keerless baby boy. Right for the crawlin' fiise he went. As though to find out what it meant | Tnidgin' towards the fatal spot, 'Till less'n three feet off he got amjKM' SBLMCTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHOMS, Fnim where the miinierm' thing lay still. Just waitin* for to spring and kill; Marching along toward his grave. And not a soul dared go to save. They hollered— all they durst to do; . He turned and laughed, and tlien bci)t low To set the horsey on his feet, And went right on, a crowin' sweet. And then a death-like silence grew On all the tremblin', coward crew, As each swift second seemed the last Before the roaring of the blast. Just then some ctauice or purpose brought The priest ; lie aw, and quick as thought Ho mm 'and ctiyht the' child, and turned |uit' as the ttiiinlieriii*' powder 'burned. And iii0t the shattered rocks around. And with its^ thunder shook the graund. Tlie child was sheltered ; Father John Was hurt to death ; without a groan He set the baby down:, then, went A step or two, but life was spent ; He tottered, looked up to the skies With ashen face, but strange, glad eyes. "My love, I come !" was all he said, Sank slowly down, and so was dead. Stranger, he left a memory here That will be felt for many a year, And since that day this ward has been More human in its dens of sin. m£ mm mMEMEM. fWmm the German of Uhlaad.] Three horsemen halted the inn before, Three horsemen entered the oaken door, And loudly called for the welcome cheer That was wont to greet the traveller here. "Good woman,** they cried as. the Iiostcis cain% A buxom, rosy, portly old dame, " Good woman, how is your wine and beer; And how is your little 'd^ilghter dear mmCE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTM^MS. "My house is ever supplied with cheer. But my daughter lieth upon her bier.*' A shadow over the horsemen fell. Each wrapped in thoughts he could never tellj And silently one by one they crept To the darkened room where the maiden slepc The golden hair was rippling low Over a forehead pure as snow. And the little hands were icily pressed, Clasping a cross to the pulseless breast. "I loved thee ere the death-chill lay On thee, sweet child,'* and one turned away. "I would have loved thee," the second said, " Hadst thou learned to love me, and lived to wed." "I loved thee ever, I love thee now,** The last one cried as he kissed her brow, "In the heaven to come our souls shall wed, I have loved thee living, I love thee dead." Then silently out from the oaken door Three horsemen passed to return no more. THE BATTLE OF "BOTHWELL BUQ." BY ALLAN CUER. [A Lay of the Covaianten.] TVas on a Sabbath morning in the sunny month of June, Oh, waefu* Sabbath morning, when Scotland's sun gaed doon, And bright that Sabbath morning broke^to close so dark and drear. For Scotknd's hour of woe had come, and Scotknd's doom was neat. The sun was on the rippling Clyde that sparkled clear and bright, On either side the armies lay, and marshalled forth their might; Loud rose the shouts of armed men— loud rang the cries of war, And highland host and lowland's boast were gathered &om afar. Ten thousand sounds were mingling then with music of the drum ; Ten thousand swords were glancing bright, and told the foe had come; There rode the faithless Livingstone — there rode the bloody Grahame, And ierce Dalziel, and Monmouth there, to work their country's shamt With fife and drum, and banner red, and war-pipes shrill and dear. The foe are marching to the bridge— their horsemen in the rear ; Loud rose the shout, "God save the King ! " and answer back we sent, "The Lord of Hosts I The Lord of Hosts I and Kirk and Covenant r lll I' m |€l CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS. Right facing them our army lay, the river roll'd between, And Burlcy bold, and Morton brave, on Bothwell Brig were seen j Behind them, spreading on the moor, our scattered army lay, With none to lead them to the fight and win that bloody day. Loud mimnun swelled along our ranks— by factions weak and blind Our camp was tosaed, like forest leaves blown by the autumn wind ; Loud rose the sounds of angry strife — loud raged the fierce debate. And traitor words were spoken whilst the foe were at the gate, Wliere is the spirit that of old deied th' invader's miglit^ Where is tlie hero like of old to put the foe to iight ? Oil, for an luMr of Cmnweirs sword to change the fate of war. Oh, for the am that led them on at Marston and Dunbar. Had we the blade of Wallace true, or .Bnice' tO' lead the van. Our foes would flee^ before 'Onr fiux » their forefathen^ ran ; Had we one arm to guide us on^the battle-tide to turn, Our song would 'be of victory, and Bothwell — ^Bannockbum 1 On Bothwell Brig a dauntless few stood forth in stem array, Kight gallantly they kept the bridge upon that fatal day ; With pike and gun, and sword and spear, and hearts sae leal and true. Long stood they there in glory's place to guard our tanner blue. Thrice rush'd the foe the bridge to gain, and thrice our blades drank blood. Some fell beneath tne broad claymore — some threw we in the flood ; • Again the shout, " God save the King ! " and answer back we sent, "The Lord of Hosts ! The Lord of Hosts ! and Kirk and Covenant 1 " 'Gainst fearful odds they kept the bridge till one by one they fell, And deeds of glory had been done no minstrel tongue can tell ; " The Bridge is lost ! " God help us now, for yonder come the foe, And horsemen with their nodding plumes now cross the ford below. Then out spoke Grahame of Claverhouse — a bloody man was he: •* Now charge them with the sword and lance — your battle-cry Dundee 1 Then spoke out sturdy Cameron — a brave old man was he : " In God we trust, our cause is just, we fear not thine nor thee. " Curse on thee, bloody Clavers, noy, cuise on thee evermore, Cune on thy traitor hand, that dj'd old Scotland's streams with gore ; Long as the hills of Scotland stand shall hated be thy name, And each true Scottish tongue for aye shall curse the bloody GrahAme." But see f the foC' 'have 'paied. the bridge, their must'ring ranks, are' near. Their swoids are glancing in the sun — ^their horwmen in the rear. Again the shout, " God save the King I " and answer back we sent, " The Lord of Hosts^ I The .Lord of .Hosts I and Kirk and Covenant"' CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS, In vain, in vain, ye dauntless few, with Burley keep the van I In vain around our banner blue, die fighting man to man I The day is lost ! " our stricken host like traitow turn and flee; God help me ever from the shame such other siirht to see I Oh, weep for Scotland, weep ! for God hath her afflicted sore. Weep—weep bloody tears for Scotland— her freedom is no more ; Oh, bright that Sabbath morning broke— the sun shone on the flood* But ere that Sabbath day had clos'd— A^r sun went down in blood. km THOU umo yet? BY JAMES G. CLARK. Ib there no grand, immortal sphere Beyond this realm of broken ties. To fill the wants that mock us here. And dry the tears from weeping eyes; Where Winter melts in endless Spring, And June stands near with deathless flowers ; Where we may hear the dear ones sing Who loved us in this world of ours? I ask, and lo ! my cheeks are wet With tears for one I cannot see ; Oh, mother, art thou living yet, And dost thou still remember me? I feel thy kisses o'er me thrill, Thou unseen angel of my life ; I hear thy hymns around me trill. An undertone to care and strife; Thy tender eyes upon me shine. As from a being glorified, Till I am thine and thou art mine. And I forget that thou hast died. I almost lose each vain regret In visions of a life to be ; But, mother, art thou living yet, And dost thou still remember me ? The Springtimes bloom, the Summers fade, The Winters blow along my way ; But over every light or shade Thy memory lives by night and day; CHOICE SELECTIONS FROM THE BEST AUTMOXM, It aootbes to skep my wildest pdn. Like some sweet song thJit citniot di€y And, like the murnitur of the main, Grows deeper when the storm is nigh. I know the brightest stars that set Return to bless the yearning sea; But, mother, art thou living yet, And dost thou still remember me? I sdmclimes thiak thy soul comes back From o'er the dark and silent stream Where last we watched thy shining track, To those green hills of which we dream; Thy loving arms around me twine, My cheeks bloom younger in thy breath. Till thou art mine and I am thine, Without a* thought of pain or death; And yet, at times, my eyes are wet With tears for hev I cannot see — Oh, mother, art thou living yet, And dost thou still remember me ? PmOM KELLt BY MA1.IAN' DOUeUIS. Old Pkiion Kelly's fair young wife Irene Died when but three months wed, And no new love has ever come between His tfiK heart and the dead, Though now for sixty years the gmss hiS' grown Upon her gmve, and on its simple stone And yellow lichens creep her n Outside the door, in the warm snnuner air. The old man sits for hours. The idle wind that stirs his silver hair Is sweet with June's first flowers ; But dull his mind, and clouded with the halt Of life's last weary, gpiy November 'dap; And dim The past and present look alike to Mm. camm sezmctioms fmom rm mmst ^utmoms The i«my scene around, confused and blurred, The twitter of the birds, Blend in his mind with voices long since heard— Glad childhood''s careless words, Old hymns and Scripture texts ; while indistinct Vet strong, one thought with all fidr things is linked— The bride Of his lost youth is ever by his side. By it^ sweet weight of snowy blossoms bowed The rose-tree branch hangs low. And in the sunshine, like a fleecy cloud. Sways slowly to and fro. " Oh ! is it you?" the old man asks, *' Irene !" And smiles, and fancies that her face he's seen Beneath The opening roses of a bridal wreath I Down from the gambrel roof a white dove flits. The sunshine on its wings. And lighting close to where the dreamer sits, A vision with it brings — A golden gleam from some long vanished day. "Dear love," he calls; then, " Why will you not stay? He sighs, For, at his voice, the bird looks up and flies 1 O constant heart ! whose failing thoughts cling flist To one long laid in dust. Still seeing, turned to thine, as in the past, Pier look of perfect trust. Her soft voice hearing in the south wind's breath. Dream on ! Love pure as thine shall outlive death. And when The gates unfold, her eyes meet thine again t JOHH AMD TIBBIE DAVISOH'8 DISPUTL BY KOBERT LBIGHTON. John Davison and Tibbie, his wife. Sat toasting their taes ae nicht. When something startit in the fluir. And blinkit by their sicht I 996 CMOICM SELECTIONS F£OM TMM.. MMST 4UTM0X& *• Guiclwilfe/* quoth Jolm, "did ye^ne 'tint miMiW'} ' Wliiir lom was the cat ? " ' " "A mooie?" **hy% t miMMe."" «